OF THE STATE OF EVROPE. XIIII. Bookes. CONTAINING THE HISTO­RIE, AND RELATION OF THE MANY PROVINCES HEREOF. Continued out of approved Authours. BY GABRIEL RICHARDSON BATCHELOVR in Divinitie, and FELLOW of BRASEN-NOSE College in Oxford.

OXFORD, Printed for HENRY CRIPPS. An. Dom. 1627.

TO THE RIGHT REVEREND FATHER IN GOD IOHN, Lord Bishop of LINCOLNE, one of his Maiesties most Honourable Privie Councell, and Visitour of Brasen-Nose Colledge in OXFORD.

Right Reverend, and my Honourable good Lord,

THE certaine hopes, that Bi­shop Smith, our Founder of blessed memory, conceaues in his Statutes of all his succes­sours for the protection of his College, giues me the meanest of that Societie some heart to present these my first, and weake labours to your Honours Patronage. But more bold I am vpon your imbred, and vnderived pronenesse to the ad­vancement of Scholasticall indeavours, whereof both the Vniversities, Colleges, Schooles, Libraries, enriched by your magnificent hand, are daily, and pregnant arguments. This enlarging of the bowels of compassion towards learning in these later, and [Page] straighter times, as it is a miracle for the rarenesse, so ought we all of vs both to powre out our praiers to God for such ample dispensers of this goodnes to men, as also our vtmost labours with all thankfull acknowledgment to preserue their memories. And if my selfe shal cast a mite into this treasurie, pardon (Right Honourable) a boldnesse that proceeds out of an amazed esteeme of this your owne, and vn­imitable quality, as from a most humble devotion to your everlasting honour, and happinesse.

Your Lordships most humble devoted, GABRIEL RICHARDSON.

OF THE STATE OF EVROPE THE FIRST BOOKE.

COntayning a generall survey of EVROPE, and of the Iland of Great Britaine, with the present bounds, situati­on, and quality of England. The Inhabitants. Their descrip­tion, languages, and affaires of religion vnto our times. The Bishops, and Cleargie. The civill gouernment. The King. His title of Defendour of the Faith. The Nobles, Gentrie, and Commons. The great victories, and Conquests of the English. Their no lesse disgraces, and losses abroad, by meanes of their quarrells, and dissentions. The devision of the Kingdome in­to Shires, Tithings, and Hundreds. The ranke, and number of the Shires.

EVROPE.

THe vniversall Globe of the Earth our moderne better experienced times haue found distinguished into fiue greater devisions, whervnto all the rest belong, & are parts: the New-found Lands of America, and Ma­gellanica, detected by late discoue­ries, and those of Asia, Africa, and Europe, lying in one Continent, and onely known vnto ancient ages. Of these the least, but most noble part, is Europe, the seate of Christianity, and of the Church of God, and the nurse of victorious, and famous nations, the glorious Con­querours of the World; wherein, banished from all other coun­tryes, mastered by tyrannie, basenes, ignorance, and barbarisme, religion, civility, arts, knowledge, libertie, and valour, at this day rest confined, the subiect of this discourse. The Etymologie hereof [Page 2] is altogetherEuropa autem, neque an fit mari cir­cumflua, ne (que) vnde hoc no­men acceperit, neque quis no­minis author, ab aliquo mor­talium cōper­tum est: nisi di­cat aliquis ab Europa Tyria nomen acce­pisse regionē, neque ante à si­cut caeteras, no­men habuisse. Tamen illam ex Asia fuisse constat, neque in hanc com­me asse terram, quae à Graecis vocatur Euro­pa, sed è Phoe­nice tantum in Cretam, & è Creta in Afri­cam. He [...]odoti Melpomene. vncertaine. The more exact bounds are vpon the North the Frozen Seas of Lapland, and Norwey; vpon the West the Vergiuian, and Atlantique Oceans; vpon the South the Straights of Gibraltar, and the Sea Mediterranean from Africa; and vpon the East fromIdeo quae in Europâ sunt prius Colloca­vimus, eamque nos à Libya Herculeo devi­simus freto, ab Asia verò pela­go interja­centi, ac palude Moeoti, flumi­neque Tanai, ac eo Meridia­no qui ad ter­ram pretondi­tur incognitam C. Ptolemei Geog. lib. 2. c. 1. vid. etiam Srab. Georg. lib. 2. C. Ptolem. Geog. l. 2. c. 1. Asia the Archi-pelago, the Seas Maggiore, and Za­bache, the riuer Don, and a line continued from thence vnto the White Sea, or Baye of S. Nicholas. It is situated betwixt the 36 and 71 1/2 degrees of Northerne latitude, and the 5, and 59 degrees of Longitude, accompting from the Meridian by the Azores. The longest day at the towne of Gibraltar in Spaine, which is the most Southerne point, containeth about 14 houres, and a quarter. At Wardhuis, the point most Northerly, the greatest continuance of the Sunne aboue the Horizon lasteth 2 whole moneths, 22 dayes, & some 7 houres. It containeth the distinct Provinces, and names of Spaine, France, Germanie, the Low-Countries, Switzerland, Denmarke, Nor­wey, Sweathland, Prussen, Leifland, Poland, Lithuania, Podolia, part of the Tartars, and Russes, Hungarie, Transsylvania, Walachia, Moldavia, Bulgaria, Bosna, Servia, Rascia, Windish-land, Italy, and Greece, seated in the maine land, and of Ilands, lying in the Ocean, beside some les­ser, those of Island, Freisland, Great Brittaine, Ireland, Cadiz, Mallorca, Menorca, Sardinia, Corsica, Sicilie, and Candia, with those many of the Archi-pelago, devided amongst 9 greater Monarchs, the Em­perours of the Romans, or Germans, Russes, and Turkes, and the Kings of Great Brittaine, France, Spaine, Denmarke, Sweathland, & Poland, together with the free Common-wealths, and inferiour Princes of the Netherlands, Italy, the Switzers, and Grisons. Ptolemie in his 2 Booke sorteth these into the (c) more Westerne, and the more Easterne Pro­vinces, whose methode I haue here obserued. In the more We­sterne devision he comprehendeth the Brittish Ilands, Iberia, or Spaine, Celto-galatia, or Gaule, Germany, Rhaetia, Vindelicia, Noricum, Pannonia, Illyris, and Dalmatia, contayning now the Kingdomes of Great Brittaine, and Ireland, Spaine, France, Germany, the Switzers, Netherland, Denmarke, Norwey, Sweathland, Hungary, Windischland, Krabbaten, Bosna, Contado di Zara, Dalmatia, & Albania, with their Ilands, whose descriptions, state, and sundry fortunes follow in or­der.

GREAT BRITAINE.

THE Country hath beene thus distingui­shed from Britaine in France, in regard of the lesser extension thereof named the Lesser Britaine. It is a famous Iland seated in the Ocean to the North-west of the Continent of Europe some 30 I­talian miles (where the passage is the narrowest) from France, or the next maine land, the Great Iland (as Aristi­des Aristides. calleth it) another world afterSolini Poly­hist. c. 25. Solinus, the Worke of sporting Nature af­ter Gerard Mer­cat. in Britan­nia. Mercator, made more gracefully to adorne the Vniverse, the glory of Ilands, the Queene, and mistresse of the seas, and the beauty of the West. The bounds are vpon the West part of the Westerne Ocean, with S. George his Channell from Ireland; vpon the North, the open and spacious Northerne seas; vpon the East, the German Ocean from Den­marke, Germany, and the Netherlands; and vpon the South the English Channell from France.

The figure hereof is Triangular, or Three-square, whose Basis might be the Sea-coast towards France.

It lyeth in the Northern halfe-part of the temperate Zone, extended from the 16⅚ vnto the 21 degree of Longitude, accompted from the first Meridian by the Azores Ilands; and from the 50⅙ degree vnto the 60½ of Northerne Latitude, or from beyond the 18 Paralel, or the beginning of the eight Clime vnto beyond the 27 Paralel, or begin­ning of the 13 Clime. The longest day at the Lizard point in Cornwall (the most Southerly part) contayneth about 16 houres, and a quarter. At Straithy head in Scotland (which is the point lying farthest to the North) the same containeth 18 houres, and 3 quarters. The length of the Iland from South to North after this accompt is some 620 Italian miles. The greatest Breadth betwixt East and West according to a right line is about 250 of the same miles. Camden reckoneth 320 miles, bending with the crookes, and turnings of the Sea-coast. The [Page 4] whole circumference he accompteth at 1836 miles. A Paralel drawne ouer the middle hereof hath (after Ptolemy) almost that proportion to a Meridian, Ptol. Geog. lib. 8. c. 3. or Greater Circle, as hath eleven to twenty. It comprehen­deth two Kingdomes of England, and Scotland, of late yeares vnited vnder one Prince, of which seuerally with their Ilands.

ENGLAND.

The bounds hereof are vpon the South, West, and East the same with those of great Brittaine, & vpon the North frō Scotlād the Tweede, and Solway Frith, with the riuer of Eske, running into the Solway.

It is situated betwixt the 50⅙, and 55 48/60 degrees of Northern Lati­titude, and is subiect to the 8, 9, and 10 Climes. The longest day in the most Southerly point hereof is 16 houres and a quarter. At Berwicke (the point most Northerly) it contayneth 17 houres, and 48 minutes. It hath in length after this computation 340 Italian miles.

The Aire is close, thicke, moyst, and much subiect to winds and stormy weather, yet very healthfull, sweet, and exceedingly tempe­rate, not molested with those vehement, and piercing colds of Win­ter, or scorching heats of Summer, vsuall to regions of the same Clime, or of more Northerly Latitudes. In regard hereof the people ordi­narily here liue very long (if not broken with surfeits, and bad diets) healthie, and not much encombred with diseases. The Country is plaine for the most part, or rising with easie downes, seeming plaines a farre of (Wales, and the English Apennine excepted) pleasant, and most fruitfull, flourishing with a perpetuall greenesse of meadowes, corne-fields, woods, and grassie hills, and stored with all varieties both for necessitie, and ornament, which the colder Clime can bring forth. The cloath, and wools hereof for quantity, and finenesse exceed those of all other parts, much desired abroad, and cloying forreine markets with an ouer great abundance. No Countrey yeeldeth such plenty of beeues, sheepe, and cattell. Corne serueth here for both vses of bread, and drinke; yet not with that superfluity that much can be spared, through the luxurie of the Nation, or their neglect of tillage, and the iniury of the great ones turning arable to green swarths, ouermuch addicted to pasturage and feeding. The hilly, and more barren parts swell with profitable, and rich minerals of silver, copper, iron, sea-coale, & allom, but more especially of tinne, and lead. The seas swarme with fish, but not much regarded by the Natiues through their inexcusable slouth, or glutted with their flesh, and store of land provision.

The Inhabitants most commonly are tall, and bigge of stature (com­pared with Southerne Nations) fayre (especially the women com­mended for their lasting beauties) proper, well proportioned, and surpassing others in a more apt posture, and gracefull carriage of their bodies, graue, witty, pleasant, well spoken, generous, bountifull, or ra­ther prodigall, spending aboue their ranke and meanes, lavish, and vnconstant in their apparrell, and liberall, dainty, and neate feeders. In war they are accompted valiant (but not so hardie) feirce, vndaun­ted, fearelesse of danger, not accustomed to fly, resolute, constant, and quickly disciplined. No nation hath afforded more braue and expert [Page 5] Sea-men, with stout, and swiftships failing in all weathers, Seas and Oce­ans. The Learned in all ages haue beene much deseruing, and no lesse esteemed, Beda, Alensis, Scotus, Occam, the two Bacons, Bradwardine, o­ther auncients, to omit those of latter times. From hence Germany, Poet. Germ. Citat. á Cam­deno (de An­glo: Saxoni­bus) v. etiam Comment. lo­achimi Vadiani in Pompon. Melae lib. 3. (de Hispan. & Sep­tent. I [...]sulis. and the Westerne parts were first recouered from ignorance, and barbarisme, overwhelmed with a deluge of the rude Northerne Nati­tions. From hence more especially France at two severall times, by the Brittish v. Caesaris Com. Bell. Gal. lib. 6. Druides vnder the Gaules, and by Alcuinus v. Trithemi­um de Ecclesi­asticis Scripto­ribus. Annal. Gallicos. &c. vnder Charles the Great, and the French, the first publicke reader at Paris, the occasion, and Authour of that most auncient, and flourishing Vniversi­ty. At this day in the iudgment of vnpartiall relaters amongst other learning they not so much equall as exceed all others in Poetry, Orato­ry, close, deepe, and substantiall penning, and composing of those subiects, which they vndertake, sermons & practique Devinity; but whose most & best writings being English are not so well knowne abroad.

The Vulgar languages here spoken are the Welsh and Cornish, reman­ders (as are the people) of the ancient Brittish; and the English, origi­nally Dutch, brought hither by the Saxons, although now much diffe­ring frō the present Dutch or German, through a long disunion of the 2 nations, & the mixture hereof with the Norman or French, & Latine.

The religion of the Pagan Britons was the same with the auncient Gaules v. Caes. Com. Bell. Gall. lib. 6. & Taciti Iulij Agricolae vitā.. who first planted the Christian, it is vncertaine. The Mag­deburgenses in their 1 Century, and 2 booke and Chapter bring in S. Paule heare preaching the Gospel out of the 9 sermon of Theodoret ad Groecos Infideles▪ Surius S. Peter in his 29 of Iune out of Simeon Me­taphrastes. The second of these their authorities I haue not yet seene. The first of them (in the place recited) relateth no such matter.

An old manuscript in the Vatican remembred by Baronius ma­keth otherwise Ioseph v. Annal. Eccl. Baronij. Anno Christi. 35. of Aramathaea to haue beene the first, con­firmed by Malmesburiensis in his AntiquitiesMalmesbur. de antiq. Glaf­toniae. of the monastery of Glastenbury. Higher proofes in this wee haue none. Of something better authority Nicephorus CallistusNicephori Callisti Eccles. Histor. lib. 2 c. 4., DorotheusDorothei Sy­nops. de vità, & morte prophe­tarum., and the MenologieMenologium Graecorum 10 die Maij. of the Greekes mention Simon Zelotes, who here should suffer martyrdome (the time they set not downe) contradicted by the RomanMartyrologi­um Romanum 28 Octob. Martyrologie, andMartyrologi­um Bedae. S. Ca­lend. Novemb. that of Beda, both which affirme that he dyed in Persia. Besids these, DorotheusDorothei Sy­nopsis, de vita & morte pro­phetarum. nameth Aristobulus (remembred by S. Paule in the last Chapter of his Epistle to the Ro­mans) whom he entitleth Bishop of the Britons. Eusebius, Socrates and all the more approued Ecclesiasticall writers are wholy silent in this argument. In the raigne of the Emperours Antoninus Verus, & Au­relius Commodus Bedae Eccles. Histor. Anglo­rum. lib. 1. c. 4. after Beda (or more rightly of Commodus) vnder king Lucius Eleutherius being then Bishop of Rome, the Gospell in Britaine is first publikly receiued, continuing from that time in full rest, and without molestation vntill the tenth persecution vnder Dioclesian, and the holy Martyrdome of ib. lib. 1 c. 6. & 7. S. Alban, a Citizenv. Geldae Epis­tolam de exci­dio, & conques­tu Brittanniae. of Verolamium, a­mongst others put to death neare vnto that citty in the place where afterwards was built (by great Offa) the famous Monastery of S. Alban, in time occasioning the towne, thus named. In what manner this Luci­us [Page 6] was King of the Britons, Nennius and Beda, who first tell the story mention not. Baroniusv. Annales Eccl. Coes. Ba­ronij Anno Christi 183. in his Annalls seemeth to stand doubtfull betwixt three opinions. I either that he commaunded amongst the Britons beyond the Roman pale. 2, or that he was some substitute king in the Province vnder the Romans. 3, or newly elected by the seditious Roman Britons, rebelling then against Commodus. The second opinion is the most probable (the custome of the Romans quaedam civi­tates Cogidu­no regi donatae vetere, & iam pridem recep­ta populi Ro­mani consue­tudine, vt ha­beret instru­menta servitu­tis & reges. Corn. Tacit vita Iulij Agri­colae. being considered, hauing aunciently kings for their subjects,) and that he ruled ouer on­ly a part of the Roman Province. That about, or before this tyme the Britons had receiued the Christian faith, the words of Tertullian, li­uing in the raigne of Commodus, and Severus, doeBritanorum inaccessa Ro­manis loca Christo sunt subdita. Tertullian. ad­versus Iudaeos cap. 7. vide etiam Theodo­ret. ad Graecos Infideles Serm. 9 & Nicephori Callisti Histor. Eccl. lib. 3. c. 1. sufficiently wit­nesse. Under the Emperour Constantine the Great, borne in this Iland Bedae Ec. His Anglorum lib. 1. c. 8. of Helena a Brittish woman, religion here is first generally authori­zed, as in all other places subiect to the Roman Empire, clouded soone after with a blacke darkenesse of Arian ibidem. infection, begun in the raigne hereof, and condemned by the first Nicene councell, but resu­ming greater strength vnder his son Constantius, who next succeded; and with a generall plague spreading over this Province, together with the whole Christian world. This tempest blowne ouer, the Or­thodox faith is againe endangered in the raigne of Arcadius, & Hono­rius ibidem lib. 1. c. 10. 17. & 21. by the heresie of Pelagius, a natiue of this Country, vndertaking a proud warre (to vse the words of my Author) against the sauing grace of God: in whose refutation S Austine much laboured, who then liued; here routed out by the authority, and religious, and learned endea­vours of S. German, and S. Lupus, Bishops of Auxerre, and Trois in France, at the request of the Britons sent hither by the French Churcb; and lastly after sundry relapses, by S. David v. Balaei Cent. 1. nu. 55 &c. Bishop of Meneva, or Menew (since from hence called S. Davids) in the raigne of Arthur king of the Britons. About those tymes flourished (amongst others of that nature here, and amongst the Scots in Ireland) the famous Monastery of Banchor, erected long before the time of S. Benedict, or of anyknowne order,Bedae eccl. Histor. Anglo­rum lib. 2. 2. and rule of Monkes, consisting after my author of sea­uen parts, or devisions vnder their seuerall heads, each whereof contei­ned at the least 300 persons, maintained by the labour of their hands without salary, or revenue. The ruines hereof are yet seene vpon both sides of the Dee in Flintshire in Wales, the course of the riuer hauing since beene altered.v. infrà In the yeare of Christ 449, Valentinian the third then succeeding in the Westerne Roman Empire, the Saxons, or Dutch, at that time Pagans vnder their Prince Hengist arriue in Kent, followed by fresh Colonies of the same Religion, & Nation, seazing vpon other parts of the Ilands; by which meanes Christianity is here againe almost totally obscured, if not fully extinguished, driuen out with the natiue Britons, and confined onely with in Wales, Cornwall, and the Westerne Mountaines. Their prophane gods (if it be worth the noting) were Tuisto v. Corn. Ta­citum de mo [...]i­bus Germ [...]o­rum. mentioned by Tacitus, and vvoden Malmesbur. de Gestis An­glorum lib. 1. c. 1. &c. and Frea by Malmesbu­riensis, in whose honour the second, third, and fift dayes of the weeke were named Tuesday, VVednesday, and Friday continued since in the flourishing time of the Gospell, and vnto this present. [Page 7] The neighbouring vncharitable Welsh, Sicut è [...]ntrá Britones, qui nolebant An­ [...]lis eam, quam. habebant, fidei Christianae notitiam pan­dere. &c. Bedae Eccl. Histor. lib. 5. c. 23. v. etiam e [...]usdem Ec. Hist. lib 2. c. 2. & 20. et lib. 5. cap 24. or Britons not vouchsafing their aide, and disdaining all commerce herewith, offended with their iniurie, and intrusion, S.Ibidem lib. [...] c. [...]3. c. et lib. 2. c. 1. 5. et 6. Austine, a Monke ofF [...]or. Histor. per Matth [...]um Westmon. Rome, is sent hi­ther from Gregorie the Great, then Bishop of that sea, at whose hands Ethelbert chiefe King of the English, & his Kentish Saxons receiue bap­tisme; the first Archbishop of Durovernia, or Canterburie, arriving here in the raigne of Mauritius, Emperour of the East, and some 150 yeares after the first comming of Hengist. Kent by diuine grace be­ing thus illuminated, the other kingdomes of the English Heptarchy fol­low not long after: The East-Saxons, vnder their KingBedae Eccl. Histor. Anglo­rum, l. 2. c. 3. et 5. et l. 3. c. 22. Sebert through the authority of King Ethelbert, and by the preaching of Mel­litus, first Bishop of London vnder the Saxons, relapsing soone after vnder Selred, Seward, and the first and second Sigeberts, idolatrous princes; and recouered to the faith vnder Sigebert the third, through the perswasions of Oswy king of Northumberland, and the pious la­bours of S. Cedde the second Apostle, and Bishop hereof after S. Mel­litus: the Northumbrians Ibidem l. 2. c. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. et 14. &c. v. eti­am Eiusdem l. 3. c. 1 et 3. vnder their kings Edwin, and Oswald, and by the preachings of Paulinus, and Aidan, the first bishops of Yorke, and Lindisfarne: the East-Angles Ibidem lib. 2 c. 15. et l. 3. c. 18. vnder their King Erpenwald by the instigation of Edwin King of Northumberland, after three yeares apostacy (Erpenwald deceased,) confirmed in the Orthodoxe religion through the industry, and holy raigne of King Sigebert: the West-Sa­xons Ibidem lib. 3. c. 7. vnder their King Kingils by the preaching of S. Birinus, the first bishoppe of Dorchester in Oxford-shire, and through the godly zeale of Oswald, king of Northumberland: The Mercians vnder their kingIbidem lib. 3▪ c. 21. 23. et 24. et lib. 4. c. 3. Penda, and Peada, and Wulsfhere, sonnes to Penda, by the prea­chings amongst othersCedda, Adda, Be [...]ti, et Diuma permittente Rege Penda. Bedae Eccles. Histor. Aug. l. 3. c. 21. et Cellach Trumhere, [...]a­romano, et Ceadda sub P [...]ada, et Wulf­here. ib. l. 3. c. 24. of S. Ceadda, an Apostle of the Mercians, and the firstHabuit au­tem (Ceadda) sedem Episco­palem in loco, qui vocatur Liccid feld, in quo et defun­ctus est, et se­pultus, vbi vs (que) hodiè se quen­tium quoque provinciae illi­us Episcapor [...] sedes est ib. l. 4. c. 3. bishop of Lichfield, brother to Cedde, the second bi­shop of the East-Saxons, and by the meanes of Oswy King of North­umberland: and the South-Saxons Ib: l. 4 [...]. 13. vnder their King Edilwalch by the preaching of S. Wilfrid, Arch-bishoppe of Yorke, liuing then here exiled, thrust out of his bishoppricke by Egfrid, King of the North­umbrians, sonne, and successour to Oswy. The last Countrey conver­ted vnder the English, was the Ile ofIb. l. 4▪ c. 16. Wight, subdued, and forced to the Christian beleife by Ceadwalla, King of the West-Saxons. Great was the heate, and devotion of that first more good, plaine, and sim­ple age, Churches, and Oratories builded, Bishopprickes erected, Monasteries founded; then the onely nurseries of learning, and reli­ligion, and painefull ministers euery-where planted, sincere,Ib. l. 3. c. 26. v etiam Eiusdem l. 3. c. 5 et 28. iust, exemplary, without hypocrisie, faction, pride, ambition, and desire of worldly gaine, couetous only of the glory of God, and the promotion of his Church, by whose holy endeavours (England then being too strait to containe so earnest, and immense a Zeale) the neighbouring Germans not long after tooke flame, and were wonne vnto the faith, in regard thereof, and of their commonBedae Eccl. Histor. Anglorum. l. 5. c. [...]1. et [...]2. Alberti Krantzij Metrop. l. 1. c. 6. 7. et 8▪ Magdeburg. Cent. 8. c▪ 2▪ Baron Annal. Eccles. Anno Christi 697. et 710. language (which then was the same with the Dutch) chiefely aboue others imployed in this sa­cred worke by the Bishops of Rome and the French Kings, to whom the Countrey was then subiect. Amongst these of more honourable me­mory [Page 8] were S. Willebrord the first bishop of Vtreicht, S. Weiro bishop of Deira, S.Pectheimus Bedae Ec. Hist. lib. 5. c. 24. Plechelmus, bishop of Wit-herne, or Candida Casa, S. Swibert bishop of Werden, S. Acca bishop of Hagustald, S. Marcelline, and others, the Apostles of the Thuringians, Frisons, and the Lower Germans in the Regency of Pepin the Fat, Maiour of the Palace of the French kings, S. Willebald the Apostle of East-france, and first bishop of Eystet at the same time, and S. Willehade the Apostle of the Saxons, and first bishop of Bremen, but more especially Saint Boniface, or Winifride, the first Arch-bishoppe of Mentz, and the generall Apostle of the Nation (acknowledged thus by the vnpartiall Dutch, and Popish Relaters) about the yeare 710, and Papacie of Gregorie the second, after many re­lapses the establisher here of religion, and meanes of their more per­fect, and full conuersion. The English we finde not as yet enthralled to the Church of Rome, although not without their errours, and much reverencing the authority of that sea, from whence had proceeded their conuersion, followingquod vt facili­us, & maiore authoritate perficeret▪ Nai­tanus rex Pi­ctorum) quaesi­vit auxilia de gente Anglo­rum, quos iam­dudum ad ex­empium sanctae Romanae, & A­postolicae Ec­clesiae suam re­ligionem insti­tuisse cognovit Bedae Eccles. Histor. Anglo­ [...]um. l. 5. c. 22. their doctrine, & honouring the same with their frequent pilgrimages, their pension of Peter pence Flores Hist. per Mat. West. Monaster. An. 727. & 794. and with the coule, and religious habitsvid. infra. of sundry of their Kings. The Welch then, orv. Bedae Eccl. Hist. l. 2. c. 2. Britons were altogether averse from all acknowledg­ment hereof, neither obeying the Legates of the Popes, neither yeel­ding to their decisions, or conforming to their rule, differing from them in sundry points. A maine controuersie betwixt them was the Ibid. l. 2. c. 2. & l. 5. c. 24. celebration of Easter, of whom the Britons (from whom the Picts, and Scots Ibid. l. 3. c. 29. did not much differ) observed the 14 day after the New­moone in March, or the first Moneth, following the custome of the Church of Asia, and pretending the practice of Saint Iohn the Evange­list, and the Romans with the English, and others, the Sunday after the 14 day, alleadging an Apostolicall tradition, a scruple then much di­sturbing the peace of Christendome, andConcili. R [...]. Palestin. Pon­tic. Gall [...]. Os­roen. et Ephe­sin habit. circa, An D: 198; Vi­ctore Pontifice Rom. & Severo Imperat. et Concil. Nicen: [...]: sub Imperat. Constantino magno: v. Binij Concil: Tom: 1 et Eusebij Ec: Histor: l: 5: c: 22: disputed of in sundry Synods. No lesse was the controversie (but long afterwards, and a­mongst the English themselues, betwixt the married,) & vnmarried v Hoveden: Partem prio­rom in Rege Edgaro: ib: Re­ge Guilielmo Primo: et Hen: Huntingdon: l: 7: Rege Hen­rico Primo: Priests in the raignes of Edwy, Edgar, Edward the Martyr, & Etheldred, Monarches of the English-Saxons; as likewise after the conquest▪ of the Normans (for vntill this time Priests were married,) adiudged a­gainst the married Priests through the pretended miracles of S. Dun­stan (a great vpholder of the Monkish faction,) & the sentence of Pope Hildebrand in the yeare 1074, and raigne of William the Conquerour, and lastly (for yet notwithstanding the Popes interdict the Priests still kept their wiues) by Anselmus Arch-bishoppe of Canterbury, and a Synod then held at London in the raigne of King Henry the first. In the raigne ofvid: infrà. great Egbert, and about the yeare 829 breake in the mer­ciles, and Pagan Danes, through whom, and the many Popish errours, which already had crept in, religion is againe eclypsed. Their Idol was Thur, Adam Bre­mensis: giuing afterwards the name of Thursday to the fourth day of the weeke. By holyvid: Infrà: Alfred, Edward the Seniour, and Athel­stan the second, they are at length subdued, and for the time either ex­pulsed the Country, or brought vnder the English, and Christian yoake. By this time the long aspiring Papacy had gotten the vpper [Page 9] hand ouer the rest of the Churches of the West, and princes, people, di­vine, and humane Lawes here, as in all other places, are made subject to the sole will, and free arbitration hereof. By Pope Alexander v. Infr. the second, the Normans are authorized to vsurpe the Crowne of Eng­land, Edgar, and the Saxon line (the right heires) excluded, and the oppressed English disabled for making resistance, terrified, and kept in by Papall cursings. By Innocent the third King Iohn is made vassall v. Infrà. to the pretended Apostolique sea, surrendring his Crowne, and re­suming the same againe to be held vnder the fee, and tribute of the Popes. The Christian world hauing beene long abused, Iohn Wiclef, Walsingham Hist. Regibus Edvardo Ter­tio, & Richa [...]do secundo. a soecular Diuine of the Vniversity Oxoniensis Borealis. ib. of Oxford, and Rectour of Lut­terworth in Leicester shire in the raignes of Edward the third, and Richard the second first to any effect opposeth against the tyranny hereof, and those errours, and impostures, which antiquity, superstitious, and im­provident zeale, and their ambition, and avarice had obtruded vpon religion, fauoured by Iohn of Gaunt, Duke of Lancaster, Henry Lord Per­cy, the ChancelourWalsingham Hist. Regibus Edvardo Ter­tio, & Richa [...]do secundo. and body of the Vniuersity, sundry Regulars, and Priests, the Londoners, and multitudes of the Common, and Lay peo­ple, & besides England spreading his opinions ouer the neighbouring Germany, the authour of the reformation of theAenaeae Sylvij Histor. Bohe­micam. Ioachi­mum Camera­rium de Fra­trum Ortho­doxorum Ec­clesijs in Bohe­mia. Hussits amongst the Bohemians, withstood by the Praelates, and Monkes, thundred a­gainst by Bulls, of the Pope sent to the King, the Bishops, and Vniver­sity, and condemned by the Councell of Constance, the liue bodies of Husse, and Hierome of Prage, and the bones of Wicleffe in detestati­on of their pretended heresie being burnt by the order of that Synod. The positions hereof are to be read in the history of Walsingham, but v. supra. mingled with many falsities, and vntruthes, through the malice of that relater a Monke, and of those times no friends to his cause. What more rightly they were, is better seene in the confession of the Hus­sits, or Bohemians, arising from hence, & moulded after his doctrine. Now begun the ancient, holy, and grand-esteeme of the Church to as­swage, and coole, superstition to be vnmasked, the Papall power to grow suspected, his censures to become more vile, the wealth, and great reuenues of the Monks, and Cleargie to be envyed, and their liues, and actions to be scanned, and looked into by a more narrow, & censorious eye. In the raigne of King Richard the second,Parliament: habit. Gloces­triae v. Hist. Walsingham. rege Richard. 2. a petition is exhibited by Parliament for the taking away of all their temporall possessions, not assented vnto, and reiected by that plaine, and well meaning prince. The like is attempted byParliament. habit. apud Westmon. 11. Reg. Henrici 4. & Lecestriae an. 2 Henrici 5. v. Fabia n. Chro. an. D. 1410, & Hen. 4. 11. & an. D. 1414, & 2 [...] Henr. 5. et. 8. two other Parliaments in the raigne of Henry the fourth, and Henry the fift, pretending their abuse, and better imployment in the reliefe of the poore, the mainte­nance of Esquires, Knights, and Lords, and the seruice of the King, lastly diuerted (the suppression of Monasteries excepted, belonging vnto strangers) through the wisedome of Henry Chichlie Arch-bishop of Canterbury, proposing the more honourable French warres, and declaring the vndoubted right of the Prince to that Crowne. By king Henry the eight, provoaked by the excommunication, and rash censures of Pope Clement the seaventh, the Papall An. 28. Hen. [...] authority is aboli­shed [Page 10] through the Realme, and the power, and title of supreame head of the English Church assumed, and entayled vpon his successours, some abuses about images, and the Scriptures, and prayers in an vn­knowne tongue in part reformed, and Monasteries, and religious houses (stiffe abetters of the Romish Hierarchie) to the great astonish­ment of the world vtterly razed, and demolished, and their whole possessions, whether Temporalties, or tithes, & offerings (the vndoub­ted rights of the Church) escheated to the Crowne, and fold, or giuen to lay persons through passion, avarice, or his zeale against the many vices, and enormities of the Monkes, or to engage the laity (without which possibly he could not haue withstood so great a danger) in his warre against the Papacy, and Cleargie, partakers with him of their spoyles. Vnder Edward the sixt, religion is more fullyAn. 5 & 6 Edvardi. 6. established, and the Church purged from errours, and superstition, the Masse, and the rest of the 6 bloudy articles of his father abrogated, images pul­led downe, the holy Eucharist administred vnder both kinds, and the Scripture, and deuine seruice read in the vulgar language, yet done not without much rapine, and iniurie, committed vnder pretence of reformation, the sacred monuments of the dead in Churches defaced, and Bishoppricks, Collegiate Churches, Hospitalls, and Almes-hou­ses being robbed of their reuenewes by sacrilegious greatnes during the licentious raigne of that most hopefull, but young, & pupill king, By Queene Mary (a great strength, to whose title was the dispensati­tion, and authority hereof) Religion is againe made vassall to the sea of Rome, andAn. 1 & 2. Phil. & Mariae, the power and iurisdiction of the Pope restored, with condition notwithstanding that the lands, and goods lately taken from the Cleargy, should remaine to their lay possessours; without which caution, the Nobility, and Commons in Parliament, (whose ioynt interest this was) would not giue their consent, persecution ra­ging soone after with fresh furie, and the whole kingdome flaming with fires, and gashly sights of burning Martyrs. Queene Elizabeth of famous memory gaue an end to theseAn. 1. Eliza­bethae. long afflictions and vnsetled state of the Church, the Gospell reestblished with mature and graue aduice, and confirmed by her many victories, and long and prospe­rous raigne, continued since by her glorious successour King Iames, maintained by the authority of his royall pen, the faiths vndoubted defender, the Churches patron, and the true Cleargies friend; & with no lesse zeale, and constancie by Charles, our gracious soueraigne now raigning, heire of his Fathers Crowne, and Prin [...]ly vertues.

The Religion then here publiquely allowed, is the Reformed, or Protestant, whose briefeThe booke of Articles. summe is set downe in the 39 Articles, agreed vpon in a Convocation holden at London in the yeare 1562, and con­firmed by the Cleargie of both Provinces. The supreame head here­of is the prince by a common right, and prerogatiue of Kings, and by decreeAn. 26. Henr. 8. & 1 Elizabeth of Parliament enacted in the yeare 1534, & 26 of the raign of King Henry the eight. The Cleargie are Arch-bishops, Bishops, and inferiour ranks, all Regulars, or Monks excluded.

The Arch-bishops, v Bedae Histor. Eccl. Anglorum Malmesbur. de Gestis Pontifi. Anglorum. Francis. God­vvin Epis. Lan­daven. de Prae­sul [...]bus Angliae. or Metropolitane seas follow. Canterbury Cantuatiensis idem Dorover­nonsis. Bed. whose [Page 11] Diocesse with that of Rochester is Kent, and whose Province in a man­ner is the whole South-part of England, on this side Trent, and Humber, begunne about the yeare 596 by Ethelbert, the first Christian King of the Kentish Saxons in the person of Saint Austine, the first Apostle of the English. The Bishops hereof are named Primates, and Metropo­litans of all England by order of Convocation in the yeare 1534. For­merly during the Romish Hierarchy, Redit. 2816l. 17s. 9d. they assumed the title of Legats of the Popes, and Primates of all Britaine.

Yorke, Eboracensis. i­dem Nordan­humbrorum. Bed. whose Diocesse is Nottinghamshire, and Yorkeshire, and Pro­vince the part of England vpon the North of Humber, Dee, and Trent, founded about the yeare 652 by Edwin King of Northumberland in the person of Paulinus, Redit. 1609l. 19s. 2d. Chaplaine to his Queene Ethelburga, and the Apostle of these Northerne parts of the English.

The Bishopricks may thus be ranked vnder their seas Metropolitane. Londinensis. i­dem Orienta­lium Saxonum. Bed. vnder Canterbury, London, whose Diocesse is Essex, Middlesex, and part of Hartfordshire, founded about the yeare 606 by Sebert, and Ethelbert, Kings of the East, and Kentish Saxons in the person of Mell [...]us, the Apostle of the East-Saxons, and continued after a long apostacy by Sigebert, the second Christian king hereof in the person of S. Cedde the second Apostle, and Bishop, brother to Saint Ceadda, (for thus are the names distinguished,) the Apostle, and Bishop of Lichfield, and the Mercians. The Bishops hereof are otherwise in Beda named of the East-Saxons. Redit. 1119l. 8s. 4d. The extent of their iurisdiction hath not any thing beene altered since the time of their institution.

Winchester, Wintoniensis. idem Occiden­talium Saxo­num. Bed. Dorcestrensis. founded by Kenwald king of the VVest-Saxons in the per­son of VVina a Frenchman, taken out of the large Diocesse of Dorce­ster by Oxford in the time of Agilbert, the second Bishop of that sea, founded by King Kingills, father to Kenwald in the person of Be­rinus an Italian, the Apostle of the West-Saxons. Agilbert forsa­king England, discontented with this division, and the promotion of VVina, the voyde Bishopricke of Dorcester became vnited to VVina, & to the sea hereof. By king Ina the South-Saxons are likewise herevn­to added vpon his conquest of that Countrey. The great Bishoprick of VVinchester contained then by this meanes both kingdomes of the South, and West-Saxons. By Ina about the yeare 704▪ the Bishop­ricke of Sherborne is taken out.Sherburnensis. Selseiensis. i­dem Australi­um Saxonum. Bed. Not long after, in the yeare 711, the Bishopricke of Selsey for the South-Saxons. The Diocesse af­ter so many loppings, comprehendeth now the countries onely of Surrey, and Hantshire, with the Iles of VVight, Iersay, Garnsay, and Al­derney. In the yeare 733, Dorcester was againe made a Bishops see, but for the Province of the Mercians, takē out of the Diocesse of Lich­field. Out of Sherborne by Edward, surnamed the Elder, were devided the Bishoprickes of VVells for Sommersetshire, of Ramesbury for Wilt­shire,Ramesburien­sis. and of Kirton, and Bodman for Devonshire, and Cornwall. Of these Ramesbury became vnited againe with Sherborne in bishop Her­man, Cridiensis. Bodmin. and the raigne of Edward the Confessour. Bodman during the Danish warres, was translated to S. Germans, and lastly vnited with [Page 12] Kirton by the authority of king Canutus. Of Kirton, and VVells here­after.Red. 249 [...]l. 9s. 8d. ob. The Bishops of Winchester were otherwise in Beda named of the West-Saxons.

Lincolne, Lincolniensis. begunne at Dorcester by Oxford in the yeares aforesaid, & brought hither by Bishop Remigius in the raigne of the Conquer [...]ur, ac­cording to the order of a Synod at London, that the Sees of bishops in obscure and decayed townes should be remoued to the chiefe citties of each Diocesse. It conteined then the middle of England betwixt the riuer of Thames, and Humber. By king Henry the first, the bishop­pricke of Elie is taken out. By Henry the eight those of Oxford, and Peterborough. Red. 894l. 18s. 1d. ob. It extendeth yet over Lincolneshire, Leicestershire, Hun­tingdonshire, Bedfordshire, and Buckinghamshire, with part of Hartford­shire, the largest of all the English bishopricks.

Sarisburie, Sarisburiensis. begunne at Sherborne by Ina king of the West-Saxons in the person of Adelmus about the yeare 704, and remoued hither by bishop H [...]man in the raigne of the Conquerour. Red. 1385l. 5s. ob. It conteineth now VViltshire, and Barkshire.

Excester, Exoniensis. begunne at Kirton in Devonshire in the person of Adulfus, by Edward, surnamed the Elder, Monarch of the English, and remoued hither vnder bishop Leofricus in the raigne of Edward the Confessour. Red. 500l.

VVells, Bath. & Wel­lensis. tooke out of the Diocesse of Sherborne, and founded in the person of Athelmus by Edward the Elder, Monarch of the English-Sa­xons. By Iohn de Villula vnder king VVilliam Rufus the See was remo­ued to Bath. Vnder bishop Robert in the raigne of king Stephen the two Churches (of Bath, and VVells) after much contention are agreed, and the Bishoppes are to assume the title of both places,Redit. 533l. 1s. 3d. continuing euer since. The Diocesse hereof is onely Somersetshire.

Chichester, Cicestrensis, i­dem Australi­um Saxonum. Bed. begun in Selsey by Edilwalch the first Christian king of the South-saxons, in the person of S. VVilfride, the exiled bishop of Yorke, or of Northumberland: the Apostle hereof; after VVil­fride, and the conquest of the country by the West-Saxons, vnited to Winchester; about the yeare 711 in bishop Edbrith devided againe from Winchester, and restored to Selsey; and lastly from Selsey re­moued hither,Red. 677l. 1s. 3d. the chiefe towne of the Diocesse, by bishop Stigand in the time of William the Conquerour.Eliensis. It conteineth onely Sussex.

Elye tooke of Lincolne, and conteyning only Cambridgeshire, foun­ded by king Henry the first in the person of Harvaeus, Red. 2134l. 18s. 5d. q. 31 qa. sometime Bi­shop of Bangor in Wales.

Norwich, Norvvicensis. idem Orienta­lium Anglo­rum Bed. begun at Dunwich about the yeare 630, by Sigebert king of the East-Angles, in the person of Faelix a Burgundian; vnder Bisus the fourth bishop diuided into two Bishopricks, of Dunwich, and North-Elmham; Domuc. Bed. Elmanensis. in the yeare 955 after a long vacancy during the Da­nish tyranny, and vsurpation in the person of Athulfus restored, and vnited in one bishoppricke of North-Elmham by Edwy king of the En­glish-Saxons, by bishop Herfast remoued from North-Elmham to Thetford in the time of the Conquerour; and lastly hither from Thetford by bishop Herebert, about the yeare 1086 toward the latter end of the same raigne, or the beginning of William Rufus. The bishops [Page 13] hereof are otherwise by Beda named of the East-Angles. Their Diocese is extended ouer the Countreyes of Norfolke, Red. 899l. 8s. 7d. qa. and Suffolke.

Lichfield, Coventrensis, & Lichfelden­sis idem Mer­ciorum. Bed. begun amongst the Mercians about the yeare 656, in the person of Diuma a Scottishman, by Oswy king of Northumberland, and Monarch of the English, after his great victory obtained against Penda; and in the yeare 669, fixed here by holy Ceadda, or Chad, in the raigne of VVulferus king of the Mercians. In Adulphus about the yeare 793, it was raised to an Arch-bishoprick by king Offa, but which dignity la­sted not beyond his time. By bishop Peter in the yeare 1075, and time of the Conquerour, the sea is remoued to Chester; by Robert de Limesey in the yeare 1095, to Coventry, the residence of many of the succeeding Bishops. In regard hereof these now vse the title of both cities of Co­ventry, and Lichfield. Their Diocese contained more anciently the whole Kingdome of the Mercians, whereof they are otherwise named by Beda. Sidnacestrensis By King Ethelred, brother and successour to VVulferus, the Bi­shopricks of VVorcester, Leicestrensis. and Sidnacester, are taken out; not [...]ng after a­bout the yeare 733, those of Leicester, and Dorcester; and lastly by Hen­ry the eight, the Bishoprick of Chester, whereof VVorcester, and Chester remaine at this present; Dorchester was (as before) translated to Lin­colne; and Sidnacester, and Leicester, became vnited with Dorcester. Vnto the jurisdiction hereof appertaineth at this day all Staffordshire, Red. 550l. 17s. 2d, ob. qa. and Darbyshire, with parts of VVarwickshire, and Shropshire.

VVorcester, Vigorniensis. i­dem Wiccio­rum. Bed. containing VVorcestershire, and part of Warwickshire, ta­ken out of Lichfied, and founded about the yeare 679, in the person of Boselus, by Ethelred King of the Mercians, brother to Wulferus. The Bi­shop hereof is otherwise named of the Wiccij by Beda, the more pro­per name of the inhabitants of the countrey in the time of my Au­thour.Red 1049l. 17s. 3d. ob. qa.

Hereford, Herefordensis. containing Herefordshire, and part of Shropshire, foun­ded in Bishop Putta about the yeare 680.Red. 768l. 10s. 10d. ob. qa.

Rochester, Rhosfensis, & Castelli Can­tuariorum Bed. containing part of Kent, founded in the yeare 606 by E­thelbert, the first Christian king of Kent, in the person of Saint Iu­stus. Red. 358l. 3s. 7d. qa.

Oxford, Oxoniensis. containing Oxfordshire, taken out of Lincolne in the yeare 1541, by Henry the eight, whose first bishop was Robert King, the last Abbot of the Monastery of Ousney. Red. 354l. 16s. 3d. qa.

Peterborough, Petroburgensis containing Northamptonshire, and Rutlandshire, taken out of Lincolne by Henry the eight, whose first bishop was Iohn Cham­bers, Red. 414l. 19s. 1 [...]d. the last Abbot of that Monastery.

Glocester, Glocestrensis. containing Glocestershire, founded by Henry the eight, and taken out of Worcester, Red. 315l. 17s. 2d. whose first bishop was Iohn Wakeman Abbot of Teuxbury.

Bristoll, Bristoliensis, containing that City, and Dorsetshire, founded by Henry the eight, Red. 383l. 8s. 4d. whose first bishop was Paul Bush, a Batchelour of Divinity of the Vniversity of Oxford.

S. Davids, Menevensis. begun at Isca Silurum, now Caer-Leon in Monmouthshire by Dubritius, formerly bishop of Landaff, in the time of Aurelius Am­brosius King of the Britons, and remoued hether to Meneva, or Menew, [Page 14] named afterwards S. Davids, in the raigne of King Arthur by David, next successour to Dubritius, renowned amongst the Welsh for his stout opposition against the Pelagian heresie, returning with fresh rage after the departure of S. German, and S. Lupus, and lastly in those parts extin­guished through the great industry, and authority hereof, canonized a Saint long afterwards by Pope Calixtus. In S. Dauid, or Dubritius it was made a sea Metropolitane for the Britons, accompted thus vntill the Norman conquest of Wales, although the Paule lost, carryed to Dole in France, during a fierce pestilence by bishop Sampson. Vnder King Hen­ry the first, it became subject to the sea of Canterbury. It containeth now Pembrokeshire, Redit. 426l. 22s. 2d ob. Cardiganshire, and Caermardenshire in VVales.

Landaff, Landauensis. containing Glamorganshire, Monmouthshire, Brecknockshire, and Radnorshire, whose first bishop (whereof we read in approued au­thours) was Dubritius, before-mentioned, a great oppugner of the Pe­lagians, Redit. 145l. 14s. 1d. consecrated by S. German bishop of Auxerre, and after his re­moue to Caer Leon, here succeeded vnto by Teliaus, continuing the sea.

Bangor, Bangorensis. containing Caernarvonshire, Merionethshire, Denbighshire, & Anglesey. When the sea begun, we finde not. The first knowne bishop was Hervaeus, afterwards bishop of Elye, appointed by king Henry the first.

S. Asaph, Asaphensis. containing Denbighshire, & Flintshire, named thus from S. Asaph, the second bishop, and called otherwise Lhan-Elwy by the VVelsh, founded by Malgo king of the Britons about the yeare 560. in the person of Kentigerne, Redit. 131l. 16s. 4d. a Scottish bishop of Glasco, liuing exiled in those parts, and beginning the Church, and Monasterie thus named.

Vnder Yorke Durham, Dunelmensis. Lindisfarnen­sis. Bed. begun at Lindisfarne, or the Holy Iland, by Os­wald king of the Northumbrian Saxons in the person of Aidan a Scot­tishman, the Apostle of those parts after Paulinus, and remoued hither with the body of S Cutbert, sometimes likewise bishop of Lindisfarne, by bishop Edmund in the raigne of Ethelred, Monarch of the English Saxons. The three first bishops of Lindisfarne, Aidan, Finnan, and Col­man, all three Scottishmen, are otherwise by Malmesburiensis accomp­ted amongst the bishops of Yorke, governing the Ecclesiastical affaires of the Northumbrians after Paulinus during the invasions and cruelty of the Mercians, and Welsh vnder Penda, and Cadwallo their kings, but not vsing the Paule, Redit. 1821l. 17d. qa. or assuming the title of Metropolitans, or of Yorke. The Diocese hereof is now onely Durham and Northumberland. Carleolensis.

Carlile, containing Westmoreland, with part of Cumberland, foun­ded in the person of Athaulphus by king Henry the first, Redit. 531l. 4s. 11d. ob. taken out of Durham. Cestrensis.

Chester, taken out of Lichfield and Coventry, founded by king Henry the eight. The first bishop was Iohn Bird, Provinciall of the Frier Carme­lites. It containeth Cheshire, Lancashire, and Richmondshire in Yorkeshire, with parts of Cumberland, Redit. 420l. 1s. 8d. and Flintshire.

Man, Sodorensis. containing that Iland, appointed by Pope Gregory the fourth. The bishop hereof hath no place, or suffrage in the English Parlia­ments.

Besides these there were Hagustald, Hagustaldensis. whose first bishop after Mal­mesburiensis [Page 15] was S. VVilfrid before-mentioned, or Eata, or Tumbert, ac­cording to Beda after the expulsion of S. VVilfrid, and the division of the sea of Yorke by king Ecgfrid, extinguished in the time of the Da­nish warres.

Lindissi, Lindisfarorum. v. Bed. Eccl. Histor. Anglo­rum lib. 4. c 12. videtur hic i­dem esse cum Sidnacestrensi. taken out of the great Diocese of Lichfield, and founded af­ter Beda by Ecgfrid King of Northumberland, vpon his conquest of that country from VVulferus of the Mercians, vnder bishop Leouinus after Malmesburiensis, vnited with the sea of Leicester in the raigne of Edgar Monarch of the English Saxons; & VVit-herne Candidae Ca­sae. begun vnder Pecthel­mus in the time of Beda; and continuing certaine yeares after. The towne yet standeth in Galloway, a part then of the English kingdome of Northumberland, since belonging to the Scots. Amongst the bishops next vnto the Arch-bishops, the first placeAct. Parl, an. 3 [...]. Henrici 8. v. Pulton. c. [...]0. hath London, next to whom are Durham and VVinchester. The others are ranked according to the time of their consecration. What were the seats of the bishops before S. Austine, v. Malmesbur. de gestis Pont. Angl. Prolog. lib. 1. and the conversion of the English, we cannot certainely deter­mine. Geffrey of Monmouth mentioneth three Archbishops (of London, Yorke, and Isca Silurum, or Caer Leon,) and 28 bishops, founded in the place of so many Arch-Flamins, Galfrid. Monu­meth. Hist. lib. 4. c. 19. and Flamins (gentilisme abolished) in the raigne of King Lucius, by Faganus, and Duvanus, Legates of Pope Eleutherius, and the Apostles of the Britons. The authority, and truth of the author hath alwayes bin suspected. MoreBed. Hist. Eccl. Angloru [...] lib. [...] c. 2. certainly Beda in a con­ference of the VVelsh with S. Austine the first Arch-bishop of Canterbu­ry maketh mention of 7 bishops of the Britons, but without naming them or their seates.Ex provinciâ Britanniae, ci­vitate Londi­nensi, Restitu­tus Episcopus. The first Councell of Arles, held in the yeare 326, and the raigne of the Emperour Constantine the Great, nameth one Re­stitutus, a Brittish bishop of London, amongst the Fathers assisting in that Synod. Other names during these more primatiue times wee haue not yet found in the subscriptions of Councels,v. Binij Conci­liorum Tom. t. or any ancient and good authority Vnder Honorius, v. Binium. the 4 Arch-bishop of Canterbury, the English are divided into Parishes, encreased through continuall sub­divisions, and additions of new Churches. The number hereof are at this day 9284 in both Prouinces. Hereof 3845. are Churches impropri­ate, by Papall authority, annexed aunciently vnto Monasteries, and places of Religion, and at the fall of Monasteries for the greatest part of their revenues escheated to the Crowne, and made Lay possessions. These againe are of two forts. 1 with Vicarages, 2 & without, all whose rights as well tithes, as offerings are detained by their Lay purchasers without any allotment to the Priest by the Parliament, or the King in their sale, and conveyances (which hapned to such whose immediate Pastours had beene the Monkes) maintained now by miserable, yet arbitrary pensions. My selfe haue heard foure pound by the yeare offe­red to a Minister for seruing together two pastorall cures of this na­ture. The number of the Episcopall and Collegiate Churches (including VVestminster, and VVinsore) are 26, besides some others restored of late yeares through the favour, and bounty of King Iames of happy memory. They containe together almost so many Deanes, 60 Arch-Deacons, and 544 Dignities, or Prebendaries. The suppressed Monasteries, [Page 16] (let it be lawfull to remember those dead ruines, sad spectacles of hu­mane mutability) amounted to 645, besides 96 Colledges, 110 Hospi­tals, and 2374 Chanteries, and Free Chappels. Such hath been the affaires of the Church, and Religion.

The State is Monarchicall, commaunded by a King.

The Law whereby it is governed, is the Municipall, or Common, a Law proper to the Nation.

The Prince is Haereditary, and independent, not euer invested by, or ac­knowledging the Roman Emperours, or any superiour earthly power, holding immediatly of God, absolute, and supreame ouer all persons, in all causes both Civill and Ecclesiasticall. King Iohn distressed by a three­fold warre against the Pope, the French, and his rebellious subjects, to appease the first, enthralled the kingdome to the tribute, and vassalage hereof: butThe Common-wealth of Eng­land by St Tho­mas Smith knight. lib. 1. c. 9. which art being forced, neither euer approued by the Parliament, or people, was euer held as voide. He is stiled the Defendour of the faith, which titlev. Polydor. Virgilij Angl. Hist. lib. 27. &c. was first giuen to king Henry the eight, by Pope Leo the tenth, zealous in his cause against the pretended haeresie of Luther, opposed by the authority of his kingly Pen, maintained since vpon better right by his noble successours, the chiefe patrons, and de­fendours of the Orthodoxe, and truely Catholique Religion.

The body, or Common-wealth subject to this Head, may be distingui­shed The Common-wealth of Eng­land by S Tho­mas Smith knight lib. 1. c. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 22. 23. 24. into a twofold order. 1 Artificers, tradesmen, daylabourers, and poore husbandmen without land, who haue no rule, and whose part is onely to obey, 2. and those who in the right, and vnder the authority of the Prince haue their parts in the gouernment, judging, and determi­ning causes, punishing faults, electing officers, granting subsidies, and making Lawes, of whom, and their delegates assembled together, with the King, and Bishops, representing the Cleargie, the Parliament, or grand Councell of the Realme consisteth. These likewise are of two different rankes. 1 The Nobility, 2 and those vnder the degree hereof. The Nobility are divided into the greater Nobility, containing the Baro­ny, or estate of Lords, and the Lesser Nobility, consisting of Knights, Es­quires, and Gentlemen, (the first whereof are not borne thus, but made by the especiall grace of the Prince for their good demerits, or hopes) whose Deputies, and of the Burgesses, and Yeomen, (the rankes vnder the Nobility) compose the house of Commons. These last, the Yeomen, or Free-holders (the auncient wealth, andib. chap. 23. support of the kingdome, the strength, and substance of our warres, our sometimes victorious infantery, the Conquerours of the French) are now much decayed since the fal of Monasteries, whose tenants they were vpon easie rents, but more especially through the present depopulations, rackings, and injuries of the Gentry, pulling downe Townes, and farme-houses, and converting all to pasturage, or their proper demaine, to the much im­pairing of the Princes subsidies, and revenues, the wonted store of people, and riches of the Land, the most important grievance of the times.

The Nation hath alwayes beene much dreaded, and powerfull in Armes, whilest vnited, and in peace at home. King Henry the second by [Page 17] marriage, and warre, enlarged the English dominions ouer Ireland, and Aquitaine, and Guienne in France. Richard the first advanced their glori­ous ensignes in Syria, Palestine, and the East, and conquered Cyprus, ex­chaunged for the title of Hierusalem. By Edward the first all Wales, and Scotland for the time are subdued. By Edward the third the Scots and French in sundry memorable battailes, holding captiue at the same time the persons of both their kings. Under the same Prince the hautie Spaniards, through the high courage, and adventures of his son Prince Edward, forced to the obedience of Don Peter their naturall Lord. By Henry the fift all France on this side the Loire, left to his successour Henry the sixt, crowned French king at Paris. Queene Elizabeth of fa­mous memory, relieued all her distressed neighbours, the Scots, France, and the Netherlands, oppressed by forraine power, or through dome­stique broyles, got the dominion of the sea, and by continuall victories gaue first check to the greatnes, and aspiring ambition of the house of Austria, and Spaine. But as their happy atchieuements, and victories haue beene many, so their errours, and misfortunes no lesse, most com­monly loosing that through ciuill broyles, and contentions (a mis­chiefe incident to all flourishing estates, but most fatall to ours) what by true valour, and honour they haue gotten.

King Iohn lost Normandy, and other English conquests, and possessions in France, through the onely malice, and treason of his disloyall Ba­rons, vnseasonably quarrelling about their liberties, forsaking him in his warres, and siding with his enemies.

Edward the second, Scotland (wonne by his victorious father) through a like despight, and wilfulnes of his seditious Nobles, opposing against his gouernment, and withdrawing their service, and ayde, too eager revengers of his childish, and weake raigne. Henry the sixt irrecovera­bly France, through the faction of the house of Yorke, abusing the peo­ple with pretenses for their private ends, and lastly challenging the Kingdome, and turning our conquering swords into our owne bo­somes.

The Land is divided into Shires, Hundreds, (which are the divisions of Shires, and are in some places otherwise called Weapontakes, and Lathes) and Tithings, the divisions of Hundreds. Kingquos cupiens compescere, & de huiusmodi excessibus co­hibere, totius Angliae pagos, & provincia [...] in Comitatus primusomni­um commuta­vit (Alfredus;) comitatus in Centurias, i. Hundredas, & in Decimas, i. Trithingas de­visit. Praefectos vero Provinci­arum (qui ante vice-domini) in duo officia divisit, i. in in­dices, quos nunc Iusticia­rios voca­mus, & in Vice-Comites qui adhuc i­idem nomen retinent. Ingul­phi Abbat. Crovvland. hi­stor. v. etiam Malmesb. de Gestis. Regum Anglorum lib. 2. c. 4. Alfred was the Author of these divisions, as likewise of the name, and office of the Vice-Comites, or Sheriffs, ordained for the more peaceable gouernment of the Countrey, and the more easie restraint of theeues, and robbers, much encreasing then through the occasion of the Danish warres. The word (Shire) signifieth with the auncient Saxons, a part, or division; as doth the word (Share) with the present English. What number hereof were first instituted by Alfred, we finde not. Malmesburiensis accomp­teth 32 of them in the raigne of Etheldred, Monarch of the English-Saxons, succeeding not long after: Kent, Essex, Middlesex, Surrey, Sussex, Hantshire, Dorsetshire, Wiltshire, Somersetshire, Devonshire, Cornwall, Hart­fordshire, Oxfordshire, Buckinghamshire, Barkeshire, Glocestershire, Suffolke, Norfolke, Northamptonshire, Huntingdonshire, Bedfordshire, Cambridge­shire, Warwickshire, Leicestershire, Staffordshire, Worcestershire, Shropshire, [Page 18] Herefordshire, Lincolneshire, Nottinghamshire, Darbyshire, and Cheshire. Doomesday Booke addeth Yorkeshire, in the raigne of William the Con­querour. Afterwards were added Lancashire, and the Bishoprick of Dur­ham (most probably sometimes parts of Yorkeshire;) and Cumberland, Westmoreland, and Northumberland beyond the Tine, (the part now one­ly retaining the name of the ancient Kingdome thus called,) after their revnion to the English Crowne, formerly possessed by the Scots. The last were the 13 Welsh Shires, added by Edward the first, and Henry the eight. Their whole number are at this present 52 in both Countreyes of England, and Wales. 1 Surrey, Kent, Sussex, Hantshire, Barkeshire, Wilt­shire, Somersetshire, Dorsetshire, Devonshire, and Cornewall, lying vpon the South of the riuer Thames, along the shore of the English Channel. 2 Glocestershire, Oxfordshire, Buckinghamshire, Middlesex, Essex, Hartford­shire, Norfolke, Suffolke, Cambridgeshire, Huntingdonshire, Bedfordshire, Northamptonshire, Rutlandshire, Warwickeshire, Worcestershire, Hereford­shire, Shropshire, Cheshire, Staffordshire, Darbyshire, Nottingham­shire, Lei-cestershire, and Lincolneshire, containing the middle part of the Kingdome, and included within the riuers Thames, Trent, Merseye, Dee, and Wye, Humber, Offaes Ditch, and the German Oce­an. 3 Yorkeshire, the Bishopricke of Durham, Northumberland, Cumber­land, Westmoreland, and Lancashire, the parts vpon the North of Hum­ber, Trent, and Mersey. 4. and Monmouthshire, Glamorganshire, Radnor­shire, Brecknockeshire, Cardiganshire, Caermarthenshire, Penbrokshire, Mont­gomeryshire, Merionethshire, Denbighshire, Flintshire, Caernarvonshire, and the Ile of Anglesey, containing Wales, or the westerne parts within the Dee, VVye, and the sea of Severne. Their descriptions follow after that I haue first related the auncient estate of the Country, with the ma­ny chaunges, and successions of people, and Kingdomes in their turnes com­ming vpon the stage hereof, and occasioning the present names, state, and divisions.

THE SECOND BOOKE.

COntayning the Description of the more great, and famous Mountaines, and Rivers of Great Britaine. The more no­ted Creekes, and Promontories. Their ancient, and present names. The Etymologyes, and names of Britaine, and Albion. The ancient limits, and extent of Britaine. The first Inhabi­tants. The conquest of the more Southerne part by the Romans. The estate, and description of Britaine during the Roman go­vernment out of Tacitus, Dion, Ptolemye, Antoninus, and the Authour of the Notitia, with others. The period, and conclusion of the Roman Empire in Britaine. The estate, and kingdome of the Britons, after the departure of the Romans. The estate hereof after Cadwallader, and the conclusion of the Brittish Mo­narchie. The originall, and history of the Cornish, VVesh, and Britons of Cumberland. Their Conquests by the Saxons, and Normans, and vnion into the kingdome, and name of England. The history of the Scots, and Picts. The Conquest of the Picts by the Scots, and Vnion of the Northerne part of the Iland into the name, and kingdome of Scotland. The invasion of the Ger­mans, or Dutch. The Iutes, Saxons, and English. The Saxon, or English Heptarchye. The originall, and fortunes of the king­domes of Kent, the South-Saxons, VVest-Saxons, East-Saxons, East-Angles, Mercia, and Northumberland. The vnion of the rest into the Monarchie of the VVest-Saxons. The originall of the name, and kingdome of England. The kingdome of England. 1 vnder the VVest-Saxons. 2 vnder the Danes. 3 and vnder the Normans. The vnion of the blood, and rights of the Saxons, or English, Scots, and Normans, and of the whole Great Bri­taine vnder one Prince in Iames our late Soveraigne of happie memorye. The present estate of the Iland, occasioned through so manie mutations. The kingdomes of England, and Scotland. The names, and Etymologie of the Shires of England.

THE MOVNTAINES OF GREAT BRITAINE

THE bounders, or land-markes, whereof I shall haue occasion to make vse in the discourse following, are the Mountaines and Riuers hereof, with the more no­ted Promontories, and Creekes of the O­cean, whereinto the Rivers are disbur­dened.

The onely Mountaine, noted by an­cient authours, was Grampius Grampius mons Taciti in vita lulij Agri­colae. Mons, mentioned by Tacitus, containing now Braid-Albin, with other hilly regions beyond the Frith of Dunbriton in Scotland. The woods, sometimes co­vering this Mountainous tract, were namedSaltus Cale­donius. Saltus Caledonius by Lucius Florus, and Sylva Sylva Cale­donia Pli. Nat. Hist. lib. 4. c. 16. Caledonia by Pliny, inaccessable thorough their intricate, and darke thickets, bogs, lakes, and marishes, safe shel­ters of the Northerne Britons, invaded byv. Corn Ta­cit. in vita Iulij Agricolae. Iulius Agricola, the vid. Ioan. Xi­philini Epito­tomen Dionis, Severo Impe­ratore. Emperour Severus, and the Romans.

In the part subject to the Crowne of England, rise the Mountaines of Wales, taking vp the Westerne devision of the kingdome betwixt the Irish Ocean, the Sea of Severne, and the Riuers Wye, and Dee; strong fastnesses of the warlike Silures, and Ordovices, with great ob­stinacy for a long time resisting the Roman yoake, and not fully sub­dued vntill Iulius v. Corn. Ta­citi Annalium lib. 12 Eius­dem Iulij Agri­lae vitam. &c. Agricola, and the raigne of the Emperour Domi­tian, and afterwards the Rendez-vous of the distressed Britons, shun­ning the rage of the Saxons, or English.

Beyond the riuer Trent beginneth another long Mountainous ridge, which continued through the North of Staffordshire, then by the West of Darbye-shire, afterwards betwixt Yorkeshire, and Lan­cashire, lastly by Cumberland, Westmoreland, and Northumber­land, doth end at Cheviot, or the Scottish borders. This is not known by any one name ancient, or moderne. In Staffordshire, it is named Moreland; in Darbieshire, the Peake; betwixt Lancashire, and Yorke­shire, Blackestone-edge, Pendle, Craven; betwixt Richmondshire, and Westmoreland, Stane-more, in Cumberland, Copland, and at the bor­ders of Scotland, Cheviot.

The other hills of the South (Blackamore, Yorkes-would, the Chil­terne, Cots-wold, Malvern, those of Sussex, Devonshire, and Cornwall, with others) are rather to be accompted Downs then Mountaines. Those many of Scotland seeme all branches of the Grampius.

THE RIVERS, CREEKES, AND PROMONTORIES.

THe Rivers issue from the Mountaines, and hils. The more great, and famous are the Thames, Severne, Trent, Yeure, or Ouse, and the Taye.

The Thames (Tamesis of Caesar,) Tamesis Cae­sar. Com. Bell. Gall. lib. 5. &c. ariseth amongst the hils of Cots­wold in Glocestershire, neere vnto a village, named Torlton. Passing by the Townes of Creekelade, Lechlade, and Einsham, then by Ox­ford, Reading, and London betwixt Kent and Essex it is disburde­ned into the German Ocean. The part from the head vnto the con­fluence hereof and the Tame is more properly named the Isis, Isis flu. or Ouse. The whole notwithstanding is vulgarly called the Thames. Lesser ri­vers emptyed hereinto,Corinus flu. are the Churne, springing in Cotswold neere Birdlip, and by Cirencester tooke in at Creekelade. The Wind­rush out of Cotswold, by Burford, and Whitney, tooke in at Newbridge. The Evenlode out of Cots-wold, by Shipton vnder Whichwood tooke in below Einsham. The Cherwell from the hils by Daintrey in North­amptonshire, Tam [...] flu. tooke in at Oxford. The Tame out of Buckinghamshire, tooke in neere Dorchester below Oxford. Here beginneth the name of Thames. The Colne betwixt Buckinghamshire, and Middlesex, tooke in neere Stanes. The Lea out of Hartfordshire, betwixt Middlesex, and Essex tooke in below Blackwall. The Roding out of Essex, tooke in at Barking. Vpon the other side of the Riuer, the Kennet out of Wilt­shire beyond Marleborow, Cunetio. tooke in at Reading. The Wey out of Hantshire, by Farnham, and Guildford tooke in at Otlands. The Mole out of Surrey, at the White-hill diuing vnder ground, afterward breaking out, and tooke in neere Molesey. And the Medway, out of the weald of Kent, below Rochester devided into the East, and West-Swale with the Thames enclosing the Ile of Shepey.

The Severne, Sabrina Corn. Taciti Annal. lib. 12, &c. (Sabrina of Tacitus,) issueth out of the hill Plinlimon in Montgomerie-shire in Wales. Hauing visited the townes of Shrewes­bury, Worcester, and Glocester, below Bristow it falleth into the Westerne Ocean. Chiefer riuers flowing into the wider channell hereof, are the Terne out of Staffordshire, thorough Shropshire tooke in at Wroxce­ster. The Avon, Avona. by Warwicke and Eveshom, tooke in at Teuxbury. The Avon (another river thus named) out of Wiltshire beyond Malmes­bury, tooke in belowe Bristow. From the side of Wales, the Temd thorough Shropshire, and VVorcester-shire, tooke in belowe VVorcester. The VVye out of the Mountaine Plimlimon, Vaga. betwixt Radnorshire & Brecknockshire, afterwards thorough Herefordshire; lastly betwixt the Forest of Deane in Glocestershire, & Monmouthshire tooke in below Chep­stow. The Lug out of Radnorshire, tooke into the VVye below Here­ford. And the Munow betwixt Herefordshire and Monmouthshire tooke into the VVye at Monmouth.

The Trent (Treanta of Beda) ariseth in Staffordshire beyond the town of Newcastle, Trenta. by Stone, Burton, Nottingham, Newarcke, & Gainsborough, [Page 4] receiued into Humber (Abus of Ptolemy) at Aukbarow below Burton Stather. Abus Cl Ptol. Geog. lib. 2. c. 3. Rivers falling hereinto are in Staffordshire, the Sow tooke in below Stafford. The Tame tooke in below Tamworth. The Doue out of the Peake, betwixt Staffordshire, and Darbieshire tooke in belowe Burton. Derventio. The Darwent out of the high Peake, thorough Darbyshire tooke in belowe Darbye. The Soare, thorough Leicestershire tooke in below Loughborough. And the Idel out of the Forest of Shire-wood in Nottinghamshire, below Bautree, deviding into the Hekdike, falling in at Stockwith, and another streame, below Santoft-ferrie, meeting with Thurne-dike, a part of the Dun, and tooke in at Fokerbie.

The Yeure sourceth out of the English Apennine amongst solitary Mountaines in the Westerne part of Richmondshire. Vrus. Continued tho­rough VVentsdale, below Burrow-bridge, and the meeting of the Swale after the receipt of a small rivulet, thus named, out of the West-Ri­ding of Yorkeshire, Ousa. it taketh the name of Ouse, from whence by Yorke, and Selbie at Blacktoft below Howden, it falleth into Humber. Greater riuers disburdened herein, are the Derwent from Blackamore hills, be­twixt the East, and the West-ridings tooke in at Langrike ferie below Selbie.Svvala. The Swale, out of Mountaines in the VVesterne part of Rich­mondshire neere vnto the head of the Yeure, thorough Swaledale, and by Richmond, and Catarick tooke in belowe Topcliffe at Mitton. The Nid from Craven hils, Nidus. thorough Nidherdale took in below Knarsborow. The Wharfe out of the same Mountaines, thorough VVharledale, and by Wetherby tooke in at Cawood below Tadcaster. Arus. The Are from the Mountaine Pennigent in Craven, thorough the West-Riding, and by Leedes, and Snath tooke in at Armin aboue Howden. The Calder from the Westerne Mountaines, receiued into the Are below Wakefield at Castle-ford. Danus. And the Dan, or Dun, below Sheafield, Rotheram, and Dan­caster at Thurne devided into Turnebridge-dike, falling into the Are be­twixt Turnebridge and Rawcliffe; & Thurnedike, at the Ile of Axeye mee­ting with the Idell, and tooke into the Trent at Fokerby neere to Bur­ton Stather.

The Taye, Taus, seu Ta­um aestuarium Corn. Tacit. in vita lulij Agri­colae. the fairest of the Scottish riuers (Taus of Tacitus, and Ta­va of Ptolemy) springeth amongst the Mountaines of Braid-Albin, be­low Dunkelden, and Perth, or S. Iohns-towne at Dundee carryed into the German Ocean.

Other better rivers, Cenio Ptolem. Geogr. lib. 2. c. 3. Damnonium, & Ocrinum Prom. ib. An­taevestaeum, & Bolerium Prom. ib. Tamara. Ta­marus Ptol. ib. rectius Isca. Alaunius ib. or mentioned by auncient authours, and having immediate entercourse with the Ocean, are in Cornwall the Vale (Cenio of Ptolemie,) emptyed into the Baye of Falmouth. More Westward lye the Lizard point (the Promontorie Damnonium, and Ocrinum of Ptolemy,) and the Lands-end (Antaevestaeum, and Bolerium of the same authour.) The Tamar (Tamarus of Ptolemie,) betwixt Cornwall, and Devonshire receiued into the English Channell at Plimmouth. The Ex (Isaca of Ptolemie,) thorough Devonshire, tooke in at Exmouth, below Excester. The Avon (Alaunius of Ptolemy,) with the Stoure, tooke in at Christ-Church in Hantshire. The Test, and Alre, at Southanton falling into the great Baye hereof (Trisantonis Ostium of Ptolemie.) Trisantonis os­tium. ib. Magnus por­tus. ibidem. Beyond is the Baye of Portsmouth (Magnus Portus of Ptolemie.) The Stoure, below [Page 5] Canterbury falling into the German Ocean with two branches, or chan­nells, encompassing the Ile of Tenet, and the North Forland, a promon­torie of the Iland (Cantium, Cantium Prom. ib. Idumanius, ib. Garienus. ib. Extensio Prom. ib. Metaris aestua ib. and Nucantium of Ptolemie.) The Blacke­water (Idumanius of Ptolemie,) thorough Essex, tooke in below Mal­don. The Yare (Garrienus of Ptolemy,) out of Norfolk tooke in at Yar­mouth. In Suffolke betwixt this and Harwich lyeth Easton-Nesse, (Exten­sio of Ptolemy.) Into the Washes (Metaris of Ptolemy) the Ouse ari­sing at Brakeley in Northamptonshire, and by Buckingham, Bedford, Huntingdon,Antona Corn. Tac. An. lib. 12. and Elye tooke in at Linne. The Nen (Antona of Taci­tus) from the hils by Daintrey, thorough Northamptonshire, and the Fens of Cambridgeshire tooke in below Peterborough, & Wisbich. The Welland, by Stamford, and betwixt Cambridgeshire, and Lincolneshire, tooke in below Crowland. Withama. The Witham out of Lincolneshire, below Lin­colne, and Boston flowing into the same Arme of the sea. Into Humber the Ankam in Lincolneshire, by Glamford-bridge, and Saxbye (my birth­place) tooke in at South-Feriby. The Hull, tooke in at the town of Hull in Yorkeshire, and with the sea, and Humber encompassing Holdernes (the Promontory Ocellum of Ptolemy.) Beyond,Ocellum Pro. Ptol. lib. 2. c. 3. ib. vnder Flamborough head, quart of Bridlington was the Bay, named of the Gabrantovici by Ptolemy. More Northwards against Whitby in Blackamore is the Bay Dunum of the same Authour.Gabrantovico­rum Sinus ib. Dunum Sinus. Teisis, & Teisa. Tuesis aestuar. Ptolem. ib. Vedra Ptol. ib. Tina. ib. The Tees (Tuesis of Ptolemy) out of Stanemore, betwixt Yorke­shire, and the bishopricke of Durham falling into the Ocean below Ya­rum. The Were (Vedra of Ptolemy) accruing from two little rivulets, named Kell-hop, and Burn-hop, in the Westerne part of the bishopricke, tooke in at Monkwermouth below Durham. The Tine (Tina of Ptolemy,) distinguished into the South Tine, arising in Cumberland nere Alstenmore; and the North Tine, from Mountaines in the Scottish borders, through Tindale, and the Picts wall after the receipt of the Riuer Rheade from Rheadesquire-hill in the same borders (naming the valley of Rheadesdale) aboue Hexham meeting with the South-Tine, and together betwixt the bishopricke of Durham, and Northumberland disburdened into the Ocean at Tinmouth below New-castle. Alaunus. ib. The Alne (Alaunus of Ptolemy) in Northumberland, Tvveda. tooke in below Anwicke. The Tweede from Moun­taines in Scotland, thorough Tweedale, afterwards betwixt the two king­domes tooke in at Berwicke. Into the Sea of Seuerne, and in Devonshire the Taw, and Towridge, Prom. Herculis arising neere to Herty-point (Promontorium Her­culis of Ptolemy,) Ptolem. ibid. meeting together, and in one channell tooke in below Barstaple. The Parret in Sommersetshire, below Bridgewater, and Hunt­spill falling into the Baye, Vexalla, et V­zella aestuar. ib. Isca. named Vexalla, or Vzella by Ptolemy. The Vske out of the blacke Mountaine in Brecknockeshire, thorough this country, and Monmouth-shire tooke in below Newport. Ratostabius, et Ratostibius. ib. The Taffe (Ratostabi­us, and Ratostibius of Ptolemy,) thorough Glamorganshire, tooke in below Cardiffe. The Tovy (Tobius of Ptolemy,) thorough Caermardenshire, tooke in below the towne of Caermarden. Tobius. ib. Beyond, in Penbrokeshire ly­eth Saint Davids head, Prom. Octo­pitarum. ib. Tuerobis, et Tuerobius. ib. Stuccia. ib. or S. Davids land (the Promontorie of the Octopitae of Ptolemy.) Into the Irish Ocean the Tivy (Tuerobis, or Tuerobius of Pto­lemy,) out of Lhin-Tivy, betwixt Cardiganshire, and Penbrokeshire tooke in below Cardigan. The Ystwith (Stuccia of Ptolemy,) tooke in at Aber-Ystwith [Page 6] in Cardiganshire. Canganum, et Langanum Prom. ib. Tisobis, & Toi­sovius. ib. Deva. Seteia aestuar. Ptol. ib. Belisamum, et Bellisama Ptol. ib. Beyond in Caernarvonshire lyeth the great Promontory named Lhein by the Welsh, and Canganum, or Langanum by Ptolemy. The Conwey (Tisobis, or Toisovius of Ptolemy,) betwixt Caer­narvonshire, and Denbighshire, tooke in at Aber-conwey. The Dee (Seteia of Ptolemy) arising with two heades from the Mountaines beyond Lhin-tegid, or Pimble-meere in Merioneth-shire, thorough Denbighshire, afterwards betwixt Wales, and Cheshire, tooke in below Chester. The Mersey, Lonus. Setantiorum Portus, seu la­cus Setantio­rum. Ptol. ib. Ituna. aestuar. ib. betwixt Cheshire, and Lancashire tooke in below Lirpoole. The Ribble, (Belisamum, and Bellisama of Ptolemy) out of Craven in Yorkeshire neere the Mountaine Ingleborough, thorough Lancashire tooke in below Preston. The Lune from the hills of Westmoreland, tooke in below Lan­caster, Beyond, betwixt Fournesse, and Westmoreland is the great Lake Winander-mere, Moricambe aestuar. ib. Novius, et No­bius. ib. not vnprobably Setantiorum [...], or the Lake of the Setan­tij of Ptolemy. The Eden (Ituna of Ptolemy) out of Richmondshire, through Westmoreland, and Cumberland, by Kirkby-Steven, Appleby, and Carlile tooke into the Frith of Solway. Deva, et Dea. ib. The Leven, Eske, & Sark (bounders here of the English, Iena aestuar. ib. Auravannus ib. Novantum Chersonesus. ib. and Scottish kingdomes) emptyed into the Solway. The great Bay by Holme Cultrain on this side of the Frith seemeth to be Mo­ricambe of Ptolemy. In Scotland the Annan, by Annandale tooke into the Solway below the towne of Annand. The Nid (Novius, or Nobius of Ptolemy) out of Logh-Cure, Rherigonius Sinus. ib. Glota Corn. Taciti in vita Iul. Agric. Clo­ta aestua. Ptol. ib. lib. 2. c. 3. Lelaannonius, et Lelanonius. ib. tooke into the Solway neere to Dunfreys. In Galloway the Dee (Deva, and Dea of Ptolemy.) The Ken (Iena of Ptolemy.) The Rian (Auravannus, and Abravanus of Ptolemy) out of Logh-Rian. Betwixt the two last lyeth the Mul of Galloway, the Chersonese, or Pro­montoric of the Novantes of Ptolemy. Beyond, quart of Carict, lyeth the Bay Rherigonius of the same authour. The Cluid, at the castle of Dunbri­ton falling into Dunbriton Frith, the Glota of Tacitus, and Clota of Ptole­my. Epidium. Pto ib. The Levin (Lelaannonius, and Lelanonius of Ptolemy) out of the Lake Lomond, falling into the Cluid at Dunbriton. Beyond the Frith is Cantire, a long,Longus. ib. and narrow Chersonese, the Promontory Epidium, or of the Epi­dij of Ptolemy. Bodotria Taci­ti in vita Agri­colae. Boderia aestuar. Ptol. ib, lib. 2. c. 3. In Rosse Lough Longas (Longus of Ptolemy.) Into the Ger­man, or Easterne sea the Banoc, emptyed in the Forth, or Frith of Eden­borough, the Bodotria of Tacitus, and Boderia of Ptolemy, with the Glota or the Frith of Dunbriton the furthest limits Northwards of the Roman conquests in Britaine.Diva Ptol. ib. The Dee (Diva of Ptolemy) out of Marre, Loxa. ib. tooke in neere to Aberdon. Celnius. ib. In Murray the Spey. In the same country the Losse (the Loxa of Ptolemy.) Vara, et vararis aestuar. ib. In Rosse the Cillian (the Celnius of Ptolemy.) Betwixt this,Ila. ib. and Murray lyeth the Bay named Vara, Viruedrum Prom. ib. and Vararis by Ptolemy.) In Catnesse the Wifle (probably Ila of Ptolemy). Veruvium Pro. ib. Beyond in Strath-Navern are the Promontories Dunsby (Viruedrum of Ptolemy.) Vrde-head (Veruvi­um of Ptolemy.) Orcas, et Tar­vedrum. Prom. ib. And Howburne-head (Orcas, and Tarvedrum, or Tarvisi­um of the same Authour,) the extreame parts of the Iland to the North. Many of the riues haue the same names. How this hapned wee knowe not.

THE ANCIENT NAMES OF ENGLAND

THev. Aristot [...]lis de Mundo c. 3. Athenaei. lib. 5. Lucretij de Re­rum Naturâ lib. 6. Caesaris Comment. Bel­li Gallici lib. 5. Strabonis Ge­ogra. lib 4. Pto­lomaei Geogra: lib. 2. c. 3. & lib. 8. c. 3. Plinij Na­tur. Hist. lib. 4. c. 16. Festum de verborum Sig­nificatione: Herodiani His­tor. lib. 3. Guli­elmi Camde­ni Britanniam. more ancient names hereof in approued Authours were onely those of Albion Albion Ari­stotilis de Mun­do c. 3. Ptole­maei Geog. lib. 2. c. 3. & lib. 8. c. 3. Plin. Natu­ralis Histor. lib. 4. c. 16. andBritannia Cae­saris Commen. Belli Gallici lib. 5. Corn. Tac. in Iulij Agrico­lae vita &c. [...] Ath [...] ­naei lib. 5. Britannia. Vnder the common name of the Brittish Ilands Aristotle quo in mari duae insulae Bri­tannicae sitae sunt, quam ma­ximae, Albion, et Ierna Arist. de Mundo c. 3. in his booke de mundo, and 3 Chapter com­prehendeth both the Ilands of Albion, and Ierna, or Ibernia. The like doth Ptolemy in the 8 booke of his GeographiePrima Tabu­la continet in­sulas Brit [...]nicas (Albion: & I­berniam) cum insulis adiacentibus. Ptol. Geogr. lib. 8. c. 3. and 3 chapter. Pliny in his 4 booke and 16 chapter, observeth all those Ilands, situated in the Ocean betwixt Germany, and Spaine, before this times, to haue beene all called by the generall name of Britaine. The common name then of the Countrie, and of all the neighbouring Iles first, and more aunciently was Britaine, or the Brittish Ilands. The particular name he­reof was Albion, devised first by the Graecians, sayling towards those parts, (for the discoveries of the Latines, or Romans, at what time that we first heare of the name reached not so farre, being then a meane and obscure state, and confined onely within Italy,) either (as some conie­cture) from Albion, a supposed sonne of their Sea-god,De Albione, & Bergione Neptuni filijs vide Pomp. Mel. lib. 2. Neptune, an E­tymologie not altogether absurd, the situation hereof being considered, and the vsuall vanity of the Greekes in giuing names to Countryes from their profane gods; or (which is more probable) from the word [...], after Festus signifying White in the Greekish language, imposed in re­gard of the white chalky cliffs of the high sea-coast hereof, seene by the Mariners a farre of, trading in those Seas. Afterwards (as inEx ad­verso huius situs Britannia insusla. Albion ipsi nomen fuit, cum Britanniae omnes vocarentur. Plin. Natura: Histor. lib. 4. c. 16. Pli­ny) the name of Albion left of, it tooke the proper name of Britannia, or Britaine. The first of Greeke Authours, who expressely nameth it Britannia was Athenaeus v. Athenaei lib. 5. in descriptione Na [...]is Hieronis. in his fift booke. The first of the Latines were Lucretius, and Caesar, followed by Strabo, Pliny, and all other succeeding Historians, & Geographers, Ptolemy excepted, who in his second and eight bookes reviueth againe the long forgotten name of Albion. The word Britannia, or Britaine learned Camden deriueth from the word Brith, signifying Painted with the ancient Britons, & the Greeke word [...], signifying a Countrey, expressing together a Countrey of painted men, giuen by the Greekes, the first discouerers, from the manner of the inhabitants, who, after Herodian and others, went naked, and had their bodies painted. Other Etymologies are absurd, and more vnlikely. The best (antiquity being herein silent) can be only coniecturall, and very vncertaine.

THE BOVNDS OF ANCI­ENT BRITAINE.

THe bounds of the ancient (since of an Iland) were the same with those of the moderne Britaine, vpon the North theDuecalidoni­us Oceanus Ptol. Geogra­phiae lib. 2. c. 3. Northerne sea; vpon the West the Irish, Ibernicus ib. and theVergivus ib. Westerne; vpon the South the English, orBritannicus ib. British; and vpon the East theGermani­cus ib. German Ocean.

BRITAINE VNDER THE FIRST NATIVES.Britanni Ta­citi An. l. 2. &c. Britones Bedae Eccl. Hist. gent Anglorum lib. 1. cap: 12. &c.

THevid. Caesaris Commen: Bel­li Gallici lib 5. Corn. Tacit. in vita Iulii Agri­colae. Dionis Cassii Ro: Hist. lib. 20: lan [...]s Xiphilini Epi­tomen Dionis in imp. Severo. first dominion hereof, was vnder the natiue Britons (for more an­cient inhabitants we finde not.) Of these the Caledonij Tacitus con­iectureth originally to haue beene Germans from their yellow haire, & the Silures Spaniards from their curled lockes, and more swarthy coun­tenances. The generality of the Nation he otherwise thinketh to haue beene descended from the neighbouring Gaules in regard of their same religion, and like manners, and language. Their descent from the Gaules is more probable as for the reasons here set downe, so for the si­tuation hereof, being the next part of the Continent vnto them, & their way from Asia, and the East, from whence the world was first peopled. Their originall from Brute, and the Troians is altogether absurd, and fa­bulous, since not any more ancient Greeke, or Latine Authours, or bar­barous monuments make mention hereof, from whom the compilers of that story, might gather their relation; neither were the ruder na­tiues then so learned, or carefull, that they preserued any memorie of things doneCaeterum Bri­tanniam qui mortales initio coluerunt, in­digenae, an ad­vecti, (vt inter Barbaros) parū compertum. Corn. Tacit. in Iul. Agric. vita. vnto after ages. Their government (while they were free) was vnder Kings, commaunded by many after the fashion of barbarous Nations. Amongst these, Caesar maketh mention of Cassivellanus in his 5 Commentary of the warres of Gaule vpon occasion of his warres herewith; Dion of Cataratacus, and Togodumnus, sonnes to Cynobellinus in the raigne of Claudian; Tacitus of Cartismandua, Queene of the Bri­gantes, in the time of the same Emperour. The Caledonioj for a great part were a free state afterApud Caledo­nios populus magna ex par­te principatum tenent. Xiphili­ni Epit. Dionis in Severo im­peratore. Xiphilinus in his Epitome of Dion, and life of the Emperour Severus, gouerned by the people. What was their estate be­fore Caesar, ancient Authours relate not, neither (excepting onely Lu­cretius) doe so much as put downe, and remember the name of Bri­tons.

BRITAINE CONQVERED BY THE ROMANES.

THev. C. Iulij Cae­saris Coment. Bel. Gall. lib. 5. Suetonij Tran­quilli Iulium Caesarem, Ne­ronem, & Vespa­sianum; Corn. Taciti Iulium Agricolam: e­jusdem Anna­lium lib. 12. & 14, & Histor. lib. 3: Dion. Cas­sij Histor: lib. 55. & 60. Ioan­nis Xiphilini Epitomen Di­onis Caesare Augusto, Seve­ro, et Commo­do Imper: He­rodiani Histor. Sever. Imp: Lu. Flor. Hist. Rom. lib. 3. c. 10. Aelij Spartiani Adri­anum, & Seve­rum Imper: Iu­lij Capitolini Antoninum Pium: Zosimi Hist. lib. t, & 6. Ammiani Mar­cellini Hist. lib. 27, & 28. Aure­lij victori [...] Iuli­um Caesarem, & Imperatores Claudium, Se­verum, & Aure­lium Alexan­drum: Eiusdem Epitomen Imp. Severo, Con­stantino, et Gratiano: M. Aurelij Cassio­dori Chronicon Imp. Claudio, & Severo: Eu­tropij Hist. Ro­manae lib. 6. 7. 8. 9. et 10. Imp. Iulio Caesare, Claudio, Vespa­siano, Severo, Dioclesiano, et Constantino Magno: Ruf [...] Festi Breviari­um: Antonini Augusti Itine­rarium: provinciarum Rom. Libellum: Ptol. Geog lib 2. c. 3. Notitiam Imperij Occidentise Guidonis P [...]irolli in Notitiam Imperij Occidentis c. 72. 73. [...]t 89. Gulielmi Cambdeni Britanniam. Romans were the first of certaine, and knowne forreiners, & of these C▪ Iulius Caesar, who invaded Britaine in the yeare of Rome 699, Cn. Pompeìus, and M. Crassus being Consulls, invited according to Sue­tonìus through a couetous desire of the fairer pearles hereof, and pre­tending (as himselfe witnesseth in his Commentaries) the continuall supplies and aides of the Nation sent vnto the Gaules in their great warres hereagainst. After two iourneyes made, and some victories gained, hostages taken, & a tribute imposed, he returned into the Con­tinent, rather (after Tacitus) affrighting the Ilanders by those inroades, and discouering them to posterity, then making any conquest of them. The Romans afterwards being detained at home by civill warres, and the succeeding Emperours Octavius Augustus, and Tiberius being care­full rather to preserue what they had gotten, then vncertainely to graspe at more; Britaine is a long time forgotten, and the conquest he­reof intermitted. Caius Caligula had a purpose to invade the Iland, but being giddy-headed, and his minde soone changing, this project is left of. In the yeare of Rome 797 Aulus Plautius is sent hither from Claudius, sollicited by Bericus, a Britaine, through sedition expulsed the Coun­trie, accompanied by the two brethren Sabinus, and Vespasianus, who afterwards was Emperour, followed not long after by the Emperour Claudius in person, the successe of whose warre was after Dion the ta­king of Camalodunum, a chiefe seate of the Kings, the death of King Togodumnus, the subjection of the part hereof lying next to Gaule, and the disarming of the Inhabitants; the first hereof that set firme footing, and fixed a conquest in the Countrie. By Aulus Plautius left by Claudius to end the warre, and his successour Publius Ostorius Scapula, the Silures, and Iceni being vanquished in severall fights, King Caractacus taken pri­soner, and a Roman Colonie planted at Camalodunum; their conquests here are confirmed, and enlarged, and the higher part of Britaine reduced into the forme of a Roman Province. In the raigne of Domitius Nero, the Britons provoked with injuries, vnder Voadica, Queene to Pratasa­gus, the late deceased King of the Iceni, take armes, and rebell, sacking the townes of Camalodunum, and Verulamium, and killing no lesse then 70 thousand Roman Citizens, and their confederates, overthrowne shortly after, & slaine in a great battaile to the number of 80 thousand, and forced to a greater servitude by Paulinus Suetonius then Leifete­nant for the Emperour. By Petilius Cerealis, in the raigne of Vespasian, the great and populous Nation of the Brigantes are warred vpon, and in part overcome. By Iulius Frontinus, his Successour, the warlike Si­lures after stiffe, and long resistance are subdued. Iulius Agricola Pro­praetor in the raigne of Domitian set limits here to the Roman greatnes, by armes, iustice, and better moderation, making a full conquest of the Southerne part of the Iland, extended Northwards vnto the seas Glota, and Bodotria, now the Friths of Dunbriton, and Edenborough in Scot­land, [Page 10] the furthest bounds this way of their Empire, ordering the whole into a province, and civilizing the inhabitants, teaching them letters, and the Roman habit, and manners. Hee also after Dion first discoue­red the Countrie to be an Iland, which vntill then was doubted of, and not certainely knowne. The further parts beyond the Bodotria and Glo­ta, as more could, and vnfruitfull, and inaccessable in regard of their great mountaines, and woods, he left free to the more fierce, & barba­rous Northerne Britons, whom he paled in, and shut out from the more ciuill and Roman by sundry forts, & garrisons of souldiers, planted in the narrow necke of land betwixt the two Friths. The Emperour A­drian not long after remoued the pale more Southwards, and the better to keepe out the enimy drew a trench, or wall of turfes of 80 miles crosse the Iland betwixt the two seas. The place Aelius Spartianus, my Au­thour, setteth not downe. Camden coniectureth it to haue beene, where afterwards stood the wall of Severus, extended betwixt the river Tina, & Ituna, now the Tine & Solway Frith neare Carlile. Lollius Vrbicus in the raigne of Antoninus Pius, who next succeeded, beating backe the barbarous people, againe enlarged the province beyond the wall of A­drian, (as thinketh Camden) vnto the two Friths before mentioned, and the limits of the Empire in the time of Agricola, and Domitian, which after Capitolinus, he likewise entrenched with another new wall of sodds, ouerthrowne not long after, and broken downe by the Caledonij in the raigne of the Emperour Commodus. The Roman Britons, continually molested by the barbarous incursions of the Highlanders, or North­erne; the Emperour Septimius Severus attempted the conquest of the whole Iland, which yet (the enimies keeping within their fastnesses, & not offering battaill) after much toyle, and the losse of 50 thousand men he could not effect, withdrawing within the pale of Adrian, & more firmely to secure the province vpon, or neere vnto the wall hereof, raising a third wall, or trench, strengthning the same with broad ditches, and towers reared along the wall. Afterwards notwithstanding in the raignes of the Emperours Dioclesian, and of Valentian the first, we finde the Romans possessed of the Countrey betwixt this wall, and the Bodo­tria; whence neuerthelesse they were alwaies beaten out, vseing it onely as a counterscharf, by their velitations there to keepe the eni­mie from invading the more inland part of the province. In this man­ner the Iland in time came diuided betwixt the Romans, and the Nor­therne vntamed Britons, bounded, and kept asunder by forts, ditches, and walls, continued, when the Romans prevailed, betwixt the Bodo­tria, and Glota, when the Northerne side had the better hand, betwixt the Ituna, and Tina. The Northern Britons are all called in the Histories v. Ioan. Xi­philini Epito­men Dionis Severo Impe­ratore. of those times by the generall names of the Maeatae, and Caledonii. We after doe heare succeeding in their roomes the Picts, and Scots in the raigne of Constantius, and Iulianus, of whom we are to speake hereafter. The province subject to the Romans was governed by their Propraetours, and other names of Magistrates. In Xiphilinus we finde it distinguished into the higher and the lower Britaine, whereof this contayned the Nor­therne part, and the other the more Southerne. The Emperour Severus [Page 11] most probably was the author of this division, whom after his victory against Albinus, we reade in the third booke of Herodian, parting the I­land into two Praefectureships, or jurisdictions. The authour of the Noti­tia, after the times of Constantine the great (who altering euery-where the gouernment of the Empire, first thus divided it) nameth here fiue juridicall resorts, or Provinces, Valentia a Roman Province of Britaine in the raigne of Con­stantine the Great, but not named thus vn­til the Emperours Theodosius, & Valentinian the first: intimated by Ammianus Marcellinus in his 28 booke. Recuperatam­que provinci­am, quae in di­tionem con­cesserat hosti­um, ita (Theo­dosius) reddi­derat statu [...] pristino, vt, e [...] ­dem referente, et rectorem haberet legiti­mum, et Valen­tia deinde vo­caretur arbitrio principis. ib, Valentia (the part after Camden inclu­ded within the two walls, and containing now the parts of Northumber­land & Cumberland, together with Scotland, vnto the Friths of Edinburgh & Dunbriton,) Maxima Caesariensis, Britannia prima, Britannia secunda, & Flavia Caesariensis, wherof the two first were consulary, & governed by Procōsuls, the 3 last Praesidial, cōmanded by Roman Praesides, subject to the Vicar generall of Britaine, vnder the Praetorio-praefectus of Gaule. The same number, & almost names are put by the author of the booke of the Roman Provinces, Britannia prima, Britannia secunda, Flavia, Ma­xima, and Valentiana, Rufus Festus mentioneth onely foure Provinces, Maxima Caesariensis, Britannia prima, Britannia secunda, and Flavia Cae­sariensis, omitting Valentia, which probably at that time was lost vnto the Northerne Britons. What parts these now containe, we cannot cer­tainely define, since their Authors doe not bound them, either place any Cities in them, whereby they might be distinguished. Not vnpro­bably with Pancirollus Britannia prima comprehended at this day the South-East part of England; Flavia Caesariensis, Cornwall, or the South-west part; Maxima Caesariensis, Wales, or the countreyes within the riuer of Severne; and Britannia secunda, the Northerne parts vnto the wall of Severus. After others Britannia v. Guil. Cam­deni Britanni­am. prima, contained the South part of the Iland, included within the riuer Thames, the British Ocean, and the sea of Severne, Britannia secunda, Wales; Flavia Caesariensis the parts exten­ded betwixt the Thames and Humber; and Maxima Caesariensis, the part lying betwixt the wall of Severus and Humber. The military affaires hereof were ordered by aDux Britan­niarum Notit. Duke of the Britains, guarding the Nor­therne and Westerne borders against the incursions of the barbarous Nations; a Comes, orcōmes Bri­tanniarum ib. Earle of the Britaines, commaunding in the In­land parts; and ancomes Litto­ris Saxonici. ib. Earle Littoris Saxonici, or of the Easterne coasts, quarting the Saxons in Germany, with whose pyracies the Iland was then continually infested. Vnder the first hereof the Authour of the Notitia, placeth the 6. Legion, 16 Cohorts, and ten Numerus idē qui cohors. Zo­somen. Hist. Tripart. lib. 1. Numerorum nomen gene­rale divisionū militarium com. God. Ste­vvichij in l. 2. c. 1. Vegetij de re Militari. Horū meminit Zolo­men. loco cita­to. Vegetius de re militari l. 2. c. 1. et. l. 3. c. 9. et 15. et Am. Mar­cellinus. lib. Numerus hic videtur pars minor cohorte Numeri of foote, with 9 troupes of horse, containing together after Pancirolus his accompt about 900 horse, and 14000 foote, distributed into 34 garrisons vpon the frontires, and along the Wall before mentioned. The Earle of the Ea­sterne, or Saxon Shore, had commaund ouer the Second Legion, one Co­hort, and 5 Numeri of foote, & 2 troupes of horse. The Earle of the Britaines had 3 Numeri of foote, and 6 troupes of horse. The two last contained together after Pancirolus about 9000 foote, and some 1000 horse. The whole number of Roman souldiers aweing the Province towards the pe­riod of the Westerne Empire, and about the raigne of the Emperour Theodosius the second, (for of those times especially the Notitia is to be vnderstood) were (if Pancirolus mistake not in his accompt) some 23000 foote, and 2000 horse. The ordinary Legions attending here, were [Page 12] in the Itinerarium ascribed to Antoninus, Legio secun­da August. Itin. Antonin. Ptol. Geog. l. 2. c. 3. er Dionis l. 55. the Second Legion surna­med Augusta, keeping their station at Isca Silurum, now Caer-Leon in the county of Monmouth; theLegio Sexta Victrix ib. 6 Legion surnamed Victrix at Eboracū, now Yorke; and the Twentieth Legio Vige­sima Victrix Antonini, et Ptolem. ibid. Legio Vigesi­ma Valentia­na. et Victrix Dionis. ib. Legion, in like manner surnamed Vi­ctrix, at Deva, now West-Chester. Ptolemy long before this, liuing in the raigne of the Emperour Antoninus Pius, mentioneth the Sixt Legion surnamed Victrix at Eboracum; the twentieth Legion surnamed Victrix at Deva; and the Second Legion surnamed Augusta at Isca Damnoniorum, now Excester. Dion Cassius (vnderstanding this of his owne time, which was the raigne of the Emperour Maximinus) remembreth the Sixt Le­gion, named Victrix, in the Lower Britaine; and the Second Legion, surna­med Augusta, and the twentieth Legion surnamed Valentiana, and Victrix wintring in the higher Britaine. The Roman souldiers then ordinarily guarding the Province, were the Second, the Sixt, and the Twentieth Le­gions. Tacitus in the raigne of Domitius Nero, besides the Second, and the Twentieth, nameth here the Ninth, and the Fourteenth Legions. But which were no ordinary guards, brought hither vpon the occasion of the great warre hereof with the Britons.

From the wintering campes hereof, and of their wings, and aydes ma­ny Cityes, and townes arose heere, and were occasioned (as the like happened in other parts of the Roman Empire,) whereof parte flou­rish at this time, others through age are now extinguished, or decayed, and reduced vnto the estate of meane villages, knowne only by their Roman coynes, and other markes of antiquity, digged forth of their ruines. Their more true place, and names, with the estate of the whole Iland during those first times, will better appeare in the following description hereof, gathered out of Ptolomye, the Itinerary of Antoni­nus, and the Authour of the Notitia, with reference to Tacitus, and o­ther approued Authours, beginning with Ptolomy.

THE DESCRIPTION OF BRITAINE VNDER THE ROMANE EMPIRE.

ALBION.

BY this name Ptolomy calleth the Iland, whose order I haue ob­serued.v. Clau. Ptol. Geog. l. 2, c. 3. secundum edi­tionem P. Bir­tij. Itinerarium Antonini Au­gusti. Taciti▪ Annalium l. 12. & 14. eiusdem hist. l. 3. eiusdem Iulii Agricolae vit: Dionis Cassii His. l. 60. Ioannis Xiphi­lini Epitomen Dionis Severo Imperatore: Librum Notit. et interprerat. Guil. Camdeni in sua Britan. The bounds hereof I haue formerly set downe.

The Inhabitants with their Cities, and Interpretations fol­low.

The Epidij, Cerones, Creones, Carnonacae, Carini, Cornabij, Logi, Mertae, Cantae, Texali, Vennicontes, Vacomagi, and Caledonij, inhabiting the more Northerne part of the Iland, beyond the Bodotria, and Glota, and contai­ning now together the Countryes of Fife, Strath-eren, Argile, Cantire, Lorne, Braid-Albin, the Sherifdome of Perth, Anguis, Merne, Marre, Bu­quhan, Murray, Loquuabry, Rosse, Suderland, Catnes, and Strath-Naverne, or the whole North of Scotland, from Straithye head, vnto the Friths of Edinborough and Dunbriton.

Their townes were Banatia, Tamia, Orrea, Devana, Alata Castra, and Tuesis, whose interpretations (as very vncertaine) we let passe. The most doe place Alata castra where now is Edinborough. But whose er­rours their farre different situations doe plainely manifest, Edinborough standing on this side the Frith, and Alata castra in my Authour much beyond amongst the Vaco-magi. This was the onely part of Britaine which the Romans left vnconquered. By the Roman Historians it is otherwise called Caledonia, Caledonia Cor. Tacit. in vita [...]ul. Agric. and theCaledonii Xiphilini Epit. Dionis, Sever [...] Imperatore. Caledonij, into whose gene­rall appellation those lesser names vnited, seuered from the Province, or the Roman Britons by the trench or wall of Lollius Vrbicus, before mentioned, whose tract betwixt the Friths of Dunbriton & Edinborough, called Grahams Dike by the Scots, is yet appearing.

The Novantae (on this side the Frith of Dunbriton) containing now Galloway, Carick, Kyle, and Cuningham.

The cities were Leucopibia, now probably VVhit-herne in Galloway, & Rerigonium, now Bergeny in Carick.

TheE [...]govae. Selgovae, now Lidesdale, Eusdale, Eskdale, Annandale, & Nidis­dale, named thus from their riuers falling into the Solway Frith.

Their townes were Carbantorigum, standing sometimes where now is Caerlaverocke, the dwelling house of the Lord Maxwell.

Vxelum V [...]elum.. The place is lost. Camden from the name conjectureth it to haue stood vpon the riuer Euse in Eusdale.

Corda. It stood sometimes vpon the Lake called now Loch-Cure in Nidisdale.

[Page 14] Trimontium. The Damnij, now C [...]luydsdale, the Barony of Renfraw, Lennox, the Sherifdome of Sterling, and Menteth.

Their townes were Colanica.

Vanduara, now Renfraw.

Coria, not improbably where now is Camelot in the country of Sterling.

Alauna.

Lindum, now Linlithquo.

Victoria.

The Gadeni, now Teifidale, Twedale, Merch, and Lothien, or the part of Scotland lying vpon the German Ocean, betwixt the riuer of Tweede, and the Frith of Edinburgh. Hitherto Scotland.

TheOt [...]lini. Otadeni containing now Northumberland in England.

Their townes were Curia, now Corbridge vpon the riuer Tine in Northumberland; and Bremenium, (Bremenium of Antoninus) conjectu­red now to be Rochester in Readesdale in Northumberland.

The people hitherto inclusiuely from the Novantae, were in the time of Dion called all by the generall nameMaeatae Xi­philini Epi­tom Dionis Se­vero Impera­tore. of the Maeatae. TheyCaeterum Britannorum duo praesertim sunt genera, Caledonij, & Maeatae. Nam caeterorum no­mina ad hos fe­rè referuntur. Incolunt Mae­atae juxta eum Mitrum, qui insulam in du­as partes divi­dit. Caledomi post eos sunt. Xiphilini Epit. Dionis. ib. together comprehended the Province, named Valentia v. suprá. by Ammianus Marcel­linus, and the Author of the Notitia, and Valentiana by the Authour of the booke of the Roman Provinces, included betwixt the two walls of Lollius Vrbicus, and Severus before-mentioned, debated for a long time betwixt the Romans, and the Northerne British Nations, and now reco­vered by one side, and soone after by the other, yet by turnes held by the Romanes vntill here the expiration of their Empire.

Xiphilinus here contradicting Ptolemy, obserueth thePostident v­trique (Cale­donii, & Maea­tae) Montes asperrimos, & sine aqua, itéq, campos deser­tos, plenosque paludibus: quodque moe­nia non ha­bent, nec vrbes, agros nullos colunt, et de praeda, et vena­tione, fructi­busque arborū vivunt. Degunt in tentoriis nudi, et sine calceis. Xiphili­ni Epit. Dion, ib. Caledonij, and Maeatae, or Northerne Britons not to haue inhabited any Cities or wal­led townes, liuing then naked in tents, neither doe we finde any men­tion hereof in those great journeyes made by Iulius Agricola, and the Emperour Severus into Caledonia, and the North which giueth suspiti­on the places hitherto set downe by my Authour, either not at all to haue beene, or that they were onely some scattered habitations, deli­uered vnto him by vncertaine and false relation, and named thus.

The Brigantes, (the Brigantes of Tacitus) containing now Cumber­land, VVestmorland, the Bishopricke of Durham, Yorkeshire, and Lanca­shire, or the parts of England, lying North of the riuer of Mersee, and Humber, (the Countie of Northumberland excepted.) Here more pro­perly begun the Roman Province, and the Itinerary of Antoninus, which no where passeth beyond the limits of the Empire.

Their townes were Epiacum, now Pap-castle in Cumberland.

Vinovium (Vinovia of Antoninus.) The town is ruinated. It stood aun­ciently where now is Binchester, a small hamlet nere vnto Bishop-Auk­land in the Bishoprick of Durham.

Caturactonium (Caturacton of Antoninus) now Catarick in Richmond­shire.

Calatum, ( Calagum aliàs. Gallatum of Antoninus) where now is VVheallep-castle, neare Kirkbye-Thore in Westmorland.

Isurium, (Isurium of Antoninus) now Ald-burrow in Yorkeshire vpon the riuer Yeure.

[Page 15] Olicana, now Inkley in the same shire.

Rhigodunum, now Rible-chester in Lancashire.

Eboracum, Legio Sexta victrix (Eboracum Legio Sexta victrix of Anto­ninus, EboracumEboracum Britanniae Mu­nicipium. Sext. Aur. Victoris lib. de Caesari­bus, Imperato­re Severo. a Municipium of the Romans after Aurelius Victor) now Yorke.

Camunlodunum (Camulodunum of Antoninus.) The towne now is not extant. The ruines hereof yet appeare vpō a steep hill nere vnto Al­mundbury, and the riuer of Calder in the West-riding of Yorkeshire.

The Parisi, part of the Brigantes containing now the East-riding of Yorkeshire.

Their citie was Petuaria, not vnprobably now Beverley.

The Cornavii, now Cheshire, Shropshire, Staffordshire, Worcestershire, and Warwicshire.

Their cities were Devana edi­tionis Merca­toris. Deunana, Legio vigessima Victrix (Deva, Legio vi­gessima victrix of Antoninus,) now West-chester; and Viroconium) Vro­conium of Antoninus,) now Wroxcester in Shropshire.

The Orduij aliàs Orduices (the Ordovices of Tacitus,) now Flint-shire, Denbighshire, Caernarvonshire, Merionithshire, and Mountgomerieshire, or North-Wales.

Their cities were Mediolanium (Mediolanum of Antoninus,) now Lhan-Vethlin in Mountgomeryshire, and Brannogenium, now Worcester. This last Towne is misplaced by my Authour, belonging vnto the Cornavii.

The Demetae, now Carmarthenshire, Cardiganshire, and Pembrokeshire, or West-Wales.

Their cities were Loventinum, probably New-Castle in Carmarthen­shire; and Maridunum, now Caermarthen in the same county.

The Silyres (the Silures of Ptolemy, Tacitus, & Antoninus,) now Here­fordshire, with Radnorshire, Brecknockshire, Monmouthshire, and Glamor­ganshire, or South-wales.

Their citie was Bullaeum now Buelth in Brecknockshire.

The Dobuni (the Bodunni sub ditione Catuel­lanorum. Dion. Cassij Histor. lib. 60. Bodunni of Dion,) now Glocestershire, & Oxfordshire.

Their City was Corinnium, (Corinium of Antoninus) now Cirence­ster in Glocestershire.

The Catyeuchlani (the Catuellani of Dion,) now Buckinghamshire, Bed­fordshire, and Hartfordshire.

Their townes were Vrolanium (Verolamium of Tacitus & Antoninus, a Municipium of the Verolamium Municipium. Taciti Annal. lib. 14. Romans after Tacitus,) now Verulam by S. Albans in Hartfordshire.

Salenae. The place is now called Chesterfield, & Salndy, standing in Bedfordshire neere vnto Temesford, and the riuer Ouse.

The Coritani edi­tionis Merca­toris. Coritaui, contayning now Lincolneshire, Leicestershire, Rutland­shire, Nottinghamshire, & Darbyshire.

The townes were Lindum, (Lindum of Antoninus,) now Lincolne; and Rhage (Rate rectius. Ratis of Antoninus) now Leicester.

The Simeni corruptly for the Iceni (the Iceni of Tacitus,) now Hun­tingdonshire, Cambridgeshire, Norfolk, & Suffolk.

Their City was Venta, (Venta Icenorum of Antoninus.)

The place where this stood is named Caster (where some ruines here­of are yet seene) neare vnto the city of Norwich.

The Trinoantes (the Trinobantes of Caesar) now Essex, ct Midlesex.

[Page 16] Their City was Camudolun (Camulodinum of Dion, and Antoninus, Camalodunum of Pliny, & Camalodunum a ColonyCamalodunum Veteranorum Colonia. Cor. Taciti Annal. lib. 12. v. etiam eirusdem Annal. lib. 14. of old Roman souldi­ers after Tacitus, planted here by P: Ostorius Scapula, Leiftenant for the Emperour Claudius) now Maldon in Essex.

The Cantii (Cantium of Caesar) now Kent.

Their Cities were Darvernum, (Durovernum of Antoninus) now Can­terbury.

Rutupiae (Ritupae, the port of the Britons after Antoninus, and Ritupae the mansion Praefect. Le­gionis Secun­dae Augustae Ritupis. lib. Notitiarum. of the Commander of the secōd Legion, surnamed Augusta, after the authour of the Notitia. The place now is named Richborough, and is plowed ground neere vnto the towne of Sandwich.

Londinium (Londinium of Antoninus, Londinium Londinium copia negotia­tum, & comme­atu maximè ce­lebre. Cor. Tac. Annal. lib. 14. a famous Mart-town after Tacitus, Lundonium, anLundonium vetus oppidum, quod Augustam posteritas ap­pellavit. Ammi­an. Marcelli [...]. l. 27 Valentiano, & Valente Im­peratoribus. ancient towne, more lately surnamed Augu­sta after Am: Marcellinus) now London. It is misplaced by my Authour, since standing on the further side of the river Thames in the Country of the Trinobantes.

The Rhegini Rhegni editi­onis Mercato­ris. now Surrey, and Sussex, and the sea-coast of Hantshire.

Their Citie was Naeomagus (Noviomagus of Antoninus, distant to miles from Londinium.) Certaine shadowes, and ruines hereof, yet ap­peare vpon a woody hill, named Woodcote, some two miles from Wim­bleton in Surrey.

The Atrebatij, now Barkeshire.
Their Citie was
Nalcua editi­onis Mercato­ris.
Nalcaea (Calleva of Antoninus,) now Wallingford.
The Belgae, now Hantshire, Wiltshire, and Somersetshire.
Their Cities were Iscalis, now Ivelcester in Somersetshire.
Aquae Calidae (Aquae Solis of Antoninus,) now Bath.
Venta, (Venta Belgarum of Antoninus) now Winchester.
The Durotriges, now Dorsetshire.
Their City was Dunium (Durnovaria of Antoninus) now Dorcester.
The Dumnonij, now Devonshire, & Cornwall.

Their Cities were Isca, the station of the second Legion, surnamed Au­gusta, now Excester. Antoninus more rightly placeth this Legion at Isca Silurum, now Caer-Leon in Monmouthshire.

Tamare, now Tamerton in Cornwall.
Vxela
VZela recti­us.
now Lestuthiel in Cornwall.
Voltba, neere Falmouth. The distinct place is not knowne.

Such was the face of Britaine in the time of Ptolemy, liuing in the raign of the Emperour Antoninus Pius, about the yeare of Rome 892, and some 95 yeares since the first conquest hereof by the Emperour Clau­dius Caesar. Afterwards towards the waine of the Westerne Empire, the Country being growne more ciuill, rich, and better accommodated through the long peace, and happy subjection thereof to the Romans, we heare of sundry new Cities, or forts, in the part which was the Pro­vince, not mentioned by Ptolemy, or any former authour, whereof some notwithstanding we guesse rather to haue beene certaine more famous passages, through-fares, or lodging-places, standing in the high military roades. Their names we haue added out of the Itinerarium, ascribed to Antoninus, together with their interpretations.

In the Roade betwixtIter à Limite, seu à Vallo Praetorium: the Picts wall, and Praetorium, now Patrington in [Page 17] Holdernes in Yorkeshire.

Vindomara, v. I tinerarium Antonini Au­gusti editionis Petri Bertij. Li­brum Notitia­rum. Gulielmi Camdeni in­terpretationes, Guidonis Pan­cirolli in lib. Notitiarum Comment. c. 72 & 89. (Vindobala of the Notitia, the station of the first Cohort, na­med of thePraefectus Cohortis 1 F [...]ixagororum Vindob [...]lae Notitia. Frixagori) now Wall [...]send, neere vnto the mouth of the riuer Tine in Northumberland.

Derventio (Derventio Praefectus Nu­meri Derventi­onensis, Der­uention: No­titia. of the Notitia, the station of a foote company, na­med from the place by this authour the Derventionenses,) now Auldby vpon the riuer Derwent in Yorkeshire.

Delgovitia, now Wighton vnder Yorkes-would in the same County.

Betwixt the Iter à Vallo ad Portum Ri­tupis, Antoni­ni Augusti Iu­nerarium. Picts wall, & the Port of Ritupae, or Richborough neere the towne of Sandwich in Kent.

Blatobulgium, now Bulnesse, a small hamlet vpon the left shore and mouth of Solway Frith in Cumberland.

Castra Exploratorum, probably old Carlile in the same Countie.

Lugwallum, now Carlile.

Voreda. The towne I finde not.

Brovonacis, (Braboniacum Praefectus Numeri Defen­sorum Brabo­niaco, Notitia. of the Notitia the station of a foote company named the Defensores) now Brougham.

Verteris (Veteres of the Notitia, the station of a foote company named of the Directores, Praefectus Numeri Direc­torum Veterū. Notitia. Direc­tores sen poti­us Duructores, pars Legioni [...] Duructorum, euius in Maesia infetori memi­nit Ptolemae­us, à Durocor­to, seu Durocot­to sic dicta (vn­de desumpta e­rat) Remorum apud Belgas ci­vitate. Pancir. now Brough vnder Stane-more.

The two last lie in Westmoreland.

Lavatris, Praefectus Numeri Ex­ploratorum Lavatris. No­titia. (Lavatrae of the Notitia, the Mansion of a foote company, named the Exploratores) now Bowes vnder Stane-more in Richmondshire.

Calcaria, now Tadcaster in Yorkeshire.
Mancunium, Manchester in Lancashire,
Condate, Congleton in Cheshire.
Bovium, Bangor in Flintshire.
Rutunium, Routon in Shropshire.
Vxacama, Oken-Yate, a village in Shropshire vpon Watlingsteete.
Pennocrucium, Penckridge, a village in the same shire.
Etocetum, the wall in Staffordshire distant about a mile from Lichfield.

Manduessedum, now Manchester, a small village vpon the riuer Anker in Warwickshire.

Venonis. The place now is called the High Crosse standing vpon the military way neere vnto Bensfordbridge in Leicestershire.

Bennavenna, Wedon on the streete in Northamptonshire.
Lactodorum, Stony-Stratford in Buckinghamshire.
Magiovintum, Dunstable.
Durocobriuis, probably now Redborne in Hartfordshire.
Sulloniacis, Brockley-Hill neere Ellestre in the same Countey.
Vagniacis, Maidstone in Kent.
Durolevum, Lenham in Kent.

Betwixt Londinium, lter á Londi­nio Lugvval­lum ad Vallum. Itiner. Antoni­ni. and Lugwallum vpon the wall, now Carlile.

Caesaromagus, about Brentwood in Essex.
Colonia, Colchester.
Villa-Faustini, S Edmundsbury in Suffolke.
Iciani, probably Ich-borough in Norfolke.
Camboricum, Cambridge.
Duroli Pons, Gormanchester by Huntington.

Durobrivae, Caster vpon the river Nen neere Wamlsford in Northamp­tonshire.

Causennis, Bridge-Casterton vpon the river Wash in Rutlandshire.

Sigelocis, Segelocum, & Agelocum [...]ec tius Litleborough vpon the Trent in Nottinghamshire.

Danum (Danum Praefectus E­quitum Crispi­nianoium Dan. Notitia. Crispi­niani dicti à Crispiniana Pannoniae op­pido apud Au­toninum. Pan­cirol. of the Notitia, the mansion of a troupe of horse, named by my Authour the Crispiniani) now Dancaster in Yorkeshire.

Legeolium, now Castleford neere Pontfreict.

Brocavum, the same with Brovonacis, mentioned before in the Reade betwixt the Picts wall, and the Port Ritupae.

Betwixt lter à Londi­nio Lindum. Itiner, Anton­ni. Londinium & Lindum, or Lincolne.

Isannavatia, the same with Bennavenna before mentioned.
Tripontium, Torcester in Northamptonshire.
Verometum, Borough vpon the hill in Leicestershire.
Margidunum, about Belvoir Castle.
Ad Pontem, Paunton in Lincolneshire.
Crococalanum, Ancaster in the same countie.

Betwixt Clanoventa, Iter à Clano­venta Mediola­num. ibidem. (Clannibanta of the Notitia, the station Tribunus Cohortis. 1. Mori­norum Clan­nibanta. Noti­tia. Morini pars Belgarum lib. 2. c. 9. Geog. C. Ptoleinaei. of the first Cohort of the Morini) now vpon the river Wents-Beck in Northumberland, & Mediolanum, or Lhan Vethlin in Mount­gomery-shire.

Galava, not vnprobably Walle-wic vpon the Picts wall in Northum­berland.

Alon (Alion Tribunus Co­hortis. 3. Ner­viorum Alio­ne Notitia. Ner­vil pars Belga­rum. Ptolemae­us. 10. of the Notitia, the station of the third Cohort of the Nervii.) The place is now vnknowne. Camden from the name coniectu­reth that it stood vpon the rivulet, now called Alne in Northumber­land.

Bremetonacis, now Overborough in Lancashire.

BetwixtIter à Segon­cio Devam Iti­nera. Antonini Segoncium, now Caer Siont neere Caernervon, and De­va, or West-chester.

Conovium, Caer-hean in Caernarvonshire.

Varis, Bod-vary in Flintshire.

BetwixtIter à Muri­donio Virocō. ibidem. Muridonium and Viroconium, now Wroxcester in Shrop­shire.

Vindonis, not vnprobably old Wilchelsey neere Wilchelsey in Sus­sex. The place is worne into the sea.

Brage, probably Broughton a village in Hantshire.
Servioduris, old Salisbury.
Vindogladia, Winburne in Dorsetshire.
Muridunum, not vnprobably Seaton in Devonshire.
Leucarum, Loghor in Glamorganshire.
Nidus, Neath in the same shire.
Bomium, Boverton in the same shire.
Burrium, Vske, in Monmouthshire.
Gabannium, Aber-gevenny in the same county.

Magnis, (Magi of the Notitia the station of a foot company named of thePraefectus Numeri Pacen­sium Magis. Notitia. Pacen­ses dicti à Pace Iulia, Turdita­norum apud Lusitanosciui­tate Pancirol. Pacenses) now Radnor.

Bravonium.

BetwixtIter à Regno Londinium, I­tiner. Antonini. Regnum, now Ringwood in Hantshire, and Londinium, or London.

Clausentum, now Southampton.
Pontes, Colebroke.

Betwixt Venta Iter à Venta Icenorum Lon­dinium. Itine­rar. Antonini. Icenorum, or Caster neere Norwych, and Londiniū.

Sitomagus, Thetford in Norfolke.
Adansa, probably Coggleshall in Essex.
Canonium, Chemsford in the same county.
Durolitū, not vnprobably Leiton vpon the riuer Ley in the same shire.

BetwixtIter ab Isca Silurum Calle­vam. ibidem. Isca of the Silures, or Caer-Lheon in Monmouth­shire, vnto Calleva, or Wallingford in Barkeshire.

Blestium, the Old towne, a small village in Herefordshire.
Ariconium, now Kenchester neare vnto the citie of Hereford.
Clevum, Glocester.

Durocornovium, the same with Corinium, & now Cirencester in Gloce­stershire.

Spinae, now Spene by Newbury in Barkeshire.

Betwixt theAb Isca Calle­vam alio itine­re. ibidem. same townes by another way.

Venta of the Silures, now Caerwent in Monmouthshire.

Abon, Avington a village towne vpon the Severne in the Forest of Deane in Glocestershire.

Traiectum, the passage of the Severne neere Aust in Glocestershire vp­on the other side of the riuer.

Verlucio, now Werminster in Wiltshire.

Cunecio, not vnprobably Marleborough in the same county.

In the 3 Itinerary Iter á Londi­nio ad portum Dubrim. ib..

Portus Dubris (Dubrae Praefectus mi­litum Tungri­canorum Du­bris. Notitia. Tungticani, seu rectius Tungri pars Belgarum Pro­lemaei Ge­ogr. lib. 2. c. 9. of the Notitia, the station of a foote company of the Tungricani,) now Dover.

In the 4 Itinerary Iter á Londi­nio ad Portum Lemanis. [...]ti­ner. Antonini..

Portus Lemannis (Lemannae Praefectus Numeti Tur­nacensium Le­manis. Notitia. Turnacenses pars Nervio­rum. Antonini Augusti Iriner, & Catalog. Provinciarum, & Civitatum Galliae. of the Notitia, the station of a foote com­pany of the Turnacenses) now Limehill in Kent a village neere Hide.

Some of these Itineraryes are exceedingly crooked, and much about, the Authour obseruing rather the more noted, and chiefe places, then the next wayes betwixt his stages.

Thevid. Librum Notitiarum. Guidonis Pan­cirolli in Notit. Commentar. c. 72, et 89. Inter­pretationes Gulielmi Cam­deni in sua Bri­tannia. Booke of the Notitia addeth, which are not named by the Itine­rarium, the townes, or forts of Othona, thePraefectus Numeri For­tensium Otho­nae. Notitia. Fortenses parS Legionis For­tensis quae in­ter▪ Legiones Comitatenses ab authore re­censetur. Pan­citol. station of a foot company, named the Fortenses. The place and name is lost. Camden coniectureth it to haue stood in Dengey hundred in Essex.

Anderida, the station Praepositus Numeri Abulcorum Anderidae Notit. Horum meminit Zozimus Histor. lib. 8. of a foote company, named of the Abulci, now Newenden in the Weald of Kent vpon the river Rother.

Portus Adurni, the station of a foote company, Praefectus Numeri Ex­ploratorum Portu Adurni. Notit. Exploratores dicti, quod consilia, & itinera hostium ex plorarent. Pancirol. named of the Explora­tores, now Ederington, a small village vpon the sea-coast of Sussex.

Branodunum, the station Prae­positus Equitum Dalmatarum Branodunensium Branoduno. Notit. of a troupe of Dalmatian horse, vpon Brand­chester, a village vpon the sea-coast of Norfolke neere vnto Walsing­ham.

Gariannonum, the station Praepositus Equitum. Stablesianorum Ga­rianno. ibidem. of a troupe of h [...]rse, named the Stablesiani, [Page 20] now Burgh Castle vpon the right shore of the riuer Yare in Suffolke, neere Yarmouth.

Regulbium, the station Tribunus Coh. Vetasiorū Regulbio. ib. Legendi forsan Vetarasij, dictiá Vetera Galliae Belgicae vr [...]e. Pancirol. of the first Cohort, named of the Vetasii, now Reculver in Kent, a country towne vpon the sea-coast, and mouth of the river Thames.

These 6 with the Ports of Ritupae, Lemannae, & Dubrae before mentio­ned lay in the part of the Province, named then Littus Saxonicum, or the Saxonshore by my Authour, continued now, (as doth appeare from hence) along the sea-coast from Sussex, vnto Norfolk, and the Washes▪ of Lincolneshire, commanded with their souldiers, & garrisons by a Comes, or Earle, Sub Disputa­tione Viri Spe­ctabilis, Comi­tis Litoris Sa­nonici. Notit▪ thus entituled, & attending here the Saxons from the oppo­site coasts of Germany with continuall excursions molesting the Iland.

Praesidium Praefectus E­quitum Dal­matarum Prae­sidio. [...]b. the station of a troupe of Dalmatian horse, now Warwyck.

Dictum, Praef. Numeri Nerviorum Dictensium Di­cti. ib. Dictenses à loco, seu sta­tivis cognomi­nati. Pancirol. the station of a foote company of the Nervij, surnamed from hence the Dictenses, probably where stood Diganwey, neere Abercon­wey in Caernarvonshire. This last is likewise now entinguished, con­sumed with lightning.

Morbium Pr. Equitum Cataphracto­rum Morbio. Notiti. Cata­phacti gravis armaturae E­quites. the station of a troupe of great horse, probably Moresby a village vpon the sea-coast in Cumberland.

Concangij, the station Pr. Numeri Vigilum Con­cangijs. Notit. of a foote company, named the Vigiles, pro­bably Kendall in Westmoreland.

Maglova, the station Pr. Numeri Solensium Moglovae. ib. Solenses dicti à Sole Siciliae op­pido. Pancirol. of a foote company, named the Solenses, now Macleneth in Montgomeryshire in Wales.

Longovicus, thePr. Numeri Longovicario­rum Longovi­co. Notit. station of a foote company, called from hence the Longovicarii, now the towne of Lancaster.

Segedunum, theTribunus Coh. 4. Lergorū Segeduno. No­tit. Lergi vnde nominati non constat. station the 4 Cohort, named of the Lergi, now Seghill in Northumberland vpon the sea-coast.

Pons Aelii; the station Tribunus Co­hort. Cornovi­orum Ponte Aelij, Notitia. Cornovij, seu Cornauij popu­lus Britanni­cus. v. suprà. of a Cohort of the Cornovii, Pont-Eland in the same countrie.

Procolitia, theTribunus Cohortis. 1. Ba­tavo [...]um Pro­colitia. Notit. station of the first Cohort of the Batavi, not vnproba­bly Prudhow Castle in the same.

Borcovicus, the station of theTribunus Cohor. 1. Tungrorum Borcovico. ib. first Cohort of the Tungri, Borwic in the same countie.

Vindolana, theTribunus Cohortis. 4. Gallorum Vindolana. ib. station of the 4 Cohort of the Gaules, Old Winchester, or Winchester in the wall of the same county.

Aesica, the station of theTribunus Coh. 1. Asturum Aesica. ib. Astures Hispan. populus. Pto. l. 2. c. 6. vellegendum est Astorum ab Asta, Ligurum Colonia. Pancirol. first Cohort of the Astures, Netherby, a vil­lage vpon the river Eske in Cumberland.

Magnae, the station Tribunus Cohor. 2 Dalmatarum Magnis. Notitia. of the second cohort of the Dalmatians, Chester in the wall neere Haltwesel in Northumberland.

Amboglanna, the station Tribunus Coh. 1. Aeliae Dacorum Amboglanna. ib. Cohors ab Aelio Adriano Imper. è Dacis extracta, & inde nominata. Poncirol. of the first cohort, named Aelia of the Daci, perhaps now Ambleside vpon the lake Winander-mere in Westmore­land.

Congavata, the station of theTribunus Coh. 2. Lergorum Con­gavata Notit. second Cohort of the Lergi, vpon the ri­ver Caudebec in the same countie.

Axelodunum the station of the first Cohort ofTribunus Coh: 1. Hispanorum Axeloduno ib. the Spaniards, now Hex­ham [Page 21] in Northumberland.

Gabrosentum, the station of the second Cohort Tribunus Co­hor. 2 Thra­cum Gabrosen­to. ib. of the Thracians, proba­bly Newcastle vpon the Tine in the same county.

Tunnocelum, the station ofTribunus Co­hor. 1 Aeliae Classicae Tun­nocelo. ib. Co­hors, pars Le­gionis Classicae à Nerone insti­tutae, & forsan restitutae ab Ae­lio Adriano, & inde Aeliae cog­nominatae. Ali­ter Classica forsan est dicta quòd Classem [...] Britannicam comitabatur. Pancirol. the first Cohort, named Aelia Classica, now

Tinmouth in the same county at the mouth of the Tine.

Virosidum, the station of the 6 Cohort Tribunus Cohortis. 6. Nerviorum Vi­rosido. Notitia. of the Nervij, Werwick vpon the river Eden in Cumberland.

Condercum, the station Praefectus A­lae. 1. Asturum Condetco. ib. of the first wing of horse of the Asturians, now Chester vpon the street in the Bishopricke of Durham.

Hunnum, the station Pr. Alae Savi­nianae Hunno. ib. Ala Savinia­na à Saviâ Pan­noniae regione, vnde fuerat de­ducta. Aliter le­gendum est Al [...] Sabiniana, no­minata à Sabi­nis, gente Italo­rum. Pancir. of a wing of horse named Saviniana, probably now Seavensheale in Northumberland.

Petrianae, the station Pr. Alae Petri­anae Petrianis. Notit. of a wing of horse called Petriana from hence, Old Perith in Cumberland.

Aballaba, the station Pr. Numeri Maurorum Au­relianorum A­ballaba. ib. of a foote company of Moores, Applebye in West­moreland.

Olenacum, the station of the first wing of horse, Pr. Alae. 1. Herculiae Ole­naco ib. named Herculea, now Linstock Castle in Cumberland.

Bremetenracum, the station Cuneus Ar­maturarum Bremetenraco. ib. Armatura [...] Equites erant, qui toti armis tecti. Pancir. of a wedge, or troupe of heavy armed horse, Brampton in the same shire.

Those last stations, and their garrisons, with those of Danum, Lavatres, Veterae, Braboniacum, Magae, Derventio, Vindobala, Glannibanta, and Ali­on, formerly mentioned, together with the 6 Legions, whose place is o­mitted by my Authour, were all vnder the commaund of the Duke of theSub dispositi­one viri specta­bilis Ducis Bri­tanniar [...]. Not. Britaines, guarding the Northerne, and Westerne limits against the barbarous people. Of these 22 were placed onely along the wall Per lineam Valli. ib. of Severus, or the Northerne frontire (Vindobala, Glannibanta, and Alion, with those which follow from Segedunum) manned with 16 Cohorts, and one Numerus of foote, and 4 wings, and one troupe of horse, and attending the motions of the Picts, & Northern Scots. The rest for the most part were planted along the Westerneshore in the parts where now are Cumberland, Westmoreland, Lancashire, and Wales, as to keepe in awe those mountai­nous regions, so to defend the Province against the Irish Scots.

This was the state of Britaine during the Roman gouernment. In the raigne of the Emperour Honorius (the Legions being drawne out into the Continent, and the natiues left vnto the spoile of the barbarous na­tions by Constantine, Leiftenant of the Province vsurping then the domi­nion of the Westerne Empire against Honorius) the Britons (as inv. Zosimi Hist. l. 6. Imp. Honorio, & Theodosio. Zosi­mus) euery where rebell, and shake off the Roman yoke, followed by the neighbouring Gaules, the Roman Magistrates, and officers being e­very where thrust out. After this notwithstanding, and the death of the Tyrant Constantine we finde the Province yet vnder the Roman subie­ction, and the Legions returned, commaunded by Victorinus the last Roman gouernour in the Iland. By Honorius not long after Victorinus, the Legions are againe recalled home for the defence of Rome and Italy, invaded by Alaricus, and the Gothes, at what time the long lan­guishing Empire of the Romans (after Beda)v. Bedae Eccl. Hist. Gent. Anglorum. l. 1. c. 11. here tooke end, about the yeare of Christ 707, & some 470 yeares after their first invasion here­of [Page 22] by C. Iulius Caesar. The Province at this time after Beda extended Northwards beyond the wall of Severus vnto the Friths of Edenborough & Dunbriton, for thus we interpret the two armes of the East Transmari­nasautem dici­mus has gentes (Scotos, & Pi­ctos,) non quod extra Britanni­am essenr posi­tae, sed quià à parte Btitonum erant remorae duobus sinibus maris inter-i a­centibus, quo­run [...]nus ab O­rientali ma [...]i, alter ab Occi­denti Britan­niae tetras lon­gè, latè que ir­rumpit. Bed. Ec. Hist. Gentis An­glorum lib. 1. cap. 12. and Westerne seas, mentioned by my Authour, the bounders then of the Picts, and Scots, from the Roman, or Southerne Britons.

BRITAINE RECOVERED BY THE NATIVES.

THev. Epistolam Gildae de Exci­dio, & conque­stu Britanniae. Bedae Ecclesi­asticae Hist. Gentis Anglo­rum lib. 1. c. 9. 11. 12. 13. 14. &c. Malmesbu­riensis de Ge­stis Anglorum. lib. 1. Henr. Huntingdoni­ensis Hist. lib. 2. Flores Histori­arum per Mat. VVestmona­steriensem. Fa­bians Chroni­cle. The English A [...]nalls. Romans hauing quite abandoned the Iland, the dominion of the Southerne part vnder their king Vortigern returned vnto the na­tiue Britons. These become lazie & effoeminate through their long ease, and disvse of armes vnder the Roman government, and being vn­able to withstand the fury of the Scots, and Picts, pressing vpon them with great violence from the North, at their earnest suite a new Legion is sent from the Emperour Honorius, and the Romans, not now so much their Lords, as confederates, by whom the enimy is beaten backe. By the meanes and perswasion hereof with better advantage to exclude these forragers a fourth trench, or wall of turfes is raised vpon, or neere vnto the wall of Lollius Vrbicus betwixt the two seas of Edenborough, and Dunbriton, so often before mentioned. They returning home, and the Scots, and Picts falling to their wonted spoile, and outrages, another Roman Legion vnder Gallio of Ravenna is obtained from the Empe­rour Valentinian the third, by whom againe with great slaughter the e­nimy is repulsed, and a fift more firme wall of stone erected more South­wards vpon the old trench of the Emperour Severus, famous, & almost entire in the time of Beda my Authour; which done, the Legion depar­teth againe into the Continent, busied in the defence of Gaule invaded by Attilas, and the Huns. After this time the Westerne Empire mise­rably languishing, and drawing towards its last period, the distressed Britons, destitute of their Roman succours, although with teares, and much importunity desiredRepellunt Barbari ad ma­re. Repellit ma­re ad Barbaros. Inter haec ori­untur duo ge­nera funerum, aut iugulamur, aut mergimur. Episto. Brito­num ad Agiti­um, seu Boeti­um Consulem Roman. citat. à Gilda de Exci­dio Britanniae, & à Beda lib. 1. c. 13. Ec. Histor. Anglorum. of them, implore the aide of the neigh­bouring Saxons, and English, inhabiting the opposite shore of Germany, with whose valour through their long piracies vpon the Eastern coasts hereof they formerly had bin well acquainted. In the yeare 449, and raigne of the Emperour Valentinian the third in the Ile of Thanet vnder two brethren Hengist, and Horsa, their Captaines, ariue first those Dutch rovers, who, the common enimy (the Scots & Picts) beatē home, & sup­pressed by them, after the manner of forreine aides, when they grow too strong for their friends, turning their swords hereagainst, by force, and agreement with King Vortigern got seazed of the countrie of Kent, which vnder Hengist they erected into a kingdome, re-enforced, and followed by sundry new Colonies of the same nations, planting in o­ther parts of the Iland, encouraged by the good fortune of those first intruders, the weakenes of the natiues, and the riches, and fertility of the land. Not long after this first inroade, his brother Otha, and sonne Ebusa, are sent for by Hengist, by the good leaue of Vortigern, taking possession of the Northerne parts beyond Humber, pretending their [Page 23] defence against the Picts, & Scots, occasioning afterwards the kingdome of Northumberland. About the yeare 488 by Ella, another Saxon Cap­taine, is begun the kingdome of the South-Saxons, named thus from their situation; In the yeare 519, by Cerdicus the kingdome of the West-Saxons; by Erchenwin about the yeare 527 the kingdome of the East-An­gles; by Vffa in the yeare 575, the kingdome of the East-Saxons; Lastly by Crida in the yeare 582, the kingdome of the Mercians. In this man­ner the more Easterne, & plaine countrey being subdued by the Sax­ons, the dominion of the Britons after stoute, & long resistance became straitned within the Severne, and the Westerne Mountaines, which af­ter Florilegus hapned by the raigne of Caretius their King, succeeding in the yeare 586, some 4 yeares after the beginning of the Mercian king­dome, oppressed, and driven ouer that bounder by a ioynt war of the Sa­xon Kings. In Cadwallader, their last Prince, ended the kingdome here­of, quitting his Realme, & departing vnto Rome, where he turned Vo­tary, deceasing in the yeare of Christ 689. The Brittish Kings vnto Cadwallader followe out of Mathew of Westminster, for better authority we haue not, or continuing their succession. Vortigern elected King of the Britōs after the departure of the Romans, noted for his vnchast life, vnnaturall lust, slougth, and many vices, the husband of his own daugh­ter, in whose raigne the Saxons first entred Britaine. Marrying to Rowe­na, daughter vnto Hengist, hee gaue Kent by way of composition vnto this his father in law. By the permission hereof, another English Colo­ny vnder Octa, & Abissa, before mentioned, are planted in the North beyond Humber. Exasperated against him, in regard of this his Dutch affinity, and friendship, & the daily incroaching of the Saxons through his badde gouernment, he is deposed by his subiects in the yeare 454, succeeded vnto by Vortimer. Vortimer, king of the Britons, sonne to Vortigern by a former wife. VVarring vpon the Saxons, he forced them backe (after my Authour) into Germany their first countrey; after Fabi­an onely into the Iland of Thanet in Kent. Malmesburiensis otherwise (whom I rather beleeue) maketh mention of the death of Horsa, brother vnto Hengist, slaine in fight by Vortimer, and of diverse battailes then fought betwixt the Brittish, and English Nations, but in most whereof the English still should haue the better. He deceased in the yeare 460, after he had raigned six yeares according to my Authour, poysoned by his stepmother Rowena; after 20 yeares warre according to Malmesbu­riensis. Vortimer deceasing, his father Vortigern reassumed the king­dome, pursued not long after, and burnt in his castle named Genorium by my authour (seated amongst the Welsh Mountaines) by Aurelius Ambrosius; by fire from heauen after Henry of Huntington. In this last raigne of Vortigern hapned (after my authour) the murther of the British nobility, to the number of 460 persons perfidiously slaine by Hengist (after his returne from Germany, recalled by Vortigern) at a parlee of the two Nations in the towne of Ambri neere Sarisbury; at a banquet, or feast after Huntingdonensis. Aurelius Ambrosius, sonne to that Constan­tine, who vsurped the VVesterne Empire against the Emperour Honori­us, about the yeare 464, called home out of Gaule Armorique, and ele­ctesd [Page 24] king, Vortigerne being againe deposed. To this Prince my Author ascribeth the erection of the monument, now called Stone-henge by Ambresoury in VViltshire, set vp in memory of the Brittish Nobles slaine there by Hengist in the raigne of Vortigerne. Vter, surnamed Pen­dragon, brother to Aurelius Ambrosius, succeeding in the yeare 498. Ar­thur, son to Vter Pendragon, succeeding in the yeare 516. Of this Prince Geffrey of Munmouth, and his followers, report wonders, not onely false, but for the most part monstrous and incredible, besides his great conquests against the Saxons, advancing the Christian banner, & his victorious ensignes ouer the chiefe parts of the continent of Eu­rope, & subduing Princes, & people which neuer were, or then were not in being. His high valour, and many and great victories against the English vnpartiall, & graue authors haue willingly acknowledged. Constantine, sonne to Cador Duke of Cornwall, by the appointment of King Arthur, whose kinsman he was, succeeding in the yeare 542. He was slaine in battaile after Fabian by Aurelius Conanus. Aureli­us Conanus, Nephew to Constantine, succeeding in the yeare 545. Vortoporius, after Fabian sonne to Aurelius Conanus, in the yeare 581. These foure last Princes seeme otherwise out of Gildas (who liued a­bout those times) to haue ruled together, and not successiuely one af­ter another, since spoken vnto, and personally reprehended by him in his invectiue Epistle de excidio Britanniae. Wee adde that Gildas in the same place expressely mentioneth diuerse Kings of the Britons, and nameth Vortoporius the tyrant of Dimetia, containing a part onely of the present Wales. In the raigne of Malgo, and yeare 585 after my au­thour, or according to others in the yeare 582 vnder their king Creod­da, or Crida, begun the kingdome of the Mercians, the last and greatest of the seauen kingdomes of the Saxons, the victorious English by this time ouer-spreading the whole East and Southerne part of the Iland, and the Britons confined within a narrow compasse along the Irish, or Westerne Ocean, much weakned doubtlesse since the decease of king Arthur through the euill, and licentious gouernment of the Princes here mentioned, called tyrants by Gildas, vehemently taxed by him for their cruelty, injustice, lust, and other sinnes, and impieties. Caretius, or Caereticus after others, king of the Britons, succeeding in the yeare 586. Set vpon after my Authour by the joint Armes of the Saxon Princes, he was forced out of the plaine Country beyond the riuer Se­verne, amongst the Welsh mountaines. Since this time the Severne was the furthest bounds Eastwards of the Brittish Dominions. The Author of the Welsh History maketh mention of one Gurmund an arch-pirate, and Captaine of the Norvegians, assisting the Saxons in this their war against Caereticus. Geffrey of Munmouth more absurdly would haue this Gurmund to haue beene a king of Afrique. Neither people, or names were at that time extant. Cadwan, succeeding according to Fabian after many yeares civill dissention in the yeare 613. Cadwallin, succeeding in the yeare 633. By Beda he is named Cedwallo; by Malmesouriensis Cedwalla. Cadwallader, sonne to Cadwallin, succeeding in the yeare 676. Moued with a superstitious zeale, he went vnto Rome to receiue the [Page 25] habit of Religion, where shortly after he died in the yeare 689, and Papacy of Sergius, Bishop of that sea, the last king of the Britons. The like voyage during the Papacy of Sergius, andBedae Eccles. Hist. Gentis Anglor l. 5. c. 7. agreeing in euery circumstance with this of Cadwallader, Venerable Bede, (to whom more credit is to be giuen) relateth of Ceadwalla, king of the West-Sa­xons. With no better certainly the Scholiast of the Welsh history, attri­buteth this pilgrimage vnto Edwal, son to Cadwallader. The relations of the Brittish affaires since the Romans, are very vncertaine, and many times fabulous through the impudent liberty of Geffrey of Monmouth, followed by the vulgar Historians, and the ordinary vanity of other their Writers, more zealous to maintaine and encrease the honour of their Nation, then carefull to preserue the truth.

After this sort the kingdome of the Britons begun by Vertigern, be­ing extinguished, and the weake remainders hereof shut vp within the mountaines of the West, the Iland became divided amongst many dif­ferent, and for the most part stranger names, and inhabitants, the Bri­tons, Picts, Scots, Saxons, Iutes, and English, whose fortunes we are in the next place to relate.

The Britons scattered and divided asunder by the interveening of the Saxons, became after this, better knowne by the names of the Cornish, Welsh, and Cumbri, or Britons of Cumberland, of whom seve­rally.

THE CORNISH BRITONS.Cornvvallen­ses. Malmesbur. l. 2. c. 6. Britan­ni Cornu-gal­liae ib. l. 2. c. 1. Cornvvalli re­centiorum.

THeyv. Malmesbu­riensis de Gest. Anglorum l. 2. c. 1. & l. 2. c. 6. Flores Histori­arum per Mat. Westmonaste­riensem. Guil. Camdeni Bri­tanniam de Cornubia, & de Britannis Cornvvallens. were named Cornwealer by the auncient Saxons, by the La­tin authors from hence Cornwalli, and their country Cornwallia, & by later writers Cornubia. Malmeshuriensis would haue them thus cal­led from their situation to Cornu-Galliae, or Cournovaille in France. The more judicious fetch their name frō the word Corn, which in the Bri­tish language, as almost in the Latin, signifieth a horne, or wedge, in re­gard of such a resemblance of their country, inhabiting a long & nar­row promontory, & from the word Walsh, signifying strange, or forrein with the Saxons, as they accounted all the Britons. VVhen this name begun we finde not, as neither what was the forme of their gouerne­ment. The British authours make mention of Dukes of Cornwall before Cadwallader, but of whose truth we much doubt. Vpon the conquest of the country where now is Somersetshire by the VVest-Saxon kings, they became severed from the rest of the Britons, divided afterwards from the Welsh by the Sea of Severne. They contained the present Cornwall, & the whole, or part of Devonshire, or the country of the Dan­monij of Ptolemy. By great Egbert, the first Monarch of the English, in the yeare 809, after Matthew of Westminster they were subdued, and made a Province of the Saxon Empire, euer since continuing English, al­though to this day in part retaining the British language. By King A­thelstan, succeeding about the yeare 924, at that time extending East­ward as farre as Excester, (which Citty then they inhabited together [Page 26] with the English) they were after Malmesburiensis remoued more VVestward, confined within the river Tamar, the moderne bounds of Cornwall from Devonshire, and the rest of England.

THE BRITONS OF CVMBERLAND.Cumbri Malmesbur. l. 2. c. 6.

THEBedae Eccles. Hist. Gentis Anglorum l. 4. c. 26. Malmes­bur. de Gestis Angl. l. 2. c. 6. & 7. Flores Hist. per Mar. West­monasterien­sem pag. 366. Georgij Bu­chanani Rerum Scoticar. Hist. l. 6. Gregorio Rege. Guil. Camdeni Bri­tanmam de Cumbria. word Cumberland signifieth the country of the Kimbri, or Cymbry, by which appellation the auncient Britons (as now are the Welshmen) were called in their natiue language. By the taking in of Caer-Legion or Chester, & the neighbouring Regions by the Northum­brian, and Mercian Saxons, they were excluded from the vnion & com­merce of the other Britons. They contained then the parts, where now lye Cumberland, Westmorland, and Fournesse Fells in Lancashire, with part of Scotland beyond Solway Frith, secured by their mountaines and wastes, wherewith those countryes are on all sides environed. After­wards notwithstanding wee finde them subject to the Saxon kings of Northumberland. About the yeare 685, and in the raigne of king All­frid, they shooke off the yoake hereof; for of those onely can we inter­pret the Britons, mentioned by Beda, assuming liberty after the decease of Ecgfrid his predecessour, ouerthrowne, and slaine in a great battaile by the Picts. VVe doe not reade notwithstanding of the name of Cum­bri, or Cumbria, vntill the Monarchie of the West Saxons, and the great warres hereof with the Danes. In the Scottish Histories about the yeare 875, we heare of one Constantine, king of the Britons of Cumbria, inva­ding the Scottish Dominions, and slaine in fight by Gregorius, king of that Nation, succeeded vnto by his brother Hebert. More distinctly in Malmesburiensis we finde mention of Eugenius, king of the Cumbri, made subject to great Atheistan, Monarch of the English. Vnder Dummailus their last king, in the yeare 946 after Matthew of Westminster, they were at length totally subdued by Edmund, Monarch of the Saxons, ai­ded by Lewelin king of Dimetia, or Southwales, and giuen by Edmund vnto Malcolme king of the Scots, to be held vnder the sief of the kings of England, with condition to defend the Northerne frontire of the English against the Danes; and forraine invaders. After this time Cum­berland, and Westmoreland, or the countrey hereof for aboue the space of one hundred yeares were possessed by the Scottish Nation, whose Praefects (as the Scottish writers tearme them) or immediate Princes, were the eldest sons, or next Heires of Scotland. By king William sur­named the Conquerour, they were taken from the Scots, and with the rest of England subjected to the Normans. King Stephen ingaged in a dangerous war against Ma [...]de the Empresse, restored Cumberland to the Scots to be held with the old conditions, recouered againe not long after by king Henry the second, his successour, disliking this liberalitie of Stephen, and so great a diminution of his kingdome, and incorpora­ted with the Crown of England, in which vnion the country hath euer since continued, the name, language, and accompt of the Britons tho­rough their English and Scottish subjection, being long since here worne out and extinguished.

THE VVELSH BRITONS.Wallenses Malmesburi­ensis lib. 2. c. 9. North-Wal­lenses, & Aqui­lonares Britan­ni eiusdem l. 2. c. 1 & 6. Walli recentiorum. Cambri Hum­phredi Lhuyd, & Wallicorum scriptorum.

THesevid. Iosephi Antiquit. lib. 1. cap. 7. Zonarae Annalium Tom. 1. Mal­mesburiensis de Gestis An­glotū. l. 2. c. 1. & 6. Flor. Histori­arum per Mat. Westmonaster. Henr. Hunting. don. Hist. lib. 4. Fragm. Brit. Descriptionis per Humphre­dum Lhuyd. The discription of Wales. by S. Hugh Price Knight. The Hi­story of Cambria by Henry Lhoyd, & David Po­well. The En­glish Annalls. in their natiue language call themselues C [...]mro, Cymero, and Cymbri, as their Latihe Authours Cambri, and their countrey Cam­bria, which they would haue to be deriued from Camber, one of the sonnes of Brutus, their progenitour, vnto whose share this part of the Iland should fall in the devision hereof with his brethren, a fable begunne by Geffrey or Monmouth, and yet maintained by all their Historians, & Commentatours, men otherwise learned, and skilfull in antiquities, but over zealous to preferre the glory of this their Troian descent. The name, (as before we haue shewed) was common to the Britons of Cumberland, and to the rest of the nation, the words (Britons, & Britaine) not being British originally, but imposed by the Greekes, and forreiners. The Etymologie hereof, we cannot conjecture vnlesse from Gomar, the sonne of Iapheth, first peopling these VVesterne parts of Europe; and from whom after Iosephus, and Zonaras the Gaules were aunciently called Gomarenses, and Gomares; of which nation the first Britons were a colonie. Their name of Welsh, or Walsh was Dutch, and of a later imposition, signifying strangers with the Saxons, in which accompt the English still held the Britons. They were a more great & strong remainder of the vanquished Britons, vnder their King Careti­cus before mentioned, driuen ouer the Severne by the victorious Sax­ons, and sheltering themselues amongst the Silures, & Ordovices, and the Mountaines of the VVest. The name notwithstanding of the Welsh we finde not vntill afterwards, and the yeare 708, at what time we first read in Henry of Huntington of one Gerent, KingRex Wallen­sis Hunting­don. l. 4. of the Welshmen, ouer­come in so attaile by Ina the VVest-Saxon some 19 yeares after the de­cease of Cadwallader, and end of the British kingdome. The more aun­cient bounds hereof were vpon the South the sea of Severne, by which they were diuided from the Cornish Britons; vpon the West, the Irish O­cean; and vpon the North, & East, the rivers Dee, & Severne from the Mercian Saxons. By the raigne of Offa King of the Mercians, succee­ding in the yeare 758, all the plaine Country beyond the Severne (where now is Herefordshire, with parts of Glocestershire, Shropshire, and Worcestershire) being subdued, and taken in by the Saxons of Mercia, they were wholy shut vp within their Mountaines, for their better di­stinction enclosed by Offa, and severed from his English, with a wide, and deep ditch continued from Basingwerk vpon the Dee betwixt Che­ster & Ruthland in Flintshire along the hills vnto the mouth of the ri­ver Wye neere Bristoll, whose tract in many places is yet seene, and na­med Claudh Offa in their language, or Offa's ditch, afterwards the com­mon bound of both nations. Others notwithstanding, as a more known limit, make the river Wye to be the bounds of both. Their government after Cadwallader was vnder diverse Lords, whom their Histories call Kings. Amogst these their Chronicle maketh mention of Edwall, Ro­derique, and Conan Tindaethwy descended from Cadwallader, and follow­ing in a direct line, the progenitours of the succeeding Princes. After­wards [Page 28] Roderique surnamed the Great, grandchild by his mother vnto Conan Tindaethwy attained to a Monarchy of the whole Wales, which a­bout the yeare 870, he deuided into three parts, or provinces, which limited and distinguished with their meeres he left vnto his three sons with the authority, & name of Kings; Guinedh, or Northwales, bounded with the Dee, the Ocean, & the riuer Dovi, the part of Anarawd his eldest sonne, Deheubarth, or South-wales lying beyond the riuer Dovi; & Powys extended vpon the East toward England, the portions of Codelh, and Mervin his two yonger sonnes. These likewise subdeviding their e­states amongst their numerous issue, as did continually their successours after them (for such was then the bad custome of the Welsh,) the coun­trey againe became shared amongst many petty Lords, each sonne ha­uing a part of his fathers inheritance, whereof some notwithstanding (the eldest sonne most commonly, or who otherwise overtopped the rest in power, or favour with the people,) still bore the titles of their ge­nerall divisions, knowne in their histories by the names of Kings of North, and South-Wales, and Lords of Powys continuing those stiles vntill towards their subiection to the English. Amongst these likewise one was still accompted soveraigne, or chiefe Lord, to whom the rest were to pay tribute, and to doe seruice, which honour by the order of Rode­rique the great, and of Howell Dha their lawgiuer, was due vnto the suc­cession of Anarawd before mentioned, & the Kings of Northwales, the first borne, or chiefe of the house of Cadwallader. These their soueraigne lords are named kings in the Welsh historie vnto Owen, surnamed Guy­neth, succeeding about the yeare 1137, who first is called Prince, which title is continued vntill the time of Edward the first, King of England, & to L [...]evelyn, their last prince, taken vp since by the heires of the house of England. By Egbert Interea Eg­bertus, cum clementia, & mansuetudine subiectorum a­morem rede­miset prima virium docu­menta in Bri­tannos, qui e­am insulae par­tem inhabi­tant, quae Cor­nu-Galliae dici­tur, dedit, qui­bus subiugatis, Aquilonares Britannos, qui á praedictis ma­ris brachio di­viduntur, tri­butarios fecit. Malmesbuti­ensis de Gestis Anglorum lib. 2. cap. 1. the great Saxon Monarch, the nation is first made subject to the tribute, and homage of the English, ruled neuerthelesse after their owne lawes, and free from forreine yoake vntill the Kings of England of the Norman race. By Bernard de Neumarck, a Norman gentleman, assisted by the Aubryes and other of the French & English nobility in the raigne of William Rufus king of England, Brechiniauc, now Brecknockshire after a long and hard warre is wrested herefrom, and annexed to the English Empire. By Robert Fitz-hamon in the same raigne Morganwc, now Glomorganshire. By Arnulph of Mountgomerie, and Girald of Winsore his successour in the warre, in the raigne of King Henry the first, the Country of Dyvet, now Pembrokeshire; at what time a colonie of the Flemmings, whose countrie had beene drowned by the Ocean, by the permission hereof were planted in Ros, a part of Dyvet, continuing here euer since their succession, and English language, and occasioning the name of little England beyond Wales. By the Earles of Chester, War­ren, and Mortimer with others about the same times the parts of Flint, & Denbigh, together with Caeretica, and the land of Gwent, now Cardi­gan, & Monmouthshire are likewise taken in, and subdued. The valour, or fortune of King Edward the first put an end to this languishing estate of the Welsh; after some yeares warre vanquishing, and killing Lhewe­lyn ap Gruffith, their last prince, and annexing the whole Wales to the [Page 29] English, subiecting the people to his English lawes. King Henry the eight of later yeares descended from the Welsh by the fathers side, in­corporated the country with the kingdome of England, investing the Welsh with all the rights, and priviledges of his English subjects, in which ranke, and vnion they now remaine. The princes hereof from more certaine & cleare times follow with that truth which their Hi­stories will afford. Roderique surnamed the Great, Monarch of the Welsh, sonne to Meruyn Vrych a nobleman of Wales, & Esylht daugh­ter to Conan Tindaethwy, son to Roderique Molwynoc, son to Edwal, son to Cadwallader, the last king of the Britons. Parting Wales into the di­visions before mentioned, he allotted Guynedh, or Northwales vnto Ana­rawde his eldest son; and vnto Cadelh, & Mervyn Deheubarth, or South­wales, & Powys, with condition that the two younger brethren, & their successours should be leigemen, & acknowledge the soveraignety of A­narawd, & the kings of Northwales, confirmed afterwards by the lawes of Howel Dha. He deceased in the yeare 876, slaine by the English.

Anarawd prince of Guynedh, or Northwales, soveraigne, or chiefe King of the VVelsh, eldest son to Roderique the Great. The order of the kings of Southwales, & Lords of Powys (for thus were they called,) and of the many inferiour Lords or Princes in each devision (for (as before) eue­ry son after the custome of the present Germans had a share of his fa­thers possessions) I haue omitted in regard of their number.

Edwal Voel, prince of Guynedh, & chiefe King of VVales, sonne to Anarawd, succeeding about the yeare 913. In the raigne hereof Athel­stan King of England forced a tribute vpon the Welsh of 20 pounds of gold, and 300 of silver, with 200 head of cattaile, remitted afterwards by King Edgar for a tribute of wolues.

Howel Dha Prince of Deheubarth, or Southwales, & Powys, soveraigne King of VVales, succeeding in the yeare 940, descended from Cadelh, brother to Anarawd, the sonnes of Edwal Voel, the right heires, exclu­ded. Hee made lawes for the VVelsh, obserued by the nation vntill their subjection to the English.

Iames, and Ievaf, sonnes to King Edwal Voel, joynt princes of Guy­nedh, and chiefe Kings of VVales, succeeding after the decease of Howel Dha, Owen with other the sonnes of Howel, Lords of Southwales, and Powys, contending with them for the soueraignety, being overthrowne by them in battaile, and their elder brother Meyric omitted, as vnfit for government. Vnto these princes Edgar the King of England forgaue the tribute of money imposed by Athelstan, exchanged for a certaine number of wolues, constantly brought in by the VVelsh (after my Au­thour) vntill they were all destroyed.

The relation I leaue to the censure of the reader.

These afterwards falling out, Ievaf is taken prisoner, and Iames re­maineth sole king, overcome not long after, and chased out by Howel, sonne to Ievaf.

Howel, Prince of Guynedh, & chiefe King of Wales, sonne to Ievaf, succeeding about the yeare 973, his father freed by him, and set at li­berty, but not restored to the soveraignty. He was slaine fighting a­gainst [Page 30] the English without any male issue.

Cadwalhon, Prince of Guynedh, & soveraigne King of Wales, son to Ie­vaf, and brother to Howel, succeeding about the yeare 984. He was slaine in battaile with Meiryc his brother by Meredith, son to Owen king of Southwales.

Meredith, Prince of Guynedh, and chiefe king of Wales (having slaine Cadwalhon, & Meyric) son to Owen king of Deheubarth, or South-wales. After the decease of his father, he likewise got seized of Southwales. He afterwards lost Guynedh, or Northwales vnto Edwal, son to Meyric, the eldest son of Edwal Voel, the right heire, in his absence set vp by the inhabitants.

Edwal, prince of Guynedh, & chiefe King of Wales, son to Meyric, el­dest son to Edwal Voel, succeeding in the yeare 992. He was slaine in fight by the Danes, leaving behind him a young son, named Iames. In the yeare 998 died also Meredith aforesaid, King of Southwales, lea­ving one onely daughter, named Angharat, marryed to Llewelin ap Sit­sylht. By meanes hereof for want of heires, or fit to goyerne, Conan ap Howel, & Aedan ap Blegored, contended for the gouernment, when comming to battail Conan is slaine, and Aedan vsurpeth the king­dome.

Aedan ap Blegored, prince of Guynedh, and soveraigne king of Wales, succeeding in the yeare 1003. He was slaine with his foure sons in the yeare 1015 by Llewelin ap Sitsylht, husband to Angharad.

Llewelin ap Sitsylht descended from king Anarawd, and Angharad his wife, daughter to Meredith, king of Southwales, after the decease of Aedan the vsurper soveraigne kings of Wales. Hee was slaine in the yeare 1021 by Howel, & Meredith, sons to Edwin, son to Eneon, brother to king Meredith, leauing a son named Gruffith ap Llewelin. After the death of Llewelin ap Sitsylht, Iames son to King Edwal, tooke vpon him the gouernment of Northwales, as right heire.

Iames the second, prince of Guynedh, & chiefe king of Wales, son to king Edwal. He was ouerthrowne, & slaine in the yeare 1037 by Gruf­fith son to Llewelin, & Angharad.

Gruffith prince of Guynedh, & chiefe king of Wales, son to Llewelin ap Sitsylht, & Angharad. He also subdued Southwales, slaine by treason.

Blethyn, & Rywalhon, sons to Angharad aforesaid, & Conwyn ap Gueri­stan her second husband, princes of Guynedh, and chiefe kings of Wales after the decease of king Gruffith. Rywalhon being slaine in the yeare 1068 in a battaile fought betwixt these, & Meredith, and Idel sonnes to king Gruffith, Blethyn by this meanes remaineth sole King of North­wales. He was slaine in the yeare 1073 by the treason of Rees ap Owen ap Edwyn.

Trahern ap Caradoc prince of Guynedh, or Northwales, and chiefe king of Wales, cosen german to king Blethyn. Hee was slaine in battaile by Gruffith son to Conan, son to king Iames the second.

Gruffith ap Conan, prince of Northwales, & chiefe king of Wales. In the yeare 1079 after my Authour, and the raignes of Gruffith ap Conan, & Rhees ap Theodor king of Southwales William the Conquerour king of [Page 31] England tooke the homages of the Welsh princes. Not long after vnder William Rufus by the good leaue hereof Morganwc Brechiniauc, and the Countrie where now is Cardiganshire parts of Deheubarth, or South­wales, with some part of Northwales neighbouring vnto Chester are subdued by Robert Fitzhamon, Bernard de Neumarck, & other valiant Norman adventurers, and added to the English government. In regard hereof Matthew Paris maketh William Rufus the Conquerour of Wales. Gruffith ap Conan in a full age deceased about the yeare 1137, the last whom the Welsh history nameth king of Wales.

THE PRINCIPALITIE OF VVALES.

Owen Guyneth prince of Guynedh, and Wales, eldest son to king Gruf­fith ap Conan succeeding about the yeare 1137. At this time Rhees ap Gruffith descended from Howel Dha was chiefe Lord of Southwales, named King by the English, by the Welsh the Lord Rhees.

David prince of Guynedh, and Wales, younger son to Owen surna­med Guyneth, succeeding in the yeare 1169; his elder brother Iorwerth in regard of some deformity excluded. Hee was deposed in the yeare 1194 by Llewelin the son of Iorwerth.

Llewelin prince of Guynedh, and Wales, son to Iorwerth, eldest son to Owen Guyneth. He tooke the oathes, and acknowledgements of the ma­ny inferiour Welsh princes, which duety for some yeares had beene o­mitted through their civill dissentions, and other defects.

David prince of Guynedh, & Wales, succeeding in the yeare 1240, son to Lhewelin ap Iorwerth. He did homage at Glocester for the principality of Wales to Henry the third King of England. He deceased without issue.

Lhewelin prince of Guynedh, & Wales, son to Gruffith, son to prince Lhe­welyn ap Iorwerth, the last prince of VVales of the British of-spring, and race of Cadwallader. By this time through the daily encroachings of the English, in a manner the part onely of Guynedh, or Northwales, contay­ning now Merionith, and Caernarvonshire, with Anglesey were left vnto the Welsh princes, better defended by their inaccessable mountaines, & bogs. Refusing, or rather deferring the accustomed homage due from the Welsh, he was pursued with hot war by king Edward the first, and forced to a composition, amongst other hard conditions conclu­ding after his decease a surrendry to the English of the principality of Wales, and the parts he now enjoyed. Not long after (as it seemeth) repenting himselfe of his act, and the more incensed through the insti­gation of his brother David (excluded from all hope of succession by this agreement) pretending the English tyranny, & iniustice, he againe fatally tooke armes; the successe whereof was his owne death, hapning shortly after, slaine in the prosecution of the warre, nere the towne of Buelth, (as the Welshmen say) betraied, the execution of David his bro­ther by the hand of iustice, the finall abolition of the Welsh govern­ment, [Page 32] and the conquest of the whole country by the English. The Welsh line extinguished, the king of England invested with this title and honour their eldest sons, or who were next to succeede them in the English Monarchy. Their order, and names we haue inserted vnto our times. Edward of Caernarvon, son to Edward the first, prince of Wales, and afterwards king of England by the name of Edward the second. Ed­ward of VVinsore, sonne of Edward the second, king of England by the name of Edward the third. Edward surnamed the blacke prince, eldest son to Edward the third. Richard of Bourdeaux, son to Edward the blacke prince, king of England by the name of Richard the second. Henry of Monmouth, son to Henry the fourth, king of England by the name of Henry the fift. His sonne Henry the sixt is not accompted amongst the princes of Wales, his father deceasing onely some few moneths after his birth. Edward son to Henry the sixt, slaine by the faction of Yorke af­ter the battaill at Tewkesbury. Edward sonne to Edward the fourth, king of England by the name of Edward the fift. Edward, son to Richard the third. Arthur, eldest son to Henry the seventh. Henry younger sonne to Henry the seventh, king of England by the name of Henry the eight. Ed­ward, son to Henry the eight, king of England by the name of Edward the sixt. Henry eldest son to Iames king of great Britaine of happy me­morie. Charles, son to King Iames, and brother to prince Henry, now King of great Britaine, whom God long preserue..

THE PICT'S.Picti Claudi­ani de. 4. Con­sulatu Honorij Panegyris, et Am. Marcelli­ni Hist. l 20. &c.

THevid. Eumenij Panegeti­cum Constan­tino. Am. Mar­cellini Hist. lib. 20. 26, & 27. Claudiani l. de Bello Getico. Eiusdem▪ Pa­negyrin de 4. Consulatu Ho­norij Augusti. Eiusdem lib. 2. de laudibus Sti­liconis. Herodi­ani lib. 3. Hist. Severo Impe­ratore. Gildae Epistolam de Excidio, & Con­questu Britan­niae. Bedae Ec­clesiasticae Hist. Gentis Anglo­rum. lib. 1. c. 1. & 5. &c. Isidori Hispalensis E­piscopi Origi­num l. 9 Pom­ponij Loeti Ro. Hist. Compen­dium Impera­tore Valentini­ [...]no primo. Malmesburien­sem de Gestis Regum Anglo­rum. Henr. Huntingd. Hist. lib. 8. Hectoris Boethij Histor. Scotorum. Ge­orgij Buchana­ni Rerum Sco­ticarum Hist. Camdeni Bri­tanniam (de Pictis. name hereof signifyeth painted in the Latine tongue, which was first giuen vnto them by the Romans, in regard of their pain­tings. That the Picts were accustomed to paint themselues, the authori­ties of Claudian Quae Scoto dat fraena tru­ci, ferro (que) no­tatas Perlegit exan­gues, Picto mo­riente, figura [...]. Claudia. de Bel­lo Getico., andScoti (intellige Pictos) nomen habent à picto corpore, eò quod aculeis ferr [...]is cum atramento varia­rum figurarum stigmate annotentur. Isidori Hispal. Episc. Orig. lib. 9. Isidore make manifest. Pompoinus Laetus, Buchanan, and others, would haue them to haue beene a Colonie of the opposite, and neighbouring Germans. But which nation wee reade not in Tacitus or in any classique authour ever to haue beene painted. Beda of much better authority fetcheth their pedegree further of from the Scythians, who should arriue in the Northerne parts of the Iland in the yeare 78 after Christ, yet which he doth not constantly affirme, but delivereth onely as receiued by tradition. The errour hereof, and of the like for­reine derivations, the generall consent of auncient Geographers, and Historians doth plainely evince, placing here the Caledonii, and other names of the Britons, but not mentioning the Picts vntill two hundred yeares afterwards. The most probable assertion is that they were no other then the natiue Britons, inhabiting the wilde parts of Caledonia, who afterNeque vestis vsum (Britanni) cognô­runt, sed ventrem, atque cervicem ferro incingunt, ornamentum id esse, ac diuitiarum argumentum existimantes, perinde vt aurum caeteri Barbari. Quin ipsa notant corpora picturâ variâ, & omnifariam formis animalium. Quo­circa nè induuntus quid em, vide licet picturamcorporis nè adopeirunt. Herodian. lib. 3. Severo Imperatore. v. etiam Caesaris Com. Bel. Gal. lib. 5. & Plinij Nat. Histor. lib. 33. c. 1. &c. Herodian, vsing to paint their bodies with sundry shapes of birds and beasts, and going naked to haue their braverie seene, be­came at length thus named by the Romans from such their straunge habit, and for their better distinction from the civill Britons of the Pro­vince wearing cloathes, and attired after the Roman manner. Some [Page 33] reasons inducing herevnto might be their like fashions, and manner of liuing with the more auncient Britons, and the many British words yet left in the townesAber-neith, Aber-den. Aberdore. Aber-Lotneth. &c., and parts of Scotland, which they sometimes inhabited, arguing as the same language, so the same nation of both. We adde the great silence of the Romans, who neighbouring close vn­to them, and possessing the Southerne part of the Iland long before their supposed arrivall by Beda, yet make no mention of their descent hither from forreine parts. We adde likewise the testimony of Eume­nius in his Panegyrique vnto the Emperour Constantine the Great, who ma­keth the Caledonij to be a part of the Picts, intimating hereby as the Picts to be Britons (for such were the Caledonij,) so this not so much then to haue beene the name of a people, as some agnomination, or by-name given to all the wild, & barbarous Britons in regard of their disfiguring, or painting. They are first mentioned by Eumenius in his Panegyrique a­forsaid, liuing in the time of Constantine the great. The part of Bri­taine they then possessed, was the whole Northerne part hereof not yet conquered, or brought into a Province by the Romans; for by this name all the barbarous Britons begun now to bee called, neither were the Irish Scots at this time arriued, & had setled here their habitation. The Westerne part of Caledonia being overwhelmed by a deluge of the Scots, (which hapned about the raigne of the Emperour Honorius) they withdrew wholy into the Easterne part hereof bordering vpon the German Ocean, bounding vpon the South with the Bodotria, now Edenbo­rough Frith; (for thus farre Northwards extended the Roman, or civill Britons, as did afterward the Saxons of Northumberland;) vpon the West, with the Scots; and vpon the East, and North, with the German, and Nor­therne Oceans. The kingdome of the Northumbrians after their last Ethel­red, and the yeare 794 becomming extinct, or miserably languishing through a 33 yeares ciuill dissention, and the invasion of the Danes, by the advantage hereof they enlarged their bounds Southwards as farre as the river Tweed gotten from the English. The contayned a little be­fore their finall ouerthrow by the Scots the Countryes now of Tividale, Tweedale, Merch, Lauden, Fife, Cuningham, Merne, Anguish, Straith-ern, and Marre with others, or the whole Easterne part of the present Scot­land from the Tweede Northwards. By the Scots vnder their King Ken­neth after a fierce, and bloody warre about the yeare 830, they were to­tally subdued, and their name, and memory quite rooted out, their countrey hauing beene since added to the accompt, and name of Scot­land. Their language most probably was the British. Beda maketh it di­stinct herefrom, and one of the fower generall of the Iland: But whom the more iudicious interpret not of languages, but of Dialects. That the Dialect, and many words hereof should in Beda his time be much diffe­rent from those of the Cornish, or Welsh Britons, their long disvnion through the comming betwixt of the Northumbrian Saxons, and the an­cient subiection, and commerce of the other with the Romans must ne­cessarily enforce. Their government was vnder Kings. Their order, and succession we finde not. Their last was Druskenus slaine with the ex­tirpation of the whole Nation by Kenneth, and the Scots.

THE SCOTS.Scoti Am. Marcellini Hist. lib. 20. & Clau­dian. de 4 Con­sulatu Honorij Paneg. &c.

THEv. Am. Mar­cellini Hist. lib. 20, 26. & 27. Imperat. Con­stantio. 2. & Va­lentimano pri­mo. D. Hiero­nymum contra Pelagianos ad Ctesiphontem. Pauli Orosij Hist. lib. 1. c. 1. Latini Pacati Drepani Pane­gyricum Theo­dosio Augusto. Claudian l. de Bello Getico. Eiusdem de 4. Consulatu Ho­norij Panegy­rin. Eiusdem de laudibus Stili­conis lib. 2. Ep. Gildae de Exci­dio, & Conqu. Britanniae. Be­dae Eccl. Hist. Gentis Anglo­rum. l. 1. c. 1. 9. 11. 12. 13. 14. 34. &c. Eginhartum de Vitâ, & Rebus Gestis Caroli Magni. Isidori Hispal. Episcopi Originum l. 14. Giraldi Cam­brensis Topo­graph. Hiber­niae Distinct. 3. c. 7. Flores. Hi­stor. per Mat. Westmonast. p. 366 Hectoris Boethij Histor. Scotorum. Ge­orgij Buchana­ni Rerum Sco­ticarum Histor. Guil. Camdeni Britanniam (de Scotis. The En­glish Annalls. Scots after Giraldus Cambrensis, were a Colony of the neighbouring Irish. Orosius liuing in the raigne of the Emperour Honorius, calleth the many people in his time inhabiting Ireland by the generall name of the Scots. The like doth Beda in the first booke of his Ecclesiasticall story of the English, and first Chapter. Eginhartus in his life of the Emperour Charles the Great, nameth Ireland, an Iland of the Scots. Isidore more plainly maketh Ireland, and Scotland onely to be two different names of one, and the same Iland, distinct from Bri­taine. Gildas more to our purpose tearmeth the Scots then inhabi­ting Britaine, and infesting the Natiues with their dayly forragings Irish grassatores, or free-booters. That the Scots originally were Irish, besides these authorities the present language, habit, and barbarous manners of the High-landers, or Westerne Scots, agreeing with the pre­sent Irish, doe plainly demonstrate. The Scots in Ireland, Ptolemy and the auncient Geographers mention not. The name doubtlesse was new, & affected, vpon some accident (which we know not) giuen vn­to, or taken vp by the Irish towards the waine of the Romane Empire, in that manner, as were about the same times those of the Picts, Almans, French, & Sclaues, with others by the Britons, Germans, & Sar­matians, leauing their former old names, and vniting into these com­mon. Concerning the Etymologie hereof, learned Camden after much search professeth himselfe to be ignorant. Porphyrius is the first of an­cient Authours, in whom we finde the Scots mentioned, liuing in the time of the Emperour Aurelian, and as he is cited vpon an other occa­sion by S. Hierome, in his Tract against the Pelagians ad Ctesiphontem. In auncient and approued Histories we first reade of them with the Picts (with whom they are still joyned) in the raignes of the Emperours Con­stantius the second, Honorius, and the first, and third Valentinians. Their mention after this is common vnto this present. The time of their first plantation in Britaine is vncertaine. In the 20, 26, and 27 bookes of Ammianus Marcellinus, wee heare of them ransacking, and spoyling the Roman Province, but from what parts my Authour setteth not downe, whether from Caledonia, and the Northerne parts of Britaine, or rather from Ireland, which is more probable. Claudian in his second booke de laudibus Stiliconis relateth of them attempting vpon the Con­tinent hereof from Ireland, and stopped, and driuen home by Stilico where also hee accompteth them amongst the neighbouring Nations infesting Britaine; which maketh it almost manifest, that in the begin­ning of the raigne of Honorius, vnder whom Stilico then serued, they had not yet arriued here, or set firme footing. Shortly afterward not­withstanding, & before the intrusion of the Saxons, we find them in Be­da with the Picts possessing the Northerne part of Britaine, invading from hence the Province, and (the Britons being vnable to withstand them) twice ouercome, and beaten off by fresh Roman supplies sent [Page 35] from Honorius, and Valentinian the third. From these proofes wee strongly conjecture their first descent hither, and fixed dwelling to haue hapned towards the latter end of the raigne of the Emperour Ho­norius. The part here they first tooke vp was the Westerne moity of Caledonia, formerly inhabited by the Picts, bounding vpon the East with this Nation, and vpon the South with the Roman Province, from the which they were diuided by the Glota, now the Frith of Dunbriton, which they held without any sensible addition, till after the time of Beda. After the yeare 794, and the decease of King Ethelred before mentioned, through the advantage of a long ciuill dissention amongst the Saxons of Northumberland, & of the Danish wars which together hapned, they got seazed of the parts lying betwixt the Friths of Sol­way, & Dunbriton, belonging aunciently to the Northumbrian kingdome of Bernicia. They contained by that time the present Countries of Ca­rict, Galloway, Cantire, Argile, Braid-Albin, Lorn, & Rosse, with others, or the whole Westerne part of the present Scotland, from Solway Frith coasting Northwards along the Irish Ocean. King Kenneth the second a­bout the yeare 830 (the Picts being subdued) enlarged the Dominion hereof, and the name, and accompt of Scotland Eastward vnto the Ger­man Ocean, extended by this meanes ouer the whole Northerne part of the Iland, and seuered from England by the Frith of Solway, and the Ri­ver Tweede, the more certaine bounds euer after betwixt the two king­domes. Malcolme the first about the yeare 946 added Cumberland, and Westmoreland, parts of England, to the Dominion of the Scottish Kings by the gift of Edmund King of England, to bee held vnder the fief of the English Monarches, recouered by Henry the second, and incorpo­rated with the English Crowne. Their government was Monarchicall, yet where more aunciently, not alwayes the next of bloud, but the ri­pest in yeares, and the most fit to rule of the kingly Race, succeeded. Kenneth the third, succeeding about the yeare 976, by the consent of the States made the Kingdome first haereditary, and to descend vnto the next ofkin, confirmed by his son Malcolme the second, and continued vnto our times.

Their first King (after the Scottish Historians) was Fergusius, the son of Ferchard, an Irish Scot, chosen by the Nation shortly after their arrivall in Britaine, & about the yeare 330 before Christs Incarnati­on, succeeded vnto by Ferithari [...]. Mainus. Dornadilla. Nothatus. Reutherus. Reutha. Thereus. Iosina, Finnanus. Durstus. Evenus the first. Gillus. Evenus the second. Ederus. Evenus the third. Metellanus. Caratacus. Corbredus. Dardannus. Corbredus the second. Luctacus. Mogaldus. Conarus. Ethodius. Satrael. Donaldus the first. Ethodius the second. Athirco. Nathalocus. Findochus. Donaldus the second. Donaldus the third. Crathilinthus. Fincormachus. Romachus. Angusianus. Fethelmachus. and Eugenius slaine with the whole strength and flowre of the Nation by the joint armes of the Picts and Romans vnder Maximus, Lieftenant of the Pro­vince for the Emperour Gratian, after whom (the remainder of the van­quished Scots being banished their Countrey by an edict of the Ro­mans) should follow a vacancie, or Interregnum of 27 yeares. The vn­truth, [Page 36] and absurditie of this whole narration, the consent of auncient, and approued Authours doth sufficiently manifest, placing here the Novantae, Caledonij, and other names of the Britons without mentioning the Scots, vntill the raigne of the Emperour Honorius. Wee adde that the Roman Historians (as neither the more auncient Brittish, or English) relate not any such conquest of the Scots, or Northerne part of Britaine vnder Gratian, and Maximus, of which more great, and remarkeable vi­ctory they would not doubtlesse haue beene silent, if any such had beene.

Their succession from more certaine, and cleare times follow. Fer­gusius, named by the Scottish Historians Fergusius the second, (whom they suppose to be the son of Erthus, son to Echadius, or Ethodius, bro­ther to Eugenius, slaine in battaile by Maximus, and the Romans) in the yeare 404, and raigne of the Emperour Honorius returning from ex­ile, and through the aide and confederacy of the Picts, and the absence of the Roman Legions, drawne out into the Continent against the barbarous Nations by Honorius, with the rest of the banished Scots, recouering their lost countrey, created King in the yeare aforesaid some 27 yeares after the decease of Eugenius. The more vnpartiall and judicious make this Prince to be the first king of the Scots of Britaine. That the Scots were possessed of a part of Britaine in the raigne of Honorius we haue before proued. The manner, we leaue vnto the cre­dit of our Scottish Relaters. Beda otherwise calleth the King, or Cap­taine of the Scots, vnder whom they first inhabited this Iland, by the name of Reuda. The time he setteth not downe. Eugenius eldest son to Fergusius. The kingdome of the Scots contained at this time the part of present Scotland extended along the Westerne Ocean from the Frith of Dunbriton Northwards. He deceased in the yeare 449, slaine in battaile against Hengist, and the Saxons. Dongaldus brother to Euge­nius. Constantinus brother to Dongaldus, and Eugenius. Congallus, son to Dongaldus. Goranus, brother to Congallus. Eugenius the second, son to Congallus. Congallus the second, brother to Eugenius the second. Kinnatellus, brother to Engenius, and Congallus the second. Aidanus, son to Goranus in the time of S. Columbanus, and of Austine the Monke, the Apostle of the English. He deceased in the yeare 604. Ken­nethus the first. Eugenius the third, son to Aidanus. Ferchardus the first, son to Eugenius the third, succeeding in the yeare 622. Donal­dus, brother to Ferchardus the first. Ferchardus the second, son to Fer­chardus the first. Maldvinus, son to Donaldus. Eugenius the fourth, son to Donaldus, and brother to Maldvinus. Eugenius the fift, son to Fer­chardus the second. Amberkelethus, son to Findanus, son to Eugenius the fourth. Eugenius the sixt, brother to Amberkelethus. Mordacus, son to Amberkelethus. Etfinus, son to Eugenius the sixt, succeeding in the yeare 730. Eugenius the seauenth, son to Mordacus. Fergusius the second, son to Etfinus Solvathius, son to Eugenius the seauenth. Achaius, son to Etfinus, he deceased in the yeare 809, Charles the great then com­maunding ouer the French Empire. Vnder these two Princes after my Authours, begun first the auncient league betwixt the French, & Scot­tish [Page 37] Nations. Congallus the third, cosen German to Achaius. Dongallus, son to Solvathius. Alpinus, son to Achaius. His mother was sister vnto Hungus king of the Picts, in whose right (the heires of Hungus being deceased) he made claime to the Pictish kingdome, the occasion of a long, and bloody warre betwixt the two nations, the issue whereof was the death of Alpinus, overcome in battaill, and slaine by the Picts, and the finall ouerthrow, and extirpation of the Picts not long after by king Kenneth, and the Scots. Scotland at this time contayned onely the Westerne moity of the present (extending from Solway Frith North­wards) together with the Redshanks, or Westerne Ilands, hauing the Picts vpon the East; vpon the South, the Britons of Cumberland; and vpon the North, and West, the Ocean from Ireland. Kennethus the se­cond, son to Alpinus. He vtterly subdued, & droue out the Picts, and en­larged the Scottish Empire ouer the whole North part of the Iland, di­vided from the Britons, and English by Solway Frith, and the riuer Tweede. He deceased in the yeare 854. Donaldus the second, brother to Kennethus the second. Constantinus the second, son to Kennethus the second. He was slaine in fight against the Danes in the yeare 874. E­thus, brother to Constantine, and son to Kenneth. Gregorius, son to Dongallus. Donaldus the third, son to Constantine the second. Milco­lumbus the first, son to Donaldus. He added to the Scottish dominions the Countryes of Westmoreland, and Cumberland (part sometimes of Northumberland) given vnto him, and his Successours by Edmund Monarch of the West Saxons, to be held vnder the right, and ho­mage of the English. Indulfus, slaine against the Danes. Duffus, sonne to Milcolumbus the first. Culenus, sonne to Indulfus. Ken­nethus the third, brother to Duffus. By the consent of the states as­sembled in Parliament he made the kingdome haereditary, or to descend vnto the next ofkin to the deceased, which vntill that time had vncer­tainely wandred amonst the princes of the royall blood, the vncles most commonly being preferred before the nephewes, & the elder in yeares before those who were yonger. He was slaine by the malice and trea­son of Fenella, a woman, in the yeare 994. Constantinus the third, son to Culenus, chosen king by his faction against the law of Kenneth the third, opposed by Milcolumbus, son to Kenneth. He was slaine in fight by Kenneth, base brother to Milcolumbus, Grimus, son, or nephew to King Duffus, elected against Milcolumbus, and the law of Kenneth, overthrown in battaill, and slaine by Milcolumbus. Milcolumbus the second, sonne to Kenneth the third, king by right of conquest, and the law of Kenneth. He confirmed by act of Parliament the Law touching the succession, made by his father. After this Prince the eldest sons of the Kings, or the next of their blood ordinarily succeeded in the Scottish kingdome. Hee de­ceased without male issue, slaine by treason. Duncanus, son to Crinus, chiefe Thane of the Westerne Ilands, and Beatresse, eldest daughter to Mil­columbus the second. He was slaine by the treason of Macbethus. Mac­bethus, son to the Thane of Anguis, and Doaca, yonger daughter to King [Page 38] Milcolumbus the second, after seventeene yeares tyranny, and vsurpati­on overcome, and slaine by Milcolumbus son to Duncanus. Milcolumbus the third, son to Duncanus, succeeding in the yeare 1057. He marryed vnto Margaret eldest daughter to Edward surnamed the Outlaw, eldest son to Edmund Ironside King of England, by which meanes the right of the house of the Saxons (Edgar Atheling, the only son of Edward, de­ceasing vnmarried, and without issue) descended vpon the Kings of Scotland, the posterity hereof, and Margaret, continued herein vnto our times, and the vnion of the two kingdomes in Iames our late Soveraigne of happy memory. He first (as is thought) brought into Scotland the ti­tles of Earles, & Barons, with others, borrowed from the neighbou­ring English, with whom vnder Edward the Confessour during the vsur­pation of Macbeth he had for a long time remained. He was slaine at the taking of Anwick Castle in Northumberland after some yeares warre maintained against William the Conquerour, and the Normans, occasi­oned through his protection, and ayde of the banished English. Donal­dus the fourth, son to Duncanus, & yonger brother to Milcolumbus the third, vsurping the kingdome by the aide of Magnus king of Norwey. He was driven out by Duncanus, naturall son to Milcolumbus the third. Duncanus the second, naturall son to Milcolumbus the third, slaine by the treason of Macpendirus Earle of Merne corrupted by Donaldus the fourth, liuing then exiled amongst the Westerne Ilands. He thus murthe­red, Donardus the fourth resumed the kingdome, vanquished▪ and taken prisoner not long after by Edgar, the right heire, son to Milcolumbus the third, and Margaret, ayded by his vncle Edgar, and the English. Edgar son to Milcolumbus the third, and Margaret, daughter to Ed­ward, surnamed the Outlaw. His sister Maude was marryed vnto Hen­rie the first, king of England, yongest son to the Conquerour, vniting hereby the royall blood of the Saxons with that of the Normans. Hee deceased without issue. Alexander the first, son to Milcolumbus, and Margaret, and brother to Edgar. He also deceased sans issue. David the first brother to Edgar, and Alexander, and son to Milcolumbus, and Margaret, succeeding in the yeare 1124. He annexed to the Crowne of Scotland the Earledomes of Northumberland, and Huntingdon, a­cruing through his marriage with Maude, daughter to Earle Waldeo­fus. He recouered likewise Cumberland and Westmoreland, from the English, taken from his predecessours by William the Conquerour; restored vnto him by the liberality of king Stephen. Milcolumbus the fourth, son to Henrie prince of Scotland, son to king David. Vnable to withstand the ambition and greater power hereof, he quitted North­umberland, Westmoreland and Cumberland vnto Henry the second, king of England, retaining onely the Earledome of Huntingdon of all his English possessions, left for a time vnto his successours. He deceased without issue vnmarried. VVilliam brother to Malcolme the fourth. Ta­ken prisoner at the battaill of Anwijck to procure his libertie, & peace with the English he did homage, and sweare fealty vnto king Henry the second for the Crowne of Scotland. Alexander the second, son to William. Alexander the third son to Alexander the second. He de­ceased [Page 39] in the yeare 1285 without heires of his body, or not long survi­ving. The whole issue hereof, and of king Alexander the second, and William extinguished, their contended for the soveraignety▪ Iohn Bal­liol, Lord of Galloway, son to Iohn Balliol, and Dornagilla, daughter to Alan Lord of Galloway, and Margaret eldest daughter to David Earle of Huntingdon, brother to king William, & great vncle to Alex­ander the third; and Robert Bruce Lord of Annandale, son to Robert Bruce, and Isabell, second daughter to David Earle of Huntingdon and sister to Margaret, both parties challenging a chiefer right, and interest before the other, Balliol, as descended from the elder sister; and Bruce as nearer by one degree to Earle David. The Scots not able to de­termine the controversie, or without armes, Edward the first king of England is chosen vmpire. After 6 yeares vacancy the right is adiud­ged on the behalfe of Balliol by king Edward with condition of his acknowledgment, and homage to the English Crowne. Iohn Balliol Lord of Galloway, king of Scotland by the arbitration of king Edward the first. He did homage to king Edward at the towne of Newcastle vpon Tine according to the agreement made betwixt them. Discon­tenting his subjects through this his English subjection to regaine their lost loues, or (after my Scottish Authours) provoked with some disgrace & iniuries receiued from Edward, he renounced not long after his ho­mage and fealty sworne to the English, warred vpon by Edward, and after some ouerthrowes, vnable to withstand so valiant and great a Monarcke, forced to resigne into the hands hereof the whole right, and interest he had, or might claime to the Crowne of Scotland, impriso­ned afterwards in the towre of London, and set at liberty by the medi­ation of Pope Boniface the eight, and sent ouer to his inheritance, and possessions in France, where in a private fortune he dyed. After this, king Edward the first of England made a full conquest of the Scots, whō he kept vnder hard subjection during his whole raigne, although not without sundry defections, and rebellions of this fierce & stirring nation, moued by William Walleys, Robert Bruce, and others, most commonly to their losse. He deceasing, through their great victorie at Banocks-bourne neare Striueling obtained against Edward the second, and the English, and the tumults, & disorders hapning in England du­ring the raigne of this weake, and vnfortunate prince, the Scots againe recouer their libertie, & Robet Bruce formerly crowned in the raigne of Edward the first, is confirmed king. Robert the first, son to Robert Bruce lord of Anandale, competitour of the kingdome with Iohn Bal­liol, king of Scotland by right of warre, his birth, and the voluntary cession of Balliol, the restorer of the Scottish name, and liberty, after a victorious, and happy raigne deceasing in the yeare 1329. David the second king of Scotland, son to Robert the first. In the minority hereof Edward Balliol son to Iohn Balliol invadeth, and by the helpe of the English obtayneth the Scottish Crowne, to be held by him vnder the homage, and protection of Edward the third king of England, opposed by the faction of David. Balliol, and his Enhlish after long miserie, and war being thrust out, king David recovereth his almost lost kindgome, [Page 40] taken prisoner shortly after at the battaill of Nevills crosse neere Dur­ham, invading England in favour of his auncient friends the French, distressed through the many victories of Edward the third, and the English. He deceased without issue in the yeare 1370, the second, and last king of Scotland, of the house, and name of Bruce Robert the second, the first of the familie, & name of the Stewarts, descended from Wal­ter, created Stewart of Scotland by Malcolme the third (which name of office grew afterwards a surname to his house and of­spring) king of Scotland in right from his mother, eldest daughter to Robert the first, and sister to Dauid the second. Since this time the name, and house of Stewarts haue still worne the regall Crowne of the Scottish dominions. Iohn the second, called Robert after his inauguration (the name of Iohn (as ominous) cast off by a decree of the states, vnluc­kie to the Scottish, French, and English Monarchs) son to Robert the second. Iames the first, son to Iohn, or Robert the third, murthered in his bed at Perth by Walter Earle of Athol. Iames the second, sonne to Iames the first, slaine at the siege of the Castle of Rosburg against the English. Iames the third, son to Iames the second, slaine in battaill a­gainst his seditious, and rebellious subjects neere the towne of Sterling. Iames the fourth, son to Iames the third. He married the Lady Marga­ret, eldest daughter to Henry the seaventh king of England. He was slaine at the field of Floddon by Thomas Howard, Earle of Surrey, and the English. Iames the fift, son to Iames the fourth, and Margaret daugh­ter to king Henry the seaventh. He deceased without male issue. Mary daughter to Iames the fift. Iames of happy memory, son to Henry Ste­wart Lord Darly, and Mary Queene of Scotland. The famous, and vi­ctorious Queene Elizabeth in the yeare 1602 deceasing vnmarryed, the last descended from the male issue of Henry the seaventh, and Eli­zabeth, he succeeded in the English dominions, descended from Lady Margaret aforesaid, the right, and vndoubted heire of the three prince­ly houses of the Saxon, Scottish, and Norman Kings, and the first sole Monarke of Great Britaine, Ireland, and the neighbouring Ilands. Charles king of great Britaine, France, and Ireland, son to Iames of happy memo­ry, whom God long preserue.

THE ENGLISH.Angli. Taciti lib. de Moribus Germanorum, Bedae, & recen­tiorum. Suevi Angili Ptolem. Geog: l. 2. c. 11.

THeyv Tacitum de Moribus Ger­manorum; Pto­lem, Geogr. l. 2. c. 11. Bedae Ec­clesiasticae Hi­stor. Gent. An­glorum. lib. 1. c. 15. Ethelvverdi Chron. lib. 1. Guilielmi Cā ­deni Britanni­am de Anglo-Saxonibus. were a German people, mentioned by Tacitus, and Ptolemy, contayning part of the great, and populous nation of the Suevi. Ptolemy placeth them in this time about the middle of that vast Interiores au­tem atque Me­diterrancae gen­tes maximè sunt Angili Sueui, qui ma­gis Orient [...]les sunt, quam Longobardi, protensi ad Sep­tentrionem vs­què ad medi­um Albis fluvij. Ptolem. Geog. lib. 2. c. 11. conti­nent, and the riuer Albis, with which riuer they were bounded vpon the North, having towards the West the people of the Longobards. They in­habited then most probably according to his discription the parts, where now lie the Bishopricke of Hall, and the Higher Saxony about Wit­tenberg. Their interpretations seeme absurd, who in regard of the affini­ty of the names would haue them seated about Engerne in Westphalen, or Angloen in Pomerania, places farre distant from the river Elb, or the heart of Germany. Afterwards towards the waine of the Romane Empire [Page 41] they flitted to the German Ocean more Westwards. Beda before their in­vasion of this Iland placed them there betwixt the Iutes, lying vpon the North of them, and the Saxons vpon the South. EthelwerdPorrò Anglia vetus sita est [...]n­ter Saxones, & Giotas, habens oppidum capi­tale, quod ser­mone Saxoni­ [...]o nun [...]upatur Sl [...]svvic, secun­dum vero Da­nos Haithby. Ethelvverdi Ch. lib. 1. (an auncient Authour liuing not long after Beda) more distinctly maketh Sleswiick then to be their chiefe citie, situated in the Cimbrian Chersonese betwixt the two nations now mentioned. The name of Angelen in the present Dukedome of Schleswiick together with these authorities manifestly proue that to haue beene their country in Dutchland immediatly be­fore their English arriuall.

THE IVTES.Gutae Ptol. Geogra. lib. 2. c. 11. Giotae E­thelvverdi Chr. lib. 1. Iutae. Malmesburien. de Gestis Reg. Anglorum l. 1. c. 1. &c. Vitae Bedae Eccles. Hist. lib. 1. c. 15.

THe Ptol. Geogr. lib 2. c. 11. Be­dae Ecclesiasti­cae Hist. Gent. Anglorum. l. 1. cap. 15. Ethel­vverdi Chron. lib 1. Iutes doubtles were the Gutae of Ptolemy, inhabitingMeridionalia (Scandiae te­nent) Gutae, & Dauciones. Ptolem. Geog. lib. 2. c. 11. the Sou­therne part of Scandia, which he mistaketh to be an Iland, and attri­buteth vnto Germany. In the declining age of the Westerne Empire (the exact time we finde not) sayling ouer the Bay Codanus, or the Straights of the Sundt, they flitted into the neighbouring Cimbrian Chersonese, sub­dued, or made viode (which is the more likely) vpon the departure of the Cimbri, and other Dutch people, drawing more Southwards▪ towards the Romane frontier, & vniting into the common names of Saxons, French, or Almans. Beda placeth them in this Chersonese vpon the North of the English, or of Sleswiick their chiefe towne. Their memorie is here yet preserued in the name of Iutlandt, the part of the Chersonese, or of Den­marke, lying vpon the North of the Dukedome of Schleswiick.

THE SAXONS.Saxones Pto­lemaei Geogr. lib. 2. c. 11. &c.

OF thisv. infrà in Germania. nation we haue spoken more fully in the relation of Germa­ny. They were likewise a Dutch people, mentioned by Ptolemy, in­habiting then the necke of the Cimbrian Chersonese, now Holstein. After­wards passing the riuer Elbe, and sundry other German names joyning in­to this common, they spread Southwards as farre as the French. These conquering, and remouing into Gaule, they enlarged vnto the right shore of the riuer Rhijn. By the raigne of the Emperour Charles the great they extended along the German Ocean from the river Eydore (deviding them from the Danes) vnto the Rhijn, from the fall of that river vpwards as high as Colen, parting them from the French.

Thesev. Am. Mar­cellini Hist. lib 26. 27. 28. & 30. Gildae Epist. de­excidio, & Conq. Britan­niae. Bedae Ec­clesiast. Histor. Gentis Anglo­rum. Malmesb. de Gestis Re­gum Anglo­rum. lib. 1. Hun­tingd. Hist. lib. 2. Flores Hist. per Mat. West­monast▪ &c. three German nations since their affaire with the Britons are onely by Beda thus particularly named, and distinguished. By Ammia­nus Marcellinus, Gildas, and other Authours before his time the Dutch infesting Britaine are all called by one generall name of the Saxons. After Beda, and the more ancient English historians they are sometimes na­med the English; by others, the Saxons, andAnglo Saxo­nes. English-Saxons. That they were the different parts of one generall Dutch name, or people it is by all agreed. In the yeare 449 according to Beda (if his accompt be right,) Valentinian the third, and Theodosius the second then governing the Ro­man Empire, after long pyracies vpon the sea-coasts hereof, they first to a­ny [Page 42] any purpose enter, and inhabit Britaine, called in by Vortigerne, and the Britons to their aide against the Scots, and Picts, and vnder Hengist, and Horsa their Captaines planted in the Iland of Thanet in Kent, given vn­to them by Vortigerne. The Scots, & Picts being vanquished, and over­throwne through their valour (neere Stamford after Henry of Hun­tingdon,) and the weakenesse of the Ilanders discouered, new supplies from Germany are sent for by Hengist with his faire daughter Rowena, marryed shortly after to the lustfull prince Vortigerne, bewitched with her beauty, by whom for his consent, and more firme friendship with the Saxons, Kent is allotted to Hengist, about the yeare 455 by him e­rected into a kingdome, the first dominion of the Saxons in Britaine. This forreine friendship, and alliance, with the daily intrusion of the Dutch growing suspected by the Britons, Vortigerne deposed, and Vortimer his son by a former wife elected king, hot warres ensue betwixt the two nations, continued with deadly hate, & furie for many hundred yeares betwixt them; whose effect was the finall expulsion of the Britons be­yond the Severne amongst the Welsh Mountaines, (which happened by the raigne of their King Caereticus about the yeare 586,) and the con­quest of the plaine, and Easterne countrey by the Saxons, with fresh com­panies continually invading the Iland vpon occasion of those warres, or allured with the happy successe of those first adventurers, and be­ginning sundry small kingdomes in the parts, where they arrived, or tooke vp to inhabite (whereof some one notwithstanding still bore a sway over the rest, whose King was accōpted soveraigne or Monarch;) the kingdomes of Kent, the South-Saxons, East-Saxons, East-Angles, Nor­thumberland, Mercia, and of the West-Saxons, whose originall, continu­ance, and fortunes vntill their vnion into the kingdome of the West-Sa­xons, & name of England come next in place.

THE KINGDOME OF THE KENTISH SAXONS.Cantuarij Bedae Ecclesi­asticae Hist. l. 2. c. 5. Cantuarij Malmesburien­sis de Gestis Regum Anglo­rum. lib. 1. c. 1. Centenses Huntingdon, lib. 2.

THisv. Bedae Eccl. Histor. Gen­tis Anglo­rum. Malmes­buriensis de Gestis Regum Anglorum lib. 1. cap. 1. Henr. Huntingdon. Hist. lib. 2, 3, & 4. Flores Hist, per Mat. West­monast. Floren­tium Wigorni­ensem. contained onely Kent. It was begunne by Hengist aforesaid, the first Saxon Captaine, that invaded Britaine; vnto whom the countrey was given by Vortigerne, King of the Britons, in favour of Rowena, the beautifull daughter of Hengist, marryed vnto Vortigerne, about the yeare 455 from Christs incarnation, and in the seaventh yeare after the arrival of Hengist. It cōtinued for the space of 375 years after Malmesburiensis (accompting from the first entrance of Hengist,) ending in the yeare of Christ 824 in Baldred, the last prince hereof, o­vercome, and driven out by Egbert, king of the West-Saxons; added af­terwards as a Province to the West-Saxons dominion. The Kings hereof were Hengist before mentioned, descended after my authour (as were all the rest of the Kings of the Heptarchie) from Woden, a great prince a­mongst the German Saxons, and his wife Frea, in whose honour the third, & fift dayes of the weeke were namedFlores Histor­per Mat. West­monast. p. 174. iuxta editio­nem Franco­furtensem. Wednesday, & Fryday by the idolatrous English, continued since in the time of the Gospell vnto this [Page 43] present. His brother Otha, & son Ebusa, whom he had sent for out of Germany, by the good liking of Vortigern (to whom they pretended the defence of the country against the neighbouring Scots, & Picts) got seazed of the Northerne parts of Britaine, lying on the further side of Humber; held by them, & their successours with the title of Dukes vn­der the right, & fealty hereof, & of the kings of Kent, chaunged after into the kingdome of Northumberland. In his time likewise Ella, & Cer­dic, (two noble Captaines of the same Nation) invading the South, layed the foundations of the kingdomes of Sussex, & the West-Saxons. He decea­sed in the yeare 488, the first king of Kent, & Monarch or chiefe king of the English Saxons. Eske, son to Hengist. From this Prince the Kentish-Saxons were called Oiscingae Orrich, cog­nomento Oisc, à quo reges Cantuariorum solent Oiscin­gae nominari. Bedae Eccles. Hist. Anglorum l, 2. c. 5. after Beda. Octa, son to Eske. Ermerick, after Malmesburiensis, son to Octa, or Otha. Ethelbert, son to Ermeric, succeeding in the yeare 561. He recovered the Monarchy vnto the Kentish men, after Hengist lost vnto the South and West-Saxons; the sixt soveraigne, or chiefe king of the English. In his raigne the Saxons first receiued the Christian faith, converted by Austine, sent from Gre­gory, Bishop of Rome. He deceased in the yeare 616. Edbald, son to E­thelbert. Ercombert, yonger son to Edbald, King of Kent, during the nonage of Ethelred, and Ethelbert, sons to Ermenred, eldest son to Ed­bald. Egbert, son to Ercombert. He inhumanely murthered Ethelred and Ethelbert, sons to Ermenred aforesaid; jealous of their better right to the kingdome of Kent. Lothaire, yonger son to Ercombert, and bro­ther to Egbert, vsurping the kingdome in the minority of Edric, son to Egbert. He was slaine in fight after 11 yeares raigne by Edric in the yeare 685. Edric son to Egbert, slaine against his rebellious subjects after two yeares tumultuous, and vnquiet raigne. After his decease the Kingdome, torne with ciuill dissentions, became a prey to Cead­walla, which (but without successe) he sought to vnite to his West-Saxon kingdome, miserably wasted through his rage & cruelty. Wi­thred, brother to Edric, & son to Egbert, succeeding after seauen years vacancy in the yeare 693, by the good leaue of Ina king of the West-Saxons, successour to Ceadwalla, whose peace he had purchased with a summe of money. Edbert, son to Withred. Ethelbert the second, son to Withred, and brother to Edbert. Alric, brother to Edbert, and Ethel­bert, ouer-throwne and slaine by Offa, the great king of the Mercians, the last king of Kent descended from Hengist. After this Prince, the Province miserably distressed through the wars, and invasions of the Mercians, became vsurped by such of the Natiues who had power to effect the same, the posterity of Hengist being extinguished or exclu­ded. Ethelbert the third, surnamed Pren, after Alric vsurping the gover­ment. Hee was taken prisoner, and deprived by Kenulf king of the Mercians, set at liberty not long after, and deceasing in a private for­tune. Cuthred succeeding in the yeare 797, set vp by Kenulfe, king of the Mercians after Etheldred. Baldred vsurping the kingdom after Cu­thred in the yeare 824, over-throwne in battaile, and chased out by great Egbert, after whom Kent was annexed to the kingdome of the West-Saxons. The Kentish Dutch, or Saxons, were after Beda a colony of the Iutes.

THE KINGDOME OF THE SOVTH-SAXONS.Australes Saxones. Bed. Eccles. Histor. Anglorum l. 2. c. 5. & Hunting. Hist. l. 3. &c.

ITv. Bedae Eccl. Hist. Anglor. Flores Hist. per Mat. Westmon. Huntingdon. Hist. 1. 2. 3. & 4. contained the Regni of Ptolomy, or the present countreyes of Surrey and Sussex; bounding vpon the South with the Brittish Ocean; vpon the East with the kingdome of Kent; vpon the North with the river Thames from the East-Saxons; and vpon the West with the kingdome of the West-Saxons; named thus from the situation thereof, lying in the most Southerne part of the Iland. It was begun by Ella, a Saxon captaine, arriuing here with new Dutch supplyes in the time of Hengist king of Kent, and first Monarch of the English. Concerning the exact time of Ellaes descent hither, our English authours doe much vary for want of more auncient to direct them. All notwithstanding, or the most part a­gree, that this hapned in the time of Hengist. After about 200 yeares continuance, and long oppression by the more mightie kings of the West-Saxons, this state took end, subdued by king Ina, and incorporated into the vnion of the West-Saxon kingdome. This, as neither the Ken­tish, although the first kingdomes erected by the Saxons, yet came not to any growth through the bad neighbourhood of the West-Saxons, Mer­cians, and other more potent Dutch intruders, comming betwixt them, and the Britons. The kings were Ella aforesaid, arriving here about the yeare 477 (afterFlores Hist. per Mat. West­monast. Zeno­ne Imperatore. Mat. of Westminister,) sent for by Hengist; and some years afterwards hauing vanquished the Britons in sundry fights, and sacked the strong city of Anderida, their chiefe fortresse, about the yeare 488 taking vpon him the name, and authority of king of those parts. After Hengist he attained to the soueraigntie, or chiefe commaund of the rest of the Saxons the second Monarch of the En­glish. Cissa, son to Ella, king of the South-Saxons, the founder of the towne of Chichester in Sussex. He lost the Monarchie, or chiefe rule to Cerdic, king of the West-Saxons. He deceasing aboutAn. D. 590, defuncto Cissa rege, Australi­um Saxonum regnum devo­lutum est ad Ceaulinum re­gem Occiden­talium Saxo­num. ib. the yeare 590, the kingdome fell (by what right we finde not) vpon Cheulin, king of the West-Saxons. After this time we read not of any more kings of the South-Saxons, vntill Adelwold, Edelwach, or E­thelwolf (for by all these names hee is called,) the first Christian King of the South-Saxons. He was invaded, and slaine in battaile in the yeare 687 after Mat. of Westminster by Ceadwal, king of the West-Saxons, the last who is named king of the South-Saxons. Adelwold being slaine, Berthun, & Authun, two Dukes of the country, but with­out the title of kings tooke vpon them the gouernment, by whom for the time Ceadwal is repulsed, and driven home. Not long after the kingdome of the South-Saxons, vnable any longer to with-stand the power of the West-Saxons, is finally subdued by Ina, who succeeded vn­to Ceadwal, added to the West-Saxon kingdome.

THE KINGDOME OF THE EAST-SAXONSOrientales Saxones, Bedae & Malmesbu­riensis de Gest. regum Anglor. l. 1. c. 6. &c.

ITBedae Eccles. Hist. Anglor. Malmesbu [...]. de Gestis Regum Angl. l. 1. c. 6. Hen. Hunting. Hist. l. 2. 3. 4. & 5. Flores Hist. per Mat. West­mon. Florenti­um Vigorni­ensem. contained the countrey of the Trinobantes of Caesar, and Ptole­my, or the present of Middlesex, and Essex, with part of Hartfordshire after Malmesburiensis; or the Diocese of London, hauing vpon the East the Germane Ocean, vpon the South the river Thames, dividing it from the kingdomes of Kent, and of the South-Saxons; vpon the West the King­dome of Mercia, and vpon the North the kingdome of the East-Angles. It was begun about the yeare 527, & raigne of Eisc king of Kent, by Er­chenwyn, descended after Huntingdoniensis from Woden, the common progenitour of all the Saxon Princes. It continued about the space of 300 yeares, and ended in the yeare 827, and Suthred the last king thereof, warred vpon, and chased out by Egbert king of the West-Saxons, by whom it was vnited to the Dominion of the West-Saxons. The Princes hereof were Erchenwin Flores Hist per Mat. West­monast. An. 527. & Henr. Huntingd. hist. l. 2. now mentioned, the first king in the yeare 527, & raigne of Eisc, the second king of Kent. Sledda, Sledda pri­mus rex Ori­entalium Saxo­num. Malmesb. l. 1. c. 6 son to Erchen­win. He had to wife Ricula, daughter to Ermeric king of Kent. Sebert, son to Sledda, and Ricula; the first Christian king of the East-Saxons, converted thorough the pious endeavours of Ethelbert king of Kent, and Monarch of the English, succeeding in the yeare 596. By the god­ly zeale, & aemulation of those two Christian Princes were first foun­ded the auncient, and renowned Churches of S. Pauls in London, and S. Peters of Westminster. Selred, Seward, and Sigebert Pagan, and ido­latrous Princes, sons to Sebert, ioint kings of the East-Saxons; over­throwne, & slain in fight by Kingils, & Quinchelin, kings of the West-Saxons about the yeare 623. Segebert the second, son to Seward, son to king Sebert. Segebert the third, son to Segebald, brother to Sebert, & son to Sledda, & Ricula his Kentish Queene. He restored the forsaken Ca­tholique Religion in the kingdome of the East-Saxons, by the speciall instigation of Oswye, king of Northumberland; assisted in this blessed worke by holy Cedda, brother to S. Ceadda, or Chad, Bishop of the Meircans. Swithelme, brother to Segebert the third, baptized by S. Ced­da, Apostle & Bishop of the East-Saxons. Sighere, & Sebba, whereof the first was son, the other was brother vnto Segebert the second, joinct kings of the East-Saxons after Swithelme. Sighere deceasing, Sebba is sole king; after thirty yeares holy & just raigne, quitting his kingdome, & turning religious in the Monastery of S. Pauls in London. His tomb is yet showne in the walls of the North Ile of the Chancell of that Church. Sigheard, son to holy Sebba, succeeding in the yeare 694. Seo­frid, brother to Sigheard, & son to Sebba. Offa, son to Sigheard. He en­riched with buildings, & large endowments the Church of S. Peter in Westminster. Abandoning the vaine pleasures of this temporary world, he departed vnto Rome with Kenred King of the Mercians, where he tooke vpon him the habit of Religion. Selred the second. Su­thred, son to Selred the second, the last king of the East-Saxons, about [Page 46] the yeare 828 driuen out by Egbert, the potent king of the West-Sax­ons; vniting the countries hereof with his kingdome of the West-Sax­ons. None of the princes hereof attayned to the Monarchy, or chiefe commaund of the English-Saxons.

THE KINGDOME OF THE EAST-ANGLES.Orientales Angli Bedae Eccles. Histor. lib. 3. cap. 16, & Malmesburien. lib. 1. c. 5. &c.

IT tooke the namev. Bedae Eccl. Histor. Anglo­rum. Malmesb. de Gestis Re­gum Anglorum lib. 1. c. 9. Hun­tingd. Hist. lib. 2. 3. & 4. Flores Historiarum per Mat. West. monast. Flo­rentium Wi­gorniensem. from its more Easterne situation, and the people of the English; from whom after Beda, with the Mercians, and North­umbrians, the Dutch inhabitants hereof were descended. It contayned the greatest part of the countrie of the Iceni of Tacitus, after Malmes­buriensis Cambridgeshire, Norfolke, and Suffolke, or the two Dioceses of Elie, and Norwijch. It had vpon the South, the kingdome of the East-Saxons; vpon the East, the German Ocean; vpon the North, the sea Meta­ris of Ptolomy, or the Washes; & vpon the West, the kingdome of the Mercians, begun by Vffa, a Saxon Captaine about the yeare 575, and en­ding with the Martyrdome of St Edmund about the yeare 886; posses­sed afterward for many yeares by the Danes; and lastly by Edward the first of the name, king of the West-Saxons, or English (the Danes expul­sed) about the yeare 914 incorporated with the English kingdome, & Monarchie. The princes follow. Vffa, the first king of the East-Angles about the yeare 575. From this prince after Hunting doniensis the East-Angles for a long time were namedVffingae Hun­tingd. Hist. l. 2. the Vffingae. Titulus king of the East-Angles, son to Vffa. Redwald, son to Titulus, succeeding in the yeare 593. After the decease of Ethelbert, the first Christian king of Kent, he got the Soveraignety, or chiefe rule of the English-Saxons, the seaventh Monarch of the English. With this princeMalmesbur. lib. 1. c. 5. Malmesbu­riensis beginneth the order of the kings of the East-Angles. Erpen­wald, son to Redwald, the first Christian king of the East-Angles, con­verted thorow the godly zeale, & friendly exhortation of Edwin (re­stored to the kingdome of Northumberland by his father Redwald,) succeeding in the yeare 624. Hee was slaine by a conspiracie of his wicked, & idolatrous subiects, exasperated against him by meanes of his Christian, & Catholique profession. Sigebert, son to the wife of Redwald by a former husband (neither of whose names we find (des­cended of the blood royall of the East-Angles, during the raigne of Redwald (jealous of his ambition to the Crowne,) and of Erpenwald his successour, liuing exiled in forreine countries; after the decease of Erpenwald returning from banishment, and succeeding in the king­dome of the East-Angles about the yeare 636. He restored the Chri­stian Religion amongst the East-Angles, wherein he had beene taught & baptized during his exile in France. For the more firme rooting of Christianity amongst his East-Angles, hee founded after Beda a schoole for the trayning vp of youth, appointing teachers to instruct them in religion, and good literature. The learned of Cambridge de­riue from hence the beginning of their auncient, & famous Vniversi­tie; [Page 47] Beda (from whose authoritie more especially they ground their assertion) mentionethMox ea (Sig­bertus) quae in Gallia bene dis­posita vidit, i­mitari cupiens, scholam insti­tuit, in quâ pu­eti erudiren­tur, iuvanti E­piscopo Foeli­ci, quem de Cantijs acce­perat, ijs (que); pe­dagogos, ac magisiros iuxta morem Cantu­ariorum prae­benti. Bedae Ec­clesi. Hist. An­glorum lib. 3. cap. 18. a schoole, but not the place, where this should be erected, as neither doe any other auncient, and approved authours. Leaving the kingdome to Egrick, he turned Religious in the Mo­nastery of Cumbrebury; forced out of his Cel not long after by his distressed subjects against Penda, the Pagan king of the Mercians, by whom he was slaine, or rather martyred in battaill. Egrick, kinsman to Sigebert; after foure yeares raigne with Sigebert slaine in fight by Penda, & the Mercians. Anna, son to Eny after Malmesburiensis, brother to Redwald, & son to Titulus, succeeding in the yeare 642. He likewise felt the rage of Penda, and the Mercians, slaine by them in a great battaill about the yeare 654. His son Erkenwald with fiue daughters (such was the zeale of that devout age) Ethelrid, Sexburg, Withgith, Ethilburg, and Edelburg, put on the habit of Religion, ob­tayning after their decease the repute, and name of Saints. Ethelherd, brother to king Anna. He was slaine in the quarrell of Penda against the Saxons, or English of Northumberland. Edelwald, brother to E­thelherd. Aldulf, son to Ethelherd Elswolf, son to king Ethelherd, and brother to Aldulfe. Beorn son to Ethelherd, and brother to Aldulfe, and Elswolfe. Ethelred, kinsman to Beorn, and the preceeding kings. Ethelbert, son to Ethelred. He was treacherously murthered by Offa, the great king of the Mercians; invited to his Court vpon pretence of marriage with his daughter Elfrid. After Echelbert the East-Angles for a long time became a prey to the Mercians, West-Saxons, & Ken­tish Saxons, without kings, or mentioned in Authours. By great Eg­bert with the rest of the Heptarchie they became subject to the En­glish name, and Monarchy vnder a substituted king of their owne, not named by Huntingdoniensis my Author; as neither are any o­ther of their princes vntill Edmund descended from Anna, succee­ding about the yeare 780. Saint Edmund, the last Saxon king of the East-Angles, substituted, or governing vnder the West-Saxons; inva­ded by Hungar, and Hubba, two Pagan Danish Captaines, and after sundry torments, with great constancy sustayned for his faith, & pro­fession, tyed to a stake, and shot to death with their arrowes; canoni­zed for a Saint, and Martyr, whose rich, and much honoured shrine gaue occasion of the name of Saint Edmundsbury in Suffolke. Saint Edmund thus martyred, after 9 yeares vacancy, and spoile by the Danes, Guthrum, or Godrun, a Danish Captaine, succeedeth in the kingdome hereof, & of the East-Saxons; to whome Eohric of the same nation succeedeth. By Edward the first, Monarch of the English Saxons, the Danes are lastly driven out, and the countrie is immediatly vnited to the rest of the English Empire.

THE KINGDOME OF MERCIA.Mercij Bedae, & Malmesburi­ensis. lib. 1. cap. 4. &c.

IT was sov. Bedae Eccl. Histor. Anglor. Malmesburien­sis de Gestis Regum Anglo­rum. lib. 1. c. 4. Henr. Hunting. Hist. l. 2. 3. 4. & 5. Flores Hist. per Mat. West­monaster. Flo­rentium Wi­gorniensem. named after our best antiquaries from the word Mearc, sig­nifying with the Dutch, or English, a bounder, called thus since confi­ning [Page 48] in a manner withall the rest of the Saxon kingdomes; lying in the heart, and middle part of the Iland. Better Etymologies we know not. It contayned in its greatest extent the Countries of the Dobuni, Caty­c [...]chlani, Coritani, and Cornavij of Ptolemy, with part of the Iceni, and Silures; or after Malmes buriensis the moderne countries of Lincolne, Not­tingham, Rutland, Leicester, Huntingdon, Bedford, Northampton, Bucking­ham, Oxford, Glocester, Warwijck, Stafford, Darby, Worcester, Hereford, Chester, and Shropshire, with part of Hartfordshire, the largest of all the seaven kingdomes; bounded vpon the East, with the East-Saxons, and East-Angles, with part of the German Ocean betwixt the Metaris, or the Washes of Lincolneshire, and the mouth of Humber; vpon the South, with the riuer Thames from the West-Saxons; vpon the West, with Of­fa's-Ditch from the Welsh, with part of the Irish Ocean betwixt the Dee, and Mersey; and vpon the North, with the riuer Mersey, and Humber from the kingdome of Northumberland. It comprehended the North, & South Mercia, the riuer of Trent parting these two devisions after Mat. of VVestminster. It was begun by Crida Flores Hist. per Mat. West­monast. 585., or Creodda, a Saxon Captaine in the yeare 585, after my authour descended from prince VVoden, enlarged by the victories of Wibba, Penda, and Offa. By great Egbert it was subjected to the vassalage of the West-Saxon Monarchs, about the yeare 886 ending in Burdred, a substitute of the West-Saxons, tyred with long warres, and molestations of the Danes, & departing vnto Rome; after whom (the Danes, who had now vsurped it being expulsed) it was vnited to the West-Saxon kingdome. The Kings were Crida, or Creodda a­foresaid about the yeare 585, the first king of the Mercians. Wibba, son to Crida. Ceorl, son to Kinemund, brother to VVibba. Penda, Penda pri­mus rex Mer­ciorum secun­dum Malmes­buriensem de Gestis Regum Anglorum lib. 1. c. 4. son to VVibba, succeeding in the yeare 626. He slew in battaill Ed­win, and Oswald kings of Northumberland, and Sigebert, Egfrid, and Anna kings of the East-Angles, and droue out of his kingdome Ken­wald of the VVest-Saxons; noted for his bloudy, fierce, and violent raigne, many victories, and much cruelty against the neighbouring Christian English. Himselfe was lastly slaine at a great, & memorable overthrow given by Oswy king of the Northumbrians. After this, the country for a time was made subject to Oswy, and the Northum­brian Saxons. Peada, son to Penda, by Oswy king of Northumberland vpon the marriage of Alkfled, his naturall daughter, set ouer the part of Mercia, lying South of the riuer Trent, with condition that hee should become Christian, the first Christian king of the Mercians. The part of Mercia vpon the North of Trent Oswy joyned to the immediate government of the Northumbrians. He was slaine after Beda by the treason of his wife Alkfled, after others by his mother Kinswith, wife to Penda. After Peada, the Mercians shook off the yoke of the Northumbrians, and Wulfhere is advanced to the kingdome. Wulfhere, son to Penda, and brother to Peada, (Oswy, & the North­umbrians thrust out,) king of the Mercians. By his great valour, & hap­pie exploites after Oswy he obtayned the Soveraignety, or chiefe rule of the Saxons, continued in his successours vntill Kenelme, and the Monarchy of Egbert, and the VVest Saxons; the eleventh Monarch [Page 49] of the English▪ He founded the Church, & Monastery of Medesham, or Peter borough (begun by his brother Peada,) converted to Christia­nity by holy Chad, the Apostle, or first Bishop of Lichfield, and the Mercians. He deceased in the yeare 674. Amongst other issue he had Wereburg, a professed Nun in the Monastery of Elye, appointed af­terwards by king Ethelred visitour of all the Monasteries in the king­dome of Mercia, which charge she vnderwent with great zeale, and o­pinion of sanctity; whose dead corps, or reliques remoued afterwards to the City of Chester occasioned there the Church of Saint VVere­burg, since the Cathedrall of that Diocese, founded by Leofrike Earle of Chester in her honour. Ethelred, brother to Peada, and VVulshere, and son to Penda, king of Mercia, and the twelft Monarke of the En­glish. He founded the Monasterie of Bardney in Lincolneshire, where relinquishing the kingdome, himselfe became Monke, and afterwards Abbat. Kenred, son to Wulfhere (Ethelred resigneing) king of Mer­cia, and Monarch of the English. Having raigned foure yeares he like­wise gaue ouer the kingdome, and with Offa king of the East-Saxons went to Rome, where, Constantine the first being Pope, they together put on the Coule, & habit of religion. Chelred, son to Ethelred, king of Mercia, and Monarch of the English. He had warres with Ina, king of VVest-Saxons (growne great through his late victories ouer the Kentish, and South-Saxons, and aspiring to the Monarchy,) managed with aequall fortunes. Ethelbald, of the blood royall of the kings of Mercia (descended from Crida,) king of the Mercians, & Monarch of the English in the time of St Winifrid, or Boniface, the Apostle of the Germans, and Archbishop of Mentz, reprehended by him for his vn­married, yet most lascivious, and vnchast life. He was slaine by his mutinous subjects, stirred vp by Bernred, ayming hereby at the king­dome. Offa descended from Wibba, after some vacancy, & the death of the Tyrant Bernred (whom he slew in battaill), king of Mercia, and Monarch of the English, renowned for his great victories archieved against the bordering Welsh, & Saxons. He drew Offaes Ditch before described, the bounder betwixt him, & the Welsh, and subjected his English to atribute of the sea of Rome called Romscot, and Peter­pence. He likewise founded the great, and rich Monasterie of St Al­ban in honour of that first British Martyr, a Citizen of the neighbou­ring Verulamium, put to death here by the Emperour Dioclesian, and now canonized at his cost. He deceased in the yeare 796. Egfri [...], son to great Offa, king of Mercia, and Monarch of the English, deceasing within the yeare. Kenwolf (descended from Wibba) king of Mercia, and Monarch, or chiefe king of the English, deceasing in the yeare 819. After this prince, the Mercians lost the sovernignety, or chiefe rule of the English, to Egbert, and the West-Saxons, hapning through the feeble, & vnripe yeares of Kenelme, his next successour, the quar­rels, and devisions hereof for the Crowne, and the power of Egbert, growne mighty through the accesse of the East, and South-Saxons, and Kentish kingdome. Kenelme, son to Kenwolf, at the age of sea­ven yeares, succeeding in the kingdome of Mercia, murthered by his [Page 50] sister Quendrid, ambitious of the gouernment. Ceolwulf, king of Mer­cia, Vncle to Kenelme, and brother to Kenwolf; after one yeares troublesome raigne, driuen out by his seditious subiects, and tho­rough the treason and faction of Bernulf. Bernulf, King of the Mercians, vsurping the kingdome against Ceolwulfe. Hee con­tended with great Egbert for the chiefe rule, or soveraignty of the English, by whom he was ouercome in fight, & was lastly slaine a­gainst the East-Angles. Ludecan King of Mercia, intruding the Ber­nulf, overcome & slaine by Egbert, & the East-Angles. Withlafe King of Mercia, vsurping after Ludecan, subdued afterwards, & made tribu­tary, & substituted by Egbert. Berthulf king of Mercia, after Withlafe substituted by the West-Saxons. He was driuen out by the bloudy, & all-conquering Danes Burdred, appointed by Ethelwolf the West-Sa­xon or English Monarch. After two and twenty yeares raigne, weari­ed out with continuall warres, & fresh invasions of the Danes, & lea­ving England vnto fortune, about the yeare 886, he tooke sanctuary in Rome, where in a private state he dyed, the last Prince of the long lan­guishing Mercian kingdome; after whom, & some few yeares revel­ling Malmesbur. l. 1. c. 4. of the Danes; the countreyes hereof by Alfred (the Danes brought vnder) were vnited to the English, or VVest-Saxon Monar­chy.

THE KINGDOME OF NORTHVMBERLAND.Nord-Hum­bri Bedae Eccl. hist. l. 3. c. 7. Northanimbri Malmesbur. l. 1 c. 3. Nordan­humbri Mat. Weston.

IT wasv. Bedae Eccles. Histor. Anglorum. Malmesbur. de Gestis Regum Anglor. l. 1. c. 3. Hen. Hunting. hist. l. 2. 3. 4. & 5. Flores hist. per Mat. West­mon, Floren­tium Wigorn. thus called from the more famous river, or creeke of Humber, vpon whose North it lay. It contained the Brigantes of Ptolemy, with other parts of North Britaine, extended from hence vnto the Bo­dotria, & Glota of the same Authour, now the Friths of Edinburgh, and Dunbriton; on after Malmes buriensis the present countryes of Yorke­shire, Lancashire, Durham, Westmoreland, Cumberland, & Northumberland. Wee adde Tweedale, Merch, Lauden, Carict, & Galloway, with other parts of moderne Scotland vnto the Glota, and Bodotria, (for thus farre after Malmesburiensis the Empire of the English (whose North this was) shortly vpon their invasion, & conquest extended.) It had vpon the South, the riuers of Mersey, and Humber from the kingdome of the Mer­cians; vpon the East, the German Ocean; vpon the West, the Irish sea; and vpon the North the two Friths before mentioned, parting it from the Scots and Picts. It was divided into twoDeirorum & Berniciorum Provinciae partes gentis Nordhumbro­rum. Bedae Ec­cles hist. gentis Anglor. l. 3. c. 1. Provinces, more aunciently commaunded a part by their kings; ofDeira Mal­mesbur. l. 1. c. 3. Deira, which was the part in­tercepted betwixt Humber, and the river of Tees; andBernicia ib. Bernicia, lying betwixt the Tees, and Frith of Edinburgh. The kingdome was occasio­ned by Otha, and Ebusa, the brother and son of Hengist, shortly after the comming of the first Saxons, the better to strengthen their party, sent for out of Germany by Hengist, and by the good leaue of Vortigern king of the Britons arriuing, and planting in those Northerne parts, preten­ding their guard against the injurious, and ill neighbouring Picts, and [Page 51] Scots; whose successours (the truce, and amity betwixt the two Nati­ons quickly broken) in continuance of time subduing the Country thus limited, and governing the same with the title of Dukes vnder the right and soveraigne commaund of the kings of Kent, about the 60, and 72 yeares after the death of Hengist chaunged their stile into the name of kings of Bernicia, and Deira, (for thus the parts hereof (as before) then were called,) vniting againe not long after into one onely kingdome, and common name of Northumberland, called thus in regard of the Northerne situation thereof vnto that famous river. The Northumbrians after E­thelred, and the yeare 794, being much distressed through their ciuill dissentions, and the invasions of the Danes, by the advantage hereof the Scots, and Picts got seazed of the parts of Bernicia, situated vpon the North of the river Tweede, and Solway Frith, the ordinary bounder af­terward of the English, and Scottish kingdomes. The Britons before this (inhabiting the parts where now lye Cumberland, and Westmoreland, with Fournesse Fels in Lancashire (subiect aunciently to the Saxon kings of Northumberland,) about the yeare 685 revoultingv. Bedae Ec­cles. Hist. gentis Anglorum l. 4. c. 26. from vnder the government hereof begun the kingdome of the Cumbri, or Cumberland, continuing after the Heptarchy of the English expired. In this māner the kingdome of Northumberland stinted towards the North with the Frith of Solway, and the river Tweede, about the yeare 827, and some 33 years after the decease of Ethelred before mentioned, ouer-charged with forreine, and domestique wars, submitted to the protection of great Eg­bert, and his West-Saxons, by whom it was lastly vnited to the West-Sa­xon, or English Monarchy. The princes hereof were Ida, the first king of Northumberland after Mat. ofFlores histor. per. Mat. West­monast. an. 548 & 560. Westminster, elected by the victori­ous Dutch, or English of these Northerly parts in the yeare 548, and about the 60 yeare after the death of Hengist. By Floretinusv. Florenti­um▪ Wigorni­ensem an. 547. & 559. Monke of Worcester, he is stiled only king of Bernicia. Ida deceasing, the Northumbrians in the yeare 560 after Mat. of VVestminster, first be­came divided into the two kingdomes of Deira, vsurped with this title by Ella, son to Duke Iffus; and Bernicia, the portion remaining vnto Adda, son and successour vnto Ida, succeeded vnto in Bernicia, during the long raigne of Ella, by Clappa Theodulphus, Freothulfus, Theodoricus, and Ethelricus, all sons to Ida, and brethren to Adda. Adda, Clappa, Theodulphus, Freothulfus, Theodoricus, and Ethelricus, kings of Bernicia, and sons to Ida, successiuely raigning one after another; & Ella king of Deira, son to Duke Iffus. After the decease of Ella, king E­thelricus (Edwin thrust out, son to Ella) obtaineth the soueraignty of the whole Northumberland. Ethelricus, son to Ida, (Edwin son to Ella excluded) king of Northumberland, or of both Provinces of Deira, and Bernicia. Ethelfrid, king of Northumberland, son to Ethelricus. He confirmed, and much enlarged the kingdome of the Northumbrians through his conquests, and victories against the Scots, and weake re­mainders of the Britons. He was slaine in battaile by Redwald, king of the East-Angles, and Monarch of the English, in the quarrell of Edwyn king of Deira, expulsed by Ethelricus. Edwyn king of Deira, son to Ella, after Ethelfrid succeeding in both Provinces of Deira, and Bernicia, the [Page 52] first Christian king of the Northumbrians, converted by the meanes of his Queene Ethelburga, daughter to Ethelbert, the first Christian king of Kent, and through the preaching of Paulinus, the Apostle of those Northern parts, & first Archbishop of Yorke. He began at Yorke the Church of S. Peter, appoiting it to bee the Cathedrall of that Metropolitane sea. After Redwald, he got the soveraignty, or chiefe rule amongst the Saxons, the eight Monarch of the English. Hauing a long time raigned victoriously, he was lastly about the yeare 633 slain in battaile by the joint armes of Penda king of the Mercians, and of Cadwallo king of the Britons. Osric, king of Deira, son to Alfrid, bro­ther to Ella; and Eanfrid king of Bernicia, son to Ethelfrid, after the de­cease of Edwin returning out of Scotland (where they had kept du­ring the raigne hereof,) and succeeding in the two kingdomes of Nor­thumberland, noted by Beda & Malmesburiensis for their apostacy from the faith of Christ (wherein with Oswald, who next succeeded, they had been baptized during their exile amongst the Scots,) and the iust reuenge of God for this their impiety; after some one yeares short raigne overcome, and slaine by Cadwallo king of the Britons. Oswald, son to Ethelfrid, and brother to Eanfrid, hauing vanquished Cadwal­lo, & his Britons in a memorable, & bloudy fight, succeeding in both Provinces of Deira and Bernicia. He attained likewise to the chiefe rule of the Saxons, the ninth Monarch of the English. Hee restored in the parts of Northumberland the much decayed Christian Religion by the preachings and especiall industry of Aidan a Scottish man, and the first Bishop of Lindisfarne, to whom in regard of his ignorance of the Saxon tongue, he serued as an interpretour. He was slaine by Pen­da, the cruell king of the Mercians, in a battaile fought at Maserfield, now from hence named Oswaldstree, in Shropshire. Oswy, king of Ber­nicia, naturall son to Ethelfrid; and Oswyn king of Deira, son to Osric, succeeding about the yeare 643 in the two kingdomes of Northum­berland. Emulation, and wars arising betwixt the two Princes, and good Oswyn by the treason of Earle Hunwald being deliuered into the hands of Oswy, by whom he is wickedly murthered, Oswy attai­neth to the Dominion of all Northumberland, and by the strength and advantage hereof, to the chiefe rule and soveraignty of the En­glish, the tenth and last Monarch of the English, of the house of Nor­thumberland. He slew in fight the mercilesse and raging Penda, and subdued the Mercians to his will, rebelling notwithstanding shortly af­ter, and reassuming liberty vnder Vulfhere, son to Penda. He deceased about the yeare 670. After this Prince the two Provinces of Deira and Bernicia, went still vnited vnder one onely king of Northumber­land. Egfrid king of Northumberland, son to Oswy. He lost the Monar­chy or chiefe rule of the English to Vulf here, and the Mercians. He was slaine against the Picts, entrapped amongst their mountaines. En­couraged by this ouerthrowBedae Eccles. Hist. l. 2. c. 6. the remainder of the Britons, inhabiting Cumberland, & the Westerne coasts along the Irish Ocean, cast off the yoake of the Northumbrians, and became a free estate. Alkfryd, king of Northumberlād, naturall son to Oswy. Osred king of Northumberland, [Page 53] son to Alkfrid. He was slaine in fight by Kenred, and Osric, aiming hereby at the Crowne, and through the advantage of his licentious life, and many vices. Kenred, king of Northumberland, the murtherer of Osred, descended from Ida, the first king of Bernicia, by his Con­cubine. Osric king of Northumberland, associate with Kenred in the treason against Osred. Ceolwulph king of Northumberland, brother to Kēred. He voluntarily resigned the kingdome, & took the habit of reli­gion in the Iland of Lindisferne, now Holy Land. Vnto this prince Venerable Bede dedicateth his Ecclesiasticall historie of the English Nation. Egbert king of Northumberlād, son to Eata, brother to Ceolwulf. He also left the kingdome, and turned religious. Oswulph, sonne to Egbert, after a short raigne slaine by treason. Edilwald descended from king Ida, by his Concubine, slaine by Alured. Alured, descen­ded from Ida, and the same Concubine, driven out by his seditious subjects. Ethelred, son to Edilwald, expulsed by the faction of Edel­bald, and Herebert two noblemen of the Countrie. Alswald, brother to king Alured, murthered by his ever wicked, and rebellious sub­jects. Osred, son to Alured, forced out by the same fury. Ethelred, son to Edilwald, restored to the kingdome after Alswald, and Osred, in the yeare 794, slaine by his still bad, and mutinous subjects, long pra­ctised in treason, and the murther of their princes, the last king of Northumberland after Malmesburiensis. Ethelred thus murthered, the Countrie for the space of thirty and three yeares was much tur­moyled with ciuill dissentions, and continuall intrusions of petty ty­rants, contending for, and vsurping the soveraignety, of small power through this disorder, and short continuance, and not deserving the name of kings. In the yeare 827, not able any longer to hold out, or to resist so great a Monarch, the Northumbrians were subdued, or ra­ther voluntarily yeelded vnto Egbert, the most potent king of the VVest-Saxons. After this subjection, they were ruled by Vice-Royes, or substitute kings vnder the VVest-Saxons, of which ranke were Os­brict, and Ella, mentioned by Henry ofHuntingdon. Hist. lib. 5. Huntington, in the raigne of Ethelwolf, son and successour to great Egbert. These two being slaine by the Danes, they were made subject to that nation, whose kings af­ter Huntingdoniensis (if they be worth the naming) were Haldene, Gud­fert, Nigellus, Sidrik, Reginald, and Anlaf, commaunding here in a con­fused, and disorderly manner, sometimes one ruling alone, sometimes two, or many together. By Athelstan these Danish Northumbrians were driven out, or subdued to the English Monarchy, not long after by king Edred after sundry rebellions incorporated into the kingdome, and accompt, and name of the English.

THE KINGDOME OF THE WEST-SAXONS.Occidentales Saxones & Gevissi Bedae Eccl. Hist. lib. 3. cap. 7. West-Sa­xones Malmes. lib. 1. c. 2.

ITv. Bedae Eccl. Hist. Gentis Anglor. Mal­mesb. de Gest. Regum Anglo. lib. 1. c. 2. & l [...]b. 2. c. 1. Hen. Hun­tingd. Hist. lib. 2. 3. & 4. Flo­res Hist. per Mat. Westmo­nast. Florenti­um Wigorni­ensem. contayned more aunciently the Belgae, Attrebatij, and Durotriges of Ptolemy, now Barkeshire, Wiltshire, Somersetshire, Hantshire, & Dor­set-shire, [Page 54] with the Ile of Wight, having vpon the South, the British Ocean; vpon the East, the South-Saxons; vpon the North, the Mercians, and the river Thames; and vpon the West, the sea of Severne, and the Cornish Bri­tons. Malmesburiensis addeth Devonshire, and Cornwall, or the parts belonging sometimes to the Danmonij, or Cornish Britons, subdued, and annexed by Great Egbert, a little before the period of the Heptarchie, and the abolition of the kingdome, and distinction of the West-Saxons. The state was begun after those of Kent, and Sussex, but before the rest of the Heptarchie, by Cerdic, a Saxon Captaine, about the yeare 495, lan­ding with fresh German succours amongst the Iceni, where now is Cer­dic-shore, neere Yarmouth, and (descending from thence towards the VVest, and hauing vanquished and slaine Natanleod, a British Comman­der) fixing, and establishing in the Westerne parts the kingdome named thus from its situation; enlarged by the after conquests hereof, and of his victorious Successours vpon the distressed neighbouring Britons. Into this kingdome, as into a more fresh, & liuely stocke, all the rest of the kingdomes of the Saxons became at length engrafted, mastered by the armes of great Egbert, and through their owne intestine broyles, and in the yeare 819 by the decree of Egbert at an assembly of the states at VVinchester joyned into one entire state, or common name of England, continued through many successions of princes vnto our times. The order of the kings of the VVest-Saxons followeth vntill the Heptarchy de­termined, and the vnion, and name of England. Cerdic before mentio­ned, the first king of the West-Saxons about the yeare 502, and 43 yeares after the first arrivall of Hengist. After Ella of the South-Sax­ons, he attayned to the chiefe rule, or soueraignety amongst the Saxon princes; the third Monarch of the English continued in his succes­sours for two descents. Kenrik king of the West-Saxons, and Monarch, or chiefe king of the English, son to Cerdic Cheulin king of the West-Saxons, chiefe king, or Monarch of the English, son to Kenrik. After sundry conquests, and great victories against the Britons, and Kentish Saxons, he was lastly ouerthrowne, and driuen out by a joynt warre of the Welsh, and his seditious subjects discontented with his inso­lent government, drawne on through the treason, and ambition of his nephew Cealic. Cealic king of the West-Saxons, son to Cuthwolf, brother to Cheulin, and son to Kenric. He lost the Monarchy, or chiefe rule of the English vnto Ethelbert, king of the Kentish men. Chelwolf king of the VVest-Saxons, son to Cuth, brother to Cheu­lin. Kingils, son to Chel, brother to Chelwolfe, king of the VVest-Sax­ons, succeeding in the yeare 612. He first of the VVest-Saxon princes embraced the Christian Religion, won to the faith by the preaching of Berinus an Italian, the first Bishop of Dorchester in Oxfordshire, and through the holy zeale, and endeavours of Oswald king of Northumberland. He tooke for his companion in the government his son Quincheline, who deceased before him. Kenwald king of the VVest-Saxons, son to Kengils, he founded the rich abbey of Malmes­burie, and the great Church of VVinchester. He deceasing without issue, his wife Segburg, a manly woman, for a time mannaged the af­faires [Page 55] of the kingdome, succeeded vnto by Eskwin. Eskwin king of the VVest-Saxons, descended from Cerdic. Kenwin, king of the VVest-Saxons, brother to Kenwald, and son to Kingils. He much enlarged the kingdome of the VVest-Saxons vpon the Bordering Britons, or VVelsh. Ceadwalla, king of the VVest-Saxons, descended from Kenric. He slew in fight Edilwalch, the last king of the South-Saxons. After much cruelty, and outrage committed against the neighbouring South, and Kentish-Saxons, to expiate his sinnes, following the man­ner of those superstitious times, he departed on holy pilgrimage to Rome, baptized there by Sergius Bishop of that sea, where shortly af­ter he dyed. Ina, king of the West-Saxons, descended from Cheu­lin. He annexed to his dominions the Countrie of the South-Saxons, and founded the Colledge of Wels, and the great Monastery of Gla­stenbury. Ambitious of the honour of his predecessour, hee went to Rome, and put on the habit of religion, deceasing in a private fortune, hauing first subjected his kingdome to the payment of Peter-pence to that sea. Ethelard, king of the West-Saxons, descended from Cheu­lin. Cuthred, king of the West-Saxons, brother to Ethelard. About this time after Beda the dead corps of the deceased begun first to bee enterred within townes, and cities, formerly after the manner of the Turkes at this day, buried in the fields. Sigebert of vnknowne paren­tage, king of the West-Saxons, driven out by his seditious subjects pretending his tyrannie, and many vices. Kenwulf, king of the West-Saxons, descended from Cerdic. He was slaine by Kineard, brother to Sigebert. Brithric descended from Cerdic, king of the West-Saxons succeeding in the yeare 784. In the time hereof, and yeare 787, the Danes first arriue, and discover the Westerne coasts of the Iland, fol­lowed with greater forces in the raigne of Egbert, and the succeeding English Monarches. He was poysoned by his Queene Ethelburga, daughter to Offa the great, king of the Mercians. In regard of this treason, the wiues of the succeeding West-Saxon Monarches were by law afterwards excluded from all state, place, and title of princes. Eg­bert, king of the VVest-Saxons, descended from Cheulin, and succee­ding in the yeare 800. He subdued the Cornish Britons, and the Ken­tish, and East-Saxons, with those of Mercia, East-England, and North­umberland. Of these Kent, and the East-Saxons, with the Cornish Bri­tons he immediatly incorporated with his kingdome of the West-Sax­ons. The rest (which were Northumberland, with the East-Angles, and Mercians) he commaunded by his substitutes, or Vice-royes. All not­withstanding he vnited into one entire Monarchie, which he named of England (from the Angli, or English, of whom himselfe was descended, or in regard of the greater extent of that people, contayning after Beda the Mercians, Northumbrians, and Mercians, or some two thirds of the whole Dutch Nation) whereof he was Crowned king in the yeare 819, some 370 yeares after the arrivall of Hengist. In this sort (the Heptarchy extinguished) the whole Southerne part of the Iland tooke the name of England, (Wales, & the Britons of Cumberland excepted) whose fortunes vntill the returne hereof into the vnion of Britaine vnder Lames out late Soveraigne of happy memory remaine in the next place to bee related.

THE KINGDOME OF ENGLAND.Anglia.

THisv. Malmesb. de Gestis Re­gum Anglor. lib. 2. Hen. Hun­tingd Hist lib. 5. & 6. Rogeri de Houeden Annalium par­tem priorem. Flores Hist. per Mat. Westmo­nast. Florenti­um Wigorni­niensem. Guil. Camdeni Bri­tanniam (de Anglo-Saxo­nibus.) The En­glish Annalls. was begun by Egbert aforesaid. The manner, and yeare wee haue even now shewed. It was bounded more aunciently with the German Ocean vpon the East; vpon the South, with the English chan­nell from France; vpon the West, with the Welsh, and Britons of Cum­berland, with part of the Westerne, or Irish Ocean from Ireland; and vpon the North, with the river Tweede from the Picts, or Scotland. King Wil­liam, surnamed the Conquerour, added Cumberland, and VVestmoreland, parts of the auncient kingdome of the Cumbri, wrested from the Scots. His son Rufus, and the succeeding princes of the Norman bloud added VVales. By the raigne of king Edward the first (VVales then being to­tally subdued) the accompt, and name of England enlarged ouer all the part of the Iland, lying vpon the South of the river Tweede, and Solway Frith; the present extent of the kingdome. It hath suffered sundry changes since this its first name, and erection; being twise conquered by forreine power, and made subject to three different successions of Mo­narches. 1 Of the race of the VVest-Saxons. 2. Of the Danes. 3: and of the Normans.

THE KINGDOME OF ENGLAND VNDER THE VVEST-SAXONS.

THe Kings of England follow, of the house of the West-Saxons, and vntill the Danish subiection. Egbert, king of the West-Saxons, (the Heptarchy destroyed) crowned king of England at a Parliament of the states held at Winchester in the yeare 819. In the raigne of this prince, the Danes begin their fierce invasions of the English, continu­ed with variable successe during the whole time of Englands Mo­narches of the race of the West-Saxons, and vntill the yeare 1016, and conquest of the whole by Canutus. He deceased in the yeare 836. Ethelwolf, and Athelstan, sons to Egbert, succeeding to their father in the kingdome of England, and the Danish warres. Of these, Athelstan had for his share the countries of Kent, and of the South & East-Sax­ons, and Ethelwolf the rest of England, with the praerogatiue, and title of Monarch, or chiefe king of the whole. At the same time likewise Burdred commaunded Mercia, but substituted, and vnder the right of Ethelwolf, and the English Monarches. Ethelbald, and Ethelbert kings of England, sons to Ethelwolf. Hereof Ethelbert inherited Kent, with the East, and South-Saxons, the portion of his vncle Athelstan. The rest with the right of chiefe king, or Monarch of the English fell to the lot of Ethelbald, the elder brother. This last tooke to his in­cestious bed his stepmother Iudith, daughter to Charles surnamed the Bauld, king of West-France, & widdow to his father Ethelwolf, marri­ed after his death (which hapned shortly after) to Bauldwin, the first [Page 57] Earle of Flanders. He deceasing, his brother Ethelbert remained sole king of the English. Ethelbert, sonne to Ethelwolf after the decease of Ethelbald sole Monarch of England. Ethelred the first, king of Eng­land, brother to Ethelbald, and Ethelbert. During the troublesome raigne hereof through the advantage of the warres of the Danes, the East-Angles shake off the yoake of the English Monarches, creating holy Edmund their king; martyred by Hungar, & Hubba two Danish Captaines, and succeeded vnto by princes of this merciles, & Pagan Nation. After stout resistance, and many battails fought, he was at last slaine against the Danes. Alfrid, king of England, fourth sonne to Ethelwolf, & brother to the three preceding Kings. Great was the va­lour amongst other vertues of this vnparaleld, and matchles princes, if not altogether vanquishing, yet repressing the furie of the raging and vnconquerable Danes, threatning now an vtter destruction of the En­glish nation; brought to a low ebbe through their long, & restles inva­sions, frequent victories, depopulations, & tyranny. He founded, or ra­ther renewedv. Asser Me­neven. the most auncient, aud renowned Vniversity of Oxford, and first parted the land into shires, tithings, and hundreds, deceasing in the yeares 901. Edward, surnamed the Elder, king of England, son to Alfred. He made subject the East-Angles, and all other▪ parts pos­sessed by the now languishing, and droping Danes, excepting North­umberland, held yet by princes of that natiō. Athelstan king of Englād, son to Edward. He twise vanquished in fight Constantine king of the Scots assisted with the Irish, subdued the Britons of Cumberland, with the remainder of the Danes inhabiting Northumberland, made the Welsh tributary, and confined the Cornish within the River Tamar, their present bounds; the greatest, and most victorious of the English Monarches before his time, deceasing in the yeare 940. Edmund the first, king of England, son to Edward, and brother to Athelstan. The Danes of Northumberland revolting, he againe brought vnder, & an­nexed that province to his immediate government. He also quite o­uerthrew the kingdome of the Britons of Cumberland, killing the two sons of Dummailus their last king, whose country hee gaue vnto Malcolme the first, king of Scotland, with condition of homage to the English Crowne, and of his defence of those Northerne parts against the Danish intruders. Edred, King of England, son to Edward, and bro­ther to Athelstan. He the third time tamed, and brought vnder the e­ver restles, & rebellious Danes of Northumberland. Edwy, King of England, son to Edmund the first. Against this prince, nothing grati­ous with his subjects, Edgar his brother, & next successour vsurped the dominion of the still vnquiet Northumbrians, & Mercians. Edgar King of England, surnamed the peaceable in regard of his quiet raigne not molested with forraigne or domestique warres, nor ordinarie in those tumultuous, & stirring times, son to Edmund, & brother to Ed­wy. He remitted the taxe of money imposed by Athelstan vpon the Welshmen for a tribute of wolues. Edward the second, king of Eng­land, son to Edgar; surnamed the Martyr from the manner of his death, murthered by the treachery of his stepmother Elfrida, cove­ting [Page 58] the kingdome for her son Ethelred. Ethelred the second, king of England, son to Edgar, & Elfrida, & halfe brother to Edward. In his time the Danes, who had laine still during the late raigne of his victo­rious praedecessours, subdued, or beaten home through the high va­lour of Alfred, Athelstan, and other succeeding English Monarches, renew their wonted outrages, on all sides with furie vnresistable, pil­laging, & spoyling the countrie, encouraged by the quarrells, factions, and bad affection of his disloyall subjects, withdrawing, or forslow­ing their aides, or betraying his armies; after much calamity, and affli­ction compounded withall by Ethelred, and not long after vpon Saint Brice his festivall, and in the yeare 1002 massacred in one day by the commaund hereof, and a joint conspiracy of the English; drawing on a more sharpe revenge, & dreadfull warre of the nation vnder Sue­no, & Canutus their potent, & much incensed kings; not ending but with the English Monarchy of the West-Saxons, and the finall con­quest hereof by Canutus. After a long, but miserable raigne, he de­ceased in the yeare 1016. Edmund the second, from his hardie valour surnamed the Iron-side, son to Ethelred the second, succeeding his fa­ther in the kingdome of England; & in his vnfortunate warre with the Danes. Having fought sundry stout battailes, and one single combate with Canutus in the Ile of Alney by Glocester, comming to an agree­ment with the Dane, he parted with him the kingdome of England, contenting himselfe with the more Southern moity hereof; deceasing after a seaven moneths raigne (a short time for so many braue acts which in that space he atchieued) in the yeare 1016, about 567 yeares after the first arrivall of the Dutch vnder Hengist, & some 197 yeares, since the name & beginning of the kingdome by Egbert. Edmund I­ron-side thus removed out of the way, the whole kingdome of the En­glish, tyred out with long miseries of war, yeelded to Canutus, and the Danes, whose estate, and succession followeth during their rule, & go­vernment over the English.

THE KINGDOME OF ENGLAND VNDER THE DANES.Dani Iornan­dis de Rebus Geticis. &c. Daci vitiosè Henrici Hun­tingd. Hist. lib. 4.

COncerningv. Pomp. Me­lae lib. 3. Ior­nandem de Re­bus Geticis. E­ginhartum de vita, & Gestis Caroli Magni. Aimonij de Re­bus Gestis Francorum. li. 4. c. 9. 92. 96. &c. Malmesb. de Gestis An­glorum lib. 2. Henr. Hunting. Hist. lib. 5. & 6. Rogeri de Ho­veden Annali­um partem pri­orem. Flores Hist. per Mat. Westmonaster. Guil. Camdeni Britanniam (de Danis.) The En­glish. Annals. this Nation wee haue more fully related in the dis­course of Germany. They were a Dutch people (for thus their Dutch dialect, or language doth manifest.) Their name we conjecture from the bay Codanus & Iland Codanonia, of Mela, now the Sundt, & Iland of Zelandt, where, and in the adjacent countries the Nation since their first mention hath alwayes continued. When they begun we finde not. Iornandes is the first of auncient authours by whom they are named, li­ving in the time of the Emperour Iustinian the first. Their Countrey then he maketh to be the neighbouring Scanzia,, or Scandia, most probably now Hallandt, Schonen, and Bleking, or the part in that Continent of the present Denmarke. We adde the Ilands of Zeland, & Funen, with o­thers, lying in the straights of the Sundt. Afterwards (the exact time [Page 59] we know not) they spread into the bordering Cimbrain Chersonese in the maine land of Germany, taking vp the left roomes of the Iutes, & English, departing into the Iland of Britaine vnder Hengist. By the raigne of Charles the Great king of the Frenchmen, vnder their king Godfrey, wee finde them in Aymonius extended Southwards in the Chersonesse as far as the riuer Eydore, dividing them from the Saxons beyond the Elb, the present bounds now of Denmark from the land of Holstein, and the Ger­man Empire. In the yeare 787, and raigne of Brithric king of the West-Saxons, agreeing with the 20 yeare of Charles the Great, we first heare of them in England, with three ships landing in the South-West parts hereof, not so much attempting a conquest, as making a discouery of the country. In the next raigne of Great Egbert, they first to any pur­pose invaded the Iland, arriuing at seuerall times in the Iland of Lindis­ferne in the North, in Wales, and in the Ile of Shepeye in Kent, not with­out much difficulty driuen out by Egbert. He deceasing, they fell on with greater power and rage in the raignes of his sons Ethelwolf, and Athelstan, and of the succeeding English Monarches sons to Ethelwolf, laying waste, and beating downe all before them, and subduing the Provinces of the Mercians, East-Angles, and Northumbrians, where (the English Governours or Princes being either slaine, or beaten out) they erected petty tyrannies of their owne Nation; omitting no kinde of barbarous cruelty vpon the miserable and distressed inhabitants. By the wisdome, patience, and great valour of learned Alfred, this vio­lent torrent is somewhat asswaged, and the edge of their fury abated. By Edward surnamed the Elder, the East-Angles are recovered, and vni­ted againe to the English Empire. By Athelstan Northumberland, or the rest of England, the Danes being either wholy expulsed by him, or made subject to his government, mixing amongst, and ioyning in alli­ance with the English. By Edmund the first, and Edred, the Danes rebel­ling in Northumberland, are againe vanquished, and reduced into the English obedience, after whom we heere read no more of them during the more peaceable raignes of Edwy, Edgar, and Edward surnamed the Martyr, and vntil Ethelred the second. In the vnfortunate raigne of this Prince they begin afresh their intermitted pyracies, & war; which af­ter the treacherous massacre of the Nation by Etheldred, they maintai­ned with a more eager pursuit, and bloudie revenge, managed in per­son by Swaine, and Canutus their powerfull kings. In the yeare 1016, (both sides wearied with their continuall fights, and mutuall butche­ries) they come to a composition with the English, and the kingdome is divided betwixt the reconciled kings, Canutus son to Swaine, and Ed­mund Ironside son to Etheldred. The death of the Iron-side hapning in the same yeare, put shortly an end to this division, and a beginning to the Monarchie of the Danes; after whom the English (loath as before) any more to hazard) submitted voluntarily to Canutus, and the Danish go­vernment. The time from the first arrivall of the Danes in the raigne of Brithricus, king of the West-Saxons, vnto the conquest of England by Canutus was 229 yeares. The male issue of Canutus fayling in his son Hardi-canute, the English in the person of Edward surnamed the Confes­sour, [Page 60] resume the soveraignty, the Danes thrust out. The kings of England follow of the Danish descent, & off-spring. Canutus surnamed the Great, king of England, Denmarke, Norweye, and Sweden, son to Swaine. He tooke to wife Emme, sister to Richard the third, Duke of Norman­dy, widow to king Ethelred, & mother to Edward the Confessour. Peace, & his kingdome established, hee vnburthened the land of the multitudes of his Danish souldiers; contented with a large salary, & at the request of Emme sent back into their Country. Hauing governed with much piety, iustice, & moderation for the space of 19 yeares, hee deceased in the yeare 1035, buried at Winchester. Harold king of Eng­land, naturall son to Canutus, intruding in the absence of his brother Hardi-canute, to whom England with Denmarke had beene allotted by the will of Canutus. He deceased without issue in the yeare 1040. Hardi-canute king of England, son to Canutus, & Emma. He deceased likewise sans issue in the yeare 1042, the last prince of the Danish bloud. The house of Canutus being thus extinguished; the Crowne of England (all Danish, & forraine bloud by a present Decree of the States excluded) returneth againe vpon the English, & Edward, for his Saint-like life surnamed the Coufessour, son to Ethelred, & Emma, is sent for out of France (where with Richard & William, Dukes of Normandy, he had soiourned during the Danish vsurpation) & by a generall con­sent succeedeth in the kingdome; to whom besides his nearenesse in regard of his English descent, the right of the Danes did seeme in a manner to appertaine, being halfe brother to the late deceased king.

THE KINGDOME OF ENGLAND recovered by the English, or VVest-Saxons.

EDward v. Malmesb. de Gestis Reg. Anglor. lib. 2. Henr. Huntin. Hist. l. 6. Flores Hist-per Mat. Westmon. Ro­geri de Hove­den Annal. partem priorē. The English An­nals. surnamed the Confessour, king of England, son to king E­thelred the second, & Emma, Daughter to Richard the second, Duke of Normandy; succeeding in the yeare 1042; Edward surna­med the out-law (eldest son to Edmund Ironside) the right heire, re­maining then in Hungarie, passed ouer by the practise of Queene Em­ma, very gracious in the subjects eyes, or for that liuing in too forreine & remote parts. He deceased in the yeare 1066, marryed, but hauing neuer vsed the company of his wife, reputed in those blind times a­mongst his many true, & noble vertues, deserving his accompt, and name of Saint, the last in the line masculine of the house of▪ the West-Sa­xons. Edward deceased, & Edgar Ethelinge the true heire, son to Ed­ward surnamed the out-law, neglected as too young, & a forreiner, borne in Hungary; Harold, son to Goodwin, Earle of Kent, & Duke of the West-Saxons, without either choyse, or dislike of the irresolute English, intrudeth into the Gouernment, well approved for his great valour, & other Princely vertues befitting a king. Harold, king of Eng­land, son to Goodwin Duke of the West-Saxons, & Earle of Kent, suc­ceeding in the yeare 1066; opposed by Harold Haardread king of [Page 61] Denmarke, challenging the Crowne in the right of his Danish succes­sion; and by William surnamed the Bastard, Duke of Normandy, pre­tending the donation of Edward the Confessour. The Dane vanquish­ed & slaine at Stamfordbridge in Yorkeshire, with his torne, and wearied troupes adventuring shortly after his person, and the fortunes of the English against the Norman at the great battaile neare Hasting in Sussex, he there most vnfortunately within the first yeare of his raigne, lost both his kingdome, and life, the last English, or Saxon king, succeeded vn­to by William the Conquerour, and the Normans, whose turne now fal­leth in the last place.

THE KINGDOME OF ENGLAND vnder the Normans.Nordmanni Eginharti in vitâ Caroli Magni. Nort­manni Aymo­nij de gestis Francorum l. 5 c. 20. &c. Nor­manni Wilhel­mi Gemiticen­sis de Ducum Normannorū Gest. l. 1. c 4. &c & recentiorum

THev. Eginhar­tum in vita Ca­roli Magni. An­nales cujusdam Anonymi do­mestici. Ludov. Pij Francorum Regis, impe­ranti eodem Carolo; Aymo­nij de gestis Francorum l. 5. c. 20. &. 31. Wilhelmi Ge­miticensis de Ducum Nor­mannorum ge­stis. Vpodygma Neustriae per Tho. de Wal­singham. Eius. hist. Malmesb. de gestis Angl. l. 3. Henr. Hunt. hist. l. 6. 7. & 8. Guil. Neubri­gensem. Roge­ri de Ho [...]eden Annal. part [...]m poster. Flo [...]es hist. per Mat. Westmon. Gui­lielmi Camd. Britan. (de Normannis.) The English An­nals. word Normans, or Nortmans, signifiedNormanni autem dicun­tur, quod lin­gua eo [...]um Bo­reas North vo­catur, homo verò Man. inde Northmanni, sid est homines Boreales nun­cu [...]ntur. Wil­helmi Gemiti­censis de Du­cum Norm [...]n­norum gestis l. 1. c. 4. Northerne men with the Dutch, of which Nation, and language they were. The name was common to the Danes, Norvegians, and Swethlanders; or to whatsoe­uer German people, inhabiting towards the Pole Artique, and the North; taken vp, or giuen vnto them from such their more Northerly situati­on. An ancient Frencb Historian, liuing in the raigne of the Emperour Lewis the Godly, (about which time we finde them first mentioned) more distinctly boundeth Normannia, or the Countrey of the first, or Dutch Normans, with the river Eydore; including within this accompt Denmarke, and other more Northerly Regions and excluding Saxony, and the parts of Germany, lying vpon the South of that riuer. They were o­therwise called the Nord-luidi in Helmoldus, and the aforesaid Au­thour. The derivation we know not, vnlesse from the words Nord, or North, and Lieu, which last with the French, signifieth a place, or country. The names were begun vpon occasion of the pyracies, and warres of certaine mixtures of all those Northerne together, or of the Swethlan­ders, & Norvegians a part, following the tracts of the Danes, and inva­ding, and preying vpon the French and English, towards the declining estate of those nations, and called by these generall appellations, either because their proper names were not yet so well knowne abroad, or be­cause then consisting of many. We first read of the expresse name of the Normans in the raigne of Charles the Great by Eginhartus in his life of that Emperour, infesting then the sea-coasts of France, and Germany. Their mentiō after this is frequent, more especially in the French Histories, with great cruelty, & fury vnresistable afflicting the kingdome of France in the raigne of Charles the Bauld vnder their Captaine Hastinge; and vnder Godfrey, an other of their Leaders in the raigne of Charles the Gros. In the yeare 912, they first fixe fast footing in this rich Continent vnder Rollo, another of their Captains, to whom king Charles, surnamed the Simple, vpon composition for his peace herewith, gaue the country of Neustria, together with his daughter Gista in marriage, with condi­tion to hold the same vnder the fief, and homage of the French kings, and to become Christian. After this time, that part of France from [Page 62] the firme residence hereof hath ever since beene called Normandy, as the inhabitants hereof Normans; victoriously held for a long time by the heires of Rollo with the title of Dukes of Normandie; succeeded vnto by William, surnamed Long-espee, or with the Long-sword, son to this first Rollo; Richard the first, son to William surnamed Long-espee; Richard the second son to Richard the first; Richard the third, son to Richard the second; Robert brother to Richard the third; and William surnamed the Bastard, the seaventh Duke, naturall son to Robert. Vnder this last prince these French Normans (France now growing too narrow for their am­bition) first attempt vpon, & invade England. Their colour for this war was the pretended right of their Duke William to the Crowne hereof, bequeathed vnto him by Edward the Confessour in the time of the Danes during his exile in France, confirmed afterwards by Edward be­ing king, and now since his decease with-held by Harold. Their hopes in so great an enterprise was the vnsetled state of England, now vnder an vsurper (Edgar Etheling the right heire excluded,) and the favour of the Bishop of Rome (Alexander the second, then succeeding in the Papacy) siding to their cause, of whose countenance in authorizing vn­iust claimes Pepin, and the late kings of France had made profitable vse. In the yeare 1066 the Armies of the English, & Normans assisted with many thousands of French adventurers in Sussex neere Hastings fatally encounter. Harold, not by valour, but through the sins, and many vi­ces of the Nation, is vanquished, and slaine with the losse of aboue 67000 of his valiant, and faithfull souldiers, and the remainder of the miserable English (none then further adventuring, factious, irresolute; without head, and terrified with Papall cursings) without any more resistance become subiect to the Conquerours, & William the Norman obtayneth the Crowne, with great happines maintained hitherto in his Norman posterity. The kingdome of the English (the growth hereof hauing beene long hindred by the Danish warres,) before this last Norman conquest exceeded not the auncient limits of the Saxons Heptar­chie, bounding vpon the West with Wales, and the Countries of West­moreland, & Cumberland, enjoyed by the Scots, & Welsh princes vnder the homage of the kings of England. By king William the first, follow­ing his victories, Cumberland, and Westmoreland (as before) are taken in, and incorporated into the accompt, & name hereof. By William Ru­fus, and the succeeding Monarches Wales. In forreine parts by Henry the second, Ireland is conquered, and Aniou, Touraine, Maine, Aquitaine, and Guienne, with Normandy their auncient inheritance (contayning almost one halfe part of France) are annexed to the house, and right of the Norman-English. By Edward the third, and the fift, & sixt Henries the potent kingdomes of France. The French hauing long since withdrawn their allegiance, divided asunder by spacius seas, language, and affection, the rest remaine subject; parts, or states appending of the English king­dome. In Iames the first of happy memory both kingdomes of Eng­land, and Scotland, or the whole Britaine, are vnited vnder one Monarch, together with Ireland, a Countrie depending vpon England; or the do­minion of all the British Ilands. The Kings of England follow of the [Page 63] Norman blood, and vntill this last, and blessed vnion. William duke of Normandy, from this victories surnamed the Conquerour, the first king of England of the house of the Normans, naturall son to Robert Duke of Normandy by Arlet, a Burgers daughter of Falaise in that Countrey, (Battle-field wonne) by conquest, and a pretended right from the gift of Edward the Confessour his cosen German by the mothers side, suc­ceeding in the yeare 1066. The subdued English, stubborne, male­contented, vnquiet, and ill brooking forreine gouernment, he oppres­sed with servitude, and hard Lawes, dispossessing the nobility of their goods, places, and revenues, which he assigned to his French, & Nor­mans, the root of the present more auncient English gentrie. He de­ceased in the yeare 1087. william the second surnamed Rufus from his more ruddy colour, a younger son to the Conquerour, king of Eng­land by the will of his father, his elder brother Robert succeeding in the Dukedome of Normandy. He deceased in the yeare 1100, slaine vnawares in New-Forrest in Hamshire, as he was following his game, vnmarried, and without issue. Henry the first, surnamed Beauclercke, or the good Scholler (for such he was by meanes of his education,) borne at Selby in Yorkeshire, yongest son to the Conquerour; king of Eng­land, through the advantage of his brother Roberts absence, warring then ab [...]ad in the Holy Land, and by the favour of the people in re­gard of his English birth, and his sugred promises (which in part hee performed) to remit those heavy lawes, & taxations, wherewith they had beene burthened during the raignes of his father, and brother. To better his title, and the more to insinuate into the English affections, he tooke to wife Maude, daughter to Malcolme the third, king of Scotland, and St Margaret daughter to Edward, surnamed the Out-law, eldest son to Edmund Iron-side, hereby vniting together the Norman, and English blood in his issue, & posterity. Warres arising betwixt the two brethren, he with his English subdued the Normans, vpon the same day after forty yeares, wherein his father with the Normans had conquered the English, annexing Normandy to his English Crowne, his borther Robert being surprised in battaile, and detayned prisoner during life. He deceased in the yeare 1135, the first English-Norman king. Stephen Earle of Mortaigne, yonger son to Ste­phen Earle of Blois and Champaigne by Adcla, daughter to the Conque­rour; king of England by the power of his faction, the advantage of his sexe, and the pretended will of king Henry vpon his death-bed, opposed by Maude the onely legitimate daughter, & surviuing issue of Henry, formerly wife to Henry the fourth, Emperour of the Romans. After long trouble, & warres betwixt the two sides a peace at length is concluded, & Stephen is continued in the possession of the Crowne to returne after his decease vpon Henry Fitz-Empresse son to Mande, and to the heires of the first Henry. Henry the second, son to Geffrey Plantaginet Earle of Aniou in France, & Maude the Empresse, daugh­ter to Henry the first, and Maude daughter to Malcolme king of Scot­land, and St Margaret descended from king Edmund surnamed the Iron-side. In this prince the surname of Plantaginet was first deri­ued [Page 64] vpon the house of England, continued vnto Edward sonne to George Duke of Clarence, the last Plantaginet, or of the male issue hereof (the rest extinguished during the ciuill warres betwixt the hou­ses of Yorke, and Lancaster) put to death by king Henry the seaventh. He marryed vnto Eleanor, daughter, and sole heire to William Duke of Aquitaine, & Guienne, and by armes, & voluntary submission made first subiect the factious, and devided Irish; king of England, Duke of Normandy, Aquitaine, & Guienne, & Earle of Aniou. The domi­nion & title of Ireland he had given vnto his yongest son Iohn. Maude, his eldest daughter, was married vnto Henrie surnamed the Lyon, Duke of Saxony, and Bavaria, from whom are descended the present Dukes of Brunswyck, and Lunenburg in Germany, bearing the same armes with the more auncient kings of England. Richard the first, king of England, Duke of Normandy, Aquitaine, & Guienne, & Earle of Aniou, son to Henrie the second. He accompanied Philip, surnamed Augusts, king of France, with other Latine princes towards the East for the recoverie of the Holy Land, renowned for his victories against Saladine, Sultan of Aegypt, and the Infidels. Not the least in that journey, amongst his other conquest, was that of the Cyprio [...]s, whom occasioned by some hostile, and churlish carriages of Cursar their king against his distressed, and weather-beaten Fleete, he in few daies subdued; exchanging that Iland with Guy of Lusignan for the king­dome, or title of Hierusalem, remaining in the house of Guy for many descents vntill the vsurpation thereof by the Venetians. He deceased without issue. Iohn king of England, Duke of Normandie, Aquitaine, and Guienne, Earle of Aniou, and Lord of Ireland, (which last title he first added) yongest son to Henry the second, opposed by Arthur, Duke of Britaine, son to Geffrey his elder brother, and Constance in­heretresse of that house. He lost Normandy, Aniou, Touraine, and Maine, with Poictou, part of the Dukedome of Aquitaine, to Philip the second, surnamed Augustus, French king, pretending their forfei­ture (holding of the French kings in fee) vpon the decease of Arthur, whom he surmised to haue beene murthered by Iohn; forsaken in those troubles by his disloyall Nobility, refusing their aydes, and be­trayed by the natiues of those countries, better effected to the French. Ingaged at once in three dangerous warres against the Pope, & Clear­gie, the French king, and his rebellious subjects, to make his peace with the Pope, his more potent adversary, and the chiefe authour of those evils, (Innocentius the third then succeeding in the Papacy) he enthralled his Crowne to the tribute, and vassallage of the sea of Rome. Henry the third, son to Iohn, succeeding in the left dominions of his father, and in his warres against the French, and his traiterous English Barons. Edward the first, son to Henry the third. He subdued the Scots, and annexed the Welsh to his English kingdome. Edward the second, son to Edward the first. He marryed vnto Isabel, daughter to Philip the fourth, French king, deposed by a joint conspiracy of his disloyall Queene, & subjects, pretending his bad government, and vices. Edward the third, son to Edward the second, & Isabel of France. [Page 65] The male issue of Philip the fourth extinguished in Charles surna­med the Faire, in right from his mother daughter to Philip, the next heire generall; he made claime to the rich kingdome of France, assu­ming the title hereof, and quartering his English armoryes with the French Lillies; continued still in his successours. Hauing vanquished the French in two memorable battailes at Crecy, and Poictiers, & ta­ken Iohn their king prisoner, he in the end nothwithstanding (fortune changing) lost to that enimy all Aquitaine, and Guienne, the remain­der of the English possessions in that Continent (Calais excepted,) yeelded vp by the treacherous inhabitants, ill affecting the English government, and coveting a revnion with France. He deceased in the yeare. 1378. Richard the second, king of England, & France, and Lord of Ireland, son to Edward prince of Wales, eldest son to Edward the third; deposed by Henry the fourth without issue. Henry the fourth, king of England, & France, & Lord of Ireland, son to Iohn of Gaunt, Duke of Lancaster, fourth son to Edward the third, the first prince of the Lancastrian family, whose vsurpation, and vniust title gaue occa­sion afterwards to those long, and miserable warres betwixt his house, & Yorke. Henry the fift, king of England, & France, and Lord of Ireland, eldest son to Henrie the fourth. The field of Azincourt won, and the vnfortunate French vnder a lunatike, and weake king being devided into two great factions of Burgundie, and Orleans; by the aide of Burgundie hauing married Catharine, the French kings daughter, he is made Regent of France during the malady, and indis­position hereof, and declared his next successour to the Crowne, Charles the Dolphin his son disinherited. Henrie the sixt, king of England, & France, and Lord of Ireland, son to Henry the fift, & Ca­therine of France, Crowned French king at Paris in the yeare 1431. In the raigne hereof Richard Duke of Yorke layd claime to the Crowne of England in the right of the house of Clarence, elder bro­ther to Iohn of Gaunt, father to king Henry the fourth, ayded by Ri­chard Nevile Earle of Warwick, and other potent nobility; the effect whereof was a bloody civill warre, continued with variable fortune for the space of 25 yeares betwixt the two houses of Lancaster, and Yorke, the slaughter of the greatest part of the blood royall of both factions, the deposing, & murder of this holy, and just prince, the irre­coverable losse of France by these tumults, & the establishing of the kingdome in Edward the fourth, & his succession the house of Yorke. Edward the fourth, son to Richard Plantaginet, Duke of Yorke, (which Richard was son to Richard Earle of Cambridge, sonne to Edmund Duke of Yorke, fift son to king Edward the third) by Anna his wife, daughter to Roger Mortimer Earle of March, son to Edmund Mor­timer, & Philippa, daughter, and sole heire of Lionel Duke of Cla­rence, third son to king Edward, king of England, and France, & Lord of Ireland by conquest, and the right of his house. Edward the fift, king of England, and France, and Lord of Ireland, son to Edward the fourth, deposed, and afterwards murthered by his vnnaturall vncle Richard the third, deceasing without issue. Richard the third, son to [Page 66] Richard Duke of Yorke, and yonger brother to Edward the fourth. He was slaine at Bosworth field against Henry the seaventh, the last king of the name of Plantagenet, Henry the seaventh, king of England, & France, and Lord of Ireland, son to Edmund Earle of Richmund, and Margaret his wife, daughter to Iohn Duke of Somerset, sonne to Iohn of Gaunt Duke of Lancaster by Catherine Swinford; the next and almost onely surviuing person of the house of Lancaster, butche­red in the late warres. The better to assure the kingdome to his po­sterity, and to prevent all future quarrells, he tooke to wife Elizabeth eldest daughter to king Edward the fourth, vniting in his issue the vn­doubted rights of both factions of Lancaster, & Yorke. Henry the eight, son to Henry the seaventh. He made Ireland a kingdome, and first assumed the title of Defendour of the faith. Edward the sixt, king of England, France, and Ireland, son to Henry the eight. Mary Queene of England, France, and Ireland, daughter to Henry the eight, & sister to Edward. Elizabeth of famous memory, Queene of Eng­land, France, & Ireland, sister to Edward, & Mary. Iames of happie memory the sixt of that name king of Scotland, in the yeare 1602 (the whole issue of king Henry the eight being extinguished in Elizabeth) succeeding in the kingdome of England, and the dominions therevn­to belonging, son to Henry Stuart Lord Darly, and Mary Queene of the Scots, daughter to Iames the fift, son to Iames the fourth, & Mar­garet eldest daughter to king Henry the seaventh; the first sole Monarch of Great Britaine, and of the neighbouring Ilands. Charles king of Great Britaine, France, & Ireland, whom God long preserue, sonne to Iames of happie memorie.

In this sort the Iland of Great Britaine having suffered so many alte­rations is at length now become devided into two onely kingdomes, go­verned by one Monarch, but not any wise depending, or subordinate to another; the kingdome of England, lying vpon the South of the river Tweede, & Solwey Frith; and the kingdome of Scotland lying beyond.

The kingdome of England (our present subject) hath beene formerly devided into 52 Shires or Counties, Kent, Sussex, Surrey, Barkeshire, Hantshire, Wiltshire, Somersetshire, Dorsetshire, Devonshire, Cornwall, Glo­cestershire, Oxfordshire, Buckinghamshire, Bedfordshire, Hartfordshire, Mid­dlesex, Essex, Suffolke, Norfolke, Cambridgeshire, Huntingdonshire, North­amptonshire, Rutlandshire, Leicestershire, Lincolneshire, Nottinghamshire, Darbyshire, Cheshire, Staffordshire, Warwickshire, Worcestershire, Shrop­shire, Herefordshire, Monmouthshire, Glamorganshire, Brecknockshire, Rad­norshire, Caermardenshire, Penbrokeshire, Cardiganshire, Merioneihshire, Caernarvonshire, Anglesey, Denbighshire, Flintshire, Lancashire, Yorke­shire, the Bishopricke of Durham, Westmoreland, Cumberland, & North­umberland.

Of these Kent retayneth yet the auncient name. Essex, & Sussex haue bin thus called from the East, & South-Saxons. Midlesex from the situati­on of the English, or Dutch inhabitants, planted betwixt the West, South, East, & Mercian Saxons Devonshire or Denshire from the Danmonij, the auncient British inhabitants. Westmoreland from the more Westerne positi­on, [Page 67] and quality of the countrey, being hilly, and full of fruitles wasts, na­med Mores by the Northerne English. Northumberland, from the English kingdome of Northumberland, whereof it was a part. Rutlandshire, most probably from the ruddie colour of the soile. Barkeshire, from the wood Berroc after Asser Menevensis. Glamorganshire, from the word Mor, sig­nifying the sea with the Britons, or Welsh, vpon which it lyeth. Wilt­shire, and Somersetshire from Wilton, and Somerton, decayed townes, sometimes the chiefe of the Shires. Anglesey from the English, since the possession hereof by the Nation. Suth-rey, or Surrey signifyeth with the English the Southerne kingdome, a part of the kingdome of the South-Saxons. Suffolke, & Norfolke the more Southerne, and Northerne people, compared thus together, the parts sometimes of the kingdome of the East-Angles. The occasion of the names of Cornwall, and Cum­berland we euen now related. Merioneth was the auncient name, given by the Welsh. The reason hereof we finde not. The rest haue beene named from the chiefe townes of each devision. Their descriptions follow. L. D.

THE THIRD BOOKE.

Contayning the Chorographicall description of England.

KENT.Cantium.

BOunded vpon the South, and East with the English channell, and the German O­cean; vpon the North with the river Thames from Essex, and vpon the West with Surrey, and Sussex. The country is hilly, shaded with hedge-rowes; & woods; populous, and fruitfull, plan­ted with a frugall, and industrious in­habitant. The aire is thick, and in ma­ny places agueish, and vnholsome for this cause, or in regard of some bad vapours from a wet, cold, and vnhealthfull ground. Places of better note are Canterbury vpon the river Stour (Darvernum of Ptolemy,Cantuaria. lon. 24. gr. 51. min. lat. gr. 51. m. 16. Camd. Du­rovernum of Antoninus, & Durovernia of Beda) the chiefe towne, and an Archbishops sea, the Primate of the kingdome, founded by Ethel­bert, the first Christian king of Kent, in the person of S. Austine, the A­postle of the English. Vpon the Ocean Reculver (a country village) Re­gulbium of the Notitia, the Station of the 1 Cohort, named of the Vetasii. Sandwich, a Cinque Port. In the neighbouring fields stood the towne Rhutupiae of Ptolemy, and Rhitupae of Antoninus (the tract of whose streets are yet discovered by a more thin growth of corne in those places, named S. Augustines crosse by the vulgar people) a fa­mous port of the Romans, and the Mansion of their 2d Legion, surna­med Augusta, drawne hither in the waine of that Empire from Isca Si­lurum, now Caer Leon in South-Wales, to defend the coast against the pyracies, and incursions of the Saxons. North hereof lyeth the Ile of Tenet (Thanatos of Ptolemy) made by the river Stour,Thanatos. here dividing, and falling into the Ocean with two branches, or channels. The fore­land, a promontory of the Iland, is named Cantium by Ptolemy, in some editions corruptly Nucantium, and Acantium. Dover vnder the cliffs,Dubris. lon. 26. gr. 10, m. lat. gr. 51. Hues. and where they divide (Dubris of Antoninus, and Dubrae of the the Notitia, the Station of a foot company of the Tungricani) a noted passage into France, and one of the Cinque ports, defended with a spa­cious and strong castle, mounted vpon a high, and praecipitous rocke, commaunding the subject Ocean. The Constable hereof is Warden of the Cinque ports. The straight of the sea betwixt this, and the Conti­nent [Page 2] (named by the French Le Pas de Calais,Fretum Cale­tanum. by the Latines Fretum Caletanum) containeth about 30 miles in breadth. At the castle of Deale, a low shore in the way towards Sandwich, Caesar is thought to haue landed, when he first invaded Britaine. Along the cliffs Folkeston. Hide, a cinque port, although now remote from the sea by the interve­nings of beeche, and sands. Lime (a small village neere vnto Hide) Le­mannae of Antoninus, and the Notitia, then a noted sea-port, & the sta­tion of a foot company of the Turnacenses. It standeth now within the land. Vpon the West hereof is Rumney marsh, extended along the Ocean for some 14 miles in length, and 7 in breadth, low, fenny, tren­ched with ditches, far, rich, but very vnhealthfull, and ill inhabited. The country hath beene gotten from the sea (from whose violence it is yet defended by bankes) & seemeth more aunciently to haue made the noted roade, or harbour, named Portus Lemannis by Antoninus. Rumney a cinque port,Sylva Anderi­da. and the chiefe towne of the Marsh. It is now on all sides enclosed with the land. In the Weald, or woodlands Newenden vpon the riuer Rother, Anderida, of the Notitia, the station of a foote company of the Abulci, tooke, and sacked by Ella, the first king of the South-Saxons. From hence the Wealds of Kent, and Sussex are named Andreds-wald, & Andreds-flege in the more auncient English Histo­rians. Below is the Ile of Oxney, made by the divided streames of the Rother. Tenterden. Cranbroke, townes of cloathing in the same weald. Vpon the river Medwey Tunbridge. Roffa. Maidston, (Vagniacis of Antoni­nus) a populous, and large towne. Rochester, (Durobrovis of Antoni­nus, & Rotschester, & Castellum Cantuariorum of Beda) a Bishops­sea, founded not long after Canterbury in the person of S. Iustus. Here the Medwey affordeth a deepe, & safe roade for the kings Navy Roy­all. Further downe lyeth the Ile of Shepey (Toliatis of Ptolemy) en­compassed with the Ocean, & the divided channels of the Medwey, named the East, & West Swale, whose chiefe town is Queen borough, defended with a strong castle, commaunding the entrance of the ri­ver, founded, and thus named by Edward the third in honour of his Queene Philippa. Vpon the East of the Medwey Sittingburne. Fever­sham. Lenham, (Durolevum of Antoninus.) Neerer London, Dartford vpon the river Darent. Vpon the Thames Gravesend, a noted roade for ships, & passage to London. Greenwich, honoured with one of the Kings Royall Houses, the happy birth-place of Queene Elizabeth of famous memory.Cantii, Vitae. The ancient Inhabitants were the Cantij of Ptole­my, afterwards the Vitae of Beda, by Hengist erected to a kingdome, the first Christian of the English, converted by S. Austine. It con­taineth 5 Lathes, or great divisions, S. Austine, Sheepway, Scray, Aileford, and Sutton, 64 Hundreds, and 398 parishes.

SVSSEX.Sussexia.

BOunded vpon the South with the English Channell; vpon the East, and West with Kent, and Hantshire; and vpon the North with Surrey. The more Southerne parts swell with chaulkie downes, yet the shore is plaine, and open, but rockie, full of shelues, and yeelding few good harbours. Those towards the North are ouer-spred with forrests, and woods (S. Leonards forrest, Word, Ashdown, with others) part of An­dreads-wald, and continuate with those of Kent, much diminished of late yeares hy meanes of glasse, and iron-workes. Chiefer townes are along the Sea-coast Rhie at the mouth of the river Rother, an hauen towne of good note, and an appendant of the Cinque ports. New Win­chelsey (distinguished thus from the old (Vindelis of Antoninus) now covered with Ocean) vpon a steepe hill over-looking the sea, a mem­ber of the Cinque ports. The hauen is warped vp, and the town by that meanes decayed. Hasting the first of the Cinque ports. Vpon the North hereof standeth Battell, occasioned by the Abbey thus named, founded by the Conquerour in the place where he subdued Harold, and the English. The Monastery suppressed, the towne remaineth. Lewes the best towne of those parts, fatall to king Henry the third, ouercome here, and taken prisoner by his disloyall Barons. Brighthelmsted vpon the Ocean Not farre of is Ederington (a small village) Portus Adurni of the Notitia, the station of a foot company of the Exploratores. Ste­ning. Arundell a faire castle, and towne, whereof the Earles of Arun­dell are entitled; of the most honourable house, and name of the Fitz-Alans,Cicestria, lon. 26. gr. 10. m. lat. g. 51. Hues. now of the Hawards. Chichester, almost encompassed with the river Lavant, the chiefe towne of the country, (builded by Cissa the se­cond king of the South-Saxons) and a Bishops sea, brought hither in the raigne of the Conquerour by Bishop Stigand frō Celsey, a neigh­bouring peninsula vpon the South, whose towne the more auncient seat of the Bishops,Regni. is now worne into the sea. More Northwards Mid­herst. Australes Sa­xones. Petworth. The more ancient inhabitants were part of the Regni of Ptolemy, afterwards of the South-Saxons. It containeth 6 greater divi­sions, which they call Rapes, (Hasting, Pevensey, Lewes, Bramber, Arundell, and Chichester) 57 Hundreds, 18 Market townes, and 312 parishes.

SVTH-REY.Surria.

BOunded vpon the South and East with Sussex, and Kent; vpon the North with the river of Thames from Middlesex; and vpon the West with Barkshire, & Hantshire. The aire is sweet, and pleasant, the soile fruitfull vpon the skirts, in the midst more barren. Places of more note are Farneham; Guildford. lon. 20. gr. 2. m. lat. 51 g 22. m. Speed. and Guildford vpon the river Weye. Croydon, graced with the palace of the Arch-bishops of Canterbury. None-such, a magnifi­cent, and royall palace of the kings. Vpon the Thames Otlands at the fall of the riuer Weye. Richmond, royall houses of the kings. Nere Ot­lands at Coway stakes the Thames is forded, thought to be the place, [Page 4] where Caesar passed the river against Cassivellan king of the Britons. Kingston, the chiefe towne. Here vsually were crowned the auncient Monarchs of the English Saxons. At Woodcote (a forrest, or wood not farre from hence) are seene yet the ruines of some ancient city, conjectured to be Naeomagus of Ptolemy; and Noviomagus of Anto­ninus. Lambeth, the seat or residence of the Arch-bishops of Canter­bury, quart of London. Southwark, quart of the same city. The auncient inhabitants were part of the Regni of Ptolemy, afterwards of the South-Saxons, It conteyneth 13 Hundreds, 8 Market townes, and 140 parishes.

BARKE-SHIRE.Bercheria.

BOunded vpon the East with Surreye, vpon the North with the ri­ver of Thames from Buckinghamshire, and Oxfordshire; vpon the West with Wiltshire; and vpon the South with Hantshire. The Ea­sterne part is woody, and lesse fertile. Those towards the South rise with grassie downes, apt pasturage for sheepe. Vnder the hills more Northwards lyeth the vaile of White-horse, a deep, and fat soyle, yeel­ding plenty of corne. Chiefer places are vpon the Thames, Windsore, a royall castle, and house of the kings, with a towne adjoyning, the place of creation of the most honourable knights of the Gartar; vpon a steep hill enjoying a large, and pleasant prospect ouer the riuer, and subject country.Reading. long. 19. g. 35, m. lat. 51. g. 40. m. Speede. Maidenhead. Reading, neare vnto the confluence of the Thames and Kennet. Wallengford (Calleva of Ptolemy, and Antoninus, the city of the Attrebatij.) Abingdon. In the great, and vast forrest of Windsore Okingham. Vpon the river of Kennet, Hungerford. Newbery. Close by is Speene, (now a meane village) Spinae of Antoninus. Amongst the downes Lamborne. In the vale Wantage. Faringdon. The ancient inhabi­tants were the Attrebatij of Ptolemy,Attrebatij. Occidentales Saxones. afterwards part of the West-Sa­xons. It conteineth 20 Hundreds, 12 Market townes, and 140 pa­rishes.

HANT-SHIRE.Com. South­antonensis.

BOunded vpon the East with Surrey, and Sussex; vpon the South with the English Channell; vpon the North with Barkeshire; and vpon the West with Wiltshire, and Dorsetshire. The aire is fresh, and most health­full, the soile rich in pasturage, and corne; in the borders shaded with forrests, and woods, in the middest more champian, and open. Chiefer townes are Portesmouth, a noted roade for ships, and a strong towne of warre in Portsey, an Iland close by the Continent; wherevnto it is joi­ned by a bridge. The bay, or harbour hereof is named [...] by Ptolemy, or the Great hauen. Southanton (Clausentum of Antoni­nus) a well traded port vpon a coing of land betwixt the riuers Test, and Alre, ouer-looking a faire, and spacious bay, named by Ptolemy Trisantonis Ostium, or the Mouth of the river Anton, naming the towne, as this doth the country. West of the bay, and for many miles [Page 5] along the Ocean towards Dorsetshire lyeth New-Forrest, wooddy, solitary, and better stored with deere, and wild beast, then men, made thus with the pulling downe of 36 Churches, and townes, by king William the Conquerour through his hatred to the English, or grea­ter loue to his sports, or to giue a more free entrance to his Normans, if any insurrection, or tumult should happen amongst the disconten­ted natiues; fatall to his issue, (not without just revenge) by the vio­lent, and vntimely deaths of William Rufus, & of Henry, son to the Curthose, his eldest son. The sea betwixt this, & the Ile of Wight affor­deth a safe roade for ships, commaunded by Hurst, & Calshot castles, built to defend this empty shore by king Henry the eight vpon the points of two narrow, and long promontories within the Ocean. Christs-Church vpon the sea, and meetings of the river Stoure, & Aven. Ringwood vpon the Aven (Regnum of Antoninus, naming the Regni of Ptolemy.)Cerdici Va­dum. Higher vpon the Aven, and borders of Wiltshire Chardford, named thus from Cerdic the first king of the West-Saxons, and his great victory obtained there against Natanleod, and the Britons. Rum­sey vpon the river Test.Wintonia. lon. g. 22. lat. g. 51. Camd. Andover. Winchester (Venta of Ptolemy, & Anto­ninus) seated in a pleasant bottome amongst hils, a Bishops sea, and the chiefe towne, the royall seat sometimes of the West-Saxon Mo­narchs. Basingstoke. Hard by standeth Basing, a magnificent, and spaci­ous house, the seate of the Marqueses of Winchester. Not far off is Sil­chester, the carkafe of a Roman towne, named Vindonum by Antoni­nus. The walls remaine yet almost entire, and containe some two Ita­lian miles in compasse. The more auncient inhabitants were the Belgae of Ptolemy,Regni, & Belgae with part of the Regni of the same authour, inhabiting the Sea-coast, afterwards the West-Saxons. Here are accompted 40 Hun­dreds, 18 Market townes, and 253 parishes.

VVILT-SHIRE.Wiltonia.

BOunded on the East with Barkeshire, and Hantshire; vpon the North with Glocestershire; and vpon the West, & South with Somersetshire, & Dorsetshire The country is champian, & open; in the middle, and to­wards the South tooke vp with grassie plaines; to the North more hil­ly, & sprinkled with woods; most healthy, pleasant, & stored with all profitable, and vsefull varieties. Towns of more note are Marleborough (Cunetio of Antoninus) vpon the Kennet nere vnto the head of the ri­ver. Ramesbury, (a meane village vpō the same river, nerer Hungerford) sometimes a Bishops sea for VViltshire, erected by Edward surnamed the Elder, Monarch of the English Saxons, vnited afterward with Sher­borne by Bishop Herman in the raigne of Edward the Confessour, & lastly remoued to Sarisbury in the time of the Conquerour. Crekelade vpon the Thames, or Isis. By Breden Forrest Malmesbury, a walled towne mounted vpon a hill Castle-like, and encompassed with the ri­ver Avon (Maildulphi urbs of Beda, named thus from S. Maidulphus an Irish Scottish Monke, and Anchoret.) Chippen-ham vpon the same riuer. Calne, memorable for a famous Synode of the En­glish, [Page 5] and a disputation held vnder Arch-bishop Dunstan in the raigne of Edward surnamed the Martyr betwixt the Monks, and mar­ried Priests, whose cause in the credit, and opinion of the Vulgar fell with the chamber, wherein they were assembled, and thorough the preservation of Saint Dunstan (thought to bee miraculous) who onely sate firme, and vnhurt, the patron, and defendour of the Monks. Bradford. The Devices, or Vices. In the Plaines Ambresburie vpon the Aven. Close by is the monument of Stone-henge, set vp af­ter Mat. of Westminster by Aurelius Ambrosius king of the Britons in memorie of the British nobles, vnder Vortigerne slaine there by Hengist,Sarum. & Saris­buria. long. 18. g. 31. m. lat. 51. g. 10. m. Speed and the Saxons. Sarisburie, encompassed with the plaines, in a pleasant bottome at the meetings of the rivers Aven, and Nadder, running thorough, and watering the many streets thereof, a Bishops See. The towne is not auncient, begun since the raigne of king Ri­chard the first, raysed out of the ashes of old Sarisbury (Sorbiodunum of Antoninus,) the dead ruines of a Roman fort, or towne of some halfe a mile in compasse, seated a mile of vpon the hils, forsaken by the Bishop and inhabitants for want of water, and other defects, remo­uing hither. Wilton, naming the countrie, at the meetings of the riuers Willey, and Nadder, a meane village, yet governed by a Maiour, gra­ced chiefely with a faire house of the Earles of Penbroke. Werminster, (Verlucio of Antoninus.) The whole is diuided into 29 Hundreds, 19 Market townes,Belgae. and 304 Parishes. The auncients inhabitants were part of the Belgae of Ptolemy, afterwards of the West-Saxons.

SOMERSET-SHIRE.Com. Somer­settensis.

BOunded vpon the East, with Wiltshire, and the riuer Avon from Glocestershire; vpon the North, with the sea of Severne from Wales; vpon the West, with Devonshire; and vpon the South, with Dor­setshire. The soyle is fat, deepe, and in some places marishie, and subject to invndations; to the East vpon the edge of Wiltshire woody, over­spread with the great forest of Selwood. Within arise Mendip hills, rich in mines of lead.Bathonia. long. 20. gr. 56 m, la. 51. g. 21. m. Camd. Chiefer townes are Bath (Aquae Calidae of Ptolemy, and Aquae Solis of Antoninus,) named thus from the hot medicinable waters thereof, a walled towne, and the chiefe of the Countrie, sea­ted in a bottome vpon the river Avon. Amongst the hills environing the towne is Bannesdowne (Mons Badonicus of Gildas, and the aun­cient English Historians,) famous for a great victorie of king Arthur, and the Britons obtayned against the Saxons. The trenches are yet seene (although obscurely) where the English lay encamped. Wells vn­der Mendip hils,Glastonia. a Bishops See with Bath. Glastenburie amongst rivers; and waters in the Iland Avallon, or Avallonia of Malmesburiensis; occasioned by the great, and rich Monasterie thus named, the place of buriall of sundrie of the West-Saxon Monarches, founded by king Ina in the place where was thought to haue stood the Cell of Io­seph of Arimathea, the first supposed Apostle of the Britons. Here in the raigne of king Henrie the second was found the graue, and inscrip­tion [Page 6] of Arthur king of the Britons, discovered by the songs of the Welsh Bards. The countrey on all sides is fenny, & Marishy, distin­guished into the names of Gedney Moore, Sedege Moore, Audre Moore, Heth Moore, Queenes Moore, & Brent-Marsh, strong fast­nesses of king Alfred, and his English, distressed by the warres of the all conquering Danes. Ilchester (Iscalis of Ptolemy) vpon the riuer E­vill. Crookehorne vpon the river Parret. Bridge-water vpon the Parret. The arme of the sea below this, & the confluence of the Parret with another river from the fens of Glastenbury is named Vzella of Ptole­my. Taunton vpon the riuer Tone. Vpon the Ocean VVatchet. Dun­ster. The whole contayneth 42 Hundreds, 33 Market-townes, & 385 Parishes. The auncient inhabitants were part of the Belgae of Plolemy, afterwards of the West-Saxons.

DORSET-SHIRE.Com. Dorce­striae.

BOunded vpon the North, with Somerset-shire, aud VViltshire; vpon the East, with Hantshire; vpon the South, with the English Channell; and vpon the VVest, with Devonshire. The soile is fruitefull, especi­ally Moreland, or the valley of white-hart. Townes of better note are Shaftsbury vpon the edge of Wiltshire. Vpon the Stour Blandford. Win­burne (Vindogladia of Antoninus.) Vpon Moreland Shirburne, some­times a Bishops See, remoued to Sarisbury in the raigne of the Con­querour.Dorcestria lon. 18. g. lat. 50. 48. m. Speede. Vpon the Frome Dorchester (Dunium of Ptolemy, and Dur­novaria of Antoninus) the chiefe towne. Along the Sea-coast Poole within a spacious Bay vpon a point of land, almost encompassed with the sea. Beyond the bay lyeth the Ile of Purbecke, a Peninsula envi­roned on three sides with the Ocean.Weimouth. 23. g 50. m. Long. 51. g. lat. Hues. Weymouth, and Melcomb, de­vided with the little riuer of Wey, a noted Port. Vpon the South hereof standeth Portland, sometimes an Iland, now joyned to the Continent, defended with a castle, founded by king Henry the eight, commaunding the entrance of the hauen of Weymouth. Burtport. Lime. It contayneth 34. Hundreds, 18 Market-townes, and 248 Pari­shes.Durotriges. The auncient Inhabitants were the Durotriges of Ptolemy, af­terwards part of the West-Saxons.

DEVON-SHIRE.Devonia.

BOunded vpon the East, with Dorsetshire, and Somersetshire; vpon the South, and North, with the English Channell, and the Sea of Severne; & vpon the VVest, with the riuer Tamar from Cornwall. The countrey is hilly, rich in mines of Tin, especially towards Cornwall, & the West; and well stored with convenient Ports, and harbours for shipping. The soile is leane; yet made fruitfull thorough the great industrie of the inhabi­tants,Exonia. long. g. 19. m. 11. lat. gr. 50. m. 40. Cam. long. gr. 22. m. 10. lat. gr. 51. Hues. enriched by their intermixing of lime, or sands fetched from the sea-caost. Townes of more note are Axminster vpon the Ax. Hon­niton vpon the Otterey. Vpon the Ex Tiverton. Excester (Isca of Pto­lemy, & Isca Dunmoniorū of Antoninus) the chief town, & a bishops [Page 7] See, remoued hither from Kirton in the raigne of Edward the Con­fessour. Columbton upon the riuer Columb. Vpon the Creedy beyond the Ex Kirton, an auncient Bishops See, founded by Edward surna­med the Elder, & remoued afterwards to Excester. Totnes vpon the Dert. Tavestok vpon the Tavy. In Dertmore (a mountainous, & fruitles waste vpon the East hereof) plenty of Tin is gotten. Here also lately haue Loadstones beene found. Vpon the Sea-coast, and the English channell Plimmouth a famous Port at the fall,Plimmouth▪ [...] gr. 10. m lon. 50. g. 50. m. lat. Hues. & meetings of the riuers Plim, & Tamar. The haven is large, and deepe, affording a safe roade for ships in both rivers, defended with the strong Iland of St Michael, & other fortifications vpon the land. Dertmouth, a well frequented Port at the mouth of the riuer Dert. Beyond is Torbay a spacious in­let of the sea, and a commodious harbour. At the mouth of the Ax towards Dorsetshire Seton (Moridunum of Antoninus,) memorable onely for the antiquity. Towards the Sea of Severne Bediford vpon the riuer Touridge. West hereof lyeth Hertland point, (Promon­torium Herculis of Ptolemy). Berstaple vpon the Taw, navigable here for great vessels, a well traded, and rich empory. The Shire contayneth 33 Hundreds, 37 Market-townes, and 394 Parishes. The auncient in­habitants were the Danmonii of Ptolemy,Danmonij. named otherwise the Cor­nish after the invasion of the English. These being driuen out by great Athelstan, & confined within the riuer of Tamar, the West-Saxons suc­ceed in their voide places.

CORNWAL.Cornubia.

BOunded vpon the East, with the riuer Tamar from Devonshire; and vpon all other sides encompassed with the Ocean. The countrey is hilly like vnto Devonshire, but more barren, enri­ched chiefely by neuer decaying mines of Tin, and with fishings, and commodities arising from the sea. The valleyes notwithstanding afford plenty of grasse, & corne, fatted with sea-sand, and a sea-weede, which they call Orewood. Amongst the minerals Gold, and Silver like­wise are found, as also Diamonds of a large seize, angled, and polished by nature, but yeelding to the Orientall in colour, and hardnes. The Inhabitants (as of Devonshire) are strong, and well-limmed, tall, good wrastlers, skilfull mariners, and braue warriours both by sea, & land, stout, vndaunted, resolute, thorough a more vegetiue quality of the Westerne winde,Fanum Ste­pham. wherevnto they are exposed, or by some hidden na­ture of the heauens, or ground. Places of more note are Tamerton (Ta­mara of Ptolemy) vpon the right shore of the Tamar, named from hence. More remote from the riuer Stratton. Launston vpon the brow of a hill, the chiefe town. Saint Germans vpon the riuer Liver (a meane village) sometimes a Bishops See for the Cornish, remoued hither from Bodman. Lestuthiel (Vzella of Ptolemy) vpon the Fawey, much decayed of late yeares thorough the choaking of the riuer by sand,Bodman. long. 15. g. 13. m. lat. 50. g. 35 m. Speede. & rubbish falling from the Tin-workes; a common daunger of all the na­vigable streames of the countrey. Bodman, an auncient Bishops See, [Page 8] founded by Edward, surnamed the Elder, Monarch of the English, re­moued afterwards to S. Germans during the warres, and troubles of the Danes, and lastly vnited with Kirton in the raigne of Canutus. Tregenie. Truro. Penrin vpon certaine Creekes of the great Bay of Fal­mouth. St Buriens. Nere herevnto is the Promontory, named the Lands-endThe Lands-end. (Bolaeum; & Antivestaeum of Ptolemy,) the most Westerne point of the kingdome. Vpon the shore a long the South sea, East, and West Loo at the mouth of the riuer thus called.Foy. 15. g. long. 51. g. la. Merca. Foy a noted Port at the mouth of the riuer Fawey. West hereof amongst others of obscurer sort is Falmouth a deepe, and spacious Bay before mentioned (Cenio­nis Ostium of Ptolemy,) reaching for a great space within the land, & deviding into sundry Creekes, and safe Roades for ships; defended at the entrance with two Castles, or Forts, St Maudits vpon the East, and Pendinas vpon the West, built by King Henrie the eight. Within the Bay stood the towne Voluba of Ptolemy, now either extinct, or vn­knowne, & called by some other name. Further West is the LizardThe Lizard. point (the Promontorie of the Danmonij, and Ocrinum of Ptolemy,) the furthest point of the Iland towards the South. Pensans within Mounts-bay, named thus from St Michaels-Mount, a strong fort vpon a craggie, and high rocke at euery Full-sea environed with waters, de­fending the Rode. Vpon the North-sea Padstow neere vnto the mouth of the river Alan. It contayneth 9 Hundreds, 22 Market-townes, and 161 Parishes. The Inhabitants are part of the Danmonij of Ptolemy, named otherwise the Cornish by the English; a remainder (as are the Welsh) of the auncient Britons, and retayning their language.

These ten Shires seeme more aunciently to haue contayned the Ro­man Province named Britannia Prima by Rufus Festus,Britannia pri­ma. & the Authour of the Notitia; devided amongst 6 British people the 1. Cantij. 2. Regni, 3. Attrebatij. 4. Belgae. 5. Durotriges, 6. and the Danmonij of Ptolemy. Vnder the Saxons they comprehended 3 kingdomes of their Heptarchie. 1 of Kent. 2.Regn. Cant. 2. Australium Sa­xonum 3. Sa­xonum Occi­dentalium. and of the South. 3. and West-Saxons. At this day they make the first Quart, or Devision before obserued; extended in length from East to West about 250 Italian miles, and in breadth about 60 of the same miles; bounded vpon the South, and East with the English Channell, and part of the German Ocean; vpon the West, with the Vergi­vian Ocean; and vpon the North, with the sea of Severne, and the riuers Avon by Bristow, and the Thames from the rest of England.

GLOCESTER-SHIRE.Com. Gloce­strensis.

IT lyeth vpon both sides of the riuer of Severne; bounded vpon the South, with Wiltshire, & Sometsetshire; vpon the West, with Hereford­shire, and the riuer of Wye from Monmouthshire; vpon the North, with Worcestershire; and vpon the East, with Warwickshire, and Oxfordshire. The countrie is fruitfull, & pleasant; beyond the Severne woody, o­ver-spread with the great Forest of Deane; towards the East, where is Cotteswold, hilly, & open, yeelding good pasturage for sheepe, in the vale betwixt the hils, and the riuer fat, deepe, and most plentifull in [Page 10] corne, and fruits. Townes of better note are Bristow, a Bishops sea, and a famous port, and rich empory, for state and beauty accompted the third city of the kingdome, seated vpon a rising ground vpon both sides of the riuer Avon, at the confluence hereof with the litle river Frome. It standeth in both divisions of Glocestershire, & Somerset­shire, whereof the greatest part is in Glocestershire, but is accompted of neither, being a Countie within it selfe. Vpon the Severne Barkley, honoured with a castle, whereof the Lord Barkleyes are entitled. Fur­ther vp Glocester (Clevum of Antoninus) a Bishops sea,Glocestria 19 lon. 53. Lat. Mercat. lat. 52. g. 14. m. long. 18. g. 5 m. Speede. and the chiefe towne. Teuxbury vpon the Avon (a different riuer from the Avon by Bristow) neere the confluence hereof, & the Severne. In the wood­lands beyond the Severne Newent. Michel-deane, naming the Forrest of Deane, extending from hence for many miles Southwards betwixt the Severne, and Wye, vnto the confluence of both; vast, and thick of woods, but much wasted of late yeares by reason of iron-workes. In the forrest vpon the right shore of the Severne Avington (a meane vil­lage) Abone of Antoninus. In Cotteswold Cirencester vpon the ri­ver Churne (Corinnium of Ptolemy, & Corinium of Antoninus, the chiefe city of the Dobuni. Winchelcomb. It containeth 30 Hundreds, and 280 parishes. The auncient inhabitants were vpon the hither side of the Severne the Dobuni of Ptolemy,Dubuni, & Si­lures. Mercij Saxones. & Bodunni of Dion; beyond part of the warlike Silures, afterwards the Mercian Saxons.

OXFORD SHIRE.Com. Oxoni­ensi [...].

BOunded vpon the West with Glocestershire; vpon the North with Warwickshire, & Northamptonshire, vpon the South with the Thames from Barkeshire; & vpō the East with Buckinghamshire. The aire is sweet & healthfull, and the soile fruitfull; towards the East, & Buckingham­shire hilly, & couered with woods; deepe, and rich in the vale betwixt this, & Cherwell; to the West, and North champian, & most pleasant. Townes of more note are Burford vpon the VVindrush. Whitney vpon the same riuer. Chipping-norton. Not far off vpon the hils aboue Long-Compton are seene Rolle-rich stones, set vp in manner of a circle (as it is thought, by Rollo, the first Duke of Normandy; his trophy of some victory obtained against the English before his plantation in France. Woodstock amongst woods, & grassie plaines, honoured with a royall house of the kings, the birth place of Edward surnamed the Blacke Prince, the terrour, and scourge of France. Banbury vpon the Cherwel. Oxford, Oxonia 22. g. long 51. g. 50 m. Lat. Camd 24. g. long. 52. lat. Hues. the Sun, eye, and soule of the kingdome, and with her sister Cambridge the fountaine of wisedome, & divine, & humane learning, from whence Religion, civility, and all good arts doe flow, a Bishops sea, and the chiefe towne, seated at the confluence of the Cherwell, and Isis vpon the coing of a plaine, descending euery way to the ri­vers, encompassed with waters, meadowes, and wooddy hils, and only open to the cleare, and health-breathing North; enriched with sump­tous, and stately buildings as private, so much more publique of the Vniversity, and Colledges, with faire, large, and open streets; a sweete, [Page 11] and apt dwelling of the Muses. Beyond the Cherwell Biciter. Tame vpon the river thus named.Dorcestria. Dorchester (Dorcinia of Beda) at the con­fluence, or marriage-bed of the Tame, and Isis, and beginning of the name of Thames; sometimes a Bishops sea, begun by king Kingils in the person of Birinus, the Apostle of the VVest-Saxons, remoued af­terwards, and divided betwixt VVinchester, and Lincolne. In the Chilterne Henly vpon the Thames, in a bottome betwixt wooddy hils. Here are contained 10 Market Towns, 14 Hundreds, and 280 Parishes. The auncient inhabitants were the Dobuni Dobuni. of Ptolemy, afterwards the Mercian Saxons.

BVCKINGHAMSHIRE.Com. Bucking­hamiensis.

BOunded vpon the North with Northamptonshire; vpon the West with Oxfordshire; vpon the South with the riuer Thames from Barkeshire; and vpon the East with Bedfordshire, Hartfordshire, and the river Cole from Middlesex; extended much in length, but narrow, & not so wide. It is distinguished into the Chilterne, or Hill-country, sha­ded with thick beechie woods, and lying towards the East and South, and along the course of the Thames; and the Vale to the North, and West vn­der the hils, a fat, and deepe soile, rich in corne, and pasturage. Chiefer townes in the Vale are Alesbury. Buckinghamia. 20. g. long. 53. lat. Mercat. long. 19. g. 33. m. lat. 52. g. 18. m. Speede. Vpon the river Ouse Buckingham, the Shire towne. Stony-Stratford. Vpon the further side of the river is Pas­sham, a country village, thought to be Lactodurum of Antoninus. New­port Painell. Oulney. Vpon the hils Wickham▪ Beaconsfeld. Vpon the Thames Marlow. Colebroke vpon the river Cole (Pontes of Antoninus) The auncient Inhabitants were the Cattyeuchlani Catyeuchlani. of Ptolemy, the Ca­tuellani of Dion, afterwards the Mercian Saxons. Here are reckoned 11 Market Townes, and 185 parishes.

BEDFORDSHIRE.Com. Bedfor­diensis.

BOunded vpon the West with Buckinghamshire; vpon the North with Northamptonshire, and Huntingdonshire; and vpon the East and South with Cambridgeshire, and Hartfordshire. The countrey is litle; more wooddy in the middle; towards the North more fruitfull. Townes of bet­ter note are Bedford vpon the riuer Ouse, the chiefe towne. Bigleswade. Vpon the edge of the Chilterne Dunstable (Magiovintum of Antoninus.)Bedfordia 21. g lon. 53. lat. Mercat. long. 20. g. 16. m. lat. 52. g. 30. m. Speede. The Shire is divided into 9 hundreds, containing 10 Market Townes, and 116 parishes. The auncient inhabitants were the Cattyeuchlani of Ptolemy, afterwardes the Mercian Sa­xons.

HARTFORD-SHIRE.Com. Hartfor­diensis.

BOunded vpon the North, with Cambridgeshire; vpon the West; with Buckinghamshire, and Bedfordshire; vpon the East, with the riuer Stort from Essex; & vpon the South, with Middlesex. The countrie is fruitfull, & no lesse pleasant. Places of more note are Roiston vnder the downs, and vpon the edge of Cambridgeshire. Bishop-Stortford vpon the river Stort.Hartfordia. 21. g. long. 52. lat. Merc. long. 20. g. 29. m. lat. 52. g. 5. m. Speede. Vpon, and along the course of the Lea Hartford, the Shire town (Herudford of Beda, the place of a Synod of the English, and British Bishops in the time of Saint Austine, the Apostle of the Saxons.) Ware a great, and noted roade. Hoddesdon. Theo­balds, a royall house of the Kings.Fanum S. Alba­ni. More VVest-ward St Albans, occasioned by the Monasterie thus named, founded by Offa king of the Mercians to the memorie of St. Alban, the first Martyr of the Bri­tons, here put to death during the tenth persecution in the raigne of the Emperour Dioclesian. Close by, where is Verulam, stood some­times the towne Verulamium of Tacitus, and Vrolamium of Ptole­my, a Municipium of the Romans, and after Gildas the countrie of St Alban the Martyr. Neere vnto Redburn vpon VVatlingstreet, or the Roman militarie way, betwixt this, & Dunstable is thought to haue stood Durocobrivis of Antoninus; as on the other side vpon Brockley hill neere Ellestree in the same roade towards London, Sul­loniacae of the same Authour. Barkhamsted. It contayneth 8 Hundreds, 18 Market-townes, and 120 Parishes. The auncient inhabitants were the Cattyeuchlani of Ptolemy, afterwards part of the Mercian, and East-Saxons.

MIDLE-SEX.Midle-Sexia.

BOunded vpon the North, with Hartfordshire; vpon the West, with the river Cole from Buckinghamshire; vpon the South, with the Thames from Surrey, & Kent; and vpon the East, with the Lea from Essex. The aire is healthie, & pleasant, the countrie fruitfull, graced with sundry faire villages, and townes, and houses of the gen­trie, and nobilitie. Places of better note are Vxbridge vpon the Cole. Along the Thames Stanes at the fall, or entrance of the Cole. Hamp­ton-Court, Londinum 23. g. 25. m. longit. 51. g. 34. m. lat. Camd. 25. g. 50. m. long. 51. gr. 40. m. lat. Hues. a great, & magnificent house of the Kings. Brentford. Lon­don (Londinium of Ptolemy, Antoninus, and Tacitus, & Lundonium surnamed Augusta of Ammianus Marcellinus, a famous Mart-towne of the Britons, misplaced by Ptolemy amongst the Cantij,) now the royall chamber of the kings, a Bishops See, & the chiefe citie of the kingdome, with VVestminster, Redcliff, and Limehouse, wherewith it is continuate, extended vpon the river for about 4 miles in length, and some mile, and a halfe in breadth; sumptuous in buildings, migh­ty, populous, esteemed at 600 thousand of Inhabitants; flourishing in trades, and gainefull manufactures; strong in marchants, & shipping; the magazin of all the riches, and commodities, which the whole [Page 13] earth, and world affordeth. At VVestminsterWestmonaste­rium. in the magnificent Church of St Peter the Kings of England are vsually Crowned, as likewise enterred; begun by Sebert the first Christian king of the East-Saxons, but raised to the state we see by Edward the Confessour, and the succeeding English Monarches. Blackewall, a Roade for greater vessels, almost continuate with Limehouse. The auncient inhabitants were the Trinobantes of Caesar,Trinobantes. Orientales Sa­xones. and Trinoantes of Ptolemy, afterwards the East-Saxons. Here are contayned onely 73 Parishes, besides 121 accompted within the City, Liberties, and Suburbs.

ESSEX.Essexia.

BOunded vpon the West, with the riuer Stort from Hartfordshire, and the Lea from Midle-sex; vpon the South, with the Thames from Kent; vpon the East, with the German Ocean; and vpon the North, with the Stoure from Suffolke. The Countrey is large, woody, fruitfull, & rich; but low, flat, & in many places (more especially vpon the Thames, & Sea-coasts) marishy, agueish, and verie vnhealthfull. Townes of more note are Waltham vpon the Lea, naming the great forest thus called. Neerer London vpon the same riuer Leiton (a strag­gling village,) thought to be Durolitum of Antoninus. Barking at the confluence of the Thames, and the riuer Roding. Rumford. Brentwood, conjecturally Caesaromagus of Antoninus. Ralegh. Not farre of at the mouth of the Thames lyeth the Iland Convey (Convennos of Ptole­my;) low, and subject to invndations. Chelmesford not vnprobably Canonium of Antoninus. Cogshall vpon the riuer Froshwell, Pant, or Blacke-water; for by all these it is named. Further downe vpon the same riuer Maldon, Camulodunum, Cynobellini re­gia. Dion. lib. 60. De Coloniâ veteranorum sub Claudio Imperatore à P. Ostorio Sca­pula Camalo­dunum deducta v. Cor. Tacit. Annal. lib. 12. (Camudolun of Ptolemy, and Camalodunum of Tacitus, & others, the royall seate of Cynobellinus, king of the Tri­nobantes, afterwards a Roman Colony, planted by Ostorius Scapula in the raigne of the Emperour Claudius.) Below vpon the Blacke-wa­ter in Dengey Hundred (a flat, & vnhealthfull soile) stood sometimes Ithancester of Beda, the place where St Cedda baptized the relapsed East-Saxons in the raigne of Sigebert their king, thought to be Otho­na of the Notitia, the station of a foote company of the Fortenses. The towne hath long since beene worne into the river. The shore herea­bouts yeeldeth plenty of most excellent oisters.Colcestria. 23. g. lon. 53. latit. Merc. lat. 52. g. 14. m. Speede. Harwich. 23. gr. longit. latit. 53. Merc. 27. g. 30. m. lon. 52. lat. Hues. Colchester (Colonia of Antoninus) vpon the riuer Colne, the chiefe towne. Harwich a no­ted port at the mouth of the Stoure. Walden. Close by is Audley-end, a great, & sumptuous house of the Earles of Suffolke. In the bordering fields, as in Cambridge-shire, and Norfolke, groweth store of Saffron. It contayneth 20 Hundreds, 21 Market-townes, & 415 Parishes. The auncient inhabitants were the Trinobantes of Caesar, afterwards the East-Saxons.

SVFFOLKE.Suffolcia.

BOunded vpon the West, with Cambridgeshire; vpon the South; with the Stoure from Essex; vpon the East, with the German Oce­an; and vpon the North, with the Lesser Ouse; and the Wavency from Norfolk. The soile is most fat, and rich, vnles towards the East; the countrey large, populous, and well furnished with harbours, and safe roades for ships. Places of more note are Sudbury vpon the Stour. Hadley vpon the Breton. Towards the head of the riuer Bretenham (Combretonium of Antoninus.) Wulpet. Ipswich vpon the riuer Orwell the chiefe towne,Ipswich. lon. 22. g. 9. m. lat. 52. g. 25. m. Speede. a populous, rich, & noted empory. Woodbridge vpon the Deben. Framlingham, a beautifull, & strong castle. Vpon the Sea-coast Aldburg. Dunwich (Domuc of Beda,) sometimes a Bishops See, the first of the East-Angles, founded by king Sigebert in the person of Faelix the Apostle hereof, extinguished by the Danish warres. The towne now is ruinous, and much decayed, for the greatest part worne into the sea. Southwold at the mouth of the riuer Blith, Iland-like at e­verie Full-sea environed with the Ocean. Beyond is Easton-nesse (Ex­tensio of Ptolemy,) the furthest point Eastward of the kingdome. More West,Opidum S. Ed­mundi. St Edmundsburie (Villa Faustini of Antoninus,) named thus from St Edmund, the last king of the East-Angles, martyred by the Danes, and here enshrined. New-market, in both counties of Suffolke, and Cambridgeshire, amongst greene, & spacious plaines. The shire contayneth three greater devisions, which they name the Geldable, St Edmonds Liberty, and the Liberty of St Audry, distributed amongst 22 Hundreds, 28 Market-townes, and 575 Parishes. The anci­ent inhabitants were part of the Iceni of Tacitus,Iceni. Angli orienta­les. the Simeni corruptly of Ptolemy, afterwards the East-Angles.

NORFOLKE.Norfolcia.

BOunded vpon the South with the Lesser Ouse, and the Wavency from Suffolke; vpon the East, and North, with the Ocean, the Washes, & the river Nen from Lincolneshire; and vpon the West, with the Greater Ouse from Cambridgeshire. The Countrey is large; for the most part cham­pian, rich, & exceedingly populous; inhabited by an industrious, and witty people, but very litigious, our best breede of common Lawyers. The soile is different; about the townes commonly good, well wate­red, & with some wood; vpwards to the heathes dry, & naked; Marsh­land, and Flegge abundantly fruitfull; but Flegge for corne, & Marsh­land for pasture. Townes of better note are Thetford at the confluence of the rivers, Thet, and the lesser Ouse (Sitomagus of Antoninus,) sometimes a Bishops See, remoued hither from North-Elmham in the raigne of the Conquerour, and afterwards to Norwich about the yeare 1086.Norwicus [...]. 24. g. 55 m. lo. 52. g. [...]. m. latit. Camd. Windham. Norwich, the chiefe towne, vpon the riuer Yare, a Bishops See, and a great and flourishing emporie. Not farre off is Caster, the dead ruines of Venta of Ptolemy, & Antoninus, the chiefe [Page 15] citie sometimes of the Iceni.Yarmouth. 27. g. 30. m. lon, 53. lat. Hues. Yarmouth a noted Port at the confluence of the riuers Yare, & Thyrn, and the fall of both into the Ocean. Here, or at Burgh Castle in the neighbouring parts of Suffolke stood Gari­onnonum of the Notitia, the station of a troupe of horse, named the Stablesiani by my Authour. Walsingham, famous of late yeares by con­tinuall pilgrimages to a much honoured image of our Lady. Vpon the Sea-coast Brancaster (a country-village) Brannodurum of the Notitia, the station of a troupe of Dalmatian horse. Lin, a rich, and noted port at the fall of the riuer Ouse into the Washes. Here are numbred 27 Market-townes, 31 Hundreds, and 660 Parishes. The auncient inha­bitants were the Iceni of Tacitus, afterwards the East-Angles.

CAMBRIDGE-SHIRE.Com. Canta­brigiensis.

BOunded vpon the South with Hartfordshire, & Essex; vpon the East, with Suffolk, & Norfolk; vpon the North, with the Welland from Lin­colneshire; and vpon the West, with Huntingdonshire, and Bedfordshire. The Southerne part is Champian, and a fat, & rich corne soile. The North is low, deepe, and marishy, trenched with riuers, and diches, a strong fastnesse of outlawes, & rebells in the time of the Conquerour, and the Barons warres. Townes here are Wisbich amongst fens, and waters. Elye (naming the Iland, encompassed with the devided streames of the riuers Nen,Cantabrigia. 23. g. 25. m. lon. 52. g. 11. m. lat. Camd. and Ouse) a Bishops See. Cambridge (Cam­boritum of Antoninus,) the other Seminary, and wel spring of lear­ning, and religion, seated in a flat vpon the riuer Cam, or Grant. The auncient inhabitants were the Iceni of Tacitus, afterwards the East-Angles. Girvij pars Merciorum. Those of the Ile of Elye were otherwise called the Giruij by Be­da, a name common herevnto, and to the inhabitants of the bordering fens of Huntingdonshire, Northamptonshire, and Lincolneshire, ioyning, & continuate together for the space of 68 miles vnto Wainflet North­wards. Here are contayned 17 Hundreds, 8 Market-townes, & 163 Parishes.

HVNTINGDON-SHIRE.Com▪ Hunting­doniensis.

BOunded vpon the East, with Cambridgeshire; vpon the South, with Bedfordshire; and vpon the West, and North, with Northamptonshire, and the riuer Nen. The soile is fruitfull; towards the East marishie; in some places hilly,Huntingdonia. 21. g. lon. 53. la. Mercat. and shaded with woods. Townes here are Kinbal­ton. Vpon the Ouse St Neot. Huntingdon, the chiefe towne. On the o­ther side of the riuer Goodmanchester, or Gormancester, a populous, & great village (Duroli pons of Antoninus.) Further downe vpon the same riuer St Ives. It contayneth 4 Hundreds, 6 Market-townes, and 78 Parishes. The auncient inhabitants were the Iceni, afterwards the Mercian-Saxons. Mercij Saxo­nes.

NORTHAMPTON-SHIRE.Com. Nor­thamtoniae.

BOunded vpon the East, with Huntingdonshire, and Bedfordshire; vpon the South, with Buckinghamshire, & Oxfordshire; vpon the West, with Warwickshire; and vpon the North, with the Welland, and the Lesser A­von from Lincolneshire, Rutlandshire, and Leicestershire. The Coun­trey is hilly, & vneuen, champian, and populous (vnles where the ava­rice of the great ones haue made wasts, and enclosures,) pleasant, and most fruitfull. Townes of more note are Brackley, at, or neere vnto the head of the riuer Ouse. Torcester (Tripontium of Antoninus.) Daintry amongst hils, fountaines, and springs, the heads of the rivers Leame, Cherwell, and Nen; with different courses by the Severne, Thames, & the Washes disburdened into the Irish, and German Oceans. Vpon the Nen betwixt this, and Torcester, where is Wedon on the Streete, stood Bennavenna of Antoninus. Northampton, Northampto­nia 22 g▪ 29. m long. 52 g 13. m. lat. Camd. the chiefe Towne vpon the Nen. Not far off is Holdenby, a royall house of the kings. Vpon the same riuer of Nen, Wellingborough. Higham-Ferrers. Thrapston. Oundle. Further downe standeth Fotheringhay castle, an honour of the kings. VValmesford, a noted thorough-fare vpon the same river. Peter­borough Petriburgum. vpon the Nen, and edge of the fens, a Bishops See. At Caster a small village vpon the Nen, betwixt this, and Walmesford, stood Du­robrivae of Antoninus. Kettering. The auncient inhabitants were part of the Coritani Coritani. of Ptolemy, afterwards the Mercian Saxons. Here are reckoned 20 Hundreds, 10 Market Townes, and 326 parishes.

RVTLANDSHIRE.Rutlandia.

DIvided with the river Welland from Northamptonshire; and en­closed vpon the other sides with Lincolneshire, and Leicestershire. The country is little, hilly, fruitfull, and most pleasant. Townes of more note are Vppingham. Okeham in the Vale of Catmose, the chiefe towne. Bridge-casterton vpon the river Guash (a small village) thought to be Gausennae of Antoninus. It containeth 48 parishes. The aun­cient inhabitants were the Coritani, afterwardes the Mercian Sa­xons.

LEICESTER-SHIRE.Com. Leice­striae.

BOunded vpon the South with Northamptonshire; vpon the VVest with VVatlingstreet from VVarwickshire; vpon the North with Dar­by shire, and Nottinghamshire; and vpon the East with Rutlandshire, and Lincolneshire. The country is champian, and open; the soile most fruit­full for grasse, and corne, but in most places wanting wood, a common defect of the neighbouring, and inland shires. Townes here are Lutter­worth vpon the Swift, a small streame falling into the Avon. Beyond, where is the High Crosse vpon Watlingstreet, stood Vennones of An­toninus. Harborough towards the head of the river Welland. Melton-Moubray. [Page 17] Not far off lieth Erdborough or Borough (Verometum of An­toninus) The tract of the fort, or towne is yet plainly seen vpon the top of a steep hill, with a large, & pleasant prospect ouerlooking the subject countrey. Vpon the riuer Soare Leicester Lecestria. lon. 19. g. 22. m. lat. 53. g. 4. m. Speexsd (Rhage of Prolemy, & Ratis, or Ratae of Antoninus) the chiefe towne, sometimes a Bishops See, taken out of Lichfeld by Ethelred, king of the Mercians, son to Penda, & vnited afterwards with Dorcester. Mont-sorell. Loughborough vpon the Soare, & vnder the hilly, and great Forrest of Charnwood. More west Bosworth, fatall to Richard the third, overthrowne, & slaine at a memorable battaile in the bordering plaines by king Henry the sea­venth. Ashbye de la Zouch. It containeth 6 hundreds, 12 Market towns, & some 200 parishes. The auncient inhabitants were the Coritani of Ptolemy, afterwards the Mercian Saxons.

LINCOLNE-SHIRE.Com. Lincol­niensis.

BOunded vpon the South with Rutlandshire, and with the VVelland from Northamptonshire, and Cambridgeshire, and the VVashes (the Sea Metaris of Ptolemy) from Norfolke; vpon the East with the Ger­man Ocean; vpon the North vvith Humber (Abus of Ptolemy) from Yorkeshire; and vpon the West vvith the river Dun from the same Shire, with the Trent from Nottinghamshire, and with Leicestershire. The country is large; extended aboue 60 miles in length, and about 30 in bredth, and seuered into 3 greater names, or divisions. 1 of Hol­land vpon the Washes, and Ocean vnto Wainflet. 2 Kesteven, lying vpon the west of Holland, and betwixt the riuers Welland, and VVi­tham, with Fosdike, 3 and LindseyeLindissi Bedae. betwixt the VVitham, Trent, and Humber: flat, brackish, and marishy in Holland, and along the Sea-coast; and in all other parts champian, and pleasant, distinguished into svndry long ridges of hils, beginning at Humber, and continuing Southwards, most fruitful in their bottomes, and thick with townes, & vpon their tops plaine, grassie, open, and rich in corne, and pasturage for sheepe. Places of more note are in Kesteven Stanford, Stanfordia. a walled town consisting of 7 Churches, or parishes vpon the river VVelland, and the edge of Northamptonshire. Hither in the raigne of Edward the third, a great part of the Vniversity of Oxford made a famous secession, oc­casioned thorough the quarrels of the Boreales, and Australes, brought backe not long after by the commaund and authority of the King. Since the Graduates there still take an oath at the time of their admis­sion to degrees not to professe in Stanford publiquely, as in an Vniver­sity. Vpon the Witham Paunton (a country village) Ad pontem of An­toninus. Grantham vpon the same riuer. Vpon the west hereof Bel­voir Castle, belonging to the Earles of Rutland, and naming the subject valley. Beyond vpon the heath Ancaster (Crococalana of Antoninus.) Sleford. In Holland Crowland vpon the Welland, and amongst deepe, & vnpassable waters, & marishes; accessable only towards the North, & East, by narrow, & long causyes. Spalding amongst dreanes, & waters. Boston a faire towne, and a noted Port, seated on both sides of the ri­uer [Page 18] Witham. The tower of the beautifull, and large Church hereof contayneth 44 fathomes in height, or 264 foote; a conspicuous, & no­ted Sea-marke. The Churches generally of those low, and moorish parts exceede all others in lustre, and fairenes; the more admired at by strangers, their meaner priuate buildings considered, and want of stone, and materialls. In Lindsey (Lindissi of Beda) Lincolne Lincolnia. 22. g. 52. m. longit. 53. gr. m. 12. la. Camd. (Lin­dum of Ptolemy, and Antoninus,) a Bishops See, and the chiefe town, vneuenly seated in the bottome, and vpon the brow, and top of a steep hill, vnder which runneth the riuer Witham. The Minster, or hilly part (wherevnto the countrey is every way ascending) enioyeth the most large, and faire prospect of the kingdome, with a seemingly neere distance seene from all parts of the shire, and the more eminent places of neighbouring, and remote countryes. In the Minster, a great, sumptuous, and magnificent Church, and the chiefe grace, and orna­ment of the citie, is showne amongst others; the monument, and epi­taph of William Smith, sometimes Bishop hereof, and Lord Presi­dent of Wales for King Henry the 7th, with Sr Richard Sutton Knights; the honourable founders of Brasen-nose Colledge in Oxford. Here the Roman Militarie way by Ancaster devideth, whereof one part cros­seth the Trent at Litleborough, the other below at Burton neere vnto the fall of the riuer into Humber. From Torksey, and the Trent a chan­nell hath beene brought hither to the Witham by king Henrie the first, called now Fosdike by the inhabitants, with those riuers, and Humber making Lindsey an Iland. Gainsborough vpon the Trent. Further downe Burton, a noted passage ouer the Trent. Beyond lyeth Axholme, or the Ile of Axey, encompassed with the riuers Trent, I­dell, and Dun, and contayning about 10 miles in length, and some 5 in breadth. Glamford-bridge vpon the Ankam, a foeculent, and moorish riuer, affording plenty of most delicate, and strange sorts of fowle. Caster vnder the cliffe (which is a long ridge of hills, extended Southwards from the fall of the Ankam into Humber,) named thus, & occasioned by a castle (whose ruines are yet seene,) by the leaue of king Vortigerne founded by Hengist after his conquest, and victorie of the Picts, and Scots. Barton▪ a noted passage ouer Humber into Yorkeshire. At Humber betwixt this, and the mouth of Ankam en­deth a Roman Militarie Roade, named the Long Meare by the borde­ring inhabitants, continued hither ouer solitarie plaines from Hol­land, and the Fens. The place, where it is terminated, seemeth more aunciently to haue beene the ordinary passage ouer Humber. An ar­gument hereof might be the names of South, and North Feribyes, neighbouring townes vpon the opposite sides of the riuer Louth. Vp­on the riuer Bane Horn-castle. Tatershall, In the Marsh Alford. Grimes­by, a decayed haven towne at the mouth of Humber. The auncient in­habitants were the Coritani of Ptolemy, afterwards the Mercian-Sax­ons. Here are contayned 31 Hundreds, or Weapontakes, 30 Market townes, and 630 Parishes.

NOTTINGHAM-SHIRE.Com. Nottin. gamiae.

LYing vpon both sides of the Trent, and bounded vpon the South, with Leicestershire; vpon the North, with Yorkeshire; vpon the East, with Lincolneshire; and vpon the West, with Darbyeshire. The parts vp­on the hither side of the Trent are fat, and rich of corne, & pasturage, as likewise are the South, & North Clayes beyond the riuer. The middle, & West are in a manner wholy taken vp with the vast forest of Shire­wood, extended from Nottingham for the space of 22 miles Northwards; sandy, barren, solitarie, & thin of townes, & inhabitants. Places of more note are Nottingham the chiefe towne vpon the riuers Trent,Notinghamia. 22. g. 14. m. lon. 53. g. la. Camd. and Lin, and the brow of a rocky hill; defended with a faire, & strong castle, mounted vpon a steepe, and precipitious rocke. Newark vpon the Trent. Litleborough (a small village, and a passage ouer the riuer) Agelocis of Antoninus. In the Clay Retford vpon the riuer Idell. In the Sand, & Forest Blith. Workensop, graced with a faire house, the seate sometimes of the Earles of Shrewesbury, belonging now to the Earle of Penbroke. Maunsfeld. The auncient inhabitants were the Coritani of Ptolemy, afterwards the Mercian-Saxons. It contayneth 8 Market townes, 8 Hundreds, & 168 Parishes.

DARBY-SHIRE.Com. Darbien­sis.

BOunded vpon the South, with Leicestershire; vpon the East, with Not­tinghamshire; vpon the North, with Yorkeshire; & vpon the West, with Cheshire. The South, & East are populous, fruitfull, and somewhat woody. Beyond the Darwent Westwards arise the high Mountaines of the Peake, could, rocky, & barren, yet good pasturage for sheepe, and plentifull in minerals, especially of lead. Townes of better note are Chesterfield in Scardale.Darbia. 19. gr. lon. 54. la. Mer lon. 19. gr. 2. m. 53. gr. 25. m. lat. Speede. Darby vpon the river Darwen, the chiefe towne. In the Peake Workesworke. Ashborne vpon the riuer Doue. Bux­ton, where are hot medicinable springs. The auncient inhabitants were the Coritani of Ptolemy, afterwards the Mercian-Saxons. Here are accompted 8 Market townes, 6 Hundreds, and 106 Parishes.

CHESHIRE.Co. Chestren­sis.

BOunded vpon the West, with the Irish Ocean; vpon the North, with the riuer Mersee from Lancashire; vpon the East, with Darbyshire, and Staffordshire; and vpon the South, with the Dee, Shropshire, and Wales. The countrie is rich in pasturage, and cattaill, well wooded, populous, & full of stoute & auncient gentrie. Townes here are Congleton vpon the riuer Dan,Cestria. 20. gr. 23. m. lon. 53. g. 11. m. lat. Cam. 21. g. 30. m. lo. 53. g. 50. m. lat. Hues. (Condate of Antoninus.) Maclesfeld. Knottesford. Stock­port, or Stockfort vpon the Mersee. Nantwich vpon the Wever. North­wich vpon the same riuer. Betwixt these vpon the Croc Middlewich. In the three last plenty of Sault is boiled from Sault-springs. Chester (Deunana of Ptolemy, and Deva of Antoninus, the Mansion some­times [Page 20] of the twentith Roman Legion, surnamed Victrix,) a Bishops See, and the chiefe towne, vpon the riuer Dee. Towards the North­west lyeth Wirall, a long Chersonese, or Promontorie, sandy, and lesse fruitefull, environed with the Ocean, and the wide channels of the Dee, and Mersee. The auncient inhabitants were the Cornavii Cornavij. of Pto­lemy, afterwards the Mercian Saxons. It contayneth 13 Market towns, 7 Hundreds, & 68 Parishes.

STAFFORD-SHIRE.Com. Staffor­diensis.

BOunded vpon the North, & East, with Darbyshire, and Warwickshire; vpon the South, with Worcestershire; & vpon the West, with Cheshire, and Shropshire. Moreland, or the North is leane, hilly, and mountainous, the beginning of the English Apennine. Towards the South, and in the middle about the Trent the soile is more fertile, shaded with woods (the chiefe whereof are Canc, & Neede-wood,) and well stored with mine­ralls of Coale, Iron, & fine Alablaster. Townes here are vpon the Trent New-castle. Stone, the place of Martyrdome of Vulfaldus, and Rufinus, put to death for their Christian profession by their vnnaturall father, Wulferus king of the Mercians, occasioning the towne. Burton. Lich­field Lichfeldia. 21. g. 20. m. lo. 52. g. 42. m. lat. Cam. (Liccidfeld of Beda) vpon both sides of a lake, or meare, the head of a small riuer issuing into the Trent; a Bishops See, the first of the Mercians, fixed here by St Ceadda, or Chad in the yeare 669, and raigne of king VVulferus. Close by stood Etocetum of Antonmus. The carkase, or dead ruines hereof are called the Wall, a small hamlet vpon the Roman militarie roade. Stafford Staffordia. naming the countrey, vpon the river Sow. Not farre of where is Penkridge (a countrie village vp­on on the riuer Penck aboue the confluence hereof, and the Sow) stood Pennocrucium of Antoninus. Eccleshall. VVolverhamton. VVashall. Tam­worth vpon the riuer Tame, in both shires of Staffordshire, and VVar­wickshire. Vtcester vpon the Doue. The shire contayneth 13 Market townes, 5 Hundreds, and 130 Parishes. The auncient inhabitants were the Cornavii of Ptolemy, afterwards the Angli Mediterranei Angli Mediter­ranei, par [...] Merciorun. of Beda, part of the Mercian Saxons.

WARWICKESHIRE.Com. Warwi­censis.

BOunded vpon the South, with Glocestershire, and Oxfordshire; vpon the East, with Northamptonshire, and Leicestershire; vpon the North, with Staffordshire; and vpon the VVest, with VVorcestershire. It is di­stinguished into the VVoodland, the part vpon the North of the Avon; and the Feldon, lying vpon the South of the riuer, a champiah, deepe, and fat soile. The sheepe of this countrey (especially of the Feldon) are great devourers, eating vp villages, & frame-houses, and consu­ming, or driuing out their inhabitants, a common misery of the king­dome. Townes in the VVood-land are Sutton-Colfeild neere Stafford­shire. Bremicham, inhabited with Black-smiths, forging sundry kinds of iron-vtensils. Coleshull. Non-Eaton. Mancester (a smale village vp­on [Page 21] the riuer Anker) Manduessedum of Antoninus.Coventria. 25. g. 52. m. lon. 52. g. 25. m. Lat. Camd. Coventry vpon a small rivulet, named Shirburn, the chiefe towne, and with Lichfield a Bishops See. To the South-west vpon a lake amongst woods stan­deth the large, faire, and strong castle of Kenelworth. Henly vpon the Alne. Aulcester at the meeting of the riuers Alne, and Arrow. Vpon the Avon Rugby. Warwicus. Warwick, naming the country (Praesidium of Antoni­nus, and the Notitia, the station then of a troupe of Dalmatian horse.) Stratford vpon the same riuer. In the Feldon Southam. Kineton. Ship­ston vpon the Stour. Here are contayned 15 Market-townes, 9 Hun­dreds, and 158 Parishes. The auncient inhabitants were the Cornavii of Ptolemy, afterwards the Mercian Saxons.

WORCESTER-SHIRE.Com. Wigorni­ensis.

BOunded vpon the South, with Glocestershire; vpon the East, with Warwickshire; vpon the North, with Staffordshire; and vpon the West, with Shropshire, and with Malverne hills from Herefordshire. The aire is healthfull; the soile fruitfull (amongst other profits yeel­ding store of Pirry, a raw, and windy beverage;) in the middle, and to the North more close, and wooddy; towards the South, and the riuer Avon descending in a fat, and open valley. Townes here are Kidderminster vpon the Stour. VVich vpon the Salwarp, enriched with Sault-springs, whereof plenty of fine sault is boiled. Vpon the right shore of the Severne Beaudley, adjoyning to the Forest of Wyre. Vpon the left shore,Wigornia. 21. g. 52. m. lo. 52. g. 12. m. larit. Camd. and on this side of the riuer Worcester (Brannogenium of Ptole­my, misplaced by my Authour amongst the Ordovices) a Bishops See, and the chiefe towne. In the vale, and vpon the Avon Eveshom. The auncient inhabitants were on this side of the Severne the Cornavii of Ptolemy;Cornavij, & Si­lures. beyond, part of the Silures, and Ordovices of the same au­thour,Wiccij, pars Merciorum. afterwards the VViccii of Beda, part of the Mercian Saxons. It contayneth 10 Market-townes, 7 Hundreds, and 152 Parishes.

SHROP-SHIRE.Com. Salopi­ensis.

DEvided with the Severne, and bounded vpon the East, with Wor­cester-shire, & Staffordshire; vpon the North, with Cheshire; vpon the VVest, with Denbighshire, and Mongomery-shire in Wales; and vpon the South, with Hereford-shire. The countrey is large, pleasant, fruitfull, and very populous. Townes of better note are VVhitechurch. Oswestre, named thus, and occasioned from Oswald, the second most Christian king of Northumberland, slaine here in a blooddy battaile by Penda, king of the Mercians, reputed a Saint, & Martyr by the people of that devouter age, honouring the place with their frequent pilgrimages. Draiton vpon the Terne.Salopia. 20. gr. 37. m. lo. 52. gr. 53. m. lat. Cam. Newport. Shrewsbury vpon a hil almost encom­passed with the Severne, a rich empory, and the chiefe towne. Below, Wroxcester (a meane village at the meeting of the Severne, and the Terne) Viroconium of Ptolemy, and Vriconium of Antoninus, a citie of the Cornavij. Over Wreken hill towards New-port Oken-yate (a­other [Page 22] country village) Vxacama of Antoninus. Bridgemorfe, or Bridge­north vpon a rocke, vnder which runneth the Severne, and adioyning to the forrest of Morfe. Wenlock. Bishops-castle, neare vnto the head of the river Clune. Ludlow at the confluence of the riuers Temd, and Corue, the seate of the Councell of the Marches. Aboue, at the mee­ting of the Temd, and Clune riseth the hill, named Caer Caradoc by the Welsh, fortified with a wall of stone, and for the time defended by Caractacus king of the Britons against P. Ostorius Scapula, Lieftenant of the Roman province for the Emperour Claudius, mentioned by Ta­citus in the 12 booke of his Annals. Some reliques of that rude de­fence are yet appearing. The auncient inhabitants were parts of the Cornavij and Orduices of Ptolemy,Cornavij, & Ordovices. the Ordovices of Tacitus; afterwards the Mercian Saxons. Heere are contained 14 Market Townes, 15 hun­dreds, and 170 parishes.

HEREFORD-SHIRE.Com. Herefor­diae.

BOunded vpon the North with Shropshire; vpon the East with Wor­cestershire, and Glocestershire; vpon the South with Monmouthshire; & vpon the West with Brecknockeshire, and Radnorshire. The aire is pure, and healthy; the country pleasant, watered with sundry sweet, & fresh rivers, (the chiefest whereof are the Wye, Lug, & Munow) descending from the Welsh Mountaines; the soile most fruitfull; the people stout, free, and giuen to hospitality. Townes are Lemster vpon the river Lug, commended for wools, the best of the kingdome. Brameyard in a bot­tome vpon the riuer Frome. Ledbury vnder Malverne hils vpon the Ledden.Herefordia. 20 g. 24. m. lon. 52. g. 6 m. lat. Camd. Hereford in a plaine vpon the Wye, a Bishops See, and the chiefe towne; raised (as it is thought) out of the ashes, and named thus from Ariconium of Antoninus, whose ruines are yet seene, where are Kenchester wals, distant about three miles Westward from the ci­ty. The Cathedrall Church is dedicated to S. Ethelbert, a king of the East-Angles, murthered at Sutton vpon the Lug (the Court then of Offa king of the Mercians) thorough the ambition, and treason of Quendreda, Queene to Offa; honoured afterwards as a Sainct, and Martyr. Rosse vpon the same riuer. The Old Town (a small village vpon the Munow) Blestium of Antoninus. The auncient inhabitants were the Silyres of Ptolemy, or the Silures Silures. of Antoninus. It containeth 8 market townes, 11 hundreds, and 176 parishes.

These 23 Shires,Flavia Caesari­ensis. inclusiuely from Glocestershire, seeme to haue con­tained more aunciently the Roman Province, named Flavia Caesariensis by Rufus Festus, and the Notitia, with part of Britannia secunda of the same Authours; divided amongst 6 more great, and potent. British peo­ple, the Dobuni, Cattieuchlani, Trinobantes, Iceni, Coritani, and Cornavij of Ptolemy and others, with part of the Silures, and Ordovices. During the Saxons Heptarchy they comprehended the three kingdomes. Regn Orien­talium Saxo­num. 2 Orien­talium Anglo­rum. 3 Mercior▪ 1 of the East-Saxons. 2 the East. Angles. 3 and the Mercians. They make now the 2 Quart, or division formerly mentioned, extended about 160 English miles in length betwixt East, and West, and in breadth betwixt North [Page 23] and South some 130 of the same miles, and bounded vpon the East with the German Ocean; and from the rest of England vpon the South with the riuer Thames, and the Avon by Bristoll; vpon the North with Humber, and the riuer Mersee; and vpon the West with Offaes Ditch, and part of the Wye from Wales.

MONMOVTH-SHIRE.Com. Monu­methensis, & Regio Venta­na.

BOunded vpon the North with the riuer Munow from Hereford­shire; vpon the East with the Wye from Glocestershire; vpon the South with the Sea of Severne; and vpon the West with the Remney from Glamorganshire. The parts towards the East, and Wye, are graffie, and full of woods; those toward the West stony, and somewhat moun­tainous; the Sea-coasts where the Vske falleth into the Severne, low, moorish,Munmouth. lon 17. g. 36. m. lat. 52. g. 8. m. Speede. and subject to invndations. Places of more note are Mun­mouth at the confluence of the Wye, and Munow, the chiefe towne; ho­noured with the birth of Henry the fift, the glorious Conquerour of France.Chepstow. 18 long. 53. lat. Mercat. Chepstow vpon the Wye neere vnto the fall thereof into the Se­verne. Westwards from hence is seene Caer Went, the carkase of an old Roman city, named Venta of the Silures by Antoninus. Aber-ge­venny, or Aber-genny (Gobannium of Antoninus) at the meetings of the Gevenye, and the Vske. Vske (named thus from the riuer,) Burri­um of Antoninus. Caer-Leon vpon the same riuer of Vske, (Isca Silurum of Antoninus, the Mansion of the second Romane Legion, surnamed Augusta.) Newport vpon the same riuer neerer to the Severne. The in­habitants are part of the Silyres of Ptolemy,Silures. the Silures of Tacitus. It is divided into 6 Hundreds, wherein are contained 6 Market townes, and 127 parishes. It is not accompted amongst the Welsh shires.

GLAMORGAN-SHIRE.Glamorgan Comitatus.

BOunded vpon the East with the river Remneye from Monmouth­shire; vpon the South with the Sea of Severne; vpon the West with the Loghor from Caermarthenshire; and vpon the North with Breck­nockeshire. The North, and more inland parts are mountainous, & hilly; the Sea-coasts more plaine, fruitful, populous, and well replenished with townes.Caerdif. lon. 16. g. 52. m. lat. 51. g. 49. m. Speede. These of better note are Landaff vpon the riuer Taff, a Bishops See. Caerdif vpon the same river, the chiefe towne. Cowbridge. Not far from hence vpon the sea-coast is Boverton (Bovium of Antoninus.) Neath vpon the riuer so called,Cowbridge. lon. 17. lat. 52. Merca. (Nidum of Antoninus.) Swansey, or A­ber-taw, at the mouth of the riuer Taw in Gower, the part of this coun­try betwixt the rivers Neath, and Loghor. Further to the West stan­deth Loghar vpon the riuer thus named, (Leucarum of Antoninus.) The inhabitants are the Silures of Tacitus. Here are contained 6 Mar­ket townes, 10 Hundreds, and 118 parishes,

BRECKNOCK-SHIRE.Brechinia.

BOunded vpon the East, with Herefordshire; vpon the South, with Monmouthshire, and Glamorganshire; vpon the West, with Caermar­then-shire; and vpon the North, with the riuer of Wye from Radnorshire. The countrey is mountainous; in the valleyes not vnfruitfull. Places of more note are Brecknocke vpon the riuer Vske,Brecknock. 17. lo. 53. la. Merc. lon. 16. gr. 32. m. lat. 52. g. 21. m. Speede. the chiefe towne. Vpon the VVye Buelth (Bulleum of Antoninus,) naming the bordering mountainous region. Hay vpon the same riuer. The inhabitants are part of the Silures of Tacitus. The Shire contayneth 6 Hundreds, 3 Market townes, and 61 parishes.

RADNOR-SHIRE.Com. Radno­riae.

BOunded vpon the North with Mongomerieshire; vpon the East, with Hereford-shire; vpon the South, with the riuer Wye from Breck­nock-shire; and vpon the VVest, with Cardiganshire. The parts to­wards Cardiganshire, & the VVest are altogether taken vp with rocky, asperous, & desert mountaines, strong refuges of Outlawes and of Vortigerne king of the Britons, pursued by the all conquering En­glish, and the feare, and hate of his owne subiects. Those to the South, and East are lesse vnfruitfull, and better inhabited. Townes here are New-Radnor, Radnor. lo. 17. g. 1. m. lat. 52. g. 45. m. Speede. the chiefe towne, distinguished thus from the Old, not vnprobably Magni of Antoninus, and Magi of the Notitia, the stati­on of a foote company of the Pacenses. Prestaine vpon the riuer Lug. Knighton. The inhabitants are part of the Silures. It contayneth 6 Hundreds, 4. Market-townes, and onely 52 Parishes.

CARMARDEN-SHIRE.Com. Maridu­nensis.

BOunded vpon the North, with the riuer Tyvi from Cardiganshire; vpon the East, with Brecknockshire, and the riuer Loghor from Gla­morganshire; vpon the South, with the Sea of Severne; & vpon the VVest, with Penbrokeshire. The country is hilly; the soile not vnfruitfull. Townes here are Caermarden vpon the riuer Tovy,Maridunum. 16. g. lo. 53. gr. lat. Merc. lo. 18. g. 30. m. lat. 52. grad. 15. m. Speede. the chiefe towne (Maridunum of Ptolemy.) Higher vpon the top of a hill, vnder which runneth the Tovy, standeth Dineuour-castle, the seate sometimes of the princes of South-wales. New-castle vpon the Tyui, and the edge of Cardiganshire (coniecturally Louentinum of Ptolemy.) Kidwelly vpon the Ocean. The inhabitants are part of the Demetae Demetae. of Ptolemy. The whole contayneth 6 Market-towne, 6 Hundreds, & 87 Parishes.

PENBROKE-SHIRE.Com. Penbro­chiae.

BOunded vpon the East, with Caermardenshire; vpon the North, with the riuer Tyvi from Cardiganshire, and vpon the other sides encom­passed with the Ocean. The countrey is lesse hilly; the soile fruitfull; [Page 25] cut, and deuided in the middle with the riuers Cledhydhy, and Cledhe­wen, & Milford haven, whereinto these are disburdened, distinguished into sundry creekes, bayes, & roades for ships, the most safe, & and spacious harbour of the kingdome. Vpon the VVest of the bay lyeth a Promontorie, or Chersonese, named Ros by the Britons, and other­wise from the speech litle England beyond VVales, inhabited by a colony of the Dutch, or Flemmings, planted here by king Henrie the first, an industrious, stout, and valiant people, exercised in continuall armes against the neighbouring VVelsh, & alwayes most faithfull, & loyall to the English, retayning yet their language. Townes here are Tenby seated vpon a rocke ouerlooking the Ocean, a walled towne, & a neate, & well traded empory. Penbroke vpon a creeke of Milford ha­ven, the chief towne. Harford-west vpon the Cledhewen, or the more Westerne Gledawh in Ros, or litle England beyond Wales. Beyond, vpon a bleeke, and open Promontorie (the Promontorie of the O­ctopitae of Ptolemie) St Davids (more aunciently called Menew by the Welsh,Meneva, & Fa­num S. Davidis. 20. g. lon. 52. la. Hues.) a Bishops See, brought hither from Caer Leon in the raigne of king Arthur by St David, since naming the place. Fishgard, or Abergwain of the Welsh in the Baronny of Keimes, and at the mouth of the riuer Gwain. New-port vpon the Neuern. Kilgarran vpon the Tyvi, and the edge of Cardiganshire. The inhabitants are part of the Demetae of Ptolemy. It contayneth 5 Market-townes, 7 Hundreds, & 145 Parishes.

CARDIGAN-SHIRE.Ceretica.

BOunded vpon the East, with Radnorshire; vpon the South, with the riuer Tyvi from Penbrokeshire; vpon the West, with the Irish Ocean; and vpon the North, with Mongomery-shire, and Merionith-shire. The countrie is plaine towards the Ocean, & the riuer Tyvi; towards the East, and North hilly, and mountainous. In the borders betwixt this and Montgomerieshire riseth the great hill Plinlimon, whence issue out the riuers Wye, and Severne. Townes here are vpon the Tyvi Tregaron. Llan-Beder. Cardigan, or Aber-tyvi of the Welsh, neere vnto the fall of the riuer Tyvi,Cardigan. 15. g. lon. 53. g. lat. Mero. lon. 15. g. 10. la. 52. gr. 33. m. Speede. the chiefe towne. Aber-y-stwith at the mouth of the riuers Y-stwith, & Ridol, descending from the mountaine Plin­limon. The inhabitants are the Demetae of Ptolemy. It contayneth 4 Market-townes, 5 Hundreds, & 64 Parishes.

MONT-GOMERY-SHIRE.Mountgomery Com.

BOunded vpon the South, with Radnorshire, & the mountaine Plin­limon from Cardiganshire; vpon the East, with Shropshire; vpon the North, with Denbighshire; and vpon the West, with Merionith-shire. The countrie is mountainous; the soile fruitfull in the bottomes. In the West hereof out of the great mountaine Plimlimon ariseth the Severne. Townes of more note are Machleneth, not vnprobably Maglona of the Notitia, the station of a foote company of the Solenses. Llan-Vethlin, [Page 26] probably Mediolanium of Ptolemy, and Antoninus. Vpon the Se­verne Llanidlos neere vnto the head of the riuer. Tre-newith, or the New-towne. Trellin, or the Welsh-poole. Betwixt this, and Llan-vethlin is Mathraval, sometimes the seate of the Princes of Powis. Vpon the hither side of the riuer,Montgomerye lon. 17. g. la. 53 g. Speede. Montgomery, the chiefe towne, founded by Bauldwin Warden of the Marches in the raigne of the Conquerour, and afterwards named thus from Roger of Montgomerie Earle of Shrewesburie in the same raigne, whose it was. The inhabitants are part of the Orduices of Ptolemy,Ordovices. & Ordovices of Tacitus. The Shire re­tayneth yet amongst the Welsh the accompt, & name of Powys, devi­ded into 7 Hundreds, contayning 6 Market townes, & 47 Parishes.

MERIONITH-SHIRE.Mervinia.

BOunded vpon the West; with the Irish Ocean; vpon the South, with the riuer Dovy from Cardiganshire; vpon the East, with Montgo­mery-shire; and vpon the North, with Caernarvon-shire. The countrey is wholy ouergrowne with thicke, asperous, & high mountaines, af­fording good pasturage for sheepe, & beeues, but litle corne; steepe, rocky, and vnapt for tillage. The townes are few, and those verie meane.Harlech. 16. gr. lo. 54. la. Merc. lo. 15 gr. 47. m. lat. 53. g. 29. m. Speede. Places of more note are Harlech a strong castle, mounted vpon a steepe rocke, nere to the Ocean, the place of Assises, and the chiefe Market of the Mountainers. Dolegethel in a valley vpon the riuer A­von. Bala at what place the Dee issueth out of Lhin-tegid, or Pimble­meare. The inhabitants are part of the Ordovices of Tacitus. It contai­neth 6 Hundreds, devided amongst 37 Parishes.

CAERNARVON-SHIRE.Arvonia.

BOunded vpon the South, with Merionith-shire; vpon the East, with the Conwey from Denbigh-shire, and vpon the North, & West, with the Ocean, and the Menai (an arme of the Irish seas) from Anglesey. The Sea-coasts are more plaine, populous, & fruitfull for corne; more especially the great Promontorie, named Langanum by Ptolemy, and now Lhein by the Welsh. The inland swelleth with precipitious, high, and inaccessable mountaines (the greatest whereof is Snowdon in the middle, & ouertopping the rest,) good pasturages, & strong shelters sometimes of the Welsh, ouermatched with the greater power of the English. Chiefer townes are Pullhelie vpon the Ocean, and the Pro­montorie now mentioned Newin vpon the further side of the Pro­montorie.Caer-narvon. 15. g. lo. 54. g la. Merc. lo. 15. gr. 50. m. lat. 53. g. 50. m. Speede. Caernarvon the best towne, seated vpon the Menai, & foun­ded by king Edward the first. Close by, where is Caer Seont, stood Segoncium of Antoninus. Bangor vpon the same branch of the Ocean, a Bishops See. Aber-Conwey at the mouth of the riuer Conwey, built by Edward the first. Further vp, where is Caer-hean a small village vpon the Conwey, stood Conouium of Antoninus. The inhabitants are the Ordovices of Tacitus. The Shire containeth 5 Market-townes, & 68 Parishes.

ANGLESEY.

IT is an iland (Mona of Tacitus,Mona Taciti Annal. lib. 14. the seate of the British Druides) en­compassed vpon three sides with the Irish-Ocean; and by the Menai deuided from Caernaruonshire, and the Continent of England. The countrey seemeth dry, & stonie, yet the soile is most fruitfull, the mo­ther of Wales in Giraldus Cambrensis, extended some 20 miles in length betwixt East, & West, and about 17 in breadth. Townes of more note are Beau-marish in a flat vpon the Menai,Beau-marish. lon. 15. g. 45. m. lat. 54. g. Speed. the chiefe towne, founded by king Edward the first. Newburg. More Westward vpon the Ocean is Aber-fraw, the royall seate sometimes of the kings of Guy­nedh, or North-wales; and Holy Head, or Caer Guby of the VVelsh, the religious recesse of St Guby, or Kibius, a scholler of St Hilary Bishop of Poictou, a noted Promontorie, & passage into Ireland. The inhabi­tants are part of the Ordovices of Tacitus. It contayneth onely 2 Mar­ket townes, 6 Hundreds, & 74 parishes.

DENBIGHSHIRE.Denbigh. Co.

BOunded vpon the West, with the riuer Conwey from Caernarvonshire; vpon the South, with Merionithshire, and Mont-gomery-shire; vpon the East, with Shropshire, and the riuer Dee from Cheshire; and vpon the North, with Flint-shire, and the Irish Ocean. The West is cold, hungrie, mountainous, & ill inhabited, as likewise are Chirke, and Yale towards the East, and South. In the middle for 17 miles in length, and about 5 in breadth, where lyeth Strat Cluid, or the valley of the riuer Cluid, the countrey is pleasant, sweete, healthy, and most fruitfull. The like affe­cted is Bromfeld vpon the Dee towards Cheshire, amongst other pro­fits rich in mines of lead.Denbigh. 17. g. lo. 54. g. la. Mer. lo. 16. g. 45. m. lat. 53. g. 49. m. Speede. Places of better note are Denbigh the chiefe towne. In Strat-Cluid Ruthin vpon the riuer Cluid. In Bromfeld Wrexham. Holt Castle vpon the riuer Dee, and the edge of Cheshire. The inhabitants are the Ordovices of Tacitus. The whole contayneth 3 Market townes, 12 Hundreds, & 57 parishes.

FLINT-SHIRE.Flintensis. Co.

BOunded vpon the South, aud West, with Denbighshire; vpon the East, with Cheshire, and vpon the North, with the mouth of the ri­uer Dee. The countrey is somewhat [...]illy, but no where moun­tainous; fruitfull, more especially towards the Ocean, or Dee. Places of more note are St Asaph, or Llan-Elwy of the VVelsh, at the conflu­ence of the riuer Elwy, and the Cluid, a Bishops See, named thus from St Asaph, the second Bishop. Not farre off, where is Bod-vary in the confines of this, and Denbighshire, stood Varis of Antoninus. Ruth­lan vpon the Cluid.Flint. 17. g. lon. 55. g. lat. Merc. lon. 17. g. la. 53. g. 55. m. Speed. Basingwerk at the mouth of the Dee. Here begun the Ditch of Offa before mentioned. Close by is Haly-well, or the fa­mous well of St VVinnifrid. Flint vpon the Dee, naming the Coun­tye. [Page 28] In the English Mailor (a part of the Shire severed from the rest by the comming betwixt of Cheshire, and Denbigh-shire) are seene yet some ruines of Bonium of Antoninus, turned afterwards to a Monaste­ry, and named Bancornaburg by Beda, and Banchor by Malmes­buriensis, the first of the Britons; flourishing before the English in­vasion, & containing 7 greater divisions, whereof each had at the least 300 persons, liuing without revenue with the labour of their hands. Some fragments hereof now remaining are named Port Hoghan, and Port Cleis by the Welsh, lying vpon both sides of the Dee, and some mile asunder. The inhabitants are part of the Ordovices of Tacitus. It containeth 5 Hundreds, and onely 1 market towne, and 28 parishes.

These 13 Shires with Herefordshire, and the parts of Shropshire, Wor­cestershire, and Glocestershire within the Severne, more aunciently seeme to haue contained the Roman Provence, named Britannia secunda Britannia Se­cunda. by Ru­fus Festus, and the Authour of the Notitia; diuided amongst three stout and renowned British people, the Silures, Demetae, and Ordovices, vnconquerable through their valour, or the advantage of their moun­taines, and kept in awe by two Roman Legions, continually attending their motions, the Second Legion, surnamed Augusta, residing at Isca Silurum, now Caer Leon in Monmouthshire, and the Twentieth Legion, surnamed Victrix, at Deva, or Chester. The Romans being with-drawn into the Continent, and the Monarchy of the Britons lastly extingui­shed in Cadwallader, about the yeare 870 vnder Roderique the Great, they broke into 3 greater names, or divisions, which the Welshmen call kingdomes. 1Venedotia. of Guynedh, bounded with the Ocean, the Dee, and the Dovy, and comprehending now Anglesey, Merionithshire, and Caer­narvonshire,Powisia. with parts of Denbighshire, and Flintshire. 2 Powysland, divided into Powys Vadoc, and Powys Wenwynwin, and containing Shrop­shire within the Severne, Montgomery-shire, and Radnor-shire, with the rest of Merionithshire,Demetia. Flintshire, and Denbighshire. 3 and of De­heubarth, bounded with the Ocean, the sea of Severne, and the riuers of Dovy, and Wye from Guynedh, and Powys, and containing Gla­morganshire, Monmouthshire, Caermardenshire, Penbrokeshire, Breck­nockshire, and Cardiganshire, after long warres subdued by William Rufus, & the succeeding English Monarchs, & these distinctions abo­lished, incorporated into the vnion, & name of England. They now take vp all the Westerne part of the kingdome, and make the third Quart, or Division, Walli [...]. which we call Wales; distinguished into South-Wales, con­taining the 7 first Shires, whereof Caermardenshire, Penbrokeshire, and Cardiganshire are otherwise named, & accompted West-Wales; & North-Wales containing the six last shires, bounded with the Irish Ocean, and with the sea of Severne, the Dee, Wye, and Offaes-Ditch from the rest of England, and extended about 100 miles in length betwixt North, and South, and some 60 in breadth.

LANCASHIRE.Lancastrensis Com.

BOunded vpon the South with the riuer of Mersee from Cheshires; vpon the VVest with the Irish Ocean; vpon the North with the river Duden from Cumberland; and vpon the East with VVinander-meere from VVestmoreland, and with Mountaines from Yorkeshire. The country is large, populous, and well woodded, the aire healthy, but sharpe, and moists the soile fruitfull (where are not hils, and mosses,) much helped by marle, and the great industry of the inhabitants, yet more com­mendable for pasturage, & a large and kindly breed of beeves, & oxen. Townes here are VVarrington vpon the Mersee. Further downe Lether­poole, or Lirpole a noted passage into Ireland. Ormeskirk, neighbouring whereunto is Latham, a large, & magnificent house of the Earles of Darbye. VViggin. Bolton. Vpon the riuer Irwell Bury. Manchester (Man­cunium of Antoninus. Rochdale vnder Blackstone-edge, & the moun­taines of Yorkeshire. Blakeborne vpon the riuer Darwen. Vpon the Ribble VVhaley vnder Pendle-hill, the highest of the English Apen­nine. Preston. Betwixt these vpon the same river is Ribble-chester, Rhi­godunum,Lancastria. 20. g. 48. m. lon. 54 g. 5. min. lat. Camd, or Ribodunum of Ptolemy, a city of the Brigantes. Lancaster vpon the river Lune, the shire towne (Longovicus of the Notitia, the station of a foote company named from the place the Longovicarij.) Higher vpon the same river Ouer-Burrow (a meane village) thought to be Bremetonacum of Antoninus. Vlverston in Fournesse, a rocky, and mountainous country betwixt the Sands by Lancaster, and Cumber­land.Briganres. The more auncient inhabitants were the Brigantes of Ptolemy,Deiri, pars afterwards the Deiri of Beda,Nordan-Hum­brorum, part of the Northumbrian Saxons, or English. Fournesse, or the division beyond the Sands seemeth otherwise to haue beene a part of the kingdome of Cumberland, inhabited by a re­mainder of the Britons after the English conquests, and invasion. The shire containeth 15 market townes, and only 6 Hundreds, and 36 pari­shes, but those spacious, and very populous.

YORKE-SHIRE.Eboracensis Com.

BOunded vpon the West with Mountaines from Lancashire, and VVest-moreland (parts of the English Apennine;) vpon the South with Cheshire, Darbyshire, Nottinghamshire, and Humber from Lincolneshire; vpon the East with the German Ocean, and vpon the North with the ri­ver Tees from the Bishoprick of Durham. The country is large, popu­lous, and well watered with great and faire riuers, (the Dun, Calder, Are, VVharfe, Nid, Ouse, Swale, and Derwent) descending from the hils, & by the wider channell of the Ouse emptied into Humber. The soile is diverse. It containeth three greater divisions, in extent, and number of inhabitants scarse inferiour to the best Shires. 1 the VVest-Riding. 2 the East-Riding. 3 the North-Riding.

THE WEST-RIDING OF YORKE-SHIRE.

BOunded vpon the West, with the English Apennine, & Lancashire; vpon the South, with Cheshire, Darbyshire, & Nottinghamshire; and vpon the East, & North, with the riuers Ouse, and Derwent from the East, and North-Ridings. The VVesterne parts are hilly, and more bar­ren; but which defects are more then recompensed by the great indu­stry of a stout, and painefull inhabitant, exercising cloathing, and o­ther gainefull trades, & manufactures. The soile towards the East is a­bundantly fruitfull, especially Marshland (encompassed with the Dun, Are, Ouse, and Trent,) a deepe, & fat country, but moorish, and subiect to invndations, defended by bankes from the ouer-flowings of the Ouse, and the waters of Dich marsh in Winter. Chiefer townes are vpon the Dun Sheafield in Hallom-shire (as are sundrie neighbouring villages) inhabited by Cutlers, Smiths, & Hard-ware-men. Rotheram. Dancaster (Danum of the Notitia, the station of a troupe of horse of the Crispiniani.) Halifax. Wakefeld vpon the Calder: rich townes of cloathing. Betwixt these vpon the top of a steepe hill neere vnto the towne of Almondburie, and the Calder the ruines are yet showne of Camulodunum of Ptolemy, and Antoninus, a towne of the Brigan­tes. Skipton amongst hils neere vnto the Are, the best towne of Cra­ven, a stony, & mountainous region in the English Apennine, borde­ring vpon Lancashire. Leedes vpon the Are [...] Below, where is Castle­ford at the confluence of the Are, and Calder, stood Legeolium of Antoninus. Pontfreit defended with a beautifull, and strong castle, a royall honour of the kings. Sherborn. Beyond is Towton, Englands Pharsalia, fatted with the blood of aboue 35000 of her natiues, slaine at one battaile of both factions of Yorke, and Lancaster. Vpon the VVherf Wetherby in the Roman military roade. Aboue is Inckley, O­licana of Ptolemy. Tadcaster (Calcaria of Antoninus) vpon the same riuer. Knasborrow a towne, and castle, mounted vpon a steepe rocke, vnder which runneth the riuer Nid. Rippon at the confluence of the Vre, and Skell. Neere herevnto, where is Ald-borough, stood Isuri­um of Ptolemy,E [...]racum. 22, g. 25. m. lon. 54. gr. 10. mi. latit, Camd. lon. 23. g. 30 m la 54. g. 30. m. Hues. and Antoninus, a city of the Brigantes. Yorke (Ebo­racum of the same Authours, a Municipium of the Romans, the Man­sion of their sixt Legion, surnamed Victrix, and the seate of their Em­perours during the time of their abode in the Iland, attending the warres of the Picts, & Caledonians, famous for the death, and fune­rall exequies of the Emperours Severus, & Constantius, and the hap­pie inauguration of Constantine the Great, son to Constantius, here beginning his raigne ouer the Roman, and Christian world) now a Metropolitane sea, and the second city of the kingdome, the seate of the President, and Councell of the North; standing in a plaine vpon both sides of the Ouse, populous, and well traded with Merchands thorough the commodity of the riuer, round, spacious within the walls, and thick builded. In the large, and beautifull Cathedrall Church of S. Peter, begun (although not with that state, hauing beene [Page 31] sundry times rebuilt) by Edwin, & St Oswald, the first Christian kings of Northumberland, is seene amongst other more costly monuments the tombe, & epitaphe of Brian Higden, sometimes Deane hereof, whom with all due thankefulnes I remember, vnder God the foun­der of those meanes, whereby I haue beene enabled to those, & other studies. West of the city lie Ackham hils, the place where the Exe­quies of the Emperour Severus were celebrated, raysed vpon that oc­casion. Selbye further downe vpon the Ouse amongst woods, & mari­shes, the Birth place of Henrie the first, sonne to the Conquerour, the first English Norman king.

THE EAST-RIDING.

BOunded vpon the South, & East, with Humber, & the German Ocean; and with the riuer Derwent from the West, & North-Ridings. The parts along the Derwent, and towards the Ocean are low, and fat soiles; chiefly Holdernes, a long Chersonese (the Promontorie Ocellum of Ptolemy,) enclosed with the sea, Humber, and the riuer of Hull. Betwixt these riseth Yorkes-would, high, and grassie downes, good arable, and pasturage for sheepe. Townes of more note are Howden vpon the Ouse neere vnto the fall thereof into Humber. Vpon the Derwent Auldby (Derventio of the Notitia, the station of a foote company named from hence the Derventionenses.) Vnder the Woulds Pocklington. Wighton (Delgovitia of Antoninus.) Close by vpon the hils standeth God-manham (Gotmundin-gaham of Beda) a place, or temple of idolatrous worship vnder the Pagan Saxons, burnt downe, and de­stroyed by Coifi, chiefe Priest of the Idols, converted to Christianity by Paulinus, the first Arch-bishop of Yorke. Behind the Woulds vpon the riuer of Hull Beverley, the Cell, or religious recesse of Saint Iohn, sometimes Arch-bishop of Yorke, deceasing in the yeare 721, cano­nized a Saint,Hull. 25. g 20. m. lon. 53. g. 40. m. lat. Hues. and here enshrined; occasioning the towne. Kingston vp­on Hull, seated in a flat at the fall of the riuer into Humber; a walled town, and the chiefe port of these parts, defended with rampires, bul­warkes, & sundry block-houses, or castles. In Holdernes Headon vpon Humber. Patrington (Praetorium of Antoninus.) Beyond lyeth the Spurne head, the furthest point of the Promontorie Ocellum of Pto­lemy, of late yeares, and in our memorie broken off, and devided from the Continent, & made an Iland. Bridlington vpon the German Ocean. Hard by is Flamborough head;Flamborough head. Long. 25. g. 20. m. lat. 54. g. Hues. a large, & noted Promontory. The sea lying vnder the Lee hereof to the South seemeth to haue beene the Bay, or Roade, named of the Gabrantovici by Ptolemy.

THE NORTH-RIDING.

BOunded vpon the South, with the riuers Derwent, & Ouse from the North, and East-Ridings; vpon the East, with the German Ocean; vpon the North, with the riuer Tees from the Bishoprick of Durham; and vp­on the West, with hills from Westmoreland; rocky, and mountainous in [Page 32] the extreame parts towards Westmoreland, and the sea; in the middle plaine, and more fruitfull, contayning foure chiefe names, or devisi­ons, Blackamore, Cliueland, North-Allerton-shire, & Rich-mondshire. Places of better note are in Blackamore Scarborough, Scarborough. 24. g [...]. 50. m. lo. 54. g▪ 30. m. lat. Hues. a sea-port, defended with a strong castle, on all sides (vnles to the West) environed with high, and precipitious cliffs. The subject Ocean yeeldeth plenty of fishing, neglected by the lesse industrious, & provident English, and occupied by the Dutch, with leaue notwithstanding by auncient cu­stome to be obtayned from the castle. Whitbye. The sea-coasts herea­bouts, as else-where, afford good geate found in the clefts of the rocks. More within the land Pickering. Kirkby-Moreside. Malton vpon the riuer Derwent. In Cliueland Gisburgh, enjoying a most sweete, and pleasant situation. The countrie amongst other profits is plenti­full in Allom, discouered of late yeares. Not farre off is Ounsbery-Topping, a noted sea-marke. Yarum vpon the Tees. Vpon the riuer Wisk, & vnder the hils North-Allerton, naming the Shire, or Devision. In Richmond-shire Catarick (Caturactonium of Ptolemy, & Cataracton of Antoninus) in the Roman militarie roade vpon the riuer Swale. Higher vpon the same riuer Richmond, the chiefe towne of the Devi­sion. Betwixt the Swale, & the Tees Bowes, (Lavatrae of the Notitia, the station of a foote company of the Exploratores, or Sentinells.) Here beginneth Stanemore, a high, & mountainous region, stony, vast, desert, almost fruitles, vnles for cattaill, exposed to continuall windes, and stormes, and affording a slutchie, troublesome, and ill way for travellers. The like, or worse affected are all the Westerne parts here­of, bordering vpon Westmoreland, and Lancashire. In the middle of Stanemore standeth the Rerecrosse, or Reicrosse, the bounder betwixt the two kingdomes of England, & Scotland, (at what time that West­moreland, & Cumberland were Scottish) set vp by the Conquerour.

The whole is devided into 28 Hundreds, containing 46 Market townes, & 563 parishes. The auncient inhabitants were the Brigantes of Tacitus, afterwards the Deiri of Beda, part of the Northumbrian Saxons.

THE BISHOPRICK OF DVRHAM.Dunelmensis Episcopatus.

BOunded vpon the South, with the river Tees from Yorkeshire; vp­pon the East, with the German Ocean; vpon the North, with the Tine, and the Derwent from Northumberland; and vpon the West, with Mores from Westmoreland. The sea-coasts are good ground, and well replenished with townes; the parts towards Westmoreland roc­ky, wast, solitary, and ill inhabited. Places of note are Barnards-Ca­stle vpon the Tees. Darlington. Vpon the Wire Aukland, graced with a palace of the Bishops. Below, Binchester (a small hamlet) Binovium of Ptolemy,Dunelmum. 22. g. long. 54. g. 55. mi. lat. Camd. & Antoninus. Further dowue, Durham vpon a hill, or rising ground almost encompassed with the riuer, a Bishops see, and the cheif towne. Gateshead vpon the Tine, quart of New-castle. Vpon the Oce­an Hartle poole, a noted emporie, and roade for ships. It contayneth 6 [Page 33] Market townes, & 118 parishes. The auncient inhabitants were the Brigantes of Tacitus, afterwards the Bernicij of Beda, part of the North­umbrian Saxons.

WEST-MORE-LAND.Westmoreland, & Westmaria.

BOunded vpon the East, with the Bishoprick of Durham, & Yorke­shire; vpon the South, with Lancashire; and vpon the West, and North, with Cumberland. The countrey is mountainous, seated vpon the height of the English Apennine. The more fruitfull parts are those about Kendall, or the Southerne, encluded betwixt the Lune, & Winandermeere, a deepe, & spacious lake, extended for some 10 miles in length betwixt this countrey, & Fournesse Fels in Lancashire. Places of better, and more memorable note are Ambleside vpon Winander­meere, the carkase of an auncient Roman towne, not vnprobably Amboglanna of the Notitia, the station of the first Cohort, named Aelia of the Daci.Candalia. long. 17. g. 30. m. lat. 55. g. 15. m. Kendall vpon the riuer Can, the chiefe towne, and a rich, populous, and well traded empory. Kirkby Lons-dale vpon the riuer Lune. Burgh vnder Stanemere neere vnto the head of the Eden, (Verterae of Antoninus, and Veterae of the Notitia, the station of a foote company, named the Directores by my Authour.) Vpon the ri­ver Eden Apelby, (Aballaba of the Notitia, the station of a foote com­pany of Moores.) Further downe Whellep-castle, probably Calatum of Ptolemy, and Gallatum of Antoninus. Brougham vpon the same riuer (Brocavum of Antoninus, and Braboniacum of the Notitia.) Here are contayned 4 Market towns, and 26 parishes. The inhabitants are part of the Brigantes of Tacitus, named afterwards the Cumbri.

CVMBERLAND.Cumbria.

BOunded vpon the South, with the riuer Dudden from Fournesse Fells in Lancashire; vpon the West, with the Irish Ocean; vpon the North, with Solway Frith, and the Eske from Galloway, and Annandale in Scot­land; and vpon the East, with Northumberland, and Westmoreland. Cope­land, or the more Southerne parts swell with thicke, asperous, & rough Mountaines, rich in mineralls of Copper, & Lead, from whence like­wise much silver is extracted, & distinguished in their bottomes with sundry faire lakes. The part towards the North is plaine, or rising with grassie downes, amongst other profits affording good pasturage for sheepe. Places of more note are in Copeland, and vpon the Ocean Ra­venglas at the fall of the riuer Eske. The sea-coasts hereabout yeeld good pearle. Beyond the Promontory St Bees (the solitarie recesse sometimes of St Bega, or St Bees an Irish Virgin, and Anchoret,) Moresby (a country village) conjecturally Morbium of the Notitia, the station of a troupe of great horse, amongst other forts, and garri­sons (many of whose tracts are yet seene) defending the shore hereof against the Irish-Scots, the vsuall place of their descent, and invasions in the raigne of the Emperour Honorius, and before their fix'd planta­tion [Page 34] amongst the Picts, or Caledomians beyond the Glota, or Frith of Dun briton. At the mouth of Solway Bulnesse (a small village) Blato­bulgium of Antoninus, the first stage of his British Itineraries. Here begun the Picts wall (Vallum of Antoninus,) continued thorough this Country, and Northumberland by Carlile, Naworth-Castle, Halt [...] ­wesell, Hexham, and New-castle, and ending at Walls-end, a village vpon the Tine short of Tinmouth (whose tract is euery-where most conspicuous, and the wall in some places almost entire,) strengthned with sundry forts and bulwarkes, (named now Castle-steeds by the neighbouring inhabitants,) manned somtimes with Roman garrisons, their best defence against the barbarous Caledonians, and the more certaine bounder Northwards of the British Province, and their Em­pire; first raised of Earth, or Turfe by the Emperour Adrian, repaired by Severus, and lastly more firmely built of stone by the weake, & dis­tressed Britons a little before their English, or Dutch invasion. More within the land Burgh vpon the Sands, fatall to the English by the vn­timely death of the most valiant, and victorious Prince, king Edward the first.Carleolum. 21. g. 31. m. lon. 54. g. 57. m. lat. Camd. Carlile vpon the Eden (Lugwallum of Antoninus, & Lugoba­lia of Beda) a Bishops See, and the chiefe towne. Beyond, the riuer Esk is receiued into the Solway, the most knowne limit of the two king­domes. By the natiues otherwise the Sarke, a rivulet beyond the Eske, is reputed the English border. The part of the country betwixt this, & the Leven (a river vpon this side of the Eske) is named the Batable ground in the language of the inhabitants, as controversed betwixt the two nations, of late yeares possessed by the Grahams, a numerous and potent family of out-lawes, since belonging to the Earles of Cum­berland by the gift of King Iames of happy memory. Brampton vpon the river Irthing, and the Scottish borders, (Bremetenracum of the Notitia, the Station of a troupe of heavy-armed horse.) Higher vpon the Eden Linstock castle, (Olenacum of the Notitia the station of a wing of Horse, named the first Herculea.) Warwic, not vnprobably Vi­rosidum of the same Authour, the station of the sixt Cohort of the Nervians. Penreth vpon the same riuer. Close by is old Penreth the ru­ines of some auncient city, (conjecturally Petrianae of the Notitia, the station of a wing of Horse, from hence named Petriana by my Authour.) More Westwards Ierbye, (Arbeia of the Notitia, the Station of a foot company of the Barcarij Tigrienses.) Cockermouth, at the confluence of the riuer Cockar, and Derwent. Keswick vpon a deep and spacious lake amongst mountaines vnder Skiddaw (a biforced hill, ouer-topping the rest,) enriched with Copper, and Lead-workes. The inhabitants are the Brigantes of Ptolemy, and Tacitus, after the English invasion named otherwise the Kimbri, or Cumbri (a generall appellation of the Britons,) distinguished thus from the Dutch, or Sa­xons of Northumberland, to whose Empire they at length became sub­ject. In the raigne of king Alkfrid with VVestmoreland, and Fournesse in Lancashire (parts likewise of the auncient Cumbri) rebelling against the English, they are made a free estate, knowne by the name of the kingdome of Cumberland, subdued long after by Edmund, Monarch of [Page 35] the English-Saxons, and giuen to Malcol [...]e, and the Scots; recovered by VVilliam the Conquerour, and Henry the Second, and vnited to the En­glish Crowne. Here are numbred 9 market townes, and 58 pa­rishes.

NORTHVMBERLAND.Northumbria.

BOunded vpon the East with the German Ocean; vpon the South with the riuers Tine, and Derwent from the Bishoprick of Durham; vpon the VVest with Mores from Cumberland; and vpon the North with the mountaine Cheviot, and the riuer Tweed from Scotland. The country is hilly, and full of wastes; the soile barren in most places, commended chiefly for horses, & plenty of Sea-coale. The more fertile parts, and better inhabited are the Sea-coasts. The people are hardie, fierce, va­liant, and excellent riders; the gentry gallant; the commons poore. More remarkable places are vpon the Tine Hexham, (Axelodunum of the Notitia, the Station of the 1 Cohort of Spaniards, and Haugustald of Beda, a Bishops see vnder the Saxōs.) Corebridge, (Curia of Ptolemy, a city of the Otadeni.) Prudhow castle (probably Procolitia of the Notitia, the station of the 1 Cohort of the Batavi.)Novum castr [...] ad Tinam. 22. g. 30. m. long. 54. gr. 57. m. lat. Camd. 23. gr. 10. m. lon. 55. g. 20. m. lat. Hues. Newcastle (not vnprobably Gabrosentum of the Notitia, the station of the 2 Cohort of the Thra­cians,) the chiefe towne, a rich empory, and a noted Port, whose best trade is vpon Coale, distributed from hence ouer all the Seacoasts of the kingdome, and into forreine, and remote countreyes; seated vpon the Picts wall, and the side of a steepe hill, vnder which runneth the Tine. Walls-end, (Vindomara of Antoninus, and Vindobala of the Notitia, the station of the 1 Cohort of the Frixagori.) Here at the Tine endeth the Picts wall. Tinmouth-Castle, (Tunnocellum of the No­titia, the station of the 1 Cohort named Aelia Classica.) At the Sheales vpon both sides of the Tine, betwixt this & New-castle, plenty of salt is boiled with coale; made of Sea-waters. Along the Picts wall with­out the Tine Thirlewall betwixt the South-Tine, and the head of the ri­ver Irthing. Here the Scots, & Picts are said to haue broke thorough into the Province in the raigne of the Emperour Valentinian the third, after the departure of the Roman Legions; occasioning the aides, and invasion of the Saxons. Beyond, neere to Caer Vorran, a part of the wall standeth almost entire, containing 15 foote in height, & some 9 in breadth. Short of Busye-gap Chester on the Wall, (Magnae of the Notitia, the station of the 2 Cohort of the Dalmatians.) Seauenshale, (Hunnum of the Notitia, the station of a Wing of Horse, named Savi­niana by my Authour.) Walwick, conjecturally (Gallana of Antoni­nus.) Beyond, the North-Tine crosseth the Wall, arising from moun­taines in the Scottish borders, and naming the large village of Tin­dale. Stilicester, (not vnprobably Cilurnum of the Notitia, the station of the 2 wing of the Asturians. Pont-Eland vpon theriver Pont (Pons-Aelii of the Notitia, the station of the 1 Cohort of the Cornavij.) Bor­wick (Borcovicus of the Notitia, the Station of the 1 Cohort of the Tungri.) Winchester in the Wall, (Vindolana of the Notitia, the station of [Page 37] the 4 Cohort of the Lergi. Bamborrow Castle, short of the Holy Iland, Bebba of Beda. Morpit vpon the Wents-beck. Anwick vpon the [...]iver Alne. Vpon the Tweede, and Borders of Scotland, Werke-castle. Norham. Berwick vpon the lest banke,Berwicus, 21. g. 43. m. l. 55. g. 48. m. l. Camd. & mouth of the river, a strong towne of warre, opposed sometimes against the Scots, the farthest boundes of the English Empire. Vpon the Till (a riuer falling into the Tweed aboue Norham) Ford Castle. To the West beyond the riuer riseth Floddon hill, made famous by the death of Iames the fourth, king of Scotland, slaine in a memorable battle by Thomas Howard Earle of Surrey, generall of the English, in the raigne of Henry the Eight.Otadeni, pars Maeatarum. Bernicij, pars Nordan-Humbrorum. The ancient inhabitants were the Otadeni of Ptolemie, part of the Meatae of Xiphilinus; afterwards the Bernicij of Beda, part of the Northumbrian English.

TheV. Rog. Ho­veden part. priorem. Earledome of Northumberland after the expulsion of the Danes, extended betwixt the rivers Tweed, and Humber, containing the whole an­cient kingdome of Northumberland. In the raigne of king Edgar, it was parted into two Earledomes, or goverments (for such then were the Earle­domes;) the Earledome of Northumberland beyond the riuer Tine; and on this side: revnited not long after, and againe divided in the Earles Morcar, and Osulfus about the raigne of the Conquerour. The part, or Earledome on this side of the Tine, taking afterwards the name of Yorkshire from the chiefe citty, the Earledome, and name of Northumberland, was left only to the part beyond the Tine, continued here vnto our times, the beginning, and occasion of the present.

These six shires seeme more anciently to haue contained the consulary Roman Province, named Maxima Caesariensis by Rufus Festus,Maxima Cae­sariensis, & Valentia. and the No­titia, with part of the Province Valentia of Ammianus Marcellinus, and the same Authors; inhabited by the great, and populous nation of the Brigantes of Ptolemie, with the Otadeni, or Maeatae. Vnder the Saxons they compre­hended the Deiri of Beda, with part of the Bernicij, divided asunder with the river Tees;Reg. Nordan­humbrorum. or the greatest part of the kingdome of Northumberland. They make now the fourth, or last division of the kingdome, bounded vpon the East, and West with the German, & Irish Ocean; vpon the North with the rivers Tweed, and Eske, or the Sark, with Solway Frith from Scotland; & vpon the South with Humber, and the Mersee from the rest of England.

OF THE STATE OF EVROPE. The IIII Booke.

COntaining the Relation and Description of Scotland, and of Ireland, with other the Ilands of Great Brittaine.

SCOTLAND.

THE bounds hereof are the Ocean vpon the East, West, and North; and vpon the South the Mountaine Cheviot, the Frith of Solway, and the rivers Eske, or Sarke, & Tweed from England.

It lyeth betwixt the 55⅓, and 60½ degrees of Northerne Latitude, subject to the 11, and 12, with part of the 10, and 13 Climates. The longest day at Solway Frith containeth a­bout 17 houres, and 15 minutes. At Straithy head (the most Northerly point) it contai­neth 18 houres, and 3 quarters. The length after this computation is 310 Italian miles. The greatest breadth is accompted at 190 English miles.

The soile is different, the West, and North, craggy, and mountainous; the East, and South lesse hilly, and more fruitfull: full of rivers, and faire lakes, and cut into by sundry long, and spacious Creekes of the Ocean, plentifull in fish, and affording good harbours for shipping. The Hills abound with Mine­ralls, sea-coale, marble, copper, Iron, and lead, with some silver. Nothing is wanting for the necessary vse of the inhabitants; frugall, plaine, and tempe­rate in their diet, not accoustomed to that luxurie, & excesse, vsuall to more rich, and fertill countries.

The ancient inhabitants were the Britons; divided by Ptolemie into ma­ny lesser names; by Dion, and Xiphilinus into two only generall, of the Ca­ledonij, and Maeatae; and lastly called the Picts towards the waine of the Ro­man Empire from their paintings, and for their better distinction from the civill, and cloathed Britons, distinguished by Amm: Marcellinus into the [...]

The Lawes, whereby the whole is gouerned, are the Parliamental Mu­nicipal, or Common, and when these are wanting, the Ciuill or Roman; yet where conscience, and equity doe ouer-rule both: besides the Session, or Su­preame Court, residing at Edenburg, whereunto appeale may be made from the rest &c., here administred in 25 Prefectureshipps, or Iuridicall Resorts. 1. the Countries or Sheriffdomes of Edenburg, Linlithquo, Selkirck, Rox­burgh, Peblis, Lanark, Renfrew, Dunfreis, Wighton, Aire, Bute, Argile, and Tarbar, Dunbriton, Perth, Clackmannan, Kinros, Fife, Kincardin, Forfair, Aberdone, Bamff, Elgin, Forres, Narn, Innernesse, Cromarty, and Orkney, and Schetland. 2. the Seneschaussees, or Stewarties of Mentieth, Strath-ern, Kircudbricht, and Annandale. 3. the Bailywicks of Kile, Carick, and Cunningham. 4. and the Constableship of Haddington: whose Iudges in both causes Ciuill, and Criminall are the Sheriffs, Stewards, or Bailiffs of each iurisdiction (or their Delegates,) offices for the most part heredita­ry to noble families.

The Country containeth 34 parts, or diuisions. Merch. Lauden. Tweedale. Teifidale. Liddesdale &c. Annandale. Niddesdale. Galloway. Carick. Kyle. Cu­ningham. Arran. Cluidesdale &c. Lennox. Stirling. Fife. Strath-ern. Mēteith. Argile. Cantire. and Lorne, lying vpon the South of the riuer Taye. and Braid-albin, Loquabria. Perth. Athol. Anguis. Mern. Marre. Buquhan. Murray. Rosse. Sutherland. Catnesse. and Strath-Navern, lying vpon the South of that river, the middle of the kingdome.

MERCH.Marchia.

LYing vpon the German Ocean betwixt Northumberland in England, and Lauden. More noted places are Hume-Castle, naming the familie of the Humes. Kelso. Coldingham (Coldana of Beda, and not vnprobably Colania of Ptolemy.) Fast-Castle, belonging to the Humes, vpon the Pro­montory, S. Ebbes.

LAVDEN.

EXtended along the same Ocean betwixt Merch, and the Frith of Eden­burg; fruitfull in corne, and inhabited by an industrious, and civill peo­ple. Chiefer townes are Hadington in a plaine vpon a small rivulet, named the Tine. Below, vpon the Ocean, and neare vnto the mouth of that river, stood sometimes the strong Castle of Dunbar, in the yeare 1567 destroyed by the commande of the States; iealous of the surprisall thereof by rebells. Musselborough, vpon the riuer Eske, memorable for a great overthrow of the Scots, giuen by the English vnder Edward, Duke of Somerset, pro­tectour of the Realme of England in the minority of king Edward the Sixt. Leith, a noted port vpon the Frith of Edenborough (Bodotria of Taci­tus, and Boderia of Ptolemy,) the seate of warre of the French in the raigne of Queene Mary (wife vnto Francis the Dolphin,)Edenburgum. lon. 18. g. lat. 58. g. Merc. besieged, and thrust out by the ioinct armes of Queene Elizabeth of famous memorie, and the Scottish nobility. Edenburgh, the chiefe citty of the kingdome, extended [Page 5] betwixt West, and East, vpon a hil, or rising ground of some mile in length, & some halfe a mile in breadth; populous, faire, and through the neighbour­hood of the Frith, and Leith, rich, and well traded, defended with wals, and a magnificent, and strong castle, mounted vpon a steepe, and precipitious rocke towards the West end of the Towne. Some suppose here to haue beene Alata Castra of Ptolemy: butv. supra. Limnuchum. erroneously. Linlithquo, or Lith­quo, vpon a Lake neere vnto the head of the Frith, supposed to be Lindum of Ptolemie, a citty of the Damnij of the same Authour.

TWEEDALE.Twedia.

COntinued along the Tweede towards Merch, & Berwijck; commended for sheepe, and woolls. More chiefe places are Drimlar Castle; and Pe­blis; and Selkirck, Sherifdomes, or Praefectureships for the vally: all standing vpon the Tweede.

TIVIDALE.Teviotia.

SEated among rocky hills betwixt Tweedale, and Northumberland, and along the course of the river Teviot. Places of more note are Iedburg neere vnto the confluence of the Ied, Rosbuegum. lon. 18. g. 4. m. lat. 56. g. 54. m. Merc. and Teviot: and Roxburg, a decayed castle at the meetings of the Teviot, and Tweede, the Sherifdome of the country, fatall to the Scots by the vntimely death of king Iames the second, slaine in the siege hereof by the English. These fowre seeme to containe the Gadeni of Ptolemie.

ESKE-DALE,Escia. Lidalia. Evia. LIDDES-DALE, AND EVSE-DALE.

NAmed thus from, and extended vpon the rivers Eske, and the Lidden, and Euse; by the Eske disburdened in the Solway neere to Caerlile. The chiefe place is the Hermitage, a strong castle in Liddesdale.

ANNANDALE.Annandia.

COntinued vpon both sides of the riuer Annan, falling into the Frith of Solway against Burgh vpon the Sands in Cumberland. More noted places are the Castle Maban, strongly seated within the Lake Maban: and the towne Annand, standing vpon the riuer, thus named, nere vnto the fall ther­of into the Frith.

NIDISDALE.Nithia.

LYing to the West of Annandale vpon the riuer Nid (Nobius of Ptole­my,) receiued into the Solway below the riuer Annan. Places of better note are vpon the Nid Sanghuer Castle, Dunfreis. lon. 16. g. 24. m. l, 56. g. 16. m▪ Merc. wherof are entitl'd the Lords San­qhuer of the house, or name of the Creichtons. Morton, naming the Earles Morton of the name of Duglas. Dunfreis nere to the fall of the riuer, a rich, & [Page 6] well traded Emporie, the chiefe towne of these parts. At the mouth of the riuer Caerlaverock castle (Carbantorigum of Ptolemie,) the house now of the Lord Maxwels. Vpon a lake more remote from the river, Glencarne, whereof are stiled the Earles of Glencarne of the house of the Cuning­hams. These from Eskedale seeme more anciently to haue contained the Elgov [...]e, or Selgovae of Ptolemy, imparting their name to bordering Frith of Solway.

GALLOWAY.Gallovidia.

RIsing with grassie hils betwixt Nidisdale vpon the East, and Carict vp­on the North; and enclosed vpon the other sides with the Irish Ocean; the most Westerne part this way of the kingdome. Places of more note are vpon the riuer Dee (Dea of Ptolemy) Kircoubright, a commodious ha­ven,Wigton. lon. 15. g. lat. 56. g. 10. m. Merc. and Seneschaussee. Wigton, a Sherifdome, and a commodious Port, be­twixt the rivers Blaidnoo, and Crea. Whit-herne (Leucopibia of Ptolemy) a Bishops sea, the seat sometimes of S. Ninian, the Apostle of the Northern Picts. Beyond lyeth the Mul of Galloway, a Promontory, and Chersonese, ioyned to the continent by a very narrow neck of land (the Promontory of the Novantes of Ptolemy,) the furthest point of Galloway towards the West, and Ireland.

CARICT.

SEated vpon the Irish Ocean, betwixt Galloway, and Kile, rich in pastura­ges, corne, and commodities, arising from the sea. Places of more note are Bargeny (Berigonium of Antoninus;) and Cassil Castle, the seat of the Earles thus named, of the house, of the Kennedyes.

KYLE.Coila.

VPon the Irish Ocean, or Frith of Dunbriton, betwixt Carict, and Cunin­gham; populous,Aera. lon. 15. g. lat. 56. g. 49. m. Merc. and well inhabited. The chiefe towne is Aire, a Sherifdome, and a noted port, & Empory, at the fall of the river, thus called, into the Ocean, or Frith of Dunbriton.

CVNINGHAM.Cunigamia.

VPon the Frith, or Irish Ocean, betwixt Kyle, and Dunbriton. More noted places are vpon the Sea-coast Irwin, a small Port at the mouth of the Irwin, Irwin. a river parting this Country, and Kyle. Ardrossan Castle. Largis. Neerer Dunbriton, Eglington Castle; naming the Earles of Egling­ton. The parts inclusiuely from Galloway were the Novantes of Ptolemie.

CLVYDS-DALE.Vallis Glotti­ana.

LYing vpon both sides of the river Cluyd, from the head thereof in Craw­ford-Moore towards the Frith of Dunbriton. [...] [Page 7] Duglas Castle in Duglas-dale, (a valley vpon the river Douglas) naming the ancient,Lanarcum. and noble familie of the Duglasses. Lanric, a Sherifdome, at the con­fluence of the Duglas, and Cluyd. Hamilton Castle vpon the Cluyd, na­ming the house, and Marquesses of Hamilton. Bothwell, whereof the Earles Bothwell were entitl'd,Glascua. lon. 15. g. 44. m. lat. 57. g. 3. m. Mercat. vpon the Cluyd. Farther downe vpon the same riuer Glascow, an Arch-bishops sea, an Vniversity, and the chiefe towne. Betwixt this, and Cuningham lyeth the Barony of Renfrew, named thus frō the towne, a Sherifdome, hereditary to the Lord Sempils.

LENNOX.Leuinia.

LYing vpon the North of the river Cluyd; whereby it is divided from the Barony of Renfrew, and by the river Kelwin parted from Cluydes-dale, or the Sherifdome of Glascow; named thus from the riuer Levin (Lelano­nius of Ptolemy) issuing forth of Lough Lomo [...] (a spacious Lake of whose Ilands strange wonders are spoken,) spreading here vnder the moun­taine Grampius for some 24 miles in length, and some 8 in breadth, and fal­ling into the Cluyd at Dunbriton.Britanno du­num. l. 15. g. 24. m. lat. 57. g. 10. m. Merc. More noted places, are Kilmoronock vp­on the East side of the Lake; a faire house of the Earles of Cassel. Dunbri­ton a towne, and Castle, a Sherifdome, and the strongest hold of the king­dome; seated in a grassie plaine at the fall of the Levin into the Cluyd, vpon two steepe & precipitious rockes, flancked vpon the West with the two ri­vers, and vpon the East with a myrie flat, drowned at every Full-sea.

THE SHERIFDOME OF STERLING.Sterlinensis ager.

DIvided with mountaines from Lennox, and with the river Aven from Lauden; having vpon the East the Bodotria, or Frith of Edenborough: a plentifull, and rich soile, and much graced with the seates, and houses of the Scottish Nobilitie.Sterlinum. lon. 16. g. 10. m. lat. 57. g. 20. m. Merc. The chiefe towne is Striuelin, or Sterlin, vpon the Forth, defended with a faire, and strong castle. The more ancient inhabi­tants hereof, and from Cluydesdale seeme to be the Damnij, of Ptolemy. Through this country passed the trench, or wall of Iulius Agricola, and Lol­lius Vrbicus, before mentioned, continued for about the space of 30 miles (for such is only the narrow distance here betwixt the two seas) from A­bercorne, vpon the Frith of Edenburgh, vnto Dunbriton, or Kirck-patrick: the farthest limit Northwards of the Romane Empire; with the two Friths, the bounder betwixt them, and the Picts, or Caledonians, as afterwards betwixt the Saxons, or English, and the Picts, and Scots. The tract hereof in manie places is yet appearing, and is called Grahams-dike by the Natiues. The part of the Iland betwixt this, and the wall of Severus (containing the countries of Scotland already described, with Northumberland in England) was na­med Valentia in Rufus Festus, and the Author of the Notitia, being one of the fiue generall Provinces, whereinto the Romans divided their British con­quests, vncertainely held by them vntill the expiration of their Empire; inha­bited by the M [...]tae of Xiphilinus, afterwards by the Bernicij, part of the Northumbrian English.

MENTEITHTaichia.

BOrdering vpon Sterling, and Menteith, diuided herefrom by the Forth, and named thus from the riuer Teith, or Taich, falling into the Forth. The chiefe towne is Dunblan, Dunblan. lon. 16. g. 12. m. 157. g. 25. m. Merc. a Bishops sea, vpon the Taich.

STRATH-ERN

LYing to the North of Menteith, and continued along the course of the riuer Ern, arising in the Lake Em, vnder Drum-albin (part of the hill Grampius,) and falling into the Taye below S. Iohns-Towne. Places of more note are Drumin. Tulibardin. Duplin: castles situate vpon the Erne. Towards Fife and the East hereof, and Menteith, lie the Prefectures, or Sherifdomes of Clackmannan, Clackman­nan. lon. 16. g. 36. m. lat. 57. g. 23. m. Merc. and Kinross.

FIFE.

COntained betwixt the Frith of Edenborough, and the mouth of the Taio; plentifull in corne, pasturage, sea-cole, and in commodities, and profits, arising from the Ocean, populous, and full of townes along the Sea-coast. Places of more note are Aberneth neere Straith-ern, and at the fall of the riuer Ern into the Taye, the chiefe seat sometimes, and residence of the kings of the Picts.Fanum D. Andreae. lon. 17. g. 28. m. l. 57. g. 46. m. Mercat. S. Andrewes vpon the Ocean, nere vnto the fall of the Ethan, an Vniuersity, and an Archbishops sea, the Primate of Scotland. More within the land Cuper vpon the Eden, or Ethan, a iuridicall resort, the seat of the Sheriff. Falkland, a pleasant secesse of the Scottish kings, retiring thither for the pleasure, and commodity of hunting.

THE SHERIF-DOME OF PERTH

COntinued vpon the riuer Taye. Townes of better note are Dunkelden, a bishops sea.Perth. lon. 16. g. 8. m. lat. 58. g. Merc. Perth, or S. Iohns-Towne, in the middle of the kingdome, a walled Towne, faire, and peopled with industrious inhabitants; both sea­ted vpon the Taye. Beyond in Goury, a Champion, and fruitfull country on the further side of the riuer, is Scone, sometimes a famous Monastery; the place of inauguration of the Scottish kings. Arrol, further downe vpon the Taye, the seate of the Earles of Arrol.

ATHOL.Atholia.

LYing vpon the North of the Taye; rough, woodie, and Mountainous, part sometimes of the wood Caledonia of Cacitus; with other bordering countries, strong fastnesses of the Picts and Northern Britons against the Romans; and of later yeares of the Scots in their hard warrs with the English in the raignes of Edward the first, and Edward the third.

ANGVIS.Angusia.

EXtended along the German Ocean betwixt the mouth of the Taye, and the riuer Eske; plentifull in wheate, corne, and pasturages. Places of more note are Forfar, Taodunum. neerer Gowry; the seat of the Sheriffs. Dundee, a rich and noted port at the mouth of the Taye. Brechin. lon. 17. g. 38. m. lat. 58 g. 12. m. Mercat. Brechin vpon the Eske, a Bishops sea. Mont-rose at the mouth of the Eske, naming the Earles of Mont-rose.

MERNE.Mernia.

COntinued along the same Ocean betwixt Anguis, and the river Eske vpon the South; and Marre, and the Dee vpon the North: plaine, and a­bundantly fruitfull. The chiefe place is Dunnotyr Castle, mounted vpon a steepe, and inaccessable rock, overlooking the subiect Ocean; the seat of the Sherifs.

MARRE.Marria.

LYing with a narrow point vpon the same Ocean betwixt the falls of the rivers Dee, and Done; or Merne, and Buquhan: within the land sprea­ding more wide, and extending some 60 miles Westward. The Sea-coast, and along the riuers are more plaine, fruitfull, and better inhabited. The parts towards the West swell with mountaines, and hills; branches of the Grampius. Aberdon. lon. 18. g. 12. m. lat. 58. g. 40. m. Merc. Badenacha. The chiefe townes are old Aberdon at the mouth of the Dee; & new Aberdon, an Vniversitie, and a Bishops sea at the mouth of the Done; distant about a mile a sunder. Towards the West betwixt this country, and Loquabria riseth the high country of Badgenoth, containing part of the Grampius.

BVQVHAN.Bucharia.

Vpon the same Ocean; from Marre, and the river Done vpon the South, extended towards Murray Northwards: well stored with grasse, sheep, and pasturage. Betwixt this, and Murray, or the riuer Speye, lye the small countries, and prefectures of Bamff, a Sherifdome, Boen, Ainz, & Straith­bogye, or the vally of the river Bogie.

MVRRAY.Morania.

EXtended vpon the same Ocean frō the riuer Speye vnto the Lake, & river of Nesse, parting it frō Rosse. Here beginneth the mountaine Grampius of Tacit., continued from hence with a perpetuall ridge of high hills South-West ouer Badgenoth, Athol, & Braid-albin vnto the Lake Lomūd, & Lennox: spreading into other neighbouring Countries. Places of more note are Rothes Castle vpon the Spey,Forres lon. 16. g. 40. m. lat. 59. g. 3. m. Merc. naming the Earles of Rothes. Elgin Forres. and Narne; Sherifdomes, or Prefectureshipss for the division. The Lake, and river of Nesse freezeth not in the hardest time of winter through a warme qualitie of the water, infused from mineralls in the neighbouring moūtains, out of which they issue; extended some 24 miles Westwards, and with Logh-Loth, frō the which it is diuided by a small neck of Mountaines, & Logh Aber [Page 10] (whereinto this is disburdened) falling into the Westerne Ocean, parting Rosse, Loqhuabria, & other the more Northerly regions from the rest of the Continent of Scotland.

ROSSE.Rossia.

EXtended betwixt both Seas, the German, & Westerne Ocean; & hauing vpon the South Lough-Nesse from Buquhan, and Loqhuabria; and vpon the North Catnesse, and Straith-Navern: rough, mountainous, and wood­die to the West; in the vallies, and towards the East more fruitfull. In the midst, and towards the Lake Nesse arise the high mountaines of Ardmanoch couered all the yeare long with snow. Vpon the North-West is Assinshire; indented with sundry creekes of the Westerne Ocean. Chiefe places are in Ardmanoch, the Castle Louet. At the mouth of the Nesse, Chanonry, the seat of the Bishops of Rosse. Cromerty a Sherifdome, or place of Iudicature.

SVDERLAND.Suderlandia.

SEated vpon the German Ocean, betwixt Catnesse vpon the North, and Rosse vpon the South; and having Strath-Navern vpon the West: moun­tainous, yeelding tolerable pasturage, but little corne. The chiefe place is Dun-Robin Castle; the seate sometimes of the Earles of Suderland. The mountaines afford plenty of fine marble, but of no vse in those cold, and Northren regions.

CATNESSE.Cathanesia.

HAving vpon the South, Suderland; vpon the North, and East, the Ocean; and vpon the West, Straith-Navern. The inhabitants liue most vpon their profit of cattle, and fish, got in the Ocean. The most noted places are Girnego castle, the seat of the Earles, and Durnock, and Wik, the seates of the Bishops of Catnesse. More to the North lie the Promontories Berubi­um, and Viruedrum of Ptolemy, now Dunsbey, or Duncans-bay, and Hoia, or Vrdshead; with Howburne-head in Strath-Naverne, the extreame points of the Iland of Great Brittaine towards the Pole Articke, and the North. Camden placeth these two last in Strath-Navern. Buchanan, otherwise in this country.

STRAITH-NAVERNE.Navernia.

NAmed thus from the river Naverne (Nabeus of Ptolemy,) and boun­ded vpon the South with Rosse; vpon the East with Suderland, and Cat­nesse; and vpon the West, and North, with the Ocean; cold, hilly, and lesse fruitfull; with Catnes, the extreame parts of Great Britaine towards the North. Here lyeth the Promontory, named Tarvedrum, and Orcas by Ptolemy; now Howburne Head.

LOQHVABRIA.Abria.

COntinued vpon the same Ocean, betwixt Rosse vpon the North, & Logh-Aber vpon the South; fruitfull in corne, and pasturages, and pleasantlie [Page 11] shaded with woods. The most noted place is Innerloth, vpon the lake Loth.

LORNE.Lorna.

EXtended a long the same Westerne Ocean betwixt Logh Aber vpon the North (by which it is parted from Loqhuabria,) and Knapdale, and Can­tire vpon the North; fruitful in corne, and divided by the great Lake named Leauve by the natiues. The chiefe place is Tarbar in Logh Kinkeran, a Sherif­dome, or juridicall resort for this country, and the more Southerne part of the Westerne Scottish Ilands.

BRAID-ALBIN.Albania.

SEated to the East of Lorn, amongst rockie, and high mountaines, parts of the hill Grampius of Tacitus; inhabited by the High-land-men, or Irish Scots.

ARGILE.Argathelia.

LYing to the West of Lennox, and the lake Lomond, and bounding vpon the South with the Sea, or Frith of Dunbriton; wild, rockie, and moun­tainous, with Cantire, Braid-Albin, and the neighbouring countries of the Highlanders, the more ancient, and first residence of the Scots, desbourding hither from Ireland.

CANTIRE.

IT is a narrow Promontory, or Chersonese of some 30 miles in length (the Promontory of the Epidij of Ptolemie;) divided frō Argile by Logh Fin (a long, and spacious arme of the sea of Dunbriton,) & ioyned to Knapdale, & the Continent, by a small necke of land, not exceeding a mile in breadth. The Mul of Cantire, the farthest point of the Chersonesse, is distant onely 13 miles from Ireland, the next part of Scotland, and Great Brittaine to that Iland.

These last, inclusiuely from Menteith, were the famousV. s [...]pra. Caledonij of Tacitus, parted by Ptolemy into 13 lesser names, or diuisions, the Epidij, Cerones, Creones, Carnonacae, Carini, Cornabij, Logi, Mertae, Cantae; Tex­ali, Vennicontes, Vacomagi, and Caledonij, particularly thus called; the onely part of Britaine, stopping, and giving bounds to the great conquests, and victories of the Romans, twice invaded, by Iulius Agricola in the raigne of Domitian, and by the Emperour Severus, but without any good effect, & not without much losse to the Roman side; secured by their mountaines, lakes, marishes, and woods. The Romane Empire declining, they were all called by the names of Picts. Afterwards they became divided betwixt the Picts, driven vnto the Easterne shore; and the Scots, a colony (as before) of the Irish, thrusting into the parts towards Ireland, and the West; the victorious conquerours not long after of the Picts. At this day they are distinguished into the Law-land-men, or the English, and more civil Scots, inhabiting the plainer countries along the German Ocean, and vpon this side of the two Friths, & the Highland-men, or Irish Scots, retaining yet the Irish language, [Page 12] and manners, and possessing the heights of the hill Grampius, Braid-albin, Argile, and other mountainous regions vpon the Westerne, and Irish Seas.

THE ILANDS OF GREAT BRETAINE.

THe Ilands belonging to this Continent are all called in Ptolemy by the name of the British Ilands. Insulae Bri­tannicae. Ptol. lib. 2. c. 2. & 3. & l. 8, c. 3. Before the time of Pliny, as in his 4 booke, and 16 chapter, they made with Albion, or the Greater Britaine, the gene­rall name of the Britaines; distinguished from the ancient, & accounted an other world after Solinus.Britanniae Plin. N. Hist. lib. 4. c. 16. The most famous, & greatest of these, and after England of the Ilands of Europe, and the West, is Ireland.

IRELAND.Ierna. Arist. de Mundo c. 3. Iris Diodor. Siculi. Iuverna. Mel. l. 3. Ierne. Cla. Paneg. de. 4. Consul. Hon. Aug. Ibernia, Ptol. Geog. lib. 2. c. 2. Hi­bernia Corn-Tacit. in Vita Iul. Agric. & recentiorum.

THE bounds hereof are vpon the East Ibernic [...]s o­ceanus Ptol. Geog. lib. 2. c. 2. the Irish Ocean, or S. George his Channell from England, & Scotland; vpon the North theHyperbore­us. ib. Northerne Ocean; vpon the West Occiduus. ib. the Westernesea; & vpon the South theVergivius. ib. Vergivian.

It lyeth betwixt about the 51½, and 56⅚ degrees of Northern Latitude, or betwixt the 19, or middle Paralel of the 8 Clime, where the longest day hath 16 houres, and a halfe, and the 24 Paralel, or end of the 10 clime, where the same hath 17 houres, and 3 quarters.

The length of the Iland after this computation is 320 Italian miles, or measured English. Camden otherwise accounteth the length onely at 300 English. The breadth he reckneth at 120 of the same miles.

The aire is temperate, and healthie, but moist, and raw, rather plentifully bringing vp, and nourishing, then ripening fruits.

The soile is firtill, but better pasturage, and for grasse, then for fruits, and corne, through a wet qualitie of the ground, or by the sloath of the natiues, and for their want of manuring; encombred with bogs, lakes, marishes, and with thicke, slutchie, and vndreaned woods.

The first inhabitants were the Irish (for more ancient we finde not,) di­stinguished by Ptolemie into sundry lesserV. Ptol. Geo. lib. 2. c. 2. people, and names: the Rho­bognij, Darnij, Voluntij, Vennicnij, and Erdini; now containing Vlster: the Auteri, Gangani, and Nagnatae; inhabiting Connaught: the Velibori, Vterni, Vodiae, and Coriondi; now Munster: and the Menapij, Cauci, Blanij, and Bri­gantes; now Leinster: whose citties were Rhigia, Rheba, Macolicum, Dunum, Laberus, & Ivernis, &c. whose interpretatiōs we let passe, as very vncertaine; free for a long time, and not conquered by forraine power, neglected by the Romans, and the succeeding Saxons, or English, engaged in more necessary warres, or more honourable, and gainefull conquests. Towards the waine of the Romans V. supra. Empire they are named the Scots (the occasion, or reason hereof we finde not,) subduing the neighbouring Picts, and Caledonians, and giuing the name of Scotland to the Northern part of the Brittish Conti­nent. Leauing there this new affected name, they lastly resume, and returne here vnto their first, and more wonted name of Irish.

Their gouerment anciently was vnder many petty kings, or tyrants.

In the raigne of king Henry the second, occasioned through the quarrels hereof, they are first made subiect to the English; whose princes were stiled [Page 13] Lords of Ireland. King Henry the eight by the good likeing of the natiues first assumed the title of King, continued euer since in his successours.

More lately they were distinguished into the Irish, and the English Pales, or the Wild, and Civill Irish; whereof these obeyed the English lawes; the other were let loose to their barbarous customes, and liuing. The happy successe of the last warres against Tir-oën, and the wisdome, and zeale of King Iames of happy memory put an end to this diuision; the country be­ing now every where planted with ciuill inhabitants, and the whole redu­ced to an English Province.

The lawes, whereby the people are governed, are their Acts of Parlia­ment, and the Municipall, or Common Lawes of England; executed by the Lord Deputy, or Vice-roy for the king, Presidents, Iudges, Sheriffs, & other English names of Magistrates.

Their Religion, which only is allowed, is the Reformed, or Protestant, yet where the pretended Catholique, or Roman doth more prevaile amongst the vulgar, through their discontent, or an inbred and rooted superstition.

Their Cleargie are Archbishops, Bishops, and Inferiour rankes; whose Primate is Armagh; and first Apostle S. Patricius, Magdeburg. Cent. 5. c. 11. & Baron Ann. Ecc. An. Chr. 431. ex Sige­bert. Chron. & Probo. in vita. S. Patric. or Patrick, in the yeare 432, and the raigne of the Emperour Valentinian the third; a Scot, or Irish­man after my author, nephew to S. Martin Bishop of Tours, and Disciple to S. German.

The Religious of this nation (Monkes of an ancient institution) haue been no lesse deseruing, then their neighbours of Great Brittaine; chast, and holy Seminaries of pietie, and religion during the Primitiue times of the Eng­lish, French, and Dutch Churches; but who passing vnder the generall name of the Scots (for both then were thus called) are oftentimes mistaken by their readers for the Scots of the Continent.

The country is divided into 5 greater names, or Provinces, petty king­domes sometimes of the Irish: Vlster. Leinster. Meth. Conaght. & Mounster.

VLSTER.

BOunded vpon the East, North, and West with the Ocean; and vpon the South with Leinster, Meth, and Conaght. The country is large; the soil good; deepe pasturages, but otherwise vntill the English last plantation lesse fruitfull through the sloathfulnesse of the wild natiues: overgrowne with vast, and thicke woods, bogs, lakes, and marishes. Chiefe townes are Knoc­fergus in Antrim, within a spacious bay (Vinderius of Ptolemie;) a garrison towne, and a commodious Port, neere to Cantire, and Scotland. Vpon the same Easterne shore, and in Louth Carlingford. Dundalk. Tredah, at the mouth of the riuer Boine;Tredah. lon. 12. g. 34. m. lat. 54 g. 54. m. Merc. a faire, and populous towne, the next to Leinster. Within, Armagh, neere to the river Kalin; an Archbishops sea, the Primate of the kingdome. The Province containeth ten shires, or counties: Louth, Cavon, Fermanagh, encompassing the great Lake Erne, Monaghan, Armagh, Down, Antrim, Colran, Tir-oen, and Tir conell, or Donegall. The ancient in­habitants were the Darnij, Voluntij, Robognij, and Erdini of Ptolemy.

LEINSTER.

EXtended along the Irish Ocean from Tredah, Vlster, and the river Boine vnto the Neure, and Mounster vpon the South; and bounded towards the West with Meth, and the riuer Sha [...]on from Canaght. The soile is fruit­full, [Page 14] better manured, and lesse encombred with woods; the inhabitants more civill, descended for a great part from the English, and conforming to their habit, and custome of living. Chiefe townes are Dublin (Eblana of Ptole­mie) vpon the Ocean,Dublin. l. 12. g. 40. m. l. 54. g. 27. m. Merc. at the fall of the river Liff (Libnius of Ptolemy,) an Archbishops sea, and the seat of the Lord Deputy, or Viceroy of the king­dome, rich, strong, populous, and beautified with faire buildings. Without standeth a College, consecrated to the Muses, and the name of the holy Tri­nitie; a small Vniversitie, founded by Queene Elizabeth of happy memory. Weisford (Menapia of Ptolemie) at the mouth of the Slane (the river Mo­dona of the same author,)Weissford. l. 12. g. 44. m. lat. 53. g. Merc. the first place in Ireland subdued by the English, and peopled with their Colonies. Within the land Kildare, a Bishops sea. Kilkenny vpon the river Neure; the best towne of all the inland parts. The whole containeth 7 divisions, or shires: Dublin, Weisford, Kildare, Kings-Countie, Queenes countie, or the Lease, Caterlogh, and Kilkenny. The an­cient inhabitants were the Menapij, Cauci, Blanij, and Brigantes of Ptolemy.

METH.

SEated in the middle of the Iland betwixt Leinster, Conaught, and Vlster. It containeth East-Meth, West-Meth, and the countie of Longford. Towns here are Trim in East-Meth vpon the river Boyne;Trim. and Molingar in West-Meth. The ancient inhabitants were part of the Blanij of Ptolemy.

CONAGHT.

BOunded vpon the West with the Irish Ocean; vpon the North with Vl­ster; and vpon the East, and South with Meth, Leinster, and Mounster, by the great river Shanon (Senus of Ptolemie,) arising out of the moun­taines of Letrim, and after a long course hauing made sundry great lakes by the way, falling into the Westerne Ocean some 60 miles below Limerick. In the North hereof rise Curlew Mountaines, fatall to the English by their slaughter, and overthrow during the late Irish warres. It containeth 6 shires or Counties: Letrim, Roscoman, Slego, Maio, Galway, and Twomund. The chiefe towne,Galway. lon. 9. g. 17. m. lat. 54. g. 6. m. Mercat. and the third citty of the kingdome is Galway, a Bishops sea, a faire, rich, and well frequented Port, neere vnto the fall of the great lake, or river Corbes into the Westerne Ocean. The ancient inhabitants were the Gangani, Auteri, and Nagnatae of Ptolemie.

MOVNSTER.

BOunded vpon the South-East, and West with the Ocean; and vpon the North with Leinster and the river Shanon from Conaght: divided a­mongst 6 Counties, Limerick, Tipperarie, Corck, Waterford, Desmond, and Kerry. Chiefe townes are Limerick, in an Iland, encompassed with the riuer Shanon; a Bishops sea, and a well traded Empory. Waterford, a rich Port, and the second citty of the kingdome; vpon the river Suire. Corck a Bishops sea. Kinsale, a walled towne, and a commodious Port at the mouth of the river Bany. The ancient inhabitants were the Velibori, Vodiae, Vterni, and Coriondi of Ptolemie.

Other more noted Ilands of Great Brittaine are, 1 those ofOrcades Taciti &c. Orkney. 2 those ofThule. ib. & Thyle, cuius media l. 63. g. Ptol. Geog. lib. 2. c. 3. Schetland lying in 63 degrees of Latitude. 3 the Westerne Ebudae. Ptol. ib. lib. 2. c. 2. Ilands; belonging to the Crowne of Scotland. 5 Subject to the English Crowne Monaeda Ptol. ib. Man. 6 Those ofCassiterides. Plin. N. Hist. lib. 4. c. 22. &c. Silly. 7 Wight Vectis Tac. &c.. and Holy Lindisfar­nensis. Bed. Ec. Hist. Ang. Iland. &c.

THE FIFTH BOOKE.

COntayning the present bounds, situation, and quality of Spaine. The Inhabitants. Their manners, languages, and re­ligion. The institution, power, and courts of their Inquisition. The number, and order of their Bishops. The Religious del Res­gate, and de la Merced. The military orders of the Crosse. The maner of their civill government. The King. His stile of Ca­tholique. His dominions, and revenues. A short censure of the present Spanish greatnes. The parts, or countries of Spaine.

THE bounds hereof are vpon the North-east the Pyrenaean Mountaines, Ergo latus Hispaniae orti­u [...] Pyrene in­cludit, me [...]idio­nale efficit no­strum ma [...]e à Pyrena vs (que) ad Columnas, pro­ximum huic o­ceanus vsque ad Sacrū Pro­montorium, tertium latus est occiduum, fere paralelum Pyrenae à Sacro Promontorio vsque ad Pro­montorium a­pud Ar [...]abros, quod voca­tur Nerium, quartum la­tus inde duci­tur vsque ad boreales Pyre­nes fines. Strab. Geogra. lib. 3. deviding it from France, and from the rest of the Continent of Europe, sur­rounded vpon the other sides with the deepe, and spacious Ocean; vpon the North, with the sea Cantabrique; with the Atlantique vpon the West; and vpon the South with the Straights of Gibraltar, & the sea Mediterranean. Marianalib. 1. de Re­bus Hispaniae. cap. 2. accompteth the circumfe­rence of the whole to bee 2816 Italian miles; measuring along the course of the Pyrenaean Mountaines from Cabo de Creux vpon the Medi­terranean vnto the towne of Fuentarabia 320 miles; to Cabo Finisterre along the shore of the sea Cantabrique 536 miles; from that Promonto­rie vnto the towne of Gibraltar 895 miles; and from thence returning againe to Cabo de Creux (bending still with the creekes, and windings of the sea) 1065 miles. The greatest length hereof he reckneth at 800 miles, and the breadth at 560 of the same miles.

It is seated in the Southerne halfe part of the Temperate Zone, lying betwxt the. 4. 24/60, and 19½ degrees of Longitude (for such are the di­stances of the Promontories Finisterre, and de Creux from the first Meridian drawne by the Azores Ilands, whose two Meridians make a­bout a full houres difference of the Suns first rising,) & betwixt about the 36, and 44½ degrees of Northerne latitude, or from the 30 minute South of the 11, or middle paralel of the 4 clime vnto about the 30 mi| [...] [Page 4] warie and descreet withall, not carried with that rash, and headlong fury, esteemed by others valour, ouercomming rather with tempori­zing, deepe reach, and policy, then by maine force and violence. If we would haue him in a word described, he almost is, whatsoeuer al­most is not the Frenchman.

The Languages spoken hereby are. 1. the Castillian, or vulgar Spa­nish, common to the whole Nation. 2. that of Portugals, as are the peo­ple, mixed of the Castillian and French. 3. that of the Catalonians, and inhabitants of the kingdome of Valentia, which is not much vnlike vn­to the French spoken in Languedoc. 4. the Basquish, proper to the Bis­cians and people of Guipuscoa, a language purely barbarous, not refi­ned with the mixture of more elegant tongues, and thought to be the auncient Spanish spoken here before the Conquest of the Romans. Heere likewise was in vse the auncient Moorish, retayned by the Mo­riscos, but of late yeares banished from hence with the people.

The auncient religion hereof was that common to all the Gentiles, worshipping many false and absurd gods.

Thev. Ioan. Chry­sost. in praefat. in Epistol. ad Hebraeos, & in Mat. Hom. 76. Theodoret. in Epistolā ad Ti­moth. 2. c. 4. Pauli Orosij Histor. lib. 7. c. 19. B. [...]sidori Hispalensis Chron. Gotho­rum, Wandalo­rum, & Svevo. & de Sanct. c. 82. Ioan. Ma­rianae de Re­bus. Hisp. lib. 4. cap. 2. lib. 5. c. 1. 2. 3. 5. 9. & 14. & lib. 7. c, 10. & 13. Baron. An. Eccl. Anno Christi. 61. &c. first that preached here the holy Gospell was the Apostle S. Paul according to S. Chrysostome, Theodoret, & sundry other of the auncient fathers. That he had an intent to make a journey into Spaine, we plainely gather from the the 15 chap. to the Romans. That hee went, or was hindred in his purpose (detayned prisoner at Rome by Nero) nothing is certaine. After Isidore, and the generall voyce of the Spaniards (but without more auncient authority) S. Iames, the son of Zebedee, otherwise is said to haue beene the first; the supposed founder of Nuestra Senora del Pilar, a Church yet extant at Sarago­ça, accompanied with Saint Peter, the Apostle of Ebora: S. Cecilius of Eliberis: S. Euphrasius, of Illiturgis: S. Secundus of Abula, with o­thers whose names I omit, for that they agree not about their number. Concerning St Iames, the tradition goeth, that after his Martyrdome at Hierusalem, slaine by Herod, his dead body should from thence bee convayed hither to Iria Flavia in Galitia; thence to Compostella, where it should be enterred, but in what place that it was not knowne vntill the yeare 796, when it should be first found out by Theodomyrus, bi­shop of Iria; although (saith my Authour) the reasons are not set downe, why a graue then discouered should containe the corps of that blessed Apostle. Such notwithstanding was the credulous devotion of those times, that presently a Church was erected herevnto by Al­fonsus, surnamed the Chast, then king of Leon, famous afterwards through the Christian world for the continuall pilgrimages thither made from all parts, and enriched with liberall endowments and pri­viledges. It was some 50 yeares afterwards, and since the yeare 846, and their great victorie at Clavigio vnder king Ramir the first, obtained against the Moores, and (as then firmely was beleeued) by the visible presence, and aide hereof, that the Castillians (for the Portugalls and A­ragonians with the English, and Genowayes acknowledge St George for their Patron) haue beene still accustomed in their fights, and encoun­ters to call vpon S. Iago, as their guardian, and protectour, their signe & [Page 5] word of Battaill. To returne to our purpose from these, and such like beginnings Christianity here dayly grew, and more and more prospe­red in the first age of the Primitiue Church, encreasing through afflicti­on, & by the holy bloud of slaine Martyrs. In the happy raigne of Constantine the Great, Gentilisme put downe, Religion was first authori­zed here, as in the other Provinces of the Roman Empire, by publique commaund, & a small truce was granted to the Church, Heresie, Gen­tilisme, and Persecution freshly reviuing againe in the raignes of the next Emperours Constantius and Iulianus. These tempestuous times o­uerpast, by the fauour of God the Sun of the Gospel againe gloriously breaks out, & in a calme and cleare sky, here freely shineth during the raignes of the after succeeding most Christian & Catholique Emperours of the West. In the raigne of the Emperour Honorius swarme in hither the barbarous Nations, by whom Religion suffers a second Eclipse. Of these the Alans were Gentiles, but whose out-rage lasted not long, shortly after their first comming ouer-throwne, and rooted out by the Gothes. The Vandals, also Gentiles at the time of their first entrance, by their after commerce and acquaintance with the Gothes vnder their king Gensericus turned Arrian Christians, departing not long after into Afrique. The Suevians at the first likewise were Gentiles. Vnder their third king Receiarius about the yeare 448, they receiued the Christian, & Catholique faith, which shortly after being subdued, & restored again by the Gothes, sweyed with the greatnes of that Nation, vnder their king Remismundus they changed for their Arrian heresie. In the raigne of Theodomyrus after an apostacy of aboue one hundred yeares, they retur­ned againe vnto the Catholique beliefe, wherein they continued vntill the extirpation of their kingdome, & name by the Gothes in Andeca their last king. The Gothes were Arrians from their first entrance into the Roman Provinces, corrupted by Valens, Emperour of the East. In continuance of time becomming Lord of the whole Spaine, the rest of the barbarous nations, & the Romans subdued, they subiected all this continent vnder that foule heresy. Vnder their King Ricaredus about the yeare 588, reiecting the Arrian, they first embraced the Orthodox tenent, & the whole Spaine is againe become Catholique, in the which the same persisted vntil the expiration of the name & Monarchy here­of in Rodericus. In the yeare 714, & raigne of this Prince, hapned that fatall invasion of the Moores, whereby this country almost in a moment of time became over-whelmed with the new Mahumetane superstiti­on, & religion confined within the Mountaines of Biscay, & Asturia. Af­ter long & fierce warres for aboue the space of 700 yeares, the king­dome of Granado, their last retraite, being taken in by Ferdinand the fifth, and Isabel kings of Castile, and Aragon, the Infidels are again bea­ten home into Afrique, & the Province is totally recovered vnto the Christian beliefe; if by this time it may rightly be esteemed Christian, corrupted by long Popish impostures: which although since in part re­formed in most other parts of Christendome, hath here in its full impuri­ty beene maintained vnto this day.

The Religion then here only allowed, is that of the Romish Church [Page 6] without all visible shew of other mixtures.

An especial cause hereof (besides the vnnaturall stiffnes of the Nati­on not easily changing) hath beene the Inquisition with extreamest diligence, and watchfulnesse, still crushing Religion in the shell; & Pro­testants bookes, & all freer discourse and commerce vtterly prohibited, taking away all meanes of attayning to the light hereof.

ThisDe l' Histoire d' Espaigne par Loys de May­erne livre 22. was first begun in the yeare 1478 in the raignes of Ferdinand the fifth, and Elizabeth, kings of Castile and Aragon, by the especiall procurement of D. Pedro Gonsales de Mendoza, Cardinall & Archbishop of Sevilla, occasioned by the Apostacy of the newly then baptized Iewes, and Moores, beginning to returne to their ancient Superstition, a­gainst whom then chiefly (the name of Lutheran & Protestant not be­ing extant) it was intended. It was first exercised in the Kingdomes of Castile, and Granado; afterwards receiued into Navarre, & Arragon; and lastly into Portugall. The power and authority hereof is to enquire after, and to censure Infidelity, haeresie, witchcraft, & sins against nature. The Inquisitours are all of the Saecular Cleargy, besides Portugal distribu­ted into 12 Courts, or Tribunals: the Courts of Inquisition at Vallidolid, & Logronnio for Navarre, & so much of the kingdome of Castile, as lyeth on this side the Mountaines of Segovia & Avila: at Toledo, and Cuença for New Castile: at L'erena for Estremadura: at Murcia for that Countrey: at Sivilla, and Cordova for Andaluzia: at Granado for the kingdome thereof: at Valentia for that Province: at Saragoça for Aragonia; & at Barcelona for Catalonia. The residence hereof for Portugall I finde not. By these mercilesse Tyrannies, thus dispersed ouer the bodie of these Realmes, the people here are so bridled in, that nothing can be spoken, scarcely knowne, much lesse attempted, or done, prejudiciall to the present Romish Church, and Religion. Insomuch that here the Priests may lye by authority, coyne, & forge miracles without contradiction, say & doe whatsoeuer they please, without any one daring to oppose, euen against their palpable impostures, & most shamelesse impudency.

These, as in all other Countreyes subiect to the See of Rome, are di­stinguished into Archbishops, Bishops, Secular Priests, & sundry sorts of Regulars.

The Bishops (besides those of Leon, & Oviedo, who by auncient ex­emptions acknowledge no superiour, but the Pope) are ranked vnder their Archbishops, or Metropolitanes, as follow. Vnder Toledo, the Bishops of Cordova, Cuenca, Siguença, Iaen, Murcia, and Vxama. Vnder St Iago, O­rense, Mondonedo, Badaios, Tui, Placenza, Lugo, Salamanca, Avila, Zamora, Astorga, Coria, & Cuidad Rodrigo. Vnder Sivilla, Malaga, Cadiz, and of the Canary Ilands. Vnder Granado, Guadix, and Almeria. Vnder Bur­gos, Pampelona, and Calahora. Vnder Valentia, Orihuela, Segorve, and Xa­tiva. Vnder Saragoça, Huesca, Iacca Balbastro, Taradona, and Albarracino; and vnder Taragona, Barcelona, Tortosa, Vique, Vrgel, Girona, Lerida, and Elna in the land of Russillon. In Portugall are 3 Archbishops Sees, of Braga, Lisbona, and Evora. Whereunto are subordinate the Bishops of Coimbre, Lamego, Viseo, Porto, Miranda, Portalegre, Guarda, Elvis, Leira, and Sil­vis. Of these Toledo, Taragona, and Braga doe all contend for the [Page 7] Primacy, the matter yet remaining vndetermined. Howbeit Toledo now carryeth the accompt, the most honourable, and richest hereof, whose reuenues are esteemed at 300000 duckats by the yeare, the perpetuall Chancelour of Spaine. Amongst the inferiour Cleargie the most memorable, proper almost to this Countrey, are the Orders del Resgate, and de la Merced, the former flourishing most in Aragonia, where it begun, the other much the greater in the kingdome of Ca­stile, but scattered neverthelesse over France, and other parts borde­ring vpon the Sea Mediterranean. The profession, and exercise hereof is with almes, gathered amongst the people, to redeeme such Christian Captiues, as what by chance of warre, and by the daily pyracyes, and incursions of the Turkes, and Moores doe in Barbary, and other Ma­humetane countries liue enthralled to the Infidells; for this cause sen­ding yearely their Agents to Algier, and Fez, where managing this affaire with no lesse diligence then faithfulnes, they first ransom the religious, then the king of Spaine Lay subiects, and of those first the yonger sort, then those of other nations, as farre as their almes will extend. They leaue also here certaine of their brethren to informe them of the state, quality, and necessitie of the Captiues to make the better way for their liberty the yeare following. The king with a li­berall hand greatly furthereth this busines, giuing ordinarily asmuch more as the Fryers haue collected. Neither are the people wanting herein, few here dying, who leaueth not some legacie for these cha­ritable vses.

Besides these numberles Cleargie, here are another sort of Regulars, which, although for the most part they are of the Laity, depend not­withstanding, and had their beginning from Religion. They are the Knights of the Crosse instituted in the holy warres against the Saracens, whose office it was by armes to defend the Christian faith, and the professours thereof againgst the force and outrages of the Infidells; be­sides the Malteses, who here yet hold good possessions, devided into six orders peculiar to this Province; those of Calatrava, S. Iames and Alcantara in the kingdome of Castille; of Avis, and of Christ in Portu­gals; and of Montesa in Aragon.

The orderv. Ioan. Mari­anae de Rebus Hispaniae lib. 11. c. 6. & de l' Histoire d' Es­paigne par Loys da Ma­yerne livre 10. of Calatrava was first occasioned in the yeare 1157 by certaine Monkes of the order of Cisteaux, vndertaking the defence of that city, then newly surprized vpon the Infidell, and in regard of the danger forsaken by the Knight Templars, to whose charge is was com­mitted. In processe of time it grew to that state, that besides 8 faire Monasteries, it now enjoyeth no lesse then 61 townes, and castles in both kingdomes of Castille & Aragon. The Knights doe weare for a marke of their order a white coate with a red crosse vpon it, and are subject to the Monkish discipline of Cisteaux. They haue made many flittings of their chiefe residence; from Calatrava to Ciruelos; to Buxeda; to Cor­colos; to Salvitierra; and from thence to the castle of Covo, where it now resteth. They haue beene seene to serue in the field against the Moores with 300 great horse which is the whole number of men of armes their Commaunderies were bound to set forth to the warres.

The famousv. Ioan. Maria­nae de Rebus Hispaniae lib. 11. c. 13. & de l' Histoire d' E­paigne par Loys de Ma­yerne livre 10. & 13. order of St Iames was begun, and occasioned not long after that of Calatrava, by the superstitious aemulation of the Monkes of St Eloy, and certaine Gentlemen of Castille; who by building hospitalls in diverse passages of Spaine for the entertainment of Chri­stian pilgrims, travailing from towards France to S. Iago, and perfor­ming other charitable offices towards those devoted people, deserved so well of Pope Alexander the third, that he erected them into an order; by this meanes becomming partly Ecclesiasticall, and partly Saecular, all of them appointed to liue after the rule of St Augustine, and the Sae­cular permitted to marry, so that they would not breake the bonds of wedlocke, which they must vow inviolably to keepe. Their first resi­dence was at their Covent by the Hospitall of St Marke, lying without the city of Leon. Afterwades falling out with Ferdinand king hereof, & remouing into the kingdome of Castille, they had there giuen them by king Alfonsus the towne, and castle of Vcles, now the chiefe seate of their order. Repossessing notwithstanding after the death of the said Ferdinand the Covent by St Marke, the order by this meanes be­came deuided into two severall factions, or parts; the townes and com­manderies in the kingdome of Leon acknowledging S. Marke, and those other of the kingdomes of Castille, and Portugall Vcles: all not­withstanding subject to one master, resident at Vcles, vntill king Diony­sius ranked the possessions, belonging herevnto in his kingdome of Portugall, vnder a master of their owne. The lands and possessions here­of (besides those of Portugall) are two Colledges in the Vniversity of Salamanca, a Covent at Sivilla, 4 Hermitages in the mountaines, 5 hos­pitalls of speciall reuenue, and some 90 commanderie townes, and castles. The Knights weare a red crosse vpon a white coate, fashioned like a sword, and are accompted at this day aboue 600 Gentlemen, besides a­bout 200 Friers resident in their Vicarages, Covents, and other bene­fices, and are by much the richest order in Spaine.

The orderv. Ioan. Ma­rianae de Re­bus Hispaniae. lib. 12. c. 3. & de l' Histoire d' Espaigne par Loys de Ma­yerne livre 11. of Alcantara was erected in the yeare 1217, by Alfon­sus king of Leon, who would that that towne with whatsoeuer else the order of Calatrava possessed in his kingdome should be deuided from thence, and made a distinct order; obseruing notwithstanding the discipline of Cisteaux, and acknowledging the cheifage, and superi­ority of the other. The Knights, for a distinction from them of Cala­trava, are marked with a greene crosse.

Thev. de l' Hi­stoire d' Es­paigne par Loys de Mayerne livre 10. order of Avis so called from a towne of that name in Portu­gall was founded by Sanctius the first king hereof. The Knights doe weare the greene crosse of Alcantara. The order in riches, and revenues is much inferiour to those before named.

Thev. Ioan. Ma­rianae de Re­bus Hispaniae. lib. 15. c. 16, & de l' Histoire d' Espaigne par Loys de May­erne. livre. 13. order of Christ was raised out of the ruines of the exauthori­zed order of the Templars, all whose lands, and possessions in Portugall were by king Dionysius assigned herevnto. It is the richest order in Portugall, to whose right belong the Ilands of the sea Atlantique, with the countries in Asia, Africa, & Brasil lately discovered, & now held by this nation. The marke hereof is a red crosse stroked in the middest with a white line. The first residence of the Knights was at Castroma­rin, [Page 9] seated at the mouth of the riuer Guadiana, now at Tovar betwixt the Guadiana, and the Taio.

The orderIbidem. of Montesa was instituted about the same time with the order of Christ in Portugall, & by the same occasion; vnto which Iames the first, king of Aragon, gaue all the revenues of the condemned order of the Templars, lying within his countrey of Valentia, with the towne & castle of Montesa, from whence it tooke the name, the cheif seate of the order. The Master and Knights hereof at the time of their first erection were made subject to them of Calatrava, and their Mon­kish discipline of Cisteaux. By leaue from Pope Benedict the 13 they af­terwards changed the marke hereof for a red crosse to be worne before their breasts, now the badge of the order.

All these in times past had their severall masters, who were still of especiall nobilitie, vsuall of the bloud royall, and many times the younger, or base sons of their Kings. They also had (as yet they re­taine) their vice-masters, or great Commendadors, whereof the order of St Iames had two (besides the part of the order in Portugall,) offices at this day of great note, and most commonly borne by the most emi­nent personages of the kingdome, the great Commendador of Castille, for the devision of Eucles, and the great Commendador of Leon for that of St Marke. These had likewise their Clavigeros, besides infinite petty Commendadors. The Knights were alwayes Gentlemen by birth. Ferdi­nand the fift, king of Castille, and Aragon, after the warres with the Moores, and Granado ended, jealous of the numbers & of the tumults, and disorders, which these priviledged gallants, wanting forreine im­ployment, might afterwards fall into, to the great danger, and pre­judice of his kingdomes, vnited the Master-ships hereof with the Crowne, followed afterwards by the Kings of Portugall in their domi­nions. Since this first injurie by a common fate of all religious states they haue for a long time languished, and now scarce are in being, their lawes & priviledges broken, and Gentlemen, Courtiers, and favorites of great men vsurping the titles and reuenues.

The Masterships of the kingdomes of Castille, and Portugall (Monte­sa in Aragon not reckoned) yeeld yearely to the king according to Linschottēs accompt aboue 126759 pound sterling, besides the rents of St George in Guinea, belonging to the order of Christ, worth 100000 duckats by the yeare. This hath beene the Ecclesiasticall state.

Concerning the ciuill, the whole is subject to one sole Monarch, de­vided notwithstanding into three distinct kingdomes, different in lawes, and customes, and not vnited but in their Prince: the kingdome of Castille, & Leon, wherevnto Navarra, & Granado are annexed, and are parts; & of Aragon; and of Portugall. Of these the kingdome of A­ragon enjoyeth a more free estate then the rest, the royall authority being so pressed downe by the priviledges of the people, & the pow­er of theirv. Ioan. Ma­rianae de Re­bus Hispainae. lib. 8. c. 1. & de l' Histoire d' Es­paigne par Loys de May­erne livre. 9. 13. 22. & 23. Iustitia that scarcely it may be accompted Monarchicall. In Castille, as in the chiefest and most devoted vnto him, the king is al­way resident, & here most commonly at Vallidolid, or Madrid. The o­ther [Page 10] two he commaundeth by his Vice-royes; whereof Aragon contay­neth three (for as much as consisting of so many different Provinces and gouernments,) the Vice-roye of Aragonia, resident at Saragoca, who ought still to be a natiue; the Vice-roye of the Countrey of Valentia, re­siding in the city of Valentia; and of Catalonia at Barcelona. Navarra likewise, although it be now incorporate with Castille, hath notwith­standing its particular Viceroye, administring justice according to the lawes of Castille, aud the customes, and the priviledges of the countrie. The lawes, all is gouerned by, are the municipall, or common lawes of each kingdome, and when these are wanting, the ciuill, or Roman law, professed, and executed by Civillians, brought vp in their Vniuersities, and following the proceeding and course of the Civill. A no small commendation of the Nation hath beene their strict execution hereof, which they administer with due severitie, and without partialitie, a chiefe cause of their generall more prosperous and flourishing estate. The King is haereditary, and where women for defect of male issue doe succeed.

Heev. Ioan. Ma­rianae de Re­bus Hispaniae lib 7. c. 4. & de l' Histoire d' Es­paigne par Loys de May­erne liv. 25. is stiled the most Catholique King, a title first giuen to Ricare­dus, the first Orthodoxe King of the Gothes, in a Provinciall councell held at Toledo, continued afterwards in Alfonsus the first king of Le­on, for his devout and religious carriages, but not becomming haere­ditary vntill Ferdinand the fift, king of Castille & Aragon; who honou­red herewith by Pope Iuly the second, for maintayning his quarrell a­gainst the excommunicated king of France, Lewes the twelfth, trans­mitted the same to succession vnto this day.

His dominions may not vnfitly be distinguished according to the 4 great devisions of the inhabited world, into those of Europe, Africke, Asia, and America. In the first besides Spaine, and the Ilands, therevnto be­longing, hee holdeth the kingdomes of Naples, and Sicily, the duke­dome of Millaine in Italy, and the Iland of Sardinia, besides the many Provinces of the Low-countries, not yet revolted, now in the possession of Isabella, aunt to Philip the fourth now raigning, after her decease without heires to returne againe vnto the Crowne of Spaine. In Africk he maintayned against the Infidells the townes of Oran, and Melilla, the great haven Muzalquiuer, the Penion or rocke of Veliz, the townes of Seuta, Tangier, and Mazagone in the Continent of Barbarie; the for­tresses of Arguin, and St George de la Mina in Aethiopia; beyond the cape of good hope the forts of Sena, and Sofala, with the Iland Mozam­bique; together with the Azores or Flemmish Ilands; those of Madera, Cape Verde, Saint Thomas, and del Principe lying along the West shore hereof on this side of the Promontorie of Buona Esperanza. In Asiá he commaundeth in a manner all the Sea-co [...]sts from the Persian gulfe to the famous Promontory, aunciently called Aurea Chersonesus, where now Malaca stādeth; in which space he possesseth the hauens & fortres­ses of Diu, Chavl, Goa, Canora, Cochin, Damain, Bazain, Tavaan, Colan, the haven, and castle of Columbo in the Iland of Zeilan, and the towne of Malaca in the aforesaid Chersonese, the furthest bounds of his East-In­dian Empire. Concerning America with the Phillippinae, and infinite o­ther [Page 11] Ilands thereunto belonging, his Catholickenes challengeth the whole, giuen vnto him by a Bull of his Countryman, Pope Alexander the Sixt. Moreouer the Knights of S. Iohn of Ierusalem doe hold of him the Iland of Malta, giuen vnto them after their retreat from Rhodes by the Emperour Charles the fift. Hee also layeth claime to the Iland of Corsica, possessed by the Genowayes, the kingdomes of Tunis, and Hieru­salem, vsurped by the Turkes, the Dukedome of Burgundy with-held by the French, with the vnited Prouinces of the Netherlands, lately with­drawne from his obedience by the confederate states.

His revenuesThe fourth booke of Iohn Hugh van Lin­sch [...]ten in his discourse of voy­ages into the East, and West Indies. from hence are great, as well in regard of the riches, & large extent hereof, as of the many taxes & impositions, which especi­ally his Spanish subjects of Castile, as well those of the Cleargy, as of the Laity are subject vnto; which first brought in vpon occasion of the ho­ly warres against the Infidels, vpon the like pretence against the Here­tiques, as they tearme the reformed, haue beene hitherto still kept vp, & maintained. The particulars heereof collected by Linschotten out of the Exchequers of his seuerall kingdomes, and as they were farmed out in the yeare 1578 before the vnion of Portugal (not otherwise to make any certaine estimate hereof, which must needes be vncertaine) were as follow. His demaine in Castile with the Alcavala, and Tertiae of that kingdome) which Alcavala is the tenth penny of all Lands, merchan­dise, & goods sold by any Castilian, (for further then that kingdome it extendeth not,) the Tertiae being the third part of all spirituall pro­motions, & revenues) yeeld yearly about the summe of 1274 Quintos. The custome of Merchandise, passing out of Biscay, and Guipuscoa into Ca­stile, paying after the rate of one in ten at the Custome-houses of Vi­ctoria, Horduna, and Valmas Ceda, amounteth to 70 Quintos. The custome for wares, passing through the Country of Leon by Sanabria, and Villa-Franca, one Quinto. The same for Merchandise out of Asturia by Oviedo, 375000 Maravedies. The rent of the Prevosts office of Bil­bao 490000 Maravedies. The toull of the Inland passages of Valentia, Aragonia, and Navarre, where is payed the tenth penny of all Merchan­dise brought thither out of Castile, 49 Quintos, and 35000 Maravedies. The like toull of certaine inland ports of Castile, frontiring vpon Portu­gal, for wares passing to and fro, betwixt those two kingdomes, 34 Quintos, and 155000 Maravedies. The woolls yearely transported out of Spaine into forreine Countryes, paying for euery sack, weighing a­boue ten Aroben, two dukats for a subiect, & 4 for a stranger, 53 Quintos, and 586000 Maravedies. The farme of the Almoxarischap of Sivilla for the tenth penny of the Merchandise of the Dutchmen, English, and other people of Europe, there discharged, 154 Quintos, and 309000 Marave­dies. The farme of the Almoxarischap of Sivilla for the Spanish Indies, (which is for the 20. penny of all Merchandise laden here, and bound thither, paying an other 20 penny at their arrivall there,) 67 Quintos. The rent of the mint of Spaine, (euery dukat which is there coyned for any of the Kings subiects paying a ryall of plate) 22 Quintos. The Sa­linas, or Salt-workes, belonging to the Crowne, are taxed at 93 Quintos. The Farmes of the Master-ships of S. Iames, Calatrava, and Alcantara, [Page 12] besides their pasturages, yeeld 98 Quintos. The rent of the pasturages of these Masterships 37 Quintos. The rent of the Quick-siluer mine at Almaden 73 Quintos. The rent of the siluer mine of Guadalcana in Estremadura was wont to be worth 187 Quintos by the yeare but is now much decayed. The rent called de la Moneda Forera (which is a certaine rent of euery hertsteed, each paying yearely 7 Maravedies,) yeeldeth 6 Quintos, and 656000 Maravedies. The farme of Cardes (euery paire here sold, paying vnto the King halfe a ryall of plate) 20 Quintos. The rashes or cloathes of Florence, (whereof euery peece pay­eth 6 dukats,) 10 Quintos. The Popes pardons (of which hee maketh good merchandise in America) 200 Quintos. The first fruits (payed by the Cleargy at their first entrances into their benefices for confir­mation of their places, giuen vnto him towards the maintainance of the warres against Heretiques & Infidels) 65 Quintos. The Excusado, a yearely contribution so called, because consented vnto by the Letters Patents of his Holines, (giuen by the Cleargy vpon the same pretext of holy warre) 11 Quintos. The Exercitio (granted by all the Provin­ces towards the keeping of slaues, and making, and maintaining of gal­lyes,) 7 Quintos, & 750000 Maravedies. The extraordinary contribution of Spain is yearly worth 104 Quintos, and 305000 Maravedies, gathe­red through the country amongst the common sort of people, taxed according to their seuerall abilities. The ordinary revenues of the kingdome of Aragon, a freer state then the rest, and lesse subiect to impositions, reach only to 75 Quintos. The revenues of Sicily to 375 Quintos. Of Naples to 450 Quintos. Of the Dukedome of Milaine to 300 Quintos. Of the West Indies to 300 Quintos. The Low-Countryes, with Burgundy, were wont to yeeld 700 Quintos; but besides the late revolt of some third part, they are now alienated from the Crowne hereof, assigned to the Arch-dutchesse Isabella. The Ilands of Sardi­nia, Mallorça, & Menorça affoord the Prince no profit at all, their whole revenues being imployed for their defence against the Turkish Pirats, to whose injuries they are still exposed, and sometimes more then is receiued. The ordinary revenues of Portugall amount to a million of Dukats. The Masterships of the crosse of that kingdome yeeld 100000 Dukats. The Ilands of the Sea Atlantique, the Açores, Madera, Cape-Verde, S. Thomas, and del Principe, (for the Canaries belong to the Crowne of Castile,) 200000 dukats. The Mine of S. George in Guinea, appertaining to the order of Christ, & now vsurped by the king, 100000 dukats. Brasil 150000 dukats. The custome of the spices, and merchandise brought to Lisbona frō the East-Indies (for the other revenues are spent vpon the defence of the Country,) 600000 dukats. His whole reve­nues out of all his three kingdomes, of Castile, Portugal, and Aragon, and of the conquests thereof we finde in Linschotten, (reckoning euery du­kat at 5s 6d, a million of Maravedies to a Quinto, and each Quinto at 735l, 5s ob. sterling,) accompted in grosse3479917 l. 5s 9d, the reve­nues of the Crowne of Spaine, and 605000l. the revenues of the Crowne of Portugal. Lin­schotten ib. at 4084917l, and 5s 9d English.

From such his large possessions and meanes, some much extolling the greatnes of this Prince, haue compared him with the great Turke, [Page 13] and other the mightiest Monarches of the world, yet not rightly con­sidering the many weakenesses, and imperfections his great body of estate is subject vnto, making him not only inferiour herevnto, but per­haps in solid strength to some lesser neighbouring Potentates. 1 The disvnion and remotenesse of his Prouinces, severed by infinite spaces of sea, & land, and their vnreadines herevpon in case of danger to re­lieue, & succour one another. 2 His slow praeparation for any warre vpon the same reason; his forces being long a gathering together from parts so farre distant, and subject still to be cut off by the way, or smothered in the many strangling harbours hereof, by a more quicke, and ready enimy. 3 His want of men for the execution of any great designe; his Indians, and other barbarous subiects being altogether vnfit for service, and Spaine for the causes before set downe not so well peopled, as that, with the rest of his dominions in Europe, it can afford any great matter. 4 The vncertainty, and danger of a great part of his revenues, expos'd to the hazard, and lets of seas, winds, pyracyes, and open enimies. 5 His extraordinarie charge and expence in the wages, and stipends of almost infinite Viceroyes, governours, officers, and souldiers he is forced to maintaine in the many Provinces of his scattered Empire. 6 The discontentednes of the greatest part of the people and nations, subject vnto him; the Aragonians being much offended with him for their priviledges broken, & ancient liberties infringed; the Portugalls never well brooking the Castillian government, forced herevnto by con­quest, and accustomed to Princes of their owne; and his estates in Ita­ly, and of the Levant kept from open revolt by the strength of Citadels, and Spanish garrisons. My censure onely shall be the greatnes of these his empty, scattered, and ill affected dominions rather to be a trouble, and burthen, then to adde any great advantage, and strength vnto him; not easily any long time to bee held together without his commaund of the Sea, or if not guided by a provident, and wise Councell, after the manner of the nation very warie, and circumspect in all their actions, and seldome committing ouersights, endued with an extraordinary judgment, constancy, and valour aboue many of their neighbours, as to foresee, and prevent, so to master, and remedy any mischiefes, and disorders, which may happen.

The Countrie at this day contayneth 18 greater parts, or devisions. 1. Of Portugall betwixt the Taio, and Guadiana. 2. Portugall betwixt the Taio, & Duero. 3. Portugal betwixt the Duero, & Minio. 4. Castillia la Nueva. 5. Castillia la Veia. 6. Galitia. 7. Asturia. 8. Biscaia. 9. Guipuscoa. 10. Navarra. 11. Estremadura. 12. Andaluzia. 13. Granado. 14. and Murcia, parts of the kingdome of Castille. and of 15. Aragonia. 16. Va­lentia. 17. Catalonia. 18. and the land of Russillon, the parts of the king­dome of Aragon: whose descriptiōs follow in the third place, after that I haue first set downe the auncient estate, with the many alterati­ons, & successions, hapning in the province from the first memorie of histories vnto our times, occasioning the present state, names, and devisions.

THE SIXTH BOOKE.

COntayning the Descriptions of the more noted Mountaines, the Riuers of Spaine. Their auncient, and moderne names. The more auncient limits, and names of Spaine. The first inhabi­tants. The intrusion of the Celtae, Tyrians, Phocenses, Zacyn­thij, and Rhodians. The first conquest hereof by the Carthagini­ans. Their continuance, and the extent here of their empire. The dominion hereof, and conquest of the Romans. The Description, and Estate of Spaine during the government of the Romans, col­lected out of Ptolemy, and the auncient Geographers. The Hi­story, invasion, and conquests of the Vandals, Silingi, Alans, Suevians, and Gothes. The succession, dominion, and history of the Moores. The beginning, encrease, and vnion of the king­domes, of Leon, Castille, Navarra, Aragon, and Portugal, with the Earledome of Barcelona. The present devision, names, and e­state of Spaine, occasioned thorough these mutations.

THE MOVNTAINES OF SPAINE.

THE Land-markes whereof wee will make vse in the ensuing discourse are the Mountaines, and Rivers hereof.

The Mountaines v. Ioan. Ma­rianae de Re­bus Hisp. l. 1. c. 3. may be distingui­shed in 6 greater ridges continuate, and knit together, and whereof the rest are parts.

A first is the noted ridge of the Pyre­nes Pyrene Ptol. lib. 2. Geogra. c. 6. Pyrene, & Montes Pyre­naei Strab. Ge­ograph. lib. 3. (Mon [...]) Pyre­naeus Pli. Nat. Hist. lib. 3. c. 1., common herevnto, and France, in­habited by both Nations, & the boūds of both. They begin at the Promonto­ry Oeaso Pto­montorium Pyrenes. Ptol. Geog. li. 2. c. 6. Oiarco, and Sea Cantabrique, and are continued from thence South-East betwixt the two kingdomes vntoVeneris Tem­plum Ptol. Ge­ogra. lib. 2. c. 6. Cabo de Creux, and the Sea Mediterranean. Part hereof towards the Mediterranean, and land of Rus­sillon [Page 2] is called the Mountaine Mons Canus Ioan. Epis. Ge­rundensis Pa­ralipom. His­paniae. lib. 1, Canigo. Other names, and distinctions we find not.

From these about Ronceval branch a second row of hills, coasting Westwards along the shoare of the Sea Cantabrique, and overspreading the countries of Guipuscoa, Biscay, and Asturia, vntill in Galitia, which they devide in the middest, at theNerium Pro­montorium Strab. Geogra. lib. 3. & Ptol. Geog. lib 2. c. 6 Cape Finisterre they end with the auncient world. Pliny seemeth to call theseIuga Asturum Plin. Nat Hist. lib. 3. c. 1. Iuga Asturum. Not vnfitly we may name them the Mountaines Cantabrian from their neighbour­hood vnto that Sea. Guipuscoa, Biscay, Asturia, with part of Galitia, or the parts of Spaine, lying North hereof betwixt them, and the Ocean, are called by the natiues the Countries beyond the Mountaines. A more eminent top hereof is the Mountaine Mons D. A­driani Vasaei Brugensis Chron. St Adrian, situated in the high roade to Baione, and France, cut through in the middest for the more easie passage of travellers; from whose top Vasaeus Brugensis repor­teth that he saw both the Cantabrian, and Mediterranean Seas.

Out of those craggie hills towards the head of the riuer Ebro pro­ceedeth a third ridge, which running directly South by the cities Burgos, Taradona, & Daroca, at length end at the Mediterranean, a litle West of the fall of the riuer Ebro. The whole was aunciently by Ptolemy,Idubeda Stra. Geog. lib. 3. & Ptol. l. 2. c. 6. & Strabo named mons Idubeda. It is now called by diuerse names; neere vnto the towne of Burgos Saltus Aucen­sis. Idem Vindius Mons Ptol. l. 2. c. 6. secundum Birtium., Monte D'oca; at the head of the riuer Due­ro Sierra de Coçollo; neere to Taradona Monte Edulius Mons Ptol. l. 2. c. 6. e­odē interprete. Moncaio; to Daroca Si­erra Balbaniera; and at the sea Monte Moncia.

From Idubeda a little beneath Monte Moncaio ariseth a fourth banke of mountaines, which, first directing their course South-west by the townes Molina, and Cuença, afterwards at Segura, and Alcaroz doe part into two branches; the one extending to the towne of Muxacra, Murcia, and the Levant; the other passing through the kingdome of Granado along the coast of the Levant, vntill ending at the towne, and straights of Gibraltar. This whole ridge is namedOrospeda Strab. Geog. li. 3. O [...]ospeda. Ptol. lib. 2. c 6. Orospeda by Strabo. Ptolemy calleth part hereofIllipula Mons Pt. Geo. l. 2. c. 4. Montem Illipulam, now the tract of the Alpuxarras. It now hath diverse names. Neere vnto the towne of Molina it is called Monte de Molina; to Cuença Monte de Cuença; to Al­caraz Sierra de Alcaraz; to Segura Monte de Segura; to Granado Sierra Nevada; to Velez Malaga the Alpuxarras; and to Ronda Sierra de Ron­da. The extreame point hereof aunciently namedCalpe Strab. Geog l. 3. & Pl. in proaemio. li. 5. Nat. Hist. Calpe, now the mountaine of Gibraltar, was one of theProxima au­tem faucibus v­trinque imposi­ti montes coer­cent, Abila A­fricae, Europae Calpe, laborum Herculis metae. Quam ob cau­sam indigenae columnas eius Dei vocant, credunt (que) per­fossos exclusa ante à admisisse maria, & rerum naturae mutās­se faciem▪ Plin. ibidem. two famous pillars of Hercu­les, the end and bounds of his labours; answered on the other side of the straights in Afrique by another like copped mountaine, called Abi­la, which was the other pillar. The narrow Seas betwixt those two hills were named from hence Fretum Herculeum, Fretum Her­culium. now the straights of Gi­braltar.

Out of Orospeda about the towne of Alcaraz brancheth the a fift mountaine, named by PtolemyMons Maria­nus Ptol. Geog. lib. 2. c. 4. Mons Marianus, now Sierra Morena, which, running along the right shoare of the riuer Guadal­quiver, still accompanieth the same vnto the Atlantique Ocean. The [Page 3] part hereof from Alcaraz vnto Cordova was particularly named by CaesarSaltus Castu­lonensis Cae­sar. Comment. Bell. Civ. c. 14. Saltus Castulonensis from the city Castulo, now Navas de To­losa.

Neere vnto the Mountaine Moncaio, and the beginning of Orospeda, in the middest of a spacious plaine ariseth by degrees a sixt ridge of Mountaines, which keeping the riuer Taio continually vpon the left side, from the which it is neuer farre distant, first distinguisheth New Castille from the Old, then, deviding Portugal into two equall parts, at the towne of Sintra some 28 miles from Lisbona maketh the Pro­montory aunciently called Lunae Lunae Montis Promontorium Ptol. Geog. lib. 2. c. 5. Montis Promontorium by Ptolemy, now Capo de St Gian. This long ridge is not now knowne by any one name, new or auncient, but onely by the names of such townes it passeth by; neere to the towne of Avila being called Monte de Avila; to Segovia Monte de Segovia; to Placenza Vera de Placenza. The part hereof in the kingdome of Castille was called by Plinyu Iuga Carpetania; Iuga Carpe­tana Plin. Nat. Hist. lib. 3. c. 1. the part in PortugalLunae mons Ptol. Geog. lib. 2. cap. 5. Lunae Mons by Ptolemy.

THE RIVERS.

THe rivers for the most part issue out of those Mountainous tracts. The greater are the Ebro, Guadalquivir, Guadiana, Taio, Duero, & Minio.

TheIberus Strab. Geog. lib. 3. &c. Ebro ariseth with two heads out of the Cantabrian Mountaines, neere to the beginning of Monte D'oca, at the towne, which is named from hence Fuentibre. Passing from hence through the kingdomes of Navarra, and Aragon by the townes Tudela, Saragoça, and Tortosa, a li­tle below this city deviding its streames, after the course of 460 miles it falleth into the Mediterranean. Chiefer riuers, which are hereinto receyved, are first out of the mountaines of the Pyrenes Aragon flu. Arga rio, oc­casioning the name of that kingdome, now confining the countries Aragonia, and Navarra. Gallego rio. Cinga Caes. Com. Bell. Ci [...]. lib. 1. c. 17. &c. Senga; andSicoris Caes. ibidem &c. Segre. On the other side of the Ebro out of the mountaine IdubedaSalo Martia­lis Epigram. Xalon rio.

Guadalquivir Baetis Strab. Geog. lib. 3. &c. signifieth in the language of the Moores a great wa­ter. It springeth out of Sierra de Alcaraz, part of Orospeda, not farre from the towne of Caçorla. Flowing through Andaluzia by the cities Cordova, and Sivilla, a litle from St Lucar de Barameda it is disburde­ned into the Ocean. Chiefer streames, which empty hereinto, are Gua­dalimar rio out of Sierra de Alcaraz; and Xenil Singilis Plin. Nat. Hist. lib. 3. c. 1. out of the mountaines of Granado.

Guadiana Anas Strab. lib. 3. etc. signifyeth in the same Moorish language the water A­nas, the auncient name. It ariseth amongst the mountainous heapes of Orospeda in Campo de Montiel, neere vnto an obscure towne, named Cagnamares. Afterwards betwixt the townes Medelino, and Villaria it is hidden vnder ground for the space of ten miles. Deviding first E­stemadura, then that country, & Portugal; betwixt Ayamonte, and Castro­marin it is swallowed by the Ocean. There are not any riuers of ac­compt, which are receiued into the channell hereof, although the course be very long; which hapneth thorough an extraordinarie dri­nes [Page 4] of the neighbouring Countries.

TheTagus Strab. lib. 3. etc. Taio streameth out of Orospeda about 6 miles from a litle towne called Tragaçet, not farre from Cuença. Through New Castille, & Portugall, and by the cities Toledo, and Lisbona at Cascais it falleth into the Ocean. Of the famous gold hereof is made thevid. Resendij Lusitaniae An­tiquitat. lib. 2. (de Tago. Scepter of the kings of Portugal. Chiefer riuers flowing hereinto are Henares, and Guadarae­ma, both of them issuing out of the Mountaines of Castille.

Duero Durius Plin. Nat. Hist. lib. 4. c. 22. etc. Dori­as Pto. Geog. l. 2. c. 5. ariseth out of the Sierra de Coçollo, part of Idubeda, not farre from the towne of Soria, and the ruines of the auncient Numantia. It first directeth its streames towards the South, but, meeting with the Mountaines of Castille it diverteth to the West; whence carrying along all the riuers of Castillia la Veia, and Leon, and passing through Portu­gall, a litle below the towne of Porto it is disburdened into the At­lantique. This is thought to containe a greater quantity of waters then the Taio doth; although straitned within a more narrow channell (flowing for the most part amongst hills, and mountaines) it seemeth lesser. It is neither by reason of the swift current so navigable as the other. Chiefer riuers emptied hereinto arePisorica. the Pisverga, and Termes.

TheMinius Plin. Nat, Hist. lib. 4. c. 22. et Ptol. Geog. lib. 4. c. 6. Boe­nis, et Minius Strab. Geo. l. 3. riuer Minio springeth out of the Alpes of Galitia at Castel­verde some 6 miles vpon the North of Lugo. Meeting with the river Avia at the towne of Valentia, then deviding Galitia, and Portugall, it is emptied into the Westerne Ocean not farre from Baiona.

Other rivers, hauing immediate entercourse with the Ocean, are first in CataloniaRubicatus Pt. Geog. l. 2. c. 6. Lobregat, andThulcis. Francolino: in the countrey of Va­lentia Guadilivar Turium flu. Plin. Nat. Hist. lib. 3. c. 3. Duri­as Strab. Geog. l 3. Turia Clau­diani. Floribus, et ro­seis formosus Turia ripis., andSucro Ptol. Geog. lib. 2. c. 6. etc. Xucar: in the kingdome of Granado Guadal­quivireio, and Guadalantin: in Andaluzia Guadalethe: in Portugal be­twixt Guadiana, and the TaioCalipodis flu. Pto. l. 2. c. 5. Palma: betwixt the Taio, and Due­ro Monda [...] Ptol. Geog. li. 2. c. 5. Mondego: betwixt the Duero, and Minio, the riuerLimius Ptol. lib. 2. c. 6. Limia Plin. Nat. Hist. l. 4. c. 22. Lethe, et Limaea Stra. Geog. lib. 3. Limia, the famousVltimi colunt Artabri ad Pro­montorium, quod vocatur Nerium, in quod Occidua, et Septentrio­nalis linea de­sinunt. Habi­tant circum Celtici, cog­nati eorum Cel­ticorum qui sunt ad Anam. Ferunt enim inter hos, et Turdulos cum fecissent exped itionem eò, Limaeo (quem diximus) flumine transito, ortam seditionem: ad quam cum accessisset ducis obitus, mansisse ibi dispersos, inde que Oblivion [...] flu [...]io nomen factam. Strab. l. 3. Geo. Lethe of the auncient Poets. There are not any riuers of note receiued into the Cātabriā Sea, stopped by the intervening of the lōg mountainous ridge, before mentioned, drawne from Ronceval of the Pyrenes vnto Cabo Finisterre, and coasting along that shoare. Those which be, of short courses, and falling from that banke of Mountaines, are the riuer Mearo, now deviding Galitia, and Asturia: in Biscaia I­baisabellum, vpon which standeth the rich towne of Bilbao: and in Guipuscoa Gurvinea rio, the riuer of the port of St Sebastian. Here is also the Vidosa springing out of the Pyrenean Mountaines, and at Fuentarabia bounding this kingdome, and France. The most part of those of the South, lying betwixt the Guadiana, and Ebro haue the Punique word Guadi prefixed; an argument of the long, and setled a­bode of the Moores in those parts. None of these riuers are verie deepe, and navigable, vsually spreading too wide, and through the naturall drought of the Country, scanted of waters; besides vneven, and vncertaine.

Marinaeus Siculus reckneth the whole nūber to be 150 ofMarinaei Siculi de Rebus Hispan. lib. 1. al sorts.

DIVERS NAMES OF SPAINE.

THE more ancient Greeke Authours haue named this Countrey Iberia Hero­doti lib. 1. &c. v. & Plin. Nat. hist. l. 3. c. 1. & 3. & lib. 37. c. 2. Ptol. Geog. l. 2. c. 4. & Strabo­nis Geog. l. 3. Iberia, either from the noted riuer Iberus, (which is most proba­ble,) or from the Iberi, a people of Asia, neighbouring to the Caspian Sea, related by Pliny with the Persians sometimes to haue come into those parts. By others also wee finde it sometimes calledCeltiberia. v. Appiani Alex­andrini lib. de bellis Hispani­cis, & Strab. l. 3. Celtiberia from the more warlike and famous nation of the Celtiberi; likewise Hesperia, Hesperia Ho­ratii carm. l. 1. Od. 36. from the Evening starre, and its more Westerne situation. The latter Greekes, and generally all the Latines call itHispania Strab. Geog. l. 3 Ptol. l. 2. c. 4. &c. Spania Ammonij de Gestis Franco­rum l. 2. c. 20. Hispania, or Spaine, (a name which to this day it retaines,) if we may beleeue Iustin, from v. Iustin. hist. lib. 44. Hispanus, once king hereof, not to trouble you with more difficult, and further fetcht Etymologies, and alike vncertaine.

ANCIENT BOVNDS.

THE Bounds hereof haue still beene the same; environed vpon three sides with the Ocean, and on the part towards the Continent of Europe, walled from the Province of Gaule, or France, with the long ridge of the Pyrenean mountaines, extended betwixt the Mediterranean, and Cantabrique Seas.

SPAINE VNDER THE FIRST NATIVES.

THEv. Macrobii Saturn. l. 1. c. 20 Herodoti l. 1. Plutarchi vit. in Scipio. Afri­cano. Iustini hist. l. 44. first rule, and dominion hereof was vnder the natiue Spani­ards, (for we reade not any former name of inhabitants) after the manner of all barbarous Nations, shared amongst many lesser, and obscure Princes. Amongst these wee finde mention in Macrobius of one The­ron, king of the hither Spaine: in Herodotus of Arganthonius; and in Iustin of Gargoris, and Habis, kings of Tartessus: of Mandonius, and Indi­bilis in Plutarch in the life of the great African: of Luceyus, Prince of the Celtiberians, in the same Authour. Concerning other memories hereof in regard of their exceeding antiquity, and the rudenes of those first times little is related; or whereunto safe credit may bee giuen.

The first intrusion of forreine Nations.

OF stranger nations the first intruding here amōgst, were thev. Strab. Ge­og. l. 3. & 4. Pli. Nat. Hist. l. 3. c. 1. Marianae de Rebus Hisp. l. 1. c. 14. & 15. Celtae, Tyrians, Phocenses, Zacynthij, & Rhodij; the occasion of whose des­cent hither we haue before pointed at. The first arriuall of the Tyrians, Strabo setteth downe to haue hapned before the age of Homer: Ma­riana (I know not from what more ancient authority,) about the foundation of the City of Carthage, brought hither by Sichaeus, hus­band to Queene Dido. The comming of the other is more vncertain. [Page 6] From the Celtae, the warlike Celtiberi, Calaeci, and Celtici, were descen­ded. By the Phocenses, a colony of the Massillians, the city Emporiae, and Dianium were founded. By the Zacynthij, the famous Saguntum. By the Rhodians (as is thought) the city Rhodope. By the Tyrians, Gades. Strabo relateth in his third booke the most part in his time of the townes of Turdetania, and of the neighbouring Sea-coasts, to haue been colonies of this People.

The conquest-hereof by the Carthaginians.

THEv. Polyb. hist. Rom. l. 2. 3. 10. & 11. T. Livij Rom. Hist. l. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. & 28. Iustini hist. l. 44. Appianum Alexandrinum de Bell. Punic. & Hispan. first, who vpon an ambitious desire of attayning greater domi­nion, and Empire invaded this Province, were the Carthaginians. Re­pulsed from Sicily and other Ilands of the Levant about the yeare of Rome 132, and bending their forces towards the West, they first tooke in here the Iland of Ebusa, belonging to this Continent. About the yeare 236, invited by the Tyrians, inhabiting Gades, to their aid against the neighbouring Spaniards, turning their faithlesse armes here against they dispossessed them of that famous city and Iland. By their cap­taines Himilco, and Hanno in the yeare 307, by force and subtilty they got seazed of the Ilands of the Baleares. Vnder Hamilcar, father to the great Hannibal, about the yeare of Rome 516, first to any purpose at­tempting vpon the Continent, they conquered Betica, together with the Bastetani, and Contestani vpon the same shore of the Levant. By Hasdru­bal, succeeding hereunto in the government, they enlarged their con­quests, (the city of the Saguntines excepted,) as farre as the Ebro. By Hannibal, successour vnto Hasdrubal, (Saguntum taken, and the Carpeta­ni, Ilergetes, Ausetani, and other barbarous people subdued,) they ex­tended the same vnto the Pyrenaean Mountaines, stretching vpon the o­ther side Westwards vnto the straights of Hercules; Lusitania, and the more Northerne parts excluded, remaining yet free, and not conquered by forreine power till afterwards. By the fortune of the second Pu­nique warre in the 14 yeare thereof, they quite abandoned and lost this Province, driuen out by the valiant P. Scipio, from his greater victo­ries, afterwards surnamed the African, some 416 yeares after their first taking of Ebusa, and about 32 yeares since their invasion and conquest of the Continent by Hamilcar, leauing the same, and their other hopes herein to the more fortunate and better succeeding Romans.

By the Romans.

THEv. T. Livij Hist. Rom. l. 21 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. & 28. &c Polybij hist. l. 3. 10. & 11. Strab. Geog. l. 3. Plutarch. in vita P. Scipio­nis Africani. L. Flori Hist. Rom. l. 2. c. 6. 17. & 18. & lib. 4. c. 12. Rufi Fe­sti Breviarium. Eutropii hist. Rom. l. 3. 4. 6. & 7. M. Aurelj Cassiodori chronicon, Impe­ratore Octavi­ano Augusto. Appian. Alex­andrini de bel. Hispan. & Pun. lib. occasion of the first attempts of this Nation hereupon, was their like ambition of greater dominion, together with their jealousie of the Carthaginian greatnes, whose conquests here, and dayly en­croachings they much feared; the joint cause hereof, and of the second Punique warre. Vnder Cn: and Pub: Scipio brethren, pretending the aide hereof, and the revenge of their confederates the Saguntines, [Page 7] iniuriously warred vpon, and sacked by Hannibal, in the yeare of Rome 534, and about the beginning of that warre they first set footing herein; after many victories, both of them diasterously here slaine by the armes of the Carthaginians, and treason of the Celti­berians. Vnto these with much better fortune succeeded in the Procon­sulship, and warre hereof in the yeare of Rome 543 Publius Scipio the African, son to the other Pub: Scipio before named, whose valour, or chance it was vtterly to expell here-hence the Carthaginians, and to make way for the Romane greatnes; by the issue of this warre partly made subject to the Empire hereof, and partly won vnto their friend­ship, and confederacy. Occasioned by the sundry after warres, tumults, and rebellions of the fierce and warlike people of the Celtiberi, Nu­mantini, Lusitani, Celtici, Calaeci, Astures, Cantabri and others, several­ly tamed, and brought vnder by their Captaines, and Leiftenants Cato Censorinus, Gracchus, the Metelli, Lucullus, Decimus Brutus, Fabius, Scipio Numantinus, Pompey, and Augustus Caesar, (for together to the ruine of the whole they neuer consented in any warre) after aboue 200 yeares resistance they at length conquered the whole, not fully quieted, and reduced into the order of a Province vntill Augustus; the first people of the Continent (the Italians excepted) in part subdued herevnto, and almost the last totally and fully conquered, & brought vnder their lawes, and government. The whole time the Romans com­manded here, accompting from Scipio African vnto Eurycus King of the Visi-Gothes, by whom they were quite expulsed, was about 700 yeares; gouerned by their Proconsuls, Praetors, Rectors, Vicarii, & other names of Magistrates, according as the times, and policy of the Em­pire changed.

THE DESCRIPTION OF SPAINE VN­DER THE ROMANS.

THEv. T. Livij Hist. Rom. l. 55. Strab. Geog. l. 3. Guidonis Pancirolli in Notitiam Im­perij Occiden­tis Com. c. 67. Lodovici No­nij Hispaniam. first devision, which we finde hereof during those first times, was into the hither, and the further Spaine, the riuer Ebro bounding those two parts; afterwards this bound set further West­wards, and the hither Spaine contayned betwixt it, and the Pyrenaean mountaines, and the further Spaine lying beyond. Augustus Caesar subdividing the further Spaine, first distinguished the whole into 3 parts, or Provinces, the hither Spaine, otherwise more commonly called Tarraconensis, from the city Tarraco; and Baetica; & Lusitania, the parts of the further Spaine, a devision afterwards obserued through the Em­pire vntill the raigne of the Emperour Constantine the great; the exacter bounds whereof with their people & cities, as they were in those times, I haue inserted out of Ptolemy, as followeth, with reference to Strabo, Pliny, and other auncient Geographers.

BAETICA.

SO calledv. C. Ptol. Geog. li. 2. c. 4. Plin. Nat. Hist. l. 3. c. 1. Strab. Geog. l. 3. Pom. Melae. l. 2. c. 6. Itinerarium Antonini Au­gusti. Lodovici Nonij Hispani­am. P. Monta­ni, & Birtij In­terpretat in C. Ptol. Geog. lib. 2. c. 4. from the river Betis, now Guadalquivir, passing through the same. The bounds hereof were the Sea extended from the more Easterne branch of the river Anas vnto the towne of Murgis, neere the Promontory Charidemum: the riuer Anas, deviding it from Lusi­tania, and a line drawne from the Anas over land vnto the said Towne of Murgis, parting it from Tarraconesis. Mariana beginneth this line from the riuer Anas, or Guadiana, where now standeth the towne of Almagro, continuing the same ouer Navas de Tolosa vnto the fore­named towne of Murgis, and the sea Mediterranean. It contayneth at this day the countries of Granado, and Andaluzia, with part of Estre­madura, & Portugal.

The people hereof were the Bastuli Paeni (the Bastuli of Strabo,) now the Sea-coasts of Andaluzia, and Granado from the straights of Gibraltar vnto the Promontory de Gates. Their cities were Menralia, now Begorra de Melana. Traducta. Barbesola, (Barbesula of Pliny, and Mela.) Carteia, (Carteia of Pliny, Strabo, and Mela, and Calpe Carteia of Antoninus, situated betwixt Malaca, and Gades) now Algeriza. Suea, now Chipiona. Malaca, (Malaca of Strabo, Mela, & Antoninus, & Suel Malaca of Pliny) now Malaga. Menoba (Maenoba of Strabo, & Me­noba of Pliny, and Antoninus in the way betwixt Malaca, and Ca­stulo.) Sex (Sexi Firmum, surnamed Iulium of Pliny, and Sexitanum of Antoninus in the way betwixt Castulo and Malaca) now Velez Malaga. Selambina (Selambina of Pliny) now Selabrenna. Extentio. Abdara (Abdera of Pliny, founded by the Carthaginians, Abdera, built by the Phenicians after Strabo) now Almeria. Portus Magnus. and Baria, now Barria.

The Turduli, (Turduli of Strabo, Turduli, part of Baeturia, after Pliny) now the rest of Granado, with part of Andaluzia within the land towards Tarraconensis: whose cities were Setia (Sitia of Pliny.) Illurgis (Illiturgi, surnamed Forum Iulium, of Pliny, Illiturgis of An­toninus, in the way betwixt Castulo, and Corduba,) now Anduxar, a village towne distant about halfe a Spanish league from Iaen. Vogia. Calpurniana, now Carpio. Caecilla. Baniana. Corduba (Corduba of Strabo, Mela, and Antoninus, and Corduba, a Roman Colony, su­named Patritia by Pliny,) now Cordova. Iulia (Iulia of Pliny, & Stra­bo,) now Belia. Obulcum (Obulco of Strabo, and Obulco, surnamed Pontificense, of Pliny,) now Porcunna. Arcilacis, now Alcala-horra. Detunda. Murgis (Murgis, the end of Baetica, after Pliny, and Mur­gis of Antoninus, in the way betwixt Castulo & Malaca,) now Muxa­cra. Salduba (Salduba of Pliny, and Mela) now Vbeda. Tucci (Tucis of Strabo, Tucci, surnamed Augusta Gemella, of Pliny, and Tucci of Antoninus, in the way betwixt the mouth of the river Anas, and E­merita.) Sala. Balda. Ebora (Ebura, surnamed Cerealis, of Pliny.) O­noba (Onoba of Strabo, Onoba Martialum of Pliny, and Onoba of Antoninus in the way betwixt Emerita, and the mouth of the riuer A­nas.) [Page 9] Illipula magna (Illipula, surnamed Laus, of Pliny, Illipula, vpon the river Baetis, of Strabo.) Selia. Vescis. Escua, (Escua of Pliny.) Arti­gis, (Artigi, surnamed Iulienses of Pliny, Artigi of Antoninus in the way betwixt Corduba and Emerita,) now Alhama. Calicula. Lacibis, (Lacibi of Pliny.) Sacilis, (Sacili of Pliny) now Alcorrucen. Laccippo (Laccippo of Pliny.) Illiberis (Iliberi surnamed Iulienses of Pliny,) standing sometimes vpon the hill Elvire neere vnto the citie of Gra­nado. Mnesthei Portus (Mnesthei Portus of Strabo) now El Puerto de S. Maria. Belon (Bello of Mela, Belon of Pliny, Belo of Strabo, and Belo of Antoninus, in the way betwixt Malaca & Gades) now Tarif.

The Turditani (the Turditani of Strabo) contayning now in a manner the rest of Andaluzia, with the part of Estremadura, lying to­wards Portugal: whose townes were Canaca. Seria, (Seria of Pliny.) Osca (Osca of Pliny.) Caeriana. Vrium. Illipula, (Ilipula minor of Pliny.) Setida. Ptucci. Sala. Nebrissa, (Nebrissa of Strabo, and Nebrissa, surna­med Venerea inter Baetis aestuaria, of Pliny) now Le-brixa. Vgia. Asta (A­sta Regia of Pliny, and Strabo, & Asta of Antoninus, in the way be­twixt Gades and Corduba,) now Xeres de la Frontera. Corticata. Lelia. Italica (Italica of Strabo, Ilipa surnamed Italica of Pliny, and Italica of Antoninus, 6. m. frō Hispalis) now Sevilla la Veia. Maxilua. Vcia. Carissa, (Carisa, surnamed Aurelia, of Pliny) now Carina. Calduba. Caesula. Sagun­tia (Saguntia of Pliny) now Giconça. Asindū (Asido Caesariana of Pli­ny) now Medina Sidonia. Nertobriga, now Valera Ar-monta. Contribu­ta (Contributa of Pliny, and Contributa of Antoninus in the way betwixt the mouth of the Anas, and Emerita.) Rhegina. Cursus. Miro­briga (Mirobrica of Pliny.) Spoletinum. Laepa magna. Hispalis (Hispalis of Strabo, & Mela, and Hispalis Colonia, surnamed Romulensis, of Pliny) now Sevilla. Obucola, (Obulcula of Pliny, and Obucula of An­toninus, in the way betwixt Hispalis, & Emerita.) Oleastrum, (Olea­trum of Strabo, & Oleastro of Pliny) now Oleatro. Vrbona. Baesippo, (Be­sippo of Mela, & Baesippo of Antoninus in the way betwixt Malaca, and Gades.) Fornacis. Arsa, (Arsa of Pliny.) Asyla. Astygis (Astygi co­lonia, surnamed Augusta Firma of Pliny, Astygi of Mela, and Astygi of Antoninus, seated betwixt Hispalis, and Cordova,) now Eceia. and Charmonia (Carmon of Strabo, and Carmon of Antoninus, seated be­twixt Hispalis & Emerita.

The Celtici of Pliny, now the part of Estremadura, confining vpon Portugal: whose townes were, Aruci (Arucci of Plinie.) Arunda (A­runda of Pliny.) Curgia; Acinipo (Acinippo of Pliny.) and Vama.

Pliny addeth amongst the Bastuli Paent the townes Ossonoba, surna­med Lusturia, Interfluentes. Luxia. Vrium. and Mellaria (Mellaria of Strabo, and Mela, and Mellaria of Antoninus in the way betwixt Ma­laca & Gades.) Amongst the Bastitani Segeda, surnamed Augurina. Vir­gao, surnamed Alba (Vergi in the bay Vergitanus after Mela) now Vera. Singilia, now Antiqueria. Hegua. Arialdunum. Aglaminor. Baebro. Castra Vinaria. Episibrium. Hipponova. Illurco. Succubo. and Nuditanum. In the resort of Corduba, Ossigi, surnamed Laconicum. Ipasturgi, surnamed Triumphale. Ripepora Faederatorum. Corbulo. and Decuma. In the resort [Page 10] of Hispalis, Osset, surnamed Iutia Constantia. Celtica. Axatiara. Vergen­tum. and Colobona. In the resort of Astigi, Attubi, surnamed Claritas Iulia. Vrso, surnamed Genua Vrbanorum, (Vrso of Strabo) now Ossuna. Munda (Munda of Strabo) now Munda. Ostippo (Ostippo of Antoni­nus, in the way betwixt Gades, & Corduba.) Callet. Castra Gemina. Merucra. Sacrana. Oningis. Vertobrige. Concordia Iulia. Laconimur­gi. Constantia Iulia. Turobrica. Lastigi. Alpesa. Saepona. and Serippo. And in the resort of Gades, Vlia. Vrgia, surnamed Castrum Iulium. Besaro; with others, whose present names, & places we finde not. Strabo ad­deth Apetua. Astenas. and Luciferi Fanum, now S. Lucar de Barrameda. The whole number of townes after Pliny amounted to 175 of all sorts: amongst which were foure iuridicall resorts, Gades, Corduba, Asty­gi, and Hispalis; 8 Roman colonies; 8 Roman Municipia; 29 enjoying the rights of the auncient Latines; 6 free townes; and 120 Stipendiaries. The part lying betwixt the riuer Anas, & Baetis he more particularly nameth Baeturia, distinguished into Baeturia Celtica (surnamed thus from the Celtici,) which was the part adjoyning to Lusitania; and Baeturia Turdulorum, [...]ying neere to Tarraconensis, surnamed thus from the people of the Turduli.

LVSITANIA.

THusvid. C. Ptol. Geog. li. 2. c. 5. Strab. Geog. li. 3. Plin. Natur. Hist l. 4. c. 21. & 22. Pom. Melae l. 2. c. 6. Itinera­rium Antoni­nini Augusti. Lodovici No­nij Hispaniam. P. Montani, et Bertii inter­pret. in C. Ptol. l. 2. c. 5. named from the chiefe inhabitants the Lusitani. The bounds hereof were the riuer Anas, common herevnto, and Baetica; the O­cean, intercepted betwixt the Anas, and Duero; the Duero, deviding it from the Callaici Bracarenses; and a line from the Duero vnto the Anas, parting it from Tarraconensis. Mariana draweth this line from the confluence of the Duero, & Pisuerga, by Puente de Arcibispo (a noted bridge over the Taio) vnto that part of the Anas, where sometimes dwelt the Oretani, and called now Comarcha de Almagro. It compre­hendeth now the part of the kingdome of Portugal betwixt the Guadia­na; & Duero; with parts of Estremadura, and the two Castiles.

The people were the Turditani (Turduli ve­teres, qui ali­ter Barduli, et Tapori, Pli. ib. Turduli Veteres, called otherwise the Barduli, and Tapori, after Pliny,) continuate with those of Baetica, lying on both sides the Promontory Sacrum from the Anas vnto the ri­ver Tagus, and contayning now the kingdome of Algarue, with part of the true Portugal vnto that riuer: whose cities were Balsa (Balsa of Pli­ny, and Balsa of Antoninus, seated in the way from Estris vnto Pax Iulia,) now Tavilla. Ossonoba (Ossonoba of Pliny, and Ossonoba of Antoninus,) now Gibraleon, or Faro. Salacia (Salacia of Pliny, and Sa­lacia of Antoninus, in the way betwixt Olisipon & Emerita) now Se­tunel. Caetobrix. Pax Iulia (Pax of Pliny, and Pax Iulia of Antoninus) now Beia, or Badaios; and Iulia Myrtilis (Myrtylis of Pliny.)

The Celtici (Celtici of Strabo) continuate likewise with those of Baetica, and comprehending now part of the true Portugal betwixt the riuers Palma, and Taio: whose cities were Lancobriga (Langobriga of Antoninus.) Piana. Braetoleum. Mirobrica (Mirobrigenses of Pliny, Mi­robriga of Antoninus, in the way betwixt Emerita, and Caesaraugusta) [Page 11] Arcobriga, now Alcaçor. Meribriga (Merobrica of Pliny.) Catraleucos. Turres Albae; and Arundae (Arunditani of Pliny.

The Lusitani, particularly so called; containing now Portugal be­twixt the riuer Taio, and Duero, with part of Estremadura, and New Ca­stile: whose cities were Oliosipon (Olisipon of Antoninus, Olysippo, sur­named Faelicitas Iulia of Pliny,) now Lisbona. Lavara; now Avero. A­ritium (Aritium Praetorium of Antoninus, in the way betwixt Oliosi­pon and Emerita.) Selium (Sellium of Antoninus, in the way betwixt Oliosipon, and Bracara Augusta.) Elcoboris. Araducta. Verurium. Vella­dis. Aminium. Chretina. Arabriga. Scabaliscus (Scalabis, surnamed Prae­sidium Iulium of Pliny, and Scalabis of Antoninus, in the way betwixt Oliosipon, and Bracara Augusta.) now Trugillo, or Santaren. Tacubis. Concordia (Concordienses of Pliny.) Talabriga (Talabrica of Antoni­nus, in the way from Oliosipon to Bracara Augusta.) Rusticana, now Cuidad Rodrigo. Menteculia. Carium (Caurenses of Pliny) now Coria. Turmogum. Burdua. Colarnum (Colarni of Pliny.) Salaecus. Amaea (Am­mienses of Pliny.) Norba Casarea (Norba Caesariana of Pliny) now Al­cantara. Licinniana. Augusta Emerita (Augusta Emerita of Pliny, and Strabo, Emerita of Antoninus, Emerita the chiefest city in Lusitania after Mela,) now Merida. Evandria, Evandriata of Antoninus, in the way from Oliosipon to Emerita; now Caçeres. Geraea. Caecilia Gemelliana, Ca­stra Caecilia of Antoninus, in the way from Emerita to Caesaraugusta; now S. Maria de Guadalupe. and Capasa.

The Vettones, Vettones of Strabo; now part of Leon, & Castillia la Veia: whose cities were Lancia opidana, Lancienses of Pliny. Cottaeobriga. Sal­mantica, Salmantica of Antoninus, in the way betwixt Emerita, and Caesaraugusta; now Salamança. Augustobriga, Augustobrigenses of Pliny, and Augustobriga of Antoninus, in the way from Emerita to Caesarau­gusta. Ocellum, Ocelenses of Pliny, and Ocellum Duri of Antoninus, in the way from Emerita to Caesaraugusta. Capara, Caperenses of Pliny. Manliana. Laconimurgi. Deobriga. Obila. and Lama.

Pliny addeth the Pesuri; and of townes Conimbrica (Conimbrica of Antoninus, in the way from Oliosipon to Bracara,) now Condexa, neere Coimbre. Minium. Colippo. Eburo. Castra Iulia. Ebora, surnamed Liberalitas Iulia (Ebora of Antoninus in the way from Oliosipon to Emerita,) now Ebora; with others, whose places are lost. The whole number of townes he putteth downe to be 45, amongst which were one Roman Municipium (Olysippo;) 5 Roman Colonies (Emerita Augusta, Pax Iu­lia, Norba Caesarea, Metallinensis, and Scalabis;) three free townes of the anci­ent Latines, (Ebora, Myrtilis, and Salacia;) and 36 Stipendiaries, divided amongst 3 iuridicall resorts of Emerita, Pax Iulia, and Scalabis.

TARRACONENSIS.

NAmed thusv. Ptol. Geog. lib. 2. c. 6. Strab. Geog. l. 3. Plin. Nat. hist. l. 3. c. 3 Pomp. Mel. l. 2. Solini. c, 26. Itinerarium Antonini Au­gusti. Lodovici Nonij Hispa­niam. P. Mon­tani, & Birtij interpret. in Ptol. Geog. l. 2. c. 6. from Tarraco, now Taragona, sometimes the chiefe ci­ty. The bounds hereof were the lines before described, dividing it from Baetica, together with the Pyrenaean mountaines from France. It contained all the rest of Spaine; at this day the Countreyes of Galitia, Asturia, Biscaia, Olava, Guipuscoa, Murcia, the greatest parts of the two Castiles, la Veia, and la Nueva, Portugal betwixt the riuers Duero, and Mi­nio, Navarra, and the kingdome of Aragon.

The people were the Callaici Braecarij, surnamed thus from the city Braecara (Callaici, Callaeci, and Gallaeci of Strabo, and Bracari of Pli­ny,) comprehending now the part of the kingdome of Portugal, lying betwixt the riuers Minio, and Duero: whose Cities were Braecaria Au­gusta (Braecara of Antoninus,Bracae juri­dicus conven­tus, quem ap­pellant 24 ci­vitates. Plin. ib. Bracae of Pliny, a iuridicall resort) now Braga. Calodunum (Calodunum of Antoninus, in the way from Bra­cara to Austrica.) Pinetus (Pinetum of Antoninus, in the way betwixt Bracara, and Asturica.) Complutica (Complutica of Antoninus, in the same way from Bracara to Asturica.) Tuntobriga. Aradu [...]a. Aquae [...]cae Tu­rodorum. Velobriga Nemetanorum. Caeliobriga Caelerinorum, now Bergan­ca. Forum Bibalorum. Forum Limicorum. Tude Gruiorum, Gravij, Plin. Nat. hist. lib. 4. c. 20. Castellum Ty­de of Pliny, now Tui. Merva Luancorum. Aquae Cuacernorum. Cambae­tum Lubaenorum; and Forum Narbasorum.

The Callaici Lucenses, so surnamed from the city Lucus, now Lugo; containing Galitia, with part of Asturia de Oviedo, and divided from the Callaici Braecarij by the riuer Minio: whose cities were Flavium Brigan­tium (Brigantium of Antoninus, seated in the way by the Sea-coasts from Bracara to Asturica;) now Corunna. Burum. Olina, now Molina Vae­ca. Libunca. Pintia, now Cheroga. Caronium. Turuptiana. Glandomirum, (Glandomirum of Antoninus, in the same way by the Sea-coasts from Bracara to Asturica) now Mondonedo. Ocelum. Turriga. Iria Flavia in Caporis, now Padron Claudiomerium. Novium. Lucus Augusti (Lucus, iuri­dicus conven­tus, quem 16. populi appel­lant. Plin. ib, Lu­cus of Pliny, a iuridicall resort suited by 16 people, & Lucus Augusti of Antoninus, in the way by the Sea-coasts betwixt Bracara and Astu­rica) now Lugo. Aquae Calidae in Cilinis (Aquicaldenses of Pliny, and A­quae Celeniae of Antoninus, in the way by the Sea-coasts from Bracara to Asturica) now Orense. Dactonium in Lemavis. Flavialambris in Baedyis. Talamina. and Aquae Quintianae in Seuris.

The Astures, East of the Callaici Lucenses (Astures of Strabo, and Astu­res of Pliny, comprehending 12 people, and diuided into the 2 general names of the Augustani, and Transmontani, whereof part were the Gi­guri, Pesici, Lancienses, and Zoelae) containing now the rest of Asturia de Oviedo, with the Country of Leon. Their cities were Lucus Asturum, now Oviedo. Laberis. Interamnium (Interamnium Flavium of Antoninus, in the way betwixt Bracara & Asturica.) Argenteola (Argentiolum of An­toninus, in the way betwixt Bracara, & Asturica.) Langiati. Maliaca. Gigia. Bergidum Flavium. Germanica Legio Septima (Legio Septima [Page 13] Gemina of Antoninus) now Leon. Brigaetium Brigaecinorum. Bedunia Be­dunensium. Intercatia Orniacorum (Intercatia of Polibius in Strabo, and Intercatia of Antoninus, in the way by the Cantabrians from Asturica to Caesaraugusta.) Pelontium Lungonum Nardinium Selinorum. Peta­vonium Supereriatiorum (Petavonium of Antoninus, in the way from Bracara to Asturica.) Asturica Augusta (Asturica of Antoninus, Asturica, a magnificent citie after Pliny) now Astorga Nemetobriga Tiburorum (Nemetobriga of Antoninus, in the way from Bracara to Asturica;) and Formm Egurrorum (Forum of Antoninus in the way from Bracara to Asturica.)

The Paesici, (Paesici of Pliny, part of the Astures) now Asturia San­tillana: whose city was Flavionavia, now S. Anderos.

The Cantabri, East of the Astures (Regio Cantabrorum of Pliny, and Cantabri of Strabo:) whose cities were Coucana. Otaviolca. Argeno­mescum. Vadinia, now Victoria. Camarica. Iuliobriga (Iuliobrica of Pli­ny,) now Logronno; & Moraeca.

The Murbogi, adjoyning to the Cantabri: whose cities were Braum, now Burgos. Sisaraca. Deobrigula, Deobricula of Antoninus, in the way from Asturica to Tarraco. Ambisna; & Setisacum.

The Autrigones, East of the Murbogi, & Cantabri: whose cities were Flaviobriga, Flaviobriga colonia of Pliny, where now Bilbao. Vxama­barca. Segisamonculum, Segisamon of Antoninus, in the way from Astu­rica to Tarraco; now Segura. Viruesca, Virouesca of Antoninus in the same way Antecuia. Deobriga, Deobriga of Antoninus, in the same way betwixt Asturica, & Tarraco. Vindelia; & Salionca.

The Varduli vpon the sea Cantabrique, the Varduli of the resort of Clunia, contayning 14 people after Pliny, and the Bardyali, & Bardi­etae, of Strabo: whose cities were Menosca; now Vramea. Gaballa. Ge­balaeca. Tulonium, Tullonium of Antoninus, in the way from Asturica to Burdegala. Alba, Alba of Antoninus, in the same way. Segontia Parami­ca, Segontia of Antoninus, in the way from Emerita to Caesaraugusta. Tritium Tuboricum, Tritium of Antoninus, in the way from Asturica to Burdegala; & Thabuca.

The Caristi, vpon the same shore of the sea Cantabrique: wherein were the townes Suestasium. Tullica; & Velia.

These 5 last were all parts of the generall name of the Cantabri, and together comprehended now the countries of Biscaia, Guipuscoa, and Olava, with part of Castillia la Veia.

The Vascones, Vascones of Strabo, & Pliny; now Navarra, with part of Guipuscoa: whose cities were Easo; now Fuentarabia, or neere there­vnto. Pompelon, Pompelonenses of Pliny, PompelonPompelon in Vasconibus, quasi diceres Pompeii vrbs. Strab. Geog. lib. 3. of Strabo, Pompe­lon of Antoninus, in the way from Asturica to Burdegala; now Pam­pelona. Iturissa. Dituris. Andelus. Nemanturista. Curnovium. Iacca; now Iaca. Gracuris; now Agreda. Calagorina, Calaguris of Strabo, Calaguri­tani, surnamed Fibularenses, of Pliny, and Calagurris of Antoninus, in the way betwixt Narbo in Gaule & Legio 7 Gemina; now Calahorra. Bascontum. Ergaula. Tarraga, Tarragenses of Pliny. Muscaria. Setia; and Alavona.

[Page 14] The Vaccaei Vaccaei of Strabo, in the inland, adjoyning to the Cal­laici Braecarij, and contayning now the greatest part of Castillia la Veia: whose cities were Bergiacis. Intercatia, Intercatia of Antoninus, in the way from Asturica by Cantabria to Caesarugusta. Viminacium, Vimi­nacium of Antoninus, in the way from Asturica to Burdegala. Porta Augusta. Antraca. Lacobriga, Lacobricenses of Pliny, and Lacobriga of Antoninus, in the way from Asturica to Tarraco. Avia. Sepontia. Pa­ramica. Gella, Albocella. Rauda. Segisama Iulia, Segisameiensienses of Pliny, Segisama of Polybius in Strabo, and Segisamon of Antoninus, in the way from Asturica to Tarraco; now Tordesillas. Palantia, Pallen­tini of Pliny, Pallantia amongst the Arevacae of Strabo, Pallantia of Mela, & Palantia of Antoninus, in the way from Asturica to Tarraco; now Palentia Eldana, now Puennas. Gougium; now Cabecon. Cauca, Cauca of Antoninus, in the way from Emerita to Caesaraugusta. Octodurum. Pintia, Pintia of Antoninus, in the way from Asturica by the Canta­brians vnto Caesaraugusta; now Vallidolid. Sentica, Sentice of Antoni­nus in the way from Emerita to Caesaraugusta; now Camora. & Sarabris.

The Carpetani, South of the Vaccaei and Arevacae, Carpetani of Stra­bo, and Carpetani of Pliny; contayning now the greatest part of Castil­lia la Nueva; whose cities were Ilurbida. Etelesta. Ilaccuris. Varada. Thermada. Tituacia. Mantua; now Madrid. Toletum, Toletani of Pli­ny, and Toletum of Antoninus, in the way from Emerita vnto Caesar­augusta; now Toledo. Complutum, Complutenses of Pliny, and Complu­tum of Antoninus, in the way from Emerita vnto Caesaraugusta; now Alcala de Henares. Cara [...]ca; now Guadalajara. Libora; now Talavera. Ispi­num. Met [...]rcosa. Barnacis. Alternia. Paterniana; now Pastrana. Rigusa. and Laminium, Laminitani of Pliny, and Laminium of Antoninus, in the way by Lusitania from Emerita vnto Caesaraugusta.

The Oretani, South of the Carpetani, and Celtiberi, Oretani of Strabo, Oretani, quiet Germani cognominan­tur. Plin. ib. and Oretani, surnamed Germani, of Pliny; comprehending now part of Castillia la Nueva, and Andaluzia: whose cities were Salaria, Salaria of Pliny. Sisapona, Sisapon of Strabo, and Sisapon of Antoninus, in the way by Lusitania from Emerita vnto Caesaraugusta. Oretum Germanorum, Orid of Strabo; where now is the chappell called Nuestra Sennora'd Oreto neere the towne of Calatrava. Aemiliana. Mirobriga, Mirobriga of Antoninus in the way by Lusitania betwixt Emerita and Caesaraugusta. Salica. Libicosa. Castulon, Castulonenses of Pliny, Ca­staon of Strabo, Castulo of Antoninus; now Caslona la Veia. Lupparia. Mentisa, Mentesani of Pliny. Cervaria. Biatia. Lacuris, Lacuris of Anto­ninus in the way by Lusitania from Emerita to Caesaraugusta. & Tiva.

The Pelendones, adjoyning to the Murbogi, Pelendones, part of the Celtiberi of Pliny; now part of Castillia la Veia: whose cities were Vi­s [...]ntium; now, Viseo. Augustobriga, Augustobriga of Antoninus in the way by the Ca [...]abrians from Asturica to Caesaraugusta, now Al­dea el Maro and Savia.

The Ar [...]vacae adjoyning to the Pelendones, & Berones, Arrebaci of Pli. & b [...]nevaci, part of the Celtiberi after Strab now part of Castillia la Veia: whose cities were Confluēta. Clunia Clunia, Cel­tiberiae finis Plin. ib. Clunia the end of Celtiberia after [Page 15] Pliny, & Clunia of Anton. in the way frō Asturica by the Cantabrians to Caesaraugusta; now Corunna del Conde. Termes, Termes of Plin. now Cuidad Real. Vxama, Vxama of Pliny, & Vxama of Antoninus, in the way from Asturica by the Cantabrians vnto Caesaraugusta; now Osma. Se­tortia Lacta; now Sepulveda. Veluca. Tucris; now Tudela Numantia, Numantia of Strabo, & Mela, Numantini of Pliny, and Numantia of Antoninus in the way from Asturica by the Cantabrians vnto Cae­saraugusta; now Garay, a village towne neare Soria. Segubia, Segovia of Pliny, and Segovia of Autoninus, in the way from Emerita to Caesarau­gusta; now Segovia. and Noudaugusta, Nova Augusta of Pliny.

The Celtiberi, East of the Carpetani, Celtiberi of Pliny & Strabo, and Celtiberia of Solinus; containing now part of Aragonia, Valentia, and Castillia la Nueva: whose cities were Belsinum; now Borgia. Turiaso, Turiasionenses of Pliny, and Turiaso of Antoninus in the way from A­sturica by the Cantabrians vnto Caesaraugusta; now Tarrazona. Ner­tobriga, Nertobriga of Antoninus, in the way from Emerita vnto Cae­saraugusta; now Alurha. Bilbis, Bilbilis of Strabo, and Bilbilis of Anto­ninus, in the way from Emerita to Caesaraugusta, standing sometimes vpon the hill, now called Baubola, some halfe a Spanish league from Ca­lataiud. Arcobriga, Arcobriga of Antoninus, in the way from Emerita to Caesaraugusta; now Arcoz. Cesada. Mediolum, now Medina Caeli. Attacum. Ergavica; now Alcamiz. Segobriga, Segobriga of Strabo, and Segobricen­ses, caput Cel­tiberiae. Pli. ib. Segobricenses, the chiefe citie of Celtiberia, after Pliny; now Se­gorve. Condobora; now Seguenca. Bursada. Lacta. Valeria. Istonium. A­laba. Libana. and Vrcesa; now Velez.

These 3 were all parts of the generall name of the Celtiberi.

The Lobetani, adjoyning to the Celtiberi, whose citie was Lobetum.

The Illergetes, Regio Illergetum of Pliny, adjoyning to the Vascones, and contayning now part of Aragonia; whose cities were Bergusia. Cel­sa. Bergidum. Erga; now Vrgel. Succos [...]. Osca, Osca of Strabo,Oscenses re­gionis Ves [...]ta­niae. Plin. ib. Oscen­ses, in the countrie Vescitania, after Pliny, and Osca of Antoninus in the way from Asturica to Tarraco; now Huescar. Burtina, Bortina of Antoninus in the way from Asturica to Tarraco; now Balbastro. Galli­ca Flava, Gallicum of Antoninus in the way from Asturica to Tarra­co; now Fraga. Orgia; now Al [...]arez; and Ilerda, Ilerda of Strabo, and Ilerda of Antoninus, in the way from Asturica to Tarraco; now Lerida.

The Cerretani, more East; Cerretani of Strabo, inhabiting the vallyes of the Pyrenaean mountaines; now the rest of Aragonia; whose city was Iulia Lybica.

The Bastitani, Bastitani of Strabo, contayning now part of the coun­tries of Valencia, and Murcia: whose cities were Pucialia. Salaria; now Siruela. Turbula. Saltiga. Bigerra; now Beiar. Abule. Asso. Bergula. Carca. Illunum. Arcilacis, now Archifana. Segifa. Orcelis; now Orihue­la. Vergilia. and Acci, Colonia Accitania of Pliny, and Acci of Antoni­nus in the way from Narbo in Gaule vnto Castulo.

The Contestani, Contestania of Pliny; contayning part of the same countries of Murcia & Valentia: whose cities were Carthago nova, Carthago,Carthago Pa­norum opus Plin. ib. founded by the Carthaginians after Pliny, Carthago no­va, [Page 16] built by Hasdrubal, Successour to Barca, father vnto Hannibal, af­ter Strabo; Carthago, built by Hasdrubal captaine of the Carthagi­nians after Mela; Carthago founded by the Carthaginians, and after­wards made a Roman colony, after Solinus; and Carthago Spattaria of Antoninus; now Carthagena. Alonae, Alon of Mela; now Alicante. Menralia; now Murcia. Valentia, Valentia Colonia of Pliny, Valentia of Mela, and Valentia of Antoninus in the way from Narbo in Gaule vnto Castulo; now Valentia. Setabis, Setabis of Strabo, & Setabitani of Pliny; now Xativa Setabicula. Illicias, Illici, a free colonie after Pliny, Illice, giving the name to the bay called Ilicitanus, after Mela, and Illi­cis of Antoninus, in the way from Narbo in Gaule vnto Castulo and Iaspis.

The Edetani, Regio Edetania of Pliny, East of the Contestani, Bastita­ni, & Celtiberi; now part of Valentia, & Aragonia: whose cities were Cae­saraugusta, Caesaraugusta of the Celtiberi of Strabo, CaesaraugustaCaesaraugu­sta, Colonia immunis, vbi anteà Salduba. Plin. ib. a free colonie, formerly named Salduba, after Pliny, Caesaraugusta a fa­mous Caesaraugusta clarissima vrbs in mediterra­neis. Pompon. Mel. ib. inland citie after Mela, & Caesaraugusta of Antoninus; now Sa­ragoca. Bernama. Ebora. Belia. Arsi; now Haril [...]. Damania. Leonica. Osicerda. Etobesa. Lassira. Edeta. Saguntum, Saguntum founded by the Zacynthiās after Strabo, Saguntū Saguntus ci­vium Roma­norum oppi­dum. Plin. ib. a town of Roman citizens after Pliny, Saguntus famousSaguntus fi­de, et aerumnis clata. Pomp. Mel. ib. for miseries, & the faith thereof vnto the Romans, after Me­la, and Saguntus of Antoninus, in the way from Narbo in Gaule vnto Castulo; now Morviedre. & Dianium, Dianium, a towne of the Mas­silians after Strabo; Dianium, oppidum Stipendiarium, of Pliny; Dia­nium of Solinus; now Denia.

The Ilercaones, East of the Edetani, Regio Ilergaonum of Pliny; now part of the countries of Valentia, & Catalonia: whose townes were Car­thago vetus; now Villa-Franca. Bisgargis, Bisgargitani of Pliny. Theava. Adeba. Tiari [...]lia. Sigarra: and Dertosa, Dertusani of Pliny, Dertossa colonia,Dertossa co­lonia in Iberitraiectu. Strab. ibdem. the passage ouer the riuer Iberus after Strabo, and Dertosa of Antoninus in the way from Narbo to Castulo; now Tortosa.

The Authetani, West of the Cerretani, A [...]setani at the foote of the Pyrenaean mountaines of Pliny: whose townes were Aquae Calidae. Bae­cula. Ausa; now Vich. & Gerunda, Gerunda of Antoninus, in the way from Narbo in Gaule v [...]to Legio 7 Gemina, & the Gerundenses of Pliny; now Girona.

The Castellani, adjoyning to the Authetani: whose cities were Sepen­dium. Basi. Egosa. and Boseda.

The Iaccetani, West of the Castellani, Iaccetani of Strabo, & Lacetani, at the foote of the Pyrenaean Mountaines, of Pliny: whose cities were Lyssa. Vdura, Ascerris. Setelsis. Telobis. Ceressus. Bacasis. Iespus. Cinna. and Anabis.

The Indigeti, Indigetes of Pliny: whose cities were Emporiae, Empo­rium, founded by the Massilians, of Strabo, Emporiae descended from the Phocenses, and devided into two townes, inhabited a part, the one by the Spaniards, the other by the Greekes after Pliny; now Am­purras. Rhoda, Rhodope of Strabo, founded by them of Emporium, after others by the Rhodians; now Roses. Deciana. & Iuncaria, Iuncaria [Page 17] of Antoninus, in the way from Narbo in Gaule vnto Legio 7 Gemi­na, now Iunquera.

The Laetani, Laeetani of Strabo, and Laletani of Pliny: whose towns were Barcinon (Barcino colonia, surnamed Faventia of Pliny, Barchi­no of Mela, Barcino of Antoninus, in the way from Narbo in Gaule, vnto Legio 7 Gemina) now Barcilona. Diluron (Illuro of Pliny, & Mela) now Badallona. Blanda, Blandae of Pliny, and Blanda of Mela, now Blanes▪ and Rubricata.

The Cosetani (Regio Cossetania of Pliny:) whose cities were Tar­racon (Tarracon Tarracon vrbs, Metropo­lis Hispaniae inter Iberum. Strab: ib: the chiefe city of Spaine within the Iberus, of Stra­bo, Tarraco co­lonia, Scipio­num opus: Plin: ib: Tarraco colonia, a towne of the Scipioes, after Pliny, Tarraco the richest of the maritine townes vpon that Sea, after Mela, Tarraco, builded by the Scipioes, of Solinus,) now Taragona and Subur (Subur of Mela) now Siges.

These 6 people are all now contained within the large country of Catalonia.

Pliny addeth the Vettone [...], doubtlesse the Vettones of Ptolemy in Lu­sitania, but misplaced. Icositani. Itani; and Mentesani. The countreyes Mavitania, and Dietania: and of townes amongst the Au­trigones, Lucentum, and Baetulo, Betullo of Mela and amongst the Are­vacae, Saguntia.

Strabo addeth the Lartolaeitani. Lusones. Sidetani; inhabiting towards the mountaine Orospeda to the South of the Celtiberi. Artabri at the Promontory Nerium. and the Celtici, neighbouring to the Artabri, and descended from those other of that name, inhabiting the shoare of the riuer Anas. Of townes he addeth A [...]ontia, seated vpon the riuer Du­rius amongst the Vaccaei: amongst the Oretani Cetulum: Cherronesus: and Cartalias: amongst the Ilergetes Iliosca vpon the Ocean: amongst the Vascones Idanusa: and amongst the Verones, Serguntia, and Varia vpon the Iberus, hitherto navigable: Segida amongst the Arevaci; and Noega amongst the Astures.

Pliny accompteth the whole number of townes in this division to haue beene 294 in his time: amongst which 12 were Roman Colonies; 13 Municipia; 17 free of the right of the auncient Latines; one confe­derate towne. and 136 Stipendiaries, divided amongst 7 iuridical resorts; of Carthago nova, Tarraco, Caesaraugusta, Clunia, Asturica, Lucus, and Bra­cara.

The Emperourv: Rufi Festi Breviarium. Notitiam Pro­vinciarum Im­perii Occiden­tis. Guidonis Pancirolli in Notitiam Pro­vinciarum Im­per [...] Occiden­tis Com: c: 67. Lodovici No­nii Hispaniam: Constantine the Great afterwards, subdividing the greater Province of Tarraconensis, and adding the Ilands of the Baleares, and the country of Tingitana in Africke, vnto the accompt hereof, di­stinguished the whole into 7 parts or Provinces, remaining vntill the end, and dissolution of the Westerne Roman Empire; of Baetica, Lusitania, Gallaecia, Carthaginensis, Tarraconensis, Tingitana, and of the Ilands. Of these Baetica and Lusitania were bounded as before. The name of Gallae­cia was enlarged Eastwards, as farre as the Pelendones, and Celtiberi; be­sides the Callaici before-mentioned, containing the Astures, Murbogi, and Vacc [...]i, at this day Galitia, Asturia, Leon, Portugal betwixt the riuers Minio, and Duero, with the greatest part of Castilia la Veia. Carthagi­nensis, [Page 18] so named from the city Carthago nova, contained the Oretani, Carpetani, Pelendones, Arevacae, Celtiberi, Bastitani, Contestani, and Edeta­ni, now Castillia la Nueva, Murcia, and Valentia, with parts of Andaluzia, Castillia la Veia, and Aragonia. The rest of the continent Tarraconen­sis comprehended. The Province of the Ilands contained those of the Baleares, and Ebusa, now Mallorça, Menorça, Ivyca, and Formentera. His­paniae Tingitania the Iland of Gades, with the opposite shore of Africke, lying on the farther side of the straights of Hercules; named thus from the towne there of Tingis, now Tangier. Of these the three first Provin­ces were consulary, or governed by Proconsuls; the foure other were Pre­sidiall, cōmaunded by the Roman name of Praesides. Sextus Rufus nameth only six Provinces, Tarraconensis, Carthaginensis, Gallaecia, Baetica, Lusita­nia and Tingitania, omitting that of the Ilands: whereof, differing from the Authour of the Notitia, onely Baetica, and Lusitania he maketh con­sulary, the rest Presidiall.

This was the estate of Spaine during the government of the Romans, confounded, and quite altered by the comming of the barbarous people; by the justice and decree of God, who will haue nothing here eternall but himselfe, and to checke the pride of that mighty Nation, with vn­resistible fury swarming in hither in the raignes of the Emperours Ho­norius, and Valentinian the third.

The Inuasion and Dominion of the Barbarous nations.

THey were the Vandals, Silingi, Alans, Suevians, and Gothes, whose ori­ginall, first entrance, raigne, continuance, and successions we are next to relate.

The Vandals.Vindili Plin. Nat. hist. l. 4. c. 12. Vandalij Cor. Taciti de Moribus Ger­manorum. Wandali Pauli Oros [...]i l. 7. c. 27 Vandali Cassi­odori Chron. Imperatore Arcadio.

THese arev. Taciti de Moribus Ger­manorum. lib. Plin. Nat. hist. l. 4. c. 12. P. O­ros [...]ii l. 7. c. 27. & 28. M. Aure­lii Cassiodori Chron. Imper. Arcadio, & Ho­norio; Honorio & Theodosio; & Theodosio, & Valentinia­no. Procopii de Bello Vandal. libros. Isid. His­palensis Chro­nicon Wanda­lorum. Ioan. Marianae de Rebus Hispa­niae l. 4. c. 21. & lib. 5. c. 1. named by Pliny the Vindili, being one of the fiue general nations, whereinto he divideth the Germans, and whereof he ma­keth the Burgundiones a part. By Tacitus they are called the Vandalij, by Cassiodorus the Vandali, by Orosius, Isidore, and Paulus Diaconus the Wandali. They were a noted German people, inhabiting beyond the riuer Elb vpon the coast of the sea Baltique in the parts where now lye the great Dukedomes of Pomeren, and Mecklenburg; wherein the name in some Latine Authours is yet continued. In the eleuenth yeare of the Emperour Honorius, and Arcadius, and yeare of Rome 1172, Arca­dius and Probus then being Consuls, with the Alans, and Suevians they first entred Gaule, drawne in by the traiterous practises of Stilico, Guar­dian of the Westerne Empire in the minority of Honorius; by the ad­vantage of the troubles, which might be hereby occasioned, the feare and discontentednes of the people, their dislike of the present govern­ment, and desire of innovation, which he thought might happen, ho­ping to get the Empire for his son Eucherius, borne of the sister of Ho­norius. [Page 19] Some three yeares afterwards in the first yeare of Honorius, and Theodosius, accompanied with the same nations, and quitting Gaule, they first broke into this province of Spaine, let in by theHonoriaci O­rosij li. 7. c. 28. Honoriaci (a­nother sort of Barbarians, named thus from the Emperour Honorius, vnder whose pay they had served,) keeping then the straights, and passages of the Pyrenaean Mountaines for the Tyrant Constantinus, re­belling against Honorius. The part, wherein they first planted, was Gal­laecia, Wandali, cum Alanis, & Sue­vis pa [...]iter Hi­spanias ingre­diuntur. Hi [...]pa­ce inter se ini­tà sorte ad ha­bitand [...]m sibi provinciarum dividunt regio­nes. Galliciam VVandali, & Svevi occu­pant. Alani Lusitaniam, & Carthagi­nensé provin­cias. Wandali autem cogno­mine Silingi Baeticam forti­untur. Isidori Chronic. Wan­dalorum. which they inhabited together with the Suevians. Afterwards they remoued into Baetica vnto the Silingi. In the fourth yeare of the Emperours Theodosius, & Valentinian, & about 18 yeares after their first Spanish invasion, abandoning Spaine, they ferried ouer into Afrique, invited thither by Bonifacius, governour of that province, rebelling a­gainst Valentinian; which not long after (Bonifacius repenting himselfe of his folly, and in battell overthrowne by them) old Carthage taken, and the Romans quite expulsed, they vtterly brought into subiection, continuing their name there, & dominion for aboue the space of one hundred yeares, & vntill the raigne of the Emperour Iustinian the first, Emperour of the Greekes. In the raigne of this prince by his leiftenant, the valiant Belisarius, they were totally subdued, and their kingdome, and name in Gilimer, their last king, quite extinguished. Their religion at their first comming into those Westerne parts was Gentilisme. By their after acquaintance with the Gothes they turned Arrian Christians, which heresie they kept vntill their extirpation. Their kings, whereof we reade, were Gunderichus, vnder whom they first invaded Gaule & Spaine. Gensericus, brother to Gunderichus, vnder whom with 80 thousand fighting men they first passed into, & conquered Afrique, and afterwards tooke, & sacked Rome. Honori­chus, son to Genserichus. Gundabundus, son to Genzo, brother to Ho­norichus. Trasamuadus, brother to Gundabundus. Hilderichus, son to Honorichus. He was deposed by Gilimer. Gilimer, son to Genzo, des­cended of Genserichus. He was overcome, & taken prisoner by Beli­sarius, in whom ended the kingdome, & nation hereof in Afrique.

The whole time from their first invasion of Spaine vntill their o­verthrowe, & extirpation in Afrique Isidore reckoneth to haue beene 133 yeares, & 7 moneths.

THE SILINGI.Wandali Si­lingi Isidori Chronic. Go­thorum. Wan­dali cognomi­ne Silingi I­sidori Chron. Wandalorum.

THese vverev. Claud. Pto­lomaei Geogr. lib. 2. c. 11. Isi­dori Hispalen­sis Chronicon Wandalorum. eiusdem Chro­nicon Gotho­rum. Ioannis Marianae de Rebus Hispani­ae lib. 5. c. 1. also a Northerne people, but of vvhat parts vve find not. Not vnprobably they might be the Subalingij, a German Nation, mentioned by Ptolemy. Isidore (by vvhom onely amongst auncient Authours vve finde them expressely named) maketh them to haue beene a part of the Vandals. Mariana putteth them to bee a different people, but joyned in the same troupe vvith the other, & vnder one, and the same king passing into Gaule, & Spaine, and seating themselues in that part of Baetica, vvhereabout vvas Sivilla. The Vandals departing into Afrique they remained behind, from vvhose longer continuance, (for as much, as they vvere accounted amongst that nation) that part [Page 20] of Baetica became named Vandalia, novv corruptly Andaluzia. By Re­chila, By Walia king of the Gothes after Isidore in his Annalls of the Gothes. the second king of the Suevians, they vvere finally subdued, and their country vvith the vvhole Baetica added to the dominion of that people, after vvhich time vvee heare no more of them.

THE ALANS.Alani Ammi­an. Marcellini. l. 22. etc. forsan Alauni Scythae Sarmatarum Europ [...]orum pars. Clau. Pto. Geog. l. 3. c. 5.

THesev. Suetonu Tranquilli de Caesaribus l. 8. (de Domitia­no.) Iulii Capi­tolini Maximi­nos duos. Aelii Spartiani Ad [...] ­anum. Ammia­ni Marcellini. l. 22. & 31. P. O­rosii H.st. l. 7. c. 27. et 28. Zosi­mi Hist. l. 5. Im­petatore Arca­dio, et Honori­o: et Honorio, et Theodosio. M. Aurelii Cas­siodori Chroni­con Imper. Ar­cadio, et Ho­norio. Isidori Hispalensis Chr. Gothorum. eiusdem Chron. Wandalorum. Ioannis Marianae de Rebus Hisp. l. 5. c. 1. Ammianus Marcellinus placeth in Scythia, inhabiting about the Fen Moeotis; neighbouring to the Roxolani, Iaziges, and other Barbarous nations, and extending for a great space of land betvvixt that marish, and the rivers Tanais, and Ganges, and divided into sundry lesser people, called all by this generall name. Their first mention in histories we finde to haue beene in the raigne of the Emperour Vespa­sian, then vvarring vpon the Parthians; vvhereof reade Suetonius in Domitian. Their after memory is frequent, but confused. With the Vandals, & Suevians, before mentioned, they first entred Gaule, and Spaine. The parts, vvhich they tooke vp to inhabit in, vvere the Pro­vinces of Lustainia, and Carthaginensis, the Celtiberi, and Carpetani ex­cepted, which people remained yet vnder the Roman subjection. Aspi­ring to the dominion of the whole Spaine, & cooping with, and over­throwne in a mighty battell by the Gothes, they shortly after their first entrance lost here both their kingdome, and name; their king Atace, with great number of them being slaine, and the residue, who escaped the slaughter, flying into Calaecia amongst the Suevians, where being confounded with that nation wee heare no further mention of them. Their raigne here was but short during one only prince before men­tioned. Their religion was Gentilisme.

THE SVEVIANS.Suevi Corn. Tacit. l. de Mo­ribus Germa­norum.

THeyv. Tacit. lib. de Mor [...]ibus Ger­manorum. Eu­tropij Hist. l. 8. Imper. M. An­tonio Vero. P. Orosij Hist. l. 7. cap. 28. Isidori Hispalensis Chronicon Sue­vorum. Ioan. Marianae de re­bus Hispaniae l. 5. c. 1. 2. 3. et 4. et lib. were a Dutch people, famous in all auncient Geographers, & Historians, inhabiting the more Easterne moity of Germany beyond the river Elb, and devided into sundry potent nations, whereof these were a Colony, or part. For from this great, & generall name sundry o­ther mighty people, & states, the Lombards, English, High Dutch, or Almans, Sweath-landers, & Danes, at this day of great power, & com­maund in Europe, were descended. In the raigne of the Emperours Ar­cadius, & Honorius, with the Vandals, & Alans they first invaded Gaule, & Spaine. The part of Spaine, wherein they first inhabited, was Calaecia. Vnder Rechila, their second king, subduing the Silingi, they added Bae­tica to their dominions. In the raigne of Recciarius, their third king, they became likewise possessed of Lusitania. Puffed vp vvith so great posperity, falling out vvith Theodoricus the most povverfull king of the Gothes, overcome hereby in a great battell, and their king Recci­arius slaine, they for a time became subject to that nation, their king­dome, and state being ouerthrowne, and shared betwixt the Gothes, & their confederates the Romans. After a short Interregnum by the libe­rality of this Theodoricus they had againe their kingdome restored, but now straightned onely within Calaecia. King Remismundus not long af­ter added part of Lusitania, where now is Coimbre, and Lisbona, recove­red [Page 21] from the Romans, vnto whom after that calamity, & overthrowe vnder Recciarius that province fell. In the year 586 after 174After 126. yeares, according to Isidore in his A [...]nalls of the Suevians. yeares continuance, and in the raigne of the traiterous vsurper Andeca this kingdome, and state tooke end; overthrowne by Leutigildus, king of the Gothes, their king being shorne monke, and Calaecia made a Province of the Gothish monarchie, their name, and mention becomming af­ter this extinct, and no more heard of in Spaine. Their religion at the time of their first comming hither was Gentilisme. Vnder their king Recciarius they first embraced the Christian, and Catholique faith, but which in a free estate they enjoyed not long, enthralled to Theodori­cus, and the Arrian Gothes. After that their kingdome was restored by the Gothes, swayed with the power, & greatnes of that nation, vnder their king Remismundus they chaunged their Catholique faith for the Arrian heresie, wherein for about the space of one hundred yeares they afterwards persisted. Vnder their king Theodomyrus by the especiall industry of Martin Abbot of Dumia they reassumed the Catholique re­ligion, which they constantly kept vntill their state, and kingdome en­ded. Their kings (for as many of them as were set down in authours, for the greatest part are not remembred) were Hermenericus, vnder whom they first passed into Gaule, & Spaine, and planted in Calaecia. Rechila, vnder whom they conquered the Silingi. Recciarius, their first Christian, & Catholique king, subdued, & slaine by Theodoricus king of the Gothes. Franta, & Masdras after the restitution of the king­dome by the Gothes, chosen by their factions; the nation being devi­ded. Masdras sole king of the Suevians; Franta deceasing. Frumari­us, & Remismundus, son to Masdras, after the decease hereof, slaine in the third yeare of his raigne. Remismundus sole king of the Suevians, Frumarius deceasing. Vnder this king the nation first revolted to the Arrian heresie. After this prince for the space of one hundred yeares by the negligence of auncient times their kings are not remembred, and vntill Theodomyrus. Theodomyrus, the restorer of the Catho­lique religion. Myro, or Ariamyrus, son to Theodomyrus. Ebori­cus, son to Myro, deposed, & shorne Monke by Andeca. Andeca, vpon occasion, and pretence of whose treason Leutigildus, king of the Gothes, warring herevpon, vtterly subdued the nation, the last king of the Suevians, after the milder custome of those times towards their vanquished enimies forced to religious orders, and shut vp in a monastery by Leutigildus.

THE GOTHES.Gothi Iulij Capirolini de duobus Maxi­minis &c.

THesev. Corn. Tac. lib de Moribus Germanorum. Aelij Spartiani Antoninum Carcallum Iulij Capitolini Maximinos duos. P. Orosij Hist. l. 7. c. 28. Trebellij Pollionis Diuum Claudium. Am­miani Marcellini. l. 31. Imp. Valente, & Gratiano. Zosimi Hist l. 1. Imp. Valeriano. et Gallieno. l. 3. Imp. Iul. et. l. 4. &c. Se [...]ti Aurelij victoris Epitomen Imper Valente, & Valentiniano. Iornandem de rebus Geticis. eundem de Regn. & Temp. Successione. M. Aurelij Cass [...]odori Chronicon Imp. Decio; Valeriano, & Gallieno. Valente, & Valentiniano; Arcadio, & Honorio & Honorio, & Theodosio. Isidori Hispalensis Chron. Gothor [...]. Marianam de Rebus Hispaniae. Aelius Spartianus in the life of Antoninus Bassianus Caracalla, and Iornandes de Rebus Geticis seeme to confound, & make one nation with the Getae. Iornandes would haue their auncient, and first abode to haue beene in Scanzia, or Scandia, thought then to bee an I­land, [Page 22] and by Ptolemy accompted vnto Germany, since knowne to joyne with the Firme Land. The moderne names of East, & West Go­thia in the kingdome of Swethen, & the stile of the kings hereof (a­mongst other titles now naming themselues kings of the Gothes) yeeld some likelihood of the truth of this assertion. No lesse probably they might be the Gothini of Tacitus, a people of the Suevians, inhabiting in the South-East part of Germany. A reason to perswade herevnto might be the neerenes of that nation vnto the Ister, or Danubius; vpon the bankes of which river we first heare of the name of the Gothes in histories: Againe the neighbourhood of the Gothini vnto the Quadi, and Sarmatae, whom in the raigne of the Emperour Galienus we read in Iornandes de Regn: & Tempo: Successione accompanying the Gothes in their inroades, & excursions into Pannonia. That originally they were Germans their distinctions of Ostro-gothes, & Wisi-gothes, signify­ing in their language (as now with the Dutch) the Easterne, & Westerne Gothes, & names of Alaric, Theodoric, Reccared, with others (the same, or alike terminated with the auncient French) doe almost make cer­taine. The name, & succession hereof Iornandes, by nation a Goth, continueth from the times before the Troian warres, & beyond the re­port of other prophane histories. But whose relation, grounded only vpon vnknowne, & barbarous authours, we reject as fabulous. Their first certaine, & expresse mention in approved authours wee finde to haue beene in the raigne of the Emperour Antoninus Caracalla, over­come hereby in certaine tumultuary fights in his way towards Persia, and the East. Their mention after this is familiar, and common: In the raigne of the Emperour Maximinus, vpon occasion of his parentage, whose mothers was of this nation. Of Decius, then ran­sacking Thrace, & overthrowing in battaill, & killing this Emperour: Of Galienus, wasting Greece, Pannonia, Pontus, & Asia: Of Claudius the second, after their 15 yeares spoile of Illyri [...]um, and Macedonia, slaine, and overthrowne by him with great slaughter: Of Iulianus, accompa­nying, & ayding him in his vnfortunate warre against the Persians: Of Valens, with the Taifali, and other Barbarians driven then by the Huns from beyond the further shore of the river Ister into the Roman Pro­vinces, afterwards in fight overcome, & slaine by them. Of Theodosius the first, overthrowne by him in sundry battails: Of Honorius, & Arca­dius, vnder their kings Alaricus, & Radagaisus invading Italy, and at Pollentia putting Stilico, the leiftenant of Honorius vnto flight: Of Honorius, & Theodosius the second, then taking Rome: Of the same Em­perours, vnder their king Athaulphus vpon a composition made with Honorius seating in Gaule, & Spaine. After this time we reade of a continuall succession of them in the French, & Spanish histories, and vntill their finall ouerthrow, & extirpation. Their country since their expresse name was Dacia, or the further shore of the river Ister, quar­ting vpon the other side Pannonia, Maesia, or Thrace, the common Ren­dez-vous of the many successions of barbarous nations. Driven over that river by the more fierce and barbarous Huns, they had Thrace permitted vnto them to inhabite in by the Emperour Valens, with con­dition [Page 23] to serue vnder the pay of the Romans, and to become Christians; the cause of their Arrian infection, wherewith so long time after they troubled the Christian Common-wealth, vnto which Haeresie that Em­perour was addicted. A little before their comming into Italy, and the West, they enlarged their bounds as farre as Pannonia. In the raignes of Arcadius, and Honorius, denyed their accustomed pay of the Romans by the treason of Stilico Protectour, and Lieftenant to Honorius, vnder their kings Rhadagaisus, and Alaricus, they drew into Italy in two Ar­mies; the former whereof at Fesulae was slaine, and his Army discomfi­ted by Stilico, the other by the treachery hereof permitted to liue, and by iniuries provoked to the taking of the city of Rome, & to the ruina­ting of the Westerne Empire. After this their invasion, we finde the na­tion distinguished, and more famously knowne by the names of Ostro­gothes, and Wisigothes. Of both which seuerally.

THE OSTRO-GOTHES.Ostrogothi Claudiani Po­etae in Eutro­pium l. 2. &c. Ostrogothae Iornandis de Rebus Geticis. forsan Austro­gothi Trebellij Pollionis de Divo Claudio.

THEv. Claudiani in Eutropium l. 2. Trebellii Pollionis Di­vum Claudi­um. Eutropii Rom. hist. l. 12. sive Pauli Dia­coni hist. Rom. l. 2. Eutropio attributum. Iornandem de Rebus Geticis. eundem de Reg. & Temp. successione. M. Aurelij Cas­siodori Chro­nicon Imperat. Zenone, & A­nastasio. Pro­copium de Bello Gothico. Sigonii de Regno Italiae lib. 1. et eiusd. Hist Occiden­talis Imperii l. 16. Ostrogothes, and Wisigothes signified in their language the Ea­sterne, and Westerne Gothes; and argument of their Dutch descent. Ma­riana (yet whom I finde not backed by the authority of auncient au­thours) would haue them to haue beene thus named from their more Easterne, and Westerne situations in Scandia before their comming to the Ister, & Roman confines. Paulus Diaconus in his additions to Eutropius with better authority from such their positions in Dacia, or beyond the Ister in the raigne of the Emperour Valens; at what time vnder their Captaines Athalaricus, and Fridigernus, first dividing into two plan­tations, or companies, those which with Fridigernus inhabited the more Westerne Countreyes were from hence in their natiue language, named the Wesegothi, or the Westerne Gothes, the other vnder Athalaricus plan­ted in the East, the Ostrogothi. Trebellius Pollio notwithstanding long before those times nameth the Austro-gothi in the raigne of the Emperour Claudius the second. But whether by these were vnderstood the Easterne, or Ostrogothes, or rather, as the Latin word more properly doth signifie, the Southerne Gothes we can not determine. Ammianus Marcellinus in his 31 booke, and raigne of the Emperour Valens, and Gratianus maketh often mention of Fritigernus, and the Gothes, but in whom we finde no where the distinctions of Ostro-gothes, and Wisi­gothes. In Ablavius in Iornandes we heare of the Wesegothae, and Ostro­gothae, vnder their king Ostrogotha, inhabiting then in S [...]ythia vpon the shore of the sea Euxinus. But whose narration wee haue before ac­compted as fabulous. That the Gothes had these distinctions giuen them before their descent into the Westerne Roman Provinces it is mani­fest out of the 2d booke in Eutropium of the Poet Claudian, liuing in the time of the Emperour Honorius, where he mentioneth the Ostro-gothi, when as yet onely these were in the East. The iust time and place in the East where these names begun is vncertaine. They grew more fa­mous after the plantation of the nation in the Provinces of the Westerne [Page 24] Roman Empire; the Italian Gothes being distinguished in the histories of those times by the name of Ostrogothes, and those of Spaine, or Gaule by the name of Wisigothes. The Ostrogothes then (to speak more certainly) were a remainder of the Gothes in the East, after the departure of Ala­ricus, and Rhadagaisus towards Italy, Gaule, and the West. In the raigne of the Emperour Valentinian the third, these accompanied Atilas, and the Huns, invading the Westerne Roman Provinces, partakers of their o­uerthrow in the plaines of Chaalon, giuen by the valiant Aetius, the Wi­sigothes, French, and other barbarous confederates. Shortly after this in the raigne of Marcianus they returned againe to their wonted pay, and service of the Romans, by the leaue of this Emperour seating them­selues in Pannonia. In the raigne of the Emperour Zeno, threatning war against the Grecians, by the policy, and persuasion hereof they turned vpon the Heruli, then possessing Italy, the Westerne Empire being at that time troden vnderfoote by barbarous nations, whom after sundry bat­tailes, hauing slaine their king Odoacer they finally vanquished, inha­biting, and taking vp their left roomes, and extending their conquests there ouer Italy, Rome, Illyricum, Dalmatia, Sicily, and the neighbouring Iles, together with the part of Gaule Narbonensis, contained betwixt the Alpes, and the riuer Rhosne, (now called Provence) vsurped vpon the Wisigothes. By Amalasiunta, daughter to Theodoricus, then Governour of the kingdome for her yong son Athanaricus, fearing a tempest of warre from the Grecians, (to make their better peace with the potent French Nation) their part of Gaule Narbonensis was surrendred to The­odebert, the French king of Mets, or Austrusia. By Iustinian the first, Ro­man Emperour of the East, after a long and bloody warre, lasting the raignes of six of their kings, and managed on the Emperours side by the famous captaines Belisarius, and Narses, they were at length subdu­ed, and their name, and memory here, as in all other parts of the world vtterly extinguished; making roome for the Longobards through the anger, and discontent of Narses, shortly after called into Italy, and suc­ceeding in their voide places. Their Religion was Arrianisme, corrup­ted by the Emperour Valens. Their kings (whereof we finde more di­stinct mention) were Athalaricus before mentioned, liuing in the raigne of the Emperour Valens; vnder whom, after Paulus Diaconus, the name of the Ostro-gothes first began. Theodomirus in the raigne of the Emperour Leo, at what time these yet were in the East, and be­fore their last descent into Italy. Theodoricus in the raignes of the two Emperours Zeno, and Anastasius, vnder whom they conquered the Heruli, and Italy. Athanaricus, son to Amalasiunta, daughter to Theodoricus. During the warres with the Emperour Iustinian the first Theodatus sonne to Amalafreda, sister to Theodoricus. Vitigis. Vldebaldus. Ardaricus. Totilas. Teya, their last king. Their whole raigne in Italy after Sigonius lasted 70 yeares.

THE VVISI-GOTHES,Wisigothi Isi­dori Chronic. Gothorum. etc. Vesegothi Pau­li Diaconi, seu Eut [...]opij Hist. Rom l. 12. We­segothae Ior­nandis de Re­bus Geticis.

ABlaviusv Iotnandem de Rebus Geti­cis. Eutropij, seu P. Diaconi Hist. Rom. l. 12. Isidori H. spa­lensis Chronic. Gothorum. P. Orosij Hist. l. 7. c. 28, et 29. M. [...]urelij Casiod. Chronic [...]n Im­per Honoric, et Theodosio. Roderici Tole­tani de Rebus Hisp. l 2, et 3. Ioan. Maria. de Rebus Hispan▪ in Iornandes (as hath beene related) fabulously maketh mention of the Wesegothae in the time of Ostrogotha, king of the O­strogothae, residing then in Scythia neere vnto the Sea Euxinus, and ly­ing vpon the West of the Ostrogothes. Paulus Diaconus in his additi­ons to Eutropius otherwise beginneth their name from the raigne of the Emperour Valens, and their king Fridigernus; concerning whom see the Ostrogothes. Isidore continueth their History onely from their king Athanaricus, who preceded Alaricus in the kingdome. Vnder their king Alaricus in the raigne of Honorius, Emperour of the West, they first descended into Italy, taking, & sacking the city of Rome. Vn­der Athaulfus, who succeeded to Alaricus, marrying vnto Galla Pla­cidia, sister to Honorius, entring into league, and confederacy with the Romans, & leaving Italy, they had Gaule Narbonensis given vnto them to inhabite in, with the part of Spaine Tarraconensis, where now is Catalo­nia, with condition to keepe them for the Roman Empire, and to serue vnder the pay hereof. Vnder Walia, subduing the Alans in Spaine, for a reward of their service (for the countries recovered by them, were by their league herewith to returne vnto the Romans) they had given vnto them the part of Aquitania, which is extended betwixt the river Garonne, and the Pyrenaean mountaines, added vnto their other possessions in Gaule. Vnder Theodoric, the victorious conquerour of Rec [...]iarius, and the Suevians, with the good leaue of the Romans they joyned Bae [...]ica to their Spanish dominions, won from that nation. Vn­der Eurycus breaking their faith, & league with the Romans, they reco­vered from them whatsoever these held in Spaine. Vnder the same king they also tooke from the Romans the countries of the Rutheni, Cadurci, and Auverni with other parts in Gaule, enlarging their con­quests in that province vnto the river of Loire; all which notwith­standing, with their whole possessions there, they shortly after lost to the French, & Ostrogothes in the next raignes of Alaric the second, and Amalaric, the part of Narbonensis onely excepted, where now is Lan­guedoc. By Leutigildis they subdued the Suevians, and tooke in the countrie of Calaecia, attayning by this meanes to a perfect Monarchy of the whole Spaine, which with the part of Gaule Narbonensis, before spoken of, together with Hispania Tingitana in Afrique they kept en­tire vnder their subjection vntill their overthrow, & extirpation vn­der their last king Rodericus. In the yeare 714, and the raigne of this prince the nation hereof, & state tooke end, overwhelmed by a deluge of the Moores, after their continuance here for about the space of 300 yeares. Their religion vntill towards the period of their state was Ar­rianisme, corrupted byGothi anteà per legatos sup­plices poposce­runt, vt illis E­piscopi, à qui­bus Christianae fidei regulam discerent, mit­t [...]rentur. Va­lens Imperat. exitiabili pravi­tare detentus, doctores Arri­ani dogmatis his misit. Gothi primae fidei ru­dimenta, quod acceperunt, te­nuere. P. Oro­sij Hist. l. 7. c. 19. Valens, Emperour of the East. Vnder their king Reccaredus in the yeare 586, and the third Councell of Toledo they received the Orthodox, & Catholique faith. Their government was Monarchicall. Their maner hereof was electiue. Their kings were Fri­digernus, [Page 26] in the raigne of the Emperour Valens, the first king of the Wisigothes after Paulus Diaconus. Athanaricus in the time of the Em­perours Gratian, & Valentinian the second. With this prince Isidore beginneth the Catalogue of the West-gothish Monarches. Hitherto the Wisigothes kept in the East. Alaricus in the raigne of the Empe­rour Honorius, vnder whom they first descended into the West, and sacked Rome. Athaulphus, kinsman to Alaricus, vnder whom in the yeare 415 they first planted in Gaule, & Spaine. Sigericus. Walia, by whom (the Alans in Spaine being subdued) Aquitania in Gaule was added to the dominion hereof. Theodoredus, slaine against Atilas, and the Huns in that memorable battaill, fought in the plaines of Chaa­lon in Gaule. Turismundus, son to Theodoredus. Theodoricus, brother to Turismundus, by whom Baetica in Spaine was added. Euricus by whom the rest of Spaine (Calaecia excepted) together with the Ru­theni, Cadurci, Auverni, and other parts of Gaule vnto the river of the Loire. Alaricus the second, son to Euricus, vnder whom these lost all their conquests in Gaule (part onely of Narbonensis excepted,) won from them by Clovys the great, the first Christian king of the French. Gesaleicus. Amalaricus, son to Alaricus the second. In the mi­nority hereof Theodoricus king of the Ostrogothes, protectour then of the kingdome, by the advantage hereof got seazed of the part of Narbonensis, lying next vnto his dominions of Italy, now called Pro­vençe; surrendred afterwards by his daughter Amalasiunta vnto The­odebert, French king of Mentz. Theudis an Ostro-goth, formerly go­vernour of the kingdome for Theodoricus king of the Ostro-gothes in the minority of Amalaricus, elected king of the Wisi-gothes. Theu­deselus, descended from the Ostro-gothes, and nephew to king Toti­las. Agila. Athanagildus. In the raigne hereof the Spanish Suevians vnder their king Theodomirus received againe their left Catholique religion. Liuva. Leutigildus, brother to Liuva, vnder whom, Ande­ca, & the Suevians being subdued, the whole Spaine was vnited into the Gothish Monarchy. Reccaredus, son to Leutigildus. In the raigne hereof these changed their Arrian heresie for the Catholique faith, which ever after with great zeale, & constancy they maintained. Liu­va the second, son to Reccaredus. Witericus. Gundemarus. Sigebutus. Reccaredus the second, son to Sigebutus. Suinthila. Sigenandus. Chinti­la. Tulga. Flavius Chindasvinthus. Reccesvinthus, son to Chindasvin­thus. Wamba. Flavius Ervigius. Egica. Witiza, son to Egica. Rodericus, the last king of the Wisigothes, slaine with the whole flower, and strength of the nation in the yeare 714 in that great battaill at Xeres de la Frontera by Tarif, & the Infidels; after whom Christianity, and the nation hereof being extinguished, succeeded the faithles Moores, whose turne is next to come vpon the stage.

THE DOMINION AND SVCCESSION OF THE MOORES.Maurusij Stra. Geogra. lib. 2. Maurusii, et Mauri eiusdem Geogr. lib. 17. Mauri Luc. Flo­ri Hist. Rom. l. 4. c. 2. etc. Sarra­ceni Am. Mar­cellin [...]. his. l. 14. Imper. Gallo, et Constantio, et l. 25. Imp. Iovia­no. Chron. Cas­sinensis lib. 1. c. 23. Aimonij de Gestis Franco­rum. l. 4. c. 22. et 52. &c. Agareni, & Sarraceni Ai­monij li. 4. c. 22. Agareni Chro­nic. Cassinensis lib. 1. c. 28.

THesev. Cl. Ptolo. Geog. l. 4. c. 1 & 2. Pet. Bertii in Ptol. Geog. l 4. c. 1. & 2. Interp. Ioannem Mari­anam de Rebus Hispaniae. hist. d' Espaigne par Loys de May­erne. (as the Latine word doth signifie) more properly were the inhabitants of Mauritania in Afrique, extended after Ptolemy from the Westerne Ocean along the Straights of Hercules, and the Seas I­bericum, & Sardo [...]m, parts of the Mediterranean, vnto the riuer Ampsa­ga vpon the East, the bounds thereof, & of the lesser, or proper Afrique; devided by the riuer Malva into the Provinces Tingitana, & Casarien­sis, contayning together at this day after Birtius the kingdomes of Mo­rocco, Fez, & Tremisen. Since the supersititon of the Mahumetanes this generall name hath been derived over almost the whole Sea-coast of Afrique, lying quart of Europe, & reaching from the Sea Atlantique, and Straights of Gibraltar vnto the Red Sea, & Aegypt; subject now, as was the whole knowne South, & East, vnto the great Miramamoline, or Caliph of the Saracens, resident at Damascus in Asia, the Empire hereof at that time being whole, and vndevided. The occasion of their first comming, & invasion hereof (next vnto the sins of the nation) was the treason of Iulianus, Governour now of Tingitana for Rodericus; discon­tented with the promotion hereof vnto the kingdome, being of the faction of the sons of Witiza, and then newly enraged with the ravish­ment of his daughter Cava by the lustfull king Rodericus. Vlit was then Miramamoline. His governour for Afrique was Muza, posted vnto by Iulianus, and with faire hopes invited to the conquest of the Gothes, & Spaine. The Miramamoline made acquainted, Tarif is sent from Muza. In the yeare 714 at the river Guadalethe neere vnto the towne of Xeres dela Frontera the powers of Spaine, & Afrique fatally joyne, aided by the traitour Iulianus, and the faction of the sons of Witiza. Rodericus with great slaughter of his people is overthrowne, & slaine, the name of the Gothes extinguished, and the whole Spaine within three yeares space conquered, and overrun: the hilly parts of Asturia, and Biscaia with those of the Pyrenes almost only excepted, at whose mountaines, the Rendez-vous of the distressed, and flying Christians, the great good fortune of the Moores suddenly stoppeth, and recoyles; their Empire here in a maner no sooner beginning, then declining, sundrie honou­rable Christian kingdomes, & estates here arising, as did afterwards in other parts of Spaine by the meanes, and thorough the emulation hereof (those of Leon, Castille, Navarre, Aragon, Portugal, & Barcelona,) by the favour of God, the valour of the Nation, the charitable aide of neighbouring Christians, and thorough the discord, & disvnion of the Infidels gathering continuall ground herevpon, and at length vt­terly expelling, & driving them out. After continuall loppings of the devided, & long languishing estate hereof, and their continuance, and abode here for the space of 778 yeares, in the yeare 1492 their com­maund, and government in Spaine tooke end; the kingdome of Granado, (all other parts, which they held, having long before beene recove­red) vnder Mahomet Boabdelin, their last king, being taken in by Fer­dinand [Page 30] the fift, & Elizabeth kings of Castille, and Aragon, and such as would not [...]e [...]ege their superstition, forced over into Afrique. Of late yeares, presently vpon the first warres ended with the Netherlanders, certain remainders of this of-spring to the number of many thousand families, inhabiting within the countries of Granado, & Valentia, though Christiās (at least in show,) & subject vnto the kings of Spaine, were by the jealousy of Philip the third then raigning, vtterly expul­sed, and their whole race, & name here by this meanes quite rooted out. The dominion hereof in Spaine was first vnder the great Mirama­molines of the Saracens, before mentioned, residing in Asia, and com­maunding here by their Lieftenants. In the yeare 759, revoulting from vnder the government of the Miramamolines, in the person of Abderabmen, descended from their Prophet Mahomet, they erected here a free Monarchy, loose from all forreine subjection, in which state, & in the posterity hereof they continued for the space of 247 yeares. Occasioned thorough the slough, and pusillanimity of Hisse­mus the second, the last Monarch of the race of Abderrahmen, about the yeare 1006 deposed by Mahomad Almohadius, and thorough the civill warres, and dissentions, which ensued afterwards for the soveraigne­ty, they broke into the many petty kingdomes of Cordova, Sevilla, Tole­do, and Saragoça, with others, the governours of each chiefe city then taking vpon them the name, and authority of Kings. Iuzephus Telephi­nus, Miramamoline of Morocco of the house of the Almoravides, and the ambition of the king of Cordova, ayming by the aide hereof at the con­quest of the rest, about the yeare 1091 put an end to this first devisi­on; subduing those petty kings, and reducing in a maner the whole, which was yet left vnconquered by the Christians, vnder his sole go­vernment, revniting them with the African Moores. The family of the Almoravides being overthrowne, and destroyed by Abdelmon, and the Almohades (a new sect of the African Moores) in the yeare 1150 they a­gaine chaunged their lords, & superstition, and became subject here­vnto. Mahomad, surnamed the Greene, Miramamoline of Morocco of the sect of the Almohades, overcome by the Christians in a great battaill at the mountaines of Sierra Morena, dispairing afterwards here of any good successe, (the estate of the Spanish Moores then being very small, and irrecoverablely declining) departing into Afrique, and leaving Spaine to fortune, in the yeares 1214, & 1228 they againe devided into the lesser kingdomes of Cordova, Sevilla, Valentia, and Murcia; for the rest of Spaine was before this time wholy cleared of them. Those foure lesser kingdomes, with the kingdome of the Ilands, not long af­ter being destroyed, and taken in by Ferdinand the third, king of Ca­stille, and Iames the first, king of Aragon, there remained vnto them on­ly the city of Granado, with the country about it, (part formerly of the kingdome of Cordova,) vnto which king Alhamar (Cordova being surpri­sed by Ferdinand) remouing his royall seate, in the yeare 1239 began the famous kingdome of Granado; thorough the advantage, & strength of the mountainous situation thereof, and the contempt, neglect, and discord of the Christians continuing for the space of 253 yeares after­wards, [Page 31] vntill in the yeare 1492 after ten yeares war it was likewise conquered, & recovered by Ferdinand the fift, king of Castille, & Arra­gon. The Caliphs, or Miramamolines of the Saracens commaunding here, together with their Lieftenants follow. Vlit of the house of Humeia, descended from Zeineb, one of the daughters of their Pro­phet Mahomet, Monarch of the whole Nation of the Saracens, and superstition of the Mahumetans, vnder whom Spaine was first con­quered by the Moores about the yeare of the Incarnation of Iesus Christ 714, and the 97 of the impostour Mahomet, whose Deputies here were successiuely Muza, and Abdalasisius, son to Muza. Their Empire here during the raigne of this Miramamoline, extended ouer the whole Spaine, the parts of Biscaia, Asturia, and Guipuscoa excep­ted. Zuleiman, brother to Vlit, whose Lieftenant here was Alahor. Ho­mar, and Izit, joint Miramamolines, sons to Vlit. Izit, sole Miramamo­line, Homar being deceased, whose Lieftenants were Zama, slaine in battaile before Tholouse in France, Aza, Ambiza, Odra, and Iahea. Is­camus, brother to Izit, whose Spanish governours were Oddifa, Hime­nus, Autuma, Alhuytanus, Mahomad, Abderrahmen, Abdelmelic, & Au­cupa. It was the Abderrahmen, here mentioned, Lieftenant of the Pro­vince for the Miramamoline Iscamus, whom we reade in the French histories ransacking, & spoiling France in the regency of Charles Mar­tel with a numberles multitude of these Moores; in the yeare 734 slain by Martell, and the French, in a great and memorable battaile fought neere vnto the city of Tours with no fewer then 375000 of the Army, and crue attending him. Hitherto likewise wee finde the Infidels to haue beene possessed of the part of Gaule Narbonensis, now called Languedoc, being a part of their Gothish conquests, recouered for the most part from them with the cities of Avignon, and Narbonne by the valiant Martell, during the raigne of this Miramamoline. Alulit, son to Izit, whose Lieftenants were Abulcatar, and Toba. Ibrahe­mus, brother to Izit. He was slaine by Maroanus. Maroanus, the last Miramamoline of the Saracens of the house of Humeia, the murtherer of Ibrahemus, whose quarrels gaue first encouragement, and occasion to the vsurpation of the house of Alaveci. He was slaine by Abdalla. His Lieftenants here were Toba, and Iuzephus. Abdalla of the house of Alaveci, descended from Fatima the eldest daughter of their Pro­phet Mahomet, and sister of Zeineb before-mentioned, Miramamoline of the Saracens, hauing slaine Maroanus, and the house of Humeia put downe, and deposed. His Spanish Governour was Iuzephus, slaine by Abderahmen. In the raigne of this Prince, Abderahmen, descended from the deposed, and slaughtered house of Humeia, shunning the cruelty hereof, and flying into Spaine for succour, in the yeare 759 v­surped the dominion of the Spanish Moores, well affected to the house of Humeia, free for a long time after from the subjection of the great Miramamolines. After Abderrahmen (the Miramamolines exclu­ded) succeeded in the kingdome of the Spanish Moores, Hissemus the first, son to Abderrahmen. Alhaca the first, son to Hissemus the first. Abderrahmen the second, son to Hissemus the first, ouerthrowne in a me­morable [Page 32] battaile fought at Clavigio in the yeare 846 by Ramir the first, king of Leon. Mahomad, son to Abderrhamen the second. Al­mund [...]r, son to Mahomad. Abdalla, brother to Almundar, and son to Mahomad. Abderrahmen the third, son to Mahomad, son to Abdalla▪ Alhaca the second, son to Abderrahmen the third. Hissemus the second, son to Alhaca the second, about the yeare 1006 deposed by Maho­mad Almohadius, encouraged through his slouth, neglecting the af­faires of the kingdome, and gouerning altogether by deputies; after sundry successions of tyrants restored; and by the like inconstancy in the yeare 1010 againe thrust out, and forced to a private fortune by his factious subiects. Occasioned thorough these disorders, the Spa­nish Moores, hitherto in a manner still entire, and vnder one, became divided into sundry petty kingdomes of Cordova, Sivilla, and Toledo, with others; ouerthrowne not long after by Iuzephus Telephinus, Mi­ramamoline of Morocco, and vnited with the Moores of Afrique. The dominion of the Moores at this time extended Northwards vnto the riuer of Duero; the bounds thereof, and of the Christians inhabi­ting Castille. Iuzephus Telephinus, the second Miramamoline of Mo­rocco in Afrique of the house of the Almoravides, (succeeding there vnto the family of Alaveci, supplanted and destroyed by them) drawn in by the ambition of the king of Cordova, and about the yeare 1091 ouer-throwing those petty kingdomes, and ioyning them to his domi­nions of Africa; the kingdome of Toledo excepted, taken in before this time by Alfonsus the sixt king of Castile, and Leon. Hali, Mirama­moline of Morocco, son to Iuzephus Telephinus. Albo-halis, Mirama­moline of Morocco, son to Hali, thought by some to haue beene the learned Avicenna, whose workes are now extant, compiled at his commaundement by certaine of the best Arabian Doctours of those times, and thus named from him. In the raigne hereof Almohadi, a religious Moore, Doctour of the Mahumetane Law, to gaine a faction for Abdelmon, (whom, although descended of base parentage, Aben-Thumert, an Astrologian, had by his art foretold should bee Mirama­moline, or king) began to broach certaine new, and vnheard of do­ctrines about their Religion, and the interpretation of their Alcoran amongst the African Moores, superstitiously still addicted to novel­ties, and easily chaunging; the effect whereof was the siding of the greatest part of this inconstant Nation vnto his opinions, named from hence the Almohades, and by the advantage hereof the setting vp of Abdelmon, and the disthroning of Albo-halis, and the house of the Almoravides, ouercome in battaile, and slaine by Abdelmon. Abdel­mon, Miramamoline of Morocco, of the new sect of the Almohades, succeeding in the yeare 1150. Aben-Iacob, Miramamoline of Morocco, son to Abdelmon. Aben-Iuzeph, Miramamoline of Morocco, brother to Aben-Iacob. Mahomad, surnamed the Greene, Miramamoline of Morocco, brother to Aben-Iacob, and Aben-Iuzeph. In the raigne hereof (thorough his great ouer-throw at the battaile of Sierra Morena dishartned for attempting any more vpon this Province, & departing into Afrique) the nation (as hath beene related) broke againe into [Page 33] many petty kingdomes of small strength, and of lesse continuance; Zeit Aben-Zeit, brother to this Mahomad, in the yeare 1214 vsur­ping in Valentia, and the neighbouring countrey; Mahomad, nephew herevnto at the same time in Cordova; and Abullalis in Siuillia; and afterwards in the yeare 1228 Aben-hutus in Murcia. The kingdome of Valentia, not long after being subdued by Iames the first king of A­ragon, as were about the same time those of Sivillia, and Murcia, with the city of Cordoua by Ferdinand the third, king of Ca­stille; in the yeare 1239 Mahomet Aben-Alhamar, king of Cor­doua, remouing his royall seate to the city of Granado, began the kingdome thus named, being formerly part of the kingdome of Cordoua, the onely countrie now held by the Infidells, the rest being conquered, whose princes followe. Mahomet Aben-Alhamar, before mentioned, the founder of the kingdome of Granado in the yeare 1239. Mahomet Myr Almus, king of Granado, son to Mahomet Aben-Alhamar. Mahomet Aben-Alhamar Aben-Azar, son to Mahomet Myr Almus. He was deposed by Mahomet Azar Aben Levin. Mahomet Azar Aben-Levin, brother to Mahomet Aben-Alhamar Aben-Azar, & son to Mahomet Myr Almus, deposed by Ismael, son to Farrachen, gouernonr of Malaga. Ismael, son to Farrachen aforesaid. Mahomet, son to Ismael. He was murthered by his subjects. Ioseph Aben Amet, brother to Mahomet, and son to Ismael, slaine by Mahomet Lagus. Mahomet Lagus, vncle to Ioseph Aben-Amet, and brother to king Is­mael, deposed by Mahomet Aben-Alhamar. Mahomet Aben-Alhamar, king of Granado. He was againe thrust out by Mahomet Lagus, and afterwards inhumanely put to death by Peter king of Castille, vnto whom he had fled for succour. Mahomet Lagus, king of Granado, re­stored. Mahomet, surnamed Guadix, son to Mahomet Lagus. Ioseph, son to Mahomet Guadix. Mahomet Aben-Balva, yonger son to Ioseph. Ioseph, elder brother to Mahomet Aben-Balva, and son to Ioseph. Ma­homet Aben-Azar, son to Ioseph, driven out by Mahomet, surnamed the Litle. Mahomet, surnamed the Litle, overthrowne, and taken pri­soner by Mahomet Aben-Azar. Mahomet Aben-Azar, restored the second time. He was againe deposed by Ioseph Aben-Almao. Ioseph Aben-Almao. Mahomet Aben-Azar, restored, and deposed the third time by Mahomet Aben-Ozmen. Mahomet Aben-Ozmen, deposed by Ismael. Ismael. Muley Albohacen, son to Ismael, driven out by his son Mahomet Boabdelin. During the raigne hereof begun the warres of the Christians vnder Ferdinand the fift, & Isabel kings of Castille, & Aragon, thorough the civill warres, & dissention hereof continuing for the space of ten yeares with happy successe, and ending with the vtter expulsion of the Infidels. Mahomet Boabdelin, son to Muley Al­bohacen, opposed during the Christian warres by his father, after­wards (he growing old, and forsaken by his faction) by his vncle Mu­ley Boabdelin son to Ismael, each one being acknowledged kings by their parties; in the yere 1492, Granado surrendred, (Malaga, Guadix, Baça, Almcria, with other places, belonging to his vncle, being be­fore recouered) after ten yeares warre, with the whole Mahumetane [Page 34] superstition driven over into Afrique by Ferdinand the fift, and Elizabeth kings of Castille, and Aragon. During the vsurpation of the Moores out of the ruines (for the most part) of the vanquished Gothes arose (as be­fore) certaine honourable Christian kingdomes, & estates (of Leon, Castil­le, Navarra, Aragon, Portugal, & Barcelona,) in continuance of time (the Infidels beaten home) over-spreading this whole continent, whose o­riginall, increase, vnion, and whole fortunes wee are now to relate.

THE BEGINNING, PROGRESSE, AND FORTVNES OF THE KING­DOME OF LEON.

THis Kingdome v. Ioan. Mari. de Rebus Hisp. hist. d'Espaigne par Loys de Mayerne. was begun in Asturia in the person of Pelagius, des­cended from the auncient Gothish Monarches, in the yeare 716 by the distressed remnants of the vanquished, and flying Christians, shelte­ring themselues in the mountaines hereof, about two yeres after their great overthrow given by the Moores at the battaill neere Xeres de la Frontera. It was first called the kingdome of Asturia. After that the city of Leon was taken by Pelagius, it tooke the name thereof. Some would haue, after that the towne of Oviedo was builded by king Froila, that for certaine descents it did beare the name of that citie; wherein I striue not much, the name of Leon at length prevayling. The parts of Spaine, which at the beginning it contayned, were the mountainous parts of Asturia, now onely retayning the name hereof, together with part of Galitia. By the raigne of Ordonius the second, the kingdome be­came enlarged over all Galitia, Asturia, & Leon, with the greatest part of Castillia la Veia, being devided from Navarra by Monte D'oca; and from the Moores by the Mountaines of Segovia, & Avila. Castille revol­ting in the raigne of king Froila the second, it became stinted South­wards with the riuer Pisuerga, (the common bounds hereof, and of that countrie;) comprehending onely Galitia, Asturia, and Leon, the ancient extent of the kingdome of Leon vntill its revnion with Castille. Vpon the decease of Veremundus the third without issue, slaine in battaill by Fer­dinand the first, king of Castille, it became seazed vpon by that prince in right of his wife Sanctia, sister to Veremundus; added to his domini­ons, & family. In the house of this Ferdinand it became twise againe severed from Castille; in Alfonsus son hereof; and in Ferdinand the second for some descents. In Ferdinand the third, son to Alfonsus the ninth, & Berengaria sister to Henry the first king of Castille, the two kingdomes were lastly vnited; incorporated into one entire state, knowne by the name of the kingdome of Castille, & Leon. The kingdome was heredi­tary, and where women for defect of heires male might succeed. The princes vntill their last revnion with Castille were Pelagius, descen­ded of the Gothish Monarches, the first founder (as before we haue related) of the kingdome, created king in Asturia in the yeare 716. Favila, son to Pelagius. He died without issue. Alfonsus the first, sur­named the Catholique, sonne in lawe to Pelagius. Froila the first, son to Alfonsus the first, slaine by the treason of his brother Au­relius. [Page 35] Aurelius, brother to Froila the first. He deceased without heires. Silo, & his wife Adosinda, sister to Aurelius. Alfonsus the second, surnamed the Chast, son to Froila the first, deposed by Mauregate thorough the power, & aide of Abderahmen the first, king of the Spanish Moores. Veremundus the first, surnamed Deacon, son to Bima­ranus, son, or brother to Froila the first. He admitted for companion in the kingdome Alfonsus the second, depriued by Mauregate, liuing then exiled in Biscaia. Alfonsus the second, sole king of Leon, Vere­mundus deceasing. Ramir the first, son to Veremundus the first. He o­verthrew the Moores in a great battaill at Clavigio vnder their king Abderahmen the second, in the yeare 846. Ordonius the first, son to Ramir the first. Alfonsus the third, son to Ordonius the first. Garsias the first, son to Alfonsus the third. His yonger brother Ordonius was prince of Galitia; the kingdome then being for a time devided. Hee dyed without issue. Ordonius, prince of Galitia, brother to Garcias the first; after the decease hereof the second of the name king of Leon. In this princes time the kingdome of Leon contayned all Asturia, Le­on, Galitia, & the greatest part of Castillia la Veia, bounded vpon the East, & South by Monte D'oca, & the Mountaines of Segovia, & A­vila from Navarra, and the Moores; and vpon the North, and West extending vnto the Ocean. He cruelly murthered all the Earles of Castille; the occasion of the revolt not long after of that countrey. Froila the second, brother to Ordonius the second. Formerly exaspe­rated with the murther of their Earles by Ordonius the second, and now encouraged by the slough, & many vices of this prince in the yeare 898, and raigne hereof the Castillians first revolted from vn­der the gouernment of the kings of Leon, & became a free estate. Al­fonsus the fourth, surnamed the Monke, son to Ordonius the second; in­juriously prevented by king Froila the second. Lazy, & vnfit to go­verne, hee voluntarily resigned the kingdome to Ramir, his yonger brother, and turned Religious. Ramir the second, son to Ordonius the second, and brother to Alfonsus the fourth. Ordonius the third, son to Ramir the second. Sanctius, surnamed the Grosse, brother to Ordonius the second Ramir the third, son to Sanctius the Grosse. Veremundus the second, son to Ordonius the third. Alfonsus the fift, son to Veremundus the second. Veremundus the third, son to Alfonsus the fift; slaine in bat­taill by Ferdinand the first king of Castille. Ferdinand the first king of Castille, yonger son to Sanctius, surnamed the Great, king of Navar­ra, after the decease of Veremundus the third without issue succee­ding in the kingdome of Leon in right of his wife Sanctia, sister to Ve­remundus. He deceased in the yeare 1065. Alfonsus the sixt, younger son to Ferdinand the first. His elder brother Sanctius inherited the kingdome of Castille, the two kingdomes being now againe devided. Driven out by his brother Sanctius, king of Castille, hee liued for a time exiled amongst the Moores of Toledo. After the decease of his brother without heires, hee enjoyed both kingdomes of Castille, and Leon, wherevnto he added that of Toledo; since incorporated with the kingdome of Castille, and in regard thereof now called Castillia [Page 36] la Nueva, injuriously taken from his late hostes the Moores thereof, with whom not long before during his exile hee had beene friendly entertayned. In the raigne, and by the favour, & advancement hereof in the person of Henry of Lorraine, a Frenchman, began the Earle­dome of Portugall; made afterwards a kingdome by Alfonsus son to Henry. He deceased in the yeare 1109 Vrraca, daughter to Alfonsus the sixt, succeeding in both kingdomes. Alfonsus the seaventh, son to Vrraca, the mother resigning. He was likewise king of both. Ferdi­nand the second younger son to Alfonsus the seauenth. His elder bro­ther Sanctius the second had for his share the kingdome of Castille. Alfonsus the ninth, king of Leon, son to Ferdinand the second. Hee marryed vnto Berengaria, sister to Henry the first, king of Castille. Ferdinand the third, son to Alfonsus the ninth, king of Leon, and Be­rengaria, sister to Henry the first, king of Castille; in whom those two kingdomes of Castille, & Leon were lastly vnited, neuer afterwards dis­joyned.

THE KINGDOME OF CASTILLE.

THe estate, v. Ioan. Mari. de Rebus▪ Hisp. hist. d'Espaigne par Loys de Mayerne. & name was first occasioned, & begun amongst the Vac­caei by certaine honourable gentlemen of the kingdome of Leon, li­uing vnder the commaund, and authority of the princes hereof, and by the name, & title of Earles defending then, & enlarging those the Marches of that kingdome against the neighbouring Infidell Moores; from the great number of Castles, & fortresses their erected, as vsually hapneth in all frontire places, called afterwards by the name of Ca­stille. What were the names of those first Earles, at what time, and by whom they were instituted; in what parts they seuerally commaun­ded (for many lived together;) or in what maner: whether as free princes vnder the fief & homage of the kings of Leon, or rather one­ly as their deputies, or prefects, we finde not. By the time of Ordonius the second this name, & accompt was extended over the whole coun­try of the Vaccaei, contayning now the greatest part of old Castille, de­vided then from the Moores by the Mountaines of Segovia, and Avi­la. In the raigne of Froila the second, incensed with the late murther of the Earles hereof by Ordoninus the second, the countrie first shoke off the yoake of Leon, and became a free gouernment; commaunded first by Iudges, afterwards by Earles. By Sanctius the Great, king of Navarra, in the person of his younger son Ferdinand the first it was erected into a kingdome. King Ferdinand the first added vnto the ac­compt, and name of Castille part of the country of Navarra, lying be­yond Monte D'oca. He also vnited in the right of the princes hereof the kingdome of Leon; afterwards for some time againe devided there­from. Alfonsus the sixt added the kingdome of Toledo, now Castillia la Nueva. Iohn the first the countries of Biscaia, & Guipuscoa. Fer­dinand the third Andaluzia, & Murcia. Ferdinand the fift of late yeares, and in the memory of our ancestours Navarra, & Granado; to omit sundry other petty enlargements. By so many additions the king­dome [Page 37] of Castile together with Leon, (incorporated with it) extendeth at this day ouer thirteene great Provinces of Galitia, Asturia, Biscaia, O­lava, Guipuscoa, Leon, Castillia la Veia, Castillia la Nueva, Murcia, Andalu­zia, Extremadura, Granado, and Navarra, containing now some two third parts of the Continent of Spaine, the largest, and the most noble of the three kingdomes hereof. The first Earles vnder the subiection of the kings of Leon, whereof we finde any mention, (for the greatest part of them are not remembred) were Roderique liuing in the time of Alfonsus the second, surnamed the Chast. Iames surnamed Porcellus, son to Roderique, in the raigne of Alfonsus the third. Nunnius Ferdinandus, with the rest of the Earles, slaine by King Ordonius the second. After the murther of the first Earles, and the revolt of the country from vn­der the government of Leon, succeeded Nunnius Rasura, and Lainus Calvus chosen by the people, & commaunding by the name of Iudges; the former whereof governed in ciuill affaires, the other in matters military. Consalvus Nunnius, son to Nunnius Rasura, succeeding in the same title, and authority of Iudge. He married vnto Semena, daughter to Nunnius Ferdinandus, murthered by Ordonius the second, trans­mitting by that meanes vnto his house the right of the ancient Earles of Castile. Ferdinandus Consalvus, son to Consalvus Nunnius, and Se­mena. He reassumed the title of Earle of Castille, continued in his suc­cessions vnto Sanctius the Great, King of Navarra. Vpon composition made with Sanctius surnamed the Grosse, in the yeare 965 he freed the estate hereof from all right and acknowledgement of the Kings of Leon. Garcias Ferdinandus, Earle of Castille, sonne to Ferdi­nandus Consalvus. Sanctius, sonne to Garcias Ferdinandus. Gar­cias, sonne to Sanctius, slaine by treason, yong, and without issue. Sanctius, surnamed the Great, king of Navarra, and Earle of Aragon, & in right of his wife Elvira, elder sister to Garcias, Earle of Castile, the last Earle. He made Castile a kingdome, giuen by him with this title vnto Ferdinand, his second son. Ferdinand, yonger son to Sanctius the Great, king of Navarra, the first king of Castile. The bounds hereof in the time of this Prince were the river Pisverga from the kingdome of Leon; Monte D'Oca from Navarra; and the mountaines of Segovia, & Avila from the kingdome of Toledo, and the Moores. He further ex­tended those limits beyond Monte D'Oca ouer part of Navarra, won from his elder brother Garcias, king of Navarra, and since incorpora­ted into the name of Castile. Hee also annexed to his house the king­dome of Leon; Veremundus the third, king hereof, being slain by him in battaile sans issue, brother to his wife Sanctia. Sanctius the first, king of Castile, eldest son to Ferdinand the first. His yonger brother Alfon­sus succeeded in the kingdome of Leon, driuen out by Sanctius a­mongst the Moores of Toledo. Hee deceased without issue, slaine be­fore Zamora. Alfonsus the sixt, king of Leon, brother to Sanctius the first, king of Castile; after the decease hereof returning from banish­ment out of the countrey of the Moores, and inheriting both king­domes. He added herevnto the city, and kingdome of Toledo, after­wards named Castilia la Nueva; vnkindly taken from his late hoasts [Page 38] the Moores, and Hyaia their last king. Vrraca, daughter to Alfonsus the sixt, succeeding in both kingdomes. Alfonsus the seauenth, sonne to Vrraca; (she resigning) succeeding likewise in both. Sanctius the se­cond, king of Castile, eldest son to Alfonsus the seaventh. His yonger brother Ferdinand the second inherited Leon; the two kingdomes being the third time divided. Alfonsus the eight, son to Sanctius the second, whose wife was Eleanor, daughter to Henry the second, king of England. He tooke from Ramir the second, king of Navarra, the townes of Logrogno, Nagera, and Calahora, and almost whatsoeuer els the Navarrois held on that side of the riuer Ebro, which he added vnto Castile, in which name, and accompt they at this day continue. Henry the first, king of Castile, son to Alfonsus the eight. He dyed with­out issue. Ferdinand the third, son to Alfonsus the ninth, king of Leon, and of Berengaria, yonger sister to Henry the first deceased, in right from his mother king of Castile; Blanche, elder sister to Berengaria, then wife to Lewes, son to Philip the French King, refused. His father deceasing, hee succeeded likewise in the Kingdome of Leon. After this last vnion, the two Kingdomes were neuer againe seuered, incor­porated into one entire state, knowne now by the name of Castille, & Leon. He recouered from the Moores the countries of Andaluzia, and Murcia; contayning then the petty Kingdomes of Murcia, and Sivil­lia, with part of the Kingdome of Cordova. In the raigne hereof, and yeare 1239, began the famous kingdome of Granado by Mahomet Aben-Alhamar, King of Cordova, vpon the surprisall of that city by Ferdinand, remouing hither his royall seate. Alfonsus the tenth, King of Castile, and Leon, son to Ferdinand the third. He was that famous Astronomer, whose workes are now extant with vs; the framer of the Tables of Alfonsus, named from him. The German Electours diuided, he was chosen by his factiō Emperour of the Romans against Richard Earle of Cornwall, brother to Henry the third, King of England, de­tained notwithstanding at home during his whole raigne with civill warres against his vnnaturall son Sanctius, much more happy in the loue of the Muses, then of his subiects. Sanctius the third, king of Ca­stile, and Leon, the rebellious son of Alfonsus the tenth. Ferdinand the fourth, son to Sanctius the third. Alfonsus the eleauenth, son to Ferdi­nand the fourth. Peter the first, son to Alfonsus the eleauenth. He was driuen out for his cruelty, and was restored againe by Edward, named the Blacke Prince, son to Edward the third, king of England. Destitute of the English succours not long after he lost both his king­dome, & life; overcome, and slaine by his brother Henry. Henry the second, brother to Peter the first, and naturall son to Alfonsus the e­leaventh. Iohn the first, king of Castille, & Leon, son to Henry the se­cond; opposed by Iohn of Gaunt duke of Lancaster, pretending the right of Constance his wife, daughter to Peter the first. In this prince by his marriage of D. Maria Diaz de Haro, daughter, and inheretresse to Don Lopez Diaz de Haro, last prince of Biscaia, and Guipuscoa, these seigneuries were annexed to the crowne of Castille. Comming to composition with Iohn duke of Lancaster, hee marryed his sonne [Page 39] Henry vnto Catherine daughter to the other, by agreement created vpon the marriage prince of Asturia, which title (occasioned from the English whose eldest sons are named princes of Wales) hath ever since bin continued in the heires of Castille, or Spaine. Henry the third, son to Iohn the first. He married vnto Catherine, daughter to Iohn of Gaunt, duke of Lancaster. Iohn the second, son to Henry the third. Hen­ry the fourth, son to Iohn the second. He deceased without heires of his body. Elizabeth, queene of Castille, & Leon, sister to Henry the fourth. She married vnto Ferdinand the fift, king of Aragon, & Sici­ly. In the raigne hereof the countreyes of Granado, & Navarra (the French, & Moores being expulsed) became annexed to the house hereof, and incorporated with Castille, and the whole Spaine (the kingdome of Portugall excepted) vnited vnder one Monarch. Naples likewise was then conquered from the French, and the house of Fer­dinand the bastard, and the rich new-found world first discovered, & added to the dominion hereof. Philip the first, Arch-duke of Austria, and Duke of Bungundie, son to the Emperour Maximilian the first, & Mary Dutchesse of Burgundie; king of Castille, & Leon in right of his wife Ioane, eldest daughter to Ferdinand the fift, and Elizabeth kings of Castille, & Aragon. Philip deceasing, and Ioane of Aragon his Queene in regard of her frenzy, and indisposition being vnfit to governe, Ferdinand the fift in the minority of Charles the fift reas­sumed againe the kingdome of Castille. Charles the fift, son to Phi­lip the first, and Ioane of Aragon, after the decease of his grandfathers (Maximilian the first, Emperour, and king Ferdinand the fift) elected Emperour of the Romans, and succeeding in the kingdomes of Ca­stille, & Leon, Aragon, Naples, Sicily, Hierusalem, and of the In­dyes, the Dukedomes of Austria, & Burgundy, and the dominions of the low-countries. He added vnto these in Italy the great Dukedome of Milan after the decease of Francis Sforcia without heires, accor­ding to the composition made betwixt them; and in the Netherlands the Provinces of Vtreicht, Over-Ysel, Zutphen, & Gelderland. Wea­ryed with long sicknes, and the burthen of so great an Empire, he vo­luntarily surrendred all his estates vnto his younger brother Ferdi­nand, and his son Philip the second; cloistering himselfe vp in the monastery of St Iustus in Estremadura, where in a private fortune he dyed. Philip the second, son vnto the Emperour Charles the fift, lord of all the kingdomes, and possessions belonging to the house of Bur­gundy, & Spaine. The German Empire, and the dominions of Au­stria were left vnto his vncle Ferdinand. Sebastian, king of Portugal, being slaine in Afrique by the Moores at the battaile of Alcacar, and his vncle, Cardinall Henry, not long after surviuing, by the great cap­tain Don Ferdin̄d Alvares de Toledo in the yeare 1580 he cōquered that kingdome, the first Monarch of Spaine since king Rodericus, and the Gothes. To giue a checke vnto this sudden, and over-great pros­perity, the Low-countries in his time revolted; eight of whose richest provinces, Holland, Zealand, Vtreicht, Over-Ysel, Gelderland, Zut­phen, West-Freisland, & Groninghen haue now by armes freed them­selues [Page 40] from the Spanish yoake, and subjection. Philip the Third, son to Philip the second, succeeding in the dominions, & conquests of Spaine. The Netherlands were assigned by his father vnto his sister Isabella, marryed vnto Albert, Arch-duke of Austria. Philip the fourth, son to Philip the third, now king of Castille, & Spaine, and of the many provinces subject to the great Empire hereof.

THE KINGDOME OF NAVARRA.

THev. Ioannem Marianam de rebus Hisp. hist. d'Espaigne par Loys de May­erne. Histor. de Navarre par Andre Fauyn. Kingdome hereof was first begun amongst the Pyrenean Moun­taines, in the parts, whereabout now standeth the towne of Suprar­be, by the Vascones the naturall inhabitants, or rather by certaine rem­nants of the shipwrack'd, and flying Christians, in that great invndati­on of the Moores retreating amongst the safer rocks, and shelters hereof. The exact time when it begun is not set downe. Onely thus much is agreed vpon, that Garcias Ximinius, the first king, dyed in the yeare 758, some 42 yeares after the first erection of the kingdome of the Asturians, or Leon. It was first entituled the kingdome of Suprar­be; then the chiefe towne of those mountainous parts. Afterwards it tooke the name of Navarra, most probably vnder Innicus Garcias; at what time first descending from the mountaines, where the former kings had kept themselues immur'd, they tooke in Pampelona, and the plaine countrey from the Moores. By the raigne of Sanctius the Great, (the Earledomes of Castille, & Aragon being annexed) the kings hereof were seazed of the whole Biscaia, Olava, Navarra, & old Castille, with part of Aragonia. By this prince Castille, & Aragonia were againe de­vided from Navarra, giuen by him with the title of kings to his sons Ferdinand, & Ramir. By the after encroachments of Ferdinand the first, and Alfonsus the eight, kings of Castille, the townes of Nagera, Calahora, and Logrogno, with other parts of Navarra betwixt the riuer Ebro, and Monte D'oca, were lopped off herefrom, & joyned to the name, and accompt of Castille. Biscaia, and Olava were likewise afterwards rent off. But when, and by what meanes we finde not. Overmatched by their more potent neighbours, the kings of Castille, & Aragon, and by their interveening betwixt them, & the Moores being barred from enlarging any further their dominions in this continent, crossing over the Pyrenaean mountaines into France, by their marriages, & alliances with the houses of that kingdome the princes hereof in their severall times became possessed of the Earledomes of Champaigne, and Brie, Foix, & Begorre, the soveraigne Lordship of Bearn, the Dukedome of Eureux, Albret, & Vendosme, & lastly of the most mighty kingdome of France; the which now, being shut out of Spaine by the armes of the Castillians, & Navarra won from them by king Ferdinand the fift, the heires of the house at this day onely enjoye. The kingdome was he­reditary, and whereof women, & their issue were capable. The prin­ces hereof were Garcias Ximinius, the first king of Suprarbe, deceasing in the yeare 758. Garcias Innicus, son to Garcias Ximinius. Fortunius Garcias, son to Garcias Innicus. Sancius Garcias, son to Fortunius [Page 41] Garcias. Ximinius Garcias, son to sancius Garcias. He died without heires, the last king of Suprarbe, of the house of the first Garcias Xi­minius. An Interregnum for 4 yeares. Innicus Garcias, surnamed Ari­sta, Earle of Begorre, elected in the yeare 840. He conquered Pampe­lona, & the champian countrey from the Moores, in whose time most probably the kingdome tooke the name of Navarra. Garcias Innicus, son to Innicus Garcias Arista, king of Navarra. He voluntarily re­signed the kingdome, & turned Religious. Fortunius, son to Garcias Innicus, & Vrraca sister to Fortunius Ximinius, the last Earle of Ara­gon. Fortunius Ximinius Earle of Aragon deceasing without heires, in right from his mother Vrraca, hee got seazed of that Earledome, continued in the house of Navarra vntill Sanctius the Great. He dy­ed vnmarryed. Sanctius the second, surnamed Abarca, brother to For­tunius. Garcias Sanctius, son to Sanctius Abarca. Sanctius Garcias, & Ramirus, joynt kings of Navarra, sons to Garcias Sanctius. Sanctius Garcias, sole king of Navarra; Ramir deceasing vnmarried. Garcias, surnamed the Trembler, son to Sanctius Garcias. Sanctius, surnamed the Great, king of Navarra, son to Garcias the Trembler. He marryed vnto Nunnia, or Elvira, sister to Garcias, the last Earle of Castille; by which right (Garcias dying sans issue) he became possessed of Castille in the yeare 1028. Deviding his dominions he gaue Castille vnto his younger son Ferdinand, & to Ramir, his naturall son, Aragonia; vnto both with the title of kings. Garcias de Nagera, eldest son to Sancti­us the Great, succeeding in the rest of the dominions of the house of Navarra. After this prince, tainted with vnnaturall wickednes against his mother, wrongfully accused by him of adultery, the kingdome of Navarra continually languished, & never prospered; daily encroach­ed vpon by the neighbouring kings of Castille, & Aragon, & lastly in Iohn d' Albret wrested from the posterity hereof, and added as a pro­vince to Castille. Sanctius Garcias, son to Garcias de Nagera, slaine by the treason of his brother Raimund without surviuing issue. Raimund bro [...]her vnto Sanctius Garcias. He enjoyed not long the kingdome, expu [...]sed presently after his vsurpation. Sanctius Ramir king of Ara­gon, and Navarra, son to Ramir the first, king of Aragon, brother to Garcias de Nagera. Peter the first, king of Aragon, & Navarra, son to Sanctius Ramir. Alfonsus the first, king of Aragon, & Navarra, bro­ther to Peter the first. He deceasing sans issue, and Aragon descending to his brother Ramir, surnamed the Monke, Navarra returned vpon Ramir Lord of Mouçon, descended from Garcias de Nagera, from whose house the kingdome had beene for a time wrongfully detay­ned. Ramir Lord of Mouçon, king of Navarra, son to Ramir Lord of Calahora, younger sonne to Garcias de Nagera. In this Princes raigne Alfonsus the eight, king of Castille, pretending title to the Crowne hereof, and warring herevpon, tooke from Navarra the townes of Logrogno, Nagera, and Calahora, vniting them with Ca­stille. Sanctius, surnamed the Wise, son to Ramir the second, Lord of Mouçon. Sanctius the eight, son to Sanctius the Wise, succeeding in the yeare 1194. Vntill this prince for the space of aboue 500 yeares [Page 42] the kingdome of Navarra had beene still continued in the line mas­culine. After his decease sans issue it first fell to the right of women, transported ouer the mountaines into France; where, transmitted from one French family vnto another, it hath rested vnto our times, and the vnion thereof with that kingdome. Theobald the fift, Counte Palatine of Champaigne, & Brie, & king of Navarra, sonne to Count Theobald the fourth, and Blanche, sister to Sanctius the eight, and daughter to Sanctius the seaventh; king of Navarra, succeeding in the yeare 1234. Theobald the sixt Earle of Champaigne, & Brie, and king of Navarra, sonne to Theobald the fift. Henry the first, Earle of Champaigne, & Brie, & king of Navarra, brother to Theobald the sixt. Philip le Bel, king of France, in right of his wife Ioane, daughter to Henry the first in the yeare 1284 succeeding in Champaigne, and Brie, and the kingdome of Navarra. Lewes, surnamed Hutin, king of France, & Navarra, and Earle of Champaigne, & Brie, son to Philip le Bel, and Ioane aforesaid. Philip le Long, king of France & Navarra, brother to Lewes Hutin. Charles le Bel, king of France, & Navarra, bro­ther to Lewes Hutin, and Philip le Long. Hee deceasing without issue male, and the kingdome of France according to the pretended Sa­lique law descending vpon Philip de Valois, the next of the line masculine, Navarra returned vpon Ioane de France, daughter vnto Lewes Hutin. The Earledomes of Champaigne, & Brie were incor­porated with the Crowne of France. Philip Earle of Eureux, in the right of his wife Ioane of France, daughter to Lewes Hutin, succee­ding in the kingdome of Navarra. Charles the second, Earle of Eureux, & king of Navarra, son to Philip, & Ioane aforesaid. Charles the third, Earle of Eureux, and king of Navarra, son to Charles the second. Iohn of Aragon, younger son to Alfonsus the fift king of Aragon, in right of his wife Blanche, daughter to Charles the third, succeeding in the kingdome of Navarra. After the decease of his brother he succee­ded likewise in Aragon. Gaston the fourth, Earle of Foix, & Begorre, and Soveraigne Lord of Bearn, king of Navarra in right of his wife Leonora, daughter to Iohn of Aragon, and Blanche aforesaid. By meanes of this marriage the Earledome of Begorre, & Lordship of Bearn became annexed to the house of Navarra, as they doe yet con­tinue. Francis Earle of Foix, & Begorre, Lord of Bearn, and king of Na­varra, son to Gaston prince of Viane, son to Gaston the fourth and Le­onora. He dyed young sans issue. Iohn duke of Albret, in the right of his wife Catherine, sister to Francis, succeeding in the kingdome of Navarra, the Earledome of Begorre, and soveraigne Lordship of Bearn. He lost Navarra vnto Ferdinand the fift, and Elizabeth, kings of Castille, & Aragon, since incorporated with the kingdome of Ca­stille, retayning onely the countries of Begorre, & Bearne, and the title of Navarra, left vnto his successours. Henry d' Albret, titulary king of Navarra, son to Iohn duke of Albret, and Catherine. Anthony de Bourbon duke of Vendosme, & prince of the blood, in right of his wife Ioane d' Albret, daughter to Henry d' Albret, Earle of Begorre, Lord of Bearn, & titulary king of Navarra. Henry the third, king of Na­varra, [Page 43] son to Anthony de Bourbon, and Ioane d' Albret. After the murther of Henry the third, the last French king of the house of Va­lois, [...]e succeeded in the kingdome of France by the name of Henry the fourth (being the next of the line masculine, and descended from S. Lewes,) after infinite troubles mastered, and ouerpast, and a fast peace established in that kingdome, slaine of late yeares in Paris by that bloody Assassine Ravaillart. Lewes the thirteenth, son to Henry the fourth, succeeding now in the kingdome of France, and in the right, and title of Navarra.

THE KINGDOME OF ARAGON.

THE estatev. Ioannem Marianam de Rebus Hispan. His. d'Espaign [...] par Loys de Mayernes. In­dices Rerum ab Aragoniis Regibus gesta­rum per Hie­ronymum Su­ [...]itam, was begun shortly after that of Suprarbe, or Navarra, in the raigne of Garcias Innicus, the second king of Suprarbe, by one Aznarius, son to Eudo the Great, Duke of Aquitaine in France; who hauing taken from the Moores certaine townes about the riuers Ara­gon, and Subordanus, by the good leaue of that Prince, entitled himselfe from the riuer, Earle of Aragon, subiect then (as were his successours for some time after) vnto the kings of Suprarbe, and commaunding here in nature of Marqueses. In Fortunius (sonne to Garcias Innicus, king of Navarra, and Vrraca, sister to Fortunius Ximinius, the last Earle hereof, who deceased without issue) the Earledome was annexed to the house, and kingdome of Navarra. King Sanctius the Great againe divided Aragon from Navarra; giuing it with the title of king to his bastard sonne Ramir. The extent of the country was but little, at what time vnder Ramir the first it was first made a kingdome. By the time of king Ramir the second, Saragoça Huescar, and other townes being wonne from the Moores, it became enlarged ouer the whole countrey, called now Aragonia. By the marriage of Petronilla, daughter to Ramir the se­cond, vnto Raimund Berengarius the fift Earle of Barcelona, in the yeare 1137 the country of Catalonia was added By Raimund, son to Raimund Berengarius the fift, the Earledome of Russillon. By Iames the first the kingdomes of Valentia, and of the Ilands of Mallorça, and Menorça, con­quered from the Moores; the present extent of the kingdome of Ara­gon. In forreine parts Peter the third annexed to the house of Aragon the kingdome of Sicilye. Iames the second the Iland of Sardinia. Alfon­sus the fift Naples, all which the kings of Spaine in right hereof doe at this day enioy. The Princes were Aznarius, the first Earle of Ara­gon in the raigne of Garcias Innicus, the second king of Suprarbe. The country then onely contained certaine small townes about the riuer Aragon, occasioning the name, enlarging afterwards, as did the con­quests hereof. Aznarius the second, son to Aznarius the first. Galindus, son to Aznarius the second. Semenus Aznarius son to Galindus, slaine in the battaile of Ronceval against the Emperour Charles the Great. Semenus Garcias, vncle to Semenus Aznarius. Fortunius Semenus, or Ximinius. He deceased without issue. Fortunius king of Navarra, Earle [Page 44] of Aragon in right from his mother Vrraca, sister to Fortunius Seme­nus. Sanctius Abarca, king of Navarra, brother to Fortunius king of Navarra, succeeding in the Earledome of Aragon by the same right. Garcias Sanctius king of Navarra, son to Sanctius Abarca. Sanctius Gar­cias, and Ramir, ioint kings of Navarra, son to Garcias Sanctius. Garcias the Trembler, king of Navarra, son to Sanctius Garcias. Sanctius the Great, king of Navarra, and Earle of Castille, son to Garcias the Trem­bler. He againe divided Aragon from Navarra, erecting it into a pet­ty Kingdome in the person of Ramir his base son. Ramir the first, na­turall son to Sanctius the Great, King of Navarra; the first King of Ara­gon, advanced hereunto by his father at the earnest suite of his step-mother Elvira, the defence of whose life, and honour, he had volunta­rily vndertaken, vniustly accused of adultery by her vnnaturall sonne Garcias de Nagera, an honourable, and iust beginning of afterwards so renowned, and famous a Kingdome. Sanctius the seauenth, son to Ramir the first. He was elected King of Navarra after Sanctius, son to Garcias de Nagera. Peter the first, son to Sanctius the seauenth, king of Aragon, and Navarra. Alfonsus the first, King of Aragon, and Navarra, brother to Peter the first, and son to Sanctius the seaventh. Ramir the second, surnamed the Monke, King of Aragon, brother to Peter the first, and Alfonsus the first, and to son to Sanctius the sevaenth. Navarra by the wil of Alfonsus the first, returned vpon the right heire thereof, Ra­mir Earle of Mouçon, descended from Garcias de Nagera. The King­dome of Aragon at this time contained onely the present country of Aragonia Raimund the first, Earle of Barcelona; in the right of his wife Petronilla, daughter to Ramir the second, succeeding in the Kingdome of Aragon. In those two Princes the houses, and estates of Aragon, and Barcelona were vnited into one family, and Kingdome. Raimond the se­cond, King of Aragon, son to Raimund the first, and Petronilla. Hee chaunged his name to Alfonsus. Gerard the last Earle of Russillon de­ceasing without issue, he added that Earledome to the dominion here­of. Peter the second, son to Raimund the second, or Alfonsus. Drawne on (it is vncertaine by what superstitious zeale, or necessity of state) in the yeare 1214, he made the Kingdome of Aragon tributary to Pope Innocent the third, and the See of Rome. Repenting (as it seemeth) af­terwards of this errour, he tooke part with the Albigenses in France, slaine in their quarrell by Simon, Earle of Montfort, and his crossed followers. Iames the first, son to Peter the second. Hee tooke from the Moores their two Kingdomes of Valentia, and of the Ilands of Malor­ça, and Menorça, remaining since parts of the Kingdome of Aragon. He deceased in the yeare 1314. Peter the third, son to Iames the first, King of all the dominions of Aragon, the Ilands of Malorça, and Me­norça excepted, giuen with the title of King to Iames his yonger bro­ther, by his father Iames the first: revnited notwithstanding not long after to the Kingdome of Aragon. He married Constantia, daughter to Manfredus King of both the Sicilies; by whose right the choyse of the Ilanders, and the legacy of Corradinus, the last Duke of Schwa­ben, beheaded at Naples by Charles duke of Aniou, (the French be­ing [Page 45] massacred at that fatall Sicilian Vespers) hee became king of Si­cily, transmitting the kingdome to his posterity. Alfonsus the third, K. of Aragon, younger son to Peter the third. His elder brother Iames succeeded in the kingdome of Sicily▪ He deceased in the yeare 1291. Iames the second, king of Sicily, eldest son to Peter the third, after the decease of his brother Alfonsus the third, succeeding in the king­dome of Aragon. He added to the house, and dominion hereof the Iland of Sardinia by right of conquest and the gift of Boniface Bishop of Rome about the yeare 1323, which Iland hath ever since beene held by those princes. He lost on the other side the kingdome of Sicily, vsurped by his yonger brother Frederique, whose heires held the same vntill that it was revnited in Martin the first. Al­fonsus the fourth, King of Aragon, sonne to Iames the second. Peter the fourth K. of Aragon, sonne to Alfonsus the fourth. He revnited with Aragon the kingdome of the Ilands of Mallorça, & Menorça, taken from the house of Iames, yonger brother to Peter the third. Iohn the first, sonne the Peter the fourth. Hee deceased without issue-male. Martin the first, brother to Iohn the first, and son to Peter the fourth. In this prince Sicily returned againe to the right, & possession of the kings of Aragon, bequeathed vnto him by his son Martin king of that Iland. He dyed without surviuing issue-male, in whom ended the race masculine of the kings of Aragon, descended from Raimund Earle of Barcelona. Ferdinand the first, son to Iohn king of Castille, and to Leonora, daughter to Peter the fourth; after Martin the first (other competitours rejected,) succeeding in the kingdomes of Aragon, and Sicily. Alfonsus the fift, king of Aragon, & Sicily, son to Ferdinand the first. By armes, and the pretended gift of Ioane, the last queene of Naples of the house of Aniou, he got seazed of the kingdome of Na­ples, ever since continued in his house. Hauing no lawfull issue, he gaue Naples to his naturall son Ferdinand Duke of Calabria, from whom descended the succeeding Kings of Naples vntill King Ferdinand the fift. Iohn the second, King of Aragon, Navarre, & Sicily, brother to Al­fonsus the fift. Ferdinand, surnamed the Catholique, King of Aragon, & Sicily, son to Iohn the second, & Ioane, daughter to Henriques Con­stable of Castille. He marryed vnto Elizabeth, Queene of Castille, conquered the kingdomes of Navarra, Granado, & Naples, discove­red the golden Indies, and by the marriage of his eldest daughter Ioane vnto Philip, Duke of Burgundie, & Austria, vnited to his house the Low-countries, and dominions of Austria, the founder of the suc­ceeding Spanish greatnesse, whose succession, & of-spring reade in the princes of Castille, & Leon. His sister Eleanor, daughter to Iohn the second by Blanche of Navarra, his first wife, inherited by that right the kingdome of Navarra.

THE KINGS OF THE ILANDS OF THE HOVSE OF ARAGON.

THe kingdome was begun by the Moores. It contayned (as before) the Ilands of Mallorça, and Menorça. Iames the first, King of A­ragon, who had conquered it from the Moores, gaue it with this title to Iames his second son, with the countries of Ceretania, or Cardona, and Russillon in the Continent. The Kings vntill their revnion with A­ragon were Iames the first, before mentioned, sonne to Iames the first King of Aragon. Iealous of the envy, & greatnes of his brother Peter the third King of Aragon, he submitted himselfe, and his succession to the perpetuall fief, and vassallage of that Crowne. Iames the second, son to Iames the first, King of the Ilands. Ferdinand, brother to Iames the second. Iames the third, son to Ferdinand. Denying his accusto­med homage, he was overcome, & slaine, and his estates seazed vpon by Peter the fourth, King of Aragon; remayning ever since parts of the kingdome of Aragon.

THE KINGS OF SICILY OF THE HOVSE OF ARAGON.

THis contayned that noble Iland. In the person of Peter the third, King of Aragon, thorough the expulsion of the French, and the right of his wife Constantia, it became first possessed by the familie of Ara­gon. The princes of this house vntill their revnion with the Kings of Aragon were Peter the third, King of Aragon, before mentioned. Iames, eldest son to Peter the third. Succeeding vnto his brother Alfonsus the third in the kingdome of Aragon, his yonger brother Frederique vsurped the dominion of Sicily, continued in his posterity. Frederique, brother to Iames, & son to Peter the third King of Aragon, & Sicily. Peter, son to Frederique. Frederique the second. Peter the third. Lewes, son to Peter the third. Frederique, Duke of Athens, brother to Lewes. Martin, son to Martin, King of Aragon, in right of his wife Blanche, daughter to Frederique the third. Deceasing without heires hee be­queathed the Iland, and kingdome of Sicily vnto his father Martin, King of Aragon; remaining ever after vnited in the princes of that kingdome.

THE KINGS OF NAPLES OF THE HOVSE OF ARAGON.

THis kingdome was first annexed to the house of Aragon by King Alfonsus the fift by right of conquest, and a pretended gift from Ioane the second, the last princesse of the house of Aniou, or France. Ha­ving [Page 47] no lawfull issue he left it to his base son, Ferdinand, Duke of Cala­bria. The princes follow. Alfonsus the fift, king of Aragon; the first of this house King of Naples thorough the right, & meanes now menti­oned. Ferdinand the first, duke of Calabria, naturall son to Alfonsus the fift King of Aragon, and Naples. Alfonsus the second, son to Ferdi­nand the first. Ferdinand the second, son to Alfonsus the second; the fa­ther resigning. He was driven out by Charles the eight, French king; restored not long after by the aide of Ferdinand the fift, surnamed the Catholique, king of Castille & Aragon. Frederique, brother to Al­fonsus the second, and son to Ferdinand the first; thrust out by the joynt armes of Lewes the twelfth, and Ferdinand the fift, Kings of France, & Spaine. Lewes the twelfth, French king, and Ferdinand the fift, king of Spaine; joynt Kings of Naples after the expulsion of the house of Ferdinand the first. These two mighty neighbours not long agreeing, and the French by the valour, and wisedome of the great Captaine Consalvo being beaten out, Ferdinand becommeth master of the whole countrey, ever since continued in his successours, the kings of Spaine; belonging to the right of Aragon.

THE EARLEDOME OF BARCELONA.

LEwes, v. Ioannem Marianam de rebus His. Hist. d'Espaigne par Loys de May­erne. surnamed the Godly, son to the Emperour Charles the Great during the raigne hereof, and in the yeare 801 having surprised the city of Barcelona from the Moores, first occasioned this name, and estate; the French governours after the custome of those times being then stiled Earles hereof, and in time becomming proprietary, and deri­ving the honour to succession. The Earledome at what time that it was vnited with the kingdome of Aragon extended ouer the whole coun­trey of Catalonia. The first Earle was Bernard, a Frenchman, Earle, or Governour of Barcelona for the Emperours Charles the Great, and Le­wis the Godly. After him succeeded in the Earledome Wifredus the first, Governour for the Emperour Lewis the Godly. These two Earles were onely such magistrates thus named, commaunding for the French during life, or for a set number of yeares. Wifredus the se­cond, son to Wifredus the first. In this Earle the estate became first proprietary, & hereditary by the liberality, & gift of the Emperour Char­les, surnamed the Fat, to bee held vnder the fief of the Roman Empe­rours, not long after freed from forreine iurisdiction; the house of that Emperour expiring, and the power of the factious, & devided French declining. Miron Earle of Barcelona, son to Wifredus the second. Gode­fridus, or Wifredus, son to Miron. Borellus, sonne to, Wifredus, brother to Miron. Raimund the first, son to Borellus. Berengarius Borellus, son to Raimund the first. Raimund the second, son to Borellus. Raimund the third, son to Raimund the second. Raimund the fourth, son to Raimund the third. Raimund the fift, sonne to Raimund the fourth. He married vnto Petronilla, daughter to Ramir the second, King of Aragon, by [Page 48] which meanes these two estates became vnited, continued in the Kings of Aragon.

THE KINGDOME OF PORTVGALL,

THev. Ioan. Mari. de Regib. Hisp. His. d'Espaigne par Loys de Mayerne. Du­ardum Noni­um de Regum Portugalliae verâ Genealo­giâ. Hieroni­mum Conesta­gium de Portu­galliae cum Reg­no Castellae coniunctione. name hereof some haue derived from the towne of Porto, standing vpon the river of Duero, and the Galli, or Frenchmen, the founders of the nation of the Portugalls. Others from the port, or ha­ven-towne named Cale, now Caia, lying at the mouth of that riuer, sometimes a rich, and flourishing emporie, whereof the first princes should be entitl'd. The estate was begun long after the rest by the Frenchmen in the yeare 1090, and in the person of Henry a Lorrainer, or after others a Burgundian, borne in the city of Besançon, and des­cended from the auncient Earles of the Free county; who comming hither to the holy warres, and hauing married Therasia, base daughter to Alfonsus the sixt, king of Castille, & Leon, had given vnto him by way of dowry the towne, and countrey thus called, to bee held with the title of Earle vnder the right, & tribute of the Kings of Castille. The Earledome at the time, that it was first instituted, was extended only over the part hereof, which is contayned now betwixt the riuers of Duero, & Minio; part then of the dominions of King Alfonsus the sixt, and by this meanes seperated. Earle Henry, the first prince, added to the accompt, and name hereof the part contayned betwixt the Due­ro, and the towne of Coimbre, won from the Moores. Alfonsus the first, his victorious son, the first king, the townes of Lisbona, Leira, Santaren, & Sintra, & in a manner the rest of the kingdome (Algarve excepted,) taken from the same enemy Sanctius the first the towne of Silvis. Al­fonsus the second Alcaçar. Alfonsus the third the rest of Algarve, by con­quest from the Infidell, and by his marriage with Beatrix, base daughter to Alfonsus the tenth, K. of Castille; the whole extent of the kingdome of Portugall. Afterwards Spaine being cleered from the Moores, the princes hereof wanting other honourable, & just wars, and meanes of further enlarging their dominions, discovering towards the South, & East, made themselues Lords (the Canary Ilands excepted, belonging to the Crowne of Castille) of the whole sea-coasts of Afrique, Brasil, and Asia, extended betwixt the Straights of Gibraltar, & Magellan, & the Promontories of Good Hope, & Malaca, planted with their colonies, & people. Henry Cardinall, & Arch-bishop of Evora, the last king, decea­sing without heires, the country was subdued by Philip the second, K. of Castille, and vnited with the rest of Spaine, pretending right here­vnto from his mother Isabel, daughter to K. Emanuel. The Princes follow. Henry, son to Guy Earle of Vernol, son to Reginald Earle of Burgundy, created first Earle of Portugall in the yeare 1090 by Alfonsus the first K. of Castille, & Leon. He added the townes of La­mego, Viseo, and Coimbre beyond the riuer of Duero. Alfonsus the first, son to Henry, & Therasia. Having vanquished the Moores in a great battaill fought at Ourique in the yeare 1139, hee tooke vpon [Page 49] him the title of king, confirmed afterwards vnto him for a certaine tribute by Pope Alexander the fourth, & continued in his successours. He subdued the great city of Lisbona, with the rest of the country vn­to Algarve. Hauing raigned about 72 yeares, he deceased in the yeare 1184. Sanctius the first, king of Portugal, son to Alfonsus the first. Al­fonsus the second, son to Sanctius the first. Sanctius the second, son to Al­fonsus the second. He deceased without heires. Alfonsus the third, bro­ther to Sanctius the second. Casting of his former wife Maude Coun­tesse of Boloigne, notwithstanding that he had issue by her, & marry­ing vnto Beatrix, base daughter to Alfonsus the tenth, king of Castille, and Leon; he had giuen vnto him by way of dowry the kingdome of Algarve to be held vnder the fief of Castille, which right was remit­ted afterwards by Alfonsus of Castille in favour of his Nephew Dio­nysius. He won from the Moores the towne of Faro, & all other places they held in Algarve; extending by this meanes the accompt of Por­tugall Southwards vnto the Ocean. Since this Prince the kings of Por­tugal alwaies haue bin stiled kings of the Algarves. Dionysiꝰ, king of Por­tugal, & of the Algarves, son to Alfonsus the third, & Beatrix. He foūded the Vniversity of Coimbre,Reg Algalbio­rum. & instituted the military order of Christ. Alfonsus the fourth, son to Dionysius. Peter, son to Alfonsus the fourth. At this time raigned three Peters in Spaine, all noted for their tyranny and cruelty, who were this Prince, Peter King of Castille, and Peter the fourth King of Aragon. Ferdinand, son to Peter. He died without heires male. Iohn the first, naturall son to Peter by Therasia Gallega his con­cubine, after the decease of Ferdinand elected King of the Portugals in the yeare 1383. Edward, son to Iohn the first, and Philippa, daughter to Iohn of Gaunt, duke of Lancaster. Alfonsus the fift, son to Edward. Warring vpon the Moores in Afrique, he tooke from them the towns of Tangier, Arzilla, and Alcaçar. Iohn the second, son to Alfonsus the fift. Vnder this Prince to the great honour of the Nation, begun first the happy discoueries of the Portugals in the Atlantique, and Aethio­pique Oceans; the Westerne shore of Afrique coasted; a supposed in­habitable Torride Zone found inhabited; populous nations to dwell in the Southerne Hemispheare, not beleeued by the Auncients; and the vnknowne Continent of the World, and Afrique to end to the South in a promontory, or wedge of land, shewing a passage to the In­dies, & the East, for this cause named by the Portugals, the Cape of Good Hope. He deceased in the yeare 1495. Emmanuel king of Por­tugal, and the Algarves, son to Ferdinand Duke of Viseo, son to king Edward. In the Golden dayes of this Prince the discoueries of the nation to the South, and East are fully accomplished, the Sea-coasts of Afrique, Brasil, & Asia perfectly viewed; forts, & colonies of the Por­tugalls planted in convenient places; the way to the East Indies by the backe of Afrique traced out; the riches of the East brought by Sea in­to Europe; the great navies, and armies of the Aegyptian Sultans, & of other barbarous Princes discomfited, & ouerthrowne; and no small part of Aethiopia, India, & Persia subdued, or made tributary. Iohn the third, son to Emanuel. Sebastian, son to Iohn Prince of Portugal, son to [Page 50] Iohn the third. With more then youthfull folly adventuring his per­son against the Moores in Afrique, yong, vnmarried, & without any knowne successour that might continue the house, he was there vnfor­tunately slaine at the battaile of Alcaçar in the yeare 1578. Henry the second, Cardinall, and Bishop of Evo [...]a, son to king Emanuel. In this Prince, being a Priest, & vnmarried, and leauing no heires, ended the line masculine of the kings of Portugal. He deceased in the yeare 1580. Philip, son to the Emperour Charles the fift, & Isabel, daughter to king Emmanuel, the first Monarch of Spaine since the Gothes, his Compe­titour Don Antonio, naturall son to Lewes (son to king Emmanuel) driuen out. Philip the third, son to Philip the second. Philip the fourth, son to Philip the third.

By this meanes after so many chaunges, and successions, Spaine (as hath beene declared) is become at this day divi­ded into three distinct kingdomes, vnited vnder one Monarch, but o­therwise differing in Lawes, & in the manner of their government. 1 of Castille, & Leon, whereof Navarra, & Granado are parts. 2 of Aragon. 3 & of Portugal: contayning together 18 lesser divisions, or Provin­ces. 1 of Portugall betwixt the rivers Minio, & Duero. 2 betwixt the Du­ero, & Taio. 3 & betwixt the Taio, & Guadiana. 4 Castillia la Veia. 5 Ca­stillia la Nueva. 6 Asturia. 7 Biscaia. 8 Galitia. 9 Guipuscoa. 10 Navarra. 11 Estremadura. 12 Andaluzia. 13 Granado. 14 Murcia. 15 Aragonia. 16 Valentia. 17 Catalonia. 18 and the Land of Russillon. The occasions of the names of Portugall, & Castille, we haue before related. Galitia, & A­sturia, were called thus from the Calaeci, and Astures, their auncient in­habitants. Guipuscoa, & Biscaia corruptly from the Vascones; intruding hereinto. Granado, Murcia, & Valentia from their chiefe cities, thus na­med. Aragonia from the riuer Arga, or Aragon, where the state begun. Navarra from the more euen & plainer situation thereof. Andaluzia from the Vandals, or Silingi; there sometimes inhabiting. Russillon, from the auncient Castle, so named. Estremadura from the riuer Due­ro, beyond the which it lay, the bounds sometimes of the Christians, & Moores, the name in continuance of time being remoued further from the riuer Southward vnto the Guadiana; as it hapned vpon the like oc­casion vnto those of Northumberland in England, and Austria, or Ooster­riech in Germany. The name of Catalonia some haue drawne from the Catti, and Alani, there inhabiting together. Others from the Catalauni, an ancient French people. Both vncertainly. Their descriptions fol­low.

THE SEAVENTH BOOKE.

Contayning the Chorographicall description of Spaine.

PORTVGAL.Portugallia. Lusitania.

BOunded vpon the South, and West, with the Atlantique Ocean, intercep­ted betwixt the rivers Guadiana, and Duero; vpon the North, with the rivers Minio, and Avia, dividing it from Ga­licia; and vpon the East, with a line, from the towne of Ribadania, standing vpon the Avia, drawne by the river Duero, and the towne of Miranda vnto the Guadiana, a litle below Badaios, then with the river Guadiana continu­ed from thence vnto the Ocean, divi­ding it from Andaluzia, Estremadura, and the two Castilles. It contay­neth 400 miles in length; in breadth where it is widest 100 miles; where it is narrowest fourescore miles. The country is healthy, & pleasant, but not so fruitfull, yeelding litle corne, shipped hither for the grea­test part from neighbouring countries; enriched chiefely by meanes of the trade of the nation in Afrique, Brasil, and the Indies, and rather by forreine, then home-bred cōmodities. It is divided into the parts, named from their situations betwixt the Taio, and Guadiana; betwixt the Taio, and the Duero; and betwixt the Duero, and Minio.

PORTVGAL BETVVIXT THE TAIO, AND GVADIANA.Transtagana.

THis is the most wilde, and desert part of the kingdome, dry, leane, asperous, peopled with few townes, neither those very populous. The South part hereof is named Algarve, divided from the rest of the countrey by a line, Algarbia. drawne from the Guadiana betwixt the litle rivulets Vataon, and Careiras Westwards vnto the litle towne of Odeseiza vpon [Page 2] the Moores, and with that title given to Alfonsus the third by Al­fonsus the tenth king of Castille, continued since in his Successours, sti­led now Kings of Portugal, & Algarve. Chiefe townes here are El­vis. Portelegre: Bishops Sees. Beia, supposed to be Pax Iulia of Pliny, & Ptolemy, then a Roman colonie, and one of the 3 juridicall resorts of Lusitania.Setubal. The towne is meane, and ill inhabited. Setunel, (Salacia of Ptolemy) now a noted port, situated at the mouth of the river Pal­ma.Ebora. Evora, (Ebora of Pliny, & Antoninus, surnamed Faelicitas Iulia, and free of the rights of the auncient Latines) now an Arch-bishops See, and Vniversity, founded of late yeares by Cardinall Henry, after­wards king of Portugall; seated in the middest of a spacious, & plea­sant plaine, surrounded with wooddy mountaines, the chiefe towne of the countrey. Olivença beyond the river Guadiana, in the parts belonging sometimes vnto Baetica. In the kingdome of Algarve Ta­vila (Balsa of Ptolemy, & Pliny.) Faro, supposed to be Ossonoba of Ptolemy, and Antoninus. Lagos: all three noted parts vpon the Oce­an. More within the land Sylvis, a Bishops See. Neere to Lagos lyeth the noted Promontory de Santo Vincente;Caput. S. Vin­centij. Ion. 17. g. latit. 37. grad. Hues. named thus from the re­liques of that holy Martyr, brought hither from Valentia by certaine persecuted Christians, flying the cruelty of Abderrahmen, the first king of the Spanish Moores, remoued afterwards to Lisbona by king Ferdinand. Strabo, & Ptolemy call it Promontorium Sacrum; adjud­ged then to be the furthest point of the world towards the West. The auncient inhabitants of this part of the kingdome were the Celtici, and Turdetani of Ptolemy, and Strabo; continuate with those other of the same names, inhabiting Baetica. Strabo nameth the wedge of land, where lyeth the Promontory, Cuneum; called thus from the forme thereof.

PORTVGAL BETVVIXT THE TAIO AND DVERO.Cistagana.

COntayning the part of the countrie,Olisipon. long. 5. g. 10. m. l. 39. g. 38. m. Clav. lying betwixt those two ri­vers. Chiefer townes are Lisbona (Oliosipon of Ptolemy, Olisi­pon of Antoninus, Olyssippo of Solinus, & Olysipo of Pliny, a muni­cipium of the Romans, surnamed Faelicitas Iulia, afterwards made a kingdome of the Moores, then vpon the surprisall thereof by Alfon­sus the first, the royall seate of the Kings of Portugal,) now an Arch­bishops seate, the residence of the Vice-royes,, and a populous, and flourishing Empory, the staple of all the Merchandise, comming from the conquests of the Portugals, situated vpon fiue rising hills vpon the right shore of the river Taio, and about fiue miles from the Ocean. The towne is rather to be accompted rich, then beautifull; the streetes, & houses for the most part standing disorderly by meanes of the hilly, and vneven site thereof, and the carelesnesse of the Moores, never curious in private buildings. It contayneth some 32 Parish churches, 350 streetes, 11000 dwelling houses, 20000 house­holds, [Page 3] 160000 inhabitants, besides Churchmen, strangers, and them, that follow the Court, & with the subvrbs about 7 miles in compasse; extended along the riuer rather in length, then widenes, and within the ancient walls not being very spacious, being much enlarged since the discovery & trade of the Indies. Botero (I know not how rightly) giveth herevnto a fourth place amongst the more great, and renow­ned Constantinople, Paris, Muscovia, and Lisbona, the 4 chiefe citties of Europe after Botero. cities of Europe.Scalabis. Santaren (Scabaliscus of Ptolemy, and Scala­bis of Antoninus, & Pliny, surnamed Praesidium Iulium, then a Ro­man colony, and a juridicall resort for a third part of Lusitania,) sea­ted in a fruitfull soile vpon the Taio; named thus from St ▪ Irene, a Num of Tomar, there supposed to haue beene martyred, and here en­shrined. Cascais at the mouth of the Taio vpon a Promontory, or wedge of land, named from hence Cabo de Cascais, by Solinus Pro­montorium Vlyssipponense. On the further shore of the riuer lyeth the Promontory Barbarium of Ptolemy, & Strabo, now Cabo de Spichel. Sintra vpon the maine Atlantique at the end of the long mountainous ridge, called Mons Lunae by Ptolemy. Hither for the pleasure of the adjoyning shady woods, and coole breathing Ocean the kings of Portugal vsed to retire in Summer, and recreate them­selues with hunting,Conimbrica [...]. l. 5. gr. 45. m. latit. 40. grad. 30. m. Clav. and other exercise. Coimbre, pleasantly seated a­mongst vineyards, and woods of oliues vpon a scalpe, or rocke on both sides of the river Mondego, a Bishops See, and a noted Vniver­sity. The students hereof enjoy their distinct priviledges from the towne, and were esteemed betwixt three,v. Hier. Co­nestagij de Portugalliae cum Regni Ca­stellae coniun­ctione Hist. l. 8. or foure thousand at what time, that Philip the second by Ferdinand Duke of Alva subdued the Portugals. Neere here vnto at Condexa la Veia stood sometimes the towne Conimbrica of Pliny. Lamego. Viseo. Guarda: Bishops Sees. To­mar. Here the Kings of Portugal were accustomed to bee crowned. The auncient inhabitants hereof were the Lusitani, contayned first onely betwixt the Duero, & Taio; afterwards vpon the division of Spaine by the Romans into the three Provinces before mentioned, ex­tended beyong the Taio over part of the Turditani, & Celtici vnto the river Anas, & Promontory Sacrum.

PORTVGAL BETVVIXT THE DVERO, AND MINIO.Interamnica.

COntayned within those two rivers; the most fruitfull, and best inhabited part of Portugal, but the poorest in regard of the great distance thereof from Lisbona, and its more Northerly situation, ly­ing out of the way betwixt that city, and the rich conquest of the Por­tugals.Bracara. lo. 6. g. lat. 43. g. Clav. Chiefer townes are Braga (Breacaria Augusta of Ptolemy, Bra­cara of Antoninus, & Bracae of Pliny, then a juridicall resort suited by 24 towneships, and giuing the surname to the Callaici Braecarij.) By Antoninus in his Catalogue of famous cities it is reckoned amōgst the foure chiefest in Spaine. By the Suevians afterwards it was made the royall seate of their Kings. It is now an Archbishops See, and [Page 4] the best towne of the division; contayning about two thousand inha­bitants, subject to the Bishop in both jurisdictions civil, & ecclesiasti­call.Portus. Porto. Miranda: Bishops Sees vpon the Duero. Braganca, from whence the Dukes of Bragança are entitled. The auncient inhabitants hereof were the Callaici Braecarij of Ptolemy. In forreine parts the Kings of Spaine now hold in right of the crowne hereof vpon the coast of Barbary, the townes of Seuta, Tangier, and Mazagone: in the Ocean on the hither side of the Cape of Good hope the Ilands of the Açores, Madera, Cape Verde, Saint Thomas, & del Principe: the fortresses of Ar­guin, & S. George de la Mina in the land of Guinea: in America Bra­sil, extended for 1500 miles along the Sea-coasts towards the Straights of Magellan, devided into 18 governments, or praefecture­ships: beyond the cape of Buona Esperanza the Iland Mozambique, and forts of Sena, & Sofala: and in Asia Diu, Chaul, Goa, Cochin, Damain, Ba­zain, & Malaca.

CASTILLE AND LEON.Regnum Ca­stellae, & Legio­nis.

BOunded vpon the West, with the riuer Guadiana, and the line be­fore described, drawne betwixt that river, & the Avia, divi­ding it from Portugal, with part of the Atlantique Ocean, ex­tended betwixt the mouth of the riuer Minio, & Cabo Finisterre; vp­on the North, with the Cantabrique Sea vnto Fuentarabia, and the Pyre­naean Mountaines; vpon the South, with the Sraights of Gibraltar, & Sea Mediterranean; and vpon the East, first with the Pyrenaean Mountaines frō Fuentarabia vntill towards the head of the riuer Arga, or Aragon, parting it from France, then with a winding line, drawne from the E­bro, and by the townes of Taradona, Hariza, Daroca, Xativa, & Orihu­ela continued vnto the mouth of the riuer Segura, dividing it from the kingdome of Aragon. It contayneth the countries of Galitia, Asturia, Biscaia, Olava, Guipuscoa, Navarra, Castillia la Nueva, Castillia la Veia, Estremadura, Andaluzia, Granado, & Murcia, or some two third parts of the whole Spaine.

GALITIA.Calecia.

HAving vpon the South, the rivers Minio, and Avia, the bounds thereof, & Portugal; vpon the North, & West, the Seas Cantabrian, & Atlantique; and vpon the East, the riuer Mearo, deviding it from A­sturia. The country is very mountainous, overspread with the bran­ches of the Cantabrian Alpes, drie, barren, and ill inhabited. Chiefer townes are S. Iago, an Arch-bishops See, named thus from the suppo­sed reliques of S. Iames the Apostle,Compostella. l. 7. g. 15. m la. 44. g. 15. m. Clav. the son of Zebedee, the Patron of the Castillians, visited here by continuall pilgrimages from all the parts of Christendome,Lucus Augusti. subject to the Papacy. Lugo, (Lucus Augusti of Ptolemy, & Antoninus, and Lucus of Pliny, then a juridicall re­sort, [Page 5] suited by 16 people, or townships, and surnaming the Callaici Lucenses.) It is now a Bishops See. The ancient inhabitants of the countrey hereabouts were the Capori of Ptolemy, part of the general name of the Callaici Lucenses.Aquae Calidae. Orense, (Aquae Calidae of Ptolemy, & Aquae Celeniae of Antoninus, named thus from the hot medicinable bathes thereof) now a Bishops See, seated vpon the Minio. The parti­cular inhabitants hereof were the Cilini of Ptolemy, part of the Cal­laici Lucenses.Tyde. Tui, (Tude of Ptolemy, and Castellum Tyde of Pliny,) now a Bishops See vpon the same riuer of Minio; frontiring vpon Por­tugal. The particular inhabitants were the Gruij of Ptolemy, the Gra­vij of Pliny, part of the Callaici Braecarij. Corunna (Flavium Briganti­um of Ptolemy,Corunna. lon. 16. g. 50. m. lat. 43. g. 20. m. Hues. and Brigantium of Antoninus,) now a noted port vpon the Sea Cantabrian. The towne is exceeding strong, the chiefe Bul­warke, and defence of Galitia, and these Northerne parts; divided in­to the High, and the Base townes, severally fortified. The Hauen is very spacious, able to containe the greatest navy of ships. Nearer to Astu­ria vpon the same Sea-coast lyeth the great promontory, named by Ptolemy Lupatia Cory, and Trileucum, now Cabo Ortegal. Ponte­vedre. Baiona: sea-coast townes vpon the Westerne Ocean, betwixt Cabo Finisterre, and the riuer Minio. The auncient inhabitants hereof (Tui excepted) were the Callaici Lucenses of Ptolemy;Caput Finis terrae. lon. 16. g. lat. 43. g. 10. m. Hues. parts whereof were the Capori, Cilini, Lemavi, Bedyi, and Seuri, mentioned in the same Authour.

ASTVRIA.Asturia.

BOunded vpon the North with the Sea Cantabrian, extended betwixt the river Mearo, and Castro de Ordiales; vpon the West with Galitia; vpon the South with the country of Leon; and vpon the East with Bis­caia. It is wholy possessed with wilde, and desert mountaines, the shel­ter of the distressed Christians after their disaster, & ouerthrow giuen by the Moores at the battaile of Xeres vnder Roderigo, the last king of the Gothes. It is divided into Asturia de Oviedo, and Asturia Santillana.

ASTVRIA de OVIEDO.Asturia Ove­tensis.

IT is the more Westerne moity; extended along the Ocean from the riuer Mearo, and confines of Galitia vnto the towne of Llanes. Chie­fer townes are Oviedo (after Birtius Lucus Asturum of Ptolemy,)Ovetum. a Bi­shops Sea, founded, or rather reaedified by King Froila the first, in the yeare 757, remaining afterwards for certaine descents the chiefe resi­dence of the Kings of Leon. Villa-viciosa, the only port of note in these parts.

ASTVRIA SANTILLANA.

COntinued Eastward along the Sea Cantabrian from LLanes, and A­sturia d' Oviedo vnto Castro d' Ordiales, and the country of Biscaia. Chiefer townes are Santillana, from whence it hath beene thus surna­med. St Anderos (after Birtius Flavionavia of Ptolemy,S. Anderos. lon. 22. g 10. m. lat. 43. gr. Hues.) the city of the Paesici, now a rich, and noted port, seated vpon the maine Ocean. The particular inhabitants of Asturia Santillana were the Paesici of Ptolemy, and Pliny, part of the Astures. The generall inhabitants of both the Asturiaes were the Astures Transmontani of Pliny, renowned with the first birth of the kingdome of Castille, and Leon; the rest of Spaine then in a manner being subdued by the Moores, begun by Pe­lagius, & some remainders of the vanquished Gothes in the yeare 716. The heires of Castille, amongst other titles are called Princes of Asturia, a custome borrowed from the Kings of England, whose eldest sonnes are borne Princes of Wales, brought hither by meanes of the marriage of Catharine, daughter of Iohn of Gaunt, Duke of Lancaster, vnto Hen­ry, son to Iohn the first; vpon this occasion entitled thus by his father, continued since in his successours.

BISCAIA.Biscaia.

BOunded vpon the North with the Sea Cantabrian, extended be­twixt Castro d' Ordiales, and the towne of Montrico; vpon the West with Asturia; vpon the South with Castillia la Veia; and vpon the East with Guipuscoa. The country is like vnto Asturia, wholy ouer-spread with the rough, and craggy Cantabrian Alpes; yet better peopled, and something more fruitfull, yeelding plenty of Oranges, Chesnuts, and the like fruits, but litle store of corne, as neither by reason of the coldnes thereof any wines at all, in regard whereof the inhabitants drinke sider; enriched chiefly with minerals, especially of yron. Chiefe townes are Bilbao, Bilbao. lon. 23. gr. 30. m. lat, 43. g Hues. a wealthy, and populous Empory, well knowne vnto the English, Dutch, and French merchants; seated in a plaine, towards the Land surrounded with mountaines, some two Spanish miles from the maine Ocean vpon a riuer, or creeke of the Sea, frō the great depth thereof called by the Inhabitants in their barbarous language Ibaisa­bellum; founded, or rather reedified out of the ruines of the auncient Flaviobriga of Ptolemy, by Diego de Haro, prince of Biscaia in the yeere 1300. Laredo, Portus Laure­tanus. lon 22. g. 50 m. lat. 43. g. Hues. a Sea-coast towne vpon a spacious bay, West of Bilbao. Here, and at Bilbao, great numbers of ships are made both for warre, and burthen, the neighbouring woody mountaines affording plenty of materialls for this vse. The common inhabitants hereof are more simple, and rude, then the rest of the Spanish nation, acknow­ledging Christ, and a God, but not being able to giue an account of their faith. They thinke their country much prophaned, if any Bishop doe [Page 7] but set footing in it; as hapned to the Bishop of Pampelona in the raign of King Ferdinand the fift, when vnawares following the Court to­wards Bilbao, much superstition was vsed by them to hallow the steps, wherein his horse had trod. Vnmarryed Priests they allow not with­out their concubines, thinking it otherwise impossible for these to ab­staine from their wiues. They vse a barbarous language, proper vnto them, and the Guipuscoans, thought to be the auncient Spanish, spoken by the nation before the conquest of the Romans. They were a part of the stout, & valiant Cantabri, renowned in auncient authours, whose stubborne, & vndanted resolution they still retaine, couragious, fierce, impatient of servitude, and not easily to be constrayned. Since the expiration of the Westerne Roman Empire by the intrusion amongst them of the neighbouring Vascones, most probably they haue tooke the name of Biscains.

GVIPVSCOA.Guipuscoa.

COntayning the rest of these Northern Sea-coasts; continued from the towne of Montrico vnto the mouth of the riuer Vidosa, and be­ginning of France. It hath vpon the West, Biscaia; vpon the East, the Pyrenaean Mountaines, & Guienne in France; and vpon the South, Navar­ra. It differeth litle in quality from Biscaia, alike mountainous, rocky, & barren, rich onely in the neuer decaying mines of iron, and steele, then which no country yeeldeth either better, or more plenty. From hence, as out of Vulcans shop, forged out of these materials, great store of all sorts of instruments both for warre, and common vse are carry­ed into the countries adjoyning, the publique armory of Spaine. Chiefer townes here are Tolosa at the confluence of the rivers Oria, & Duarzo. Placenza vpon the river Denia, inhabited almost altogether by blacke-smiths.Placentia. Fanum. S. Se­bastiani. S. Sebastian, a much frequented, and noted port at the mouth of the river Gurvinea. Fuentarabia at the foote of the Pyre­naean mountaines, and mouth of the river Vidosa, the furthest towne in Spaine. On the other side of the river beginneth the province of Guienne in France. The auncient inhabitants hereof were part of the generall name of the Cantabri, with part of the Vascones. Their Lan­guage is the Basquish.

OLAVA.Olaba.

THe country is litle, situated vpon the top of the Cantabrian Alpes betwixt Guipuscoa, Biscaia, Castillia la Veia, and Navarra. The chiefe towne is Victoria, Victoria. first built, or rather reedified out of the ru­ines of the auncient Vellica of Ptolemy in the yeare 1180 by Sancti­us king of Navarra. The auncient inhabitants were part of the Can­tabri.

NAVARRA.Navarra.

BOunded vpon the North, with the Cantabrian Mountaines, & coun­tries of Olava, & Guipuscoa; vpon the East, with France, and the Mountaines Pyrenaean; vpon the South, with the river Aragon, or Arga, parting it from Aragonia; and vpon the West first with the Ebro, then an obscure river falling thereinto a litle below Calahora, dividing it from Castillia la Veia. The country is plaine for the greatest part (yet on all sides environed with mighty mountaines,) well watered with riuers, and fruitfull, but not very populous, contayning after the accompt of Mariana some 40000 housholds, or families. Chiefer townes are Tu­dela vpon the Ebro, a litle Vniversity, instituted by king Ferdinand the fift.Stella. Pompelon. lon. 24. g. 30. m. lat. 43. g. Clav. &c. Estella. Pampelona, (Pompelon of Ptolemy, Strabo, & Antoninus, named thus, and first founded by Pompey the great immediately af­ter the warres ended with Sertorius,) a Bishops See, and the residence of the Vice-royes, situated in a plaine vpon the river Arga. Suprarbe amongst the Pyrenaean mountaines. Here begun first the kingdome of Navarra, before the plaine countrey subdued, named hereof. The auncient inhabitants of Navarra were part of the Vascones of Ptole­my, Strabo, and Pliny, after the Westerne Roman Empire subdued in the raigne of Dagobert, King of the French, desbourding beyond the Pyrenaean Mountaines into the province of Aquitania in Gaule, as pro­bably about the same time here amongst the Cantabri, occasioning the names of Biscaia, and Guipuscoa in Spaine, and of Gascoigne in France.

CASTILLIA LA VEIA.Castella vetus.

THis country including Leon, whose distinct limits we find not, comprehendeth all that large tract of land, extending from Biscaia, and Asturia, lying vpon the North thereof, vnto the mountaines of Segovia, & Avila vpon the South, dividing it from Castillia la Nueva; having otherwise vpon the East Navarra with the kingdome of Ara­gon; and vpon the West, the kingdome of Portugal, according to the lines, and bounds before set downe. It is more plaine, fruitfull, and better inhabited then are the neighbouring countries, bordering vp­on the Cantabrian Sea; serving notwithstanding better for pasturage, then for corne, wine, oyle, & fruites. It is refreshed with many faire rivers, amongst the which is the Duero, the receptacle of the rest. Townes of better note are Astorga, Asturica. (Asturica Augusta of Ptolemy, & Asturica of Antoninus, and Pliny, surnaming the Astures Augustani, then the chiefe of that division) now a Bishops See, frontiring vpon Galitia.Legio. lon. 21. g. 10. m. lat. 42. g. 15. m. Hues. Leon at the foote of the Asturian mountaines, built out of the ruines of Sublancia, lying sometimes amongst the neighbouring hils, where now is Sublanco, in regard of the strong situation thereof de­stroyed by the commaund of the Emperour Nerva, fearing a com­motion of those mountainers. Ptolemy, who liued about that time, named it Legio Germanica Septima, Antoninus with some difference [Page 9] Legio Septima Gemina; either because that it was first founded by that Legion, or because that it was their fix'd residence, and station. Won from the Moores by Pelagius, the first King of the Asturians, it became afterwards the royall seate of those princes, entitl'd from hence Kings of Leon vntill the vnion hereof with Castille. It is now a Bishops See, exempt from all superiour jurisdiction in matters Eccle­siasticall, saving of the Popes. The towne otherwise is meane, and ill inhabited, beautified chiefely with a faire Cathedrall Church, where the auncient Kings of Leon lie enterred. The auncient inhabi­tants of this part were the Astures Augustani of Pliny.Salmantica. lo. 8. g. 50. m. lat. 40. grad. 15. mi. Clav. Salamança (Sal­mantica of Ptolemy, & Antoninus) a Bishops See, and a flourishing Vniversity, chiefely for the civill lawes; seated vpon the river Tormes. The auncient inhabitants of the country hereabouts were the Vettones of Strabo, & Ptolemy.Cauria▪ Civitas Rode­rici. Coria (Carium of Ptolemy) a Bi­shops See. Cuidad Rodrigo, (Rusticana of Ptolemy) a Bishops See vpō the riuer Gada. The auncient inhabitants were part of the Lusitani of Ptolemy.Zamora. lon. 8. g. latit. 49. g. 5. m. Clav. Zamora (Sentica of Ptolemy, & Sentice of Antoninus,) a Bi­shops See; seated vpon the right shore of the Duero. The towne is strong, and fairely built: Tordesillas, (Segisama of Polybius in Stra­bo,Palantia. Segisama Iulia of Ptolemy, & Segisamon of Antoninus.) Palentia (Palantia of Ptolemy, and Antoninus, & Pallantia of Strabo, & Me­la, the name not much changed,) seated vpon the riuer Carrion; aun­ciently an Vniversity, removed thence to Salamança by king Ferdi­nand the third.Vallisoletum, & Vallis Oletana. lon. 10. g. 10. m. lat. 42. g. Clav. Vallidolid, (Pintia of Ptolemy,) situated vpon the riuer Pisuerga, a late Vniversity, (founded by Philip the second) and the chiefe of the three Cancellariaes of Castille, & Leon, whither the greatest part of that kingdome resort for matters of justice▪ By meanes hereof, and of the Kings Court, residing for the most here, and at Ma­drid, the towne is become very populous; faire, large, and of great state, nothing yeelding to the best cities in Spaine; Lisbona, and Se­villa excepted. The auncient inhabitants of this part of Castille were the Vaccaei of Ptolemy, but extended much further. Strabo reckoneth Pallantia amongst the Arevacae,Burgos. lon. 12. g. lat. 42. g. 48. m. Clav. but erroneously. Burgos amongst sha­dy mountaines neere to Monte D'oca, and the head of the riuer Re­lanzon, founded by Nunnius Belchis, a Dutchman, sonne in law to Iames Porcellus, one of the first Earles of Castille, out of certaine les­ser townes, and villages, lying hereabouts, amongst the which, as is supposed, was Braum of Ptolemy. It continued after this for a long time the royall seate of the kings of Castille. It is now an Archbishops See, retayning the chiefe place amongst the cityes of the kingdome of Castille, and Leon in the Parliaments, or generall assemblies of the states. The rest, which haue voyces in the diets hereof, are Toledo, Leon, Granado, Sivilla, Cordova, Murcia, Soria, Avila, Segovia, Val­lidolid, Salamança, Zamora, Taurus, Cuença, Guadalaiara, Madrid, and Iaen; all the other townes excluded. Without Burgos flourisheth the rich Nunnery de las Huelgas, a monasterie of especiall revenue, whereinto none can be admitted, but such as are noblely descended. In the mountaines some 20 miles herefrom, where is the Chappell, [Page 10] called Nuestra Senora d'oca, sometimes stood the town Auca, giuing the name of Saltus Aucensis to the part of Idubeda, now called Monte D'oca.Abula. Avila, a Bishops See, vnder the hils, named from hence the Mountaines of Avila Segovia, Segobia. lon 9. g. 30. m. lat. 38. grad. Clav. (Segovia of Pliny, & Antoninus, & Segubia of Ptolemy) a Bishops See, and a rich towne of cloathing, ly­ing vnder the same mountainous ridge. Here yet standeth almost whole an ancient Aquaeduct of the Romans, the most entire, and fai­rest monument in Spaine. Cronna del Conde, (Clunia of Ptolemy, Pli­ny, & Antoninus, one of the 7 resorts of the province Tarraconensis.) Vxama, (Vxama of Pliny, & Antoninus) a Bishops See. Soria, neere vn­to the head of the Duero. At Garay, a village towne, neere herevn­to, stood sometimes that famous Numantia, renowned for a 14 yeares warres against the Romans, subdued by Scipio African the younger. The auncient inhabitants of the countrey from Segovia were the A­revacae of Ptolemy, the Arrebaci of Pliny, the Arevaci of Strabo, part of the Celtiberi.Logronnium. Beyond Monte D'oca Naiara. Logronnio vpon the Ebro, (Iuliobriga of Ptolemy, and Iuliobrica of Pliny, a city of the Cantabri.)Calagurris. Cala [...]ora vpon the same river, a Bishops See (Calagorina of Ptok my, Calaguris of Strabo, & Calagurris of Antoninus, a town of the Vascones, and the countrey of the Oratour-Quintilian.)

CASTILLIA LA NVEVA.Castella Nov.

BOunded vpon the North, with the Mountaines of Segovia, & Avila, dividing it from Castillia la Veia; environed on the other sides with Extremadura, Andaluzia, Granado, & part of the kingdome of Aragon. The countrey is Champian, & plaine for the most part, yeelding sufficient plenty of corne, fruites, and other necessary provision Chiefer townes are Talavera, seated vpon the Taio, and belonging to the Arch-bishop of Toledo,Toletum. lon [...]. 10. g. lat. 40. gr. Clav. (Libora of Ptolemy.) Toledo (Toletum of Pliny, & Antoninus, then the chiefe city of the Carpetani,) moun­ted vpon a steepe and vneven rocke vpon the right shore of the river Taio, with whose circling streames it is almost round encompassed. By the Gothes it was made the chamber, and royall seate of their Kings. Vnder the Moores it became a petty kingdome, the stron­gest hold the Infidels had in those parts; after 5 yeares siege in the yeare 1085 recovered from them by Alfonsus the sixt, King of Ca­stille & Leon. It is now the chiefe city of the country, an Vniversity, and an Arch-bishops S [...]e of especiall revenue, the Bishop whereof is the Primate of Spaine, and the Chancelour of the kingdome. The towne by meanes of its situation is very strong, rather great, then faire, the private buildings being meane, the streets narrow, close, hilly,Madritum. and vneven, very troublesome to walke, & goe vpon. Madrid, (Mantua of Ptolemy) vpon the river Guadarrama in the heart, and center of Spaine.) The towne by meanes of the Court is become of late yeares one of the most faire, and populous places of the king­dome. Some 8 miles from hence standeth the magnificent, & state­ly monastery of S. Laurence, founded by King Philip the second. Al­cala [Page 11] de Henares, Complutum. lon. 10. g 30. m lat. 41. g. 40. m. Clav. (Complutum of Ptolemy, and Antoninus) vpon the riuer Henares. Here now flourisheth a famous Vniversity, especially for the study of Divinity, founded in the raigne of King Ferdinand the fift by Francisco Ximenes, Cardinal, and Archbishop of Toledo. Guadalaiara vpon the same riuer (Caracca of Ptolemy, naming the Charracitani, a people mentioned by Plutarch in the life of Sertori­us.) The country hitherto were the Carpetani of Strabo, and Ptole­my. Calatrava vpon the riuer Guadiana. Here begun, and was first na­med the famous military order of Calatrava. Nere hereunto, where is the Chappell of Nuestra Senora d'Oreto, stood sometimes Oretum Germanorum of Ptolemy, occasioning the name of the Oretani of the same author. Segura. Alcaraz, giuing the names to the moūtainous tracts of Sierra de Alcaraz, & Monte de Segura, parts of the Orospeda of Stra­bo. Not far from Alcaraz vpon an inaccessible mountaine, surrounded with deepe vallyes, standeth Castona la Veia (Castulon of Ptolemy,Castul [...]. Castulo of Antoninus, and Castaon of Strabo, then a chiefe City of the Oretani, and the country sometimes of Himilce, the wife of the great Hannibal,) at this day a poore, and ignoble village. The part of Sierra Morena, from hence, or Alcaraz extending towards Cordova, was named hereof by Caesar Saltus Castulonensis. Cuença, Conch [...]. a Bishops See, and seate of the Inquisition, situated vpon the top of a steepe, and abrupt hill amongst the mountaines of Orospeda, neere to the heads of the riuer Xucar, and Huecar, and not far from that of the Taio; first built by the Moores, whom it a long time served, as an invincible for­tresse against the neighbouring Christians, secured by the asperous site thereof, and the straite, craggy, and vneasie wayes vnto it, wanting onely water, which is altogether conveyed hither by conduit pipes from the neighbouring mountaines, won from them in the yeare 1177 by Sanctius the second, king of Castille. The part here of the Orospeda is named from hence Monte de Cuença. Melina. From hence the adjoy­ning mountainous tract of the Orospeda is now called Monte de Moli­na.Sigontia. long. 13. g. 30. m. lat. 40. g. 50. m. Clav. Siguença, a Bishops See, beautified with a faire Cathedrall Church, (Condabora of Ptolemy, a city of the Celtiberi.)

ESTREMADVRA.

HAuing the mountaines of Castille vpon the North; vpon the South Sierra Morena, and Andaluzia; vpon the East Castillia la Nueva; & vpon the West the kingdome of Portugal. The aire here is extraordina­rily cleare, and for that cause in Summer very hot, and scorching. The country is plaine, and good pasture ground, especially that grassie bridge vnder the which the riuer Guadiana is hidden; yet in regard of the heate very dry, and scarse of waters, as of inhabitants, hauing few cities and townes for so large an extent, and those little, and ill in­habited. Chiefer here amongst are Placenza, Placentia. a Bishops See, enioying a sweet, and pleasant situation neere vnto the mountaines of Castille. In a solitary place, not farre from this city, standeth the Monasterie of S. [Page 12] Iustus, whither the mighty Prince Charles the fift, tyred with sick­nes, and the burden of a troublesome Empire, some few yeares before his death quitting the world, voluntarily retired; spending there the rest of his dayes in prayers and divine meditation. Alcantara vpon the right shore of the Taio (Norba Caesarea of Ptolemy, and Norba Cae­sariana of Pliny, then a colony of the Romans.) It was afterwards the seate of the Knights of the order of Alcantara, from thence thus na­med. Merida, Emerita. (Emerita of Mela, and Antoninus, and Augusta Emerita of Ptolemy, and Pliny, a Roman colony, and iuridicall resort, and the chiefe city of Lusitania) seated vpon the riuer Guadiana, and named thus from the Emeriti milites, or Legionary Souldiers of the Romans, who had serued out their time in the warres, whereof it was a Colo­ny.) Ausonius preferreth it in his time before the rest of the cities of Spaine. The towne now is very ruinous, meane, and empty of people, shewing nothing worthy of its auncient greatnesse, sauing onely a goodly bridge ouer the Taio, built, as appeareth by the inscription, by the Romans. Badaios, a Bishops See, frontiring vpon Portugal. Medeli­no. Neete hereunto the riuer of Guadiana hideth it selfe vnder ground for the space often miles; breaking out againe neere vnto the towne of Villaria. Guadalupe vpon the pleasant bankes of the riuer thus called, shaded here on both sides with thicke, and tall groues of poplar trees. Heere is visited with great, and thronging devotion the much honoured Image of our Lady of Guadalupe, of the like grand esteeme with this Nation, as is that of Madona de Loretto with the Italians, affirmed to be the same which Gregory the great carried about with him in a solemne procession he made in Rome, in the time of a fierce, and generall pestilence then raging in Christendome, cea­sing hereupon; giuen afterwards by him to S. Leander, Bishop of Si­villa, religiously there kept vntill the Moorish invasion, then carryed from thence, secretly hidden, and about the yeare 1336, miraculously discovered by a neate-heard, and a Chappell erected thereunto, the occasion of the Towne. Birtius notwithstanding, and Montanus place here the towne named Caecilia Gemelliana by Ptolemy, and Castra Caecilia by Antoninus. The auncient inhabitants of Estre­madura were the Celtici, and part of the Turditani, and Lusitani, lying in both provinces of Baetica, and Lusitania.

ANDALVZIA.Vandalitia.

BOunded vpon the North, with the mountaines of Sierra Morena, and with Estremadura, & Castillia la Nueva; vpon the West, with Algar­ve in Portugal; vpon the East, with Granado; and vpon the South, with the Straights of Gibraltar, and seas Mediterranean, & Atlantique, exten­ded betwixt the mouth of the rivers Guadiana, and Guadalantin. The country is most fruitfull, & pleasant, flourishing aswell the moun­taines, as plaines, with a continuate greenes of vines, oliues, and other plants, and fruite trees. Onely water here is scant, the common want of Spaine. The aire likewise in regard of the more Southerne situa­tion [Page 13] thereof is very immoderate, and scorching in Summer, notwith­standing refreshed in the night with constant coole gales of winde, breathing from the neighbouring Ocean. Chiefer townes are Sevil­la, (Hispalis of Strabo,Hispalis. long. 7. g. 15. m. latit. 37. g. Clav. Ptolemy, & Pliny, then a flourishing colony of the Romans, and one of their foure juridicall resorts for Baetica) sea­ted vpon the great riuer Guadalquivir. Vnder the Moores it was made the first seate of their Spanish Empire, by Alahor, lieftenant for the Miramamoline Zuleiman, removed to Cordova. The domini­on of the Spanish Moores afterwards divided, it became the head of a petty kingdome of that nation, contayning the greatest part of this Province, with Algarve in Portugal, recouered from the Infidels by Ferdinand the third king of Castille, & Leon. It is now an Arch-bishops See, and the only staple for the commodityes of the West In­dyes, belonging to the Crowne of Castille, rich, populous, beautified with faire & stately buildings, both publique, and priuate, great, ac­compted the second city of Spaine, the next vnto Lisbona, contay­ning about 6 miles in compasse, and after Botero his accompt some-80000 inhabitants. The river vnto it is deepe, & navigable. The coun­try about it is plaine, pleasant, & most fruitfull. About a league vpon the East hereof is Sevilla la Veia (Italica of Strabo, Ptolemy, & Anto­ninus, and Ilipa, surnamed Italica of Pliny, the countrey of the migh­ty Emperours Trajan, & Adrian,) now a base, & obscure village. A­long the course of the Guadalquivir Palacios▪ Nebrissa. Cabeças. Le-brixa, (Ne­brissa of Strabo,Luceferi Fa­num. & Ptolemy, and Nebrissa surnamed Venerea of Pliny.) S. Lucar de Barrameda, Luciferi Farum of Ptolemy,) a noted port in the way to Sivilla, lying at the mouth of the riuer Guadalqui­vir. Puerto de S. Maria, (Mnesthei portus of Ptolemy,) a commodi­ous haven towne at the mouth of the river Guadalete. Xeres de la Frontera in the maine land (Asta of Ptolemy, & Antoninus, and Asta Regia of Strabo, & Pliny.) In the fruitfull country hereof grow the plentifull Xeres sacke, named thus from the towne. It breedeth like­wise the most fierce, and swift gennets. Nere herevnto vpon the ri­ver Guadalete was fought that fatall battaile betwixt the Moores, and Roderigo the last King of the Gothes. Medina Sidonia (Asindum of Ptolemy, and Asido Caesariana of Pliny.) Hereof the Dukes of Medi­na Sidonia are entitl'd. Conil, a sea-coast towne beyond the Iland of Cadiz, belonging to the Dukes of Medina Sidonia. Tarif, vpon the same sea-coast, so named from Tarif, generall of the Moores in their first Spanish invasion, by whom it was founded. Heere Lodovicus Nonius conjectureth sometimes to haue stood the famous Tartessus of Herodotus, Strabo, and other auncient authours, rich in gold, and silver, and visited by continuall fleetes of the Tyrian Merchants, as by the Phocenses in the raigne of Arganthonius a little before their ex­pugnation by Cyrus; the same doubtlesse with that Tharsis mentio­ned in the Scriptures, from whence Salamon did fetch part of his gold for the adorning of his new-built temple at Hierusalem. Some in Strabo place this, where then was Carteia, whose position now is a­like vncertaine. Others in the same authour betwixt the two chan­nels, [Page 14] or branches of the river Baetis, called then, as was the towne Tartessus, and as was the neighbouring countrey from hence Tar­tessis. The mention hereof is famous; but the towne through age rui­nated, or the name thereof quite changed in the time of Strabo, and other auncient Geographers. Algeriza vpon the same sea-coast. Ci­braltar a strong towne of warre at the entrance of the Straights, lying vnder the mountaine, named Calpe by Strabo, after Pliny one of the pillars of Hercules, and the bounds of his labours, the furthest point of Spaine, & Europe towards the South. The narrow channell of the Sea betwixt this, and Afrique was called by the auncients Fretum Herculeum, Gaditanum, & Tartessiacum, from the famous pillars, I­land, and city before mentioned; now from hence Estrecho de Gi­braltar. They are in length 15 miles, and in breadth, where they are the straitest,Corduba. Ion. 9. g. 40. m. lat. 37. gr. 50. m. Clav. about 7 miles. Cordova further vp within the land, at the foote of Sierra Morena, and vpon the right shore of the river Guadal­quivir (Corduba of Strabo, Ptolemy, & Mela, a famous colony of the Romans, the first they planted in this province, surnamed Patritia by Pliny, a juridicall resort, and the chiefe city of Baetica, reckoned by Ausonius amongst the 4 chiefest of Spaine, the countrey of Lucan, & of the two Senecaes.) Vnder the Moores it remayned for a long time the chiefe seate of their Spanish dominions; after Alahor the residence of the Leiftenants of the Miramamolines, as afterwards of their Kings. The Empire hereof being divided, it was made the head of a particular kingdome, named from hence, contayning then part of Andaluzia, with the country of Granado; taken from the Infidels by Ferdinand the third, King of Castille. It is now a Bishops See, and one of the two seates of the Inquisition for this province. The towne is large, & spacious, beautified with a magnificent Castle standing at the West end thereof, the pallace sometimes of the Moorish Kings. The buildings otherwise for the most part are meane. The situation is very pleasant, & happy, over-looking towards the South a fruitfull, and even plaine, towards the North overtopped with the steepe, and hol­low mountaines of Sierra Morena, reaching almost to the subvrbs, greened over with oliues, vines, & other plants. Iaen, a Bishops See. At Anduxar, a village distant some halfe a Spanish league from hence, stood sometimes the towne Illurgis of Ptolemy, and Illiturgis of An­toninus, and Illiturgi surnamed Forum Iulium of Pliny.Ecceia. Ecceia vpon the riuer Chenil (Astygis of Ptolemy, Astygi of Mela, & Antoninus, and Astygi, surnamed Augusta Firma, of Pliny, a Roman colony, and one of the foure juridicall resorts of Baetica.)Ossuna. Ossuna (Vrso of Strabo, & Pliny,) whereof the dukes of Ossuna are thus entitl'd, a late Vniver­sity, founded in the yeare 1549 by Iohn Telter de Girona, Earle of Vrenna. The fruitfull, & pleasant countrey hereabouts aboundeth in oliue trees. Marchena vpon a hill, overlooking a champian, & most fruitfull countrey, especially for oliues, the ordinary residence of the Dukes of Arcos. The auncient inhabitants of Andaluzia were the Turditani of Ptolemy, and the Turditani, and Turduli of Strabo, de­vided by the riuer Baetis, and lying vpon the sea-coast on this side of [Page 15] the river Anas, at that time the most ciuill, and learned people of all the Spaniards, vsing Grammar, and having their written monuments ofv. Strab. Geo. lib. 3. antiquity, poems, and lawes in verse for the space after their ac­compt of six thousand yeares; the Elysian fields of Homer, the ex­traordinary riches, pleasure, and fertility of the countrey occasioning the fiction. Heere also dwelt part of the Turduli of Ptolemy, and Bastuli of Strabo, & Ptolemy.

GRANADO.

HAving vpon the West, the river Guadalantin, the bounds thereof and Andaluzia; vpon the North, Castillia la Nueva; vpon the East, Murcia; and vpon the South, the Mediterranean Sea, reaching from the river Guadalantin vnto the towne of Vera. It contayneth in length, accompting from Ronda to Huescar, 200 miles, and in breadth, from Cabili vnto Almugnecar vpon the Mediterranean, 100 miles. The cir­cuite of the whole after Marinaeus Siculus is 700 miles. The North part is plaine; the South ouer-spread with the steepe, and inaccessible mountaines of the Alpuxarras, and other names of the Orospeda, swelling along the sea-coasts hereof. The soile is generally very fat aswell the hils, as the plaine countrey, yeelding plenty of corne, wine, and other sorts of delicate fruites.Granatum, & Granata. long. 11. g. lat. 37. gr. 50. m. Clav. Granado is the chiefe city, sea­ted in the heart of the countrey vpon two greater hils (besides others which are lesser) betwixt which runneth the litle riuer Darrien, ari­sing out of the mountaines 17 miles vpon the East hereof; devided into foure parts or quarters, Al-hambre, El-Alvesin, El-Granado, & Antiquerula (the two former being situated vpon the hils, the other two in the valley below,) contayning together, at the time that the towne was won by King Ferdinand the fift, some 200000 inhabi­tants, now not so many. In El-Granado is the Cathedrall Church, of a round figure, having sometimes been a Mahumetane temple, where in a sumptuous Chappell, built since by the Christians, Ferdinand the fift and Isabella Kings of Spaine lie enterred. In Al-hambre stand two magnificent palaces, the one more lately erected by the Christi­an princes, the other the seate of the auncient Kings of the Moores, severally encompassed with a wall, and enjoying a most pleasant pro­spect; towards the West and South ouer-looking a flourishing greene plaine, garnished with meadowes, corne fields, vineyards, and woods of oliues, and to the South the cloudy tops of Sierra Nevada, distant some 9 miles from thence, being part of Orospeda. The private buil­dings are for the most part of bricke, after the custome of the Moores rather many, then costly, the streetes then standing thicke, and close together, now (many houses being pulled downe, and partly for want of inhabitants,) made more wide, and enjoying a more free aire. Heere by meanes of the plenty of Mulbery trees great store of silke is made, & wouen. Vpon the hill Elvire neere herevnto stood some­times the towne Illiberis of Ptolemy. Other townes of better note are [Page 16] Loxa, vpon the river Darrien, enjoying a most fruitfull, and pleasant situation. Guadix, a Bishops See. Alhama (Artigis of Ptolemy, Arti­gi surnamed Iulienses of Pliny, and Artigi of Antoninus,) seated in a fruitfull soile amongst steepe, and picked rocks, wherewith it is envi­roned; a towne now much frequented by the Spanish nobility by meanes of the hot medicinable bathes thereof. Antiquera, (Singilia of Pliny.)Arunda. Ronda. The neighbouring part of the mountaine Orospeda is now called from hence Sierra de Ronda. Neerer vnto the sea Medi­terranean Munda, Munda. (Munda of Strabo, & Pliny.) Here the great bat­taill was fought betwixt Iulius Caesar, & Cn: and Sextus Pompeij, the sons of Pompey the great.Malaca. lon. 23. g. 30. m. lat. 38. g Hues. Cartima. Malaga (Malaca of Strabo, Pto­lemy, Mela, & Antoninus,) seated vpon the Mediterranean at the mouth of the river Guadalquivireio, a Bishops See, a strong towne of warre, and a noted port, well knowen vnto the English, and Dutch Merchants, trading there for sacks, rasins, almonds, and the like fruites. Velez Malaga, (Sex of Ptolemy, Sexitanum of Antoninus, and Sexi-Firmum, surnamed Iulium of Pliny.) From the huge neighbou­ring tops of the Aspuxarras the farre remote shores of Afrique, with the Straights of Gibraltar, and townes of Seuta, and Tangier may plainely be discerned; covered vntill of late yeares with an incredi­ble multitude of villages of the Moriscos, banished into Afrique by the edict of king Philip the third, with the rest of that of-spr [...]ng. Al­meria vpon the Mediterranean, (Abdara of Ptolemy, and Abdera of Mela, after Strabo founded by the Tyrians, or after Pliny by the Carthaginians.) It is now a Bishops See. Muxacra vpon the same shore of the Mediterranean beyond Cabo de Gatas; thought to bee Murgis of Ptolemy, Pliny; and Antoninus, the furthest towne of Bae­tica. Vera, vpon the same sea-coast, the furthest town towards France, and the East of the countrey of Granado; thought to be Virgao of Pliny, naming the neighbouring bay, or crooke of the Mediterrane­an Sinum Virgitanum in Mela. Porcunna within the land (Obulcum of Ptolemy, and Obulco of Strabo, & Pliny.) The auncient inhabi­tants hereof were parts of the Bastuli, & Turduli of Strabo, and Ptole­mie.

MVRCIA.

BOunded vpon the West, with the kingdome of Granado; vpon the North, with Castillia la Nueva; vpon the East, with Valentia; and vp­on the South, with the Mediterranean, intercepted betwixt the towne of Vera, and the river Segura. The countrey is for the greatest part dry, barren, and ill inhabited. Townes of better note are Murcia the chiefe towne, naming the countrey (Menralia of Ptolemy,) seated in a fresh, and pleasant plaine, planted with pomegranates, and other excellent fruite trees,Carthago No­va. lo. 28. g. 20. m. lat. 38. gr. 20. m. Hues. a Bishops See, and seate of the Inquisition. Car­thagena, (Carthago of Ptolemy, and Pliny, founded by Hasdrubal Carthaginian, Successour in the government of Spaine vnto Hamil­car, [Page 17] father of the great Hannibal, taken during the second Punique warre by Publius Scipio the African) and afterwards made a Roman Colony, and one of the 7 iuridicall resorts of Tarraconensis, and by the Emperour Constantine the great, the principall city of the Pro­vince, named from hence in Rufus Festus Carthaginesis.) Twice sacked, and rased to the ground by the barbarous Vandals, & Gothes, in a long time lay buryed in its ruines; reedified, and strongly fortifi­ed of late yeares by King Philip the second, fearing a surprisall there­of by the Turkish Pyrats invited by the opportunity of the faire, and spacious hauen thereof. The towne is yet but meane, contayning 600 housholds, or families. The auncient inhabitants hereof were part of the Contestani of Ptolemy.

The forreine Conquests, which the Kings of Spaine enjoy now in right of the Crowne of Castille, are the townes of Oran, and Melilla, with the hauen Musalquivir, and rocke of Velez in the Continent of Barbary, the Canary Ilands, and the New-found-world of America; Brasil excepted.

ARAGON.

BOunded vpon the South with the Sea Mediterranean, extended from the mouth of the riuer Segura vnto the castle of Salsas, and frontire of Languedoc; vpon the East with the Pyrenaean moun­taines from the sea Mediterranean vntill towards the head of the riuer Agra, or Aragon, from France; vpon the North with that riuer from Navarra, then with a winding line, continued from the Ebro by the townes of Taradona, Hariza, Daroca, Xativa, and Orihuela vnto the Me­diterranean, and mouth of the riuer Segura, dividing it from the rest of the kingdome of Castille. It containeth the three Provinces of Valen­tia, Aragonia, and Catalonia, with the Land of Russillon.

VALENTIA.Valentiae Reg­num.

HAving the Sea Mediterranean vpon the East, intercepted betwixt the riuers Segura, and Cinia; the Segura, and Country of Murcia vpon the South; Catalonia, and the riuer Cinia vpon the North; and vpon the West Aragonia. The country seemeth a continuate garden; the fields in regard of the mild temperature of the Heauens, garnished all the yeare long with sweet-smelling flowres, and miraculously eue­ry-where abounding with Pomegranates, Limons, and other delicious fruite-trees. Otherwise for corne it yeeldeth not that plenty, which might suffice the inhabitants. The sheepe heere beare the finest fleece thorough the whole Spaine, being, as some relate, of the breed of Cot­tes-would in England, transported into this Continent in the raigne of Ferdinand the fift. The inhabitants by reason of their too great plea­sure, & delicacy are accompted lesse warlike, then the rest of the Spa­nish [Page 18] nation. Of these were reckoned of late yeares no fewer then 22000 families of the Moriscos, for the most part inhabiting the coun­try, and like vnto those of the Alpuxarras, retaining the language, as in a manner, the behaviour, and manner of liuing of the aun­cient Moores; with the rest of that race in Spaine banished into Afrique by King Philip the third. Chiefer townes here are Orihuela (Orcelis of Ptolemy,) a Bishops See vpon the riuer Segura, and confines of Murcia.Alicantt. long. 28. g. 40. m. lat. 39. g. Hues. Alicante, (Illicias of Ptolemy, Illici of Pliny, Illice of Mela, and Ilicis of Antoninus, a free Colony of the Romans, and giuing the name to the bay, called by Mela Sinus Illicitanus, now the bay of Ali­cante) a noted port vpon the Mediterranean.Dianium. Denia (Dianium of Ptolemy, Strabo, Pliny, and Solinus, a stipendiary towne of the Ro­mans; first founded by the Massillians,) seated vpon a hill vpon the brinke of the Mediterranean, ouer which it enioyeth a faire, and large prospect. Hereof was entitled the Marquesse of Denia, of the house of Roias, and Sandoval, since created Duke of Lerma. Betwixt this towne, and Alicante lyeth the great Promontory Ferraria, (named Ar­temus, Dianium, and Hemeroscopium by the auncients.) Gandia, gi­ving the title, and name to the Dukes thus stiled of the house of Bor­gia;Valentia. long. 14. g. lat. 39. g. 30. m. Clav. a petty Vniversity, lately instituted by the Dukes. Valentia, (Va­lentia of Ptolemy, Pliny, Mela, and Antoninus) then a Colony of the Romans, founded by Iunius Brutus, by the Moores afterwards made the head city of the kingdome thus named) now an Archbishops See, and the chiefe city of the Province; situated vpon the right shore of the riuer Guadalivar, some 3 miles from the Mediterranean. The towne is rich, faire, well traded, and exceedingly pleasant. Here were borne vnder contrary starres the learned Lodovicus Vives, and that monster of Popes,Setabis. and men, Alexander the sixt, Bishop of Rome▪ Xativa (Setabis of Strabo, and Ptolemy) a Bishops See; situated vpon the riuer Xucar. Xelva, or Chelva, supposed by Florianus to be Incibilis of Livy, where Hanno was ouercome by Scipio African the great. Sogorve (Segobri­ga of Ptolemy, and Strabo, the chiefe city of the Celtiberi,) now a Bi­shops See.Saguntum. lo. 14. g. 36. m. lat. 39. g. 40. m. Clav. Morvedre vpon a river thus named (Saguntum of Stra­bo, Ptolemy, and Pliny, and Saguntus of Mela, and Antoninus, founded by the Zacynthians, confederate with the Romans, destroyed by Han­nibal a little before the second Punique warre, and reedified after­wards by the Romans, and made one of their Colonies.) The aunci­ent inhabitants of the country of Valentia were parts of the Bastita [...], Contestani, Edetani, and Celtiberi of Ptolemy, and other more auncient Authours.

ARAGONIA.Aragonia.

LYing with an equall division vpon both sides of the riuer Ebro; ha­uing vpon the South Valentia, and Aragonia; vpon the West, the two Castilles; vpon the North, the riuer of Aragon, & Navarra; & vpō the East the Pyrenaean mountaines, and France. The countrey is nothing so plea­sant, [Page 19] and fruitfull, as are the parts immediatly before described, ouer­run with the branches of Idubeda, & of the Pyrenaean Mountaines, and commonly drie, and scanted of waters, where it is not refreshed with rivers, and for this cause ill inhabited; especially towards the Moun­taines Pyrenaean, where in regard of this want in some places neither towne, nor house are to be seene for many dayes journeye. Chiefer townes are Albarracino, a Bishops See. Daroca vnder Sierra Balba­niera.Calataiuta. Calataiut vpon the riuer Xalon, named thus from Aiub, a Sa­racen prince, the founder thereof, Some halfe a mile from hence, and vpon the Xalon, with whose streames it is almost round encom­passed, ariseth the hill Baubola, the seate sometimes of the city Bilbis of Ptolemy, & Bilbilis of Strabo, and Antoninus, a municipium of the Romans, and the countrey of theMunicipes Augusta mihi, quos Bilbilis a­cri Poet Martial. Aboue this hill the litle river Cagedo falleth into the Xalon, mentioned likewise by the Epigramatist. Taradona, (Turiaso of Ptolemy, & Antoninus,) a Bishops See,Monte creat, rapidis qui Sa­lo cingit aquis. &c. situated neere to Monte Moncaio, and the borders of Castille. Saragoça (Caesaraugusta of Ptolemy, Strabo, Pliny, & Anto­ninus, then a Colonie, and Municipium of the Romans, and one of their seaven juridicall resorts of Tarraconensis,vid. Val. Mar­tialis lib. 10. Epigram. 103. [...]ogedus flu. Caesar-augusta. lon. 14. g. 15. m. lat 41. g. 45. m. Clav. named thus from the Emperour Augustus Caesar, by whom it was first made a colony, for­merly being called Salduba from certaine neighbouring Salt-wiches, yet extant in the Mountaines.) Vnder the Moores it became the head of a particular kingdome thus named, recovered in the yeare 1118 by the Christians, and afterwards made the chiefe residence of the kings of Aragon. It is now an Arch-bishops See, an Vniversity, and the seate of the Inquisition, and Vice-roye of the province, situated in a goodly champian vpon the right shore of the river Ebro. The city is faire, & large, having wide, open, and hansome streetes, and contay­ning 17 parishes, besides 14 monasteries, & sundry chappels dedica­ted to the blessed Virgin; amongst the which is that called Nuestra Se­nora del Pilar, beleeued by this credulous people to haue beene ere­cted by Iames, surnamed the Lesser, the Apostle of Spaine, and patron of the Castillians. Beyond the Ebro Cuera vpon the river Gallego. Fraga vpon the river Senga, (Gallica Flava of Ptolemy, and Galli­cum of Antoninus.) Balbastro vpon the Senga (Burtina of Ptolemy, & Bortina of Antoninus,) now a Bishops See. Monçon. Huesca, (Osca of Strabo, Ptolemy, and Antoninus, the place, where Sertorius in Plu­tarch detayned as hostages for their fathers fidelity the children of the Spanish nobility vnder the pretence of trayning them vp in lear­ning; afterwards vpon their revolt cruelly murthered by him.) It is now a Bishops See, and a petty Vniversity. Venasque amongst the Py­renaean mountaines. Iacca, amongst the same mountaines, a Bishops See, the first seate, or residence of the Kings of Aragon. From hence were named the Iaccetani of Ptolemy, & Strabo, and Lacetani of Pliny. The ancient inhabitants of Aragonia were the Iaccetani, Cerretani, and Lacetani, now mentioned, with parts of the Celtiberi, Illergetes, and Ede­tani.

CATALONIA.Catalonia.

BOunded vpon the West, with Valentia, and the river Cinia; vpon the North, with Aragonia; vpon the East, with the Earledome of Rus­sillon, and the Pyrenaean Mountaines from France; and vpon the South, with the Sea Mediterranean betwixt the riuer Cinia, & Cabo de Creux. The countrey is hilly, & full of woods, yeelding small store of corne, wine, and fruites; enriched more thorough its maritine situation, then by home-bred commodities.Dertusa. Chiefer townes are Tortosa, a Bishops See, seated vpon the river Ebro, (Dertosa of Ptolemy, & Antoninus, & Dertossa of Strabo,Tarraco. lo. 18. g. 30. m. lat. 38. g. 20. m. Clav. a Roman colonie.) Taragona vpon the Medi­terranean, some mile vpon the East of the river Francolino, (Tarra­con of Strabo, & Ptolemy, and Tarraco of Pliny, Mela, and Solinus, a colony of the Romans, founded by the two brethren, Cn: and Pub­lius Scipio, during the second Punique warre, and afterwards made their chiefe towne, and giuing the name vnto the Province Tarraco­nensis.) It is now an Archbishops See, contayning two miles in com­passe, and about 700 families, or housholds. Lerida, (Ilerda of Stra­bo, Ptolemy, Lucan, and Antoninus) vpon the river Segre, a Bishops See, and Vniversity. Vich, a Bishops See, (Ausa of Ptolemy, naming the Authetani of the same Authour, and the Ausetani of Pliny.) Vrgel, (Erga of Ptolemy) seated vnder the Pyrenaean Mountaines.Barcino. long. 17. g. 15. m. lat. 41 grad. 36. m. Clav. Barce­lona (Barcinon of Ptolemy, Barchino of Mela, and Barcino of Pliny, & Antoninus, a Roman colonie, surnamed Faventia by Pliny,) situated vpon the sea Mediterranean betwixt the riuers Besons, and Lobre­gat. Won from the Moores by Lewes the Godly, sonne to the Empe­rour Charles the great, it became the chiefe city of the famous Earle­dome thus named; wherevnto in continuance of time accrewed the whole Catalonia, held first vnder the subjection, and soveraignty of the Frenchmen, afterwards commaunded by free princes, and lastly by Raimund the fift, marrying vnto Petronilla, inheritresse of Aragon, vnited with that kingdome. It is now a rich, & noted port, a Bishops See, and the seate of the Vice-roy, and Inquisition for this province; the place where ordinarily embarque the Spanish souldiers bound for the Levant Iles, and Italy, as for the Netherlands by the way hereof, and of the Alpes, and Germany. The towne is large, beau­tified with stately buildings both private, and publique, the streets faire, and open, the wals whole, and entire, with wide, & deepe dit­ches. The countrey about it is pleasant, but not so fruitfull. Heere great store of ships are made both for warre, & burthen. Neere here­vnto, vpon the right shore of the riuer Lobregat, ariseth the pleasant mountaine, called Mon-serrato, stuck full of Anchorets Cels, & ho­noured with a much frequented chappell, and image of the blessed Virgin,Blanda. whose ravishing description reade in L. Nonius. Blanes, (Blanda of Ptolemy, & Mela, and Blandae of Pliny,) vpon the Medi­terranean at the mouth of the river Tardera. Ampurias, (Empori­um [Page 21] of Strabo,Emporiae. and Emporiae of Ptolemy, & Pliny, founded by the Massilians, and afterwards made a Roman colony,) seated vpon the Mediterranean.) The towne is now poore, & base, affording onely a safe harbour,Gerunda. & roade for ships. Girona (Girunda of Ptolemy, & An­toninus,) a Bishops See, situated at the meetings of the litle rivers, Ter, & Onhar. The towne is litle, but hansomly built, and well traded. Vpon the same Sea-coast vnder the Pyrenaean mountaines is Rosas, Rosae. (Rhoda of Ptolemy, and Rhodope of Strabo, founded by the Emporitanes, or Rhodians,) now a meane, & obscure village. Further vp lyeth Cabo de Creux (Veneris Templum of Ptolemy,)Veneris Tem­plum. a promonto­ry of the Mediterranean, the furthest point Eastwards of Catalonia. The people more aunciently inhabiting Catalonia were the Authetani, or Ausetani, Indigeti, Laeetani, & Cosetani, with part of the Ilercaones, and Iaccetani of Ptolemy, and other auncient authours.

THE LAND OF RVSSILLON.Terra Russino­nis.

INcluded betwixt two branches of the Pyrenaean Mountaines, begin­ning at the mountaine Cano, and the one extended to Colibre, and to­wards Cabo de Creux, & the other vnto Salsas; having vpon the North, the maine ridge of the Mountaines Pyrenaean; vpon the West, Catalonia; vpon the East, Languedoc in France; and vpon the South, the sea Medi­terranean from Cabo de Creux vnto the castle of Salsas. Places here of note are Colibre, Illibetis. Ptol. Geog. lib. 2. c. 10. (Illiberis of Ptolemy) commendable onely for its antiquity; now an ignoble village, affording notwithstanding a safe, and commodious harbour for ships. Helna a Bishops See vpon the river Techo.Salsulae. Salsas, (Salsulae of Strabo,) a strong castle, fronti­ring vpon Languedoc, & France, the fortresse, & bulwarke of Spaine vp­on this side. The peece after the new, & best manner of fortification consisteth of many severall wards, distinguished a part with wide, and deepe ditches, having bridges over them, and made defensible, as to­gether, so one against another. Perpignian the onely towne here of im­portance, seated in a pleasant plaine vpon the river Thelis; a rich, and flourishing Emporie, and a strong hold against the French, to whose injurie in time of warre it is still exposed, built in the yeare 1068 by Guinard Earle of Russillon. Some halfe a Spanish league from hence,Ruscino Lati­norum. Plin. Nat. Hist. lib. 3. cap. 5. Ruscino Strab. lib. 4. Ruscinum Pto. lib. Geo. 2. c. 10 where is the Castle of Russillon, sometimes stood Ruscino Latinorum of Pliny, giving the name to the countrey.

The Kings of Spaine hold in right of the Crowne of Aragon the I­lands Mallorça, & Menorça, Sardinia, and Sicily, and in the continent the kingdome of Naples in Italy.

THE ILANDS OF SPAINE.

They partly lie within the Straights of Gibraltar in the sea Medi­terranean, and partly without in the maine Ocean.

IN THE MEDITERRANEAN.

THose in the Mediterranean are Mallorça, Menorça, Formentera, and Yvica, besides some lesser.

MALLORCA.Maiorica.

Lying against the countrey of Valentia, and contayning in circuite about 300 miles, and in breadth, and length, which differ not much, some 100 miles. The inhabitants are reckoned at some 30000 of all sorts. The land towards the sea is mountainous; within more plaine, & fruitfull, yeelding sufficient store of corne, wine, oile, and fruites.Maiorica. Mallorça is the onely towne of note, so named from the I­land, a litle Vniversity; the countrey of Raimundus Lullius.

MENORCA.Minorica.

IT is lesse in quantity then the other; from whence it hath had the distinction, & name. It differeth not much from it in quality, saving that it is better stored with beeues, and cattaile. The chiefe towne is Menorça, Minorica. called as is the Iland, (Mago of Ptolemy.) Here is likewise Cittadella (Iama of the same authour.)Mago. Iama. Ptol. Geo. lib. 2. c. 6.

These two Ilands were the famous Baleares Gymnasiae of Strabo, & the auncients,Baleares Strab. Geog. lib. 3. Bo­learides Gym­nasiae. Ptol. lib. 2. c. 6. whose inhabitants were renowned for their skill, and vse of slings, their proper armes, trained vp herevnto from their child­hood, the first inventors of them, occasioning the name hereof, where­of we find much mention in the warres of the Carthaginians, and Ro­mans. They obeyed for the most part the same Lords with the Con­tinent. Vnder the Moores they became a particular kingdome; as they continued for a time vnder the Christians of the house of Aragon. They belong now to the Crowne of Aragon.

YVICA, AND FORMENTERA.

DIvided asunder by a narrow creeke of sea, and situated betwixt the Baleares, and the Promontory Ferraria of the countrey of Valen­tia; the former contayning one hundred miles in circuite, the other a­bout seaventy,Ebusus. Strab. lib. 3. & Ptol. li. 2. c. 6. In Yvica, called Ebusus by Ptolemy, and Strabo, great store of salt is made. It yeeldeth no venimous creatures. The [Page 23] chiefe Towne is of the same name with the Iland. Formentera is na­med Ophiusa in the same authours from the great number of Serpents,Ophiusa ibid. and venemous beasts, wherewith it is infested. These two together are called the Pityusae by Strabo,Pityusae ibid. from the multitude of Pine trees there growing. About them lye Moncolibre, Dragonera, & other lesser Ilands; for the most part vninhabited, and not worth relation.

VVITHOVT THE STRAIGHTS. CADIZ.Gades.

THe Iland is situated neere vnto the mouth of the riuer Guadalqui­vir; distant about 700 paces from the maine Land of Andaluzia, ioyned thereunto with a bridge, called Puente de Suaço. The Land is fruitfull; enriched besides with fishing, and making of Salt, and by meanes of the West-Indian traffique, the bay thereof serving as a roade for the fleetes, and ships passing betwixt Sivilla, and that Conti­nent. Gadira. Ptol. l. 2. c. 4. Gades Caesaris Com. Bell. Civ. l. 2. c. 7. & 8. Strabo l. 3. Plin. Nat. hist. l. 3. c. 1. Cadiz is the onely towne (Gades of Pliny, and Strabo, & Ga­dira of Ptolemy, founded by the Tyrians, becomming afterwards a fa­mous municipium of the Romans, and one of their foure iuridicall re­sorts for the Province of Baetica, divided in the time of Strabo into the old, and new townes, the latter of them hauing beene then lately built by Cornelius Balbus,) seated in the Westerne part of the Iland. It is now a Bishops See, and a rich and noted port. Here some of the aun­cients haue put the Pillars of Hercules; whose opinion is reiected by Strabo in his third booke, who would rather haue them to haue beene placed at the mouth of the Straights, either with Pliny, where were the hils Calpe, and Abila, or otherwise in two little Ilands, neighbouring to those two hills, the Columnes then being worne away through an­tiquity, and the places retaining only the accompt, and names hereof. Other Ilands, appertaining to the Continent of Spaine, and situated without the Straights in the maine Ocean, areLondobries. Ptol. Geog. l. 2▪ c. 5. Berlinga against Por­tugal, betwixt the falls of the riuers Taio, and Mondego: those of Baio­na, lying against that Towne, and Galitia: and Zaziga, with others be­fore the towne of Corunna, Cassiterides▪ Strab. l. 3. conjectured by L. Nonius to be the Cassi­terides of Strabo.

THE EIGHT BOOKE.

COntayning the present bounds, situation, and quality of the countrey of France. The Inhabitants. The victorie, and great renowne of the auncient Gaules, and Frenchmen. A de­scription of the moderne French manners. Their Languages, and Religion. Their Bishops. The reuenues of the Cleargie. The ma­ner of the ciuill gouernment. The Courts of Parliament, Bailli­ages, and Seneschausses. The King. His maner of Succession. The Salique Law. The title of most Christian King. His dominion, and revenues. The countreys, or greater divisions of France.

FRANCE.

NAmed thus from the victorious, and renowned nation of the Frenchmen.

It is bounded vpon the South, with the Sea Mediterranean; vpon the West, and South-west, with the Westerne, or A­quitanique Ocean, and the Pyrenaean Mountaines from Spaine; vpon the North, with the English channell; & vp­on the East, & North-East, first with Alpes from Italy, then with a line drawn from thence on the hither side of the Rhijn vnto the town of Calis, dividing it from the Low-countries, and Germany.

The greatest length hereof is 660 Italian miles, or 330 French. The breadth 570; the circumference, or compasse 2040 of the same miles.

It is situated betwixt the 20, and 38 degrees of longitude, and the 41½, and 52 degrees of Northerne latitude; or betwixt the 13, or mid­dle paralel of the 5 clime, where the longest day hath 15 houres, & the 19, or middle paralel of the 8 clime, where the same contayneth 16 houres, and an halfe.

The Ayre in regard thereof is very temperate, and pleasing, not so [Page 2] hot, and scorching, as Spaine, before described, nor so cold, & raw, as are the more Northerne parts.

The countrey is no lesse pleasant, then fruitfull, stored with all varie­ties whether for necessity, or ornament, sporting, and prodigall na­ture can afford; plaine for the most part, and numerously inhabited, not encombred with so many desert, and fruitles wasts of woods, marishes, and mountaines, ordinarie to neighbouring regions; not vndeservedly accompted the Garden, and Paradise of Europe.

The chiefer commodities sent out from hence are corne, & wines, with the former whereof the wants that way of Spaine are abundantly sup­plied, with the other those of England, and more Northerne countries. It yeeldeth such plenty of salt, as which might seem sufficient to store all Europe, a no small part of the riches of the kingdome. It likewise bringeth forth great abundance of oliues, figs, and other sorts of most delicious fruites, proper to hotter countries, in the Southerne parts, where lie Provence, & Languedoc.

The more auncient inhabitants were the Gaules, renowned in times past for their many great, and famous victories, atcheived thorough the world. From these the warlike nations of the Celtiberi, Lusitani, and Astures in Spaine were descended.v. T. Livij Hist. Rom. li. 5. & 38. Iustini Hist. lib. 20. & 24. Plu­tarchum in vi­tâ Furij Camil­li. Pli. Nat. Hist. lib. 3. c. 1. &c. Cornelium Ta­citum de mori­bus Germano­rum (de Boiis.) Beati Rhenani Rerum Ger­manicarum. li. 1. & 2. (de Boi­oarijs. These vnder their captaine Se­govesus victoriously raunged over all Germany, from whom haue sprung the Bohemians, and Bavarians, with other people of that conti­nent; from whence most probably continuing their conquests, as far as Scythia, they there founded the Celtoscythae. These vnder Bellovesus, brother to Segovesus, about the same time, passing ouer the Alpes, conquered the next part of Italy vnto them, called afterwards from hence Gaule Cisalpina. After this by Brennus they tooke, and sacked Rome. Afterwards by Belgius, and another Brennus with vnresistable might they rāsacked Illyricum, Pannony, Greece, & Thrace, from whence vnder Lomnorius, and Lutorius, ferrying over the Hellespont, they sub­dued the whole Asia, lying on this side of the Mountaine Taurus; which together with the neighbouring countrey of Syria they a long time held vnder their tribute, seating about the riuer Halys, and occa­sioning there the name of the Gallo-Greekes, or Galatae.

v. infra. The first, who conquered this victorious nation, and made them subject to forreine lawes (to let passe their private differences with A­riovistus, and the Germans) were the Romans, as in part by former cap­taines, so totally by C: Iulius Caesar immediately before his civill wars with Pompey. In the raigne of the Emperour Gratian came first hither the Britons from the iland of great Bretaigne, placed in Gaule Armo­rique by the Tyrant Maximus, rebelling against Gratian, from whom that part hath since beene named Bretaigne. Not long after in the raigne of the Emperour Honorius the Burgundians were received in, in­truding amonst the Hedui, & Sequani: then the Visigots, to whom Gaule Narbonensis was allotted. Shortly after in the raigne of the third Va­lentian the Franci, or Frenchmen breake in, who, the Romans beaten out, and the other barbarians subdued, in a short time make them­selues masters of the whole province, giving the name of France [Page 3] therevnto. Since the French conquest, and monarchy the Vascones, a Spanish people, after Pasquier in the time of king Dagobert the first, or as in Chesne in the raigne of Guntran, king of Orleans, breaking forth of the Pyrenaean mountaines, here seazed vpon that part of Aquita­nia, which since from thence hath bin called Gascoigne. Afterwards in the raigne of Charles the Simple the Normans by force, & composition got possession of the countrey called Neustria, named since from these Normandy. The whole inhabitants by meanes of their long subjection to the French Crowne are at this day all incorporated into the gene­rall name, and accompt of Frenchmen.

The French alwayes haue beene a most warlike, and victorious na­tion. Sosimus in Iulianus during their abode in Germany giveth them the commendation of the most hardy, and valiant people of all the Barbarians of that country. Since their comming into Gaule, and vnder the race of Meroue we read of many great affaires of theirs in Italy, Spaine, and Germany. Charles the great advanced their victorious armes over all Europe, establishing the Westerne Empire in his familie, & the name of the French for many descents. Since the race of Capet they haue planted their victorious ensignes in all the quarters of Eu­rope, and in sundry parts of Asia, and Africa, as well in those glorious wars against the Infidells, managed for the greatest part with souldiers of this nation, as in their many warres nerer home against the jealous neighbouring Christians. They haue given Emperours toBauldwin Earle of Flanders Emperour of Constantinopl. &c. Constanti­nople, and Kings William the Conquerour D of Normandye K of England. &c. to England, Henry of Lor­taine first Earle of Portugall &c. Portugal, Charles Duke of Aniou King of Naples, and Scicily. &c. Naples, Sicily,Charles Mar­tel K. of Hungary sonne to Charles the Lame K. of Naples, descended from Charles D. of Aniou etc. Hungary, Guy of Lusig­nan king of Hie­rusalem, after­wards of Ciprus by the guift of Richard the first K. of England. Ci­prus, andGodfrey of Bu­illon D. of Lor­raine, and king of Hierusalem etc. Hierusalem.

They are now not so much dreaded for armes, as in their more first, & barbarous times; their auncient fiercenes being much abated thorough long luxury, and ease, (vices incident to all flourishing states) and the pleasure, & nicenes of such an effeminate countrey, & clime.

The moderne Frenchman are vsually of a middle stature, by comple­ction hot, and moist, of body delicate, tender, and very apt for the breeding, and nourishing of diseases Naturally he is very merryv. Ant. Mag. Geog. (in Gal. lia. &c., and pleasant, rather witty, then wise, open, & full of words, of a free speech, not graue, or affected in his carriage, fickle, vnconstant, stir­ring, ready vpon the least occasion to take vp armes, and with as much easines to lay them down againe, & in time of peace to entertain suites in law, faction, sedition, & domestique quarrels. In warres he is rather furious, then valiant, hot at the first encounter, but soone cooling, im­patient of delay, and rather snatching, then fairely expecting victory, fighting with litle slight, & skill, and with lesse foresight, and judge­ment, more happy, and overcomming oftner in his sudden, and vn­thought of, then in set battails, and his premeditated attempts. To describe him more fully, reade the deepe, graue, stayed, and secret Spaniard, and take his contrary.

The Character is of others; neither of their virtues, but blemishes. Great vices argue in other kinds noe lesse perfections. The Roman Maiestie, and Empire (as before) restored by them, Religion propaga­ted, [Page 4] & established, & the Westerne world subdued by their valour, giue otherwise large testimony of their more then ordinary and transcen­dent worthinesse.

The severall languages here spoken are 1 the British, now altogether in vse in the dioceses of St Pol, Treguier, and Kemper, or Bretaigne Breto­nant, and differing litle from the Cornish in England. 2 the Basquish, or the language of the Biscains, spoken betwixt Baione, & Spaine, or in the parts, neighbouring vnto Guipuscoa. 3 and the French, common to the whole nation, composed (saith Pasquier) of the Latine, and the an­cient languages of the Gaules, and Frenchmen, and distinguished into many different dialects.

The more auncientv. C. Iul. Caes. com. Belli Gall. lib. 6. c. 8, & 9. &c. religion hereof was in a maner the same with other Heathens. Their gods were Iupiter, Apollo, Mars, Mercurie, and Minerva, to whom they attributed the like powers, and vertues, which did other Gentiles. Amongst these they chiefely adored Mer­cury, most probably for an especiall reverence they bore to learning, whereof they acknowledged him to be the patron. They also, after my French Authour, much honoured the Demi-god Hercules, whom they pictured like an old bald-pate, or gray-bearded Charon, leading after him an infinite sort of people by a golden chaine, fastned to his tongue, and their eares; their Priests given them thereby to vnder­stand, how that the great conquests, which he attayned vnto, were ra­ther by faire, and gentle language, then by strong hand, and violence, and that cautelous, and provident old age, then rash, & inconsiderate youth, is more fit for the managing of warlike affaires. In their sacri­fices to their Idols they vsed oftentimes to slay, and offer vp men, as for the publique, so for their private weales, when they were despe­rately sicke, or otherwise in danger of their liues, thinking that they could by no other meanes redeeme their distressed soules from the anger of their gods, vnlesse by offering vp the soules, & liues of other men. They most commonly served themselues in these vnnaturall cruelties with theeues, murtherers, & notorious malefactours, deem­ing such oblations most acceptable to their gods. Their Priestes, or Ministers of these sacrifices were the Druides, a sect much honoured by them, distinguished from the common sort, and exempted from wars, taxes, contributions, and all publique charges, and governed by a chiefe, or head of their owne. They were also their judges in civill causes, hauing power to excommunicate such stubborne persons, as would not stand vnto their censure. They were also to instruct the younger sort, as in matters of religion, so in Philosophie, and humane learning, which they did without acquainting them with the vse of characters, or of writing, & reading, fearing that bookes would make them too much to trust herevnto, and to neglect the more profitable exercise of their memory. Amongst other points (now the deeper mysteries of their science they kept secret amongst themselues) they taught their schollers the immortality of the soule, and that after the departure thereof from one body it presently went into another, to make them thereby to be more couragious in battaill, and the lesse to [Page 5] feare death; wherein the Gaules became so well perswaded, that dy­ing, they would vsually haue buryed with them what things they lo­ued best vnto their very bonds, and papers of accompts, as if they meant to demaund, and pay their debts in that other world. The lear­ning hereof was first invented in great Bretaigne, whether such as would more thoroughly be instructed, vsed to repaire. Beside the Dru­ides, they had likewise their Bardi, and Eubagi, whereof these were like­wise in their kind Philosophers, the Bardi onely professing a rude kind of Poetry, or the making, and singing of Ballads in the praise of their victorious auncestours; but neither whereof had any interest in the office of the Priesthood.

The first, by whom here the holy Gospell was preached, wasEuseb. Eccl. Hist. l. 3. c. 4. af­ter Eusebius St Crescens, disciple to St Paul, mentioned in his 2 Epistle vnto Timothy, and 2 Chapter. The City, or place, where he should teach, he setteth not downe. BaroniusBaron. An­nal. Eccl. Anno Christi 118. out of the Roman Martyro­logye nameth Vienna. The Church ofv. P. Ber. Co. Rerum Germ. lib. 3. Mentz otherwise challenge him to be their founder, a city in auncient Gallia, or Gaule, but excluded the present France. The Magdeburgenses from some Histories of the Saints adde Nathaniel, theMagdeburg. Cent. 1. l. 2. c. 2. supposed Apostle of the Bituriges, and Treveri, and Lazarus, whom Christ raised from the dead, & Saturninus, the Apost. of the Massilians & Tholouse. BaroniusBaron. Ann. Eccles. Ann. Christi 95. out of the Roman Martyrologie St Denys Bishop of Paris, St Eutropius of Saintes, St Luci­an of Beauvois, St Taurinus of Eureux, and St Nicasius of Roan, appoin­ted by St Clement, Bishop of Rome, successour to St Peter. That a Church here flourished during those first times amidst streames of blood, tortures, and persecution, besides other testimonies, might wit­nesse the dolefull letter of the distressed Christians of Vienna, and Ly­on sent vnto the Churches of Asia, and Phrygia about the yeare 179, and raigne of the Emperour M. Aurelius Antoninus Philosophus, mentioned by Eusebius in hisEuseb. Eccl. Hist. l. 5. c. 1. 5 booke, and 1 chapter. In the raigne of the Emperour Constantine the Great, Gentilisme abolished, Religion was here, as thorough the whole Romane Empire, publikely pro­fessed, and authorized; exauthorized shortly after by Constantius, and Iulianus, and re-established againe by Iovianus, and the succeeding Catholique Romane Emperours of the West. Towardes the expiration of the Westerne Romane Empire swarme in hi­ther the barbarous Northerne nations in the raigne of the Empe­rours Honorius, and Valentinian the third, by whom Religion is againe eclypsed. Of these the Burgundians, v. P. Or [...]s. lib. 7. cap. 19. a more ciuill people then the rest; were Christians, and Catholiques before their comming hither. The Gothes were Arrians,v. suprà. in which heresie they persisted vntill the raigne of Reccaredus, Monarch of Spaine, and the third Councell of Toledo in the yeare 588, at what time they first became Catholiques. The Frenchmen at their first entrance were Gentiles. Vnder Clovys, or Clodoveus their fift king from Pharamond, after their great victory obtayned against the Almans at Zulp, or Tolbiacum, theyThe French Aunals. first embraced the Christian Faith, wherein with great constancy, and zeale, they haue perseuered vnto our times, thorough their many, and great Conquests, and victories, [Page 6] enlarging afterwards, as their Empire, so the bounds of Christianity o­uer the whole Gaule, or France, and the better part of Germany, with o­ther neighbouring countreyes of Europe; corrupted not long after­wards by Popish impostures, and made subject to the common errours, and misfortunes of the Westerne Churches. The first here, who open­ly durst make head against the abuses, & tyranny of the See of Rome, were the Waldenses, named thusIbidem. from one Peter Waldus, a citizen of Lyon, their chiefe, and called otherwise the Poore men of Lyon in regard of their poverty, and exile, which hapned about the yeare 1160, and raigne of Lewis the seauenth, French King. The Waldenses ouer­borne, and scattered by the power, and greatnes of the Papacy, & hid­vered vnder the ashes for a time, after certaine yeares broke out againe vnder an other name of the Albigenses, called thus from the towne of Alby in Languedoc, where they first made open profession, spreading their opinions ouer the mostIbidem. part of Languedoc, and the Southerne French Provinces, and maintaining their cause by force of armes for a­bout the space of 50 yeares during the raignes of Philip Augustus, and of Lewis the eight, and S. Lewis, or Lewis the ninth, favoured, and main­tained amongst other of the French nobility of the Earles by Tholouse, Foix, Cominges, and Beziers, and assisted by Peter the second, King of Aragon, slaine in their quarrell at the battaile of Muret; after long op­pression, misery, and warre lastly worne out in the raigne of St Lewis, or forced to retire amongst Mountaines, and more difficult places of ac­cesse, where in Daulphinye, Savoy, but more notably in Provence we find a continuall succession of them, certaine remainders whereof were those miserable people of Merindol, and Chabrieres, cruelly slaine and massacred in the raigne of King Francis the first. Some pretended positions of theirs are set downe by b Sieur du Haillan in Philip Augu­stus, andMarian. de Rebus Hispan. l. 12. c. 1. Mariana in his 12 booke, and 1 chapter, for the most part monstrous, false, and most suppositious, after the Popish manner mali­ciously fained to disgrace their cause, and the Orthodoxe Religion. What more vnpartially, and truely they were, see the confession of the WaldensesConfession. Wald. per Balt. Lydium. in Balth Lydius, and IoachimusIoach. Cam. de frat. Orth. Ecclesijs. &c. Camerarius. Those Re­formed covered afterwards vnder the more odious names of the Lu­therans, Calvinists, and Hugonots, and consenting with them in doctrine, and opinion, no lesse persecution afflicts then before during the whole raignes of Francis the first before mentioned, & Henry the second. In the raigne of the next succeeding Prince, Francis the second, the number of the Protestants daylie encreasing, begin first those bloodie ciuill warres for Religion. After the troublesome, & vnfortunate raigns of three bre­thren kings Francis the second, Charles the ninth, and Henry the third, in­finite battailes, and conflicts fought, the takings, and sackings of towns and cities on both sides, the slaughters, and killings of Princes, and heads of both factions, many treaties, and peaces made, and the same still broken, by the happy procurement of the late King Henry the fourth, a lasting, and firme peace is at length granted hereunto; which since his decease his Queene Mary de Medices, Regent of France, and not without some quarrels, and bickerings in the meane time, his sonne [Page 7] Lewis the thirteenth more lately haue confirmed.

Their are then two different names of religions now openly pro­fessed, and allowed in this kingdome, that of the Papists, adhering to the sea of Rome, and the Reformed, or Calvinisme. Of the Popish sect is still the king (for so their stronger side constrayneth him,) most of his Nobilitie, Councelours, and Officers of estate, with the greatest part of the common people. The doctrine of the Protestants differeth not from that of the Church of England. Their order, & discipline is such, which the condition of their state (poore, & afflicted, rather tole­rated, then allowed, & without Bishops, & Tithes, & almost Churches, detayned by the Papists) hath necessarily enforced them vnto. The Ecclesiasticall dignities are all still held by the Popish Cleargie. Of these are reckoned 15 Arch-bishopricks, 109 Bishopricks, 540 Monaste­ries, or Abbeyes, 27400 Pastorall Cures after the number of their Parishes, (accompting but one parish for every city) besides chappels, and infinite other religious places.

Their Bishops, and Arch-bishops follow. Vnder Lions the Primate of the kingdome, the Bishops of Austun, Langres, Chaalon vpon the So­asne; & Mascon: vnder Rheims, Chalon vpō the Marne, Laon, Soissons, Cam­bray, Tournay, Arras, Boulogne, Amiens, Noion, Senlis, & Beauvois: vnder Roan, Sais, Aurenches, Constances, Bayeux, Lyseux, & Eureux: vnder Sens, Paris, Chartres, Orleans, Auxerre, Meaux, Nevers, & Troy: vnder Tours, Mans, Angiers, Renes, Nantes, Cournovaille, Vannes, Leon, Triguier, Dol, St Malo, & S. Brieu: vnder Bourdeaux, Sainctes, Poictiers, Lusson, Mailesais, Perigueux, Sarlat, Condom, and Agen: vnder Bourges, Mende, Castres, le Puy en Velay, Rodes, Vabres, & Cahors: vnder Tholouse, Montaubon, Ri­eux, Mirepoix, Vaur, Lombez, S. Papoul, and Apamies: vnder Narbonne, Carcassone, Besiers, Agde, Lodesve, Nismes, Montpelier, Vzez, Eaule, Aleth, and S. Pont de Tonieres: vnder Aux, Cominges, or S, Bernard, Coserans, Lactoure, Tarbe, Aire, Basatz, D'ax, Baione, Lescar, and Oleron: vnder Aix, Ries, Apt, Gap, Cisteron, and Feriuls: vnder Ambrun, Digne, Se­nez, Clandeve, la Grace, S. Paule de Vences, and Nice: vnder Vienne, Gene­ve, Grenoble, Maurienne, Die, Valence, and Viviers: vnder Arles, Mar­seilles, Tolon, Aurange, and S. Paul: and vnder Avignon, Carpentras, Ca­vaillon, and Tarascon. Heere are likewise the Bishops of Metz, Toul, and Verdun, but subordinate to the Arch-bishop, and Electour of Triers in Germany.

The yearelyv. La [...] descrip­tion, & gouer­nement des Respubliques du Monde par Gabriel Chap­puy [...] (en Fran­ce. revenues hereof, & of other Ecclesiasticall livings, before the ciuill wars, as an inventory takē thereof in the yeare 1543, related by Chappuys, amounted to 12 millions, & 300 thousand pounds, be­sides other casuall, yet ordinary commings in; or as by another esti­mate of Monsieur Allemant, President of Accōpts at Paris, to 712 parts of the whole revenues of France. They are yet litle diminished, the Cleargie possessing in a maner whatsoever they formerly enjoyed.

Concerning the ciuill statc, the whole, as governed by one king, so is incorporated into one only kingdome.

The Lawes, whereby it is governed, are partly the French, or Muni­cipall, and partly where these are defectiue, the civill, or Roman, and [Page 8] partly customes, which in some parts almost onely are in vse, yet which the king may alter at his pleasure, if hee see them to be preju­diciall to the state.

The Professours hereof are only Civilians, brought vp in their Vni­versities, of which there are many in this kingdome especially for this profession in regard of the multiplicity of suites thorough the quarel­some nature of the people.

For the more due administration of justice the realme is divided into many shires, or Balliages, and Seneschausees, as they terme them, be­sides almost infinite subordinate courts; where by their Baillifs, and Seneschaux, and their assistants (which two MagistratesLes Recher­ches de la Fran. par Estienne Pasquiet. after Pasqui­er are all one, and differ but in name) all matters are adjudged both ci­vill, and criminall, but with reference to the high Courts of Parliament, wherevnto they are subject, and whither appeales may be made ac­cording to every ones resort.

These Bailliages, v. Les Anti­quitez, & Re­cherches de France par Andre du Chesne. and Seneschaussees, are thus ranked vnder their se­verall Parliaments. In Bretaigne, the Bailliages of Renes, and Nantes vnder the Parliament of Renes. In Normandy, of Roan, Caux, Gi­sors, Eureux, Alençon, Caen, and Constances vnder the Parliament of Ro­an. Vnder the Parliament of Paris, in Picardy the Bailliages of Ami­ens, Laon, Boulogne, and Abbeville: in Champaigne, of Rheims, Troy, Sens, Vitry, Chaumont, and Auxerre: in Brie, of Chasteau-Thierry, Provins, and Meaux: in France Speciall, of Senlis, and Melun, with the Vicounte, or Prevoste of Paris: in Beausse, the Seneschaussee of Angiers, with the Bail­liages of Orleans, Chartres, Mans, Montfort l' Amaulry, Tours, and Blois: in Berry, the Bailliage of Bourges: in Rochelois, of Rochelle: in Poictou, the Seneschaussee of Poictiers: in Bourbonois, of Moulins: in Lionnois, of Li­ons: in Limaigne, or le Basse Auvergne, of Rions: and in Engoulmois, of Engoulesme. Vnder the Parliament of Bourdeaux, in Limousin, the Se­neschausees of Limoges, and Brive: in Perigort, of Perigueux: in Guienne, of Sainctes, Bourdeaux, Basats, and Lapourd: in Agennois, and Condomois, parts of Gascoigne, at Agen, and Condom. Vnder the Parliament of Tholouse for the rest of Gascoigne, the Seneschaussees of Lactoure, and Tarbe: in high Auvergne, the Seneschaussee of Orillac: in Quercy, of Ca­hors: in Rovergne, of Rhodes: in Languedoc, of Tholouse, Carcassone, and Beaucaire. In Provence vnder the Parliament of Aix, the Seneschaussees of Aix, and Cisteron. In Daulphinie vnder the Parliament of Grenoble the Seneschaussees of Grenoble, Vienne, & Valençe: and in la Bourgoigne vnder the Parliament of Diion, the Bailliages of Diion, Austun, Chalon vpon Soasne, Semur, and la Montagne. Of these 8 Parliaments the chiefe is that of Paris, whether appeale may be made from the other seaven. The Bailliages likewise, and Seneschaussees haue vnder them many subordinate places of Iustice; called by the French les Seiges Royaux, les Chastellenies, and les Bailliages Subalternes, resortable herevn­to, as those are to the Parliaments. Heere are also some peculiar, and exempted places, suiting no superiour courts, such as are the litle Principality of Dombes, with the countries of Avignon, and Aurenge; which two howsoeuer, that they are seated within the maine land of [Page 9] Provençe, acknowledge notwithstanding onely their owne lawes, and Lords, the Pope, & Princes of Aurenge.

The King is hereditary, but where no women by a pretended Sa­lique law, as neither their issue thorough their right, doe inherite.

This law, (as the tradition goeth)v. L. Histoire de France par Bernard de Gi­rard, Seigneur du Haillan (en le Roy Phara­mond. & les Recherches de France par Estienne Pas­quier. was first made by Pharamond, & was so named of the Salij, a French people (called thus from the Ysel, one of the three maine channels of the Rhijn, where they inhabited before their comming into Gaule.) The words thereof are (as my au­thourEn la terre Sali (que) aucune, portion de l' haereditè nè vienne à la femme. L. Hi­stoire de France par Bar­nard de Girard Seigneur du Ha [...]llan (en le Roy Phara­mond. reciteth them) that no women shall haue any portion in the Salique lād, which, although not restrayned to any sort of inheritance, & meant onely of the countrey of the Salij, lying without the limits of moderne France, they vnderstand notwithstanding of the present France, and interpret onely of the kingdome; forced heevnto, for that custome, and examples are manifest of women inheretrices in their Dukedomes, and private possessions. But that this hath beene a meere imposture of the French, Sieur du Haillan, a natiue Frenchman, is plaine; in his History of France, and in the life of Pharamond, freely acknowledging that the words cannot bee vnderstood of the king­dome; that Pharamond never made such a law; and that their perpetu­all male succession they haue not so much by law, as by custome, be­gun in the first, and barbarous race of their Kings, reverenced as a law by the second, and by the third race for the better authority thereof falsely called by the name of Salique, and attributed vnto Pharamond. Hee addeth that neither Aimonius, Gregory of Tours, nor any of the more auncient, and more approved French Historians, ever make a­ny mention of this law, which so remarkeable a thing, if it had beene, they would not haue omitted. It is manifest then this law to haue bin fained, either, as in du Haillan, by Philip le Long to put a barre vnto the title of his Neice, Ioane of France, daughter to Lewis Hutin, them making claime vnto the kingdome (for before that time, as in Pasquier, the kingdome never fell in Quenoville, or vnto the right of women,) or otherwise by Philip de Valois to exclude the title of Ed­ward the third, king of England, his competitour for the kingdome, descended from Isabel, daughter to Philip the fourth, father to Lewis Hutin, and Philip le Long, and if ever since it hath been obser­ved, that this hath bin rather to avoide the exceptions of the English, then that they haue any just reason, or authority for it.

The Prince is stiled by the name of the most Christian King, a title (saith du Haillan) continued in the succession hereof ever since the Regency of Charles Martel, father to king Pepin, and grand-father to Charles the great, to whom it was given for his valiant, and stout de­fence of the Christian Religion against the Infidels.

His Dominions are now nothing so large, as in times past. In the race of Merovee he lorded over all Gaule, and the better part of Germany. Charles the Great, and his son Lewis the Godly were Sole commaunders of all Gaule, of Germany vnto the rivers Eydore, Elb, & Saltza, of Panno­ny, of a great part of Italy, and of Barcelona, or Catalonia in Spaine. Since the vsurpation of Capet he for a long time held subject in the Low­countries [Page 10] the great Earledome of Flanders, with that other of Artois, held alwayes by the Princes thereof vnder the fief, and soveraignety of this Crowne; by the late league of Cambray in the raignes of Hen­ry the second, French King, and Philip the second, King of Spaine, quit­ted from all right, and acknowledgment hereof. At this day he onely retayneth moderne France, limited as aboue, together with the bare title of Navarre, the countrey ever since Ferdinand the fift, being witheld from him by the Spaniard.

The greater causes [...]. in fr [...]. of the declining hereof haue beene: 1 that im­provident devision of the French Empire by the sons of the Emperour Lewis the Godly, whereby not only Gaule, or France within the Rhijn became parted into divers lesser seigneuryes, but Italy, and Germany quite rent herefrom, their kingdomes with the honour, and title of Ro­man Emperour being translated to forraine, & stranger families. 2 The monstrous, alienations of many the chiefer provinces hereof, graun­ted by former Kings with a bare reservation of homage vnto them­selues, by which meanes the great Dukedomes of Aquitaine, and Guien­ne, Bretaigne, Normandy, and Burgundy, the Earledomes of Cham­paigne, and Provençe, with others, contayning aboue one halfe part of the whole France, became for a long time free, and loose from the im­mediate commaund, and jurisdiction hereof; which by marriages, & otherwise, comming into the hands of straungers, or of some not so well affected to this Crowne, haue much disabled him for any great performance, and oftentimes turning their armes here-against haue much endangered the ruine of the whole kingdome, a no small advā ­tage of the English, & cause of the many victories which they atchie­ved in times past against this Nation. 3 The infinite factiōs, wherevnto this vnconstant, and stirring people haue beene still subject, and from the which they haue beene almost never cleare; whereof their wiser neighbours haue still knowne to make good vse. 4 The jealousies of neighbouring princes, especially since the great attempts, and con­quests vpon Milan, and Naples by Charles the eight, and Lewis the twelth; bending their leagues, and setting vp, & enabling the Spaniard against him.

But as his power, and auncient greatnes haue beene hereby much aba­ted, so yet neither haue they beene so empared, but that for solide, & true strength he remayneth now nothing inferiour to any Christian prince of Europe. Indeed he is not Lord of such huge, and spacious dominions, as some others are. Yet if we consider the generall fertility, and riches of his countries, their compaction, and vnitednes, not broken into diverse kingdomes, or parted by Sees, or the interve­ning of forraine states, his store of strong, and well fortified ci­tes, and townes in every province, the infinite number of his French subjects in regard of the extraordinary populousnes of the countrie (the substance of war, & the wall of kingdomes) estimated at 15 mil­lions of inhabitants, and that harmony, and good agreement, which should be amongst a people of the same law, nation, countrey, and language, wee shall finde him to haue sundry advantages aboue ma­ny [Page 11] of his neighbours, firme, strong, great, and not easily to be endange­red by the mainest combination of his adversaries.

An especiall strength, and advantage of the present aboue the for­mer kings, hath beene the incorporation of the many alienated great Dukedomes, and Estates before mentioned, thorough the great wise­dome of his Predecessours still as they were gotten in by warre, or marriage, being inseparably vnited to the crowne hereof.

What his revenues might be from so rich a kingdome, we wil not de­fine. Monsieur Froumenteau in his book entitled les Secrets des Finan­ces, accompteth them for 31 yeares space during the late raignes of Henry the second, & of the three brethren kings at 15623655 17/31 Escus or French Crownes, one yeare with an other: but whereof a great part being then made by the confiscation of Protestants goods, alienations of their demaines, & by the like casualties, incident to troubled States, cannot be accompted ordinary.

The country conteineth now 24 greater divisions, or Provinces, of Bretaigne, Normandy, Picardy, Champaigne, Brie, France Special, Beausse, Poi­ctou, Engoulmois, Berry, Bourbonois, Forest, & Beauiolois, Lionois, Auvergne, Limousin, Perigort, Guienne, Gaiscoigne, Quercy, Rovergne, Languedoc, Pro­vençe, Daulphine, and Bourgogne; divided amongst 8 iuridicall resorts, or Parliaments, of Paris, Roven, Renes, Bourdeaux, Tholouse, Aix, Dijon, and Grenoble. whose descriptions follow, hauing first set downe the aunci­ent estate hereof, with the sundry changes, and successions, people, na­tions, and gouerments, hapning vnto our times; occasioning the pre­sent names, state, and divisions.

THE NINTH BOOKE.

COntayning the description of the more famous Mountaines, and Rivers of France. Their auncient, and moderne names. The auncient name, and Etymologie of Gaule. The distinction hereof into Gaule on this side, and beyond the Alpes. The begin­ning, and occasion of the name of Gaule on this side the Alpes. The bounds, situation, and auncient estate of Gaule on this side the Alpes before the subiection thereof to the Romans, and revni­on with Italy. The auncient limits, and extent of Gaule beyond the Alpes. The first inhabitants of Gaule beyond the Alpes. The intrusion of the neighbouring Germans, and of the Greekes Pho­censes. The foundation of the auncient, and noble city of Mar­seilles. The conquest of Gaule beyond the Alpes by the Romans. The description, and face hereof during the Roman government out of Ptolemy, Pliny, Antoninus, and others. The history, inva­sion, and conquests of the Britons, VVisigothes, Burgundians, Almans, and Frenchmen. The conquest of the whole by the French. The large extent aunciently of the French dominions. The reestablishment of the Roman Empire of the VVest in Char­les the Great, and the French nation. The name of France. The distinction hereof into the parts, and names of Oosten-reich, and VVest-reich. The division of the grand Monarchy of the French by the sons, and posterity of the Emperour Lewis the Godly. The French kingdomes of Germany, and Italy. Their rent from the nation, and name of the French. The kingdomes of Burgundy, Lorraine, and VVest-France. The Dukedomes of Lorraine, Iuli­ers, Cleue, Brabant, Luxemburg, Limburg, and Gelderlandt, the Palatinate of the Rhijn, the Bishopricks of Liege, and V­treicht, the Lantgraueship of Elsatz, the Earledomes of Namur, Hainault, Holland, and Zealandt, parts sometimes of the aunci­ent [Page 2] French kingdome of Lorraine. The vniting of Brabant, Lux­emburg, Lim [...]urg, Gelderlandt, Namur, Hainault, Holland, Zealandt, Vtreicht vnto the Netherlands, and family of Burgundy; and of the rest to the Empire of the Germans. The Dukedomes of Savoy, and of Burgundy on this side the Soasne, and beyond the Iour, the Earledomes of Lions, and Mascon, the free counrye of Burgundy, the kingdome of Arles, the Earle­dome of Provence, Daulphiny, and the Common-wealth, and League of the Switzers, parts of the auncient French kingdome of Burgundy. The vniting of the Dukedome of Burgundy on this side of the Soasne, and of Daulphiny, Lionois, and Pro­vençe to the kingdome of West-France, and of the rest to the Ger­man Empire. The Earledomes of Flanders, and Artois, parts some­times of the kingdome of VVest-France. Their division herefrom, and vnion with the Netherlands, and house of Burgundy. The kingdome of France. The present limits, and extent of France, occasioned thorough so many rents, and divisions. The Etymology, or reason of the present names of the countries of France.

THE MOVNTAINES OF GAVLE, OR FRANCE.

THe Land-markes, whereof we will make vse in the discourse following, are the Mountaines, and Rivers hereof.

The Mountaines, v. C. lul. Caes. Comment. bel­li Gallici. lib. 1. c. 3. & lib. 7. cap. 4. Ptol. Geog. l. 2. cap. 7. 8. & 9. Histoire de Ly­on par Claude de Rubys. Pauli Merulae Cosm. p. 2. l. 3. c. 4. whereof there is made any mention by auncient au­thours, were the Gebenna, Iura, and Vo­gesus.

The Gebenna, (named thus by Cae­sar) was the same with the Mountaines Cemmeni of Ptolemy. Caesar maketh them to part the Auverni from the Helvij, or (as Merula interpreteth) the countrey of Auvergne from Vi­varetz. They are put by Rubys to be the mountaines of Givaudan, and Auvergne.

Iura was that long mountainous ridgeIurassus Clau. Ptolomaei., which divideth now the Free County of Burgundy from Savoy, and Switzerland, or (as in Caesar) the Sequani from the Helvetij. It lyeth wholy out of France in the parts of Gaule, belonging vnto Germany and the Empire; beginning at the confines of the countrey of Basil not far from the Rhiin ouer against the towne of Waldshut, and continuing from thence South-west by the Northern shores of the lakes Bieler se, Nuwenburger se, and Lemane, and ending a litle short of the riuer Rhosne. It is now called by diverse names; towards the beginning, and neere vnto the auncient castle of Habspurg, Botsberg; betwi [...]t the river Soasne, and Forspurg, Schaffmat; betwixt Olten, and the Leiftenantship of Humberg, Nider-Hauwestein; afterwards Ober-Hawestein; further West Wasser-fal; then Iurten by the inhabitants of Savoy; after this, and to the end le Mont. S. Claude.

Vogesus was that, which nowe incircling Lorraine, divideth it vpon the East, and South from Elsats, and the Free Countie of Burgundy. It lyeth likewise wholy without the limits of moderne France in the parts, appertayning to the Empire, and is now (saith Merula) amongst other names called le Mont de Faucilles.

THE RIVERS.

THe more great, and noted riuers hereof, having enter course with the Ocean, and which are the maine channels, and receptacles of the other, are the Rhosne, Garonne, Loyre, Seyne, Scheldt, and the Meuse.

The Rhosne springethRhodanus Caesar Comm. belli Gallic. lib. 1. c. 3. &c. out of the Mountaine, called by the Dutch Die Furcken, being part of the Alpes Lepontiae, the head thereof being distant about two Dutch miles from the spring of the neerer branch of the Rhiin. With a swift, & headlong streame hastning thorough Wal­lislandt, [Page 4] and the Lake Lemane; after having visited the cities of Sion, Ge­neve, Lions, Vienne, Avignon, and Arles, it falleth with six channels in­to the Mediterranean sea. The more noted rivers emptied hereinto are the Soasne Araris Caesar. Com. bel. Gall. [...]b. 1. c. 4. &c., arising out of the Mountaine Vauge not farre from the springs of the Meuse, and Moselle, and by the townes of Chal [...]n, & Mas­con with an imperceptible, & still course, flowing hereinto at Lions: the IsereIsara Ptol. lib. c. 10.: andDruentia Pt. [...]b. 2. c. 10. Durance, sourcing out of the Alpes.

The Garonne Gatumna Cae. [...]om bel. Gall. [...]b. 1. c. 1. &c., hath its head in the Pyrenaean Mountaines, neere vnto a towne named Catalup. After hauing passed by the great cities of Tho­louse, and Bourdeaux; betwixt Xaintogne, and the countrie of Medoc in Guienne it is disburdened into the Aquitanique Ocean. The part hereof, intercepted betwixt the Ocean, and the towne of Libourne, or its meet­ing with the Dordonne, is called the Gironne. Greater riuers, falling hereinto, are the Dordonne, springing out of the Mountaine d'Or in Au­vergne: Loth: Tarn: and Gers.

The Loire arisethLigeris Caes. Com. bel. Gal. [...]b. 7. cap. 5. &c. in the hilly countrey of Velay; the place, where it springeth, being called le Font de Leyre, that is, the head of the Loire. After a long, and pleasant course by the cities of Orleans, Bloise, Am­boise, Tours, and Nantes, below this towne it is receyved into the We­sterne Ocean. Chiefer riuers, emptying herein, are the Allier, sprin­ging in Auvergne neere vnto the towne of Clermont: Cher: Vienne: and the Maine.

The Seine Sequana Caes. Com. bel. Gal. [...]b. 1. c. 1. &c. hath its head in the Dukedome of Burgundie. Taking its course by the cities of Paris, and Roan, at New-haven in Normandy it falleth into the British Ocean. Chiefer rivers, receiued hereinto, are the Oyse out of Picardie, taken in at Poissy: and the Marne Matrona, Caes. Com. bel. Gal. [...]b. 1. c. 1., at Pont-Cha­renton, nere to Paris, streaming from the Vauge, nere Langres.

TheTabuda Ptol. [...]. 2. cap. 9. Scal­ [...]is Caesar. Com. [...]el. Gal. l. 6. cap. 2. & Plin. [...]at. Hist. li. 4. c. 7. Scheldt ariseth in Vermandois. By the cities Cambray, Valencie­nes, Tournay, Gaunt, and Antwerp it is disburdened into the German O­cean by two channels; that vpon the right hand dividing Zealandt, & carryed into the sea betwixt the Iland Walcheren, and Schouwen; & the other by the name of the Honte, parting Zealandt from the continent of Flanders, and flowing into the Ocean betwixt Walcheren, and the town of Sluys. More noted riuers, emptying hereinto, are theSabis Caes. Co. [...]el. Gal. l. 5. c. 8. Sambre: and the Hayne, watring; and dividing Hainault, and occasioning the name of that country.

TheMosa. Caesar. Com. bel. Gal. [...]b. 5. c. 8. Meuse, or Maes springeth out of the Mountaine Vauge in the confines of Lorraine, and of the Free Countrey of Burgundie neere vnto the Monasterie la Voiage in Lorraine. By the more noted townes, and cities of Namur, Luick, Maestricht, Venlo, Grave, Buchoven, Dort, Rotter­dam, Vlardring, and Brill; betwixt this towne, and Graue-sand in the maine land of Hollandt, after hauing receiued in the Wael, and Leck, (two principall branches of the Rhijn) it is disburdened into the Ger­man Ocean. The part hereof from Buchoven vnto below Worcum is cal­led De Nieuwe Maes, or the New Maes for a distinction from the old channell; derived aunciently from Buchoven by the sluces, now called Meedickse Maes, and D'oude Maes, and by the townes of Huesden, and S. Gertrudenberg, afterwards thorough the drowned lands, neere vnto [Page 5] Dort, then betwixt the two Ilands of Vorn, after this betwixt the Iland Corendick, and the towns Bleynckuliet in the more Northerne Vorn, lastly thorough the maine of this Iland at a towne not farre from Brill, na­med Geeruliet, carryed into the Ocean. The new Chanell, or Maes from Worcum by Dort, and Rotterdam vnto Vlardring is promiscuously cal­led by the names of the Niewe Maes; and of the Merwe from a castle so named, whose ruines are yet seene in the drowned land neere Dort. Beyond Vlardring it againe assumeth its former name of the Maes, which it continueth vnto the Ocean.

THE AVNCIENT NAME OF FRANCE.

THE more auncient nameGallia Cae­sar: Com: &c. Celtogalatia Ptol. Geog. l. 2 c. 7. of this country was Gallia, or Gaule, being so called from the milkie whitenesse of the people; com­pared to the Greekes, and Romans, the first imposers.

For the better clearing heereof wee are to distinguish of a twofold Gallia; Cisalpina, or Gaule on this side of the Alpes, and Transalpina, or Gaule beyond the Alpes: for so were those parts named by the Ro­mans in regard of such their situations towards Italy, the seate of their Empire.

GAVLE CIS-ALPINA.

GAule Cisalpina v. Livii Hist. l. [...]. Plutarch. in vit. Furii Ca­milli, & Claud. Marcelli. C. Plin: Nat. hist. lib. 3. c. 15. & l. 4. c. 17. Eutrop. lib. 3. hist. Rom. Carolum Si­gonium in Fa­stos & Trium­phos Consula­res. Iacobi Da­lechampii An­notationes in lib. 3. c. 15. & in lib. 4. c. 17. C. Plinii Nat. hist. was otherwise calledQuod placi­diot esset, & Romano vesti­tu vteretur. Ia­cobi Dale­champij An­not. in l. 4. c. 17▪ Plin. Nat. Hist. & Dionis l. 46. Gallia Togata from the Roman habite, and greater civility of the people, conquered by the Romans before the other, and brought vnto their manners, and custome of liuing. This was a part of Italy, as it is at this day accomp­ted, more aunciently possessed by the Thuscans Gallos traditur famâ dulcedine frugū, maximeque vini novâ cum voluptate captos. Alpes trans [...]jsse, agrosque ab Hetruscis antea cultos possedisse. T. Liv. hist. l. 5., and first chaunging into this new name vpon the comming of the Gaules from beyond the Alpes, desbourding hither vnder Bellovesus, Nephew to Ambigatus, King of the Celtae, in the raigne of Tarquinius Priscus, King of Rome, & those auncient inhabitants driuen out, subduing the Country, and planting therein. The bounds hereof were the Alpes of France, and Germany, dividing it from those Continents, the Tirrhene, and Adria­tique Seas, and the riuers Arno, &Rubicon híc fluvius, quondam Ita­l [...]ae finis. C. Plin. Nat hist. l. 3. c. 15. Rubicon fluvius labitur inter Ariminum, & Casennam, fluitque in Adriaticum ma­re▪ Circa originem Rucon, vel Rugon vocant, cum longius provectus est mare versus▪ Pisciatello. Iacobi Dalechampii in Pli. Nat. hist. lib. 3. c. 15. Annotationes. Rubicon, falling thereinto, and divi­ding it from the rest of Italy. It contayned the parts where now lye the great Dukedome of Milan, those other of Mantua, Ferrara, Parma, and Vrbin, the States of Genoa, and Lucca, Marca Trevisana, and the country of Venice, Romagna, Piemonte, and the dominions of the great Duke of Tuscanye, lying West of the riuer Arno. They were the Gaules of this division, famous in auncient times for their taking, and sacking [Page 6] of the city of Rome, and their great Conquests, and victories in Greece, and Asia before mentioned. After long, and fierce warres with the Ro­mans, the country, and people became at length totally subdued by that nation; which their finall subiection hapned a little before the Se­cond Punique warre, and about the yeare of Rome 531, M. Claudius Mar­cellus, and Cn. Cornelius Scipio being then Consuls. For it was in the Consulships hereof (as in the 3d Booke of Eutropius) that their last war herewith was ended; commenced against the Insubrians. Concerning the after estate hereof, since it was no part of the more auncient, and proper Gaule, see Italy.

GAVLE TRANSALPINA.

GAule Transalpina Strab. Geog. l. 4. Claud. Pto­lem. l. 2. c. 7. et [...]. was divided from Gaule Cisalpina with the Alpes, being bounded on the other sides with the Pyrenaean moun­taines from Spaine, the riuer Rhijn from Germany, with the Sea Medi­terranean, and the Aquitanique, and the British Oceans. It comprehen­ded at this day the Wallons, and Low Countreyes, as farre as the Rhijn, the Dukedomes of Lorraine, Gulick, Sweyburg, & Savoy, the free County of Burgundie, Elsace, Luick, the district of Triers, Stiff van Colen, the Di­ocese of Mentz, parts of the Lower Palatinate, & Dukedome of Cleve, the most part of the Cantons, and Confederacy of the Switzers, toge­ther with the great, and renowned kingdome of France, the subject of this present discourse. This was the true, and proper Gallia, whose sundry fortunes, and estates, successions, and alterations follow.

GAVLE VNDER THE FIRST NATIVES.

THE firstv. T. Livii Hist Rom. l. 5. Caij Iul. Caes. comment. bel. Gallici. Strab. Geog. l. 4. Luc. Flori hist. Rom l. 3. c. 2. Hero­doti Clio. dominion hereof was vnder the Gaules, occasioning the name of the Country, whose antiquity, and first comming hi­ther lye without the reach of History, or times memory; a people much renowned for armes, the victorious Conquerours of neighbou­ring, and remote nations, themselues for a long time remaining vncon­querable. Their government during their first, and rude times was vnder kings, divided amongst many. Amongst these we read of Am­bigatus, king of the Bituriges, or Celtae; Teutomalius of the Salyi; Bituitus of the Auverni, with others not worth the mentioning. In the time of Caesar they consisted for the most part of Common-wealths, the name & authority of kings abrogated. The first of forreine Nations flowing hereinto were the Germans, intruding vpon the parts, neighbouring to the Rhijn, from whom the many people of the warlike Belgae were des­cended. The certaine time of their comming is not set downe. In the raigne of Tarquin the Proud, king of the Romans, and in the 45 Olym­piade, arriue here the Phocenses, a Graecian people inhabiting Phocaea, a City of Ionia in Asia the lesse, subdued, and driuen out of their Coun­try [Page 7] by Harpagus, generall of the army of Cyrus, Monarke of the Persi­ans; the founders here of the noble city of Massilia, the mother of the many after flourishing colonies of Emporiae, Nicaea, Forum-Iulium, Tau­rentium, & Olbia vpon the sea-coast hereof, and of Spaine.

GAVLE CONQVERED BY THE ROMANS.

THe Romans v. T. Li [...]. Epitom. l. 61▪ Lu. Flor. Hist Rom. lib. 3. c. 2. Strab Geog. li. 4. Caij Iu. Caes. Com. Bel. Gal. Pomp. Mel▪ l. 3. Plut. in vuâ Iu. Caesaris. Plin. Nat. Hist. lib. 4. c. 17 Am. Mar­cellini [...] lib. 15. Cassiod Chro. Imperato [...]bus Honor. et The­odosio. Sigoni­um in Fastos, & Triumphos Romanorum. Iacobi Dale­champij Anno­tat. in li. 4. c. 17. N. Hist. Plinij. were the first, who for the desire of rule, and the greater enlargement of their Empire, invaded this country. A­bout the yeare of Rome 628. M. Fulvius Flaccus, and M. Plautius be­ing then Consuls, pretending the iniurie of their cōfederates, the Mas­sillians, fell out here their first war with the Salyi; subdued by this Ful­vius, and by the succeeding Consul C. Sextius, together with their neighbours the Vocontij, & Ligures. Vpon occasion of this war, and of the protection, & aide of Teutomalius, King of the Salyi, in the yeares of Rome 631, and 632 hapned their next wars with the Allobroges, assisted by the Auverni, managed successiuely by two of their Con­suls Cn: Domitius. Ahenobardus, and Q. Fabius Maximus; the issue whereof was the captivity of Bituitus, king of the Auverni with great slaughter of the Barbarians, and the subjection of the whole Southerne part hereof, extended from the sea Mediterranean vnto the Mountains Cemmeni, called afterwards Gaule Narbonensis, first reduced into the order of a Province (as thinketh Sigonius) by this Fabius in the yeare 633 of Romes foundation, and some 5 yeares after that the wars with this Nation beyond the Alpes first begun. Some 70 yeares after­wards C. Iulius Caesar, governour of the province, in ten yeares space by a long, and bloody war conquered the rest hereof, lying North of the Mountaines Cemmeni, and knowne by the nameComata Plin. Nat. Hist. l. 4. c. 17. Comata, quorum po­puli Belgae, Aquitani et Celtae. Pomp. Mel. li. 3. Coma­ta sic appellata, quòd incolae studiosius co­mam alerent. Iacob. Dale­champij in l. 4. c. 17. Plin. An­notationes. of Gallia Coma­ta; all which he reduced vnder the forme of a Province, governed by their Proconsuls, and other names of Magistrates vntill the expiration of the Roman Empire. In the raignes, and Consulships of the Emperours Honorius, & Theodosius the second, and about the yeare of Rome 1164, and of Christ 412, by the gift of Honorius, the Gothes vnder their king Ataulphus first entred into, and tooke possession of Gaule Narbo­nensis; followed immediatly after by the Burgundians, and Frenchmen; with whose swarmes the whole in a short space became ouerspread, the Roman authority, and Empire, as the name of Gaule, becomming hereby quite extinguished.

THE DESCRIPTION OF GAVLE VNDER THE FIRST ROMAN EMPEROVRS.

THe firstv. C. Iul. Caesar. Com. Bel. Gall. lib. 1. c. 1. Strab. Geog. l. 4. Plin. Nat. Hist. l. 3. c. 5. & l. 4. c. 17. division hereof during the Roman government, and those first times, we finde in Caesar to haue beene into the parts of A­quitania, [Page 8] contayned betwixt the Pyrenaean Mountaines, and the riuer Ga­ronne; Celtica extended betwixt the Garonne, & the Seine, & Marne; and of Belgica, reaching from those two rivers of the Marne, and Seine vnto the Rhijn, and the Ocean. He excludeth Narbonensis from the accompt, and name of Gaule; doubtles in regard of the civility of the inhabitants, by their long commerce, and acquaintance with the Romans then growne altogether Italianate, and differing from the o­ther in fashion, and maner of living. Augustus Caesar notwithstanding, afterwards correcting this division, added Gaule Narbonensis herevnto; making hereby 4 parts, or provinces of the whole Gaule, Narbonensis, Aquitania enlarged vnto the Loire, Celtica, orAnte Augu­stum Aquita­nia inter Ga­rumnam fluvi­um contenta, item in tres partes devisa Gallia, Belgicam, Celticam, & Aquitaniam. Augustus Caesar in 4. partes Galliam devisit, ita vt Celtas Narbonen­si Provinciae tribueret, Aquitanos eosdem cum lulio faceret, ijs (que) auctis, decem alias gentes intra Garumnam, & Ligerim inhabitantes, reliquum in duas partes tribueret, vnamque Lugduno ad [...]ungeret vsque ad superiora Rhe­ni, alteram Belgis. Strab. Geog. lib. 4. Lugdunensis, and Belgi­ca; a division long afterwards obserued vntill the raigne of the Empe­rour Constantine the Great, whose exacter bounds with their many peo­ple, and cities follow out of Ptolemy, with reference to Caesar, Stra­bo, and other best authours of those times.

AQVITANIA.

SO calledv. Clau. Pt. Geog. l. 2. c. 7. Strab. l. 4. Pl. Nat. Hist. lib. 4. c. 19. Pomp. M [...]l. l. 3. Caes. Comm. Bel. Gall. l. 7. c. 2. 3. 4. 28. & 32. Interpretatio­nes Montani, & Petri Birtij in Ptol. Geog. lib. 2. c. 7. from the city Aquae Augustae, now D' Acqs in Guienne. The bounds hereof were the Westerne Ocean from the Promontory Oeso of the Mountaines Pyrenaean vnto the mouth of the riuer Loire; the Loire from its head during the whole course thereof vnto its fall into the Ocean, dividing it from Lugdunensis; a line from the head of the Loire vnto the head of the riuer Illiberis in the Pyrenaean Mountaines, se­vering it from Gaule Narbonensis; and the ridge of the Pyrenaean Moun­taines, taken betwixt that line, and the Promontory Oeso, parting the same from Spaine. It comprehendeth now the countries of Gascoigne, Guienne, Velay, Gevaudan, Rovergne, Quercy, Perigort, Limousin, Auvergne, Berry, Engoulmois, Xaintoigne, Nivernois, Bourbonnois, & Poictou, with the Dutchye of Raiz in Bretaigne, besides some parts of other countries, accompted in Lugdunensis. The sundry people, and cities hereof with their interpretations follow.

The Pictones, adjoyning to the Loire, and the Ocean (the Pictones of Caesar, Strabo, and Pliny,) contayning now Poictou, and the Du­chy of Raiz. Whose townes were Augustoritum, now Poictiers. Limo­num. and Sicor Portus, now Luçon. The Santones (the Santones of Cae­sar, & Strabo, and Santones Liberi of Pliny,) now Xaintoigne. Whose citie was Mediolanium, (Mediolanum of Strabo) now Xainctes.

The Bituriges, Vipisci (Bituriges Vbisci of Pliny, and Bituriges Ios­ci of Strabo) now Bourdelois. Whose cities were Burdegala, (Burdega­la of Strabo) now Bourdeaux. Noviomagus. and Santonum Portus.

The Tarbeli (the Tarbelli of Strabo, and Tarbeli Quartuorsignani of Pliny,) now le pais de Lapourd. Whose citie was Aquae Augustae (the AquitaniAquitani, vn­de nomen Pro­vinciae. Plin. N. Hist. lib. 4. c. 19., from whence the name of the Province, after Pliny) now D'Acqs.

[Page 9] The Limvici, neighbouring to the Pictones (the Lemovices of Cae­sar, Strabo, & Pliny,) now Limousin. Whose citie was Ratiastum, now Limoges.

The Cadurci (the Cadurci of Caesar, Strabo, & Pliny,) now Quer­cy. Whose city was Ducona, now Cahors.

The Petrocorij (the Petrocorij of Strabo, and Petrogori of Pliny,) now Perigort: Whose city was Vessuna, now Perigueux.

The Bituriges Cubi (the Bituriges Cubi of Strabo, and Bituriges Li­beri, surnamed the Cubi of Pliny,) now Berry. Whose city was Vari­cum (Avaricum of Caesar) now Bourges.

The Nitiobriges (Nitiobriges of Caesar, & Strabo,) now Agennois, & Condomois. Whose city was Aginum, now Agen.

The Vassarij (the Vassei of Pliny) now Bazadois. Whose city was Cossium, now Bazats.

The Tabali (Gabales of Caesar, Strabo, and Pliny,) now Gevaudan. Whose city was Anderidum, now Lodesve.

The Datij. Whose city was Tasta, now Dau.

The Auscii (the Auscij of Strabo, and Ausci of Pliny, and Mela.) Whose city was Augusta, now Auchs.

Part of the A [...]verni (the Arverni of Caesar, and Strabo, and Arver­ni Liberi of Pliny, placed by Strabo in the Province Lugdunensis;) now Nivernois. Whose city was Augustonemetum, now Nevers.

The Velauni (the Vellaunij of Strabo,) now Velay. Whose city was Ruessium, now Rieux, or S. Flour.

The Rhutani (the Rutheni of Caesar, and Pliny, and Ruteni of Stra­bo,) now Rovergne. Whose city was Segodunum, now Rhodes.

The Cuceneni, neighbouring to the Pyrenaean Mountaines. Whose ci­ty was Lugdunum Colonia, now Oleron.

The more noted Promontories of the Sea-coasts hereof after the same authour were Oeasum, now Olarso. Curianum Promontorium, now Cap de Butz. Santonum Promontorium, and Pictonium Promontorium. The Havens were Santonum Portus. and Sicor Portus, now Lucon. The rivers were Aturius, now Adour. Garumna, now Garonne. Canentellus, now Charente, Ligeris, now the Loire. and Sigmanus.

CELTICA, OR LVGDVNENSIS.Beginning af­ter Caesar and Mela at the Ga­rumna; but accor­ding vnto Stra­bo, Pliny, and Ptolomy at the Loire.

SO calledv. Claud. Ptol. Geog. l. 2. c. 8. Strab. l. 4. Plin. N. His. l. 4. c. 1 8. Pomp. Mel. l. 3. Iul. Caes. Comm. Bel. Gal. l. 1. c. 12. l. 3. c. 3. & 5. lib. 5. c. 21. l. 6. c. 2. 3. 7. & 8▪ & lib. 7. c. 3. 5. 18. 19. 20. 22. 26. 27. 28. 29. 36. &c. Interpret. Montani, & P. Birtij in Claud. Ptol. lib. 2, c. 8. from the famous people of the Celtae, and Lions, the chiefe city thereof. The bounds were the Loire from its first head vnto the Ocean, common therevnto, and to Aquitania; the Ocean be­twixt the falls of the Loire, and the Seine, the Seine during its whole course, and a line, continued right therewith from the spring, or head of the same vnto the meetings of the rivers Doux, and the Soasne, toge­ther dividing it from Gaule Belgique; and another line drawne from the confluence of the rivers Doux, and Soasne, vnto the head of the Loire, and the Mountaines Cemmeni, parting it from Gaule Narbonensis. It contayneth now all Bretaigne (the countrey of Raiz excepted,) Nor­mandy [Page 10] vnto the Seine, France Speciall, Chartrain, Perche, Maine, Aniou, Touraine, the Duchy of Vendosme, the county of Dunois, the countries Blesien, and Tonneres, Orleannois, Lorris, Soulogne, Brie, part of Cham­paigne, Forest, Lionnois, and the Dukedome of Burgundy. The people, and townes hereof were thus ordered.

The Veneti, (the Veneti of Caesar, Strabo, and Pliny;) the part now of Bretaigne about the towne of Vannes. Whose city was Dariorigum; now Vannes.

The Osismij vpon the sea-coast (Osisimi of Caesar, and Osismij of Strabo, Pliny, and Mela,) the part now of Bretaigne about the towne of S. Pol. Whose city was Vorganium, not vnprobably S. Pol.

The Samnitae, neighbouring to the Loire.

The Aulercij Diabolitae (the Diablintes of Caesar, and Diablindi of Pliny.) Whose city was Naeodunum.

The Arubij. Whose city was Vagorit [...]m.

The Namnitae (the Nannetes of Caesar, and Pliny;) the part of Bre­taigne about Nantes. Whose city was Condivincum, now Nantes.

The Rhedones (the Rhedones of Caesar, and Pliny;) the part now of Bretaigne about the towne of Rhenes. Whose city was Condate, nowe Rhenes,

The Biducenses vpon the sea-coast.

The Lexubij (the Lexovij of Caesar, and Pliny;) the part now of Normandy about the towne of Lyseux. Whose city was Naeomagus; probably Lyseux.

The Caletae vpon the sea-coast (the Caletes of Caesar, and Galleti of Pliny, more rightly placed by Caesar amongst the Belgae;) now Caux in Normandy. Whose city was Iuliobona; now Honfleu. These with the Curiosolites, Rhedones, Ambibarri, Osissimi, Lemovices, and Vnelli, with other bordering states vpon the Ocean, Caesar in the 7 booke of his Commentaries, and 32 chap. surnameth the Aremoricae; called thus from their situation vpon the Sea-coast.

The Veneli, vpon the sea-coast (the Vnelli of Caesar, and Pliny.

The Veneliocassij (the Vellocassi of Caesar, and Vellocasses of Pli­ny;) the part now of Normandy about Roan. Whose city was Rothoma­gus; now Roan.

The Auliorci.

The Abrigcatui (the Abrigcatui of Pliny;) the part now of Nor­mandy about Auranches. Whose city was Ingena; now Auranches.

The Cenomanni (the Cenomanni of Pliny;) now Maine. Whose ci­ty was Vindinum; now Mans, Maine, or Vendosme.

The Aulercij Eburaici (the Aulerci, surnamed the Eburovices of Pliny.) Whose city was Mediolanium.

TheMost probably extended fur­ther in regard of the strength, and power of the peo­ple. v. Caesar Co-Bel. Gal. Senones (the Senones of Caesar, Strabo, and Pliny;) now Brie. Whose city was Agedicum (Agendicum of Caesar;) now Provence.

The Carnutae (the Carnutes of Caesar, and Strabo, and Carnuti Fae­derati of Pliny;) now le pais Chartrain, and Orleannois. Whose cities were Autricum; now Chartres. and Cenabum (Genabum of Caesar, and Strabo;) now Oreleans.

[Page 11] The Andicani (the Andes of Caesar, and Andegavi of Pliny;) now Aniou. Whose city was Iuliomagus; now Angiers.

The Parisii (the Parisii of Caesar, Parrisii of Strabo, and Parrhisii of Pliny;) now the country of Paris. Whose city was Lucotecia (Lu­tetia of Strabo, Lutetia of Caesar, seated in an Iland of the Seine;) now Paris.

The Turupij (the Turones of Caesar;) now Touraine. Whose city was Caesarodunum;) now Tours.

The Tricassij (the Trecasses of Pliny;) the part of Champaigne about Trois. Whose city was Augustomana; now Trois.

The Segusiani, neighbouring to the Arverni (the Segutiani of Cae­sar, Segusiani of Strabo, and Secusiani Liberi of Pliny;) now Fo­rest. Whose cities were Forum Segusianorum; now Furs: and Rho­dumna.

The Meldae (the Meldae of Strabo, and Meldi Liberi of Pliny;) the part of Brie, about the towne of Meaux. Whose city was Iatinum; now Meaux.

The Vadicassij (the Vadicasses of Pliny.) Whose city was Naeoma­gus; now Nemours.

The Aedui (the Hedui of Caesar, the Hedui Faederati of Pliny, the Hedui, the most famous people of the Celtae, after Mela, the Hedui of Strabo, honoured with the title of the Romans, the first of the Gaules, embracing their friendship, and confederacy;) now the Dukedome of Burgundy, and Lionnois. Whose cities were Augustodunum (Augu­stodunum, the richest city of the Hedui, after Mela;) now Austun. Ca­ballinum (Cavillonium of Caesar, and Cabullinum of Strabo;) now Chalon vpon Soasne. Lugdunum (Lugdunum of Pliny, a Roman colo­ny, situated in the country of the Secusiani, and Lugdunum of Strabo, the chiefe towne of the Segusiani, inhabited by the Romans, and after Narbo the most populous city of the Gaules, a Mart towne, and the place of mintage for the Roman coynes, vsed in this Province;) now Lion, and Carilocus.

The more noted Ports, or Hauens of Gaule Celtica after the same Au­thour were Crociatonum; a Port of the Veneti. Brivates Portus, now Croisic in Bretaigne vpon the Loire. Vidiana; not vnprobably Blavet. and Staliocanus; now probably the Hauen of Brest. The riuers which he onely mentioneth, were Titius, & Argenis; now Trieu, and Arguennon; falling into the British Ocean at S. Brieu. Here was likewise the Pro­montory Gobaeum; now le Four in Bretaigne.

BELGICA.

v. Claud, Ptol. Geog. l. 2. c. 9. Strab. l. 4. Plin. Nat. Hist. l. 3. c: 5. & l. 4. c. 17. Pomp. Mel. l. 3. Caes. Comment Belli Gallici lib: 1: c: 1: 2: 3: 4: 5. 6: 7: 8: 9: 10: 11: 12: 13: 14. 15: 19. lib: 2: c: 2: 7: 8. 10: 11: lib: 5: c: 1: lib: 6: c: 2. & 12: & lib: 7: c: 32. Corn. Taciti Annal: lib: 1: & Hist: lib: 1: 4: & 5. Interpretat▪ Montani, et P: Birtii in Claudu Ptol. Geog: l: 2: c: 9. BOunded with the Loire, and the line before-mentioned, drawne from the Loire vnto the meetings of the riuers Doux, & Soasne, dividing it from Celtica; the Ocean betwixt the more Easterne branch of [Page 12] the Rhiin vnto the mouth of the Seine; the riuer Rhijn from its first source in the Mountaine Adulas (now der Vogel of the Alpes) vnto its fall into the German Ocean, parting it from Germany; and a line drawne from the Mountaine Adulas, and the spring of the Rhijn vnto the confluence of the riuers Doux, and the Soasne, seuering it from Gaule Narbonensis. The country at this day lyeth for the greatest part out of France. It containeth now Picardy, with parts of Normandy, Cham­paigne, and France Speciall; and in the Low Countryes, and the parts be­longing to the Empire, the Earledomes of Artois, Hainault, and Flanders, Brabant, Holland vnto the middle branche of the Rhiin (derived by V­treicht, and Leyden), the parts of Gelderland, and of the district of V­treicht vnto the said branch of the Rhiin, Zealandt, Limburg, Luxemburg, Namur, Luick, Iuliers, Stiff van Triers, Lorraine, and Bar, West-reich, El­satz, the Free County of Burgundy, the Dioceses of Colen, and Mentz, parts of the Dukedome of Cleue, and of the Lower Palatinate, together with the parts of the Cantons, and Confederacie of Switzers, included with­in the Rhiin. The inhabitants, and their cities follow.

The Atrebatii (the Atrebates of Strabo, and Pliny, and Attrebates of Caesar;) now Artois. Whose city was Rigiacum [...] now Arras.

The Bellovaci (the Bellovaci of Caesar, Strabo, and Pliny;) now Be­auvoisin. Whose city was Caesaromagus; now Beauvois.

The Ambiani (the Ambiani of Caesar, and Pliny;) the part of Picar­dy about the towne of Amiens. Whose city was Samarobriga (Sama­robrina of Caesar;) now Amiens.

The Rhomandues (the Veromandui of Caesar, and Pliny;) now Ver­mandois in Picardy. Whose city was Augusta Rhomanduorum; now St Quintin.

The Vessones (the Suessones of Caesar, the Suessiones of Strabo, and the Suessiones Liberi of Pliny;) now Soissonois. Whose city was Augusta Vessonum; now Soissons.

The Subanecti (the Vlbanectes Liberi of Pliny;) now the country about Senlis in the Dukedome of Valois. Whose city was Rhotomagus.

The Rhemi (the Rhemi of Caesar, and Strabo, and Remi Foederati of Pliny;) the part now of Champaigne about Rheims. Whose city was Durocottum (Duricorta of Strabo;) now Rheims.

The Nervij (the Nervij of Caesar, and Strabo, and the Nervij Libe­ri of Pliny;) now Hainault, and the country about Tournay. Whose city was Baganum, now Tournay.

The Morini (the Morini of Caesar;) now Flanders, and the part of Artois about Terwin. Whose city was Tarvanna; now Terwin.

The Tongri beyond the riuer Tabuda (the Tungri of Pliny;) now part of Brabant. Whose city was Atuacutum; now Antuerpen.

The Menapij beyond the Mace (the Menapij of Caesar, Strabo, and Pliny;) now part of Iuliers. Whose city was Castellum.

The Treveri (the Treveri of Caesar, Strabo, and Mela, and the Tre­veri Liberi of Pliny;) now Luxemburg, and the District of Triers. Whose city was Augusta Treverorum (Augusta of Mela, and Colonia Treverorum of Tacitus; now Triers.

[Page 13] The Mediomatrices, the Mediomatrices of Strabo, and Tacitus, and Mediomatrici of Pliny; the part of Lorraine about the towne of Mets. Whose city was Divodurum, Divodurum of Tacitus; now Mets.

The Leuci, the Leuci of Strabo, and Leuci Liberi of Pliny; part also of Lorraine. Whose city was Tullum; now Toul. and Nasium; now Nancy.

Germania Inferior, or the Lower Germany, extending along the course of the riuer Rhijn from the confluence of that riuer with the Obrincus, or Moselle vnto the Ocean (Germania Inferior of Tacitus;) contayning now Hollandt, Zealandt, Vtreicht, Stiff van Colen, and Cleve. Whose ci­ties were Batavodurum in the Iland of the Batavians (Batavodurum of Tacitus;) now Duer-steden. Vetera Civitas (Vetera Castra, and Vetera of Tacitus;) now Batemborch. Legio trigesima Vlpia, now Berck. Agrippi­nensis (Colonia Agrippinensis of Pliny, and Tacitus;) now Colen. Legio Prima Traiana; now Cobolentz. Mocontiacum (Mocontiacum of Taci­tus;) now Mentz. and Bonna (Bonna of Tacitus;) now Bon.

Germania Superior, or the Higher Germany (Germania Superior of Tacitus,) continued along the Rhijn from the riuer Obrincus, or the Moselle vnto the Mountaine Iura, and the Helvetians; and divided into the many people of the Nemeti (theNemeti Rhe­num accolens, Germaniae. gens. Plin. Nemeti of Pliny, and Nemetes of Caesar,) now part of the Lower Palatinate. Whose cities were Naeo­magus, not vnprobably Spier. and Rufiniana, now Oppenheim. The Van­giones (the Vangiones of Caesar, and Pliny,) now part likewise of the Lower Palatinate, and Elsats. Whose cities were Borbetomagus, now Worms. and Argentoratum, now Strasburg. The Triboci (the Triboces of Caesar, and Tribochi of Strabo, and Pliny,) part of Elsats. Whose cities were Breucomagus. and Elcebus, now Schlestat. And the Rauraci (the Rauraci of Caesar, and Raurici of Pliny,) now the countrey of Basil, and part of Elsatz. Whose cities were Augusta Rauracorum, now Basil; and Argentuaria, now Colmar.

The Longones, (the Lingones of Caesar, Strabo, and Tacitus, & the Lingones Faederati of Pliny;) le pais Langroin. Whose city was Audo­matunum, civitas Lingonum of Tacitus; now Langres.

The Sequani, (the Sequani of Caesar, Strabo, and Pliny;) the Free County of Burgundy. Whose cities were Didattium, now Talcnberg. Visontium, Vesontio of Caesar; now Besançon. Equestris, Colonia E­questris of Pliny; now Neuf-chastel. and Avanticum, Aventicum of Tacitus; now Avenche.

The Helvetij, the Helvetij of Caesar, and Tacitus; now Switzer­landt. Whose cities were Ganodurum, now Constents. and Forum Ti­berij; now Rhysers stul Zurich.

The more noted Mountaines of Belgica after the same authour were the Iurassus, Iurassus of Strabo, and Iura of Caesar, and Pliny; now the Iour: And Adulas Mons; now der Vogel; a part of the Alpes. The Pro­montories, or Havens were Promontorium Itium, Portus Iccius of Cae­sar; now Calais, or S. Omar. and Gessoriacum Navale amongst the Mo­rini; now Boulogne. The riuers were Phrudis; now the Some. Tabuda, Scaldis of Caesar, and Pliny; now the Scheldt. Obrincus, Mosella of [Page 14] Ausonius; now the Moselle. The Mosa, Mosa of Caesar; now the Mace. and the Rhijn. The greater channels of the Rhijn, whereby that famous river was disburdened into the Ocean, were Ostium Occidentalius, the Wahalis of Caesar; now the Wael. Ostium Medium, falling then into the Ocean at Lugdunum of the Batavi, since diverted another way by the Lecke. and Ostium Orientalius, Fossae DrusinaeFossae Dru­sinae C. Sueto­nij Tranquilli in Claudio. Fossa DrusianaTac. Annal. l. 2. of Suetonius; now the Ysel.

NARBONENSIS.

Narbonensis Provincia, Bra­cata ante dicta, à reliquâ Galliâ latere Septen­trionali, Monti­bus Gebennâ, et Iura cincta, ag [...]orum cultu, virorum, mo­rum (que) dignati­one, amplitudi­ne opum nulli Provinciarum postferenda, breviter Italia verius, quam Provincia. Pli. N. Hist. l. 3. c. 5. Bracata [...] Bra­chis nominata, nempe tunicâ, quae sago impo­nebatur, quâ in Curiâ deposi­tâ, latum Cia­vum Gallos sumpsisse Sue­tonius in Caio Caesare tradit. Provincia Ro­mana privatim quoque haec dicta est, quòd prius à Roma­nis superata, et in Provinciam reducta leges Romanas▪ moresque accepissit. Iacob. Delechampij Annot: in Plin. Nat. Hist: lib: 4: c: 17. Vlterior Provincia. C. lul. Caes. Com. Bel. Gal. l. 1. c. 4.

v. Clau. Pt. G. l. 2. c. 10. Strab. l. 4. Pl N Hist. l. 3. c. 5. Po. Me. l. 2. Iul: Caes. Co: l. 1. c. 3. 4▪ 5. & 15. l. 3. c. 3. & 9. & l. 7. c. 4. & Com: Bel. Civ. l. 2. c. 1. etl▪ 3. c. 13. In­terp: Montani, et P: Bertij in Ptol. l. 2, c. 10. CAlled thus from the chiefe city thereof, Narbona. The bounds were vpon the North, those before described, common here­vnto, and to Aquitania, Belgica, and Lugdunensis; and vpon the other sides the Alpes, extended betwixt the Mountaine Adulas vnto the sea Mediterranean, and the mouth of the riuer Varo, parting it from Italy; the Pyrenaean Mountaines from towards the head of the river Illiberis vnto Veneris Templum, now Cabo de Creux, dividing it from Spaine; and the Sea Mediterranean, intercepted betwixt Veneris Templum, and the mouth of the riuer Varo. It contayned the countries of Languedoc, Pro­vence, Savoy, and Daulphinie, with the Land of Russeillon, nowe belon­ging to the Crowne of Spaine. The people, and cities were these.

The Volcae, Tectosages, and Arecomij (the Volcae of Pliny, the Volgi, and Volcae of Caesar, the Volgae, surnamed the Arecomici of Strabo, neighbouring to the Rhosne, and inhabiting the greatest part of the country, lying vpon the West thereof; the Tectosages, part of the Volcae, after Pliny, & the Tectosages of the Volcae, reaching vnto the Pyrenaean Mountaines, after Strabo; the Arecomici of Caesar, Pliny, Mela, and Strabo,) contayning now together the Province of Lan­guedoc, and the Earledome of Russeillon. Whose cities were Illiberis (I­liberis, of Pliny, Ilybirris, with a riuer of the same name, after Strabo, Eliberri of Mela;) now Colibre. Ruscinum (Ruscino Latinorum of Pli­ny, Ruscino a towne, with a riuer of the same name, issuing forth of the Pyrenaean Mountaines, after Strabo, and Colonia Ruscino of Mela;) where now standeth the Castle of Russeillon, neere vnto the town of Perpignian. Tolosa Colonia (Tolosa of Caesar, Tolosa of the Tectosa­ges of Pliny, Tolosa of Strabo, & Tolossa of the Tectosages, of Mela, one of the most wealthy cities of Gaule Narbonensis;) now Tholouse. Cessero (Cessero of Pliny;) now Castres. Carcaso, Carcasu of Pliny; now Carcasone. Betirae, Biltera of Strabo, a well fortified citie vpon the river Obris, Blitera of the Septumani after Pliny, one of the most rich ci­ties of Gaule Narbonensis, and Bliterae, a colonie of the Septumani af­ter Mela; now Beziers.

Narbon Colonia (Narbo of Caesar, & Strabo, Narbo Martius, a colo­ny of the Decumani, after Pliny, Narbo Martius, a colony of the A­tacini, and Decumani, and the chiefe of the cities of Gaule Narbonen­sis [Page 15] after Mela;) now Narbonne. Nemausum Colonia (Nemausus, the chiefe city of the Arecomici, after Strabo, Nemausum of the Areco­mici, a towne free of the Latines, & the chiefe of 24 other towns, after Pliny, Nemausus of the Arecomici, one of the wealthiest cities of Gaule Narbonensis (Mela;) now Nismes. and Vindomagus.

The Elycoci (the Helvij of Caesar.) Whose city was Albaugusta, now Viviers.

The Allobroges (the Allobroges of Caesar, Strabo, Pliny, and Me­la,) Savoy, and part of Daulphinie Whose city was Vienna (Vienna vpon the Rhosne, the chiefe towne of the Allobroges, after Strabo, Vienna, a colony amongst the Allobroges, after Pliny, Vienna of the Allobro­ges, one of the most rich cities of Gaule Narbonensis, after Mela;) now Vienne.

The Segalauni (the Segovell auni of Pliny) part of Daulphinie. Whose city was Valentia Colonia (Valentia of Pliny, in the countrey of the Ca­vares;) now Valence.

The Tricasteni (the Tricastini of Pliny.) Whose city was Naeomagus; now Nion.

The Cavari (the Cavares of Strabo, and Mela, and Regio Cavarum of Pliny,) part now of Daulphinie, and Provençe. Whose cities were Accusianorum Colonia; now Grenoble. Aveniorum Colonia (Avenio of Strabo, Avenio of the Cavares, free of the rights of the auncient La­tines, after Pliny, Avenio of the Cavares, of the most wealthy cities of Gaule Narbonensis, after Mela;) now Avignon. Arausiorum Colonia (Arusio of Strabo, Arausio, a colony of the Secūdani, after Pliny, Arau­sio of the Secundani, of the most wealthy cities of Gaule Narbonen­sis, after Mela;) now Aurange▪ and Cabelliorum Colonia (Cabalio of Stra­bo, and Cabellio of Pliny;) now Cavaillon.

The Salices (the Salyi of Pliny, and Montana Salyum regio of Stra­bo;) now part of Provençe. Whose cities were Taruscum (Tarascon of Strabo;) now Tarascon. Glanum (Glanum of Pliny, and Glanon of Mela;) now Clandeve. Arelatum Colonia Arelate, a noted Emporie vpon the Rhosne, after Strabo, Arelate, a colonie of the Sextani, after Pliny, Arelate of the Sextani, one of the most wealthy cities of Gaule Nar­bonensis, after Mela;) now Arles. and Aquae Sextiae Colonia (Aquae Sex­tiae of the Salyi, after Pliny, Aquae Calidae, or Sextiae, founded by that Sextius, which subdued the Salyes, and named thus from him, & the hot bathes their springing, after Strabo;) now Aix.

The Memini (Memini of Pliny,) part of Provençe. Whose city was Forum Neronis, (Foroneroniensis of Pliny.)

The Vocontij, (the Vocontij of Caesar, Strabo, Pliny, and Mela) part of Provençe. Whose townes was Civitas Vasiorum (Vasia of Pliny, and Mela;) now Vaison.

The Sentij, part of Provençe. Whose city was Dinia (Dinia of Pliny;) now Digne.

The sea-coast townes of Narbonensis were Agathopolis (Agatha, foun­ded by the Massilians, after Strabo, Agatha, a towne of the Massilians, after Pliny, Agatha of Mela;) now Agde. Anatilorum civitas, Colo­nia [Page 16] (Anatilia of Pliny;) now Martegue. Massilia in the Comonni (Mas­silia of Caesar, and Mela, Massilia, a confederate city, inhabited by a colony of the Greekes Phocaeenses, after Pliny, Massilia, built by the Phocaeenses, a well governed common-wealth, and commaunded by the Nobility, after Strabo;) now Marseilles. Tauroentium; now Toulon.

Olbia (Olbia of Strabo, and Mela;) now Eres. Forum Iulium Colonia (Forum Iulium of Strabo, Forum Iulium, a colony of the Octavani, after Pliny, Forum Iulium, a colony of the Octavij, after Mela;) now Feriuls. and in the Deciatij (Deciates ofDeceates Flo­ri l. 2. c. 3. Hist. Rom. Florus, and Regio Deciati­um of Pliny,) Antipolis (Antipolis of Strabo, and Pliny;) now Antibe.

The Rivers were Illeris; now Techo in the land of Russeillon. Iliberis; now Aude in Languedoc. Atagis. Orobius; now Orbe. Araurius, now Erhaud. Fossae Marianae, a dreane, or channell of the Rhosne; now Ai­gues Mortes. Rhodanus; now the Rhosne. Canus. Argentius in the Comon­ni; now Argentine. Varus; now Varo, the common bounds of Gaule, and Italy: disburdened into the French seas. Arar (Araris of Caesar;) now the Soasne. Isara, now the Isere. Druentia, now Durance; empty­ed into the Rhosne. and Dubis, Alduabis of Caesar; now le Doux in the Free countye of Burgundy, falling into the Soasne.

Heere were likewise the Lake Lemanus (Lemanus of Caesar;) the Lake now of Geneve. and the Promontory Citharistos in the Comonni; now Cercilli, or Cabo de S, Sigo.

The Ilands hereof were Agatha. Blascon, most probably Languillade. the Staechades, being fiue in number, and lying neere vnto the mouth of the riuer Varo▪ and Lerona, now S. Margarita.

Vnto these of Ptolemyv. Pli. N Hist. l. 4. c. 19. &c. Strab. Geog. li. 4. Pomp. Mel. lib. 2. Iul. Caes. Com. Bel. Gal. l. 3. c. 9. l. 4. c. 7. & lib. 7. c. 5. 6. & 32. are added by Pliny in Aquitania the Beger­ri; now the country of Begorre. The Convenae; now Cominges. The Elu­sates (the Flussates of Caesar;) now Foix. The Conserrani, now the coun­trie about the towne of Coserans. The Ambilatri. Anugnates. Sediboni­ates. Cocosates. Venami. Onobrisates. Belendi. Monesi. Osquidates Mon­tani. Sibyllates. Camponi. Bercorates. Bipedimni. Sassumini. Vellates. Tor­nates. Sottiates, (Sontiates of Caesar.) Osquidates Campestres. Succasses. Latusates; now the country about Lactoure. Basabocates. Sennates. C [...]m­bolectri. and Agesinates. In Lugdunensis, the Boij (the Boij of Caesar;) now Bourbonois. The Cariosuelites (the Curiosolites of Caesar) now Cour­novaille. The Vidugasses. & the Itesui. In Narbonensis the Vulgien­tes; now the country of Apt. The Tricorij, Tricorij of Strabo. Avatici. Tricolli. Camatullici. Suelteri. Veruccini. Oxubii, (Ligures Oxybii of Strabo.) Ligauni. Suetri. Quariates. Adunicates. Alabecerii. Apollinares. Ceninenses. Cambolecti, surnamed the Atlantici. Livii. Piscenae. Ruteni. Sanagenses. Tascodunitani. Cononienses. Vmbranici. Sardones. Desuvia­tes. Consuarani. Avantici. Campi Lapidei, (Campus Lapideus betwixt Massilia, and the mouth of the river Rhosne, after Strabo, LittusLittus Lapi­deum, in quo Herculem con­tra Albionem, & Bergiona, Neptuni filios dimicantem, cum tela defe­cissent, ab invo­cato Iove adiu­tum imbre la­pidum ferunt. Credas pluisse adeo multi passim, & latè iacent. Pomp. Mel. lib. 2., La­pideum after Mela;) now la Craux in Provençe. and the Ebroduntii; now le pais Ambrunois in Daulphinie. In Belgica the Toxandri. Pagus Gesso­riacus; now Boulognois. The Vbii, (the Vbii of Caesar, the Vbii, brought hither from the farther shore of the Rhiin in Germany by Agrippa, after Strabo;) now the Diocese of Colen. The Oromansaci. Hassi. Casto­logi. [Page 17] Britanni. Sueconi. Rinuci. Frisiahones. Betasi. and Gagerni. Of townes Apta Iulia; now Apt. Carpentoracte; now Carpentras. Alba Helvorum. Au­gusta Tricastinorum; now S. Antoni de Tricastin. Aeria; now le Puy en Velaye. Bormannico. Marcina. Athenopolis of the Massilians. and Lucus Augusti.

Strabov. Strab. Ge­og. l. 4. lulii Caesaris Com­ment. Belli Gallici lib. 1. c. 6. l. 3. c. 1. l. 4. c. 7. l. 5. c. 8. l. 6. c. 14. & l. 7. c. 22. & 26. addeth in Belgica, the Sicambri (the Sicambri of Caesar;) now Cleuelandt. The Eburones (the Eburones of Caesar;) now part of Iuliers. and the Nantuates, seated at the head of the Rhiin (the Nantua­tes of Caesar;) now part of the Grisons. In Narbonensis, the Massilien­ses. Iconij. Pe [...]yli. and Ligures. with the townes Vrgenum. Contium. Gernum. and Vndalus, at the meetings of the riuers Sulga, & Rhodanus.

In Aquitania amongst the Arverni, the townes Nemossus vpon the Loire. and Gergovia (Gergovia of Caesar;) now Gergoie, a village by Clermont in Auvergne. In Lugdunensis Bibracta, a city of the Hedui (Bi­bracte of Caesar; now Beaulne in the Dukedome of Burgundy.

Melav. Pomp. Mel. l. 2. addeth the Atacini, named thus from the riuer Atax, vpon which they inhabited. and the towne Citharistes.

Caesarv. C. Iul. Cae­saris comment. Bel. Ga. l. 3. c. 1. l. 2. c. 2. & l. 7. c. 5. 29. 32. & 36. addeth the Ambarri, a part of the Aremoricae. The Mandu­bij; now part of the Dukedome of Burgundy. The Seduni, part of the Vp­per Wallislandt. The Veragri; now the Lower Wallislandt. The Catuaci. and the Condrusones. with the townes of Vellaunodunum of the Senones. Matiscona of the Aedui; now Mascon. Alesij of the Mandubij; now A­lize, a village, neere vnto Semur in the country of Auxois. and Octodurus of the Veragri now Martinach in Wallislandt.

THE DESCRIPTIOM AND ESTATE of Gaule after the Emperour Constantine the Great, towards the expiration of the VVesterne Roman Empire.

THis was the face of Gaule during the first ranke of the Roman Em­perours.v. Antonini Aug. Itiner. & Catal. Provin­ciarum, & civit. Galliae. Rufi Festi Breviari­um. Notitiam Provinciarum. Comment. Guidonis Pan­cirolli in No­ [...]t. Provincia­rum Imperii Occi dentis. Ammiani Mar­cellini hist. l. 15. P. Merulae Cos. p. 2. c. 3. & P. Birtijcom. l. 1. Constantine the Great for the better goverment hereof, subdivided those greater into 17 lesser divisions, or Provinces: which for a more full survey hereof, and because of some difference of names with the former, I haue inserted out of the Catalogue of the Provinces, and cities of Gaule, ascribed to Antoninus Augustus, with relati­on to Rufus Festus, Ammianus Marcellinus, and to the Authour of the Notitia. These with their cities, and Interpretations follow.

PROVINCIA LVGDVNENSIS Lugdunensis prima Ammi­an. Marcelli [...] hist. l. 15. et Notit. Provin­ciarum. prima.

COntayning now Lionois, with part of the Dukedome of Burgundy. The cities hereof were Civitas Lugdunensis, the Metropolis, and ci­vitas EduorumAugustodu­num. Antonini Aug. Itin. civitas Lingonum, Castrum GaballionenseCavellio. An­ton. Aug. Itin., and Castrum Matisconense; now Lions, Authun, Langres, Chalon vpon Soasne, and Mascon.

Provincia LugdunensisLugdunen­sis Secunda Notit Prov. et Am. Marcel. hist. l. 15. Pro­vinciae Lugdu­nenses duae. Rufi Festi Bre­viarium. secunda.

COntaining now the Dukedome of Normandy. The cities were civi­tas Rotomagensium, the Metropolis; and civ▪ Baiocassium, civ: Abrin­cuntum, civ: Salarium (id est) Saiorum, civ: Lexoviorum, and civ: Constantia; now Roan, Baieux, Auranches, Sais, Lyseux, and Constances.

Provincia LugdunensisLugdunen­sis Tert [...]a. No­tit. Provinc. tertia.

COmprehending now Touraine, Maine, Aniou, and Bretaigne. The ci­ties were civ: Turonum, the Metropolis; and civ: Cenomannorum, civ. Redonum, civ. Andicavorum, civ: Namnetum, civ: Corisopitum, civ: Cianctium, id est Venetum, civ: Osismorum, and civ. Diablintum; now Tours, Mans, Renes, Angiers, Nantes, Kemper-Corentin, Vannes, and Leon, with the towne of Carifes.

Provincia LugdunensisProvincia Lugdunensis Senonia. Not. Provinc. quarta.

COntaining now Beausse, Brie, Auxerrois, with parts of Champaigne, and of France Speciall. The cities hereof were civitas Senonum, the Metropolis; & civ.Pro (Carnu­tum. Carnorum▪ civ. Antisiodorum, civ. Tricassium, civ. A [...] ­relianorum, civ. Parisiorum, and civ. Meldu [...]rum: now Sens, Chartres, Au­xerre, Trois, Orleans, Paris, and Meaux.

Provincia BellicaBelgica Pri­ma. Notit. Pro­vinc. et Am. Marcel. hist. l. 15. prima.

COntaining Lorraine with the district of Triers. The cities hereof were civitas Treverorum, the Metropolis; and civ. Mediomatricum, id est Metis, civ. Leucorum, id est Tullo, and civ. Veredonensium; now Trier, Mets, Toul, and Verdun.

Provincia BellicaBelgica se­cunda. Am. Marcel. hist. l. 15. et Notit: Provinc. Bel­gicae duae. Bufi Festi Breviar. secunda.

COntaining now Artois, Picardy, parts of Champaigne, and France Speciall, with the countreyes of Cambray, and Tournay. The cities hereof were civ. Remorum, the Metropolis; and civ. Suessianum Pro (S [...]es­sonum▪, civ. Ca­talaunorum, civ.Pro (Vero­manduorum. Veromannorum, civ.Pro (Atre­batum. Atravatum, civ. Camaracensium, civ. Turnacensium, civ. Silvanectum, civ. Bellovacorum, civ. Ambianensis, civ. Morinum, id est Ponticum, and civ. Bononensium; now Rheims, Sois­sons, Chaalon vpon Marne, S. Quintin, Arras, Cambray, Tournay, Senlis, Beauvois, Amiens, Terwin, and Boulogne.

Provincia GermaniaGermania prima Am: Mar [...]cel. Hist: l: 15: et Notit. Provinc. prima.

COntayning now Sungow, Elsats, West-reich, the Bishoprick of Ment [...], and the part of the Palatinate on the side of the Rhijn. The cities were civitas▪ Magontiacensis Magontiacus. Am: Marc: l: 15: Histor., the Metropolis, now Mentz; and civ. Argentoratus Am: Mar [...]: ibid. Argentoracensium, civ: Nemetum (id est Spira,) & civ: Vangionensis (id est Wormensis;) now Strasburg, Spire, and Worms.

Provincia GermaniaGermania se­cunda. Notit: Provin: et Am: Marc: ib: Ger­maniae duae Ru­fi Festi Breviar. secunda.

COntayning now the district of Colen, Iuliers, Cleve, Luick, Brabant, Namur, Hainault, Limburg, Luxemburg, Gelderland, Vtreicht, Flan­ders, Holland, and Zealand. The cities hereof were civ:Agrippina Am. Marc. ib. Agrippinen­sis, the Metropolis, and civ:Tungri Am: Marc: ib: Tungrorum; now Colen, and Tongeren.

Provincia Maxima SequanorumMaxima Se­quanorum Ru­fi Festi, & Not. Provinciarum.

COntayning now the Free country of Burgundy, and Switzerland. The cities hereof were civ:Bisontij Am. Marc. ibidem. Vesontiensis, the Metropolis, now Besançon; and civ: Equestrium Equestris An­ton. Augusti I­tinerar., now Lausanne, civ: Eluntiorum, now Avanches, civ: Basiliensium (id est Basilea,) now Basil, civ: Noidenolex Aventicus, Castrum Vindonise, Castrum Argentua [...]ia Antonini Au­gusti Itinerar. Argentariense, now Colmar, and Castrum Rauracense, (id est) Abucina.

Provincia AlpiumAlpes Graiae, et Paeminae Am: Marc. lib. 15, et Notit. Provin. Alpes Graiae Ruf. Festi. Graiarum, & Paeninarunt.

COntayning now Wallislandt, and part of Savoy. The cities hereof were civ: Centronum (id est) Tarantasia, the Metropolis, now Ta­rantaise; and civ: Valensium (id est) octodurus; now S. Mauris, or Ma [...] ­tinach.

ProvinciaViennensis Am: Mar. li. 15. Rufi Festi, et Notit. Provinc. Vienniensis.

COntayning now Daulphinic, Provinçe and Vivaretz, with part of Savoy. The cities were civ: Vienniensium Vienna. Am. Marc▪ lib. 15., the Metropolis, now Vienne; and civ: Gennave [...]sium Geneva Cae­saris Com. Bel. Gall., civ:Gratianopo­lis. Gratianopolitana, civ: Albensi­um, civ. Vivario, civ: Decensium, civ:Valentia Am. Marcel. lib. 15. Valentinorum, civ: Avenico­rum, civ. Arelatensium Arelate Am. Marcel. l. 15., civ: Carpentoratensis, civ: Massiliensium, civ: Tricastini Am. Marc. l. 15. Ricartinorum, civ: Vasionensium, civ: Arausinorum, and civ: Cabel­licorum, now Geneve, Grenoble, Alby, Viviers, Die, Valence, Avignon, Arles, Carpentras, Marscilles, S. Antony de Tricastin, Vaison, Aurange, and Cavaillon.

ProvinciaAlpes Mariti­ [...]ae Am. Marc. lib. 15. et Notit. Provinc. Alpium Maritimarum.

COntayning now parts of Daulphinie, and Provençe. The cities here­of were civitas Ebroduno, the Metropolis, now Ambrun; and civ: Diniensium, now Digne, civ: Saniciensium, id est Sanicisio, now Senas, civ: Clannetena, now Glandeves, civ: Venciensium, id est Ventio; now S. Paul. de Vençes, civ: Rigomagensium, civ: Solliniensium, and civ: Cemetenensium.

Provincia NarbonensisNarbonensis Prima. Notit. Provinciarum. prima.

COntayning now Languedoc. The cities hereof were civitas Nar­bonensium Narbona Am: Marcellini. l. 5., the Metropolis, now Narbonne; and civitasTolosa Am. Mar. ib. Tolosatum, id est Tolosa, civ: Beterrensium, civ: Agatensium, civ: Nemausensium, civ: Megalonensium, civ: Lutuensium, id est Lutava castrum, and civ: V­cetiensis; now Tholouse, Beziers, Agde, Nismes, Magalone, Lodesve, and Vsets.

Provincia NarbonensisNarbonensis Se cunda. No­tit. Provinc. Secunda

COntayning now part of Provence. The cities hereof were civitas Aquensium, the Metropolis, now Aix; and civ: Aptensium, civ: Re­tensium, id est Reias, civ: Foro-Iuliensium, civ: Appencensium, civ: Segeste­rorum, and civ:Antipolis Am. Marcellini: l. 15. Antipolitana; now Apt, Ries, Feriuls, Gap, Cisteron, and Antibe.

Provincia AquitaniaAquitania pri­ma Notit. Pro­vinciarum. prima.

COntayning now Berry, Auvergne, Rovergne, Quercy, Limousin, with Gevaudan, and Velay in Languedoc. The cities hereof were civitas Bituricum, now Bourges, the Metropolis; and civ: Arvernorum, civ: Ro­tenorumRutheni Cae­saris. v. supra., civ: Albigensium, civ: Gadurci Cae­saris. Cadorcorum, civ: Lemavicum, civ: Gabalum, and civ: Vellaunorum; now Clermont en Auvergne, Rodes, Al­by, Cahors, Limoges, Mende, and le Puy en Velay.

Provincia AquitaniaAquitania se­cunda Notit. Provinciarum. Aquitaniae duae Rufi Festi. secunda

COntayning now Poictou, Xantoigne, Engoulmois, and Perigort, with Bourdelois, and Agennois in Gascoigne, and Guienne. The cities here­of were civ:Burdegala Am. Marcelli­lib. 15. Burdegalensium, the Metropolis, now Bourdeaux; and civ:Aginum Ptol. Agennensium, civ: Etolisnensium, civ: Santonum, civ:Pictavi Am. Marcellini lib: 15. Pictones Caesaris. Pictavo­rum, and civ: Petrogoriorum; now Agen, Engoulesme, Sainctes, Poictiers, and Perigueux.

Provincia Novem-populoniaNovem-po­pulana Rufi Fe­sti. Nouem po­puli Am. Marc: et Notit: Pro­vinciarum.

COntayning the rest of Guienne, and Gascoigne, with the Principali­ty of Bearn. The cities hereof were civ:Ausci Amm: Marcellini l: 15. Ausciorum, the Metropo­lis, now Auchs; and civ:Aquae Augustae Ptolomaei. Aquensium, civ:Latusates Pli­nij. Lastoracium, civ: Conve­narum, civ:Conserrani Plinij. Consantanorum, civ: Boatum, quod est Bot, civ: Beranen­sium, id est Benainas, civ: Aturensium, civ:Vasatae. Amm: Marcellini l. 15. Vasatica, civ: Tursaubica Tralugorra, civ: Elleronensium, and civ: Ellosaticum; now D'acqs, La­ctoure, Cominges, Coserans, le pais de Buchs, and Bearn, Aire, Basats, Tar­be, Oleron, and Euse en Gascoigne.

Of these Viennensis, Lugdunensis prima, Germania prima, Germania Secunda, Belgica prima, and Belgica secunda according to the Authour of the Notitia were Consulary Provinces. The rest were Praesidiall. Rufus Festus accompteth only 14 Provinces; differing from the Authour of the Notitia in that he maketh but two Lugdunenses, and onely one Narbonensis.

The INVASION, and DOMINION of the NORTHERN, and BAR­BAROVS Nations.

SVch was the estate of Gaule during the subiection hereof vnto the Romans, quite changed by the invasion, and conquests of the Nor­thern, and Barbarous Nations, and becomming divided into sundry new kingdomes, and names; that more auncient of the Gaules extin­guished. These were the Britons, Burgundians, Visigothes, Almans, and Frenchmen: whose first entrance, raigne, continuance, and successon, and the Estates occasioned from them, follow in order.

THE BRITONS.Britanni, & Britones.

THeseGalfr. Mon. Hist. Brit. l. 5. c. 12 &c. Hent. H [...]n­tingdon. Hist. lib. 1. & l' Hi­stoire de Bre­taigne par Bartrand. d' Argentre, Sieur de Gosnes. not vnprobably were a remainder of the auncient Gaules, shut vp within Gaule Armorique thorough the con­quests, and invasion of the French, and other barbarous intru­ders, and named thus either from the Britanni, a people mentioned Britanni Pli. Nat. Hist. l. 4. c. 17. by Pliny in the neighbouring Gaule Belgique, or thorough an after mistake in regard of their common language with the Britons of the Iland, which after Caesar, and Tacitus,vid. supra. was the same of both nati­ons. More certainely otherwise (not to contradict the vsuall, and re­ceived opinion, although without the assertion of more auncient Greeke, and Latine Authours, who liued about those times (a beliefe grounded only vpon the authority of Gal. Monumeth. and other late English, & French Historians) they were no other then a colony of the Britons Insulaires about the yeare 385, and in the raignes of [Page 22] the Emperours Gratian, and Theodosius the first, brought hither, and planted in Gaule Armorique by Maximus, Liefetenant of the Iland for the Romans, then rebelling & vsurping the Westerne Empire against Gratians to secure thereby his retreate into that Iland, if by chance of warre, or otherwise he should be forced againe to leaue the continent. The tyrant Maximus shortly after being vanquished, and slaine by the Emperour Theodosius, they became a free estate, loose from all for­raine subjection, neglected by the Romans, and the succeeding French­men, busied with other greater, and more weightie affaires; and rein­forced not long after with other great disbourdments of the same na­tion, avoyding the furie of the English, and Saxons, wasting, and de­stroying their countrey. Their dominion here contayned the part, be­fore mentioned, of Gaule Armorique, extended betwixt the Ocean, and the rivers Loire, Maine, and Covesnon; since from hence called Bre­taigne. In the yeare of Christ 766, and the raigne of the Emperour Charles the Great, weakened by civill dissentions, they were first made subject to forraine, and the French commaund; subdued by Astolphus, his Seneschall, or gouernour of the Marches hereof. In the next raign of the Emperour Lewis the Godly they againe notwithstanding reco­vered their lost kingdome, and liberty: which, the French, being still interessed, and detayned at home by civill broiles, they for a long time after maintayned vntill Duke Peter de Dreux, who overmatched by the power of the French, and fearing their greatenes, made the country first subject to the vassallage of Lewis the ninth, French king; followed by all his successours. In the late memorie of our ancestours Francis the first, French King, and in the right of his wife Claude, Duke hereof, to present all future claime, and disvnion which might hap­pen, by consent of the Estates incorporated this great Dukedome with the Crowne of France, never from thence to be severed, which, the male issue hereof extinct in Henry the third, Lewis the thirteenth of the house of Bourbon, and Navarre, now raigning (Isabella of Austria, Prin­cesse of the Lowe Countries, the heire generall, rejected) by the vertue hereof at this day enjoyeth. Their religion was alwayes Christian, and Catholique, instructed in this faith vnder the Romans, before their comming into this Province. Their government vntill their v­nion with the crowne of France was Monarchicall, first vnder kings, then vnder dukes. Their Princes follow. Conan, an English Briton, pla­ced here by Maximus in the yeare, and raigne aforesaid. Grallon after some son to Conan. Salomon the first, son to Grallon. Auldran son to Salomon the first. Budic the first, son to Auldran. Hoel the first, son to Budic the first. Hoel the second, son to Hoel the first. Alain the first, son to Hoel the second. Hoel the third, son to Alain the first. Salomon the second, son to Hoel the third. In this prince, Iudicael the last K. of Basse Bretaigne, dying without heires, (for since the last disbourdments hi­ther of the Britons vntill this time the estate hereof was divided into two kingdomes,) the whole became vnited vnder one Prince. Alain the second, grandchild to Salomon the second. He deceased without heires, the last king of Bretaigne of the house of Conan. Daniel Drem­ruz; [Page 23] Budic the second, Maxence; Iohn Reith; and David Wa, chiefes of their factions, the kingdome being then rent into many petty tyrannies, the occasion of the after conquest hereof by Charles the Great. After that the kingdome became againe recouered from the French, Neo­mene, formerly Lieftenant here, & Gouernour of the Province for the Emperour Lewes the godly, chosen about the yeare 841. Heruspee, son to Neomene, slaine by Salomon, his successour. Salomon the third, the murtherer of Heruspee, son to Rivaillon, brother to King Heruspee. Hee was likewise slaine by Pastenethen, & Gurvant, brothers to Heruspee; and sons to Neomene in the yeare 874: the last king of Bretaigne. A­lain, surnamed le Rebre, son to Pastenethen, after long misery, and con­tention for the kingdome, succeeding in the gouerment hereof: the Normans, who had invaded the province, being vanquished, and his competitours slaine, and subdued.

THE DVKEDOME OF BRETAIGNE.

REfusing the more envious name of king, he tooke vpon him onely the title, and stile of Duke; since followed by all the succeeding Princes. Iuhael, and Collodoch, sons to Alain le Rebre. An Inter-regnum for certaine yeares by meanes of the Norman, or Danish invasion, and tyranny, miserably wasting, and subduing the Country. Alain, surna­med Barbetorte, son to Mathuede, Earle of Porrhoet, and of the daugh­ter of Alain le Rebre, the Normans being driuen out. Drogon, [...]on to Alain Barbetorte, slaine yong by the treason of Fouques, Earle of A­niou, in whom ended the house of Alain le Rebre. Conan, Earle of Renes, descended from king Salomon the third; his Competitours Hoel, and Guer [...]ch, naturall sons to Alain Barbetorte, successiuely con­tending, being vanquished, and slaine. Geffrey, sonne to Conan the first. Alain the third, sonne to Geffrey the first. Conan the second, son to Alain the third. He dyed sans issue. Hoel the fourth, son to Alain, Earle of Cournovaille, in the right of his wife Havoise, sister to Conan the second. Alain the fourth, surnamed Fergent, son to Hoel the fourth. Conan the third, son to Alain the fourth. Eudon, Earle of Ponthieure, in the right of his wife Berthe, daughter to Conan the third. Conan the fourth, sonne to Eudon, and Berthe aforesaid. Geffrey the second, third son to Henry the second, king of England, in the right of his wife Con­stance, daughter to Conan the fourth. Arthur the first, son to Geffrey, and Constance. He dyed young, and vnmarried, after the French re­lation, murthered by his vnnaturall Vncle, Iohn King of England, jea­lous of his better right to that kingdome. Peter de Dreux, in the right of his wife Alis, daughter by a second marriage to Constance afore­said. He first made the Dukedome subject vnto the soveraignty and homage of the French kings. Iohn the first, son to Peter de Dreux, and Alis Iohn the second, son to Iohn the first. Arthur the second, son to Iohn the second. Iohn the third, son to Arthur the second. He dyed without [Page 24] heires. After the decease hereof the right was controversed betwixt Iohn, Earle of Montfort, yonger son to Arthur the second, aided by Edward the third, King of England; and Charles de Blois, husband to Ioan la Boiteuse, daughter to Guye, second son to Duke Arthur the 2d, assisted by Philip de Valois, French king neither side yet prevailing. Iohn the fourth, surnamed the Valiant, son to Iohn, Earle of Montfort a­foresaid, sole Duke of Bretaigne, after the decease of Charles de Blois, his competitour, thorough the aide, and valour of the English ouer­throwne, and slaine at the battaile of Auray. Iohn the fift, son to Iohn the fourth. Francis the first, son to Iohn the fift. He deceased without heire male. Peter, brother to Francis the first. He dyed sans heires. Arthur the third, Earle of Richmond, and Constable of France, second sonne to Iohn the fourth. He also deceased without issue. Francis the second, son to Richard, Earle of Clisson, third son to Iohn the fourth. He deceased in the yeare 1488. Charles the eight, French king in the right of his wife Anne, heire of Bretaigne, daughter to Fran­cis the second. He dyed without issue. Lewes the twelfth, French king, in the right of Anne of Bretaigne aforesaid, daughter to Duke Francis the second, marryed vnto him after the decease of King Charles the Eight. He deceased without male issue. Francis the first, French king, and the third of that name, Duke of Bretaigne, in the right of his wife Claude, eldest daughter to king Lewes the twelfth, and Anne afore­said. With consent of the estates of Bretaigne in the yeare 1532, he in­separably vnited the Dukedome to the crown of France. Francis, Daul­phin of Vienne, eldest son to king Francis the first, and of Claude, crowned Duke of Bretaigne in the yeare 1539. He dyed yong before his father. Henry the second, French king, son to King Francis the first, and Claude. Francis the second, French king, son to Henry the second. Charles the ninth, French king, brother to Francis the second, and son to Henry the second. Henry the third, French king, brother to Francis the second, and Charles the ninth, and sonne to Henry the second, the last French king of the house of Valois, and in whom ended the line, & succession of the Dukes of Bretaigne. After his decease, the line mascu­line of the house of Valois, and Bretaigne being extinguished, the right hereof was questioned betwixt Henry the fourth, King of France, and Navarre, and Philip the second, king of Spaine, pretending the title of his daughter Isabella, now Princesse of the Low countreyes, descended of Elizabeth, daughter to King Henry the second. By the aide of the En­glish the Spaniards are beaten out, and the province by vertue of the v­nion, and incorporation made by King Francis the first, hath since re­mained still annexed to the crowne of France.

THE BVRGVNDIANS.Purgundiones Plin. Oros. Cas­siodor. &c.

THese were av. Pli. N. Hist. l. 4. c. 12. Zosi­mi Hist. l. 1. Im­peratore Prob. Iornand. de Regn. & Temp. successione lib. Am: Marc. l. 18. Imperat. Con­stantio, & Iul. & lib. 27. Imp: Valentiniano, & Valente. Cas­siodori Chron. Imper. Valen­tiniano primo. & Honorio, & Theod. Pauli Orosij Hist. l 7▪ c. [...]7. Histoire de Lyon par Claude de Ru­bys livre, 2. c. 2. 3. 5. 7. 8. German people, inhabiting beyond the riuer of Elb towards the coast of the sea Baltique. Orosius deriveth their name from the Dutch word Burg, signifying in that language (as still it doth) a towne, given vnto them in regard of such their more civill maner of plantation, inhabiting towns, and villages; differing in this from the rest of theNullos Ger­manorum po­pulos vtbes ha­bitari satis no­tum est, nè pa­ti quidem inter seiunctas sedes. &c. Corn. Tac. lib. d [...] Moribus Germanorum. Germans. Their first mention we finde in Pliny; placed (as is before related,) & accompted then part of the Vandali. In histories we heare not of them vntill the Emperor Probus, then fought withall, & overthrown by him in a great battaill. Their mention after this is cleere, & frequent. In the raign of the Emp. Valentinian the first we reade of them to the number of 80 thousand fighting men, first de­scending to the coast of the Rhijn: afterwards in the raign of the Em­perours Honorius, & Theodosius, as a Christian, and a more peaceable Barbarian, drawne into Gaule by Stilico, liefetenant to Honorius, and permitted there to inhabit, with charge onely to defend the Rhijn, and the Roman frontires against the Frenchmen, and other barbarours na­tions, preparing to invade the Empire. Their first, and more ancient dwelling amongst the Vandali, was part of the countrey, where now lie the great Dukedomes of Mecklenbourg, and Pomeren. After their de­scent vnto the Rhijn they tooke vp part of the Lower Palatinate; bor­dering to that river, and vpon the Almans. In Gaule, after that they had withdrawne thither, they inhabited all, or the greatest part of the Provinces of Maxima Sequanorum, the Alpes Graiae, and Paeninae, Lugdunensis prima, & Viennensis, cōtayning now the Dukedome, & Earle­dome of Burgundy, Nivernois, Bourbonois, Beauviolois, Lionois, Daulphi­nye, Savoy, Switzerlandt vnto the river Russ, and the Grisons; confining vpon Italy by the Alpes, and divided from the Almans by the Russ, and the Mountaine Vauge. Their religion before their entrance into Gaule was Catholique, and Christian. Their government was alwayes Monarchicall; divided whilest they remained in Germany amongst ma­ny Kings; in Gaule governed onely by one. Their princes here were Gondiochus. Gundebault. Sigismond. and Gundemar. In this last prince, warred vpon, and overthrowne, and driven out by Childebert, and Clo­taire, French Kings of Paris, and Soissons, in the yeare 526, after their continuance of 120 yeares, their kingdome here, and state tooke end; added afterwards as a Province to the French Monarchy. Concerning the after affaire hereof see the Frenchmen.

THE VISI-GOTHES.

See Spaine. THey were the same with the Visigots, sometimes possessing, and inhabiting Spaine; their dominions being extended over both Provinces. Vnder their king Euricus, at which time they were at their height, they held subject vnto them in this province in a manner the [Page 26] whole Southerne moity hereof; continued from the river Loire vnto the sea Mediterranean, the Alpes, and the Pyrenaean Mountaines, & con­tayning then Aquitania, with the greatest part of Narbonensis, nowe the countries of Provence, Languedoc, Gascoigne, Guienne, Rovergne, Quercy, Limousin, Perigort, Engoulmois, Poictou, Berry, and Auvergne with others. Driven out of Aquitania by Clovys, the fift king of the Frenchmen, and shortly after Provence by Amalasiunta, protectour of the kingdome of the Ostrogothes, being resigned to Theodebert, French King of Mets, there dominion here became stinted betwixt the river Rhosne, and the Pyrenaean Mountaines in the part of Narbonensis, from the language, dialect, or longer abode there of the nation called af­terwards Languedoc; which they held vntill their conquest, and ex­tirpation by the Moores.

THE ALMANS.

See Germany. COncerning this people it hath beene more fully related in the survey, and discourse of Germany; towards the expiration of the Westerne Roman Empire falling into, and inhabiting part of both pro­vinces. They shared here in Gaule the province of Germania prima, with part of Maxima Sequ [...]norum; comprehending now West-reich, Elsats, Sungow, the part of the Palatinate, lying on this side of the Rhijn, with the part of Switzerlandt, contayned betwixt the Rhijn, and the river Russ, being divided from the Burgundians by the Russ, and the Moun­taine Vauge. By Clovis, the first Christian King of the Frenchmen, they were totally subdued, and their possessions both here, and in Germany annexed to the French dominion; knowne for a long time after by the name of Almaigne, or Suevia.

THE FRENCHMEN.Franci Am. Marc. lib. 27. &c.

v. Sext. Aure­lium Victorem de Caesaribus Imperat. Galli­eno. Trebellii Pollionis Gal­lienos, duos. Flavij Vopisci Divum Aureli­anum, Zosimi Hist. l. 1. Probo Imper. & lib. 3. Imp. Const. Eu­tropij Hist. Ro l. 9. Imp. Diocl. Am. Marc. l. 27. Valentiniano primo, & Va­lente Imp. M. Aur. Cassiodori Chronicon Imperat. Theodosio secun [...]do, & Valentiniano tertio. Prosperi Aquitani Chronicon. Aymonium de Gestis Franc. Gregorij Turon. Hist. Francorum. Hotomanni Franc-Gall. lib. 5. Ioannis Isacij Pontani Oi­genes Francicas. Gagwini Annales Rer. Gallicatum: Histo [...]e de France par Bern▪ de Girard Seigneur du Haillan. THese were certaine people of the Germans, mentioned by Pto­lemy, and the auncient Geographers, and inhabiting neere vnto the fall of the Rhiin, towards the maine of the Roman Empire for their greater strength, and security joyning into this one nation, and lea­ving their many old names, and vniting into this common. Concer­ning the Etymologie of the name, authours agree not. Some would haue them thus called from their bold, and fierce natures, which name should haue beene given vnto them by one of the Valentinian Empe­rours: whose errour is hereby apparent for that we reade of the French long before any such Roman Emperour. Pontanus doth otherwise de­riue the name from the word: Francesca, a weapon, peculiar to the Na­tion; an Etymologie also without ground, and alike vncertaine. The most probable with the leaue of Pontanus is that of Hotomannus from the word Franck, signifying Free with the auncient Dutch, as [Page 27] now with the moderne, (for such was the first language of this nati­on;) taken vp by the sundry German people, whereof these were com­posed, in ostentation of their valour, in regard of their freedome, and liberty from the Roman servitude, and injuries, with continuall excur­sions invading the provinces hereof, themselues remaining safe from the like retaliations, secured by their intricate, and vnpassable woods, and marishes. Their first expresse mention we finde to haue beene in the raigne of the Emperour Galienus, then ransacking Gaule, & Spaine, and serving the rebell Posthumius in his warres hereagainst. After this they are frequently named in the raignes of the succeeding Empe­rors: in the raign of Clodius the second, forraging Gaule, & at Moguntia­cum to the nūber of 700 slaine by Aurelianus, afterwards Emperour, then Tribune of the 6 Legion Gallican: of Probus, overthrowne in battaill by the army hereof, and with a fleete of ships pillaging, and spoyling along the sea-coasts of Sicily, Afrique, and Greece: of Dio­clesian, with the neighbouring Saxons infesting the sea-coasts of Gaule Belgique, and Armorique: of Constantius, son to Constantine the Great, with the Almans, and Saxons after their wonted manner pillaging, and ransacking Gaule, and spoyling no lesse then 40 cities in the tract hereof along the Rhijn: of Valentinian, and Valens, with the Saxons againe breaking into, and spoyling the same province: of The­dosius the second, and Valentinian the third, slaine in great numbers by the valiant Aelius, lieftenant herevnto, and driven out of a part of Gaule, neighbouring to the Rhijn, which they then newly had sea­zed vpon. Their country during these their first affaires was wholy in Germany, seated betwixt the Almans, and the Saxons, and extended a­long the shore of the Rhijn from the meeting hereof with the Meine vnto the fall of that river into the German Ocean, quarting in Gaule vp­on the further side of the Rhijn the province of Germania secunda. They comprehended the countries, where are at this day Engern, Marck, Bergen, part of Cleve, Stiff van Vtreicht, Gelderlandt, & Hessen, the Earledome of Zutphen, Over-Ysel, West-phalen, North-Hollandt, toge­ther with the East, and West-Freislandts. The severall Dutch people, which they contayned (vniting into this generall name,) were the Bructeri, reaching along the shore of the Rhijn betwixt the river of the Meine, and Colen: the Sicambri, extended from thence vnto the division of the Rhijn at Schenken-scans: the Chamavi, seated neere vnto the fall, or mouth of the Rhijn: the Salij, lyingFranci Salij Am. Marc. Hist. l. 17. Constan­tio, et Iuliano Imperat. about the river Isala, now Ysel, called thus from hence, and occasioning the name of the pretended Salique Law: the Minores Frisij, now North-Hol­landt: the Maiores Frisij, now West-Freislandt: the Tencteri, Franci Atthu­arij Am. Marc. Hist. l. 20. Con­stantio & Iuli­ano Imperat. Ansua­rii, and Cherusci. For thus we finde them dictinctly called, placed, & attributed to this common name in the table published by Peutinger, written in the time of the later Roman Emperours. The first time of their sixt plantation in Gaule (following the most credited authours) hapned in the raigne of the Emperour Valentinian the third, vnder Clodi [...], their second king from Pharamond, conquering, and inhabiting the countrey of Germania secunda; whether that they were but onely [Page 28] in part expulsed from hence by Aetius, or returning againe with grea­ter confidence, & fury after the death hereof, murthered by Valenti­an, jealous of his vertues. Vnder Merove, succeeding vnto Clodio, they added herevnto the first Belgica. Vnder Childeric they added the second Belgica; withdrawing by litle, and litle out of Germany, their an­cient abode, and leaving the Moorish wood-lands, which they there possessed, vnto the Saxons, violently pressing vpon them from the North, busied here in the conquests, and plantation of better coun­tries. Vnder Clovys, their fift king (the Visigothes overcome, and the Almans subdued,) they tooke in the provinces of Aquitania, & Germa­nia prima, cleared Belgica of the Romans (vnder Siagrius then keeping possession about Soissons,) and added in Germany to their kingdome, & name, whatsoever was then held by the Almans, and Bavarians, con­tayning the part hereof, extended betwixt the river Meine, and the Alpes. Vnder Childebert, and Clotaire, sons to Clovys, and kings of Pa­ris, and Soissons (the French dominion being then divided,) they con­quered the Burgundians. Vnder Theodoric, brother herevnto, & king of Mets, or Austrasia, they subdued the Thuringians. Vnder Theode­bert, king of Austrasia, grand-child vnto Clovys, and son to Theodo­ric they tooke in Provence, or the part of Gaule Narbonensis, contayned betwixt the riuer of Rhosne, and the Alpes; surrendred by Amalas­iunta, and the Ostrogothes, by whom it had beene gotten, and detayned from the Visigothes. Vnder Charles Martel, regent of the kingdome for the titulary princes, they vtterly expulsed the Visigothes, and Moores out of Languedoc; their last retreate in this province. Vnder Charles the Great they tooke from the Moores in Spaine the part of Tarraconensis, where was afterwards the great, and famous Earledome of Barcelona, and conquered the kingdomes, and nations of the Britons, Saxons, A­vares, and Lombards, vniting vnder the Monarchy of the French the whole Gaule Transalpine, Pannony, Germany vnto the riuers Eydore, Elb, and the Saltza, the best part of Italy, together with the title, and ho­nour of Roman Emperour, for a certaine time afterwards remaining hereditary to the royall families of this nation; in whose raigne, and in that next of his son, the Emperour Lewis the Godly, the Empire, and dominion hereof was at the height, thorough their civill discords, & that vnprovident division made by the sons of the Godly, declining shortly after, and breaking into fiue lesser kingdomes, of Italy, Germa­ny, or East-France, Lorraine, Burgundy, and West-France, all which not long after comming into the hands of stranger princes, ceased to bee French, resolving into sundry petty states, and governments; West-France excepted, wherein the name, and accompt of the nation at this day resteth confined, the maner whereof with their continuance, suc­cessions, and whole fortunes vnto our times, or during French, we will shew hereafter. We finde at this time the accompt, and name of France (for thus was called the greatest part of the French dominions after their possession, and plantation by this nation) to haue extended over the whole Gaule, as also over Pannony, and the parts of Germany sub­ject herevnto; their auncient names worne out. It contayneth then [Page 29] two divisions, or kingdomes, famous in the French, and Dutch histories, of Oosten-reich, or Austrasia; or of West-reich, or Westrasia; for thus wee read them corruptly named in the Latine Authours of that ruder age. Oosten-reich signified the Easterne kingdome, so called from such its si­tuation, compared with the other division. It was otherwise named East-France, in regard likewise of its more Easterly situation. Also Dutch France from the Dutch language of the people. It was likewise called the kingdome of Metz from the towne of Metz, then the royall seate of the kings hereof. It contained all Pannony, and Germany sub­ject to the French, and within the Rhijn the parts lying betwixt that ri­uer, and the Meuse, and Scheldt, comprehending now Lorraine, Luick, Elsats, the districts of Trier, Colen, and Mentz, the Dukedome of Gulick, parts of Cleve, and of the Lower Palatinate, together with the many provinces of the Low Countreyes, contained betwixt those rivers. At this day the French name, and accompt being wholly extinguished in those parts, the name is onely preserued in the Dukedome of Oostenrich in High Germany, sometimes parcell hereof. West-reich signifyed in the Dutch language the Westerne kingdome; for thus was it situated, com­pared to the other. It was also called West, and Roman France from such its situation, and language, mixed with the Latin; compounding now the moderne French. It contained in a manner now moderne France. The kings of the French, vntill the division of the kingdome, and Mo­narchy hereof by the sons of Lewes the Godly follow. Pharamond, from whom they first begin the succession hereof. He raigned wholy in Ger­many, & is put to haue bin the authour of the pretended Salique-law. Clodion, son to Pharamond. Vnder this Prince they first planted in Gaul. Merove, Master of the horse to Clodion, left protectour of the king­dome for his yong sons; ouer whom he vsurped. The disinherited sons of Clodion (which were Auberon, Regnault, and Ranchaire (for so were they named) retiring into the countreyes of Ardenne, and about the Moselle, begun there the estates so called; from whom descended afterwards the Princely houses of Lorraine,The Earledom [...] of Ard [...]nne. Brabant, Namur, and Hainault. Childeric, son to Merovy. Clovys, son to Childeric. This Prince first established here the Christian religion, and mightily en­larged the French dominions, the Romans, and neighbouring Barba­rians ouercome, and vanquished. Childebert, Clodomire, Clotaire, and The­odoric, sons to Clovys, the kingdome being diuided amongst them; whereof the two former were stiled kings of Paris, and Orleans; the o­ther two of Soissons, and Mets. Clotaire, sole king of the French, the o­ther brethren dying without issue, or their posterity failing. In the raignes of these foure brethren kings, the kingdome of Burgundy, and of the Thuringians, with Provençe in Gaule Narbonensis was anne­xed to the French dominions. Chilperic, Aribert, Gontran, and Sigibert, sons to Clotaire, the kingdome being again divided; whereof the two former shared Soissons, and Paris, the other two the kingdomes of Orleans, & Austrasia. At this time liued together the two monsters of their sex, Brunehaut, and Fredegonde, Queenes to Sigebert, and Chil­peric aforesaid, for their vnnaturall cruelties, famous in the French hi­stories, [Page 30] this being the murtherer of her owne husband, and of her bro­ther-in-law Sigibert, the other of eleuen kings, and Princes, royally descended, and amongst others of her sonnes, and grand-children Childebert, Theodebert, and Theodoric, Kings of Austrasia. Clo­taire the second, son to Chilperic, and Fredego [...]de, Monarch of the French; his Vncles Aribert, and Gontran, deceasing without heires, and the house of Sigibert by the cruelty of Brunehaut, being extin­guished. Dagobert, and Aribert, sons to Clotaire the second, whereof this raigned in Aquitania, or in the parts of France contained betwixt the Loire, and the Pyrenaean mountaines; the other in the rest of the French dominions. Dagobert, sole king of the French; Chilperic the son of Aribert, dying without heires. In the raigne hereof the Vasco­nes, a Spanish people, inhabiting where is now the kingdome of Na­varre (descending from the Pyrenaean Mountaines) first invaded the neighbouring part of Aquitania, since from hence called Gascoigne; shortly after their first entrance conquered to the French by Aribert aforesaid. Clovys the second, son to Dagobert. Clotaire the third, son to Clovys the second. He dyed yong without heires. Theodoric, brother to Clotaire the third, deposed for his slouth, and insufficiency to go­verne, and shut vp in a Monastery. Chilperic, brother to Theodoric, slaine by his rebellious subjects, pretending his cruelty, and tyranny. Theodoric, after the death of Chilperic assumed againe vnto the king­dome. About this time the auncient vertue of the French Monarches of the race of Merove, begun to decline, cloystered vp for the most part within their palaces, and giuing themselues wholly vnto luxury, and ease, committing in the meane time the affaires of state vnto the Maiors of their palaces, who hereby hauing once seazed vpon the go­verment, transmitting the same to succession, ceased not vntil they had bereft them of all authority, and name, vsurping vpon them at length the kingdome. Clovys the third, son to Theodoric. he dyed yong with­out heires. Childebert, son to Theodoric, and brother to Clovys the third. Dagobert the second, son to Childebert. Daniel a Priest, named Chilperic after his being king, vpon the decease of Dagobert the se­cond, chosen by the Nobility, opposed by Charles Martel, Maiour of the Palace. Clotaire the fourth, set vp by Charles Martel, enemy to Chilperic. Chilperic sole king of the French after the decease of Clo­taire the fourth. Theodoric, son to Dagobert the second. Childeric, son to Thedoric, the last king of the house of Merove; vpon pretence of an hereditary slouth, negligence, basenesse, and disability of the Princes of this line, by the especiall aide, and authority of Zacha­ry then Bishop of Rome, deposed by Pepin, then Maior of the Palace, and shorne Monke. Pepin, Major of the Palace, son to Charles Martel, whose ancestours had for a long time borne that title, & go­verned the State; Childeric being deposed, elected King in the yeare 750. Charles the Great, son to Pepin. In this prince in regard of the extraordinary greatnes of the French Monarques, and of their well deservings to the Christian common-wealth in generall, and to the Papacy in particular, by the chiefe practise, and meanes of Pope Leo [Page 31] the third in the yeare 800 after a vacancy of 330 yeares the name, & dignity of Roman Emperour of the West was restored, and confer­red vpon this Nation. Hee enlarged the French dominions with the kingdomes of the Britons, Lombards, Avares, & Saxons, the mightiest of all the French Monarques, and since his time of all the Emperours of the West. Lewis surnamed the Godly, son to Charles the Great; the last Monarque of the French Nation. Lotharius, Lewis, and Charles, surnamed the Bauld, sons to the Emperour Lewis the Godly, the do­minions of the French being divided amongst them. Of these Lotha­rius had Italy with the title of Roman Emperour, & in Gaule, or France within the Rhijn, the parts of Austrasia, Burgundy, and Provençe. Lewis had Germany, or East-France, and Charles had West-France, both with the title of Kings. Not long after the Emperour Lotharius turning Re­ligious, to the further rent hereof subdevided his part amongst his three sons Lewis, Lotharius, and Charles (his two brothers Lewis, and Charles the Bauld yet living,) assigning vnto Lewis, Italy with the ti­tle of Roman Emperour, to Lotharius, Austrasia, from the portion, or kingdome hereof afterwards named Lot-reich, or Lorraine, and to Charles, Burgundy, and Provençe with the name, and stile of Kings. By this meanes the dominion of the Frenchmen hitherto entier, and vnder one, or never long divided, became seuered (as hath beene before re­lated) into fiue kingdomes, never againe vnited, of Italy, Germany, Lor­raine, Burgundy, and West-France; whose continuance, and estate, during the time that they were French follow, in order.

The KINGDOME of ITALY vnder the FRENCH.

v. Caroli Si­gonij Histor. de Regno Italiae l. 1. 2. 3. 4. & 5. THis was not accompted any part of France. It was begun by the Lombards, succeeding to the Ostro-gothes, drawne in hither by the treason, and discontent of Narses, generall in the Gothish wars for the Emperour Iustinian. By the raigne of Aistulphus (the Exarchy destroyed) it contayned all Italy (Apulia, and Calabria remaining then to the Greekish Emperours, and the lands of the Popes only excepted.) The Lombards being subdued by Charles the Great about the yeare 774 it was annexed to the French dominions. In the person of Pepin, son to Charles the Great, it was made a particular French kingdome, car­ryed from one Caroline, or French familie vnto another with the title of Roman Emperour, for the most part annexed therevnto, vntill the Emperour Charles the Fat, after whom it ceased to be French; vsurped by the Italians, and succeeding Germans. The French kings here of the house of Charles the Great follow. Pepin king of Italy, second son to the Emperour Charles the Great. He deceased before his father. Bernard king of Italy, son to Pepin. Lewis surnamed the Godly, eldest son to the Emperour Charles the Great; Emperour of the Romans, & king of France, and Italy. Lotharius, eldest son to the Emperour Le­wis the Godly; Emperour of the Romans, and king of Italy. Lewis, [Page 32] Emperour of the Romans, and king of Italy; eldest son to the Empe­rour Lotharius. Charles, surnamed the Bauld, youngest son to the Em­perour Lewis the Godly; Emperour of the Romans, and King of West-France, and Italy. Carloman, King of Bavaria, and Italy; eldest son to Lewis, surnamed the Auncient, King of Germany, second son to the Emperour Lewis the Godly. Charles surnamed the Fat, Empe­rour of the Romans, and King of Germany, and Italy; younger son to Lewis the Auncient, and brother to Carloman. He deceased in the yeare 888 without issue the last King of Italy of the French, and house of Charles the Great; succeeded vnto by Berengarius Duke of Friuli, Guy Duke of Spoleto, & other petty tyrants of the Italian Nati­on, the posterity of Charles the Great commaunding in France, and Germany being then illegitimate, or in nonage, and the power of the French thorough their factions, & the many divisions of that grand monarchy then much declined.

The whole time that the French commaunded in this province ac­compting from the overthrow, and conquest of Desiderius, and the Lombards by Charles the Great vnto the decease of the Emperour Charles the Fat lasted 114 yeares.

THE KINGDOME OF GERMANY OR EAST-FRANCE.

THisSee Germany. kingdome was begun, as before, in the person of Lewis, sur­named the Auncient, second son to the Emperour Lewis the Godly, vnto whose lot it fell in the division of the French Monarchy betwixt him, and his brethren Lotharius, and Charles the Bauld. It contayned all Pannony, and the parts of Germany, subject to the French Empire. After the decease of the Emperour Conrade the first without heires, this likewise left off to be French, commaunded ever after by princes of the Dutch Nation, and resolving into its old name of Germany againe, the name, and memory of France, and of the French extinguished. The Kings here of the house of France, and Charles the Great, and vntill the Dutch, or Saxons follow. Lewis before mentioned, the founder of the kingdome, second son to the Emperour Lewis the Godly. Carloman, Lewis, and Charles surnamed the Fat, sons to Lewis, the first King; raigning together, the kingdome being divided amōgst them. Charles the Fat, sole King of Germany; his two brethren Carloman, & Lewis deceasing without heires, or issue lawfull. After the decease of the Emperour Lewis the Stammeter, King of West-France, as the onely left heire of the Caroline line, or of age to governe, he became king of Italy, and Emperour of the Romans; a title for the greater power, and mightinesse of this kingdome, still afterwards continued in the prin­ces hereof, as during the French race, so of that of the Saxons, and since these became electiue vnto this day. Arnulph, naturall son to Carloman, brother to Charles the Fat. Lewis, son to Arnulph. Conrade the first, son to Conrade, brother to Lewis. He deceased in the yeare [Page 33] 919, the last Emperour of the Romans, and King of Germany of the French, & of the house of Charles the Great; succeeded vnto by Henry, surnamed the Fouler, Duke of Saxony, and by the Nation of the Dutch.

THE KINGDOME OF LOT­REICH, OR LORRAINE.

Les Antiqui­tez de la Gaule Belgique par Richard de Wassenburg. l [...]ure 3. & la Ta­ble des Roy [...] de L [...]r [...]ne p [...]mesme au­the [...]ur. THis signifyed with the auncient French, the kingdome of Lo­tharius; being so called from Lotharius the second, son to the Em­perour Aymonius [...] ­therwi [...]ttribu­tet [...] the originall of [...] name to the Emperour Lothatius. vid. Aymonij▪ de Gestis Franco­rum. l. 5. c. 19. Lotharius, whose share it was of the French dominions, & in whom the kingdome first began. It contayned all Austrasia, lying in Gaule, or in France within the Rhijn; being divided from East-France, or the kingdome of Germany by the river Rhijn; from West-France by the Scheldt; and from the kingdome of Burgundy by the Mountaines of the Iour, and Vauge. Lotharius the second, deceasing without heires, or legi­timate, & the whole house of the Emperour Lotharius being extinguish­ed, after long debate, and contention betwixt the Kings of West-France, and Germany, and sundry divisions, revnions, and alterations during the Caroline line, in the raignes of the Emperour Otho the third, and of Lewis the last French King of the house of Charles the Great, this kingdome, and name tooke end, the title of Kings of Lorraine be­ing then left off by those princes, and the part hereof contayned be­twixt the rivers Meuse, & the Scheldt, belonging to the French Kings, being incorporated with France, and the other part, lying betwixt the Meuse, and the Rhijn, being added vnto Germany; divided after­wards into sundry lesser States, partly at this day subject to the Em­pire, partly to the family of Austria, and Burgundy, and to the States of the vnited provinces of the Netherlands: the Dukedome of Lorraine, Cl [...]ve, Gulich, Zweibruck, Brabant, Gelderlandt, Luxemburg, & Limburg, the Earledomes of Hollandt, Zealandt, Hainault, Namur, & Zutphen, the Lantgravedome of Elsatz, the County Palatine of the Rhijn, the Marqui­sate of the Sacred Empire, the Lordship of Malines, & the Bishopricks of Vtreicht, Luick, Triers, Colen, Mentz, Metz, Toul, Verdun, Spier, Worms, and Strasburg, whose originall, and fortunes follow after we haue first set downe the names, & order of the Kings of Lorraine. Lotharius the second, the first king, son to the Emperour Lotharius. He dyed without lawfull issue. Lewis surnamed the Auncient, King of Germany, and Charles the Bauld, King of West-France, sons to the Emperour Lewis the Godly; after the decease of Lotharius the second. vsurping this ti­tle, and name, & dividing the kingdome betwixt them, whereof Le­wis had the part lying betwixt the Meuse, & the Rhijn, & Charles the part contayned betwixt the Meuse, & the Scheld. Carloman, Lewis, & Charles the Fat, sons to Lewis the Auncient, Kings of Germany, & of the part of Lorraine betwixt the Meuse, and the Rhijn; and Lewis surnamed the Stammerer, son to Charles the Bauld, Emperour of the Romans, & King of West-France, & of the part of Lorraine on this [Page 34] side the Meuse. After the decease hereof, Lewis, and Carloman, his two bastard sons, succeeding in the kingdome of West-France, sur­rendred their part of Lorraine vnto Carloman, Lewis, & Charles the Fat, the sons of Lewis the Auncient, & Kings of Germany before mentioned. Charles, surnamed the Fat, son to Lewis the Auncient, after the decease of his two brothers Carloman, & Lewis, without heires, Emperour of the Romans, & sole King of Germany, & Lor­raine. Arnulp, base son to Carloman, brother to Lewis the Fat; Em­perour of the Romans, & King of Germany, & of the whole Lorraine. Zuentebald, naturall son to the Emperour Arnulph; King of the whole Lorraine. He deceased without heires. Lewis, son to the Emperour Arnulph; Emperour of the Romans, & King of Germany, & of the whole Lorraine. Conrade, nephew to the Emperour Lewis, Empe­rour of the Romans, & King of Germany, & of the whole Lorraine. He lost the kingdome of Lorraine vnto Charles, surnamed the Sim­ple, King of West-France. Charles, surnamed the Simple, son to the Emperour Lewis the Stammerer, King of West-France, & of the whole Lorraine. Vpon agreement made with the Emperour Henry the first, he restored vnto him the part hereof betwixt the Meuse, & the Rhiin. Charles the Simple, King of West-France, & of Lorraine on this side the Meuse; and Henry the first Emperour of the Romans, and King of Germany, and of Lorraine beyond the Meuse. Rodulph of Burgundy, King of France, and of Lorraine on this side the Meuse. Lewis the fourth, French King, and of Lorraine on this side the Meuse. Otho the first, Emperour of the Romans, and King of Germany, & of Lorraine betwixt the Meuse, and the Rhijn. Lotharius the third, French King, and of Lorraine on this side the Meuse. Otho the second, Empe­rour of the Romans, and King of Germany, and of Lorraine beyond the Meuse. Lewis the fift, French King, and of Lorraine on this side the Meuse; and Otho the third, Emperour of the Romans, and king of Germany, and of Lorraine beyond the Meuse. Vnder those two prin­ces the title, and kingdome of Lorraine ceased to be; incorporated, and vnited with West-France, & Germany. The many States arising out of the ruines hereof follow.

THE DVKEDOMEOE LORRAINE.

v. Les Anti­quitez de Gaule Belgique par Richard de Wassenburg. li. 3, 4. &c. & la Table des Ducs de Loraine par mesme authe­ur. THis now onely retayneth the auncient name of the kingdome of Lorraine. It was begun in the yeare 993 in the person of Char­les, Duke of Brabant, younger brother to Lotharius the third, and vn­cle to Lewis the fift, the last French Kings of the house of Charles the Great, to whom it was given with this title by the Emperour Otho the second. It contayneth then besides moderne Lorraine, the countrey of Brabant (vnited to the name hereof, and called Basse Lorraine,) to­gether with Luick, & Gulick. The manner, how these were rent here­from, we will shew in the Catalogue of the Princes, whose succession, [Page 35] and order follow. Charles, Duke of Brabant, Vncle to Lewis the fift, King of France, Duke of Lorraine by the gift of the Emperour Otho the second. He dyed in bonds, caught, and imprisoned by Hugh Capet, the vsurping King of France, jealous of his better right to that Crowne. Otho, son to Charles. He deceased without issue. Godfreye the yonger, surnamed with the Beard, eldest son to Godfrey, Earle of Ardenne, Buillon, and Verdun, after the decease of Otho succeeding in the Dukedome hereof by the gift of the Emperour Henry the se­cond, the heires generall Gerberge, and Hermengarde, sisters to Otho, excluded. Gozelo, brother to Godfrey the yonger. Godfrey the second, son to Gozelo. Godfrey the third, son to Godfrey the second. He died without issue. Godfrey of Buillon, the fourth of that name, son to Eu­stace, Earle of Buillon, and of Ydain, sister to Godfrey the third. He became king of Hierusalem, and deceased in the Holy land without heires. He sold the temporalty of the city, and country of Luick vn­to Speutus, then Bishop hereof; continuing euer since by this right se­vered from the Dukedome, belonging to these Prelates. About the same time (as it is thought) the towne, and country of Gulick were likewise divided herefrom, seazed vpon with the title of Earle by Eustace, brother to Godfrey. Bauldwin, brother to Godfrey of Buil­lon, king of Hierusalem, and Duke of Lorraine. He lost Brabant, or Basse Lorraine to Geffrey, surnamed with the Beard, Earle of Lorraine, des­cended from Gerberge, daughter to Charles of France, the first Duke of Lorraine. He also dyed without heires. Theodoric, son to Willi­am, Baron of Ianville; brother to Godfrey, and Bauldwin, kings of Hi­erusalem. Simon the first, son to Theodoric. Mathew the first, son to Simon the first. Simon the second, son to Mathew the first. Frederique the first, son to Simon the second. Theobald the first, son to Frederique the first. Mathew the second, son to Frederique the first, and brother to Theobald the first. Frederique the second, son to Mathew the second. Theobald the second, son to Frederique the second. Frederique the third, son to Theobald the second. Rodulph, son to Frederique the third. Iohn, son to Rodulph. Charles the second, son to Iohn. Reiner d'Aniou, Duke of Bar, and afterwards king of Sicily; Duke of Lorraine in right of his wife Isabel, daughter to Charles the second. Iohn the second, son to Reiner of Aniou, Duke of Bar, and of Isabel of Lorraine aforesaid. Nicholas d' Aniou, son to Iohn the second. He dyed without heires. Reiner the second, son to Frederique, Earle of Vaudemont, and of Yo­land, daughter to Reiner d' Aniou▪ and Isabel of Lorraine. After the decease of his grandfather Reiner d' Aniou, he became also Duke of Bar. Antonye, son to Reiner the second. Francis, son to Antony. Charles the third, son to Francis, Duke of Lorraine, and Bar, and Earle of Vaudemont in the time of Wassenburg, and of Albizius my Au­thours.

THE BISHOPRICK OF LIEGE.

IT was thus namedv. la Prologue aux Antiqui­tez de la Gaule Belgique par Richard de Wassenburg. from the city of Liege; the chiefe of the coun­try, & seate of the Prince. It was sometimes a part of the Dukedome of Lorraine; by Godfrey of Buillon, sold to Speutus, Bishop of that See, and made a particular State. The order of the Bishops, and Princes, we finde not.

THE DVKEDOME OF IVLIERS.

IT * was so called from the chiefe city Iuliers. It was also a part of the Dukedo [...]e of Lorraine, rent, and divided therefrom, and made a particular Earledome by Eustace, brother to Godfrey of Buillon, king of Hierusalem, the first Prince. In the yeare 1329, and in the per­son of William the fourth, it was translated to a Marquisate by the Emperour Lewis of Bavaria. Shortly after in the person of the same Prince it was made a Dukedome by the Emperour Charles the fourth. By Mary onely daughter to William the fift, & wife to Iohn the third, Duke of Cleve, it was brought with the Dukedome of Bergen vnto that family, wherein euer since it hath continued; belonging now to the Princes of Brandenburg, & Nuburg, heires of that house. The order of the first Princes we finde not. The rest for brevity sake we omit.

THE DVREDOME OF CLEVE.

v. P [...]tri Birtij comment. Re­rum German. lib. 2. c. 19. THis lyeth in both Provinces of Gaule, & Germany, divided by the Rhij [...], & named thus from the towne of Cleve. When the state begun, or by whom, it is not agreed, Their assertion is lesse ab­surd, who draw the beginning hereof from one Aelius Gracilis, to whom the country should be giuen with the title of Earle by Pepin the Fat, and Charles Martel, Maiors of the Palace in France. By the Empe­rour Sigismond in the Councell of Constance, and in the person of A­dolph the eleaventh, it was made a Dukedome. The right hereof, & of Gulick, and Bergen, with the Earledome of Marck, appertaine now to the Princes of Brandenburg, and Nuburg; the line masculine failing, and ex­tinguished in William the second, the last Duke. From Theodoric the tenth, and more cleare times, the Princes follow. Theodoric the tenth, li­ving about the raigne of the Emperour Lewes of Bavaria. Mary, daughter to Theodoric. She married vnto Adolph the ninth of that name, Earle of Marck, whereby these two Earledomes became vnited in one family. Adolph the tenth, son to Mary, and Adolph the ninth. [Page 37] He liued in the raigne of the Emperour Charles the fourth. Adolph the eleaventh, son to Adolph the tenth, created first Duke of Cleve by the Emperour Sigismond at the Councell of Constance in the yeare 1417. Iohn the first, son to Adolph the eleaventh. Iohn the second, son to Iohn the first. Iohn the third, son to Iohn the second. He marryed vnto Mary, daughter vnto William the fift, Duke of Gulick, and Ber­gen, by meanes whereof those two estates became added to this fami­ly. Amongst other issue he had Anne of Cleve, Queene to Henry the eight, king of England. William the first, son to Iohn the third. William the second, son to William the first; the last Duke of Cleve, Gulick, and Bergen, and Earle of Marck, continued in the line masculine, and des­cended from Adolph the tenth. He deceased in the yeare 1609 with­out issue. After his decease the estates hereof were controver­sed betwixt the Emperour Rodulph the second, pretending the preroga­tiue, and right of the Empire vpon the failing of the male issue; and Wolfang▪ Prince of Nuburg, and George-William, Duke of Prussen, des­cended from the eldest daughters of Duke VVilliam the first, by the fa­vour, and armes of neighbouring Princes (Gulick besieged, and taken) established in the possession hereof. George-VVilliam Duke of Prussen, son to Iohn Sigismond, Marquesse, and Electour of Brandenburg, and to Anne, daughter to Albert, Duke of Prussen, and to Mary-Leonor, eldest daughter to William the first, Duke of Cleve; and Wolfang; prince of Nuburg, son to Philip-Lewis, Count Palatine of Nuburg, & to Anne-Magdelin, second daughter to Duke William the first, and sister to Duke William the second, Dukes of Cleve, Gulick, and Bergen, and Earles of Marck in the yeare 1616, and at this present.

THE PALATINATE OF THE RHIIN.

IT likewise lyeth on both sides of the Rhijn; so named frō the Counte-Palatines, v. lo. Trit he­m [...] de origin. Francorum. Franc. Irenici Exeg. Germa­maniae. lib. 3. c. 54. & 55. Petri Bertij Comm. Rerum Germa­nicorum. l. 2. c▪ 10. or Princes thus stiled, aunciently seated in those parts, and in continuance of time by gift, purchase, marriage, & armes becom­ming Lords hereof. How these by litle, & litle became seazed of the countrey, reade Franc: Irenicus in his 3 booke, & 54, & 55. chapters. Who were these first Paltzgraues it is not agreed vpon. Trithemius nameth Count Palatines before the raigne of the Emperour Charles the Great. Others accompt their beginning from the time of this Em­perour. Irenicus more probably from the Emperours of the German race, & house of Saxony. They were not more aunciently Princes, or he­reditary, and but onely chiefe Iudges amongst the Dutch, or Presidents in their courts of judicature thus entitl'd; appointed by the Emperours, and continuing during pleasure. The first of these (whereof there is any certaine mention) was one Henry, living in the raigne of the Em­perour Otho the third, appointed one of the six first Electours of the Em­pire. After him the Counte Palatines, & Electours follow. Sigifrid, Counte Palatine of the Rhijn, and Elector, son to Adelheild by a for­mer [Page 38] husband, wife vnto Henry the first Electour. Ezeline, & Conrade, sons to Sigifrid. Lutolphus, son to Ezelin. Conrade in the raigne of the Emperour Henry the fift. Frederique, son to Frederique with the one eye, Duke of Schwaben, and nephew to the Emperour Conrade the third. Henry, surnamed the Lion, Duke of Saxony, & Bavaria. Henry, son to Henry, surnamed the Lion. Engerus. Henry the fourth. Hitherto the order was confused. Otto the second, Duke of Bavaria, vpon his mar­riage with Gertrude, daughter vnto Henry the fourth, created Counte Palatine of the Rhijn, and Electour by the Emperour Frederique the second. He deceased in the yeare 1259. Lewis the second, Duke of Bavaria, & Electour, & Counte Palatine of the Rhijn. He dyed in the yeare 1294. After the decease hereof these two Estates of Bavaria, & the Palatinate became againe divided, as they haue continued ever since; Lewis his younger son, succeeding in the part of Bavaria (since called the Dukedome of Bavaria, and contayned betwixt the Danow, and the Alpes,) and Rodulph, his eldest son, in the Electourship, and the Palatinate of the Rhijn, together with Nortgow, aunciently part of the Dukedome of Bavaria, and then first seperated, and from the possession of these princes, named since the vpper Palatinate, or the Palatinate of Bavaria. Rodulph, eldest son to Lewis the second, Ele­ctour, and Counte Palatine of the Rhijn. His younger brother Lewis succeeded in the Dukedome of Bavaria; created afterwards Roman Emperour, from whom the present Dukes of Bavaria are descended. Adolph, surnamed the Simple, Electour, & Coute Palatine of the Rhiin, eldest son to Rodulph. His younger brother Robert, & Rodolph were also stiled Electours, a chiefe cause of his surname of Simple. Rupert son to Adolph the Simple, Electour, & Counte Palatine of the Rhijn, Rupert the second, son to Rupert the first. Hee was afterwards created Roman Emperour. Lewis the third, surnamed with the beard, son to the Emperour Rupert. From Stephen of Bipont, his younger brother, descended the Dukes of Zweibruck, or Bipont, as also the moderne Electours; the house of Lewis the third becomming afterward in Ot­to-Henry extinguished. Lewis the fourth, son to Lewis the third. Philip, son to Lewis the fourth. Lewis the fift, son to Philip. He dyed without heires. Frederique the first, son to Philip, and brother to Lewis the fift. He also dyed without heires. Otto-Henry, son to Rupert, brother to Lewis the fift, and Frederique the first, the last Electour, and Counte Palatine of the Rhijn of the house of Lewis the third; deceasing with heires, after whom succeeded in Electourship the house of Stephen of Bipont. Frederique the third, Duke of Zimmeren, son to Iohn the secōd, son to Iohn the first, son to Frederique Earle of Spanheim, sonne to Stephen of Bipont, son to the Emperour Rupert (the house of Lewis the third failing in Otto-Henry) in the yeare 1559, succeeding in the Electourship, & Palatinate. He was stiled Frederique the third in re­gard of FrederiqueFridericus Bavariae Du [...], Comes Palati­nus, Elector &c. The inscription vpon the mo [...] ­ment at He [...]del­berg of Fr [...]de­rique the victo­rious, sonne to the Electour Lewes the third., surnamed the Victorious, younger son to Lewis the third, who, although not Electour, had notwithstanding vsurped this title in the minority of Philip Electour, of whom he was Guardi­an. Lewis the sixt, son to Frederique the third. Frederique the fourth, [Page 39] son to Lewis the sixt, governed in his minority by Iohn Casimir, Count Palatine of the Rhiin, and Knight of the honourable order of the Garter in England, son to Frederique the third, and brother to Le­wis the sixt. Frederique the fift, son to Frederique the fourth, Electour, and Count Palatine of the Rhiin, chosen King of Bohemia against the Emperour Ferdinand the second; whose wife is the most illustrious princesse Elizabeth, sister to his Maiestie Charles King of Great Bri­taine.

THE LANGRAVE-SHIP OF ELSATS.

THis tookev. Franc. Ire­nici Exeg. Ger. maniae lib. 2. c. 109▪ & Gerardi de Roo. Hist. Austriacae l. 1. (de Comitibus Habspurgicis.) the name from the river Ill, the chiefe of the country. The State was begun in the raigne of the Emperour Otho the third; the first Lantgraue after Irenicus being one Theodoric. In the raigne of the Emperour Frederique the second the male succession of these Lantgraues failing, by meanes of daughters it became divided betwixt Albert the second, Earle of Habspurg, Albert Earle of Hohen­burg, & Lewis Earle of Ottingen. The Earle of Hohenburg shortly after vpon the marriage of Anne, his daughter, vnto Rodulph, afterwards Emperour, son to Albert the second, Earle of Habspurg, surrendred his part vnto that familie. By this meanes the house of Habspurg, af­terwards of Austria, became seazed of two parts hereof (contayning now the vpper Elsats,) the Free Cities excepted. The rest (compre­hēding at this day the lower Elsats) the Earle of Ottingen sold vnto the Bishop of Strasburg, whose Successours now hold the same; vsurping the title of Lant-graues of Elsats. The certaine order of the first Lant­graues we finde not.

These countries, with the townes, & Bishopricks of Trier, Colen, Mentz, (Metz, Toul, Verdun, Spier, and Worms, are by their princes immediate­ly held of the Empire; thorough their long commerce with, and sub­jection to the Dutch for the greatest part now speaking that language, and accompted proper parts of the kingdome, or empire of the Ger­mans.

THE DVREDOME OF BRABANT.

THev. C. Iulij Cae. Com. Bel. Gal. l. 2. c. 8. Ponti Heuteri Ducum Brabantiae Ge­nealogiam, & Comm. Chro­nique des Ducs de Brabant pat Adrian Barlan­de. Les Anti­quitez de la Gaule Belgi­que par Ri­chard de Was­senburg. livre 3. 4. &c. name of the countrey is auncient, so named after some from the towne Bratispantium of Caesar; mentioned in the second booke of his Commentaries. The Dukedome was begun in the person of Charles of France, vncle to Lewis the fift, and brother to Lotharius the fourth, French Kings; by the gift hereof belonging to his share of the kingdome of Lorraine. This first prince by the liberality of the Empe­rour Otho the second becomming afterwards Duke of Lorraine, vnited this vnto that Dukedome, and accompt, called then Basse Lorraine; in [Page 40] which name, & vnion it continued both during the Caroline line, and that of Ardenne vnto Bauldwin, Duke of Lorraine, and King of Hierusa­lem, brother vnto Godfrey of Buillon. Vnder this prince (busied in wars abroad against the Infidels) by the favour, and aide of the Emperour Henry the fift (whose sister he had married) in the yeare 1108, it was againe divided from the Dukedome of Lorraine, and made a distinct dukedome by Geffrey, surnamed with the beard, Earle of Lovaine, be­fore mentioned, descended from Gerberge, eldest daughter to Charles of France, the first prince; in which division, and estate it hath still continued vnto our times. By Margaret, daughter to Iohn the third, wife to Philip the Hardy, Duke of Burgundy, it came to the familie of Burgundy; carried hereby to that other of Austria, wherein now it resteth. Since the division hereof from Lorraine, the Princes follow. Geffrey the first, surnamed with the beard, Earle of Lovain, descended from Gerberge, & the house of France; by whom the Dukedome was recovered from Lorraine, and the house of Ardenne. Geffrey the second, son to Geffrey the first. Geffrey the third, son to Geffrey the se­cond. Henry the first, son to Geffrey the third Henry the second, son to Henry the first. Henry the third, son to Henry the second. After the decease hereof Aleide, his widow, in the minority of her children for eight yeares space governed the Dukedome; the heire not being designed. Iohn the first, second son to Henry the third, elected by the Estates of the Countrey; his eldest brother Henry in regard of his many defects, and infirmities rejected, approved only by the city of Lovain, a cause of some warre betwixt the sides, with litle adoe in regard of their inequality soone after appeased. Iohn the second, son to Iohn the first. Iohn the third son to Iohn the second. Wenceslaus, Duke of Luxemburg, son to Iohn King of Bohemia, and brother to the Em­perour Charles the fourth, in the right of his wife Ioane, eldest daugh­ter to Iohn the third. They dyed without issue in the yeare 1406. Anthony the second, son to Philip the Hardy, Duke of Burgundy, and of Margaret, daughter to Lewis Malan, Earle of Flanders, & Margaret, younger daughter to Iohn the third; his elder brother Iohn, after­wards Duke of Burgundy, yeelding over his right, vpon condition that the house hereof failing, the Dukedome should return vpon him, and his heires. He was slaine, fighting againg the English, at the battail of Agen-court in France. Iohn the fourth, son to Anthony. He marry­ed vnto Iaqu [...]line, Countesse of Holland, from whom he was divor­ced, dying young, & without heires in the yeare 1426. He founded the Vniversity of Lovain. Philip the first, son to Anthony, and bro­ther to Iohn the fourth. He also dyed young, vnmarried, & without heires; in whom ended the house of Anthony, son to Philip the Har­dy. Philip the second, surnamed the Good, Duke of Burgundy, son to Iohn Duke of Burgundy, grand-child to Philip the Hardy, nephew to Anthony, and cosen German to Iohn the fourth, and Philip the first (the house of Anthony failing) succeeding in the Dukedome of Brabant by right of blood, and of the former agreement, made with Antony. Charles, surnamed the Fighter, Duke of Burgundy, & Bra­bant, [Page 41] son to Philip the second. Maximilian, Archduke of Austria, and Duke of Burgundy, and Brabant, in the right of his wife, Mary of Bur­gundy, daughter to Charles the Fighter. Philip, son to Maximilian, and Mary. Charles afterwards Roman Emperour, son to Philip. Philip the second, king of Spaine, son to the Emperour Charles the fift. Isabella, daughter to Philip the second, king of Spaine, now Dutchesse of Bur­gundy, and Brabant, and Princesse of the Netherlands.

THE DVKEDOME OF LVXEMBVRG.

THisv. Les Anti­quitez de Gaule Belgique par Richard de Wassenburg. li. 3. & Ponti Heuteri▪ Lut­zenburg. Ge­neal. & Com­ment. was sometimes a part of the Principality of Ardenne, first di­vided therefrom in the raigne of the Emperour Otho the first, by Si­gifrid, son to Ricuin, Prince of Ardenne, vnto whose share it fell in the division of that Principality betwixt him, and his other brethren; en­titled thus from the castle, now the towne of Luxemburg, belong­ing aunciently to the Monastery of S. Maximinus of Trier, and ex­chaunged with him for other lands, the seate of the Prince. By the Em­perour Charles the fourth it was made a Dukedome in the person of his brother Wenceslaus. By Elizabeth, the last Princesse, wanting heires, it was sold to Philip the Good, Duke of Burgundy, in which family, and the succeeding name, and house of Austria, it hath euer since remai­ned, possessed now by Isabella of Austria, and accompted amongst the 17 Provinces of the Netherlands. The order of the first Princes we finde not. The latter follow. Henry the first (from whom my Author beginneth,) Earle of Luxemburg, slaine in fight, neere vnto the castle Worancan; taking part with Reinold, Earle of Gelderland, a­gainst Iohn the first, Duke of Brabant, contending for the Dukedome of Limburg. Henry the second, son to Henry the first in the yeare 1308, elected Roman Emperour. Iohn, son to Henry the second. Hauing mar­ryed vnto Elizabeth, daughter to Wenceslaus the third, he was elected king of Bohemia; slaine by the English, fighting for the French at the battaile of Cressy. Wenceslaus the first, yonger son to Iohn; created the first Duke of Luxemburg by his brother, the Emperour Charles the fourth. He dyed sans issue. Wenceslaus the second, eldest son to the Empe­rour Charles the fourth, Emperour of the Romans, and king of Bohe­mia. He also deceased without issue. Sigismond, yonger son to the Em­perour Charles the fourth, Emperour of the Romans, and king of Bo­hemia. By the right of his wife Mary he became also king of Hungary. Enriched with so many states, and kingdomes, he surrendred his right hereof vnto Elizabeth, daughter to his brother Iohn, Marquesse of Brandenburg. Elizabeth, daughter vnto Iohn, Duke of Gorlitz, and Marquesse of Brandenburg, by the gift of her Vncles, the Emperours Wenceslaus, and Sigismond, Dutchesse of Luxemburg; the last prince. Hauing no heires she sold the inheritance hereof vnto Philip the Good, Duke of Burgundy, possessed euer since by that house.

THE DVKEDOME OF LIMBVRG.

IT was so called from the towne of Limburg; first an Earledome, af­terwards made a Dukedome by one of the Henry Emperours. By Iohn the first Duke of Brabant, pretending some title hereunto, it was con­quered to the house of Brabant from Reinold the first, Duke of Gelder­landt, husband to Ermengarde, the onely daughter of Herman, the last Duke; possessed now in this right by the Princes of Burgundy, & Au­stria. The order, and succession of the Princes we finde not.

THE EARLEDOME OF NAMVR.

NAmed thus from the chiefe towne thereof, Namur. The time when it first begun, is vncertaine. By Iohn, or after others by The­odore, or Theodoric, the last Earle, it was sold to Philip the Good, Duke of Burgundy, whose posterity the P [...]inces of the house of Burgundy, and Austria, now enjoy it by that right.

THE EARLEDOME OF HAINAVLT.

IT tooke the name from the riuer Haine v. Antiquitez de Gaule Bel­gique par Ri­chard de Was­senburg. liv. 2. La second Ta­ble des succes­sours de Pha­ramond, & Clodion le Chevelu par Richard de Wassenburg. Ponti. Heuteri Genealog Co­mit. Flandriae. Hadriani Bar­landi Comit. Hollandiae hi­stor., watering, and dividing the country. The estate is very auncient, being sometime a part of the great Earledome of Ardenne, from the which it was divided, & made a distinct Earledome in the person of Alberic, surnamed the Orphelin, one of the yongest sons of Brunulph, Count of Ardenne, dispossessed, & slain by Dagobert, French King; who restored, & dividing that country with his other brethren, had this part giuen him with the title of Earle, by Sigebert king of Austrasia, to be held vnder the soveraignty of the French kings. After long continuance, and often change by Iaqueline, the last Princesse (wanting heires,) together with Holland, Zealand, and VVest-Freislandt, vnited in that family, it was surrendred vnto Philip the Good, Duke of Burgundy, her next kinsman; in whose house the right, and possession hereof now remaineth. The Princes follow. Albe­ric, before mentioned, one of the yonger sons of Brunulph, Earle of Ardenne; the first Earle of Hainault. VVaultier the first, son to Alberic. VVaultier the second, son to Waultier the first. VVaultier the third, son to Waultier the second. He dyed without male issue. Albon the first, in right of his wife, eldest daughter to Waultier the third. Albon the se­cond, sonne to Albon the first, and of the daughter of Waultier the third. Manassier, sonne to Albon the second. Regnier the first, son to Manassier. Regnier the second, son to Regnier the first. Regnier the third, son to Regnier the second. Bauldwin Earle of Flanders in right of [Page 43] his wife Richilde, sole daughter to Regnier the third. Bauldwin the second, son to Bauldwin, & Richilde aforesaid. Hee succeeded only in the Earledome of Hainault. Bauldwin the third, son to Bauldwin the second. Bauldwin the fourth, son to Bauldwin the third. Bauldwin the fift, sonne to Bauldwin the fourth. Bauldwin the sixt, sonne to Bauld­win the fift. Hee marryed vnto Margeret, Countesse of Flanders; by which meanes these two Earledomes were the second time vnited vnder one prince. Bauldwin the seaventh, sonne to Bauldwin the sixt, and Margaret, Earle of Flanders, and Hainault. Ioan, eldest daughter to Bauldwin the seaventh, Earle of Flanders, & Hainault. She dyed sans issue, having beene twise marryed to Ferdinand, son to Sancius, K. of Portugal, & to Thomas, son to Thomas, Earle of Savoy. Margaret the second, younger sister to Ioane aforesaid, and daughter to Bauldwin the seaventh; Countesse of Flanders, and Hainault. Shee married vnto William of Burbon, Lord of Dampier, brother to Archem­bauld, Duke of Bourbon, and deceased in the yeare 1279. Before her marriage she had by Buscart, her Tutour, or Guardian, Prior of the Monasterie of S. Peter in L'isle, a son named Iohn d'Avesnes, by a­greement, & consent of his other brethren, succeeding in the Earle­dome hereof; Flanders descending vpon the legitimate issue, the heire of Margaret, and William of Bourbon, Lord of Dampierre. Iohn d' Avesnes, naturall son to Margaret the second, and Buscart, Earle of Hainault. He marryed vnto Aleide, daughter to Florentius the fourth, and sister to the Emperour William, Earles of Holland. Iohn the se­cond, son to Iohn d'Avesnes, and Aleide aforesaid. After the decease of Iohn the first, Earle of Holland, without children, in the yeare 1300 hee succeeded in the Earledomes of Holland, & Zealand, and in the Lordship of West-Freisland; continued still afterwards vnited in his successours. William the first, son to Iohn the second, Earle of Hainault, Holland, & Zealandt, & Lord of West-Freislandt. William the second, son to William the first. He deceased without issue; slaine at Staveren by the rebellious Frisons. Margaret the third, sister to William the second, and wife to the Emperour Lewis of Bavaria, Countesse of Hainault, Holland, & Zealand, and Lord of West-Frei­slandt. Younger sister herevnto was Philippa, Queene to Edward the third, king of England. Betwixt this princesse, and her vnnaturall son William the third arose great quarrels, & contention about the possession hereof, the oceasions of the factions d'Houc, & Cabelliau a long time after afflicting Holland, the first taking part with the mo­ther, the other with the son; the controversie at length being compo­sed betwixt them, & the Empresse, the mother, being contented only with Hainault, deceasing in the yeare 1355, and buried at Valenciens. William the third, younger son to the Emperour Lewis of Bavaria, & of Margaret aforesaid, Earle of Hainault, Holland, & Zealandt, and Lord of West-Freislandt. Tainted with this vnnaturall rebellion, and wickednes against his mother, he fell into a frensy, wherein he lan­guished for the space of 30 yeares; deceasing without islue. Albert the first, son to the Emperour Lewis of Bavaria, & Margaret, & yonger [Page 44] brother to William the third, during his sicknesse, & malady Gover­nour of all the provinces of the Netherlands, subject to the house of Bavaria. Stephen, the eldest son to the Emperour Lewis of Bavaria, & Margaret succeeded in the Dukedome of Bavaria. William the fourth, son to Albert the first. Iaqueline, daughter vnto William the fourth. After long, & much trouble, & sundry vnfortunate, and ill succeeding marriages, shee resigned the Estates of Hainault, Holland, Zealand, & West-Frelslandt vnto Philip the Good, Duke of Burgundy, her next kinsman, deceasing without issue. Philip, surnamed the Good, sonne to Iohn Duke of Burgundy, & of Margaret, daughter to Albert the first, sister to William the fourth, and aunt to Iaqueline; by right of bloud, and the resignation of Iaqueline, Earle of Hollandt, Zealandt, and Hai­nault, and Lord of West-Freislandt, by whom these foure provinces were all brought vnto the house of Burgundy, afterwards of Au­stria.

These Estates begun for the most part by the French, seated in their part of Lorraine, and first held vnder their right, thorough the quar­rels, factions, and sundry imperfections, raigning in that nation, haue since wholy withdrawne themselues from all subjection hereof; ac­knowledging the soveraignety of the Dutch, accompted part of their Empire, and reckoned in their tenth circle of Burgundy. At this day notwithstanding (chiefely since their possession by the house of Bur­gundy) thorough the no lesse sicknesse, and maladies of the languish­ing German Empire, they haue likewise freed themselues in a maner from all acknowledgment hereof, neither suiting their Imperiall Court, nor obeying the orders of their Diets, neither yeelding any ayde, or service to the Emperour; with the provinces of Flanders, & Artois sub­ject only to their owne princes, the Dukes of Burgundy, & Austria.

THE EARLEDOME of HOL­LAND, and ZEALAND.

v. Hadriani Barlandi Co­mitum Hollan­diae Hist. & Pe­tri Bittij Com­mentar. Re­rum Germani­carum. l. 2. 23. THey were thus named from their low, & maritime situations. Ve­xed with the pyracyes of the Normans, about the yeare 857, for their better defence, they were first giuen with this title, together with the neighbouring countrie of the Frisons, vnto Theodoric, son to Sigebert, prince of Aquitania, by the Emperour Charles the Bauld. By Arnulph their fourth prince, quitting the French alleagiance, they were first made subiect to the fief, and soveraignttie of the Dutch Em­perours. In Iohn the second they became added to the house of Hainault. In VVilliam the third, to the house of Bavaria. In Philip the Good, to the familie of Burgundy. In Philip the second, to the house of Austria, where­in now the right remaineth. In the raigne of Philip the second, king of Spaine, and the third of that name, Duke of Burgundy (occasioned tho­rough their difference in Religion, and the rough goverment of his Spanish officers,) together with the provinces of Vtreicht, Over-Ysel, Gel­derland, VVest-Freislandt, & Groningen they shoke off the yoake of their [Page 45] princes; after about 40 yeares warre treated withall, and acknowledg­ed as free estates by his son Philip the third. Their Princes follow. The­odoric, son to Sigebert, prince of Aquitania, first Earle of Holland, and Zealand, and Lord of West-Freisland, in the raigne, & by the gift of the Emperour Charles the Bauld. Theodoric the second, son to Theodo­ric the first. Theodoric the third, son to Theodoric the second. Arnulph, son to Theodoric the third, slaine against the Frisons; with whom (still rebelling) this prince, & his successours had often, and continu­all war. Hee made subject these provinces to the soveraignety of the German Emperours. Theodoric the fourth, son to Arnulph. Theodoric the fift, son to Theodoric the fourth. He dyed sans issue. Florentius the first, son to Theodoric the fourth, and brother to Theodoric the fift. Theodoric the sixt, son to Florentius the first. In the minority hereof (Rupert Earle of Flanders, second husband to his mother Gertrude, and protectour herevnto being overcome, & driven out) the coun­tries hereof are vsurped, & seazed vpon by Godfrey, surnamed le Bossu, Duke of Lorraine, slaine by treason in the yeare 1075, accomp­ted by some amongst the Earles of Holland, & Zealand. Florentius the second, son to Theodoric the sixt. Theodoric the seaventh, son to Floren­tius the second. Florentius the third, son to Theodoric the seaventh. Theodoric the eight, son to Florentius the third. Hee deceased without male issue. Ada, daughter to Theodoric the eight; marryed vnto Le­wis, Earle of Lossen, driven out by William, Earle of East-Friesland. She dyed without heires. William the first, Earle of East-Freisland, brother to Theodoric the eight, and vncle vnto Ada, Earle of Hol­land, & Zealand, & Lord of West-Freisland. Florentius the fourth, son to William the first. It was Margaret daughter herevnto, and wife to Herman, Earle of Henneberg, who is so famous in the Dutch histories for her monstrous birth of 365 children, christned altogether by the names of Iohn, & Elizabeth, by Guy Suffragan of Vtreicht; deceasing vpon the same day with their mother in the yeare 1276, and buried at Losdun, neere vnto the Hage, whose monument, & epitaphe are there yet to be seene. William the second, son to Florentius the fourth. He was elected Roman Emperour; slaine by the rebellious Frisons. Florentius the fift, son to William the second. He marryed vnto Bea­tres, daughter to Guy, Earle of Flanders, by whom he had in way of dowry the whole right given vnto him, which the Earles of Flanders chalenged in the Iland of Walcheren, & Zealand, for a long time con­troversed betwixt the two houses. Meyerus in his historie of Flanders would haue him to haue beene the first Earle of Holland, who should take vpon him the title, and name of Earle of Zealand. Iohn the first, son to Florentius the fift. Hee marryed vnto Elizabeth, daughter to Edward the second, King of England, & deceased without issue in the yeare 1300, the last Earle of Holland, & Zealand, & Lord of West-Freisland of the house of Aquitaine. Iohn the second, Earle of Hainault, son to Iohn d'Avesnes, & Al [...]ide, or Adelheide, daughter to Floren­tius the fourth, & sister to the Emperour William; Earle of Holland, & Zealand, & Lord of West-Freisland. William the third, son to Iohn [Page 46] the second. William the fourth, son to William the third, slaine at Sta­veren against the Frisons in the yeare 1345 sans issue. Margaret, eldest daughter to William the third, & sister to William the fourth; the last princesse of the house of Hainault, She marryed vnto the Emperour, Lewis of Bavaria. William the fift, younger son to Margaret of Hai­nault, & to the Emperour Lewis of Bavaria. Hee dyed phrenetique without issue, noted for his rebellion, & disobedience towards his mother. His elder brother, Stephen, succeeded in the Dukedome of Bavaria, from whom haue descended the present Dukes of Bavaria. Albert, son to the Emperour Lewis of Bavaria, & of Margaret of Hainault, younger brother to William the fift. William the sixt, son to Albert. Iaqueline, daughter to William the sixt. Shee dyed with­out issue, the last princesse of the house of Bavaria; Countesse of Hol­land, Zealand, & Hainault, a [...]d Lord of West-Freislandt. Philip the Good, Duke of Burgundy, son to Iohn Duke of Burgundy, & of Margaret, daughter to Albert, & sister to William the sixt. Charles, surnamed the Fighter, Duke of Burgundy, sonne to Philip the Good; slaine by the Switzers, & Lorrainers, before Nancie. Marie, daugh­ter to Charles surnamed the Fighter, the last princesse of the house, or name of Burgundy; Countesse of Holland, Zealand, & Hainault, and Lord of West-Freislandt. Shee marryed vnto Maximilian the first, Arch-duke of Austria, and afterwards Emperour of the Romans. Phi­lip the second, son to Maximilian, & Mary, and afterwards the first of that name king of Spaine, in right of his wife Ioane, eldest daughter vnto Ferdinand the fift, & Elizabeth, Kings of Castile, & Aragon. Charles son to Philip, & Ioane aforesaid, heire of the houses of Burgun­dy, Austria, & Spaine▪ and the fift of that name Emperour of the Ro­mans. Philip the third of that name Duke of Burgundy, & the second of the name King of Spaine, son to the Emperour Charles the fift; vn­der whose government the provinces of Holland, Zealand, and West-Freisland first revolted.

The Bishopricke, or Lordship of Vtreicht.

vid. Hadriani Barland. Vltra­iectensium E­piscoporum Catalogum, & Res Gestas. NAmed thus from the city Vtreicht. The estate was first occasio­ned by one Willebrod, an Englishman, the Apostle of those parts; vpon his conversion of the country from Paganisme instituted first Bishop hereof about the yeare 611, and during the Regency of Pepin the Fat, Majour of the Palace in France. The Successours of this Willebrod in continuance of time by the liberality of the French Kings, & of the German Emperours, haue attayned vnto, as well the tem­porall, as the spirituall iurisdiction of the countrey, together with Over-Ysel beyond the Rhiin, belonging likewise vnto the sea, which vnder the fief hereof they still held subject vnto them vntill the Emperour Charles the fift, who (taking occasion vpon their many losses, and dam­mages, susteined from the Gelders, with whom the Bishop then had warre,) pretending their disability to resist that enimy, by the consent of Henry, Counte Palatine, then Bishop, seazed vpon the whole tem­porall [Page 47] domaine hereof, leauing onely the spirituall to the Prelates; which also since the vsurpation of the Countryes by the States of the Vnited Provinces hath likewise beene taken from them, remayning af­terwards onely titulary. In the raigne of Philip the second, king of Spaine, these Countryes were likewise freed from the yoake of Spaine, or house of Austria; contayning now two distinct States, or Provinces, of Vtreicht, and Ouer-ysell. The order, and succession of the Bishops for breuity sake we let passe.

The Dukedome of GELDERLAND.

ITv. Ponti Heu­teri Comitum, & Ducum Gel­driae, & Zut­phaniae Ge­neal. & Com­ment. was so called from the castle, afterwardes the towne of Gelders, founded here by two brothers VVickard, and Luppolà, created by the inhabitants first guardians, or protectours of the country, in the raigne of the Emperour Charles the Bauld; continuing this title to succession. In the person of Otto, Earle of Nassau, hauing marryed Aleide, daughter to Wickard, the last guardian, it was made an Earledome by the Empe­rour Henry the third. In Reinold the first it was made a Dukedome by the Emperour Lewes of Bavaria. After the decease of Charles of Egmond, the last Duke, by composition betwixt him, and the Emperour Charles the fift, and the pretence of a former donation made by Duke Arnold vnto Charles the Fighter, Duke of Burgundy, this Province with the Earledome of Zutphen (vnited for a long time in the house of the Dukes of Gelderland) descended vpon the Emperour Charles the fift; added by him to his other Provinces of the Netherlands. Vnder Philip the second, King of Spaine, for the greatest part this shoke off the Spanish yoake; with Zutphen gouerned now in maner of a Free estate, confede­rate with the rest of the vnited Provinces. The princes follow. Otto, earle of Nassau, before-mentioned, in right of his wife Aleide, daughter to VVickard, the last guardian, created first Earle of Gelderland in the yeare 1079 by the Emperour Henry the third. He had for second wife So­phia, daughter to Wickman, the last Earle of Zutphen; by which meanes that Country, and Earledome, became annexed to the house of Gelderland. Gerard the first, son to Otto, and Aleide, Earle of Gel­derland. Gerlac, his yonger brother, and son to Otto, and Sophia, inhe­rited the Earledome of Zutphen. After the decease of Gerlac without heires, he succeeded likewise in the Earledome of Zutphen, continued euer since in the same Princes with Gelderland. Henry the first, son to Gerard the first, Earle of Gelderland, and Zutphen. Gerard the second, son to Henry the first. He dyed sans issue. Otho the second, brother to Gerard the second. Gerard the third, son to Otho the second. Otho the third, son to Gerard the third. Reinold the first, son to Otho the third, created first Duke of Gelderlandt in the yeare 1339 by the Em­perour Lewes of Bavaria. Reinold the second, Duke of Gelderlandt, & Earle of Zutphen, sonne to Reinold the first. Reinold the third, sonne to Reinold the second. Hee deceased sans issue. Ed­ward, brother to Reinold the third. He also dyed without issue. Ma­ry, sister to Edward, and Reinold the third. She marryed vnto William [Page 48] the first, Duke of Iuliers. William, son to William the first, Duke of Iu­liers, and Mary aforesaid. He dyed without issue. Reinold the fourth, brother to William, and son to William, Duke of Iuliers, and Mary. He likewise deceased without issue. Mary C. of Gelderland, daugh­ter to Ioane, sister to William, and Reinold the fourth, and daugh­ter to William, Duke of Iuliers, and Mary. Arnold, son to Mary, and to Iohn, Lord of Egmond. Worthily incensed against his vnnaturall son Adolph, by whom he had beene a long time most inhumanely de­tayned in prison, hee partly sold, and bequeathed these estates vnto Charles surnamed the Fighter, Duke of Burgundy, to be occupyed, & enioyed by that house after his decease. Charles, surnamed the Fighter, Duke of Burgundy, after the decease of Arnold, succeeding in the Dukedome of Gelderland, and Earledome of Zutphen (Adolph, son to Arnold, hauing beene disinherited by his father) by vertue of the sale, and legacy before-mentioned. Adolph of Egmond, the vnnaturall son of Duke Arnold, after the decease of Charles the Fighter (slaine before Nancye) restored by Mary, Dutchesse of Burgundy, daughter to Charles the Fighter. Charles of Egmond, Duke of Gelderland, and Earle of Zutphen, son to Duke Adolph. Wearyed with long warres against the Princes of the Netherlands of the house of Burgundy, and Austria, pretending the legacy, & sale of Duke Arnold, vpon agree­ment, & composition made with the Emperour Charles the Fift, hee yeelded ouer these estates vnto him, to bee enioyed after his decease, in case that he left no issue. He dyed without issue. Charles the fift, Em­perour of the Romans, and king of Spaine by vertue of the agreement before-mentioned, made betwixt him, and Duke Charles of Egmond, succeeding in the Dukedome of Gelderland, and Earledome of Zut­phen, Philip the second, King of Spaine, son to the Emperour Charles the fift. In the raigne of this Prince these two Provinces revolted with the rest from vnder the Spanish goverment; with those of Holland, Zea­landt, Vtreicht, Over-ysell, West-Friselandt, and Groningen, making now the most potent, and renowned confederate, and vnited States of the Netherlands.

The KINGDOME of BVRGVNDY.

THisv. L' Hi­stoire de Lyon par Claude de Rubys. liv. 3. c. [...]0. & 21. Kingdome was begun in the person of Charles, son to the Emperour Lotharius, and brother to the Emperour Lewis the se­cond, & to Lotharius, King of Austrasia, or Lorraine; whose share it was of the French dominions in the division of the part of the Emperour Lotharius, made betwixt him, & his other brethren. It contained the greatest part of the auncient Kingdome of the Burgundians, occasioning the name; together with Provençe. It comprehendeth now besides Provençe, the Dukedome, & Free County of Burgundy, Savoy, Daulphinye, Lionois, & the Confederacy of the Switzers. It lay divided from Germany by the Rhijn; from Italy by the Alpes; from the Kingdome of Lorraine [Page 49] by the Mountaine Vauge; & from the kingdome of West-France by the river Rhosne, and by the moderne Westerne limits of the Dukedome of Burgundy. These three brethren Lewis, Lotharius, & Charles, sons to the Emperour Lotharius, not long after deceasing without male issue, or issue legitimate, and the house of the Emperour Lotharius being by that meanes extinguished, the kingdome became vsurped, & seazed vpon by the Emp: Charles the Bauld, & vnited by him, as a province, to his kingdome of West-France. The Kings of Burgundy vntill this vnion follow. Charles, yonger sonne to the Emp. Lotharius, the first French K. of Burgundy. He dyed without issue. Lewis the 2d, Emp. of the Ro­mans, & Lotharius the second, K. of Austrasia, brothers vnto Charles the first K. after the decease of their brother succeeding in the kingdome of Burgundy, & dividing it betwixt thē; the Mountain Iour bounding, and severing their portions. They also both dyed without heires, or lawfull; in whom ended the house of the Emperour Lotharius, eldest son to the Emperour Lewis the Godly. Charles surnamed the Bauld, Emperour of the Romans, & [...]ing of West-France; vncle to Charles, Lewis, & Lotharius the second, & brother to the Emperour Lothari­us. Vnder this prince this first French kingdome of Burgundy tooke end, being added, as a province, to West-France▪ parted by him into three divisions, or governments, of Burgundy on this side of the river of So­asne. Of Burgundy beyond the Soasne▪ and of Burgundy beyond the Iour; contayning together, and occasioning not long after the Dukedome of Burgundy on this side of the Soasne, with the Earledomes of Lyon, and Mascon; the Dukedomes of Burgundy beyond the Iour; and the king­dome of Arles, or Burgundy, whose beginnings, and after fortunes fol­low.

The Dukedome of Burgundy on this side the Soasne.

THisv. L' Histoire de Lyon par Claude de Ru­bys. lib 3. c. 24. & 26. Les An­nales de Bour­gogne par Guillaume Pa­radin. & Histor. Belgicam E­manuelis Me­terani. was part of the devision of Burgundy on this side the Soasne, subdevided by the Emperour Charles the Bauld into 5 lesser Can­tons, the Counties of Dijon, Austun, Chalon, Mascon, & Lyon, governed a part by their Earles, not then hereditary, and but such Magistrates of the Kings of West-France, so named. The estate was begun in the per­son of Theodoric, Counte of Authun, vnto whom Eudo King of France having given the Counties of Dijon, & Chalon, vnited all three into one entier Dukedome; from the first possession of this prince entitl'd then of Austun, shortly after by Richard his son (who succeeded him) named of Burgundy. The heires of this princely house haue in con­tinuance of time got seazed of the many provinces of the Low-coun­tries, by the Emperour Charles the fift revnited with Germany, & ma­king the tenth circle of the Empire, called from hence the circle of Bur­gundy. The Dukedome notwithstanding, their first patrimony, still held vnder the fief of the French Kings, was in the raigne of Mary wrested from them, and vnited to the Crowne of France by king Le­wis the eleaventh; nothing now hereof remayning vnto them, but the [Page 50] title. The princes follow. Theodoric, before mentioned, the first Duke, in the raigne of Eudo, king of France. He was stiled only Duke of Au­thun. Richard son to Theodoric. He first tooke vpon him the title of Duke of Burgundy. Rodulph, son to Richard. Becomming afterwards Duke of Burgundy Transiuraine, hee left this Dukedome vnto his younger brother, Hugh surnamed the Black. Hugh, surnamed the Blacke, brother to Rodulph; the last Duke of Burgundy of the house of Theodoric, Duke of Austun; succeeded vnto by the house of An­iou, and the brethren of Hugh Capet, king of France, by compositi­on, & agreement made herewith, forced by that potent family. Otho the first, Duke of Burgundy, younger brother to Hugh Capet, the v­surping King of France. Eudo the first, brother to Otho the first. Henry the first, brother the Otho, & Eudo the first. They all three died with­out heires. Robert the first, King of France, sonne to Hugh Capet, Duke of Burgundy by the greater swey of that familie, & kingdome; Otho Guillaume, first Earle of Burgundy, being excluded, to whom the Dukedome had beene assigned by Duke Henry the first, son to his wife Gerberge. Robert the second, eldest son to Robert the first, French King. His younger brother Henry succeeded in the kingdome of France. Hugh the second, son to Henry, son to Robert the second. Hee became Monke of Cluny, resigning his temporall estates vnto his bro­ther Otho. Otho the second, brother to Hugh the second. He founded the famous Monasterie of Cisteaux. Hugh the third, son to Otho the second. Otho the third, son to Hugh the third. Hugh the fourth, son to Otho the third. He deceased in the Holy Land, left commaun­der there of the army of Philip Augustus, French King, against Sala­din, & the Infidels, after the returne of that prince towards France. O­tho the fourth, son to Hugh the fourth. Hugh the fift, son to Otho the fourth. Robert the third, son to Hugh the fift. Hugh the sixt, son to Ro­bert the third. He dyed vnmarryed. Eudo the second, brother to Hugh the sixt, and son to Robert the third. Philip the first, son to Philip, son to Eudo the second. He deceased sans issue, the last Duke of Burgun­dy of the house, or name of Capet, succeeded vnto by the house, or name of Valois. Iohn, French king, sonne to Philip de Valois, French King, and to Ioane of Burgundy, daughter to Robert the third, and si­ster to Hugh the sixt, & Eudo the third, succeeding in the Dukedome of Burgundy in the yeare 1361. Philip the second, surnamed the Hardy, younger son to Iohn, French King, Duke of Burgundy. Hee married vnto Margaret, daughter to Lewis Malan, Earle of Flanders, heire of the houses of Flanders, the Free County of Burgundy, Artois, Nevers, Rethel, Brabant, & Limburg; by meanes whereof they all became v­nited in the family of Burgundy. Iohn the second, son to Philip the Har­dy; slaine by Charles, Daulphin of Vienne, the occasion of the bloody civill wars in France betwixt the houses of Burgundy, & Or­leans. Philip the second, surnamed the Good, son to Iohn the second. As th [...] next heire of that house after Iaqueline, before mentioned, he be­came Earle of Hainault, Holland, and Zealandt, and Lord of West-Freislandt; transmitted to his posterity. He also added to his house [Page 51] the Dukedome of Luxemburg, bought of Elizabeth, the last Duchesse thereof, and the Earledome of Namur, purchased of Theodore, the last Earle. Charles surnamed the Fighter, son to Philip the Good, slaine in battail before Nancy in Lorraine by the Switzers, and Lorrainers. Mary, Duchesse of Burgundy, daughter to Charles the Fighter. Shee lost this countrey vnto Lewis the eleaventh, French King, ever since incorporated with France, retayning only the title, left vnto her Suc­cessours. Shee married vnto Maximilian the first, Arch-duke of Au­stria, & afterwards Emperour of the Romans, the last princesse of the house, or name of Valois. Philip the third, son to Maximiliam the first, Archduke of Austria, and Emperour of the Romans, and to Mary de Valois aforesaid; succeeding in the provinces, & estates of the Ne­therlands, and in the title of Duke of Burgundy. Hee marryed vnto Ioane, eldest daughter vnto Ferdinand the fift, & Elizabeth, Kings of Spaine. Charles, the second of the name, Duke of Burgundy, & the fift of the name Emperour of the Romans, son to Philip the third, Duke of Burgundy, and to Ioane of Spaine; heire of the three houses of Bur­gundy, Spaine, & Austria. He added to the dominions of Burgundy in the Low Countries the countryes of Gelderland, Zutphen, Vtreicht, Over-Ysel, and Groningen. Philip, the second of that name king of Spaine, and the fourth of the name Duke of Burgundy. In the raigne of this prince the provinces of Holland, Zealandt, Vtreicht, Over-Y­sel, Gelderlandt, Zutphen, West-Freisland, & Groningen, part of the dominions of Burgundy, revolted from vnder the government of their princes, knowne now by the name of the Vnited Provinces. Isa­bella, daughter to Philip the second king of Spaine; by the gift, and as­signment of her father succeeding in the title of Burgundy, and in what is left of the Netherlands. Shee married vnto Albert Arch-duke of Austria, younger son to the Emperour Maximilian the second, lately deceased.

THE EARLEDOME of LYON, and MASCON, now LIONOIS.

THeyv. L' Histoire de Lion par Claude de Ru­bys livre 3. cap. 21. 23. & 31. contayned the rest of Burgundy, lying on this side the So­asne, devided by the Emperour Charles the Bauld (as hath beene before related) into fiue lesser Cantons; the Counties of Dijon, Austun, and Chalon, making the Dukedome of Burgundy; and those other of Lyon, & Mascon: commaunded by their severall Earles, being then but such officers of the Emperour, thus named, becomming after this to be Vsu-fructuaryes, and hereditary. They came afterwards to the right of the Bishops, & Church of Lyon; vnited with France, and making the countrey, now called Lionois, held (as was still the Dukedome of Burgundy) vnder the right, & soveraignety of the French Kings.

THE DVKEDOME OF BVRGVN­DY BEYOND THE IOVR.

ITvid. L'Hi­stoire de Lyon par Claude de Rubys liure 3. cap. 21. 24. 25. 26. & 27. was situated betwixt the Mountainous ridge of the Iour, and the Alpes, and the Rhijn; comprehending at this day the Dukedome of Sa­voy, and the confederacy of the Switzers, & Grisons. It was first an Earle­dome, begun in the person of Conrade, brother to Robert the great, and vncle to Eudo, afterwards French King, appointed first Counte, or go­vernour hereof by the Emperour Charles the Bauld. In the person of Rodulph, son to Conrade, succeeding herevnto in the Earledome, or go­vernment, it was raised to a petty kingdome, named of Burgundy, by Eudo French King, the more hereby to enoble his house, and to affront Bozon, Earle of Burgundy beyond the Soasne, who already had vsurped the title of King of Burgundy by the aide, & assistance of the German Emperours. Rodulph notwithstanding after the decease of Eudo, being vnwilling to displease the Emperours, changed afterwards his more odious title of King for that lesser of Duke; continued by the succee­ding princes. By Bozon the second, the last Duke of Burgundy Transiu­raine, vpon the decease of his brother Rodulph the second without heires succeeding in the kingdome of Arles, or Burgundy, it became vnited to that kingdome, continuing in this vnion vntill the expiration, and end of that State. The princes follow. Conrade aforesaid, first Earle, or Governour of Burgundy beyond the Iour, in the raigne of the Em­perour Charles the Bald. Rodulph the first, son to Conrade; first King, af­terwards Duke of Burgundy Transiuraine in the raignes of Eudo, and Charles the Simple, French Kings. Charles the Simple being im­prisoned, and deposed by his factious nobility, he became afterwards King of France. The better to strengthen his side, and to assure his ill got kingdome he gaue the Dukedome of Burgundy Transiuraine vnto Rodulph Duke of Burgundy on this side the Soasne. Rodulph the se­cond, Duke of Burgundy on this side the Soasne; by the gift of Ro­dulph French King, succeeding in the Dukedome of Burgundy Tran­siuraine. Contending with Hugh, King of Arles, & Burgundy for the Empire, and kingdome of Italy, he exchanged his right vnto Italy for the kingdom of Arles; resigning vnto his brother Hugh, surnamed the Blacke, the Dukedome of Burgundy on this side the Soasne, and to his brother Bozon, this other of Burgundy Transiuraine. Bozon, Duke of Burgundy Transiuraine by the gift of his brother Rodulph, king of Arles. His brother Rodulph, King of Arles deceasing without issue, he became also King of Arles, & Burgundy; in whom ended the name, & title of the Dukedome of Burgundy Transiuraine, or beyond the Iour, vnited to the kingdome of Arles.

The Kingdome of ARLES, and BVRGVNDY.

THisvid. L'Hi­stoire de Lyon par Claude de Rubys. liv. 3. c. 21. 23. 26. 28. & 31. Kingdome was begun in the person of Bozon, brother to Iudith, wife vnto the Emperour Charles the Bauld, by the gift of this prince made first Earle, or Governour of Burgundy beyond the Soasne; after his decease in the raigne of the two bastard brothers, Lewis, and Carlo­man, French Kings, created king of Arles, and Burgundy (for thus were these kings stiled) by the Emperour Charles the Fat, to bee held vnder the right of the German Emperours. It contained at the time, when it was first erected, onely the division, or Earledome of Burgundy beyond the Soasne, before-mentioned: lying betwixt that riuer, and the mountaine Iour; the Rhosne, and the Alpes; and the Vauge, and the Sea Mediterranean, & cōprehending now the Countryes of Provençe, Daul­phinye, & the Free County of Burgundy. By Bozon the second, Duke of Burgundy Transiuraine, vpon the decease of his brother Rodulph the first sans issue, succeeding in this kingdome, the Dukedome of Burgundy Transiuraine was added hereunto. In Rodulph the second, deceasing with­out heires, the kingdome, & state tooke end, giuen by him to the Em­perour Conrade the second, & to Henry surnamed the Black, son herevn­to, and of his sister Gisela; incorporated by them to the German King­dome, & Empire, & parted afterwards into sundry lesser Signeuryes & Gouerments, the Earledomes of Provençe, & of the Free County of Bur­gundy, the Dukedome of Savoy, Daulphinye, and the Confederacy of the Switzers, and Grisons, partly at this day holding of the Empire, partly vnited with the Kingdome of France, & partly being Free Estates. The order of the Princes follow. Bozon the first, Earle of Burgundy, on this fide of the Soasne; created first king of Burgundy or Arles, in the raigne of the Emperour Charles the Fat, & of Lewes, and Carloman, French kings. Lewis son to Bozon, & of Ermengarde daughter to the Emperour Lewes the second. He was chosen, & crowned king of Ita­ly, & Roman Emperour by the factious Italians; betrayed afterwards at Verona to his Competitour Berengario, Duke of Friuli, & sent back with his eyes plucked out. Hee dyed sans issue, leauing the kingdome vnto Hugh d' Arles (bastard son to Lotharius the second, King of Lor­raine, & Waldrada, his concubine) Earle of Provençe. Hugh d' Arles by the gift of Lewis succeeding in the kingdome of Arles, and Burgundy. Elected together with Rodulph, Duke of Burgundy Transiuraine by their severall factions king of Italy, for his more easie, & quiet possessi­on of Italy he gaue Arles, & Burgundy vnto Rodulph his competitour. Rodulph the first, Duke of Burgundy Transiuraine, vpon composition with Hugh d' Arles succeeding in the kingdome of Arles, & Burgun­dy. He gaue the dukedome of Burgundy Transiuraine, vnto his brother Bozon the second, & died without issue. Bozon the second, Duke of Bur­gundy Transiuraine, after the decease of his brother Rodulph the first, succeeding in the kingdome of Arles, & Burgundy. By this Prince, and [Page 54] meanes, Burgundy Transiuraine, or beyond the Iour, became vnited with the kingdome of Arles, & Burgundy. Conrade, son to Bozon the se­cond. Hee married vnto Maude, sister to Lotharius, & daughter to Lewes the fourth, French kings. Rodulph the second, son to Conrade, & Maude. Iustly incensed against the French kings of the house of An­iou in regard of their iniuries done vnto his family, and to the house of Charles the Great (from the which he was descended by his mo­ther) in the vsurpations of Burgundy on this side the Soasne, and of the kingdome of France, destitute of heires, and quitting the French par­tie, he gaue the Kingdome of Arles, & Burgundy vnto Conrade the second, Emperour of the Germans, & to Henry, surnamed the Black, son to the Emperour Conrade, & of his sister Gisela. By this meanes ended the kingdome of Arles, & Burgundy; vnited by the Emperour Conrade the second, & his son Henry the Black, vnto the German Empire, & divided into the Provinces, and Estates, before-mentioned, of Pro­vençe, and Daulphiny, the Free County, Savoy, and of the Switzers, whose beginnings, and continuance vnto our times follow.

THE EARLEDOME OF PRO­VENCE, OR ARLES.

BY this namev. C. Iulij Cae­saris Com. Bel­li Gallici l. 1. c. 8. & l'Hi­stoire de Lyon par Claude de Rubys. l. 3. c. 26 & 31. we reade in Caesar the whole more Southerne divi­sion of Gaule, named afterwards Gaule Narbonensis, to haue beene called; in regard of the civility of the inhabitants, and subjection here­of to the Roman lawes, and much difference from the other newly conquered, and barbarous Gallia, excluded by this Author from the accompt of Gaule, and named the Further v. supra. Province. The rest of this Roman Province of Gaule, by the invasion, and conquests of the barba­rous nations taking vp new names, the appellation onely remained in the part hereof, contayned betwixt the Rhosne, & Alpes. Falling to the share of Charles, son to the Emperour Lotharius, it became a parcell of his kingdome of Burgundy. Afterwards in the person of Bozon the first, it was made a part of the kingdome of Arles, and Burgundy. In the person of Hugh d' Arles (supposed by Rubys to haue beene the bastard son of Lotharius the second, king of Lorraine, and of his Concubine Wal­drada) it was first made an Earledome, being giuen vnto him with this title by king Bozon the first, to bee held vnder the soveraignty of the kings of Arles, and Burgundy. Hugh d' Arles, Earle of Provençe, by the gift of Lewis, son to Bozon, becomming afterwards king of Arles, and Burgundy, and not long after this resigning that kingdome vnto Ro­dulph the second, Duke of Burgundy Transiuraine (exchanged for the kingdome of Italy,) reserued here onely this Earledome for his sonne William, to he held vnder the soueraigne right of the kings of Arles, & Burgundy; confirmed afterwards by Conrade the second, and the Cerman Emperours, but with cōdition to be held of the Emperours. By the Em­perour Albert the first, the fief, & whole right of the Earledome of Pro­vençe, belonging to the German Emperours, was vnited to Philip Augustus [Page 55] & the French kings. By Charles d' Aniou, the last Earle of Provēçe; wāting heires, the country was given to Lewis the Eleventh, French K. by whō it was incorporated with the kingdome of France, in which vnion, & state it now remaineth. The order of the first Earles we find not. From Raimūd the last Earle of the house of Hugh d' Arles, vnto Charles d' Aniou aforesaid, & the vnion of Provençe with the crown of France, they were continued, as followeth. Raimund, Earle of Provençe, descē ­ded frō Hugh d' Arles, before mētioned. Charles the first, Earle of An­iou, & Maine, & afterwards K. of Naples, & Sicily, brother to Lewis the ninth, surnamed the Saint, French King; Earle of Provençe in right of his wife Beatres, daughter to Raimund. Charles the second, King of Naples, & Earle of Provençe, son to Charles the first. Robert, King of Naples, & Earle of Provençe, son to Charles the second. Ioane the first, Queene of Naples, & Countesse of Provençe, daughter to Charles, Duke of Calabria, son to King Robert. By this Princesse, the city, & countrey of Avignon were first alienated from the Earledome of Pro­vençe, and given to the Popes in lieu of a certaine tribute, pretended to be due for the kingdome of Naples, held of the Papacy, and for many yeares vnpayed vnto that sea. Lewis the first, yonger sonne to Iohn, French King, adopted by Ioane the first. Hee succeeded onely in Provençe. The kingdome of Naples after the decease of Queene Ioane became seazed by Charles Durazzo, descended from Charles the first; continued after in his family vnto queene Ioane the second. Lewis the second, son to Lewis the first; Earle of Provençe. Lewis the third, son to Lewis the second. He dyed without heires. Reiner, bro­to Lewis the third; Earle of Provençe, & in right of his wife Isabel, Duke of Lorraine. Deceasing without surviuing heires male, he gaue the Earledome of Provençe to his brother Charles, Earle of Maine. Charles, Earle of Maine, & Provençe, brother to Reiner. Wanting heires he bequeathed this countrey vnto Lewis the Eleaventh, French King; since which time it hath continued vnited with the Crowne of France.

DAVLPHINY.

THev. L'Histoire de Lyon par Claude de Ru­bys livre. 3. cap. 31. & Histoire de France par Bernard de Gi­rard, Seigneur du Haillan (en le roy Iehan.) Estate was begun by Guy, surnamed the Fat, Earle of Albon, vsurping, & seazing vpon the countrey hereof, with the title of Earle of Vienne, in the raigne of Rodulph the second, surnamed le Fay-ne­ant, the last king of Arles, & Burgundy. Guy the third of that name, Earle of Vienne, taking the Dolphin for his armes, alluding to the na­ture of that fish, which of all other is accompted the most familiar, and friendly vnto man, first named himselfe Dolphin of Vienne, from whom the succeeding princes haue still continued the stile, and the countrey from thence beene called Daulphiny. In the yeare 1340 Humbert, last Daulphin of Vienn [...], destitute of heires, deceasing gaue this countrey vnto Iohn, French king, with condition that the eldest sonnes of France should alwayes beare that title, and bee immediate Princes; a custome still afterwards vnto this day observed by the French. The Princes, [Page 56] for as many as wee find of them, were these. Guy the first, surnamed the Fat, before mentioned, Earle of Albon, descended from Girard, Earle of Vienne, dispossessed, & thrust out by the Emperour Charles the Bauld; the pretence of this his vsurpation, & title. Guy the second, son to Guy the first. Guy the third, son to Guy the second. He first sti­led himselfe Dolphin of Vienne. The order of the Dolphins from this prince we finde not, and vntill Humbert. Humbert the last Dol­phin of Vienne of the house of Guy the Fat. Charles, eldest son to Iohn, French King, the first Dolphin of the house of France, by the gift of Humbert, in whom this countrie was vnited with France; the title continued still afterwards in the eldest sons of the French Kings. This province (as part of the kingdomes of Arles, & Burgundy) was aunciently held of the German Empire. How it was cleered from the right hereof, we cannot certainely relate.

The Free Countrey of Burgundy.

ITv. Les Anna­les de Bour­gogne par Guil­laume Paradin. hath beene thus named from the Free Estate, which the inhabi­tants enjoy vnder their Princes. The Earledome was begun in the per­son of Otho-Guillaume, son to Gerberge, Countesse of Dijon, wife to Hen­ry the first, Duke of Burgundy on this side the Soasne; seazed hereof by the aide, & power of Robert, French King, in lieu of that Dukedome given vnto him by Henry the first, and whereof he had bin deprived by King Robert. By Ioane Countesse hereof, & of Artois, (married vnto Philip, surnamed the Long, French King) it became with Artois possessed by the house of France. By Margaret, daughter to Ioane, and Philip the Long, French King, marrying to Lewis the first, Earle of Flanders; it was carryied to the house of Flanders; from whence it descended to those of Burgundy, & Austria, where now it resteth. The order of the Earles follow. Otho-Guillaume before mentioned, first Count Palatine of Burgundy in the raigne of Robert, King of France. Reinard the first, son to Otho-Guillaume. William the first, son to Rei­nard. Stephen, son to William the first; slaine in the holy wars against the Infidell. William the second, son to Stephen. Reinard the second. He gaue to Berthold, son to the Emperour Conrade the third, the cities of Geneve, & Lousanne. Frederique Barbarossa, Emperour of the Ro­mans, in the right of his wife Beatres, daughter to Reinard the second. Otho the first, third son to the Emperour Frederique Barbarossa, & of Beatres. He deceased without heire male. After the decease of Otho the first, the right was questioned betwixt Otho, D. of Merā, husbād to Beatres, eldest daughter to Otho; & Girard, Counte of Vienne, hus­band to Ioane, younger daughter to Otho; both princes being ac­knowledged by their factions, and vsurping the title of Earles of Bur­gundy; a cause of long war, and contention betwixt the sides. Otho the second, Duke of Meran; and Girard, Counte of Vienne in the right of their wiues, Beatres, & Ioane aforesaid, daughters to Otho the first. Otho the third, Duke of Meran, son to Otho the second; and Stephen, son to [Page 57] William, Earle of Chalon, & Salins, next heire to Girard, Counte of Vienne. Iohn, son to Stephen. Hugh, son to Iohn. This tooke to wife Aliz, daughter to Otho the third, Duke of Meran; in whom the two different houses were vnited, and the quarrell composed. Othelin, son to Hugh, & Aliz aforesaid. He tooke to wife Maude, Countesse of Artois. Ioane, Countesse of Artois, & Burgundy, daughter to Othelin, & Maude. Shee marryed vnto Philip, surnamed the Long, French King. Margaret, Countesse of Artois, and Burgundy, daughter vnto Philip, the Long, French King, & Ioan. Shee marryed vnto Lewis the first, Earle of Flanders. He was slaine fighting against the English for the French in the battail at Crecy. Lewis the second, surnamed Ma­lan, Earle of Flanders, Burgundy, & Artois, son to Lewis the first, and Margaret. Margaret, Countesse of Flanders, Burgundy, & Artois, daughter to Lewis the second, surnamed Malan. Shee marryed vnto Philip de Valois, surnamed the Hardy, Duke of Burgundy, sonne to Iohn, French King. By this meanes the three great Earledomes of Burgundy, Flanders, and Artois became annexed to the family of Bur­gundy; by Mary of Valois, wife to Maximilian the first, brought after­wards to the house of Austria. The Earledome of Burgundy hath al­wayes beene held vnder the Empire, being a parcell of the kingdome of Arles, & Burgundy.

THE DVKEDOME OF SAVOY.

THeChronique de Savoye par Paradin. Estate was begun in the person of Beroald, surnamed the Saxon; in recompence of his many good services done herevnto, created first Earle of Maurienne by Rodulph the second, king of Arles, and Burgundy. Amadis the second of that name, Earle of Maurienne, having given vnto him by the Emperour Henry the fourth the litle countrey of Savoy (adding it herevnto, and leaving his former title of Maurienne,) first tooke vpon him the name of Earle of Savoy, continu­ed by the succeeding princes. In the Councell of Constance, and in the person of Amadis the eight it was made a Dukedome by the Empe­rour Sigismond. The Princes follow. Beroald, first Earle of Maurien­ne, surnamed the Saxon, in the raigne of Rodulph the second, King of Arles, & Burgundy. Humbert the first, son to Beroald, Earle of Mau­rienne; confirmed by the Emperour Conrade the second. Amadis the first, Earle of Maurienne, son to Humbert the first. Humbert the se­cond, Earle of Maurienne, son to Amadis the first. Amadis the second, son to Humbert the second. He first named himselfe Earle of Savoy, in the raigne of the Emperour Henry the fourth. Humbert the third, Earle of Savoy, sonto Amadis the second. Thomas the first, son to Humbert the third. Amadis the third, son to Thomas the first. Boniface, son to Amadis the third. He dyed without heires. Peter, son to Tho­mas the first, & brother to Amadis the third. He dyed without male issue. Philip the first, brother to Peter. He deceased also without heires. Amadis the fourth, son to Thomas of Savoy, son to Thomas the [Page 58] first. Edward the first, son to Amadis the fourth. He deceased without heires. Amadis the fift, son to Amadis the fourth, and brother to Edward the first. Amadis the sixt, son to Amadis the fift. Amadis the seaventh, Earle of Savoy, sonne to Amadis the sixt. Amadis the eight son to Amadis the seaventh, created first Duke of Savoy in the Coun­cell of Constance by the Emperour Sigismond. He turned Religious; living an Anchoret at Ripaille vpon the Lake of Geneve. Hee was afterwards by the Councell of Basil made Pope against Eugeni­us the fourth by the name of Faelix the fourth, after some 9 yeares Pa­pacy againe quitting the world, and returning to his Cell at Ripaille, where in a private state he dyed. Lewis, Duke of Savoy, sonne to A­madis the eight. Amadis the ninth, son to Lewis. Philibert the first, Duke of Savoy, son to Amadis the ninth. He deceased without heires. Charles the first, brother to Philibert the first. Charles the second, son to Charles the first. He dyed without heires. Philip the second, sonne to Lewis, son to Amadis the eight, & great vncle to Charles the second. Philibert the second, son to Philip the second. He also left no heires of his body. Charles the third; son to Philip the second, and brother to Philibert the second. Emanuel Philibert son to Charles the 3d. Charles Emanuel, son to Emanuel Phil. now Duke of Savoy.

The League, and Vnion of the Switzers.

THisEx Iosiâ Sim­lero de Repub­licâ Helvetio­rum. is an aggregate state, consisting of sundry different particu­lars, vnited onely in a generall league; named thus from the Can­ton of Switz, one of the three first joyning in this confederacie, occa­sioning, and bringing on the vnion of the rest. They comprehend the whole auncient countrey of the Helvetij: parts of the Allobroges, Rau­raci, & Germans beyond the Rhijn, together with the Mountaine peo­ple of the Veragri, Seduni, Lepontij, Sarunetes, with others, inhabiting the hollow bottomes of the Alpes Lepontiae, Rhaeticae, and Paeninae: at this day whatsoever is contayned betwixt the Mountainous ridge of the Iour, & the Lakes of Como, & Maggiore in Italy; & the Lake of Geneve, and the Rhiin, intercepted from the head thereof vnto below Basil. Simlerus devideth them into three distinct rankes, the Cantons, the Confederate States, and the Prefectures, subject to the Cantons.

The Cantons of the Switzers.

THese properly make the body of the Common-wealth of the Swit­zers; vnited in a more strict league then the rest, and enjoying sun­dry rights, & prerogatiues before the other; who alone haue voices in their generall assemblies, consult, and determine of warre, & peace, commaund the Prefectureships, share the spoiles of their enemies, and partake of the sundry profits, and emoluments of the vnion, and state. They are 13 in number, the Cantons of Vren, Switz, Vnderwald, Lu­cern, Zurich, Glarona, Zug, Bern, Fribug, Soloturn, Basil, Schaff-hausen, and Appenzel, all sometimes parcels of the kingdome of Arles, and Bur­gundy [Page 59] (Schaff-hausen excepted, lying beyond the Rhijn;) conveyed af­terwards to the Empire by the Emperour Conrade the second, & heerein partly becōming Free Estates, & partly subject to Monasteries, & to the house of Habspurg, and Austria. How these were freed herefrom, & by what meanes, & at what time they were incorporated into this Confe­deracy, and Vnion, we will shew in order.

The Cantons of Vren, Switz, aud Vnderwald.

THese are rude mountainous countreyes without any towne, or almost civill habitation, bordering vpon the Lukes of Lucern, and Waldstet see; neighbouring otherwise to the Grisons, Wallis-landt, & the Alpes Lepontiae. Aunciently they were Free estates, subiect immediatly to the German Empire, commaunded by the deputies hereof. Vnder the Em­perour Albert the first, affecting the dominion hereof, and their subje­ction to his house of Austria, thrusting out his praefects (provoked with their insolent, & tyrannicall goverment,) for their better defence & stronger head against that potent enemy in the yeare 1307 they joyned into a league, first temporary only of ten yeares, afterwards vpon their great victory at Mortgarten obtayned against the Arch­duke Leopold, son to the Emperour Albert the first, in the yeare 1315, and raigne of the Emperour Lewis of Bavaria, made perpetuall. These were the first, who began this Confederacy, called afterwards of the Switzers from the Canton Switz, the more potent of these three, or be­cause the most famous; the most exposed to the injuries, and incursi­ons of their enemies, deriuing the name, still as they were incorpora­ted, vnto the other Confederates.

The Canton of Lucern.

THe towne standeth vpon the river Russ, and the Lake named from hence the Lake of Lucern, common hereunto, & to the three first Can­tons. Aunciently this belonged to the Abbey of Murbach, of whom it was bought by the Emperour Albert the first, & added to the right, & Dominions of Austria. Vexed with continuall, & long warres of the three first Cantons, & invited by their example, & liberty, in the yeare 1332, pretending the negligence, tyranny, & injuries of the house of Austria, it shooke off the yoake hereof, vniting in the perpetuall league of the Switzers.

The Canton of Zurich.

THe towne is situated vpon the riuer Limat, and the lake of Zurich. Heretofore it appertained to two auncient Monasteries hereof, vn­der the protection of the Dukes of Zeringen, guardians of the towne, & Monasteries. Berchtold the fift, the last Duke of Zeringen, & guardian hereof, deceasing without heires, by the Emperour Frederique the second [Page 60] in recompence of the faith, & loyalty hereof still obserued towards the Emperours in their long quarrels with the Popes, it was exemp­ted from all superiour jurisdiction, sauing of the Empire; continuing afterwards a free state. In the yeare 1351, threatned with a dangerous & great warre from Albert, Archduke of Austria, the malignant neigh­bouring nobility, & other bordering states, it joyned in the perpetuall Confederacy of the foure first Cantons.

The Canton of Glarona.

IT is a valley of some 3 German miles in length, extēded along the riuer Limat, environed on al sides with high inaccessible mountaines, & ad­mitting one onely entrance; confining vpon the VVest with Vren, and Switz; & vpon the East, & South with the Grisons, & named thus from a little towne, so called, the chiefe of the Country. This likewise aunci­ently enjoyed a free estate vnder the Abbatesse of Seckingen, & the pro­tection first of the Emperours, then of the Earles of Burgundy, & Habs­purg. By the pretence, & title of this Protectourship it was made subject to the house of Austria by the Emperour Albert the first, heire of Hab­spurg. Invaded by the fiue first Cantons, in the yeare 1351 it revoulted from vnder the subjection of the Princes of Austria, offended with their wrong, & insolent goverment; voluntarily yeelding herevnto, sworne vnto their perpetuall league, & admitted amongst their Can­tons.

The Canton of Zug.

THe towne is situated vpon the Lake, from hence called Zugen See, be­twixt Zurich, & Switz. It belonged to the Arch-Dukes of Austria; by what right we finde not. In the yeare 1351, & warre hereagainst, it was besieged, & taken in by the fiue first Cantons; admitted into their perpetuall confederacie, and made a Canton.

The Canton of Bern.

THe towne standeth vpon the riuer Aar, founded by Berchtold, the last Duke of Zeringen; to which family the Countrey aunciently appertained. By this Berchtold, the last Duke, hauing no heires, it was enfranchised, & giuen to the Empire; remaining after this for a long time Imperiall. In the yeare 1352 it ioyned in a perpetuall league with the three first Cantons; afterwards by the decree of Stantz, in the yeare 1381, made generall with all the Cantons, then Confede­rate.

The Canton of Friburg.

LYing vpon the river Sana; founded by Berchtold the fourth, Duke of Zeringen, not long before Bern. The house of the Dukes of Zerin­gen, the auncient Lords, being extinguished in Berchtold the fift, it descended to the Earles of Kyburg, by whom it was sold to the Empe­rour Rodulph the first, Earle of Habspurg; continued almost two hun­dred yeares afterwards by this right in the house of Habspurg, and Au­stria. In the time of the Archduke Albert, it revolted to the side of the confederate Switzers; after some private leagues in the yeare 1481, and assembly of Stantz, received with Solothurn into their perpetuall confederacy.

The Canton of Solothurn.

THe towne was aunciently Imperiall vnder the protection of the Dukes of Zeringen; situated vpon the river Aar. After some private Confederacies in the yeare 1481, and meeting of Stantz, with Friburg, it was admitted into the generall league of the Switzers.

The Canton of Basil.

THe city lyeth vpon the Rhiin, the greatest of the Confederates; aun­ciently Imperiall, & Free. Iealous of the ambition, & greatnes of the house of Austria, and of the malice of the bordering nobility, in the yeare 1501 it vnited into the generall, & perpetuall league of the Con­federate Switzers.

The Canton of Schaff-hausen.

THe towne likewise is situated vpon the Rhiin on the side, or shore of Germany. It belonged once to the Abbot, and Monasterie hereof, founded by the Earles of Nellenburg in the raigne of the Emperour Henry the third, first beginning, and occasioning the towne; by litle, & litle withdrawing from the subjection hereof, and becomming Im­periall, acknowledging onely the Empire. By the Emperour Lewis of Bavaria, with other townes, it was alienated from the Empire, and given to Frederique Arch-duke of Austria in lieu of a certaine summe of money, due vnto him vpon a peace, & composition made betwixt them. The Arch-duke Frederique being proscribed, it was recove­red againe by the Emperour Sigismond, and restored to the Empire. The Emperour Sigismond deceasing, and succeeded vnto by the Em­perour Frederique the third, of the house of Austria, Sigismond Arch­duke of Austria attempting againe to surprise it, the inhabitants hereof for their better defence obtayned certaine temporary, and private leagues with the Cantons of Zurich, Bern, Lucern, Switz, Zug, and [Page 62] Glarona; in the yeare 1501 made perpetuall, and generall with all the Switzers, admitted vnto the number of the Cantons.

The Canton of Appenzell.

IT is a moūtainous country aboue S. Gal; neighbouring to the Grisons, & named thus from the litle town of Appenzel, the chief of the coun­try. The auncient Lords hereof were the Abbots of S. Gal, naming the towne; their vsuall residence, or seiour. In the time of the Abbot Cuno, the inhabitants rebelled from vnder their government, assuming li­berty, which after long vnprofitable warre, defended by their moun­taines, and the aide of the Switzers, they were at length content to sell vnto them. In the 1452 they joyned in a perpetuall league with the 7 first Cantons, afterwards in the yeare 1513 made generall with all the Switzers; the last received into this common Confederacie, & amongst the number of their Cantons.

The Confederates of the Switzers.

HOw these differ from the Confederate Cantons we haue before [...]. They containe the Abbot, and towne of S. Gal, the Grisons, the Bishop of Sitten, and Wallislandt, and the townes of Rotweil, Mulhau­sen, Biel, Geneve, and Nuwenburg. Of these onely Rotweil, and Mulhau­sen are confederate with all the Cantons. The rest haue league with particular Cantons.

The Abbot of Saint Gal

St Gal, whereof the Abbot is entitl'd, is a towne, and monasterie in Turgow, so called from S. Gal, a Scotishman, the Apostle of those parts, about the yeare 630 retiring amongst the mountaines hereof; whose cell this was, occasioning afterwards the towne, & monastery. The Abbot is prince of the Empire; vnto whom (besides what now o­therwise he holdeth in Turgow) belonged sometimes the towne of S. Gal, and countrey of Appenzel. Appenzel, and S. Gall revolting, & toge­ther confederating against him, Gaspar Landerberg, the 52 Abbot, to secure the rest (fearing also their defection) obtayned of the Cantons of Zurich, Lucern, Switz, and Glarona to be admitted into their prote­ction, & league; continued vnto this day, notwithstanding the diffe­rence hereof with some of these Cantons in matters of religion

The Towne of Saint Gal.

THe towne grew from the monasterie. It was a towne Imperiall; in ma­ny things notwithstanding obnoxious to the Abbots. In the warre of the Abbots, with Appenzel, it tooke part with Appenzel; conti­nuing still afterwards in the friendship, & confederacy hereof. In the [Page 63] yeare 1452 (the Abbots having before joyned in league with the foure Cantons before mentioned) the towne to strengthen it selfe with the same neighbouring nation, obteyned the protection, and confedera­cy of the six Cantons of Zurich, Bern, Lucern, Switz, Zug, & Glarona.

The Grisons.

THese possesse the Valleyes of the Alpes about the heads of the rivers Inn, Rhijn, & Adise. They haue aunciently beene confederate a­mongst themselues; devided into three leagues; the league particular­ly called of the Grisons, or the Higher League; the league of the House of God; and the Lower League. In the yeare 1497, the League of the Gri­sons vnited in a perpetuall League with the seaven first Cantons. In the next yeare following, the League of the House of God, vpon occasion of their quarrels with the house of Austria, Lords of the neighbouring Countrey of Tirol, joyned in the same confederacy. The lower League haue no particular confederacy with the Switzers. They remaine not­withstanding firme in their friendship, and society, in regard of their league with the other Grisons.

The Bishop of Sitten, and VVallislandt.

IT is a long valley of the Alpes Paeninae, extended along the course of the river Rhosne from the spring thereof vnto the Lake of Geneve; de­vided into the Vpper, & Lower Wallislandt; whose chief city is Sitten, the seate of the Bishops, the Lords of the Countrey. In the yeare 1475 these entred into a perpetuall league with the Canton of Bern, renewed in the time of my authour. Afterwards in the yeare 1533 the Bishop, and the 7 Resorts of the Vpper Wallislandt (who commaund, and haue dominion over the rest) joyned in a more strict league with the Cantons of the Switzers, professing the Roman religion, of Lucern, V­ren, Switz, Vnderwauld, Zug, Friburg, & Solothurn; wherein amongst o­ther conditions, vsuall in leagues, is provided their mutuall defence in the cause of Religion.

Rotweil.

THe towne is Imperiall; lying beyond the Rhijn in Schwaben vpon the left shore of the Neccar, not farre from the head of that river, and of the Danow. In the yeare 1519, it vnited in a perpetuall league with all the 13 Cantons.

Mulhausen.

IT is also a towne Imperiall vpon the river Ill in Sungow. In the yeare 1515 it also joyned in a generall, and perpetuall league with all the Switzers.

Biel.

IT is a towne situated vpon the Lake, named from hence Bieler See; subject to the Bishop of Basil, enjoying notwithstanding its sundry immunities, & priviledges. In the yeare 1306 it made a particular league with Bern, renewed in the yeare 1352. Afterwards in the yeere 1367, for their more firme vnion these communicated to each other their Burgracht, or the freedome, or priviledge of their townes.

Geneve.

IT is a noted city vpon the Lake of Geneve, & the river Rhosne, where it issueth forth of this Lake. It belonged sometimes to the Bishops hereof. Vpon the change of Religion (the Bishops driven out) the inhabitants became a free estate; for their better defence against these, and the Dukes of Savoy, attempting against their liberty, vni­ting in a perpetuall league with Bern, communicating to each other their Burgracht.

Nuwenburg.

THe towne standeth vpon the Lake, named from hence Nuwenburger See. It is subject to the Earles entitul'd hereof; who in the time of my authour were the Dukes of Longe-ville in France, confederate in a strict league with the Canton of Bern.

The Prefectures of the Switzers

THese are certaine lesser peeces, partly now lying in Switzerlandt, & partly amongst, and beyond the Alpes in Italy, subject to the joynt commaund, and authority of the many Cantons hereof, accrewing vn­to them by purchase, gift, and by meanes of their warres with the princes of Austria, vnto whom the greatest part sometimes belonged. They are the countrey, & towne of Baden, Bremgarten, Mellingen, Rap­perswyl, the Free Provinces in Wagenthal, Turgow, the government of Rheineck, the towne, and countrey of Sargans, Lugano, Locarno, the Vale of Magia, Mendrisio, and Belinzano,

Baden.

THe towne is situated vpon the river Limat; named thus from the hot Bathes. The auncient Earles hereof extinguished, it descended (by what meanes we finde not) vnto the house of Habspurg, afterwards of Austria. Frederique, Arch-duke of Austria, being proscribed by the Emperour Sigismond, lost this towne with others vnto the confederate [Page 65] Switzers in their warres before-mentioned against the Archduke Fre­derique. It now jointly also obeyeth the eight first Cantons.

Mellingen.

IT is a little towne vpon the same riuer of Russ [...], below Bremgarten, aunciently likewise belonging to the house of Habspurg, and Austria, & surprised with Bremgarten, & Baden by the Confederate Switzers in their warres against the Archduke Frederique; obeying now likewise the eight first Cantons.

The Free Provinces in Wagenthall.

THese are certaine castles, & townes thus named, below Lucern; the chiefe whereof are Meyenberg, and Richensee vpon the riuer▪ Russ, & the Lake Richensee. They were also once subiect to the Archdukes of Au­stria; in the aforesaid warres of the Switzers against the Archduke Frede­rique surprised, and taken from that house by the Canton of Lucerne. They are commaunded now by the seuen first Cantons.

Rapperswyl.

IT is a towne vpon the Lake of Zurich, the seate sometimes of the Earles. thus named; from whom it descended vpon the Princes of Habspurg, and Austria. Vnder the Archduke Sigismond in the yeare 1458, it was surprised by the Cantons of Vren, Switz, Vnderwald, and Glarona; obeying euer since the joint authority of these 4 confederate Switzers.

Turgow.

IT is a country bordering vpon the Rhijn, called thus from the riuer Thur. It sometimes also was subiect for the most part to the Princes of the house of Austria; wonne herefrom by the seuen first Cantons in their warres against the Archduke Sigismond in the yeare 1460. It obey­eth now the seuen first Cantons; the towne of Si Gal, and the parts be­longing to the Abbots of St Gal, and Rinou, and to the Bishops of Con­stance excepted. The right notwithstanding of iudicature in criminall causes, for the part of the Switzers, appertaineth iointly to all the ten first Confederates; taken first from the Archduke Frederique by the Emperour Sigismond, pawned to the city of Constance, and vpon the peace betwixt the Emperour Maximilian the first, and the Switzers in the conclusion of the Suevian warre, and in the yeare 1499, yeelded vp to the ten first Cantons.

The Country, and towne of Sargans.

THese were the Sarunetes of Pliny; part of the Rhaeti Alpestres. Aun­ciently they obeyed the Countes of VVerdenberg; Earles likewise hereof. In the yeare 1483, George Earle of Werdenberg, and Sargans, sold these to the seuen first Cantons; who now in this right iointly command the same.

The Prefectourship of Rheineck.

THis bordereth vpon the left shore of the Rhiin, aboue the Lake of Constance. It containeth the towne of Rheineck, whereof we name it, (the seate of the Governour) Alstetten & a valley of the Alpes, extended towards VVerdenberg. It aunciently belonged to the Archdukes of Au­stria. After sundry changes of the Lords thereof, it was sold to the in­habitants of Appenzel; taken afterwards from them during their warres with the Abbot of S. Gal by the 4 Cantons of Zurich, Lucern, Switz, and Glarona, then confederate with the Abbot. It now iointly is commaun­ded by the seuen first Cantons, together with the Canton of Appenzel.

Locarno.

IT is a town in the borders of Italy vpō the Lake Maggiore. It belonged aunciently to the Dukes of Milan. In the yeare 1513 by Maximilian Sfortia it was giuen to the 12 first Cantons, with the Vale of Magia, and the townes of Lugano, and Mendrisio, in recompence of their good ser­vice done vnto him against the French, chased out of Italy, and his Dukedome of Milan, chiefly by their aide; confirmed vnto them by the succeeding Dukes. It is now governed by the ioint commaund of the 12 first Cantons, Appenzel excluded, not admitted into their confe­deracie vntill after this gift.

The Vale of Magia.

IT is a valley of the Alpes Lepontiae, named thus from the riuer Magia, running thorough the valley, and receiued into the Lake Maggiore at Locarno. It was sometimes likewise subiect to the Dukes of Milan, be­longing to Locarno, made now a distinct Prefectourship. By the afore­said gift of Maximilian Sfortia, it came to the 12 first Cantons, com­maunded now iointly by them.

Lugano.

THe towne is situated vpon the Lake, thus called, in the same borders of Italy. It also sometimes belonged to the Dukes of Millan; by Ma­ximilian Sfortia, giuen to the 12 first Cantons, now the Lords thereof.

Mendrisio.

IT lyeth vpon the Lake of Lugano, belonging sometimes to that town; made now a seuerall goverment. By Maximilian Sfortia, with Luga­no, Locarno, and the vale of Magia, it was giuen to the 12 first Cantons, now possessed by them.

The countrie of Belinzano.

THis contayneth three prefectureships of Belinzano, Palenser-tal, and Riviera. The towne is situated vpon the river Tesino betwixt the head thereof, and the Lake Maggiore. The whole sometimes belon­ged to the Earles of Masox; sold by them to the Cantons of Vren, and Vnderwald; about the yeare 1422 surprised by the Dukes of Milan, & lastly delivered in the yeare 1500 by the inhabitants to the Canton of Vren during the warres betwixt those Dukes, & the Frenchmen. It now obeyeth the three first confederate Cantons of Vren, Switz, and Vn­derwald, commaunding by course in the three severall prefectureships.

The Kingdome of VVest-France.

v. l' Histoire de France par Bernard de Gi­rard, Seigneu▪ du Haillan Annales de France par Fr. de Belle-forest, avec la conti­nuation par Gabr. Chap­puy. Roberti Gagwini An­nales Rerum Gailicarum. THis Kingdome was begun in the person of Charles, surnamed the Bauld, yongest son vnto the Emperour Lewis the godly; whose portion, or share it was in that vnprovident devision of the French do­minions made betwixt him, & his brethren Lotharius, and Lewis. It was devided from the kingdomes of Lorraine, & Burgundy, or the share of the Emperour Lotharius by the rivers of the Scheld, and the Rhosne; contayning the whole France lying vpon the West of those rivers vnto the Pyrenaean Mountaines, and the Aquitanique, French, & British Oce­ans; Bretaigne only excepted. By Charles the Bauld, the first prince, Burgundy on this side the Soasne (comprehending now the Dukedome of Burgundy, & the countrey of Lionois) were added to this kingdome, & devision. By King Iohn, Daulphiny. By Lewis the eleaventh, the Earle­dome of Provence. By Francis the first, Bretaigne; by which meanes the kingdome became this way enlarged vnto the river Soasne, and the Alpes. On the other side by Henry the second, and the league of Cam­bray, the Earledomes of Flanders, and Artois, aunciently held of the crowne, were quitted from all homage, and right hereof vnto Philip the second, King of Spaine, and the heires of the house of Burgundy.

The Kingdome of France

AT this day (the name, and posterity of the French worne out in all other parts of the auncient French dominions, and the distinction of West-France abolished) this now only retaineth the name of France. The order of the Kings of West-France, or France follow. Charles, sur­named [Page 66] [...] [Page 67] [...] [Page 68] the Bauld, the founder of the kingdome, youngest son to the Emperour Lewis the Godly. Hee was afterwards created Roman Empe­rour, and deceased in the yeare 857. Lewis the first, surnamed the Stammerer, son to Charles the Bauld. He was also Roman Emperour. Hee dyed without lawfull heires; Charles the Simple, his onely legitimate son, not being borne vntill after his decease. In regard of this defect the Empire of the Romans became translated from the Kings of West-France vnto the Kings of Germany of the house of Charles the Great. Le­wis the second, & Carloman, naturall sons to the Emperour Lewis, sur­named the Stammerer; joynt Kings, created in the minority of Charles the Simple, Lewis the second deceasing, Carloman raigned alone, who dyed not long after. Lewis the third, surnamed le Fay-neant, sonne to Carloman. His raigne was but short, deposed for his slought, & ma­ny vices, and shorne Monke of Saint Denys. Charles, surnamed the Fat, son to Lewis the Auncient, King of Germany, and Emperour of the Romans; called in by his faction, & elected King of West-France in the minority of Charles the Simple. Hee was deposed not long after, and deprived of all his estates, dying in great misery, and want nere vnto Constance in Germany in the yeare 889. Eudon, guardian to Charles the Simple, (son to Robert Earle of Aniou, son to Witichind, prince of the Saxons in the raigne of the Emperour Charles the Great;) in the minority of his pupill after the Emperour Charles the Fat, created French King. After some two yeares raigne he was like­wise deposed by this factious, & vnconstant nation; succeeded vnto by Charles the Simple. By meanes notwithstanding of this election, there followed afterwards long quarrels, and contention for the kingdome betwixt his kindred, the house of Aniou, and Charles the Simple, and his issue during the whole Caroline line; a chiefe pretence of Capets vsurpation. Charles the Simple, the legitimate son of the Emperour Lewis, surnamed the Stammerer. He had warres with Robert, Earle of Aniou, brother to King Eudon; in regard of the election of Eudon pretending right to the kingdome, and slaine by him in a battaill. Af­ter a short, and troublesome raigne, caught, & imprisoned at Peronne by Hebert, Earle of Vermandois, and forsaken by the nobility, hee resigned the kingdome to Rodulph, Duke of Burgundy Transiuraine. Rodulph Duke of Burgundy Transiuraine, son to Conrade Earle of Burgundy Transiuraine, brother to Robert the first, Earle of Aniou, & vncle to King Eudon, vpon the imprisonment, and forced resignation of Charles the Simple elected French King. Lewis the fourth, son to Charles the Simple, and Elgina, daughter to Edward, surnamed the Elder, and sister to Athelstan, Kings of England; surnamed the For­reiner for that during the captivity of his father, and the vsurpation of Rodulph, he lived exiled with his vncle Athelstan in England: after the death of the vsurper called home, and restored to the kingdome. Hee had wars with Hugh, surnamed the Great, Earle of Paris, & Ma­jour of the Palace, son to Robert the second; jealous of the populari­ty, greatnes, and the ambition of that house. Lothaire, son to Lewis the fourth. In the raigne hereof Hugh Capet, heire of the house of Ani­ou, [Page 69] son to Hugh the Great, begun againe to renew the auncient qua­rell of his family touching the kingdome, the which not long after he obtayned. Lewis the fift, son to Lothaire. He dyed young without issue, the last French King of the house of Charles the Great. Hugh Capet, son to Hugh the Great, Earle of Paris, and Majour of the Pa­lace, after much quarrell betwixt the houses of Aniou, and of Charles the Great, thorough a long basenes, slougth, and pusillanimity of the degenerate princes of that line, the present dislike of Charles, Duke of Lorraine, the next heire, the long greatnes, and still growing po­pularity of his house, his flattery, and crafty insinuations with the no­bility, and people, and religious pretences, and of his right, and suc­cession to King Eudo, and Rodulph, in the yeare 965 elected king by this wavering nation; Charles, Duke of Lorraine, excluded, caught afterwards by him, and imprisoned during life. Robert, son to Hugh Capet. Henry the first, younger son to Robert, preferred by his father before Robert, his elder brother, succeeding in the Dukedome of Burgundy. Philip the first, son to Henry the first. Lewis the sixt, son to Philip the first. Lewis the seaventh, son to Lewis the sixt. About the raigne of this prince dyed Iohn de Temporibus by the stiffe consent of the French, and German writers reported to haue lived from the Emperour Charles the Great vnto this time for aboue the space of 300 yeares. Philip the second, surnamed Augustus, sonne to Lewis the seaventh. Lewis the eight, son to Philip the second. Lewis the ninth, surnamed the Saint, son to Lewis the eight. Philip the third, son to Le­wis the ninth. Philip the fourth, surnamed the Faire, son to Philip the third. Lewis the tenth, surnamed Hutin, son to Philip the Faire. Hee deceased without male issue. Philip the fift, surnamed the Tall, brother to Lewis the tenth. Hee also dyed without issue male. Charles the fourth, brother to Lewis Hutin, and Philip the Tall. He also deceased without male issue. Philip the sixt, surnamed of Valois, the next prince of the blood of the line masculine; succeeding by the pretence of a Salique Law. In the raigne hereof began those long, and fierce wars betwixt the French, & Edward the third King of England, descen­ded of Isabel, daughter to Philip the fourth, pretending in this right for the kingdomes: the issue whereof was the great overthrowes of the French at the battails of Crecy, and Poictiers, the captivity of Iohn, French King, and the restitution of Normandy, and other parts of France taken from the English by King Philip Augustus; lost not­withstanding not long after to King Charles the fift, with Aquitaine, & Guienne, vntill that time still held by the English nation. Iohn, French King, sonne to Philip the sixt, taken prisoner in the English warres by Edward, Prince of Wales, son to Edward the third, at the battaile of Poictiers. Charles the fift, son to Iohn. He recovered againe the countries of Normandy, Aquitaine, and Guienne, and whatsoe­ver else the English held in the continent of France; the towne, and forts about Calis onely excepted. Charles the sixt, son to Charles the fift. In the raigne hereof fell out that fatall discord betwixt the houses of Orleans, and Burgundy, by the advantage whereof, the [Page 70] weakenes of this phrenetique king, and their victory at Agincourt, (Charles the Dolphin disinherited, and Henry the fift, King of Eng­land, having married Catherinne his daughter, made Regent of France) the English again got seazed of the chiefest parts of the king­dome hereof; Henry the sixt, King of England, being afterwards crowned king of France at Paris. Charles the seaventh, son to Charles the sixt. After long trouble, & warres (Philip the Good, and the fa­ction of Burgundy reconciled) hee againe cleered France of the En­glish; the towne, & countrey of Calis excepted. Lewis the eleaventh, son to Charles the seaventh. Charles the eight, son to Lewis the elea­venth. He dyed sans issue. Lewis the twelth, Duke of Orleans, and Va­lois, the next prince of the blood of the line masculine. Hee marryed vnto Anne, Dutchesse of Bretaigne, and deceased without heire male. Francis the first, Duke of Engoulesme, the next prince of the blood of the race masculine. He marryed vnto Claude, Dutchesse of Bre­taigne, daughter to Lewis the twelth, & Anne, and incorporated Bre­taigne to the crowne of France. Henry the second, son to Francis the first. He wonne the towne, & countrey of Calis from Mary, queene of England. Francis the second, son to Henry the second. Charles the ninth, son to Henry the second, and brother to Francis the second. Henry the third, son to Henry the second, and brother to Francis the second, and Charles the ninth. These three brethren kings all dyed without issue; the last princes of the house of Valois. Henry the fourth, King of Navarre, son to Antony of Bourbon, Duke of Vendosme, & Ioane, queene of Navarre, the next prince of the blood of the line masculine, descended from Lewis the ninth, surnamed the Saint; slain at Paris by that wretched Assassinate Ravaillart. Lewis the thirteenth, son to Henry the fourth, King of France, & Navarre now raigning.

The Earledome of Flanders.

THisv. Les Anti­quitez de Gaule Bel­gique per Ri­chard de Wal­senburg. livre. 3. l' Histoire. de France par Bernard de Gi­rard, Seigneur du Haillan. livre 5. Chronique de Flandres par Denys Sau­vage. Ponti Heuteri Co­mitum Flan­driae Genealo­giam, & Com­mentarium. belonged sometimes vnto the kingdome of West-France, held still by the princes thereof vnder the fief of this crowne; quitted vnto Philip and second, king of Spaine, and to the heires of the house of Burgundy by Henry the second, French King, & the late league of Cambray. Concerning the occasion, and beginning of the name hereof we cannot relate any thing certainely. The estate was begun after Wassenburg in the person of one Lideric Buc, vnto whom the Countrey was given with the title of Forester by Dagobert the first, French King; at that time for the most part lying waste, and without almost inhabitants thorough the vastnes of the woods, and marishes, and the pyracyes of the Danes. In the person of Bauldwin, the last Fo­rester, it was made an Earledome by the Emperour Charles the Bauld, whose sister Iudith he had marryed; in which stile it hath ever since continued. It contayned then besides moderne Flanders the coun­trey of Artois, and the parts of France, where now lie Vermanduois, & Boulognois, or vnto the Some. By Earle Philip the first, the parts of Ver­manduois, Artois, and Boulognois, were severed from Flanders (given in [Page 71] way of dowry with Isabel, daughter to his sister Margaret, and Bauldwin Earle of Hainault, vnto Philip Augustus, French king,) since incorpo­rated by this meanes vnto the Crowne of France; part whereof be­came afterwards the Earledome of Artois. The Princes follow. Li­deric Buc, the first Forester, son to Salvart, Prince of Diion, created by Dagobert, French King according to Wassenburg in the yeare 611, after Heuterus in the yeare 621. Antony Buc, son to Lide­ric Buc, slaine by the Danes. Boschart, son to Lideric Buc, and brother to Antony. He was driuen out by Theodoric, French king, hauing on­ly left vnto him the Lordship of Harlebec. After this for about one hundred yeares space we reade not of any Foresters, or Lords hereof, the country in the meane time being miserably spoiled by the Nor­man, and Danish pyrats. Estored, Lord of Harlebec, afterwards Fore­ster, by whom the Normans were expulsed. He liued in the time of Charles Martel, Regent of France. Lideric the second, son to Estored. Inguelran, son to Lideric the second. Odoacer, son to Inguelran. Bauld­win the first, son to Odoacer. Hauing married Iudith, sister to the Em­perour Charles the Bauld, he was created by him first Earle of Flan­ders, in whom ended the title of Foresters. Bauldwin the second, son to Bauldwin the first. Arnold the first, son to Bauldwin the second. Bauld­win the third, son to Arnold. Arnold the second, sonne to Bauldwin the third. Bauldwin the fourth, sonne to Arnold the second. Hee had giuen vnto him the Iland of Walcheren in Zealand by the Empe­rour Henry the second (the cause of long contention betwixt the houses of Flanders, & Holland; quitted afterwards by Earle Guye of Flanders vnto Florentius the fift, Earle of Holland. Bauldwin the fift, son to Bauldwin the fourth. Bauldwin the sixt, son to Bauldwin the fift. He marryed Richilde, Countesse of Hainault, daughter to Regnier the third, vniting for a time those two Earledomes in his succession, and family. He deceased in the yeare 1070. Arnold the third, son to Bauld­win the sixt, Earle of Flanders, and Hainault; slaine in battaile sans issue by his Vncle Robert. Robert the first, son to Bauldwin the fift, and Vncle to Arnold the third. His nephew Bauldwin, brother to Arnold the third, succeeded in the Earledome of Hainault; by which meanes those two estates were againe divided. Robert the second, Earle of Flan­ders, son to Robert the first. Bauldwin the seauenth, son to Robert the second. Wanting heires, he bequeathed Flanders vnto Charles surna­med the Good, son to Canutus, king of Denmarke, and Adela. Charles surnamed the Good, son to Canutus, king of Denmarke, and Adela, daughter to Robert the first. He dyed sans issue. William the first, son to Robert Duke of Normandy, eldest son to William, surnamed the con­querour, Duke of Normandy, and king of England, and Maude, wife vnto the Conquerour, daughter to Bauldwin the fift, and sister to Bauldwin the sixt. He enioyed not long the Earledome, expulsed in regard of his tyranny, and cruelty. Theodoric, son to Theodoric, Earle of Elsatz, and of Gertrud, daughter to Robert the first; William the Norman being driuen out, & slaine. Hee deceased in the yeare 1168. Philip, son to Theodoric. Margaret, eldest sister to Philip. She [Page 72] marryed vnto Bauldwin the sixt, Earle of Hainault, & Namur; vniting againe these two Earledomes in one family. Bauldwin the ninth, Earle of Flanders, & Hainault, son to Bauldwin, & Margaret. Ioane, Countesse of Flanders, & Hainault, daughter to Bauldwin the ninth. She dyed sans issue. Margaret the second, Countesse of Flanders, & Hainault, daughter to Bauldwin the ninth, & yonger sister to Ioane. She marry­ed vnto William of Bourbon, Lord of Dampierre. She had before this marriage by Buscart (Prior of S. Peter in L'isle, her gurdian) a base son, named Iohn d'Avesnes, succeeding afterwards in Hainault. Willi­am the second, son to William of Bourbon, Lord of Dampier, & Marga­ret, Earle onely of Flanders; Iohn d'Avesnes, son to Margaret, & Bus­cart, by composition amongst the brethren succeeding in Hainault. He dyed without issue. Guy, Earle of Flanders, son to Margaret, & William Lord of Dampier, yonger brother to William the second. Robert the third, son to Guy, Earle of Flanders. Lewis the first, son to Lewis, son to Robert the third, & Mary, daughter to Iames, Earle of Nevers, & Re­tel. He marryed vnto Margaret, heire of the Earledomes of Burgundy, and Artois. He was slaine, fighting against the English in the battaile of Crecy. Lewis the second, surnamed Malan from a castle, thus called, the place of his birth; Earle of Flanders, Artois, and Burgundy; son to Lewis the first, & Margaret, daughter to Philip the Long, second king, and Ioane, Countesse of Artois, and Burgundy. Margaret, Countesse of Flanders, Burgundy, & Artois, daughter to Lewis the second. She married vnto Philip de Valois, surnamed the Hardy, Duke of Bur­gundy, son to Iohn, French king; by meanes whereof these three E­states descended vpon the house of Burgundy, afterwards of Austria.

The Earledome of ARTOIS.

THis tooke the name fromv. Ponti Heu­teri Comitum Atrebatensium Genealog. & Comment. the Atrebates, the auncient inhabitants, or otherwise from Arras, the chiefe towne. It was sometimes a part of Flanders, giuen with other peeces anciently belonging to that Earle­dome, & now incorporated with France, by Earle Philip vnto Philip Au­gustus, French king, with Isabel of Hainault, daughter vnto his sister Margaret, and Bauldwin the sixt, Earle of Hainault, wife to Philip Augu­stus. Lewis the eight, French king; son to Philip Augustus, & Isabel, decea­sing, bequeathed this country vnto his yongest son Robert, to be held with this stile vnder the fief, & soveraignty of the kings of France; cre­ated first Earle of Artois by his brother Lewis the ninth, French king. By the marriage of Margaret, heire of the Counties of Burgundy, & Au­stria vnto Lewis the first, Earle of Flanders, it descended vpon the house of Flanders, carried afterwards to those of the Dukes of Burgundy, & Austria, wherein now it continueth. The princes follow. Robert the first, fourth son to Lewis the Eight, French king. He deceased in the Holy Land in the yeare 1249. Robert the second, sonne to Robert the first. Maude, daughter to Robert the second, Countesse of Artois; the Parliament of Paris thus adiudging for her against Robert, sonne to her brother Philip of Artois. Shee married vnto O­thelin, or Otho the fourth, Earle of Burgundy. Ioane, eldest daugh­ter [Page 73] to Otho the fourth, & Maude. Shee marryed vnto Philip, surna­med the Long▪ French King. Margaret eldest daughter to Philip, French King, & Ioane, Countesse of Artois, and Burgundy. She mar­ryed vnto Lewis the first, Earle of Flanders. Lewis the second, surnamed Malan, son to Lewis the first, & Margaret; Earle of Artois, Flanders, & Burgundy, from whom these descended vpon the house of the Dukes of Burgundy, & Austria.

In this maner the rich countrey of Gaule, or France is become at this day devided into, and contayneth the whole, or parts of 6 diffe­rent Free Common-wealths, & governments, not any wise now subject one to another. 1 the provinces, or countries subject to the confederate States of the Netherlands. 2 to the princes of the house of Burgundy, and Austria. 3 to the empire, or kingdome of the Germans. 4 to the Popes. 5 to the vnion, and confederacy of the Switzers. 6 and the kingdome of France. To the confederate states of the Low-countries belong all Hol­land, Zealandt, Vtreicht, the greatest part of Gelderlandt, the townes of Sluis, Bergen vpon Zome, Steenbergen, and Graue, together with the Countries of Zutphen, Over-Ysel, West-Freislandt, and Groningen, lying without the circuit of the auncient Gaule, and beyond the Rhijn in Germany. To the princes of Austria, and Burgundy appertayne all Artois, Hainault, Namur, Limburg, and Luxemburg, the greatest parts of Flanders, and Brabant, and part of Gelderlandt. Vnto the Empire (held by their princes vnder the right, and soveraignety hereof, and for the most part yet comming vnto, and acknowledging the Imperiall Diets) the Free Countye of Burgundy, immediately nowe possessed by the princes of the house of Burgundy, and Austria, the Dukedomes of Lorraine, Zweibruck, Cleve, Gulick, & Savoy, the Palatinate of the Rhijn, Elsass, Sungow, and the townes, and Bishopricks of Mentz, Colen, Trier, Luick, Spire, Worms, & Strasburg. To the confederacy of the Switzers the Cantons, confederate states, and Prefectureships before mentioned. To the Popes the city, and country of Avignon. And to the kingdome of France the rest of Gaule, or auncient France; devided now from Italy, the German Empire, and the Netherlands with the Alpes, and with the rivers of the Soasne, Meuse, and the Some: our present subject.

The Country containeth (as hath been before related) 24 greater de­visions, or provinces of Bretaigne, Normandy, Picardy, Champaigne, Brie, France Special, Beausse, Poictou, Engoulmois, Berry, Bourbonois, Fo­rest, and Beauiolois, Lionois, Auvergne, Limousin, Perigord, Guienne, Gas­coigne, Quercy, Rovergne, Languedoc, Provençe, Daulphinie, & Bourgongne. Of these Poictou, Berry, Auvergne, Limousin, Perigord, Guienne, Quercy, and Revergne haue beene thus named from their first, and more aun­cient inhabitants, the Pictones, Bituriges Cubi, Auverni, Lemovices, Petrocorij, Aquitani, Cadurci, & Rhuteni: Bretaigne, Normandy, Gascoigne, Languedoc, Bourgongne, and France Speciall from the Northern, & barba­rous Nations, planted in them, the Bretons Insulaires, Normans, Vascones, Gothes, Burgundians, and Frenchmen: Engoulmois, Bourbonois, Forest, and Lionois, from their chiefe townes, Engoulesme, Bourbon, Furs, and Lions: Champaigne from its more plaine, and even situation: Brie from [Page 74] the shadines thereof, covered with trees, & woods: Beausse from its plea­sure, & fertility: Daulphinie from the princes thereof, stiled Daulphins of Vienne: Provençe from the auncient name of the Countrey in the time of CaesarVlterior Pro­vincia Iul. Caes. Comm. Belli Gal. l. 1. c. 8., being part of the further Roman Province of the Gaules. The occasion of the name of Picardy we cannot of any certainety determine. Their descriptions fol­low according to their Resorts, or Parliaments. L. D.

OF THE STATE OF EVROPE. The X Booke.

COntaining a Chorographicall description of France.

THE PARLIAMENT OF RENES.

COmprehending onely the Dukedome of Bre­taigne.

BRETAIGNE.BRITAN­NIA.

HAving vpon the North, West, and South-West the French, and British Oceans; vp­on the South Aniou, and Poictou; and vpon the East, Maine, and Normandy. It containeth some 200 French leagues in compasse. The country is pleasant, and fruitfull, full of most delightfull woods, downes, meadowes, and of all other pleasing, and profitable varieties; wines, and the hotter fruits excepted, which, as neither doth Normandy, this colder clime yeeldeth not, or not to any pur­pose. It is divided into the Higher, and the Lower Bretaigne; severed after Merula by a line drawne from Chasteau-Audron, a towne neere to St. Brieu, and extended betwixt Corlay, and Quintain towards the farthest part of the Bay of Vannes vnto the riuer Vilaine; or, as Bertrand doth delineate in his map hereof, from Port Toriao vpon the sea-coast nere St. Brieu, betwixt Cor­lay, and Quintain, vnto the meetings of the rivers Vilaine, and the Aoust, and beyond these vnto the mouth of the Loire, nere the towne of Croisic. Chie­fer townes here are Brest, a noted port, and strong towne of warre, the key, and chiefe bulwarke of the Lower Bretaigne, vpon a spacious creeky bay of the Westerne Ocean. The haven is the fairest, and largest in France, con­taining many creekes,Fanum D. Pauli. Opidum Tri­coriense. lon. 17. g. lat. 49. g. Merc. and inlets of the sea, resembling so many severall har­bours, able to containe an infinite number of shipping. St Pol de Leon, (ci­vitas Osismorum of Antoninus.) Treguier: both of them sea-coast townes, and Bishops seas. Morlaix, a well frequented port vpon the same sea-coast. [Page 2] The country about S. Pol were the Ossismi of Antoninus, the Osissimi of Caesar, the Osismij of Strabo, Ptolemie, and Plinie. Betwixt S. Pol, & Brest lyeth the noted promontory, le Four (Gobaeum of Ptolemie.) Kemper-Co­rentin (civitas Corisopitum of Antoninus) a Bishops sea, and the chiefe towne in Cournovaille, vpon the river Odet neere vnto the cape Penmarch a noted promontory vpon the South-west point of Bretaigne, Cornubia. answerable to le Four. Kimperle. Conscerneau. Poudagon: all three in Cournovaille, or the Diocese of Kemper, the Curiosolites of Caesar, the Cariosuelites of Pli­ny, and the Corisopiti of Antoninus. Hitherto, or in the Dioceses of St Pol, Treguier, and Kemper (which take vp all the Westerne part of Bretaigne al­most as farre as St Brieu, or Vannes) the inhabitants speake only the British language,Blavetum. Venetia. long. 18. g. lat. 48. g. Mercat. for this cause named by the French la Bretaigne Bretonant. Bla­vet, a little haven towne at the mouth of the riuer thus called. Vannes (Da­riorigum of Ptolemie, and civitas Venetûm of Antoninus,) a Bishops sea, seated vpon a goodly bay, nere vnto the mouth of the riuer Vilaine. The towne is old, ruinous, and much decayed. The country hereabouts were the Veneti of Strabo, Caesar, Ptolemy, Pliny, and Antoninus; from whom proceeded the ancient Veneti in Italie, seated vpon the coast of the sea Adri­aticke, drawne thither in those passages of the Gaules vnder Belovesus, and occasioning afterwards the name of the famous citty, and people of the Ve­netians. In the time of Caesar they were the mightiest people, and of grea­test authority amongst the Armorici, strong in shipping, and of great skill, and experience in sea-faring matters. Nere herevnto, in an Iland within the bay hereof, standeth the strong castle of Sussinio. Guerrande. Croisic: little haven townes beyond the riuer Vilaine, at the mouth of the Loire. Nantes (Condivincum of Ptolemie,Nannetum, lon. 19. g. lat. 48. g. Merc. & civitas Namnetum of Antoninus) a Bishops sea, and Bailliage; seated vpon the Loire. The citty is large, faire, strong, and populous, the chiefest in Bretaigne. The country hereabouts were the Nan­netes of Caesar, and Plinie, the Namnitae of Ptolemie, and the Namneti of Antoninus. Clisson, a strong towne & castle in the Dutchie of Raiz; which is the part of Bretaigne, lying beyond the Loire, or betwixt that riuer, and Poictou. Moncontour. S. Brieu, a Bishops sea, and a well frequented port; seated vpon the English chanell betwixt two little rivulets,Fanum D. Bri­oci. lon. 18. g. lat. 49. g. Trieu, and Ar­guennon, supposed by Bertrand to be the rivers Titius, and Argenis of Pto­lemie. Lamballe. The people hereabouts are excellent deluers, or pioners, vnto which trade they chiefly addict themselues; thought by Bertrand to be the Ambiliates of Caesar. Hitherto, or in the dioceses of Vannes, Nan­tes, and S. Brieu, both the French, and British tongues are spoken, or, as in Chesne, a mixed language of these two; which part for this cause is named by the French la Bretaigne Mesle. Dinan, a rich, and pleasant towne vpon the riuer Rance.Fanum S. Ma­chlovij. lon. 19 g. l. 49. g. Mer. S. Malo, a Bishops sea, and a noted Port, strongly seated vp­on a rocke within the sea, wherewith at every flowing water it is encompas­sed, being ioined to the continent only by an artificiall narrow causey, or neck of land.Dola. Montfort in the diocese of S. Malo. Dol, a Bishops sea, vn­wholsomely situated amongst marishes.Rhedonum. lon. 19. g. la 48. g. Mercat. Renes (Condate of Ptolemie, and civitas Redonum of Antoninus,) a Bishops sea, and Ba [...]lliage, and the Par­liament of Bretaigne. The citty is not very large (containing onely some mile, and an halfe in compasse) yet strong, and populous, accounted the next [Page 3] after Nantes. The country hereabouts were the Rhedones of Caesar, Ptole­mie, and Plinie, the Redones of Antoninus. Chasteau-Briand. La Vitre. Fougeres vpon the river Covesnon: strong frontire places towards Nor­mandie, Maine, & Aniou. In this more Easterly part of Bretaigne towards France, or in the diocese of S. Malo, Dol, and Renes, the inhabitants speake only the French; named herevpon la Bretaigne Gallicant.

THE PARLIAMENT OF ROVEN.

COntaining only the Dukedome of Normandie.

NORMANDIE.Normannia.

HAving vpon the West, the river Covesnon, dividing it from Bretaigne; vpon the North, the English Chanell; vpon the East Picardie; and vpon the South, and South-East, the countries of Maine, and France Speciall. The country for fertilitie, and large extent, number, strength, & state of townes, the nobilitie, multitude of people, their wit, courage, and valour aboue the ordinary of the nation may deseruedly be accounted the chiefe Province of the kingdome. It is divided into the Higher, and the Lower Normandie, whereof this containeth the sea-coasts, the other the more inland parts. The Lower Normandie againe is subdiuided into the parts, called la Caux, lying betwixt the Seine, and Picardie; and the countries Bessin, and Constantin, contained betwixt the Seine, and Bretaigne. Chiefer townes are Auranches (Ingena of Ptolemie,Abrincanta. lon. 23. g. lat. 50. g. Mercat. and civitas Abrincantum of Antoninus,) now a Bi­shops sea, seated vpon a scalpe, or rocke, overlooking the English Chanell, from the which it is not farre distant, as neither from Bretaigne. The coun­try hereabouts were the Abrincatui of Ptolemie, and Plinie, the Abrincanti of Antoninus.Constantia. Constances (Constantia of Antoninus) a Bishops sea, and Bai­liage, naming the country, called from hence le Pais Constantin. The town ever since the English warres hath layen opne, without either wall, or fortifi­catiō to defend it; cōtrary to the custome of France, & maner of the French cities.Caesaris. Bur. gum. Cherbourg, a strong seacoast town in a sandy shote, vnapt to plant Or­dinance vpon, making it thereby vneasie to be besieged. It was the last place, the English held in Normandie in the vnfortunate raigne of king Henry the sixt.Baiocae. S. Lo, a strong inland place, vpon the river Vire. Bayeux (civitas Baio­cassium of Antoninus,Cadomum. lon. 21. g. lat. 50. g. Merc.) a Bishops sea; naming le Pais Bessin. Caen, a Bi­shops sea, and Bailliage vpon the rivers Ouden, and Orne. The citty is large, populous, and strong, the second of the province, graced with an Vniversi­ty, founded by Henry the fift, king of England. In an Abbey church in the subvrbs hereof are seene the tombes, statues, and epitaphs of William the Conquerour, the first king of England of the race of the Normans, and of Maude his wife,Falaisa. lon. 21. g. lat. 49. g. Merc. their enterred. Falaise vpon the river Ante, the country of the Conquerour, borne here of a meane Burgers daughter. The towne is strong, in shew resembling a ship, whose poupe might be the castle, seated vpon a high rocke at the end hereof.Alenconium. Sagium. Alençon, a Bailliage. Hereof were entituled the Dukes of Alençon. Sees (civitas Salarum, and Saiorum of [Page 4] Antoninus) a Bishops sea,Lexouium. vpon the river Orne. Lyseux (civitas Lexovio­rum of Antoninus,) a Bishops sea. The country here abouts were the Lex­ovij of Caesar, Pliny, and Antoninus, and the Lexubij of Ptolemy. Eu­reux, a Bishops sea, and Bailliage (Mediolanium of Ptolemy,) vpon the ri­ver Iton. The towne is rich, populous, and flourishing; the third in Nor­mandy. The country were the Eburonices of Caesar, the Aulercij Eburaici of Ptolemy,Gisortium. Rothomagum lon. 23. lat. 50. g. Merc. & the Aulerci Eburovices of Pliny. Gisors, a Bailliage, and a strong frontire towne towards France speciall. Roven (Rothomagus of Ptolemy, and civitas Rotomagensium of Antoninus,) vpon the Seine, an Arch-bishops sea, and the Parliament, and chiefe citty of the country. The towne is rich, great, populous, and well traded by Merchants, by meanes of the river, here navigable, the best of the kingdome after Paris, and Lions. The country were the Venellocasses of Caesar, the Vellocasses of Pli­ny,Portus gratiae. the Veneliocassij of Ptolemie, the Rotomagenses of Antoninus. Haure de Grace, a noted Port, & strong towne of warre, at the mouth of the Seine, environed vpon the other sides with the sea, and with deepe vnpassible ma­rishes towards the land. The towne is new, built by king Francis the first to affront the English. In the beginning of the raigne of Queene Elizabeth of most famous memory it was surprised by the English, and for a time held by that nation for Calice, detained by the French; surrendred thorough sicknes amongst the souldiers, and for want of fresh water, which is altoge­ther conveyed hither from the hils without by conduit pipes, (cut of by the enemie,) the onely weakenes of the towne. Within the land not farre of is the towne of Yvetot, sometimes stiled a kingdome in regard of the ancient exemptions, and priviledges of the Lords thereof from al homage, and sub­jection to the kings of France. It is now a principality in the house of Bel­lay. Diepa. lon. 23. g. lat. 50. Mer. Fanum. S. Va­lerij. Diepe at the mouth of a little river, so called; a well frequented Port; especially for the trade of the West-Indies, and New-found-land. S. Valerie, an other haven towne; lying betwixt Diepe, and Havre de Grace. Caux, the country hereof, were the Caletes of Caesar, the Caleti of Strabo.

THE PARLIAMENT OF PARIS.

COmprehending Picardie, Champaigne, Brie, France Special, Beausse, Poictou, Engoulmois, Berry, Bourbonois, Forest, Beaujolois, Lionois, and Auvergne.

PICARDIE.Picardia.

BOunded vpon the West with Normandy, and the British Ocean; vpon the North with Artois, and Hainault of the Low Countries; vpon the East with Luxemburg, and Lorraine; and vpon the South with Champaigne, and France Speciall. The countrie is fruitfull in corne, the store-house of Paris. Chiefer townes are Abbe-ville, a Bishops sea, and Bailliage, the best towne of Ponthieu vpon the river Some.Albatis-villa. Monstreuliū. Monstreul. Nere herevnto is Crecie, the French Cannae, famous for their great overthrow, and the vi­ctorie of the English in the raigne of Philip the sixt. These two lie in Pon­thieu, which is a low fenny country, named thus frō the many bridges made [Page 5] over the moorish flats thereof.Bononia Ma­ritima. Boulogne (Portus Gessoriacus of Caesar, Gesoriacum Navale of Ptolemie, Portus Morinorum of Plinie, and civitas Bononensium of Antoninus,) a Bailliage, and Bishops sea vpon the English chanell. The towne hath beene made strong, especially since the surprisall thereof by K. Henry the eight, and the English; divided into the Higher, & the Lower Boulogne, distant about an hundred paces asunder, and severally walled, and fortified. The haven serveth rather for passage into England, then for traficke, and negotiation. The country neighbouring is named from hence le Pais Boulognois (Pagus Gessoriacus of Plinie, and the Bo­nonenses of Antoninus, part of the Morini of Caesar, Strabo, and Plinie.) Ca­lais (Portus Iccius of Caesar,Caletum. lon. 16. g. 2. m. lat. 52. g. Clav. Portus Britannicus Morinorum of Pliny, and Promontorium Itium of Ptolemy,) a strong sea-coast towne, at the en­trance of the English chanell, and the borders of Artois. After the battaill of Crecy, and a whole yeares siege, it was taken by Edward the third, king of England; held afterwards, and peopled by the English, with the neigh­bouring forts, and townes of Oye, Hams, Ardres, and Guisnes vntill the late lesse prosperous raigne of Queene Mary, when it was surprised by Henrie the second, French king. Here the passage is shortest betwixt the continent of Europe,Fretum Cale­tanum. Ambiana. and the Iland of Great Bretaigne; accompted some thirty miles over, named by the French le Pas de Calais. Amiens (Samarobrina of Caesar, Samarobriga of Ptolemy, and civitas Ambianensis of Antoninus,) a Bishops sea, and Bailliage, and the chiefe cittie in Picardie; vpon the riuer Some, with whose divided streames it is round encompassed, the occasion (as some conjecture) of the name. The towne is strong, and well fortified, the bulwarke of France on this part towards Netherland. The country were the Ambiani of Caesar, Pliny, and Ptolemy, occasioning most likely the name of the towne.Mons Deside­rij. Corbie. Peronne, vpon the Some. Roie. Mondidier: strong frontire places, opposing the same enemie. The three last lie in the district, or territory, named Santerre. Noion (Noviodunum of Caesar,) a Bishops sea,Fanum S. Quintini. the country of reverent Calvin. S. Quintini (Augusta Roman­duorum of Ptolemie, and civitas Veromannorum of Antoninus,) a strong towne in the same broder, the chiefe of the country of Vermanduois. Fere, a strong towne against the same enemie, the chiefe of the country of Tartenois, part of the Vermanduois, (the Veromandui of Caesar, and Pliny, the Rhomandues of Ptolemy,Laudunnm. and the Veromanni of Antoninus.) Laon, a Bishops sea. The Bishop is one of the 12 Peers of France. Soissons (Au­gusta Vessonum of Ptolemie) a Bishops sea vpon the river Aisne;Augusta Sues­sonum. the last place the Romanes held in Gaule, vnder Siagrius driven out by Clovys, he fift king of the French. Afterwardes in the division of the French Mo­narchie by the sonnes, and posterity of Clovys the Great, it was made the head of a particular kingdome, called from hence the Kingdome of Sois­sons. Soissonois, or the country hereof, were the Suessones of Caesar, the Suessiones of Strabo, and Pliny, the Vessones of Ptolemy, and the Suessiani of Antoninus; with Noion, and Laon, now part of the more general coun­try, or name of Vermanduois. Retel, frontiring vpon Lorraine. From hence the neighbouring country is called le Pais Retelois. Guise, a strong towne, and castle vpon the same border, and the river Oyse in the particuler coun­try of Tirasche. Hereof were entitled the late Dukes of Guise, descended from the house of Lorraine.

CHAMPAIGNE.Campania.

SVrrounded with Picardy, Barrois, Lorraine, Charolois, the dukedome of Burgundy, and France Speciall. The country is plaine, pleasant, and fruitfull, affording plenty of corne, wines, shadie woods, meadowes; riuers, & all sorts of pleasing and vsefull varieties.Catalaunum. Chiefer townes are Chaalon (Civi­tas Catalaunorum of Antoninus,) a Bishops sea, & Pairry vpon the Marne. The countrie about Chaalon were the Catalauni of Antoninus. In the neighbouring plaines (Campi Catalaunici of Cassiodorus) was fought that great and famous battaile betwixt Aetius, generall of the Romans, for the Emperour Valentinian the third, assisted by the Gothes, and other barba­rous nations;Rhemi. and Attila, king of the Huns. Rheims (Durocortum of Cae­sar, Durocottum of Ptolemy, and Ciuitas Remorum of Antoninus) a Me­tropolitan sea, a Bailliage, and the chiefe citty of Champaigne; seated vpon the riuer Vasle. The Archbishop is one of the. 12. Peeres of France. Hither come the French kings to be consecrated. The country were the Rhemi of Caesar,Lignium. Victriacum. Strabo, Pliny, Ptolemie, and Antoninus. Ligny vpon the riuer Sault. Vitry, sirnamed le Franeois, vpon the rivers Sault, and Marne; the Bailliag [...], and chiefe towne of Parthois. Didier: Perte, naming the coun­try Parthois:Fanum. 5. De­fiderij. Ager Pertensis. Territorium. Vallense. both seated in Parthois, and vpon the Marne. Ian-ville, a Seneschaussee, vpon the Marne in the country of Vallage. In the castle here­of, magnificently seated vpon the top of an inaccessable high hil, is seene the the tombe of Claude, Duke of Guise, one of the most costly monuments in France. Vassey, lying also in Vallage, vpon the river Bloise, enioying a most pleasant situation;Chaumont▪ environed with shady forrests, and woods. Chaumont vpon the Marne, the Bailliage for the country of Bassigny. The castle here is very strong,Trecae. mounted vpon an high, and steepe scalpe, or rocke. Trois (Au­gustomana of Ptolemie, and civitas Tricaffium of Antoninus,) a Bishops sea, and Bailliage; vpon the Seine. The citty is rich, faire, strong, and well traded, honoured by some with the title of the daughter of Paris; the chie­fest in Champeigne after Reims. The country about Trois were the Tri­cassij of Ptolemy, the Trecasses of Plinie, the Tricasses of Antoninus. Ivigny vpon the river Yonne.Senones. Sens, (civitas Senonum of Antoninus) vpon the Yonne, and Arch-bishops sea. Le Pais Senonois, or the country of Sens, were part of the Senones of Caesar, Ptolemy, Plinie, and Strabo (for they seemed to haue beene extended much farther,) from whom descended those war­like Senones of Gaule Cisalpina, vnder Brennus taking, and sacking Rome. Langres (Andomatunum of Ptolemy) a Bishops sea,Lingones. and Pairrye in the mountainous part of the Vauge; frontiring vpon the Dukedome of Bur­gundy. Le Pais Langroin, or the hilly country hereof, were the Lingones of Caesar, Strabo, and Plinie, the Longones of Ptolemy, Vand'oeuvre, a strong towne and fortresse in the same mountainous region, neere to Langres; coniectured from the name to haue beene build by the Vandals. Neere herevnto is the head of the great riuer of the Seine.

BRIE.Bria.

IT is a coing of land betwixt the rivers Seine, and Marne, and the coun­tries of Champaigne, and France Special. It is like to Champaigne, plaine, and fruitfull, but more close, and full of woods, in regarde of their shade, & the shelter they yeeld, seeming to haue giuen the name herevnto. The townes of better note, are Provins (Agendicum of Caesar, and Agedicum of Ptolemy) a Bailliage vpon the river Yonne, seated in a most healthful, and pleasant country, amongst other fragrant plants, and flowers, abounding with roses, transplanted for their fairenesse into neighbouring regions, and named Provins roses. The country about Provins were part of the Se­nones, before mentioned. Montereau, a strong towne, and castle at the con­fluence of the rivers Seine,Castellum Theodorici. Meldae. lon. 23. g. 30. m. lat. 48. g. 50. m. Clav. and Yonne. Chasteau-Thierry, a Bailliage, vpon the Marne; the chiefe towne in Hault Brie. Meaux (Iatinum of Ptolemy, and civitas Melduorum of Antoninus,) a Bishops sea, and Bailliage, vpon the Marne. Nere herevnto is Monceaux, a magnificent Palace, built by the Queene-mother, Katherine de Medices. The country about Meaux were the Meldae of Caesar, Strabo, and Ptolemie, the Meldi of Plinie, the Meldui of Antoninus.

FRANCE SPECIAL.Francia.

HAving vpon the North, Normandy, and part of Picardy; vpon the East, Champaigne, and Brie; and vpon the South, and West, Beausse. The country is plaine for the most part, yet here, and there distinguished with hils, and woods; generally very fruitfull, and pleasant, Gastinois excepted, which part is drie, barren, and ill inhabited. It containeth the Prevoste, or County of Paris, the Duchy of Valois, Heurepoix, & Gastinois. Chiefer townes are Senlis (Silvanectum of Antoninus,)Siluanectum. Valesia. a Bishops sea, and Bailliage, & the chiefe of Valois; seated in a shady, and woody country. The country a­bout Senlis were the Subanecti of Ptolemie, the Vlbanectes of Plinie, the Silvanectes of Antoninus.Compendiū. Forte-Meillon vpon the river Ourq. Compeigne vpon the riuer Oyse, an ancient seiour of the first French kings, invited tho­rough the pleasure, and commodity of hunting, which the neighbouring fo­rests, and woods afford.Bellouacum. lon. 23. g. lat. 49. g. 30. m. Clav. Beauvois (Caesaromagus of Ptolemy, and civi­tas Bellovacorum of Antoninus,) a Bishops sea, and Pairrye vpon the river Losne. The towne is faire, large, and well traded. Le Pais Beauvoisin, or the country of Beauvois, were anciently (but of larger extent) the Bellovaci of Caesar, Strabo, Pliny, Ptolemy, and Antoninus. It is now part of the greater country,Fanum. S. Di­onysij. and more generall name of Valois. S. Denys, the chiefe towne in the Isle of France, part of the Prevoste of Paris. In the faire Abbey church hereof the French kings lie enterred.Possiacum. Fanū S. Ger­mani. Poissy vpon the Seine in the Isle of France. Vpon the Seine nere vnto Poissy standeth S. German, en Laye, one of the royall houses of the French kings. Paris (Lutetia of Cae­sar,Lutetia. Ion. 23. g. 30. m. lat. 48. g 40. m. Clav. and Strabo, and Lucotecia of Ptolemie,) vpon the Seine, the chiefe Par­liament, and cittie of the kingdome, and the ordinarie residence of the kings of France, honoured with an Episcopall sea, and with an ancient, & famous [Page 8] Vniversity, founded by Charles the Great, whose first Professours were Al­cuinus, and the English. Through so many advantages the citty for great­nesse, populousnesse, state, and all kinde of magnificence chalengeth now the seconde place in Europe, containing some sixe miles in compasse a­bout the walles; lying almost in a round forme, and by the Seine di­vided into La ville, which is the greatest part, situated vpon the right shore of the Seine, beautified chiefelie with the Louvre, the royall palace, and residence of the kings; L'Vniversite vpon a more high, and rising ground vpon the South, and left shore of the riuer, the part de­dicated to the Muses, containing some 50 Colleges; and La Cite, compre­hending the Iland of the Seine betwixt these two, the auncient Lutetia of Caesar, (the rest of the towne accrewing since the fixt residence here of the kings) adorned chiefely with the faire, & magnificent Cathedrall Church of Nostre Dame, and the greater Palace, the seat of the Parliament, and courts of Iudicature. Le Parisis, or the country hereof, were the Parisij of Caesar, and Ptolemy,Melodunum. the Parrhisij of Pliny, and Parrisij of Strabo. Corbueil at the confluence of the riuers Seine, and Essone▪ Melun (Melodunum of Caesar,) vpon the Seine,Fons-bellae-a quae. the Bailliage, and chiefe towne in Heurepoix. Not farre off is Fountaine-belle-eau, one of the roiall houses of the kings, named thus from the fresh streames and springs of water, amongst the which it is seated, standing otherwise in a solitary, and barren country, forrest-like, stored cheifely with woods, seruing for hunting. These three lye in Heurepoix. Nemours, the chiefe towne in Gastinois vpon the riuer Loing. The towne is meane,Stampae. as in a barren soile. Estampes also in Gastinois, in the mid way betwixt Paris, and Orleans.

BEAVSSE.Belsia.

BOunded vpon the East with France Speciall; vpon the North with Nor­mandie; vpon the West with Bretaigne; & vpon the South with Poictou, Berry, and Nivernois. It is divided into the Higher Beausse, containing Le Pais Chartrain, Perche, Maine, and Aniou; the Middle Beausse, whose parts are Touraine, the Dutchie of Vendosme, the Countie Dunois, and the Countries Blesien, and Tonneres; and the Lower Beausse, containing Orle­annois, Lorris, and Soulogne. Of these Touraine is extraordinarily fruitfull, pleasant, and happy; as is the whole tract of the Loire. Aniou is more hilly, yet very fruitfull, and no lesse pleasant, affording plentie of white wines, whose hills send out almost infinite streames, and riuers, receaued into the Loire, accounted at some 40 greater besides lesser rivulets. The rest of Be­ausse is commonly more dry, then the ordinary of France, yet abounding in corne, especially le Pais Chartrain. Chiefer townes here are Montfort l' A­maulry, a Bailliage, neere vnto France Speciall. Dreux vpon the riuer Eu­reux; supposed to haue beene thus named from the ancient Druides, the seat of their Parliaments,Carnutum. lon. 23. g. lat. 49. Merc. or sessions for matters of iustice. Chartres (Au­tricum of Ptolemie, and Carnorum civitas of Antoninus,) vpon the riuer Eureux, a Bishops sea, and Bailliage, and the chiefe towne of le Pais Char­train. These two lye in Chartrain, (the Carnutes of Caesar, and Strabo, the Carnuti of Plinie, the Carnutae of Ptolemie, and the Carni of Antoni­nus.) [Page 9] Nogent le Rotrou, the chiefe of le Perche Govet, or of the Lower Perche.Cenomanni. Mortaigne, the chiefe of the Higher Perche. Mans (Vindinum of Ptolemie, and Cenomannorum civitas of Antoninus,) a Bishops sea, and Bailliage, and the chiefe towne of Maine vpon the rivers Huine, and Sartre. Maine vpon the riuer Maine, naming the Dukes of Maine of the house of Guise, and Lorraine. These two lye in the country of Maine (the Cenoman­ni of Caesar,Andegavum. lon. 19. g. lat. 47. g. 20. m. Clav. Plinie, and Ptolemie. Angiers (Iuliomagus of Ptolemie, & civitas Andicavorum of Antoninus,) a Bishops sea, and Seneschaussee, the chiefe towne of Aniou; vpon the riuer Sartre. Here flourisheth an Vniver­sitie, founded by Lewis Duke of Aniou, sonne to Iohn French king. The citty is faire, and of a large circuit, containing some 15 parishes. Saumur seated also in Aniou, & vpon the Loire, a strong towne. Hereof was some­times governour the learned Philip de Mournay, Lord of Plessis. The an­cient inhabitants of Aniou were the Andes of Cesar, the Andegavi of Pli­nie, the Andicani of Ptolemie, the Andicavi of Antoninus. Chinon vpon the river Vigenne,Insula Bou­chardi. Isle-Bouchard. Palmie. Lochez vpō the riuer Indre. The ca­stle hereof is one of the strongest places of the kingdome, mounted vpon the top of a steepe,Mons Ricardi. and high rock, environed with deepe ditches. Mont-Ri­chard vpon the river Chez, inioying a pleasant situation; surrounded with mossie rocks,Turonum. and sweet smelling meadowes. Tours (Caesarodunum of Ptolemie, and civitas Turonum of Antoninus,) an Archbishops sea, and Bailliage, and the chiefe towne of Touraine; vpon the river Loire. The cit­ty is rich, faire, and well traded, situated in a most fruitfull, and pleasant coun­try. Here begunLes Anti­quit & Re­cherches de France par Andre du Chesne (en la ville de Tours. first after Chesne the name of Hugonots, vainely giuen to them of the reformed Religion, as the Disciples of an Apparition, or Spi­rit, called by the people le Roy Hugon, or king Hugh, supposed by night to haunt the streets; imposed vpon them in regard of their nightly meetings during the time of their restraint,Ambosia lon. 20. g. 35. m. lat. 47. g. 35. m. Clav. and persecution. Amboise, a pleasant towne vpon the Loire. Londun. These from Chinon lye in Touraine (the Turones of Caesar, Plinie, and Antoninus, the Turupij of Ptolemie.) Blois, a Bailliage, the chiefe of le Pais Blesien; vneuenly seated vpon the Loire. Here for the extraordinary delight, and pleasure of the aire, and neighbou­ring country, the French kings vse much to reside, with Amboise the ordi­nary nursery of their children, much resorted vnto for the same cause, and inhabited by the nobilitie. Neere herevnto is the great, and magnificent castle of Chambourg,Blesae. one of the royall houses of the French kings. Ven­dosme vpon the Loire;Vindocinum. the chiefe towne of the Dutchie of Vendosme. Cha­steau-dun, Castrodunū. the chiefe towne of the countie Dunois, mounted vpon the top of an high hill,Comitatatus neere vnto the confluence of the rivers Loire, & Aigre. Ton­neres. Dunensis. Lorris: naming the countries Lorris, and Tonneres. Orleans (Ge­nabum of Caesar,Aurelia. Ion. 20. g. 40. m. lat. 47. g. 10. m. Clav. and Strabo, Cenabum of Ptolemie, and civitas Aurelia­norum of Antoninus,) a Bishops sea, and Bailliage, and a noted Vniversity for the ciuill lawes, founded by Philip le Bel; situated vpon the Loire. The citty is populous, rich, and beautified with faire, and goodly buildings. Here the best French is spoken. The neighbouring vast forrest of Orleans, con­taineth 12 French miles in length, or 24 English. Iargeau. Clery Nostre Dame. These three lye in Orleannois, noted for excellent wines, (the Au­reliani of Antoninus, part of the Carnutes of Caesar.) Romorantin vpon the [Page 10] river Souldre; the chiefe towne in Soulogne. Millanzay in Soulogne.

POICTOV.

HAving vpon the East, Touraine, Berry, and Limousin, vpon the North Bretaigne, and Aniou; vpon the West the Ocean; and vpon the South Engoulmois, and Xaintogne. The country is large, populous, and fruitfull. The people are naturally more rude then the rest of their countrymen; yet subtill, crafty, and very quarelsome, vncivillie given to suits, and contentions in the law. They speake a severall dialect by themselues, much differing from the common French; mixed with many proper words of their own. Chiefer townes here are Beau-moir, a sea-coast towne, and port, nere to Bretaigne. Roche-sur-Ion vpon the river Ion. Talmont vpon the Ocean. Lu­con, a Bishops sea, and a port of good traficke vpon a navigable arme of the sea. Maillesais, a Bishops sea. Niort vpon the river Seure. S. Maxent. Parte­nay. Pictavium. lon. 20. g. lat. 46. g. 35. m. Clav. Thovars. Mirebeau. Chastelleraud vpon the river Vienne. Poictiers (Au­gustoritum of Ptolemy, & civitas Pictavorum of Antoninus) vpon the riuer Clin; now a Bishops sea, & Seneschaussee, & the chiefe towne of the coūtry. The city is very large within the wals, but not so well inhabited, enclosing corne fields, meadows, & other wast grounds. Here flourisheth a noted vni­uersity, cheifely for the ciuill lawes. Of this was sometimes Bishop. S. Hi­lary, a renowned Champion of the Catholique faith against the Arrian He­reltickes in the raigne of the Emperour Constantius. Lusignan, vpon the riuer Ion, naming the auncient family of Lusignan sometimes kings of Hierusalem, afterwards of Cyprus by the donation of Richard the first, king of England. Siury vpon the riuer Charente. Roche-chovard, neere vnto the confines of Limousin. Dorat. Bridiers, neere Limousin. Mont-Morillon vpon the riuer Gartempe. Poictou aunciently were the Pictones of Caesar, Strabo, Pliny, and Ptolemy, the Pictaui of Antoninus.

ENGOVLMOIS.Icolismansis Ager.

BOunded vpon the North with Poictou; vpon the West with Xaintoinge; vpon the South with Perigort; & vpon the East with Limousin. It con­taineth 24 French leagues in length, & in breadth some. 15. leagues; affording plenty of very excellent, and perfect wines. Chiefer townes are Coignac vpon the riuer Charente. Chasteau-neuf, vpon the Charente, nere to Xain­toigne,Enculisma. and Poictou. Angolesme (Ciuitas Etolisnensium of Antoni­nus,) a Bishops sea, Seneschaussee, and the chiefe towne, vpon the river Cha­rente, and the coing of a spacious plaine, descending in a banke, or moun­taine, with whose steepe, & headlong rockes (wherewith the wals are almost round environed) and a double trench'd castle towards the plaine, it is strongly fenced, and secured. One of the gates yet beareth the name of Chande from from the Lord Iohn Chandois, sometimes Seneschal of the country vnder the English, by whom it was built. Roche-Foucat vpon the Charente. Villebois. Marevil. Engoulmois anciently were the Etolisnenses of Anto­ninus. To the accompt hereof Merula addeth le pais d' Aulniz; which is a little country lying betwixt this, and Xaintoinge.

BERRY.Biturigum Re­gio,

BOunded vpon the West, with Touraine, and Poictou; vpon the North with Soulogne, and the riuer Cher; vpon the East with Heurepoix, Ni­vernois, Bourbonois, and the riuer Faye; and vpon the South with Limou­sin, and the river Covre. The country is very fruitfull, more especially com­mended for excellent pasture, and meadow grounds, feeding great plentie of cattell, sent over the kingdome. It affordeth likewise mines of yron. Chiefer townes are Chasteau-roux vpon the riuer Indre. Chatres vpon the Indre, nere Limousin. Chasteau-Meillant. Argenton vpon the riuer Creuse. Issoudun vpon the riuer Theo. Viarron, or Viarzon, most plea­santly seated amongst woods, vines, and rivers, neere vnto the meetings of the riuers Arnon, Cher, Theo, and Eure. Mehun vpon the riuer Yeure. Bour­ges (Avaricum of Caesar,Biturigum. lon. 24. lat. 48. Merc. Varicum of Ptolemie, and civitas Biturigum of An­toninus) an Arch-bishops sea, Bailliage, Seige Presidiall, and a noted Vni­versitie more especially for the civil laws, founded by king Lewis is the Ninth, perfected by Charles, Duke of Berry, brother to Lewis the Eleaventh, the chiefe towne of the country; situated in a low flat amongst deepe impassi­ble bogs, and marishes, and the rivers of Yeure, Auron, Aurette, and Molon. The citty is large, rich, and of great state, strong in regard of its situation, and artificial meanes of fortification, a sure fastnesse, and the best hold of king Charles the seaventh in his hard warres against the English.Dunum Regi­um. Sancerra. Dun-le-roy vpon the riuer Auron. Mont-Faulcon. Sancerre, a strong towne, situated vpon the top of an high hill, vnder the which runneth the riuer Loire, me­morable in the late ciuill warres for a desperate, and long siege; (holding for the Protestants) in the raigne of Charles the ninth. Concressaut vpon the ri­ver Sauldre. The castle hereof is very strong, and magnificently built. Ber­ry anciently were the Bituriges of Caesar, the Bituriges Cubi of Strabo, Plinie, and Ptolemie, the Biturices of Antoninus.

BOVRBONOIS.Borbonius tractus.

HAving vpon the West, Berry; vpon the North, Nivernois; vpon the East, the Dukedome of Burgundie; and vpon the South, Auvergne. Townes here of better note are Moulins, Molinum. lon. 23. g. 30. m. lat. 46. g. Clav. the Bailliage, and the chiefe of the country vpon the riuer Allier; esteemed the center, or middle of France. Bourbon l' Archambaud, naming the country, seated vpon the Loire in a deepe hollow bottome, surrounded with hils; in regard of the hot medici­nable bathes thereof much resorted vnto from all the parts of France. Bour­bonois were the Boij of Plinie, following out of Germany the Helvetians in their warres against the Romanes, and after their overthrow planted by Cae­sar in these parts (belonging then to the Hedui,) at the request hereof.

FOREST.Pagus Foren­sis.

BOunded with Bourbonois vpon the North; vpon the West with Au­vergne; vpon the South with Velay, part of Languedoc; and vpon the [Page 12] East with Beau-iolois. The country is large, and populous, but not so fruit­full; hilly, and mountainous, covered with shady woods, chiefly of firres. Chiefer townes here are Feurs (Forum Segusianorum of Ptolemy,)Forum Segu­sianorum. situa­ted vpon the Loire, and giuing the name to the country. Mombrison, the chiefe towne,Fanum. S. Galmari. Fa­num. S. Ste­phani. seated vpon the same riuer. S. Gaulmier. S. Estienne de Furian, vpon the Loire, neerer to the head thereof. Forest more anciently were the Segutiani of Caesar, the Segusiani of Strabo, and Ptolemy, the Secusiani of Plinie; clients in the time of Caesar to the Hedui.

BEAVIOLOIS.Comitatus Belloiolesij.

LYing betwixt Forest, and Lionois, & named thus from the castle of Beau­iou, pleasantly seated (as the name importeth) vpon the brow of a rising mountaine, the onely place here of note. Beau-jolois, and Forest are by Me­rula accompted within Bourbonois; by Chesne in Lionois. They belong to the resort, or Seneschaussee of Lions.

LIONOIS.Lugdunensis tractus.

HAving Beau-iolois, Forest, & Auvergne vpon the West; vpon the North Charrolois; vpon the East la Bresse, part sometimes of Savoy; and vpon the South Daulphinie, and Languedoc. The country is plaine, and very fruitfull,Matiscona. and pleasant. Chiefer townes are Mascon (Castrum Matisconense of Antoninus,) a Bishops sea, giving the name to the part of the country, called from hence le pais Masconnois; situated vpon the Soasne. Lyon (Lugdunum of Caesar, Strabo, Pliny, and Ptolemy, and civitas Lugdunensis of Antoninus in his catalogue of the citties,Lugdunum. lon. 23. g. 15. m. lat. 45. g. 10. m. Clav. and provinces of Gaule, then a famous Romance colony, naming the province Lugdunensis, founded by L. Munatius Plancus, governour of the Province) now an Arch-bishops sea, & a Seneschaussee, seated at the confluence of the rivers Soasne, and the Rhosne. It hath alwaies held the second place amongst the citties of Gaule, and France, through its commodious situation vpon the Rhosne & Soasne, and neighbourhood to the Dutch, and Italians, become at this day the most populous, rich, and flourishing Empory of the kingdome, beautified with faire, and stately buildings, and honoured with an ancient Vniversitie for the Canon, and Civill lawes. Lionois was anciently part of the Hedui after Ptolemie; otherwise of the Segusiani according to Strabo, & Plinie, clients to the Hedui.

AVVERGNE.Arvernia.

HAving vpon the East, Forrest, and Lionois; vpon the North, Berry, and Bourbonois; vpon the West, Limousin, Perigort, and Quercy; and vpon the South, Velay, and Gevaudan, parts of Languedoc. It is divided into the Lower Auvergne, Limania. or Limaigne, and the Higher Auvergne. Limaigne, or the Lower Auvergne is extraordinarily fruitfull, and happy. The other is wholy mountainous, dry, rockie, and barren. Chiefer townes in Limaigne are Mont-Pensier, whereof are named the Dukes of Mont-Pensier. Rions, [Page 13] the Seneschaussee of Limaigne. Mont-Ferrant. Clermont, a Bishops sea, and the chiefe towne, situated amongst brooks, & rivulets, descending from the neighbouring mountaines of the Higher Auvergne. At Gergoie, a neighbouring village, sometimes stood the citty Gergovia of Caesar, and Strabo, civitas Arvernorum of Antoninus. In the Higher Auvergne S. Flour, Fanum S. Flo­ri. a Bishops sea, and the chiefe towne of the division, seated vpon the top of a steepe, and high rocke. Aurillac, a Seneschaussee vpon the river Iourdain, defended with a strong Castle, standing vpon an high rocke. Beauregarde, another Seneschaussee, vpon the river Gardon. Limaigne, or the Seneschaussee of Rions, is of the resort of the Parliament of Paris. The Seneschaussees of the Higher Auvergne belong to the Parliament of Bour­deaux. The more remarkeable mountainous tops of the Higher Auvergne are le Poye de Dome, not farre from Clermont, yeelding plenty of most ex­cellent medicinable Simples: Les Montaignes de Cantal in regard of their height, couered all the yeare long with snowe: Le Mont de Come, shaded with woods, and trees, and affording good pasturages: and Le Mont d' Or, the mother of the great riuer Dordonne, and of sundry medicinable bathes both of hot, and cold waters, much resorted vnto from all parts by sicke, & diseased persons. Both the Auvergnes with Nivernois were the Arverni of Livie, Caesar, Ptolemie, Strabo, Plinie, and Antoninus.

THE PARLIAMENT OF BOVRDEAVX.

COntaining the countries of Limousin, Perigort, and Guienne, with Al­bret, Agennois, and Condommois, parts of Gascoigne.

LIMOVSIN.Lemovicum provincia.

BOunded vpon the South, & South-East with Bourbonois, vpon the North and North East, with Berry, vpon the North-West, with Poictou, and vp­on the West, and South-West, with Perigort. The country is hilly, mountai­nous, healthie, inioying a free, and pure ayre, but not so fruitfull. The inha­bitants are a sober, and wise people, painefull, frugall, and very moderate in their diet, vnlesse for bread, whereof they are such devourers, that they are growne into a Proverbe. It is divided into the Higher, and the Lower Li­mousin, called otherwise La Marche de Limousin, which is the more hilly, & asperous part towards Auvergne. Chiefer townes are Soubsterraine vpon the riuer Le Grande Creuse, neere vnto the confines of Berry. Dorat. Con­foulat: Lemovicum. both of them vpon the river Vienne. Limoges (Ratiastum of Ptole­mie, and civitas Lemavicum of Antoninus) a Bishops sea, and the Senes­chaussee, and chiefe towne; situated vpon the river Vienne. The citty is ve­ry populous for the bignesse, rich, and well gouerned, inhabited by an indu­strious people, enimies of slough, & not enduring idle persons, but constrai­ning all to work; for this cause named by the French, the prison of beggers. In a solitary place not farre from hence is the Abbey of Grand-mont, na­ming the Religious order thus called. These hitherto lye in the Higher Li­mousin. In the Lower Limousin are Vzarche amongst mountaines vp­on [Page 14] the river, or torrent Vezere, with whose fierce, and violent streames it is round incompassed, strong, for this cause, and by artificiall meanes, occasio­ning the French Proverbe, Qui a maison a Vzerche, a chasteau en Limousin. Tullez, a Bishops sea. Brive la Gaillard. Limousin anciently were the Le­movices of Caesar, Strabo, and Plinie, the Limvici of Ptolemie, and the Le­mavici of Antoninus.

PERIGORT.Petrocorium.

HAving vpon the North, Limousin; vpon the East, Auvergne, & Quer­cy; vpon the South, Gascoigne; and vpon the West, Xaintoigne, part of Guienne. The country is like to Limousin, drie, rockie, and mountainous, stucke with woods, and trees of all sorts, especially of Chesnuts. The aire is very pure, and temperate, in regard whereof the people here, as in Limou­sin,Perigueux. lon. 22. lat. 46. Merc. are very healthie, and vsually liue long. Cheifer townes are Perigueux (Vessuna of Ptolemy, and Ciuitas Petrogoriorum of Antoninus,) a Bishops sea, a Seneschaussee, and the best towne in a pleasant vallie, environed with viny downes; diuided into two townes, distant some 100 paces asunder, whereof the part, wherein the Bishop ordinarily resideth, retaineth still the name of Vesune. Here remaineth yet sundry markes of its Roman greatnes, amongst others the vast ruines of an Amphi-theater. Sarlat, a Bishops sea. Bregerat vpon the riuer Dordonne. Nontron, defended with a strong castle. Marsac. Here springeth a well, which ebbeth, and floweth with the riuer of Bourdeaux. Perigort was aunciently the Petrocorij of Caesar, Strabo, and Ptolemy, the Petrogori of Pliny, and the Petrogorij of Antoninus.

GVIENNE.

THis (as hath beene before related) is the corrupt word of Aquitania. During the command of the English, the Dukedome, or generall name hereof, comprehended all Gascoigne, Rovergne, Quercy, Perigort, Limousin, Engoulmois, and Poictiers, with the foure Seneschaussees of Xainctes, Bour­deaux, Basatz, and Baionne. It now only containeth these foure last Senes­chaussees; the rest being excluded from the name, and account hereof, since their revolt from vnder the English goverment, and incorporation to the crowne of France. The bounds now are vpon the North Poictou; vpon the South, the Pyrenaean Mountaines, and Spaine; vpon the West, the Ocean, taken betwixt Spaine, and Poictou; and vpon the East, Limousin, Engoul­mois, Quercy, and Gascoigne. It comprehendeth the many lesser countries of Rochelois, and Xaintoigne, Le Marquisate de Fronsadez, Le Pais entre les deux Mers, Bourdelois, Le Pais de Medoc, Bucqs, Le Pais Lapourd, Les Landes, and Bazadois, divided amongst the foure Seneschaussees before mentioned. The part towards the Pyrenaean Mountaines is cold, mountainous and bar­ren, especially for wines. Betwixt Bourdeaux, and Baionne, where lie Les Landes, and Le Pais de Bucqs, the country is sandie, desert, and almost fruit­lesse. The like affected are the parts betwixt Bourdeaux, and the mouth of the river Gironde along the left shore thereof, sauing that in steed of dry san­die plaines the wastes are here taken vp with waters, and deepe vnpassable [Page 15] fennes, and marishes. The more fruitful are Xaintoigne, especially for corne; generally all the inland country; extraordinarily aboue the rest Le Pais en­tre les Deux Mers. The inhabitants are vsually tall of stature, strong, ac­tiue, generous, free, haters of basenesse, and servitude, and well practised in armes.Rupella. lon. 18. g. 15. m. lat 45. g. 50. m. Clav. Townes of better note are Rochelle, (Santonum Portus of Ptolemy) the Bailliage of the country, named from hence Le Rochelois; a noted Port, seated vpon the Westerne Ocean, and amongst deepe marishes towards the land. The towne is exceeding strong, as well in regard of this situation, as of the many platformes, bulwarkes, and curious defences, the iealous inha­bitants of later times haue raised; famous for a miraculous nine months siege in the yeares 1572, & 1573, which it sustained against Charles the ninth, and the whole power of France. It hath still held for them of the reformed Religion, their surest retrait in time of warre, by ancient exemptions gouer­ned by its owne magistrates in the manner of a free state. Rochelois, or the country of Rochelle is by Merula accounted within Xaintoigne. Sainctes (Mediolanium of Ptolemie,Santonum. lon. 19. g. lat. 45. Clav. Mediolanum of Strabo, and civitas Santonum of Antoninus,) a Bishops sea, and the Seneschaussee, and chiefe towne of Xaintoigne; vpon the riuer Charente. S. Iean d' Angely vpon the riuer Bou­tonne. Marans, a little Port, at that mouth of the riuer in a marishy situation. Pons vpon the riuer Seugne. Blaye, a towne, a castle vpon the Gironde, held by a garrison, commanding the riuer, and passage vnto Bourdeaux. Here the English ships going for Bourdeaux through an ancient iealousie of the French are to vnlade their Ordnance.Blauia. Bourg sur mer vpon the Dordonne, surnamed thus from the widenesse of the riuer, containing here some two miles ouer. Retraite vpon the Dordonne neere vnto the confluence there­of, and of the Garonne. The townes hitherto lye in Xaintoigne, the Santo­nes of Caesar, Strabo, Plinie, Ptolemie, and Antoninus. Fronsac, a strong towne, vpon the Dordonne in the Marquisate of Fronsadez. Libourne at the meetings of the Dordonne, and the Garonne. Here the Garonne, and Dordonne loose their names in the Gironde, or riuer of Bourdeaux. S. Ma­cier. These two last lie in the country Entre les Deux Mers, named thus from its situation betwixt the two wide,Fanum. S. Macarij. Burdegala. lon. 18. g. lat. 44. g. 30. m. Clav. & great riuers of the Dordonne, & Garonne, Bourdeaux (Burdegala of Strabo, & Ptolemie, & civits Burdegalē ­sium of Antoninus,) now an Archbishops sea, & the Parliament, and chiefe citty of Guienne, situated amongst marishes vpon the left shore of the Ga­ronne. The citty is very large, containing about a third part of Paris, beau­tified with faire, and goodly buildings, populous, and rich, one of the most flourishing Empories of the kingdome, the staple for Gascoigne wines (well knowne vnto the English, and Dutch Marchants,) and honoured with an Vniversitie, founded by king Lewis the eleauenth. Esparre vpon the Gironde. These two lye in Bourdelois, anciently the Burdegalenses of Antoninus, the Bituriges Iosci of Strabo, Bituriges Vbisci of Plinie, and the Bituriges Vi­pisci of Ptolemy, surnamed thus to note their distinction from the Bituriges Cubi, inhabiting sometimes Berry. Soulac, (Solacus vicus of Antoninus,) seated at the mouth of the Gironde in the country of Medoc; which is the wedge of land, lying betwixt the Gironde, or riuer of Bourdeaux vpon the North thereof, and the Ocean. More Southwards along the Sea-coast be­twixt Le Pais de Medoc, & Baionne lyeth the principality of Bucqs, a con­try [Page 16] miserably poore, and barren; affording onely plenty of oily woods, and of pitch, and rosen, weekely convaied from hence to Bourdeaux. Here the river Leria is receaued into the Ocean, thought to be Sygmanus of Pto­lemy. The townes from Fronsac hither belong to the Seneschaussee of Bourdeaux.Baiona. lon. 20. g. lat. 44. g. Merc. Baionne neerer Spaine vpon the same sea coast, a Bishops sea, and a noted Port at the confluence of the riuers Adour, & Graue some foure miles from the maine Ocean; the chiefe towne of Le Pais Lapourd. The towne is strongly fenced in regard of its neighbourhood vnto Spaine. S. Iehan de Luz at the foot of the Pyrenaean mountaines,Fannm S. lo­hannis Lusij. and the confines of Guipuscoa. Betwixt this towne, and Fuentarabia the little riuer Iton fal­leth into the Ocean; after Chesne the bounds of France, and Spaine. Be­twixt Baionne, and this riuer, or Spaine, the Basquish is spoken, common herevnto, and to the Biscains, and inhabitants of Guipuscoa. D' Acqs (Aquae Augustae of Ptolemy,Aquae. civitas Aquensium of Antoninus, and the Aquitani of Plinie, giuing the name to the Province, Aquitania,) now a Bishops sea, and a Seneschaussee. The town is strongly fortified, frontiring vpon Spain. The townes from Baionne hither lye in the Seneschaussee, and country of Lapourd, with Les Landes, the Lapurdenses of Sidonius, part of the Tarbel­li of Strabo, and of the Tarbeli of Antoninus; the part excepted betwixt Bajonne, and Spaine, belonging to the Cantabri. Les Landes before menti­oned is the sandie desert country, which lieth East of Le Pais de Bucqs be­twixt Baionne, and Bourdeaux. Ayre (civitas Atyrensium of Antoninus,) a Bishops sea. The ancient inhabitants hereabouts were the Atyrenses of Antoninus. Basats, neere the confines of Gascoigne (Cossium of Ptole­my,Vasatae. and civitas Vasatum of Antoninus,) a Bishops sea, & the Seneschaussee and chiefe towne of Bazadois. These two lye in the country of Bazadois, anciently the Vassarij of Ptolemie, the Vassei of Plinie, and the Vasates of Antoninus.

GASCOIGNE.Vasconia.

HAving Guienne, vpon the West; vpon the South, the Pyrenaean Moun­taines; vpon the East, the river Garonne, and Languedoc; and vpon the North, Perigort, and Quercy. It comprehendeth the lesser districts of Agen­nois, Condomois, Albret, Armaignac, Cominges, Bigorre, Foix, & Les Comtes d' Isle, de Gaure, and d' Estrac. The country yeeldeth plenty of most excel­lent wines; especially Agennois, and the tract of the Garonne. The townes here of better note are Agen (Aginum of Ptolemie,Aginum Niti­obrigum. lon. 22. g. lat. 45. g. Merc. and civitas Agennen­sium of Antoninus,) now a Bishops sea, and Seneschaussee; vpon the Ga­ronne in a most firtill, and pleasant country. The towne is populous, rich, and well traded; the chiefest in Gascoigne. Condom, a Bishops sea, and Seneschaussee, vpon the river Baise. Agennois, and Condomois, or the countries of Agen, and Condom were the Nitiobriges of Caesar, Stra­bo, and Ptolemie. Nerac, the chiefe towne of Albret; vpon the river Baise. Lactoure (civitas Lastoracium of Antoninus) a Bishops sea,Lactura. and the Senes­chaussee for Armaignac. The towne is strong, the chiefe fortresse of the kingdome on this side towards Spaine; seated vpon the side of an high hill of very difficult accesse, admitting one only passage, & fenced with a triple [Page 17] wall, and with bulwarks, platformes, and an impregnable castle, standing vpon the top of an high hill without reach of canon.Auscia. lon. 22. glat. 44. g. Merc. Auchs (Augusta of Ptolemy, and ciuitas Ausciorum of Antoninus, the Metropolis, or chiefe towne of the Province of Novempopulania,) now an Arch-bishops sea vpon the river Gez. These two lie in Armaignac, the Auscij of Strabo, Ptolemy, and Antoninus, and the Ausci of Pliny, and Mela. Tarbe (civitas Tursaubica Tralugorra of Antoninus,Tarba.) a Bishops sea, and the Seneschaussee, and cheife towne of Begorre; vpon the riuer Adour. Baigneres, where are hot medicinable bathes. Lourde. These three are in Begorre, the Bigerrones of Caesar, the Begerri of Pliny. Coserans (Ciuitas Consantanorum of An­toninus) a Bishops sea, situated nere vnto the Pyrenaean Mountaines. The country hereabouts were the Consoranni of Pliny, the Consantani of An­toninus.Fanum. S. Barnardi. S. Beat. S. Bernard (Ciuitas Conuenarum of Antoninus,) a Bishops sea, and the cheife towne of Cominges. S. Fregeou. These 4 lie in the Higher, or more mountainous Cominges. Lombez, a Bishops sea, enioying a fruitfull, and pleasant situation. Samathan. Muret, vpon the riuer Ga­ronne. These stand in the Lower Cominges. Cominges aunciently were the Convenae of Pliny, and Antoninus. Mirande, the chiefe towne of the Counte d' Estrac. Bellomonri­um. Beaumont, a Senechaussee, and the chiefe towne of the County of Gaure. Grenade vpon the Garonne. Gimont. These three lie in the county of Gavre. L' Isle de Iourdaine in the County d' Isle, Reux, a Bishops sea, at the foot of the Pyrenaean mountaines, and vpon the Ga­ronne, nere vnto the head thereof. Caseres, a Bishops sea, vpon the Garon­ne.Apamea. Fuxium. Mirapense o­pidum. lon. 23. g. 43. m. Merc. Pamieres, a Bishops sea, vpon the rivers Lagiere, and Lets. Foix, vpon the river Lagiere, the chiefe towne of the country of Foix. Mirepoix, a Bi­shops sea. The townes hitherto from Rieux, lie in the country of Foix, an­ciently the Flussates of Caesar, the Elusates of Pliny. Of these Agennois, and Condomois are of the resort of Bourdeaux; the other countries belong vnto the Parliament of Tholouse. Scatered in this province of Gascoigne, but more chiefly in Begorre, and in the Principality of Bearn, liue a wretched sort of people, called les Capots, and Gahets, in regard of their more vglie, and loa­thed filthinesse detested, and shunned of all men; forced to liue apart by themselues, and not to communicate with others. They are held to be infe­ctious, and leprous persons, hauing all most noysome, and stinking breathes, and in their faces, carriages, and actions such monstrous, and vnusuall de­formities, as if they made a baser, and different rancke from other men. They are commonly Carpenters, or other base Mechanickes, earning their bread by day-labour, not suffered to inherite any lands, and but onely their curse, and miserie, which constantly they transmit to succession. Some faine them to be descended from the leprous Iehezi, servant to the Prophet Eli­shah; others maliciously from the Albigenses.

THE PARLIAMENT OF THOLOVSE.

COntaining Quercy, Rovergne, and Languedoc, with the parts of the Gas­coigne, already described.

QVERCY.Cadurci.

ENcompassed with Agennois, Perigort, Auvergne, Rovergne, and Li­mousin. The country is hilly, but populous, and fruitfull; especially for corne.Cadurci. lon. 23. g. lat. 45. g. Merc. Chiefer townes are Cahors (Dueona of Ptolemy, and civitas Ca­dorcorum of Antoninus,) a Bishops sea, and the Seneschaussee for the coun­try; vpon the river Loth. The towne is great, strong, and well traded, whereof the Bishop is Lord both Spirituall, and Temporall. Castel-Sarasin, a strong towne vpon the Garonne. Moisac vpon the riuer Tarn; enioying a fruitfull,Montalba­num. lon. 23. g. lat. 45. g. Merc. and pleasant seat. Montauban, a Bishops sea, vpon the top of an high hill, vnder which runneth the riuer Tarn; the Seige Presidiall of the country. Lanzette. Soulac vpon the riuer Dordonne. Quercy anciently were the Cadurci of Caesar, Strabo, Plinie, and Ptolemie, the Cadorci of Anto­ninus.

ROVERGNE.Rutenium.

HAving Quercy vpon the East; and vpon the other sides Auvergne, and Languedoc. The country is little, mountainous, and not much to be commended for the goodnes, and firtilitie of the soile. Chiefer townes here are Rhodes (Segodunum of Ptolemy,Rutena. l. 24. g. l. 45. g. Merc. Vabrae. and civitas Rotenorum of An­toninus,) a Bishops sea, and the Seneschaussee, & chiefe towne of the coun­try; vpon the Tarn. Ville-Franche▪ Vabres, a Bishops sea. Rovergne an­ciently were the Rutheni of Caesar, & Pliny, the Ruteni of Strabo, the Rhu­tani of Ptolemie, and the Roteni of Antoninus.

LANGVEDOC.Languedociū.

HAving Rovergne, Auvergne, and Forest vpon the North; vpon the North-west, Quercy; vpon the West, Gascoigne; vpon the South, the Pyrenaean Mountaines, and the Sea Mediterranean; and vpon the East Pro­vençe, and Daulphinie. Merula divideth it into Le Pais Albigeois, Gevaul­dan, Velay, Vivaretz, and the more proper Languedoc. The country is ge­nerally very fruitfull, and happy, (the mountainous parts, neighbouring to Auvergne, excepted) besides those ordinary of France, yeelding plenty of Oile, Oliues, Rasins, Figs, Orenges, and other fruits, growing in hotter cli­mates; proper onely herevnto, and Provençe. Chiefer townes here are Alby (civitas Albigensium of Antoninus,Albiga. lon. 23. g. lat: 45. g. Merc.) a Bishops sea, and the chiefe towne of Albigeois, vpon the riuer Tarn. Here beganne first the name of those of the Reformed religion; called from hence the Albigenses. Men­de (civitas Gabalum of Antoninus,) a Bishops sea, and the chiefe of Gevau­dan. Gevaudan was anciently the Gabales of Caesar, Strabo, Pliny, and An­toninus,Le Puy lon. 25. g. lat. 45. g. Merc. and the Tabali of Ptolemy. Le Puy (Aeria of Pliny, and civitas Vellaunorum of Antoninus,) a Bishops sea, situated vpon an high hill, or mountaine, occasioning the name; the chiefe towne in Velay, anciently the Velauni of Ptolemy, the Vellauni of Antoninus, and the Vellaunij of Stra­bo.Vivario. Viviers (Alba Helvorum of Pliny, Albaugusta of Ptolemy, and civi­tas [Page 19] Vivario of Antoninus,) a Bishops sea, and the chiefe towne of Vivaretz; vpon the riuer Rhosne. Pons. S. Spiri­tus. Le Pont-S-Esprit, likewise vpon the Rhosne, and in Vivaretz. Vivaretz anciently were the Helvij of Caesar, the Helvi of Plinie, the Elycoci of Ptolemie; a countrie wholie mountainous, as is Gevaudan.Tolosa lon. 23. g. lat. 45. Mercat. Tolouse (Tolosa of Caesar, Strabo, Ptolemie, and Antoninus, then a famous Romane Colonie,) now an Archbishops sea, a Parliament, and a flourishing Vniversity, the chiefe cittie in Langue­doc, and one of the most populous, and greatest in France; seated in a plentifull, and rich country, and vpon the riuer Garonne. From hence was namedV. Strab. Geog. lib. 4. & Auli Gellij Noct. Attic. lib. 3. c. 9., the Latine Proverbe (Aurum (habet) Tolosanum,) apply­ed to those, who had fallen into any suddaine, and great misfortune, occasi­oned from a bad destinie beleeued still to attend the fatall treasure, lock'd vp in the Temples hereof, held alwaies vnfortunate to the owners, being the sacrilegious spoiles of Delphos, and of other Graecian Temples, brought hither by the Tectosages, part of the Gaules, forraging Greece vnder the se­cond Brennus; experienced in the calamitie of Q. Servilius Caepio, Con­sull of the Romans shortly after his surprisall, and pillaging hereof slaine with his whole army by the Cimbri. The country about Tolouse were the Tectosages of Strabo, Plinie, Mela, and Ptolemie, the Tolosates of Antoni­nus,Fanum. S. Pa­puli. Aletensis ciuitas. Carca­so. part of the Volcae. S. Papoul, a Bishops sea. Aleth, a Bishops sea, vpon the river Aude. Carcassone (Carcasum of Plinie, and Carcaso of Ptole­my,) a Bishops sea, and Seneschaussee vpon the Aude, divided by the river into two townes La Cite, and Carcassonne. The inhabitants speake a corrupt French, mixed with the Spanish through their neighbourhood to that nati­on.Narbona lon. 24. g. lat. 43. g. Merc. Narbonne (Narbo of Caesar, Narbo Martius of Plinie, and Mela, Nar­bon Colonia of Ptolemie, Narbona of Suetonius, Eutropius, and Am. Mar­cellinus, and civitas Narbonensium of Antoninus, then a great, and famous Roman Colonie, planted by Quinctus Martius, from whom it tooke the surname, and M. Porcius Cato, the chiefe citty of Gaule, giuing the name to the Province Narbonensis, and the seat of the Roman Proconsuls.) It is now an Archbishops sea, and a strong towne of warre, opposing the Land of Russeillon, and Catalonia in Spaine; seated at the mouth of the riuer Aude. The country about Narbonne were the Atacini of Mela; named thus from the riuer Atax,Betirae Septu­manorum. now the Aude. Beziers (Betirae of Ptolemy, Biltera of Strabo, Blitera of Plinie, Bliterae of Mela, & civitas Beterrensium of An­toninus, a Colonie thē of the Septumani, or of the Roman souldiers of the 7 Legiō,Fanum. S. Pontij To­meriarum Agatha. Luteva.) now a Bishops sea, situated vpō the river Orbe. S. Pont de Tonnieres, a Bishops sea. Agde (Agatha of Strabo, Plinie, and Mela, Agathopolis of Ptolemie, and civitas Agatensium of Antoninus,) a Bishops sea, and a well frequented Port, at the mouth of riuer Erhaud, a colonie sometimes of the Greekes Phocenses of Massilia. Lodesve (Lutava castrum of Antoninus,) a Bishops sea vpon the riuer Orbe.Mons Pessu­lanus. lon. 25. g. lat. 43. g. Mercat. Mont-Pellier, a Bishops sea, and a noted Vniuersity for the study of Physick, the chiefest for this Profession in France, seated (as the name importeth) vpon a high hill, vnder which runneth the riuer Lez, distant about 10 miles from the Ocean, in a most healthy, pleasant, and fruitfull country, abounding with very excellent, and perfect wines, and medicinable Simples.Nemausus. lon. 26. g. lat. 44. g. Merc. Nismes (Nemausus of Strabo, and Mela, Ne­mausum of Pliny, and Ptolemy, and Ciuitas Nemausensium of Antoninus, [Page 20] a colony of the Romans, & the chiefe town of the Arecomici) now a Bishpos sea, and a petty Vniversity; seated in a pleasant, and happy country, flou­rishing with vines, oliues, and fig-trees, and with sundry sort of sweet smel­ling plants & flowers. Vsetz (Ciuitas Vsetiensis of Antoninus,) a Bishops sea. The Diocese, or country hereof, and of Nismes, Mont-pellier, and Beziers were the Arecomici of Caesar, Strabo, Pliny, and Mela, the Are­comij of Ptolemy, with the Tectosages, parts of the Volcae of Strabo, Pliny, and Ptolemy, the Volgi of Caesar. Beaucaire, a Seneschaussee, vpon the riuer Rhosne; frontiring vpon Provenaee.

THE PARLIAMENT OF AIX.

COntaining onely the Earledome of Provençe.

PROVENÇE.Provincia.

BOunded vpon the West with Languedoc, and the riuer Rhosne; vpon the South with the sea Mediterranean; vpon the East with the Alpes, and the riuer Varo; and vpon the North, with Daulphinie. The country is rather hilly, then either plaine, or mountainous, generally very pleasant, fruitfull, & happy; of the like qualitie with Languedoc. Chiefer townes here are Aurenge (Arusio of Strabo,Arausio. lon. 26. g. 20. m. lat. 43. g. 20. m. Clav. Arausio of Pliny, and Mela, Colonia Arausi­orum of Ptolemy, and civitas Arausinorum of Antoninus, a Roman colonie of the Secundani, or souldiers of the second Legion,) now a Bishops sea, and Principality, seated vpon the river Meine. The Lords, or Princes hereof, governe in manner of Free states, quit from all fief, and homage to the Earles of Provençe by Earle Reiner, who sold this right to Prince Lewis de Chalon, continued afterwardes to succession. Philibert the last Prince of Aurenge of the house of Chalon, slaine at the siege of Florence in the raigne of the Emperour Charles the fift, deceasing without heires, the inhe­ritance hereof descended vpon Renate, Earle of Nassau, son to Henry Earle of Nassau, and of Claude, sister to Philibert; in which familie it hath ever since remained. It is now possessed by the illustrious prince, Henry, Earle of Nassau, state-holder, and governour of the forces of the vnited Provinces of Netherland; Philip of Nassau, the late Prince, descended from his elder brother,Avenio. lon. 23. g. lat. 43. g. 52. m. Clav. and Maurice deceasing without issue. Avignon (Avenio of Stra­bo, Pliny, and Mela, Colonia Aveniorum of Ptolemy, and civitas Avenico­rum of Antoninus,) an Archbishops sea, & an Vniversitie vpon the Rhosne; on both sides of the riuer. The towne is rich, faire, & flourishing, belonging to the Popes, remarkeable for 7 times 7 singularities, 7 palaces, 7 gates, 7 parishes, 7 Colleges of the Liberall Arts, 7 Hospitals, 7 Nunneries, and 7 Convents of Friers. Hither in the yeare 1303 Pope Clement the fift remo­ved the Papall sea; after 74 yeares continuance in the yeare 1377, brought backe againe to Rome by Pope Gregory the Eleaventh.Cabellio. Cavaillon (Cabel­lio of Plinie, Cabalio of Strabo, Cabelliorum Colonia of Ptolemy, and ci­vitas Cabellicorum of Antoninus,) a Bishops sea vpon the river Durance. The country about Cavaillon, Aurenge, and Avignon, with Grenoble in [Page 21] Daulphinie were the Cavares of Strabo, Pliny, & Mela, the Cavari of Pto­lemie.Carpentora­cte. Carpentras (Carpentoracte of Ptolemy, and civitas Carpentora­ctensium of Antoninus,) a Bishops sea. Betwixt this towne, and Cavaillon lyeth the vallie, and towne of Val-cluse, begirt with hils, and rockes, whence issue out most sweet, and cleare streames; whither for the exceeding plea­sure, and still solitarinesse thereof, the famous Petrarch vsed to retire, when he would devote himselfe to his Philosophicall studies, & meditations. Ta­rascon (Tarascon of Strabo, and Tarascum of Ptolemy,) a Bishops sea vp­on the riuer Rhosne, opposite to Beaucaire. Vaison (Vasio of Pliny, and Mela, and civitas Vasionensium of Antoninus.) The country about Vaison were the Vocontij of Strabo, Plinie, Ptolemie, and Mela. These 4 townes lie in the country of Avignon, exempt from the jurisdiction of the French kings;Arelatum, lon 22. g. 45. m. lat. 43. g. 20. m. Clav. appertaining to the Popes Arles (Arelate of Pliny, & Mela, Arelatae of Strabo, Arelatum colonia of Ptolemy, & civitas Arelatensiū of Antoninus, then a rich colonie of the Sextani, or Roman souldiers of the 6 Legion) now an Archbishops sea vpon the Rhosne in a lowe, and marishie situation. This was sometimes the royall seat, or chiefe residence of the later kings of Bur­gundie, from hence named ordinarily in histories the kings of Arles. Neere herevnto, but on the other side of the riuer, beginneth the deepe chanell, or dreane, called by Ptolemie Fossae Marianae, by the French Comargue, or Aigues Mortes, Aquae Mortuae drawne from the Rhosne vnto the Ocean by the Roman Consul C. Marius for the more easie convaiance of victualls vnto his camp, during his warres in Gaule against the Teutones. Aix (Aquae Calidae, or Sextiae of Strabo,Aquae Sextiae lon. 22. g. 20. m. lat. 42. g. 10. m. Clav. Aquae Sextiae of Plinie, Ptolemie, and Florus, and civitas Aquensium of Antoninus, a Roman Colonie, the station of their 25 Legion, and the Metropolis, or chiefe citty of Narbonensis secunda, named thus from the hot bathes thereof, and from the Consul C. Sextius, the conque­rour of the Salyi, by whom it was founded,) now an Archbishops sea, and the Parliament, & chiefe citty of the Province, situated vpon the riuer Rhos­ne. Glandeves (Glanum of Plinie, and Ptolemie, Glanon of Mela, and civi­tos Clannatena of Antoninus,Alpes Mari [...] ­mae. seated amongst the sea coast Alpes,) now a Bishops sea vpon the river Goremp. The country about Clandeves, and of Aix, Arles, and Tarascon were the Salyi of Plinie, and Florus, the Salies of Strabo, the Salvij of Livie, and the Salices of Ptolemie, the first people of the Gaules beyond the Alpes, with whom the Romans had warre; occasio­ned through their iniuries, and difference with the neighbouring Massilians drawing on the warres, and conquest of the rest of Gaule. S. Gillis vpon the Comargue.Apta. Apt (Apta Iulia of Plinie, and civitas Abtensium of Antoni­nus,) a Bishops sea vpon the riuer Colao. The country hereabouts were the Vulgientes of Plinie, the Abtenses of Antoninus. Amongst the Moun­taines betwixt this, and the riuer Durance, lye the little townes of Merindol and Chabrieres, memorable for a bloodie massacre made of the poore inha­bitants thereof, murthered, & put to death in the raigne of Francis the first, French king;Reius. Massilia, lon. 24. g. 30. m. lat. 43. g. 10. m. Clav. certaine scattered remainders of the Albigenses. Ries (civitas Retensium of Antoninus) a Bishops sea. Marseilles (Massilia of Livie, Cae­sar, and Plinie, a Greeke citty, and colonie, anciently confederate with the Romans, founded by the banished Phocenses in the 45 Olympiade, and raigne of Tarquin, surnamed the Proud, king of the Romans,) now a Bi­shops [Page 22] sea, and a great, and noted Port vpon the sea Mediterranean. In the Cathedrall Church hereof they shew the supposed head of Lazarus, whom Christ raised from the dead, whom they accounted their first Bishop. The hilly countrie hereabouts were the Albici of Caesar. Betwixt Marseilles, & Arles, or the more Easterne branch of the Rhosne lyeth for a great space of land (for sundry townes are seated within it) the part of the country, named La Craux, Campus Lapideus. by Strabo, and Plinie Campus Lapideus, & Campi Lapidei, & by Mela Littus Lapideum, called thus frō the innumerable multitude of stones, wherewith after a strange manner it seemeth all strawed ouer. The ancients (as Mela relateth) fained this to be the place, where Hercules fought with Albion, and Bergion, sonnes of Neptune, whom, when other weapons fai­led, his father Iupiter should relieue with a showre of stones, whose remain­ders these should be.Tolonium. Toulon (Tauroentium of Ptolemy, and Taurentium of Strabo,) vpon the Mediterranean, a Bishops sea, and a well frequented Port. Feriuls (Forum Iulium of Strabo,Forum Iulii. Plinie, and Ptolemie, Forum Iulij of Me­la, and civitas Foro Iuliensium of Antoninus, founded by the Massilians, and made afterwards a Colonie of the Romans) vpon the Mediterranean, a Bi­shops sea.Antipolis. Antibe (Antipolis of Strabo, Plinie, and Ptolemie, and civitas Antipolitana of Antoninus,) a sea-coast towne vpon the Mediterranean neere vnto the riuer Varo, and the borders of Italy. The country hereabouts were the Deciates of Plinie, and Deciatij of Ptolemie. La Grace, a Bishops sea,Opidum. Grassense. Ventium. Sanitium. Dinia. within the continent. S. Paul de Vençes (civitas Venciensium of Anto­ninus,) a Bishops sea. Senas (Civitas Saniciensium, and Sanicisio of Antoni­nus) a Bishops sea. Digne (Dinia of Ptolemie, and civitas Diniensium of Antoni [...]us,) a Bishops sea. The country hereof were the Sentij of Ptolemy. Cisteron (civitas Segesterorum of Antoninus,Cessero.) a Bishops sea, and Senes­chaussee fo [...] part of Provence; vpon the river Durance, neere vnto the bor­ders of Daulphinie. The towne is very strongly fortified. The country here abouts were the Segestorij of Antoninus.

THE PARLIAMENT OF GRENOBLE.

COntaining only Daulphinie.

DAVLPHINIE.D [...]lphinatus.

BOunded vpon the West with the riuer Rhosne, whereby it is diuided from Lionnois, and Languedoc; vpon the South with Provençe; vpon the North with La Bresse, the Rhosne also comming betwixt; and vpon the East with Savoye, and the Alpes. It comprehendeth the Higher, and the Lower Daulphinie. The Higher is altogether mountainous, stony, and barren; neighbouring to the Alpes, with whose branches it is overrun. The Lower Daulphinie is more plaine, & tolerably fruitfull; coasting along the Rhosne. Chiefer townes here are Briançon (Brigantio of Antoninus) neere vnto the head of the Durançe,Brigantio. Ebrodunum. lon. 28. g. l [...]t. 44. Merc. naming the country Briançonnois. Embrun (E­breduno of Antoninus, the Metropolis then, or chiefe citty of the Province [Page 23] of the Alpes Maritmae) now a Archbishops sea, and siege Presidiall, and the chiefe towne of the Higher Daulphinie, containing 7 Parishes; seated in a pleasant vally, surrounded with mountaines, vpon an high rocke, vnder the which runneth the Durançe. The hilly country hereof is now called from hence Le Pais Ambrunois, adiudged to be the highest part of France. S. Antoni de Tricastin (Ciuitas Ricartinorum of Antoninus,) a Bishops sea.Fanum S. An­tonij in Tri­castinis. Va­pingum. The country hereof were the Tricastini of Pliny, the Tricasteni of Pto­lemy. Gap (ciuitas Apencensium of Antoninus,) a Bishops sea, and Senes­chaussee, at the foot of the mountaine Le Col de Digo; the chiefest towne in those hilly parts after Embrun, giuing the name to the part of the coun­try, called from hence Le Pais Gapinçois, the Appencenses of Antoninus. Die (Ciuitas Decensium,Dia Voconti­orum. & Dia Vocontiorū of Ant.) now a Bishops sea, vpō the riuer Drosne;Gratianopo­lis lon. 27. g. l. 45. g. 30. m. Clav. naming Le Pais Diois, part sometimes of the Vocontij. These all lye in the Higher Daulphinie. In the Lower Daulphinie, Grenoble (ciuitas Gratianopolitana of Antoninus, Accusianorum Colonia of Ptolemy, and Gratianopolis of Sidonius, and Paulus Diaconus,) a Bishops sea, and the Parliament, and chiefe citty of Daulphinie, vpon the riuer Isere. The towne is large, populous, and beautified with faire buildings. The country herea­bouts were parte of the Cauari of Ptolemy. Romans vpon the Isere nere vnto the cōfluence therof,Valentia. & of the Rhosne. Valence (Valentia of Pliny, & Ptolemy, and Ciuitas Valentinorum of Antoninus, then a Roman Colony) now a Bi­shops sea, Presidialitie, & Vniversitie for the civill lawes, situated vpō the Rhosne. The towne is rich, strong, & well traded, giuing the name to the country, called from hence Le Pais Valentinois, anciently (probably more largely extended) the Segalauni of Ptolemy, the Valentini of Antoninus, part of the Cavares of Plinie.Vienna. lon. 23. g. lat. 45. g. Clav. Vienne (Vienna of Strabo, Mela, Ptolemie, and Ammianus Marcellinus, the chiefe Citty after Strabo of the Allobro­ges, afterwards of the Province called from hence Viennensis, and the seat of the Praetorio-Praefectus, or the supreame Roman Magistrate, commanding Gaule.) Vnder the French it became an Earledome, whereof were entituled the house of the Daulphins. It is now an Archbishops sea, and Presidialitie, vpon the Rhosne, the chiefe towne of Le Pais Viennois, part of the Allobroges of Caesar, Livie, Strabo, and others.

THE PARLIAMENT OF DIION.

COntaining the Dukedome of Burgundie, with the little countries of Bresse, Breugey, Verromey, and Gex; in the yeares 1600, and 1601, partly conquered by Henry the fourth, French king, from Charles, Duke of Savoy, and partly receaued from him in exchange for the Marquisate of Salusses.

LA BRESSE,Bressia. &c.

THese were lately part of Savoy. They lye betwixt the rivers of the So­asne and Rhosne, where these grow straighter together, proceeding to­wards their confluence. They are bounded vpon the South, and West, with Daulphinie, and Lionnois; and vpon the other sides with Savoy, and the [Page 24] Dukedome of Burgundie. The country is champian, fruitfull, and pleasant, commended for excellent wines.Burgus. The only place of note is Bourg en Bresse, the chiefe towne of La Bresse, defended with a strong citadell, commanding the country. La Bresse was part of the Segusiani, before mentioned.

LA BOVRGONGNE.Burgundiae Ducatus.

LA Bourgongne, or the Dukedome of Burgundie (for thus it is distingui­shed from the other Burgundie, which is the Countie) hath vpon the South, La Bresse, and Charrolois; vpon the West Bourbonois; vpon the North Champaigne; and vpon the East, Savoy, and the Free county of Burgundy. The country is most pleasant, fruitfull, and happy, affording plenty of most excellent wines. Chiefer townes are Tournus, a strong towne vpon the Soasne, wherewith it is encompassed, in a fertill soile, abounding with most perfect wines. Here flourisheth a rich Abbey, castle-wise defended with strong walls, and fortifications; the chiefe of sundry other Monasteries of this Province, and in Daulphinie, Auvergne, Poictou, Bretaigne, and other parts of France.Belna. Beaulne vpon the river Bursoize, seated in a plentifull, and fat soile, yeelding the best wines of the kingdome. The towne is very strong, besides its other defences, secured with an impregnable castle, built by king Lewis the twelfth. In the country hereof, farre immersed with­in darke thicke woods, lyeth the great Monastery of Cisteaux, founded in the yeare 1098 by Otho the second, Duke of Burgundie; the chiefe of some 2160 other Monasteries of both sexes in the Christian world,Cistercium. besides the mi­litary orders of Calatrava, Alcantara, Avis, and Montesa in Spaine, subiect to the discipline, and rule hereof. Austun (Augustodunum of Ptolemie, and Mela,Augustodu­num. lon. 26. g. l. 47. Merc. and civitas Eduorum of Antoninus,) a Bishops sea, and Bailliage, gi­ving the name to the particular countrie of Authunois; seated vpon the river Arroux at the foot of the Mountaines of Cenis. The towne now is meane, chiefly beautified with some faire Churches, which it yet sheweth, left markes of its ancient greatnesse,Cabilonum. lon. 26. g. 30. lat. 46. 30. m. Clav. and splendour. Chalon (Cabullinum of Strabo, Caballinum of Ptolemie, Castrum Gaballionense of Antoninus, and Cavillonium of Caesar,) a Bishops sea, and a Bailliage, vpon the Soas­ne. Auxone vpon the Soasne.Divio. lon. 25. g. 45. m. lat. 47. g. Clav. Dijon, a Bishops sea, and the Parliament, and chiefe citty of La Bourgongne, vpon the rivers Suson, and Ousche, in a plain country, most fruitfull in corne, and wines. The towne is large, faire, popu­lous, and strongly fortified, containing 12 parishes, the place of residence of the governour of the Province. Without, vpon the hills stand two strong castles; the one whereof called La Talente is kept by a garrison of souldiers, the better to secure the towne. Nuys, situated betwixt Dijon, and Beaulne; conjectured from the name to haue beene founded by the Nuithones, a part of the ancient Burgundians. Flavigny. Semur, the Bailliage of the hilly country of Auxois, divided into the parts, Le Bourg, Le Don-Ion, and Le Chasteau, all three severally fenced with walls; the two last whereof serue, as strong Citadels, to guard the rest, mounted vpon steepe, and precipitious rocks, and cliffes, wherewith they are environed. Not farre from hence, where is the village Alize, stood sometimes the strong towne of Alesia, the seat of warre of Vercingetorix, and the Gaules against Caesar, and the Ro­mans. [Page 25] Avalon (Aballon of Antoninus, then the station of the 16 Romane Legion.) These from Semur lye in the particular countrie of Auxois, the Mandubij of Caesar, part of the Edui. Bourbon-Lancy, vpon the top of an high mountaine, defended with a strong castle. At the foot of the hill, lyeth the lesser towne of S. Ligier, affording medicinable Bathes, both of hot, and cold waters, preferred by king Henry the Third before all others of the kingdome. La Bourgongne, with Lionnois, anciently were the Hedui of Cae­sar, Strabo, and Mela, the Aedui of Ptolemie, and the Edui of Antoninus, honoured by the Romans with the title of their Allies, and Confederates, the chiefe people of the nation of the Celtae; contending for a long time with the Arverni, and Sequani for the principalitie of the Gaules, whose quarrells occasioned afterwards the conquest of Gaule Comata, or of the further Gaule, lying North of the Mountaines Cemmeni, by Caesar, & the Romans. Auxerre (Antissiodorum of Antoninus in his Itinerary, then the Mansion of the 22 Legion of the Romans,Antissiodor [...], lon. 25. g. lat. 48. g. Merc. and civitas Antisiodorum in his Catalogue of the citties of Gaule) now a Bishops sea, and Bailliage; naming Le Pais Auxerrois. Nivernium. lon. 25. g. lat. 47. Merc. Nevers (Noviodunum of Caesar, and Nivernium of Antoninus in his Itinerary, and the way betwixt Augustodunum, and Paris) a strong towne vpon the Loire, neere vnto the confluence thereof, and of the river Allier, the seat of the Dukes of Nevers, and naming the particular country, now called Nivernois. These two townes are accounted in La Bourgongne, but belong vnto the Resort of the Parliament of Paris. Auxerre is numbred otherwise by Andre du Chesne amongst the townes of Cham­paigne.

CHARROLOIS.

THe country is little, named thus from the towne of Charroles. It is situ­ated betwixt the rivers of the Loire, and the Soasne, having vpon the North, the Dukedome of Burgundy; vpon the West, Bourbonois, and Forest; vpon the South, Beau-jolois, and Lionnois; and vpon the East La Bresse. It belonged anciently to the Dukes of Burgundie, whose eldest sons were still named Earles of Charrolois. With La Bourgongne surprised, and detained by Lewis the Eleuenth, and the succeeding French kings, it was for a long time controversed betwixt them, and the kings of Spaine, heires of the house of Burgundy; after long warres by king Henry the second, following the a­greement of the League of Cambraye, restored to Philip the second, king of Spaine. It is now held by the house of Burgundy, and Austria; but vnder the fief of the French kings; subiect in matters of iudicature to the Parlia­ment of Dole, in the County of Burgundy, whither the inhabitants make their appeale.

BEARN.Bearnia.

LYing at the foot of the Pyrenaean Mountaines betwixt these, and the countries of Begorre, and Baionne; named thus from the towne Bene­arnum of Antoninus, now Orthes. The soile is fat, and rich, as well amongst the mountaines, as in the plaine country, affording good pasturages; and [Page 26] plenty of cattaile, corne, flaxe, hempe, butter, cheese, and in some parts perfect wines,Castrum Pa­lum. not yeelding to the best in France. Here are likewise sundry springs of hot medicinable waters. Chiefer townes are Pau, the Parlia­ment, or supreame Court of iudicature of the country, and the seate of the Princes before their vnion with France; beautified with a stately Palace, built by Henery d' Albret, K. of Nauarre, & Lord of Bearn. Lescar, a Bishops sea, the more auncient seat of the Princes; remoued afterwards to Pau. O­leron ( [...]uro of Antoninus in his Itinerary, and way betwixt Caesar-Augu­sta, and Benearnum,) now a Bishops sea, mounted on the toppe of an high hill in the more high, and mountainous part of Bearn. Orthes (after Ios. Scaliger Benearnnm of Antoninus in his Itinerary, and the way before mentioned, and Ciuitas Beranensium, and Benainas in his Catalogue of the citties and Provinces of Gaule, and Benarnum of Gregory of Tours in his 9 booke, giuing the name to the country,) Navarrins at the foot of the Pyrenaean Mountaines, a well fortified towne. The country of Bearn was part of the Province Nouem-populonia of Ant. Novempopulana of Rufus Festus, and Novem-populi of Ammianus Marcellinus. The Princes hereof are absolute Lords, not subiect to the checke, & fief of others; with the right of Nauarre not long since by Henry the fourth vnited in the house, and suc­cession of the French kings.

THE ILANDS OF FRANCE.

THe Ilands belonging to this continent, and subiect to the Crowne of France are neither many, or of any great note, or worth. In the sea Mediterranean lye the Iles d' Eres (the Staechades of Ptolemy) against Proven [...]ce betwixt Friuls, and Toulon. Les Pomegues against Marseilles, L' Anguillade against the mouth of the riuer Rhosne (probably Blascon of Ptolemy.) Maguelone against the province of Languedoc. Without the Straights in the Westerne Ocean the Ilands d' Oleron, and de Re against Xaintogne, and Rochelle. Belle-Isle against Bretaigne, and the towne of Van­nes. Here are likewise the Ilands of Iersay, Garnsay, and Alderney, lying a­gainst Le Pais Constantin in Normandy, appertaining to this account, but subiect to the kings of Great Bretaigne, being part of their ancient, and he­reditary Dutchy of Normandy, and incorporated now with the Crowne of of England; belonging to the relation, and description of that kingdome.

OF THE STATE OF EVROPE. The XI Booke.

COntaining the present bounds, situation, and qualitie of Germany. The inhabitants. Their Character, or description, languages, reli­gion, Bishops, and Cleargie. The sacrilegious vsurpation, and iniuries done to the Church by the Lay Princes. The manner of the civill go­verment. The Prince. His authority, titles, and maner of succession. The King of the Romans. The generall Diets, and States of the Em­pire. Their authority, and power. The Imperiall Courts, and Cir­cles. A short survey of the imperfections, and disorders of the vast, vnweildie, and ill-vnited body of the German Empire. The parts, or provinces subiect, or more properly belonging to the Empire.

GERMANIE.

THE name of the Germans (to omit other more vnlikely Etymologies) Strabo deri­veth from theStatim igi­tur trans Rhe­nū post Cel­ticos populos Orientē ver­sus sita loca Germani in­colunt, à Gal­lis parum dif­ferentes, si fe­ritatis, corpo­rum magni­tudinis, & ful­vi coloris ex­cellentiā spe­ctes, sed & for­ [...]â, & mori­bus, & victu adsimiles sunt Gallorum. Itaq, rectè mihi videntur Romani hoc nomen ijs indidisse, cum fratres eos Gallorum vellent ostendere. Strabon. Geograph. lib. 7. Latin word (Germani) which signifieth brethren, or men of the same kin­dred, or of a like nature, and disposition, first giuen vnto them by the Romans, in regard of their similitude with the neighbouring Gaules, as in colour, and shape of body, so in maners, and custome of living. For the name otherwise in the time of Tacitus was but new, and lately invented, being anciently cal­led only by the appellations of the many nationsCaeterum Germaniae vocabulum recens, & nuper additum, quoniam qui primi Rhenum transgressi, Gallos expulerint, nunc Tungri, nunc Germani, vocatisint, ita nationis nomen, non gentis evaluisse paulatim, vt omnes primùm à Victore ob metum, mox à seipsis invento nomine Germani vocarentur. Tacit. de Morib. Germanorum lib. inhabiting the countrey.

The Land is bounded vpon the West with Switzerlandt, France, the [Page 2] Lowe Countries, and with the part of the German Ocean, intercepted be­twixt the falls of the rivers Eems, and Eydore, vpon the North with Den­marke, and the Sea Baltique, vpon the East with Poland, Prussen, and Hun­garie, and vpon the South with the Alpes, and Italie.

Chappuys accompteth the length hereof to bee 840. Italian miles, measuring onelyDescription, & goverment des Respub­liques du Monde par Gab. Chap­puys. betwixt the Rhijn, and the Wixel, and the breadth from the towne of Brixen in Tirol vnto the Ocean at 745 of the same miles.

It lieth betwixt the 22, and 45 degrees of Longitude, accompting from the Meridian by the Açores, and the 45 20/60, and 54 48/60 degrees of Northerne Latitude, or betwixt some 51 minutes on this side of the 15, or middle para­lel of the sixt clime, where the longest day hath 15 houres, and an halfe, and the 19 minute beyond the 21, or middle paralel of the 9 clime, where it hath 17 houres.

It is therefore wholy seated in the Northerne halfe-part of the Tempe­rate Zone, and is for this cause much colder, then the more Southerne parts before described, yet of a more liuely, and healthie temperature, and more potent for generation, bringing forth men, cattell, and plants, whereof it is well capable, in farre more abundance, and of greater strength, and larger proportion then the other, the fatall nursery of those numberlesse swarmes of barbarous nations, overwhelming the Roman Empire, and new peopling the provinces of the West.

The soile is very fruitfull, the mountainous parts of the Alpes, Schwartz­wald, Otten-wald, and other wild reliques of the old Hercynian forest, ex­cepted. The Country is large, and exceedingly populous, stored with infi­nite Cities, the best, and fairest for any one Province in the world, what by meanes of the industrie of the inhabitants, and through the commodity of the situation thereof, standing in the heart, and center of Europe, the ordi­nary way of all the merchandise, and riches of the neighbouring Provinces.

The more happy parts are the Southerne betwixt the river of Meine, and the Alpes, yeelding plenty of very excellent wines, especially the tract of the Rhijn, of which the other is destitute. The Northerne is generally more plaine, but worse inhabited, and accompted lesse fruitfull, chiefly towards the Wixell, and the Sea Baltique, yet abounding in corne, with other of the East-lands the garner, and storehouse of Holland, and the Lowe Countries, and in time of dearth of Italie, Spaine, and of other countries. The chiefer commodities, which are transported from hence, are Corne, and Wines, whereof these growe onely in the Southerne parts, the other more abun­dantly in the Northerne. It aboundeth also with all sorts of mettals, as of Iron, Lead, Brasse, and of other baser sorts, so of Silver, which the mines of Meissen, Bohemia, and Tirol doe very plentifully yeeld. Salt is here in a sufficient quantity, as boiled out of Salt springs, so minerall extracted out of the earth. It affordeth also store of Saffron in the vpper Austria, and Bavaria, as it doth of woolls in the land of Hessen of extraordinary finesse for those transmarine regions.

The ancient inhabitants hereof were the Rhaeti, Vindelici, & Norici with parts of the Pānonij, possessing the whole tract, extēded betwixt the Danow, and the Alpes: the Menapij, Treveri, Mediomatrices, Lenci, Vbij, Eburones, [Page 3] Nemeti, Vangiones, Triboci, Ra [...]raci, and Sequani, parts of Gaule Belgique, and inhabiting the Westerne shore of the Rhijn: the Germans, contained anciently within the Rhijn, the Danow, the Wixel, and the Ocean: the Sc [...]a­vi, or Winithi, succeeding in the left roomes of the Germans, flitting into the Westerne Roman Provinces, taking vp the moitie hereof, contained be­twixt the rivers Elb, and Saltza, the Wixel, and the Sea Baltique: the Huns, Avares, Lombards, and Hungarians successiuely intruding amongst the Pannonij. The rest of the Barbarians subdued, and driuen out by this more strong, and mighty nation, the whole are now accompted, and knowne only by the name of Germans.

The moderne Germans are commonly of a tall stature, square, and bigge, by complection phlegmatique, or rawe sanguine, or where moisture hath the dominion over heat, of haire yellow, or light browne, strong, and thicke, hauing great bones, and much flesh, with large ioints, nerues, and sinewes, but for want of heat not so firmely knit, neither abounding with such store of quicke, and nimble spirits, as might sufficiently weild so great a masse of body, being for this cause of a dull, and heavy disposition, fitter to resist, then execute, and strong rather with a weighty sway of flesh, then otherwise. They are by nature plaine, and honest, simple, without any mixture of de­ceipt, haters of impostures, and base dealing, religious, chast, laborious, con­stant, stiffe, or rather opinatiue, and obstinate, as suspitious of their owne weaknesse, and hating to be circumvented, rough, or rather rude, and vnci­vill in their carriage, but nothing dangerous, not notably giuen to any vice, drunkennesse excepted; common herevnto, and to all the Northerne Nati­ons, not so much by ill habit, and custome, as by naturall inclination, caused whither by a sympathie of their moister bodies, or through a vehement ap­petite of their hotter stronger digesting, and throat-scorching stomackes, intended by their cold. In handy-crafts, and mechanicall inventions they haue alwaies much excelled, the first inventers of Gunnes, Gun-powder, Printing, Clocks, strange water-works, and other wittie devises to the no lesse benefit, then admiration of the world. In warres at this day they are not so well accompted, firme, and constant in their order, but slowe, and heavy, better to receaue, then to giue a charge, and to fight a battaile in the open field, then to assault a Town, the ordinary warfare of those times, feare­full, dull, and for this cause against dangers often mutinous, as loath to ha­ [...]ard, subiect to disrout by false alarums, and sudden feares, and being once broken not easily brought to rally, and gather head againe.

The languages here spoken are the French, in Savoy, Lorraine, Luick, and the Free county of Burgundie: the Sclavonian amongst the Bohemians, and Moravians, and in some parts of Laus [...]its about the Elb: and the High Dutch common in a maner to the whole province.

What was the ancient Religion of the nation see Tacitus in his descripti­on hereof.

The first who here preached the Gospell was St Thomas, surnamed Di­dimus V. Doroth [...] Synop [...]in., if Dorothaus may be credited, an author somewhat ancient, but whose truth hath alwaies beene suspected. The Magdeburgenses in their first Century and 2 booke,Magdeburg. Cent. 1. l. 2. c. 2 and chapter, muster vp St Egistus, one of the 70 Disciples of our blessed Saviour, preaching at Bardewick vpon the river El­menow [Page 4] nere Lunenburg, St Lucius of Cyrene in Rhaetia, and Vindelicia, St Mark S. Mark. Col. 4.^ ch. at Laureacum amongst the Norici, St Crescens S. Crescens, Tim. 2. Ep. 4. ch. at Ments, St Clemens at Mets, and St Maternus, and Eucharius at Colen, and Triers, with others from the relations of Henricus de Erphordia, Aventinus, the Liues of the Bishops of the Tungri, and some Histories of the Saints, later authors, or vncertaine, and not backed with the authorities of more ancient. Irenaeus ofIrenae. cont. Haeres. l. 1. c. 3. of much better authority, liuing in the raigne of the Emperour Antoninus Verus, and yeare 170, in his 1 booke and 3 chap. contra Haereses, maketh mention of the German Churches, but without naming their Apo­stles. That Christianity during those primitiue times had taken good root in the parts lying without the Rhijn wee more certainely gather from the Catalogue, and names of BishopsV. Binij Concil. Tom, 1. Sylvestri Pa­pâ. in the first Councell of Arles, held about the yeare 326, and in the raigne of Constantine the Great, where we finde mention of Maternus Bishop of Colen, and Agritius of Trier; but more manifestly from the Councell of Colen, had in thelb. Concil. Tom. 1. Papâ Iulio primo. yeare 347, and raigne of Constantius, sonne to the great Constantine, where againe wee read of St Maximinus Bishop of Trier, Tessis of the Nemeti, or Spier, Vi­ctor of the Vangiones, or Worms, Amandus of the Argentinenses, or Stras­burg, Martin of Mentz, Iustinian of the Rauraci, or Basil, and Servatius of the Tungri, amongst others present in that Synode. The like wee can­not but define in Rhaetia, Noricum, and Pannonia, or the parts betwixt the Danow, and the Alpes, subiect then to the Christian, and Catholique Roman Empire of the West. The Great, or proper Germanie within the Rhijn, and the Danow for their desert vastnesse, and incivilitie were not converted vn­till the conquests, and soveraigntie of the Frenchmen. The Westerne Ro­man Empire troden vnder foot by the barbarous nations, and the countries, or parts now mentioned being planted with new Colonies of French, Al­mans, Bavarians, and Huns at that time Gentiles, and enimies to Christi­anity, Religion for a time is againe totally darkned, & eclypsed. By meanes of the great victories of the Frenchmen not long after converted, & besides Gaule subduing this whole Continent vnto the rivers of the Elb, and Saltza, Christianitie begunne againe to be planted, as in the tracts without the Rhijn, and the Danow, so within those rivers vnto the Saltza, and Elb now mentioned, the bounds then of their Empire: amongst the Switzers V. Magdeb. Cent. 5. c. 10. de Episcopis & Doctoribus, and Grisons by St Fridolinus, a Scottishman, in the raigne of Clovis, the first Christian king of the French: in Bavaria Baron. An­nal. Eccles. An Chr. 590. by S. Rupert, Bishop of Worms about the yeare 590, and the raigne of Theodebert, King of Austrasia, and of Theodo the third, prince of that country: amongst theIb. An. Chr. 697. & 710. Frisons, Thurin­gians, and Lower Germans by S. Willebrord, the first Bishop of Vtreicht, S. Weiro Bishop of Deira, and S. Plechelmus of Candida Casa, with others in the regency of Pepin the Fat, Maior of the Palace: in East-France Ib. by S. Willebald, the first Bishop of Eystet about the same time: and in Saxonie by S. Swibert Ib. An. Chr. 711. Krantzij Metrop. lib. 1. c. 6. &c., Bishop of Verden in the yeare 711. and raigne of the Em­perour Iustinian the second, and byKrantzij Metrop. lib. 1. c. 7. &c. S. VVillehade, first Bishop of Bremen in the raigne of the Emperour Charles the great. Chiefer instruments in this sacred worke were the English of Great Britaine (for such were theseV. supra. here named) then a late Colonie of the Dutch, of the same language with them, and but newly made Christians, and for [Page 5] these causes more especially imployed herein by the French Kings, and the Bishops of Rome. Of more eminent note amongst these wasBaron. An­nal Ec. Ann. Chr. 716. &c. S. Winifrid, or S. Boniface, the first Archbishop of Ments, comming hither in the Regency of Pepin the Fat, by whose more effectuall endeauours Chri­stianity, and the Orthodox faith became here more fully established, Gen­tilisme, and haeresie rooted out, a Churches discipline framed, new Bishops erected, and painefull ministers, and labourers every where placed, in re­gard hereof acknowledged yet by the Germans, as their Apostle, and the au­thor of their conuersion. These hether parts thus enlightned, the further, ly­ing beyond the Saltza, and the Elb, and inhabited then by the sundry peo­ple of the Sclaui, by meanes hereof not long after tooke flame: the Moraui­ans byMagdeburg. Cent. 9. c. 2. the armes and conquest of Zwentibaldus base son to the Empe­rour Arnulph: the Bohemians V. Dubravij hist. Bohemi­cae lib. 4. vnder their king Borzivoius conuerted by S. Methodius Bishop of the Moravians in the reigne of that Emperour: the Sorabi V. Helmoldi Chron. Scla­vorum, &c. inhabiting where now is Meissen, and Lausnitz, subdued by the Emperour Henry the first; the Helveldi, Leubuzi, with others, possessing sometimes the country, called afterwards the Marquisate of Brandenburg, forced by the same Emperour, and their long warrs with the Marquesses hereof: and the Wiltzi, and Pomerani, now Pomeren, vnder their princes Wartislaw, and Casimir the first, Christned, and won vnto the faith by Ot­to bishop of Bamberg about the yeare 1124 in the raigne of the Emperour Henry the Fift. The last, which stood out were the Obotriti, with other people, anciently possessing the moderne Dukedomes of Mecklenburg, and Lawenburg, after sundrie apostacies, and much stifnes in the defence of their idolatry, and liberty worne out by continuall warres with the neighbouring Saxons, their country filled with new colonies of this Christian Dutch na­tion by Henry surnamed the Lion, Duke of Saxony, & Bauaria, in the raigne of the Emperour Fredericke Barbarossa, which hapned in a manner by the same meanes to all the rest of the Winithi. The whole country being thus cleared from Gentilisme ran the same fortune with other the Provinces of the West, enthralled to Popish impostures, and the tyranny of the Sea of Rome. The first, who sensible of their erronr, begun to shake off this yoake were the Bohemians V. Aeneae Sylvij histor. Bohem. Ioa­chimum Ca­merarium de Fratrum Or­thodoxorum Ecclesijs in Bohemia. Du­bravij histor. Bohem. lib. 24. 27. &c. about the yeare 1400, & in the raigne of their king Wenceslaus the fourth, incited herevnto through the preaching of Iohn Husse, profes­sour of Divinity at Prage, drawing his opinions from Iohn Wickliffe, not long before attempting the like reformation in England in the raignes of Edward the third, and Richard the second, after long tumults sundry bat­tailes fought, many victories gained, much blood-shed, and cruelties com­mitted on both sides, Husse and Hierome of Prage burnt at Constance, and in reuenge hereof Monasteries and Religious houses pulled downe by Ziska, and his followers, two Generall Councells assembled at Constance, and at Basil, at length in the raigne of the Emperour Sigismund obteining a li­berty of their consciences, which, although commaunded still by Popish princes, they enioyed notwithstanding vntill the present raigne of the Em­perour Ferdinand the second, by whō after his great victory at the battaile of Prage the publique exercise of their religion hath beene lately prohibited, their ministers, and such, as would not conforme to the popish doctrine, being banished the country, iealous of their better inclination, and loue vn­to [Page 6] Frederique the first Counte Palatine of the Rhijn, his competitor for the kingdome. Orthodox religion for a time confined almost within the moun­taines of Bohemia about some 117 yeares after Huss in the yeare 1517V. Ioan. Slei­dan. Cōment. de Statu Reli­onis, & Re [...]p. regnanti Ca­rolo 5. Caesare, and th [...] raignes of the Emperour Maximilian the first, & Pope Leô the tenth, for the further enlargement thereof it pleased god to raise vp Luther in the neighbouring parts of Saxony, a Carmelite Frier by profession, borne at Islebie in the County of Mansfield, with great vehemency declayming a­gainst the errours, and impostures of the Church of Rome, stirred first vp through the abuse of indulgencies, exasperated, and drawne on to a more curious search by the vnseasonable violence, and opposition of the Popes, and their ministers, adhaered vnto by many Princes, and free Common­wealths of the Empire, countenancing, and maintaining his doctrine in sundry Colloquies, and Diets, afterwards by force of armes, and open warre; continued with variable successe betwixt them, and the Emperour Charles the fift vntill in the yeare 1555, and raigne of the same Prince for the more secure defence, and saftie of the Province, threatned with the warres of the Turkes, and their stronger vnion against that enimie, in a Diet, then held at Auspurg, a peace of Religion is established, not without much rancour, and iealousies still obserued vnto this day. Shortly after Luther in the yeare 1519, Zwinglius, a Canon of Zurich, moued through the same impostures, and absurdities, began another reformation in Zwitzerland, followed af­terwards by the reverent Calvin in Geneva, amending some things in the Churches hereof, which the other omitted, the occasion of the names, and reformations of the Zwinglianists, and Calvinists, besides Great Britaine, France, Ireland, and the Low-Countries, where the Reformed are all of this profession spreading fast, and gathering ground in this country to the no small grievance, and discontent of both the other Religions. There are then now fower different names of Religions here openly professed, and al­lowed, of the Romish pretended Catholiques, the Zwinglianists, Caluinists, and Lutherans, whereof the three latter consenting in the maine grounds, and in opposition to the first, are otherwise all called by the generall name of Protestants, a name begun first amongst the Lutherans, giuen vnto them vpon occasion of the Protestation of their Princes, and States made against the decree of Spire, enacted in the yeare 1529, praejudiciall to their cause, communicated afterwards to the other two. The Zwinglianists, and Calvi­nists differ only in name, whose doctrine is the same with ours. They con­taine the Reformed amongst the Zwitzers, and in High Germanie the Ele­ctour Palatine of the Rhijn, the Electour, and Marquesse of Brandenburg, the Lantgraue of Hessen, the Duke of Zweibruck, the citties of Strasburg, and Bremen, with some other Princes, and townes of inferiour ranke. The Lu­therans dissent from the Calvinists, and Zwinglianists in the points of the Eucharist, Praedestination, and Freewill, a cause of much vnseemely heat betwixt the sides. They are the greatest number, prevailing especially in the Northerne parts, amongst whom of chiefer note are the Electour, and Dukes of Saxonie, the Dukes of Brunswijck, Wirtenburg, Lunenburg, Law­enberg, Mecklenburg, and Pomeren, together with the most part of the Free Citties. The Papists are accounted by some to be the sixt part of the whole, after others to haue beene a twelfth part. Amongst these of more eminent [Page 7] sort are the Emperour, and house of Austria, (but whose subiects especially in Austria, and Bohemia are for their greatest number Protestants) the Dukes of Lorraine, Savoy, and Bavaria, the three Spirituall Electours, with the other Bishops yet remaining. The Ecclesiasticall dignities since the time of Luther are partly here yet retained by the Cleargie, partly detained by Lay vsurpers. Of these were sometimes reckned 6 Metropolitane, or Archbishops seas, 39. Bishoppricks, 20 Priories, and 124 Abbeyes of both sexes. Their Bishops with their Archbishops follow. Vnder Mentz the Bishops of Strasburg, Spire, Worms, Wurtzburg, Auspurg, Constance, Chur, Ais [...]ett, Halberstat, Hildeshaim, Paderborn, and Ferden: vnder Colen, the Bi­shop of Munster, Osenburg, Minden, Liege, and Vtreicht in the Low Coun­tries: vnder Trier the Bishops of Metz, Toul, and Verdun: vnder Meydburg, the Primate of the kingdome, the Bishops of Meissen, Mersburg, Naum­burg, Brandenburg, and Havelburg: vnder Saltzburg, the Bishops of Re­gensburg, Passaw, Frisingen, Trent, Brixen, Gurck, Kempse, Seckaw, Laven­mundt, and Wien: and vnder Bremen the Bishops of Lubec, Ratzenburg, and Suerin. The Bishop of Bamberg is exempt from all superiour iuris­diction saving of the Popes. Hereof some 25 yet remaine. The revenewes of the rest of the Bishoppricks are imployed to other vses, or sacrilegiously withheld by the Laity vnder the title of Administratours, the vsual preyes of the Princes, vpon whom they border, or in whose countries they lie, the misery most raigning in the Lutheran, and Northerne parts, and common to the other Cleargie. The names of the Abbots, Priors, and Abbatesses read in the Commentary of Birtius, whom for brevitie sake I omit.

This hath beene the continuall affaire, and estate of the Church, and Re­ligion.

Concerning the civill, not well knowing by what name to call it, it is an aggregate state, consisting of almost infinite particulars, the chiefes of all which enioy a kinde of absolute goverment in their severall districts, execu­ting iustice according to the lawes, and customes of their countries, with power to coyne monie, lay taxes, and impositions vpon the people, levie Souldiers for the warre, with all other rights of maiestie, and privileges of Free estates; yet alwaies with reference to the Generall state, which they call the Empire, with whose more soveraigne authority these particulars are checked in, whose lawes, censures, and ordinances they are bound to obey, and whether, and to the Imperiall Court at Spire held vnder this authority appeale may be made herefrom, vnlesse in causes criminall.

It consisteth of a Prince, and the many particular states, before mentio­ned.

The Prince is called Emperour of the Romans, and King of Germanie, the latter of which titles was begunne in Lewis the Ancient, vnto whose share the province fell with this stile in the division of the French Monar­chy amongst the sonnes of the Emperour Lewis the Godly. The former title was added by Charles the Fat, sonne to the Ancient, the onely sur­viving male issue descended from Charles the Great (in whom the dignity was restored) lawfull, or fit to governe, the rest of the posterity hereof being then illegitimate, in nonage, or failing, since for the greater power, and swey of the Dutch nation, and the quarrells, and divisions a­mongst [Page 8] the French men, and Italians continued herein vnto this day.

His right anciently, and during the line of Charles the Great, or of the French, was haereditarie, as afterward in a manner it continued during the raigne of the Saxons. By Otho the third, the last Prince of the house of Saxonie, wanting heires, it was made electiue, & for preuention of forreine claime, as well for the Empire, as the Kingdome, entailed vpon the German nation, as euer since it hath remained.

His authority now is almost onely nominall (which hath hapned since, and by meanes of his Election, they, who haue had the right to chuse, by little, and litle making themselues free, depriuing him of all power, and de­riuing it vpon themselues, and the rest of the subordinate states); praeseding with great maiesty in the generall assemblyes, or diets, most sumptuously berobed, adorned with the imperiall crowne, and scepter, and with the names of Caesar, and Augustus, but without the least reality, answearable to so faire a shew, the first, and immediate command, as hath beene before re­lated lying in the particular states, and that chiefe, or soueraigne of the em­pire in the Diets, without that he can doe any act of iurisdictiō, more then in putting in execution the Imperiall decrees, vnlesse in the particular coun­treys he lordeth ouer, or that vpon a common interest, aided by one side, as not long since hapned vnder the Emperour Charles the fift, he can oppresse, and beare downe the other. The next successour, or heire apparent to the Empire is called King of the Romans, designed by the Electours.

The particular or subordinate states, are diuided into three different or­ders; of the Princes Electours: the Inferior Princes; & of the imperiall citties.

The Princes Electours are they, who haue the power to chuse the Empe­rour, for this cause enioying praecedency, and place before the other, and making a seuerall house by themselues in the generall Diets. These are the Arch-bishop of Mentz, Chancelour of Germany, the Arch-bishop of Colen, Chancelour of Italy, the Arch-bishop of Triers, Chancelour of France, the Counte Palatine of the Rhijn, Sewer, the Duke of Saxony, chiefe Marshall of the Empire, and the Marquesse of Brandenburg, great Chamberlaine. To these is added the King of Bohemia, chiefe taster, whose place is next a­boue the Paltzgraue, who hath the casting voice in case of aequality, and dif­ference amongst the six.

The Inferiour Princes, (whom I name, and distinguish thus in regard of the praeheminence of the former because of their right of Election, for o­therwise some of them may equall, or surpasse the other in riches, and re­venue) comprehend againe two distinct rankes, those of the Spirituality & the Lay Princes.

The Cleargy, who haue the right of Princes, are the Arch-bishops and Bishops before mentioned, together (after Birtius) with some thirty of the Abbots, Priours, and Abbatesses.

The Lay Princes containe sundry different names, and titles of Arch-duke, Duke, Paltz-graue, Lant-graue, Burgraue, Marques, Prince, Earle, Baron, and Lord.

The more eminent sort of them, for this cause placed in the diets a­mongst the cleargy before the Abbots, are the Arch-dukes of Austria, the Dukes of Bauaria, Burgundy, Lorraine, Savoy, Cleue, Gulick, Bergen, Saxony, [Page 9] Brunswijck, Lunenburg, Pomerē, Mecklenburg, Wirtenberg, Zweibruck, Hol­stein, & Lawenburg, the Lantgraues of Hessen, & Luchtenburg, the Marqui­sats of Brādeburg, & Baden, the princes of Anhalt, & the Earles of Hēneburg.

The lesser Saeculars ranked after the Abbots, and Cleargy follow. The Earles of Helfēstein; Kirchberg; Wisenstaig, Lauffen; Montfort; Furstenberg Zimmeren; Otingen; Sultz, Hohen-Zollerne; Castel; Vertheim; Rheineck; Ho­henloe; Erpach; Leiningen; Falkenstein; Hanaw; Luchtenberg; Nassaw; Breda; & Dillenborg; Wilbaden, and Iltstain; Sarbruchen; Waldtpurg; Nassaw en Weil­purg; Beilstein; Koningstein, & Epstein; Eisenburg the higher; Eisenburg the Lower; Mersen; Budinghen; Vinnerberg; Solme; of the Rhijn; Horn; Seyn; Arsn­berg; Vintzlingen; Reyen; Bitch; Salm; Veldentz; Dengen; Rappin; Hardeck; Hohenstein; Wolkenstein; Schaumburg, & Giengen; Dierenburg, & Mullingen; Gleichen; Schwartzenberg; Schonberg; Iude, the same Lord en Ruech; Pless; Weda, & Ringelburg; Olnburg; Loebestain; Regenstain; West-Friestandt; Oost-Freislandt; Lippe; Oldēburg; Delmenhorst; Hoya, & Westenburg; Lemgow; Wal­deck; Diepholt; Steinfort; Benthē; Brūchorst; Wergestein; Spigerberg, & Bivers dorff; Tekelnberg; Dortmund; Winsdorff; Ortenberg; Hagen; Hoonfels; Leise­neck; Bergē; Manderscheid; Reiferscheid; Egmont, & Iselstein; Tubingen; Blā ­kenberg, and Kirchingen; the Marchgraue Ebetstain; the Barons Gundelfin­gen; Geroltzeck; Ober-hewen; Rapotzkirchen; Stauffen; Plawen; Degenberg; Ober-Sultzberg; Bergen, and Waelhem; Hauere; Wildenfels, and Tau­tenberg; the Lords Tussen; Stutgart; Iustingen; and Schenslingen; Hohen-Richperg; Hohenfeldt, and Tipoltzkick: Braides; Sonnenberg; Reichelspurg; Limburg; Falkestein; Kunseck; Kunseckerberg; Geraw; Reichenstein; Munt­zenburg; Loffenstain; Ridberg, Linges; Somiriss; Senster; Roggendorff; Alen­dorf; Kuning fuckerberg; Morspurg; Brandestain, and Rausse; Wolfstein; Per­mont; Fronsbeck; Flackenstein, and Witten.

The Imperiall townes are such, which exempted from the command of the Princes, immediatly acknowledge the Empire, gouerned notwithstan­ding in manner of absolute common-wealths by their owne lawes, and ma­gistrates. They are the citties, and townes of Colen, Aken, Worms, Spire, Strasburg, Francfurt, Lubec, Hamburg, Vlme, Auspurg, Noremberg, Regen­spurg, Costnitz, Metz, Toul, Verdun, Basil, Besanton, Duisburg, Danzick, Elbingen, Turckheim, Hagenaw, Weissenburg, Ober-Ebestain, Roshaim, Schle­stat, Colmar, Altach, Kaisersburg, Mulhausen in Sungow, S. Gregoris Mun­ster, Landaw, Kausmans-Sarbruck, Camerick, Fridberg, Wideraw, Gelnha [...] ­sen, Gosler, Gottingen, Barkel, Wartburg, Lemgow, Rotterburg vpon Tauber, Weissenburg in Nortgow, Donawerd, Winshaim, Schweinfurt, Wimpsen, Hail­brun, Hal, Norlingen, Dinkelspuel, Giengen, Bopsingē, Gemundt in Schwaben, Estingen, Yssui, Lewkirch, Mēmingē, Kempten, Weil, Pfullendorff, Kaufbeurn, Northausen, Vberlingen, Wangē, Buchorn, Rauēspurg, Bibrach, Lindaw, Offē ­burg, Gengenbach, Rotweil, Zel Hamersbach, Schaffhausen, S. Gal, & Buchaw.

Of these 3 estates assembled together with the Emperour cōsist the Parli­aments, & Diets, wherein, as in some aggregate chiefe, lyeth that soueraigne power, we now called of the Empire, in whose onely right, and free dispo­sition it is to giue lawes vnto the princes, and states, to determine of generall warre, and peace, to lay taxes, and impositions vpon the people, to appoint iudges, and magistrats of the empire, with all other rights appertayning to absolute, and soueraigne iurisdiction. They are most commonly appoin| [Page 10] in the preceding Diets, or in cases extraordinary by the Emperour, and the Electours, in such citties, as are thought for the time most fitting, contain­ing three seuerall houses, of the Electours, of the Princes Ecclesiasticall, and Temporall, and of the delegates of the townes Imperiall after the number, and order of the states before mentioned, the matters propounded being carried according to the maior part hereof, which are any two hou­ses against the third, and these seuerally by a maior part of their voices.

Vnder this authority is held the Imperiall court at Spire, ordained for the putting of the lawes hereof in execution, and otherwise for the legall determining of all suits, and controuersies, which may happen betwixt state, and state, these, and the Emperour (although both these most commonly are now decided by armes,) and betwixt priuate persons in euery particular commō-wealth, from whence appeale may be made hither; consisting (saith Bodin) of 24 judges appointed by the Diets, or after others of an annuall president, and 32 judges, whereof six are chosen by the Emperour, who are two princes, two lawiers, & two knights, holding of the Empire; one by each Electour; and two by each circle, halfe Lawiers, and halfe knights. Besides this here are the Courts of the ten Circles (which are so many pro­vinces the generall state since the Diet of Noremberg in the yeare 1422 hath beene diuided into) of Frankenlandt, Bayerne, Ostenreich, Schwaben, the Rhijn, the 4 Electours of this limit, Westphalen, the two Saxonies, & Burgū ­dy, which are for the ordering of the special occurrēces, proper to these diui­sions, & the speedier, & more easie executiō of the imperiall edicts, directed by one chiefe iudge, who must be a prince of the empire, & 4 Coūcellours assistants, all of the Laity, & chosen out of their seueral Provinces, or Circles.

From this policie, and order we may gather the nature, strength, and con­dition of this great body of state, huge, and vast, like the people, but slow, and vnweildy, since not to be moved but by direction of the Diets, which cannot easily, or quickly be called, neither are obeyed, but as it shall please the cities, and princes, or as the Emperour shall haue power to constraine them. We adde the sundry factions, necessarily attending this divided go­verment, or otherwise casually hapning herevnto, disabling the country well to preserue, and defend it selfe, much lesse to enlarge its bounds, and to en­croach, and grow vpon others. A first is betwixt the states, and the Empe­rour, whereof this might endeavour to encrease, and mainetaine his prero­gatiues, the other to keepe downe his too eminent authority, for this cause being vnwilling to assist him in any his foreine attempts, the prosperous suc­cesse whereof would but advaunce his greatnesse, and the more enable him to vsurpe vpon their priviledges. A second is betwixt the Free cities, and the Princes, these attempting to enthrall, and make subject the Cities vnto their tyrannies, the other againe to preserue their libertie, and, as it hapned amongst the Switzers, by their aides, and confederacies to set free the sub­jects of the Princes, and to ioine them vnto their vnion; of all others for this reason the most abhorring foreine warre, and enmitie, which could not but hinder their commerce, and trade, and for that the victories, and conquests gained could not any wise profit them, and but turne vnto their preiudice, falling to the share of the Princes, or of the Emperour, of both whose power they stand a like iealous. A third faction is that of Religion betwixt the Pro­testants, [Page 11] and Papists, the most hurtfull aud preiudiciall of all the rest, each side in regard of their mutuall rancours, and iealousies denying all aide a­gainst any prince, or state of their owne profession, but rather to the con­trary in what they are able furthering their cause, vpon whose generall fur­ther growth, and prosperity, countenance, and good intelligence they espe­cially depend, and stand. By these disvnions, and imperfections the power, and credit hereof hath irrecouerably declined vnto our times, each borde­ring nation presumptuously nibling hereat and still lopping off some coun­try, or towne herefrom, when like to some great naturall body, encombred with sicknesses, & infirmities, it can not any wise stirre, & help it selfe: where to the contrary if these diseases and lamenes were not, and that the whole, as sometimes it was, were vnited into one perfect monarchy, for the sundry aduantages it hath, it would doubtlesse beare great swaie in the Christian Commonwealth, if not endanger the soueraignety, and dominion thereof.

The country (accompting only what is yet subiect to the Empire, for it hath beene otherwise of late yeares further extended) comprehendeth at this day some forty generall, or greater names, and divisions, of Savoy, the Free County of Burgundy, Lorraine, the district of Trier, the Bishopricke of Luick, the Land of Gulicke, Cleueland, the diocese of Colen, the Lower Palati­nate, Elsatz, Sungow, Schwahen, Bavaria, the Bishopricke of Saltzburg, Ti­rol, Karnten, Krain, Steirmarcke, Austria, Bohemia, Moravia, Schlesi, Laus­nitz, Franconia, Hessen, Duringen, Meissen, Ober Sachsen, the Earledome of Mansfield, and the countries of Brandenburg, Pomeren, Mecklenburg, Hol­stein, Bremen, Lunenburg, Brunswijck, Meydenburg, Freislandt, and West­phalen, whose descriptions, succeed in their order, after that first (following mywonted methode) I haue presented vnto your view, the many successions, & changes of estates, people, and names, which haue hapned here vnto our times, beginning, and occasioning the present, names, state, and divi­sions.

OF THE STATE OF EVROPE. The XII Booke.

COntaining the description of the more great, and famous moun­taines, woods, and rivers of Germanie. Their ancient, and pre­sent names. The countries composing anciently the moderne Germa­nie. The description of the Provinces of Rhaetia, Noricum, and Pan­nonia out of Ptolomie, Plinie, Strabo, and others. Their subiection, and estate vnder the Romans. Their conquest, and plantation by the Almans, and Boioarians, and vniting to the language, and name of Germanie. The description of the ancient, and more proper Germa­ny out of Tacitus, Ptolomie, Strabo, and the rest. The many different and vncertaine interpretations of the first people, or inhabitants hereof, with the reasons. The savagenes, libertie, and vndaunted fiercenesse of the ancient Germanes. The number of Roman Legions attending their motions, and guarding against them the shoares of the Rivers Rhijn, and Danow. The history, seats, and conquests of the Saxons, French, Almans, Thuringians, Boioarians, Huns, Longobards, Ava­res, Hungarians, Danes, Norvegians, Suiones, or Suethidi, and Scla­ves, with the Kingdomes, and States, issuing from them. The begin­ning, and fortunes of the Kingdomes of Germanie, Danemarke, Nor­wey, Bohemia, Bavaria, Poland, and Hungary, the Dukedomes of Saxonie, Brunswijck, Lunenburg, Holstein, Bergen, Westphalen, Schwaben, Wirtenberg, Zeringen, Franconia, Bavaria, Austria, Steir­marcke, Karnten, Pomeren, Mecklenburg, and Schlesi, the Marqui­sates of Brandenburg, Meissen, Marheren, and Baden, the Lantgraue­ships of Duringen, and Hessen, and of the Earledomes of Habspurg, Friburg, Pfirt, or Sungow, and Tirol. The present extent, names, and account of Germanie, caused by so many successions, and changes.

THE MOVNTAINES OF GERMANIE.

THE Landmarkes, whereof we shall haue oc­casion to make vse in the Relation following, are the Mountaines, Rivers, and Woods hereof. The Mountaines, of which wee finde mention in ancient Authors, were the Alpes, Abnobi, Sudetae, Melibocus, Coecius, and of the Sarmatae.

THE ALPESAlpes Plin. Nat. hist. lib. 3. c. 20.

The name hereof Festus Sext. Pomp. Fest. deriveth from their whitenesse, called thus from their snowie tops; Isid. Hispal. Isidore from the word Alpas, signifying with the ancient Gaules a Moun­taine. They containe all that long ridge of hills, wherewith, as with a wall, Italy is encompassed, and divided from the rest of Europe, beginning at the Sea Mediterranean, and the river Varo, and extended betwixt that Pro­vince, and the maine lands of Germanie, and France, vnto the countrie of Istria, and the river Arsia, falling into the sea Adriatique at the Gulfe Cornero, where the most part of authours doe end the same. They were di­stinguished into divers names for their large extent, and their sundry fa­mous passages, of the Alpes Maritimae, Coctiae, Graiae, Poeninae, Lepontia, Rheticae, Iuliae, and Carnicae.

THE ALPES MARITIMAE.Alpes Mari­timae Ptol. lib, 3. c. 1. Ammi. Marcellini lib. 15. Constant. Imperat Ca­talog. Prov. & Civ. Gal. An­tonini.

These bordered vpon the sea Mediterranean, from whence came their surname. They severed anciently Gaule Narbonensis from Liguria, now Provence, from the country of Genoa. They were otherwise called the Li­gurian Alpes Ligu­sticae. Alpes, for that they were neighboured vpon, and inhabited by the people of the Ligures. Their more noted top was the MountaineAcemaMons Plin. nat. hist. lib. 3. c. 4. Acema, now Monte Camelione, out of which the river Varo springeth.

COCTIAE.Alpes Coc­tiae Catalog. Prov. & Civ. Gal. Anton. Alpes Cotiae▪ Eutrop. lib. 7. in Nerone; Alpes Cottiae Am. Mar [...]ll. lib. 15. Const. Imperatore.

They lay next vnto the Maritimae, so named from Coctius V. Sueton. Tranquil. l. 6. Imper. Claud. Nerone; & Am. Marc [...]ll. lib. 15. Imp. Constantio. King of the Allobroges. They contained the tract of the Alpes betwixt Piedmonte, and Daulphine, and Savoy. The more noted parts hereof were Mons Vesulus mons Plin. nat. hist. lib. 3. c. 16. Vesu­lus, now Viso, whence doe issue out the great rivers of the Poe, and Durance in France: Mont Genebre, neere Briançon in Daulphinye, where Hannibal by Acciaolus De vita Han­nibalis. is thought to haue passed ouer, now the ordinary way be­twixt Piedmonte, and Daulphinie: and Mont S. Denis, otherwise now called Mont Cenis, and by the Italians, Strada Romanae, for that it is the ordinary roade betwixt Rome and France by the way of Lunebourg, and Susa.

GRAIAE.Alpes Graiae Catal. Prov. & Civ. Gal. An­ton. Am. Mar. lib. 15. Imper. Constant. C. Plin. Nat. hist. lib. 3. cap. 20. Alpes Graeae. Ptol. lib. 3. c. 1. Geograph.

They follow the Alpes Coctiae, thus most probably named from Hercules, and his Graecian followers, reported by Plinie V. Plin. nat. hist. lib. 3. c. 20. & 17. sometimes to haue this way passed over those Mountaines. They are the part, lying betwixt the towne, and countrie of Tarantaise in Savoy, and the vallie of Augsta in Italy. Their more famous tops are the Lesser St Bernard, and the Mountaine Gales, otherwise called the Greater Cines, whereof this is the direct way betwixt Tarantaise, and Ougstal, or the vallie of Augsta.

PAENINAEAlpes Poe­ninae Catal. Prov. & Civ. Gal. Antonin. Am. Marc. lib. 15. Imp. Con­stant. Poeni Montes Ptol. Geog. l. 3. c. 1.

These succeed vnto the Alpes Graiae, named thus from the mountaine god, Paeninus, V. T. Liv. lib. 21. hist. Rom. whō the Veragri, the Painim inhabitants hereof did some­times worship, or otherwise from their sharpe rocks. They containe those steepe, and horrid mountaines, incircling Wallis-landt, or lying betwixt that Valley, and Ougstal in Italy. The more noted top hereof is the greater S. Bernard, so named of a monastery here extant, dedicated to a Monke of this name of Augsta, liuing sometimes Anchoret in these deserts, famous in the Popish Legends.

LEPONTIAE.Alpes Le­pontiorum Plin. nat. hist. lib. 3 c. 20. Alpes Lepon­tinorum Ptol. lib. 3. c. 1.

These are East of the Paeninae, called thus from the Lepontij, their ancient inhabitants. They containe the rockie, and desert tract hereof, lying betwixt the springs of the riuer Rhosne, & the Vorder Rhijn; or as TschudusV. Aegid. Tschud. Rhae­tiae Alpin. De­script. c. 32. more particularly boundeth thē, betwixt the Canton of Vren of the Switzers, the vpper Wallislandt, the Valley of Augsta; with part of Milanese against the Lake of Como, and the Grisons, including the Vallies Palenser-tal, Meintal, Eschental, Liuinertal, with others. The most remarkeable, and more hugie tops hereof are the Mountaines Die Furcken, adioining to the Vpper Wallislandt, out of which springeth the Rhosne; S. Gothard, the head of the riuers Russe and Tesin, flowing towards contrary seas; Luckmanier Lucumonis Mons. where ariseth the nearer branch, or head of the Rhijn.

RHAETICAEAlpes Rhae­torum Strab. lib. 4. Alpes Rhaeticae Cor­nelij Tacit. de Mor. Germa­norum lib.

These lay East of the Lepontiae, so named from their inhabitants, the Rhaeti Alpestres. They are contained betwixt the Switzers, and the Lake of Como, and Verona in Italy, and comprehend now the Grisons, and part of Tirol. The more famous tops hereof were Adulas Mons Adulas mons Strab. Geogr. lib. 4. Ptol. Ge­graph. l. 2. c. 9., now Colmen d' Ocello to the Grisons, and in Dutch Der Vogel, where springeth the farther head of the Rhijn; Splugen-bergt, or Colmen del Orso; and Rhaetico-mons Rhaetico-Mons Pomp. Mel. lib. 3., now Prettigouwer-berg.

IVLIAE.Alpes Iuliae Am. Marc. lib. 21. Imp. Con­stant. & Iulia­no; & Rufi Fe­sti Breviar. Alpes Iuliae, & Venetae Am. Marc. lib. 31. Montes Tar­visan [...] Plin. Nat. hist. lib. 3. c. 18.

These were Eastward of the Rhaeticae, probably thus called from the fa­mous Iulius Caesar, whom we read in Rufus Festus sometimes to haue passed over this part of the Alpes. They were otherwise called the Alpes Venetae from the neighbouring Veneti in Italy; likewise the Mountaines Tarvisani, from that people, vpon whom likewise they ioyned in Italy. They are the tract of the Alpes, coasting along Marca Trivigiana, belon­ging to the Venetians, towards the head of the Adriatique sea, hauing on the other side the Bishoprick of Saltzburg in Germany. Part hereof was called Mons Taurus mons Mel. lib. 3. Taurus by Mela, which name seemeth yet to be preserued in Gastein Taurn, Rastatter-Taurn, and other mountainous tops of the same termination in the Diocese of Saltzburg.

CARNICAE.Alpes Car­norum Strab. lib. 4.

These conclude the Alpes, and were the Mountaines of Carnia, now of Karnten, and Krain, from whence came their name. A part of these Alpes was the mountaineOcra Mons Strab. Geogr. lib. 4. & Ptol. lib. 2. c 12. Ocra of Strabo & Ptolomie. Of these the Alpes Mari­timae, and Carnicae are but lowe in comparison to the other, rather to be ac­compted downes then Mountaines. The Coctiae and Graiae, are neither so high, but that their ordinary passages lie open al the yeare long. The highest [Page 4] Alpes, and of the most grisley aspect are those accosting Germany, chiefely the Lepontiae, and the hills of the Grisons, and Wallislandt, for their long, & steepe ascents, narrow, and craggie waies, deepe, and dreadfull precipi­ces, strong whirlewindes, and huge balles of snow, with great noise, and violence rouling downe the mountaines some times of the yeare thuart the waies; yeelding a most troublesome, fearefull and dangerous passage, alto­gether vnpassable by wagon, and with great difficulty by horse. Here lie notwithstanding hidden in the hollow bottomes sundry faire vallies, such as are Intal, Wallislandt, Valtolina, and the Vale of Adise, scarcely yeelding in fruitfulnesse to the best plaines, and in pleasure farre exceeding them. Merula obserueth in hisCosmog: Part: 2. lib: 4. c. 5. trauaile ouer these mountaines the extreame tops to be exceedingly barren, and miserable, horride with an ould perpetuall ice, and snowe; the sides, or lower Mountaines to be tollerable pasturage, & not altogether vnfit for tillage; the subiect bottomes to be most plentifull, & fruitfull, especially towards Italy, and the Sun.

THE MOVNTAINES ABNOBIAbnobi Ptol: lib: 2. c. 11. Ab­noba Mons Cor: Tacit: de Moribus Ger­man: lib:

These comprehended that banke of wooddie Mountaines, now called Schwartz-wald, beginning neere the towne of Waldshut vpon the Rhijn, and by the heads of the riuers Danow, and the Neccar, and the townes of Villingen, Rotweil, Horb, Shiltach, Nagolt, and Wildbad extended North­wards through part of Schwaben, and the Dukedome of Wirtenberg, con­tinued afterwards from thence by other names through the lower Palati­nate, and a long the course of the riuer Cochen.

SVDETAESudetae Mō ­tes Ptolem. lib: 2. c. 11.

They are the hills, encircling Bohemia, couered with the Woods Gabre­ta, and Luna.

SARMATICISarmatici Montes Ptol: lib: 2. c. 11, & lib. 3. c. 5.

They seeme to be the same withSeuo Mons Solini. c. 32. Sevo of Solinus andCarpathus Mons Ptol: lib: 3. c. 8. Carpathus of Ptolomie, diuiding now the kingdomes of Poland, and Hungary, common then to both nations of the Sarmatae, and Germans, but named from the Sarmatae.

MELIBOCVSMelibocus Ptol: lib: 2. c. 11.

This after Pirkhermerus was a branch of the Abnobi continued from thence vnto Meissen, parts whereof should be Hartzwald, and the hilly tract, where are found the rich siluer mines. B. Rhenanus more probably putteth it to be hilly country of Hessen, wherein the name yet seemeth to be kept in the parts of Catzen-elbogen, expressing as much as Melibocus of the Catti.

CARVANCASCaruancas Mons Claudij Ptolemaei Ge­og. lib. 2. c. 15.

This after the same author contained at this day the hilly tracts of Krain, Krabbaten and Gorecz.

ALBANVSAlbanus mons Ptolem: Geograph lib. 2. c. 15. & 16. & 17. AND BAEBII.Baeblj mon­tes Ptolemaei Geogr: lib: 2. c. 15.

The former now seemeth to containe the mountaine Schwanberger-Alb [...], with others of the like termination in Steirmarck. The Baebij most probably are now the mountaines of Krabbaten.

CETIVSCetius mons Ptolem: Ge­ogr: lib. 2. c. 15.

This is now the hill Calemberg in Austria continued here for a great length betwixt the riuers of the Danow and the Dra, and distinguished into [Page 5] sundry particular names of Schneberg, Semering, Kemperg, Hertperg, and Deubsperg, Heustperg, and Plaitz, the common bounds sometimes of the countries Noricum, and Pannonia.

THE WOODSv: Caesaris Com. Belli. Gallici. lib. 6. c. 6. &. 10: Strab: lib: 7. Ptolem: lib: 2. c. 11. Pomp. Mel: lib. 3. Pi [...] ­ckermëri Lo­corum per Germaniam Explicat: An­draeae Altha­meri Scholia in Cor. Taci­tum dc Ger­man: lod: W [...]l­lichijin Tacit: de Germa: Com: B: Rhenani Re­rum German: lib. 3.

They were the famous Hercynia, Martiana, Bacenis, or Semana, Gabreta, and Luna.

HERCYNIASylva Hercy­nia Caesaris Com. Belli. Gall. lib. 6. c. 10. Ptol. lib. 2. c. 11. Strab: lib: 7. Pomp: Mel: lib. 3.

Some deriue this name from the Dutch word Hartz, signifying pitch, in regard of the great plenty of that oilie matter it yeeldeth; others from the Greeke word [...], which signifieth a hedge, since encompassing this pro­vince with its spreading branches, the hedge or mound betwixt the same, and forreine nations. It begunne after Caesar at the Rhijn, and the confines of the Heluetij, and Nemeti, or of Switzerlandt, Elsats, and the lower Palatinate, and was continued from thence Eastward along the course of the Danow vnto the Daci, now the vpper Hungary, and Transilvania, from whence it declined towards the Left hand from the riuer, for the large extent thereof bordering vpon many other countries, containing some 9 daies iourney in breadth, the length then after 60 daies discouery not being found out by a­ny. Of this Wood were parts all the other woods before mentioned, and, as it seemeth here by the description of my author, likewise all those vast de­serts, & forrests of the Daci & Sarmatae possessed by the Poles, Transilvani­ans, Lithuanians, Muscovites, & [...]usses, since continued from hence. Some left remainders in Germany (for the greatest part through long ciuility haue been wasted & consumed, replenished now with sundry cities, and townes) are at this day Schwartzwald Nigra Silua. in [...], & in the Dukedome of Wirten­berg, before mentioned; Otten-wald Silua Otto­nica. in the Palatinate betwixt the riuers Neccar, & the Maine; Wester-wald Silua Occi­dua. nere vnto the Rhijn, and the towne of Cobolentz; betweene Franken-landt, and Hessen Silua Picea­ria. Speysshartz: further vp in Francken-landt betwixt W [...]rtzburg, and Bamberg Ardua Silua. Steyger-wald, in Duringen Sylua Tu­ringica. Duringen-waldt; vpon the mountaines of Bohemia towards the vpper Palatinate Sylua Bohe­mica. Behaimerwaldt; vpon the same hills towards the towne of Passaw, & the Danow Passawer-waldt; vpon the same moun­taines towards Marrheren Der Scheid; in Lusatz Spondawer-heid; Ratte­nawer-heid; Galber-heyd; and Pomerisch-heid▪ in Oostenreich. Freistetter­waldt; and Koningwiser-waldt; in Bavaria Heinerdoch; Grien-waldt; and Zeller waldt; in the country of Brunswijck; Hartzwaldt; & Solinger-waldt; with others, wherewith this rough country is yet wel stored, & replenished.

MARTIANAMartiana Sylua.

These were the woods, couering the hills Abnobi, from their darke sha­dines called now Schwartz-wald, or the Black wood.

BACENIS.Bacenis C [...] ­saris Comm. Belli Gall. lib. 6. c. 6. Semana sylva Pto. lib. 2. c. 11.

This was the same with the wood Semana of Ptolemie. Pirckhe [...]erus in­terpreteth it to be Duringer-waldt.

GABRETA.Gabreta syl­va Ptol. lib. 2. c. 11.

This now after Montanus is Behaimer-waldt, or rather more generally all the woods of the Mountaines Sudetae towards the West, and North.

LVNA.Luna sylva Ptol. l. 2. c. 11.

This is Passawer-waldt after the same authour, or the woods of the Sude­tae towards Passaw, and the South.

The RIVERS.

Out of those Forests, and Mountaines issue the Rivers. The chiefest here­of, and whereinto the most part of the rest are disburdened, are the Rhijn, the Danow, Eems, Weser, Elve, Oder, and the Wixel.

The RHIIN.Rhenus flu­vius Caesaris Com. Bel. Gal▪ lib. 1. c. 1. &c.

This ariseth out of the Alpes in two small rivulets, or torrents, whose heads are distant about a daies iourney a sunder, whereof the neerer, cal­led by the Dutch the Vorder Anterior Rhenus, Rhijn, sourceth out of the hills of the Lepon­tij, and the Mountaine Luckmanier, the further named the Hinder Posterior Rhenus. Rhijn, out of the Alpes of the Rhaeti, and the Mountaine Der Vogel. These two, meeting together about a Dutch mile from Chur of the Grisons, are after­wards continued in one chanell towards the North by the famous citties of Constance, Basil, Spire, Worms, Mentz, and Colen, encreasing still by the way with the additions of sundry other great rivers, vnto the sort of Schen­ken-schans in the land of Cleue, and confines of Gelderlandt, where againe divided, then encompassing Holland, Vtreicht, and Gelderland, vnder other nam [...]s it is emptied into the river Maes, and the Zuider Zee. The maine Chanells of the Rhijn, by which this great river was disburdened into the Ocean, were in the time of Iulius Caesar theVahalis Cae­ [...]aris Comm. Belli Gal. lib. 4 Wael, and the Rhijn, whereof this latter passing then byV. Ptol. Ge­ogr. lib. 2. Lugdunum Batavorum, now Leyden, fell into the Ocean, at the place where now is Catwijck in Holland, with the other branch, making the IlandInsula Bata­vorum Corn. Taciti Anna­liumlib. 2. v. & Plutarch. in Othone, Plin. nat. hist. lib. 4. c. 12. & Caesar. Comm. Belli Gall. lib. 4. Ba­tavia Zosimi hist. lib. 3. of the Batavians of Tacitus. In the next raigne of the Emperour Augustus, Dr [...]s [...] V. Sueton. Tranq. lib. 5. in Claudio Imperatore. Germanicus, father to the Imperour Claudius, then Lieutenant of the warres of Germany, to emptie, & keepe in the fuller chanell of the Rhijn, or of the more Northerne branch, threatning an invndation of the subject Moorish countries, drewe from it the dreane, called afterwards from hence Fossae Fossae Drusi­nae Suetonij Tranquil. in Claudio Fos­sa Drusia­na Cor. Ta­citi Annalium lib. 2. Drusinae, now theIsala recen­tiorum. Ysel. Not long after in the raigne of the Emperour Vespasian, Civilis V. Corn. Ta­citi hist. lib. 5. the Batavian rebel­ling against the Romans, more strongly to entrench, and fortifie himselfe against that potent enimie, levelling theMoles Drusi Corn. Tacit. hist. lib. 5. & Annal. lib. 13. banks, made by Drusus to keepe in the better the fuller water of the Rhijn, or Middle branch, let the same loose towards the Wael, and the coast of Gaule, whether for the lower situa­tion of that part of the countrie it then naturally inclined, leauing after this for its greater part its ancient current, and wearing the chanell, since called the Leck. Since this timeV. Philippum Cliverum de­ostijs Rheni, & eorum ac­colis., as at this day the Rhijn hath beene conveyed into the Ocean by foure branches, or chanells; of the Wael before named, from the first division hereof at Schnken-schans, continued through Gelder­landt by Nimmengen, Tiel, and Bommel vntill at the Castle of Lovestain it looseth its name in the Maes; of the Rhijn from the same division at Schen­ken-schans extended likewise through Gelderlandt by Huessen, Arnhem, and Wageningen vnto Duerstede, where the maine river being diverted by the Lecke, with a small current it is continued by Vtreicht, and through Hol­land vnto Leyden, where leauing this name, and stopped by the intervening sandie downes betwixt this, & the sea, vnder another name of the Vliet it is turned towards the South; at Sluys, a little village against Brill, falling into the Maes; Lecca fluv. of the Lecke, into the which the Rhijn diverteth at Duerstede, by the townes of Culenborch, Vianen, and Schoonhoven in the Provinces of Vtreicht, and Holland carried into the Maes at a little towne, called Crimp­ten, [Page 7] betwixt Dort, and Rotterdam; and of the Ysel, drawne from the Rhijn neere Arnhem in Gelders, and by the townes of Zutphen, and Deventer be­twixt Gelderlandt; and Over-Ysel receaued into the Z [...] der Zee, or the sea of Amsterdam at Campen. Chiefer rivers receaued hereinto are from the coast of Germany theNicer. Fla [...]. V [...]pisci in vir. Imp. Probi, & Am Marc. l. 28 Neccar, arising in [...]-wald neere Rotweil, and through the countries of Wirtenberg, and of the Lower Palatinate tooke in at Manheim below Heidelberg; theMoenus Ta­cit de Mo [...]. Germ. &c. Maine out of the Mountaine Fichtel­berg through Franckenlandt, and by the townes of Bamberg, and Wurtz­burg receaued in belowe Francfurt; theRura: Ruer, arising in Westphalen, and flowing hereinto at Duisburg in Cleueland; theLupias Strab lib. 7. Luppia. Taciti Ann▪ l [...] Lippe, arising not far from Paderborn in Westphalen, by the Castle of Lippe, and other obscurer places emptied herein at the towne of Wesel; from the side of France, or Gaule the Arula. Aar. issuing out of the Alpes of the Lepontij neere vnto the hill of S. Go­thard, and through Switzerlandt, and the Lakes Brientzer, and Thuner Se [...]s, and by the townes of Bern, and Solothurn discharged herein to nere Waldshut; theRusa. Russ out of the Mountaine S. Gothard through Switzer­landt, and the Lakes Waldstet, and Lucerner-sees carried into the Aar at the towne of Bruck; theLimagus. Limat out of the Alpes of the Grisons through Swit­zerlandt, and the Lakes Walen, and Zurich Sees receaued into the Aar nere vnto the confluence thereof, and of this river; theEllus fluvius. Ill out of Sungow neere vnto the towne of Altkirch, by the townes of Mulhausen, Einsheim, and Schlestat in Sungow, and Elsatz after the receipt of almost infinite lesser ri­vulets, descending from the mountainous ridge of the Vauge falling herein­to a little below Strasburg; and theObrincus Pto. lib. 2. Mo­sella Tacit. An­nal. lib. 13. Mo­s [...]lla Ausonij Burd. Idyl. 10 Moselle arising out of the Mountaine Vauge at the confines of Lorraine, and of the Free country of Burgundie, and through Lorraine, and the countrie of Triers by the citties Toul, Metz, and Treves disburdened hereinto at Cobolentz.

The DANOW.Danub. Ptol. lib. 2. c. 11. &c.

This river springeth in Schwartzwald at a littleV. Danielis Cellarij T [...]a­ctus Dan [...]bij Tab. 1. towne belonging to the Earles of Furstenberg, called Don-Eschingen, in a plainer situation, the hill vnder which it riseth, being the Church-yard of the Village, not excee­ding 16 cubits high, distant about an houres going from the higher hills of this mountainous tract, some two houres iourney from the head of the Neccar, and about two Dutch miles from the shoare of the Rhijn. Issuing from hence it presently receaueth two other rivulets Die Prigen, and Die Brigen, both sourcing from the same Mountaines of Schwartz-wald, from whence still augmented by the way, and running Eastward through the countries of Schwaben, Bavaria, Austria, Hungary, Rascia, Bulgaria, and Va­lachia, by the noted citties of Vlm, Regenspurg, Passaw, Wien, Rab, Offen, and Belgrad, with others, after aboue a thousand miles course (reckning accor­ding to a right line) it falleth into the Euxine sea with such strength, and vi­olence, that (if Plinie V. Plin. nat. hist. may be credited,) driving backe the fast waters for some 40 miles within the maine the fresher streames hereof may be felt; af­ter Plinie V. Plin. nat. hist. lib. 4. c. 12. with six chanels, or afterV. Iul. Solini Polyhist. c. 23. Nomina ostiorum Istri secū ­dum Solinum Peucae, Nara­customa. Ca­lostoma, Pseu­dostoma, Bo­reostoma, Spi­reostoma, Pi­grum. Solinus, Strabo V. Strab. l. 7., & Ammianus Mar­cellinus V. Am. Marc. lib. 22. Impet. Iulian. Nomi­na ostiorum secundū Am. Marc. Peuce, Naracustoma, Calonstoma, Pseudostoma, Boreonstoma Sthenostoma, septimum in­gens, & palu­stri specie ni­grum. with seaven. The lower part of this river was calledIster Ptol. l. 2 c. 11. &c. Ister by an­cient authors, Strabo putting the beginning of this name at its cataracts v. Strab. l. 7., Ptolomey v. Pt. l. 2. c. 11 at the towne Axipolis, Plinie V. Plin. nat. hist. l. 4. c. 12. where it arriveth at Illyricum, more certainelyV. App. Alex­and. de bel. Illyr. lib. Appian at the meetings hereof, and the river Saw. The [Page 8] greater rivers, which are receaued hereinto are theIsara. Iser, Lycus. Lech, Aenus Ptol: lib. 2. c. 12. Inn, Alt­mul Aleman., Nab, Regen, Draun, Krems, EnsAnisus., Erlaph, Leita, Marckh Mara., Dra Dravus L. Flori: Histo: lib. 4. c. 12. &c., Rab Narab. P [...]ol. lib. 2. c. 16., Saw Savus L. Flori hist: lib: 4. c. 12. &c., Wag, Gran, Tissa, Pruth, and Isch, with some 40 other naviga­ble riversV. Am: Mar­cellin: lib. 22. Imper: Iuli a­no, & Iul: Sol: c: 23., not accompting infinite other lesser streames, flowing from the long tracts of the Alpes, the Carpathian, and Bohemian Mountaines, and the many countries, and Provinces this river passeth through, and by this gene­rall chanell, received into the Ocean.

The EEMS.Amis. Strab: lib. 7. Amisius Pto. l: 2. c. 11. & Plin: lib: 4: c. 14.

This ariseth in Westphalen neere to Paderb [...]rn out of a ridge of hils, ac­compted part of the Abnobi by Pirckhermerus. Passing thorough this coun­try, and Oost-Freistandt by the townes of Varendorp, Greve, Lingen, [...] Meppen at Embden after having taken in the rivers Dalbe, and Hase with o­thers lesser it is disburthened into the German Ocean.

The WESER.Visurgis Strab: lib: 7.

It hath its beginning in the hilly forest of Duringer-waldt. Thorough Hes­sen, and Westphalen, by the townes of Minden, Gotingen, and Bremen below this citty, after having received the rivers Fuld, and Alre, it floweth into the German Ocean betwixt the Diocese hereof, and the Earledome of Olden­borch. The part hereof in Duringen, and Hessen, or towards the head is o­therwise there named the Weirra.

The ELB.Albis Strab: lib: 7. &c.

This hath its head neere vnto the towne of Aust in Bohemia, and the con­fines of Schlesi out of the hill Risenberg, being part of the Sudetae, or of the Mountaines incircling Bohemia. Thorough this kingdome, and the two Saxonies by the townes of Dresen, Meissen, Wittenberg, and Meydburg, it falleth into the Germane Ocean below Hamburg. It is called otherwise to­wards its beginning, and in Bohemia, the Labe. The greater rivers, which emptie hereinto, are theMuldavia. Muld [...]w, arising out of the same Mountaines, the Egra, and Saltza Sala Strab: lib: 7. out of the Mountaine Pinifer Mons Fichtelberg, the Havel, and the Suevus flu: Pto: Geogra: lib [...]: 2. c. 11. Spree. Vnto this river of the Elb reached only the Romane discoveries, and the French conquests.

The ODER.Viadrus Pto: lib: 2. c: 11.

This ariseth out of the hill Oderberg neere vnto Olmuntz in Marheren, from whence it tooke this name. Thorough Schlesi, the Marquisate of Brandenburg, and Pomeren, by the noted townes of Breslaw, Francfurt, and Stetin, with the rivers Neisse, and Warta received thereinto, it is disbur­dened into the Lake Frisch-haff, then into the Sundt, or Ooster-sche against the Iland Rugen.

The WIXEL.Vistula Pto: lib 2. c. 11.

This springeth in the Carpathian Mountaines, or confines of Poland, and Hungary. Continued first thorough the kingdome of Poland by the citties Cracow, Sendomir, and Warsow, then betwixt Pomeren, and Prussen, encrea­sed by the way with the rivers San, Wij [...]prez, Pilcza, and Narew by three maine chanels at Dantzig, Lochstet, and Elbing, it is received into the Bal­tique, or Oost-sche. This anciently was the furthest bounds of the Germane nation, dividing the Dutch from the Sarmatians.

The ANCIENT NAMES OF GERMANY.

The moderne accompt, and name of Germany contained anciently the whole, or parts of fiue different countries, and names of Rhaetia, Noricum, [Page 9] Pannonia, Gaule, and Germany, whose sundry estates, alterations, and vnions into this last, and generall name are now to be related.

RHAETIA.Rhaetia Plin: Natur: Hist: l. 3. c. 20. &c.

The boundes hereofStrab: lib: 5. C. Ptol: lib: 2. c: 12 & 13. Plin: Na: Hist: lib: 3. c: 20, & 24▪ [...]. Flor: Hist: Rom: lib: 4 c. 12, Vel: Paterculi Hist. lib: 2. Sext. Au­relij Vic. Epi­tomen Imper: Caesare Augu­sto; Rusi Festi Breuiarium; Eutropij Hist: Rom. lib. 7. Imperat. Cae­sare Augusto; Dion. Cassij Hist. Rom. lib. 54. Hora [...]ij lib. 4 Od. 4. & 14. Antonin. Iti­nerarium, No­titiam Provin. Imperij occi­dentis; Com­ment. Guido­ni [...] Panciro [...] in Notitiam Prouinciarum Imperij Occi­dentis; inter­pretationes Montani, & P. Birtij in Cla: Ptol: lib: l. c. 12 & 13. were vpon the North the river Danow from the head thereof vnto its meeting with the Inn, vpon the East the river Inn, vp­on the South the Alpes of Italie, and vpon the West a line drawne from the Mountaine Adulas, or the spring of the Further Rhijn vnto the head of the Danow. It containeth now the country of the Grisons, part of Tirol vnto the river Inn, and so much of Schwaben, Bavaria, and of the League of the Switzers, as are contained within the aforesaid limits. The inhabitants hereof after Ptolemy were the Brixantes (Brixentes of Plinie;) Suanitae (Suanetes of Plinie:) Riguscae (Rhugusci of Plinie▪) and [...] (Calucones of Plinie,) dwelling on this side of the Lech, and togither comprehending now Schwaben, and the Grison [...] with part of the Switzers; and the Vinno­nes (Vennones of Strabo;) Runicatae, (the Rucantij of Strabo,) Leuni, Consu­anta (Consuanetes of Plinie;) Breuni; and Licatij, (Licatij of Strabo, Licates of Plinie) inhabiting beyond the Lech, and containing now Bavaria, and part of Tirol, and of the Graupunters. Plinie addeth the Sarunetes, now the countries of Sargans, and Werdenberg; the Virunicates; and the Catenates. The townes then were Bragodurum, now Pfullendorff, or Bibrach; Dracui­na, now Ghengen, or Tra [...]burg; Viana (Viana of Plinie) now Wise [...]horn; Ph [...] ­niana, now Laubing, or Bebenbausen; Taxgetium, now Stulingen; Briganti­um (Brigantia of Antoninus) now Bregentz; Vicus; Ebodurum; Dr [...]somagus, now Memmingen; and Hectodurum within the Lech; & without that river betwixt it, and the Inn, Artobriga, now Veltemburg; Baeodurum (Boiodurum of Antoninus) now Passaw; Augusta Vindelicorum (Augusta Vindeli [...]um of Antoninus) now Auspurg; Carrodurum, now Kreinburg; Abudiacum, now Abach; Campodurum, now Kemmat, or Munchen; Medullum, now Mel­ding; and Invtrium, now Mittenwald. Vnto these of Ptolemie are added in the itinerarie of Antoninus Arbor Foelix, now Arbona; and Pons-Aeni­ni (Pons Oeni of the Notitia) now Inspruck. In the yeare of Rome 739, and in the raigne of Caesar Augustus, M. Drusus Libo and L. Calpurnius Piso being Consuls, this country was first conquered to the Romans by Drusus, & Tiberius Nero, sonnes in law to that Emperour. It became afterwardes di­vided by the Romanes into two juridicall Resorts, or Provinces, of Rhaetia Prima, Rhaetia Pri­ma Notit: Pro­vinciarum. extended from the line vpon the VVest, before mentioned, vnto the river Lech; and of Rhaetia Rhaetia se­cunda notit. Prov. Vindeli­cia Ptol. Geog lib. 2. c. 13. Secunda, called otherwise Vindelicia by Ptole­mie, contained betwixt the Lech, and the Inn, both of them governed a part by their Praesides, subordinate to the Vicar generall of Italie. The Romane Empire overthrowne by the Barbarous nations, about the raignes of the Emperour Valentinian the third, and Anastasius, the whol [...] was overrunne, and subdued by the Almans, and Bavarians, planted by their new Dutch co­lonies, and leaving afterwardes this old name, and containing part of Al­maigne, or Schwaben, and Bavaria, which names for the greatest part, & the accompt, and language of the Dutch it still hitherto retaineth.

NORICVM.Noricum Pl. nat. hist. lib. 3 c. 20. &c.

This wasV. Strab. l. 5. Ptol. lib. 2. c. 14. Plin. nat. hist. lib 3. c. 20. & 24. L. Flor. hist. Rom. l. 4. c. 12. Rufi Fe­sti Brev. Dion. Cassij hist. Rō. 54. Anton. I­kiner. Notit. Prov. Imp. oc­ciden [...] Com. Guid. Pancirolli in Notitiam Provin. Imp. Occidentis; Interpret. Montani, & P. Birtij in Cl. Ptol. Geog. lib. 2. c. 14. situated betwixt the river Inn vpon the VVest, the mountaine [Page 10] Cecius vpon the East; the river Danow vpon the North, intercepted betwixt the hill Cecius, and the river Inn; and vpon the South part of Pannonia, lying vnder that mountainous ridg [...]. It containeth now the countries of Saltz­burg; Karnten, Krain, and Goretz, with part of Tirol, the Lower Bauaria, and of Austria. The ancient inhabitants after Ptolomie were the Seva [...]es; Ala [...]ni Ambisontij; (Abisontes of Pliny▪) Norici; Ambidrauni; and Am­bilici. The citties were Are [...]le, now Lintz, Cla [...]divium (Claudia of Pliny) now Melk; Gavanodurum, now Brunnau, Gesodunum, now [...]; [...]adacum, now Burckhausen, Aguntum Aguntum of Pliny) now Inneken, Vacorium; P [...]dicum; Virunum (Virunum of Pliny) now Iudenburg; Teurnia (Teurnia of Pliny) now [...]achstat; [...]; Sianticum; Celia (Celcia of Pliny) now Celi, and [...], now [...]illich. To these of Ptolomy may be added [...] of the Itin [...]arie of Antonius Iuvavim (Invense of the Notitia Provincia­rum,) now Saltzburg; L [...]uriac [...] (L [...]uriacum of the Notitia,) now Ens, and Ce [...]um, now Zeisseimaur. Noricum [...]pense Notit. Provincia [...]um▪ The country was subdued to the Romans in the raigne of Augustus by Claudius Drusus his son in law, parted afterwards into two distinct Prouinces, or Iuridicall Resorts, of Norieum Ripense coa­sting along the Danow, and comprehending now the parts of Bavaria, and Austria; whose Metropolis, or chiefe towne, was Lauriacum, and of No­ri [...]um Mediterraneum, Noric. Me­diterraneum Notit. Prov. whose Metropolis was Solyum, containing the In­land, and Mountainous parts, now Saltzburg, Krain, Karnten, and Gorecz. About the yeare 508, Anastasius being then Emperour of the East, with [...], part of Rhaetia, it was ouerwhelmed with a deluge of the Ba [...]a­rians, becoming wholy possessed with their German colonies, and language, as euer since it hath continued, a great part yet retaining from hence the name of Bauarea.

These two countries are now wholy Dutch, accompted by Strabo Strab. lib. 7. Pomp. Melae lib 3. Ptol. l. 2 c. 11. C. Tacit. de mor. Ger [...] lib. and Mela parts of ancient Germany, but with better iudgement excluded thence by Ptolemy and Tacitus, whom I haue herein followed.

PANNONIAPannonia Plin. nat. hist. lib. 3. c. 25. &c.

It wasv. Ptol. l. 2. c, 15. & 16. Plin. nat. hist. l. 3. c. 25. Strab. Ge­og. lib. 7. Aug. Antonini Iti­netariū. Not. Prov. Imper. Occid. L. Flori hist. Rom. l 4. c. 12. Vel Pa­tere. hist. lib. 2. S. Aurel. Vict. Epit. Imp. Aug Caes. & Tibe­rio, Rusi Festi Breviar: Eu­tropij histor. Rom. l. 7. Imp. Caes. Aug. Di­on: Cassij hist. lib. 49. 54 & 55 Com. Guid. Pancirolli in Not Provinc. Imp. Occiden. Interp. Mon­tani. & Petri Bertij in Pto. l, 2. c: 15▪ & 16. bounded vpon the west with the Mountaine Cecius, and part of Carvancas; vpon the North and East with the Danow, intercepted betwixt the Mountaine Cecius, and the meetings of the Danow, and the river Saw; and vpon the South with a line drawne from the VVesterne limit, before mentioned, by the hils Albanus, and Baebij, vnto the meetings of the rivers Saw, and Danow. It was devided into the Higher, and the Lower Pa [...] ­nonia. The Higher Pannonia Pannon. su­perior Ptol. Geog. l. 2. c. 15 was comprehended betwixt the VVesterne limit, before described; the Danow betwixt the Mountaine Cecius, & the confluence of this river with the river Narabon, now Rab vpon the North; a line drawne from the confluence of the rivers Rab, and Danow vnto the Moū ­taines Baebij vpon the East, parting it from the Lower Pannonia; and vpon the South part of the former described line from the hill Carvancas vnto the Mountaines Baebij. It containeth now the rest of the Higher Austria; Steirmarck, with the part of the Lower Hungary, included betwixt the towne of Presburg, and Rab. The ancient inhabitants after Ptolemy were the Azali (Azali of Plinie;) Cygni; Latovici (Latovici of Plinie;) Verciani (Verciani of Pliny;) Bij; Coletiani; Iassij (Iasi of Pliny,) & the Osseriates (O­seriates of Plinie.) The townes were Iuliobona (Vindobona of Antoninus, & [Page 11] Vindomana of the Author of the Notitia) now Wien; Carnus (Carnuntum of Antoninus, and of the author of the Notitia) now Presburg; Flexum (Flexum of the author of the Notitia) Bragetium; Chertobalus; Sala; Pata­vium (Poetovia of Autoninus) now Petaw; Sabaria (Sabaria of Antoninus) now Leibnitz; Rispia; Vinundria, now Windisch-Gratz; Bononia (Bononia of Antoninus, and of the Author of the Notitia) now Bonmonster; An­dantonium; Novidunum (Noviodunum of Antoninus) now Oedenburg, or Neumat; Scarabantia (Scarabantia of Antoninus) Mureola, now M [...]reck; Lentudum; Carrod [...]num, now Carnburg; Scissia (Sissia of Plinie, and An­toninus, Syscia of Strabo) now Sisseg; Oleimacum, now Lymbach; Valena; Bolentium; Soroga, now Zagabria; Sisopa; Vis [...]ntium; Praetorium; Mag­niana; and Aemona (Aemona of Pliny, and Antoninus.) Vnto these may be added Arabon of Antoninus, now Rab. The LowerPannon. In­ferior Ptolem Geog. l. 2. c. 16. Pannonia had vp­on the West the line before mentioned, taken betwixt the Mountaines Boe­bij, and the confluences of the rivers Rab, and the Danow; vpon the North, and East the river Danow from its confluence with the Rab vnto the mee­ting thereof, and the Saw; and vpon the South part of the line, drawne from the hill Carvancas vnto the confluence of the Saw, and the Danow, dividing it from Illyricum. It containeth now Windischland, with the greatest part of the Lower Hungary. The inhabitants were the Amanteni (Amantes of Plinie, Amantini of Rufus Festus, betwixt the rivers Saw, and Dra) now Windischlandt; Ercuniates (Hercuniates of Plinie▪) Breuci (Breuci of Pli­nie) Aravisci (Aravisci of Plinie) and the Scordisci, (Scordisci of Plinie.) The townes were Curta (Curta of Antoninus) Salva; Carpis; Aquincum; Salinum▪ Lussonium (Lussunium of Antoninus, and Lussunia of the Au­thor of the Notitia) Lugionum; Teutoburgium (Teutiburgium of Autoni­nus, and Teutiborgus of the Author of the Notitia) now Fiffkirchen; Cor­nacum (Cornacum of Antoninus, and of the Author of the Notitia) Acu­mincum (Acumincum of Antoninus, and Acimincum of the Author of the Notitia) now Cametz; Rittium (Rittum of Antoninus, and Rictum of the Author of the Notitia) Taururam (Taurunum of Plinie, Antoninus, and the Author of the Notitia) now Greichz-Weissenburg; Berbis; Serbinum; Ivollum; Certissa (Certisa of Antoninus) Mursella; Cib [...]lis; Marsonia; Va­contium; Mursia Colonia (Mursa of Antoninus) now Muroviza; Salis; Bassi­ana; Tarsium; Sirmiū (Sirmium of Strabo, Plinie, An [...]oninus, & of the Au­thor of the Notitia) now Sirmisch. Strabo addeth to these of Ptolemie, the Andizetij; Diasnotes; Peir [...]stae; Mazaei; and Daesiata; and of townes Segestica. Plinie addeth the Serretes; Serrapilli; Andrizetes; Col [...]piani; Arivates; Belgites; Catari; and Corneates: but in which of the Divisions, or Provinces these lay neither distinguish. The country was first subdued to the Romans in the yeare of Rome 719, L. Cornificius, and Sextus Pom­peius, being then Consuls, rebelling notwithstanding sundry times after­wards, and not fully quieted vntill the tumult, and insurrection of Bato en­ded, which hapned in the yeares of Rome 759, aud 760, and in the raigne of Augustus Caesar, M. Aemilius Lepidus, and L. Arruntius, and Q. Caecili­us Metellus, and A. Licinnius Nerva then Consuls, divided afterward in­to foure distinct goverments, or Provinces ofPannonia Prima Notit: Provinciari­um. Pannonia Prima, or Superi­or, whose Metropolis, or chiefe towne was Sabaria; Pannonia secunda Pannonia Secunda Not: Prouinciarū., or [Page 12] Inferior, containing together the greatest part of the two Pannonies before mentioned; Valeria Valeria inter Dravum. & Danubiū Ru­si Festi Breva­ar: &c., containing now Steirmark; and of Suavia Suauia, & Re­gio Svauien­sis inter Sua­vum, & Dra­vum flu: Rusi-Festi Breuiar: S [...]uia. seu Pan­nonia Ripari­ensis Notit: Provinc. &c., lying betwixt the Saw, and the Dra, and comprehending now Windischlandt. In the waine of the Roman Empire it vnderwent the fortune of the Provin­ces of the West, troden vnder foot by the barbarous nations, the seat of At­tilas, and the Huns; then of the Ostrogothes; afterwards of the Longobards; and lastly of the Avares. The Avares being subdued by the Emperour Charles the Great, it was added to the Province of the Bavarians, peopled with Colonies of that nation. In the raigne of the Emperour Lewis the third it was conquered by the Hungarians; part whereof, which is the Low­er Pannonie, they haue held vnto this day, enthralled now for the greatest part vnto the Turkes. The rest, containing now Stiermarck, and the Duke­dome of Austria, is partly yet retained by the Bavarians, recovered by the Princes of Austria, by that meanes still remaining Dutch.

GAVLE.Gallia Cae­saris &c..

This country we haue before bounded, and described. Besides France, it comprehended the parts of Moderne Germanie, situated betwixt the Alpes, and the river So [...]sne, Meuse, and the Rhijn, containing now the Dukedomes of Lorraine; Gulicke; Sweybruck; and Savoy; the Free Countie of Burgun­die; Elsats the districts, and Bishoppricks of Mentz; Colen, Trier, and Luick, & part of the land of Cleue, and of the Lower Palatinate. What haue beene the sundry fortunes, successions, and affaires hereof, and how these parts be­came Dutch, or Germanie, see France.

GERMANIE.Germania Strab: lib. 7 &c. Germania Magna Ptol: lib: 2. c. 11..

Ptolemie namethV. Strab: Geog. lib. 7; Ptolem: lib: 2. c. 11; Plin: Nat: Hist: lib: 4. c. 14. Cor: Taciti lib. de Moribus Ger­manorum; Pom: Melae. l. 3. Iul. Solini Polyhist: c. 32: & 33. Iodoci Willichij in l. Taciti de Mo­ribus Germa­norum Com­mentarium; And: Altha­m [...]ri in Cor-Taciti lib. de Germanis Schol: Henr-Glareani de Germaniâ Taciti com­mentarium; Bilibaldi Pirk­her meri Ger­maniae Expli­cationem; P. Montani, & P. Birtij in Ptol. l. 2. c. 11. Geog. Interp. P. Bertij Re­rum Germa­nicarum Cō ­mentarij lib: 1 de Germania. this the Great Germany for a distinction from the two lesser, called the First, and the Second Germanies, and lying vpon the other side of the Rhijn in Gaule. The bounds hereof are not alike set down by all. Strabo, and Mela extend them Southwards, as farre as the Alpes, including Rhaetia, and Noricum. Orosius East-wards vnto the Euxine sea, comprehending the Sarmatae, and Daci. More rightly Tacitus, Ptolemie, and Solinus confine it within the Danow, and the Wixel, or the borders of Sarmati [...]. The more exact limits hereof (as they are set downe by Ptole­mie) were vpon the South, the river Danow from its first spring vnto the citty Diogenea, dividing it from the Rhoeti, Norici, and the Pannones; vp­on the West the Rhijn vnto the Ocean; vpon the North the Ocean; and vp­on the East first the river Wixel during its whole course, then a line from the head of the Wixel continued ouer the Mountaines of the Sarmatae vnto the towne Di [...]gen [...] vpon the Danow. Tacitus addeth to this account whatsoeuer lay North of this Continent vnto the Frozensea, named by Ptolemie with some mistake the Ilands Scandiae: for thus the greater Scan­dia, now Norwey, and Swethen, not then fully discouered was esteemed. The whole containeth now the parts of Schwaben, and Bavaria, lying with­in the Danow, part of the Lower Palatinate, the Lower Austria, the Vpper Palatinate, Bohemia, Moravia, Silesia, Lusatia, Franconia, Hess [...]n, Durin­gen, Westphalen, the East and West Freislandts, Over-ysel, North-Hollandt, part of Cleuelandt, the Marquisate of Brandenburg, Pomeren, the Higher, and the Lower Saxonies, Holsten, the kingdomes of Denmarck, Norwey, & Swethen, with the part of the kingdome of Poland, lying on this side of the [Page 13] side of the Wixel. The ancient inhabitants hereof, as they are more fully set downe by Tacitus, Procurator sometimes of the neighbouring Gaule Bel­gicke vnder the Emperour Vespasian, with reference to Strabo, Mela, Pliny, and Ptolemie, with their many different interpretations follow.

The Mattiaci, after Birtius the part now of Hessen about the towne of Martpurg, and the river Lon.

The Catti (the Chatti of Strabo, Ptolemie, and Plinie) after Willichius the Marquisate of Baden, Heilprun, Heildelberg, with other neighbouring parts to Otten-wald, after Althamorus Lusatz, or Duringen; after Ph. M. Catzenelbogen, and part of Franconia, and Duringen; after Montanus Hes­sen, and Duringen; more rightly after Pirckhermerus the land of Hessen, in which country, some few lett [...]rs only changed; the name yet seemeth to be preserved.

The Vsipij (Vispi of Ptolemie) after Willichius now the countrey about Francfurt vpon the Meine; Luick after Althamerus; Luick, or Cleueland after Glareanus; the Marquisate of Baden, with Brisgow after Pirckherme­rus; the country of Wirtenberg after Montanus; more probably after Bir­tius the country of Zutphen.

The Tencteri (the Tingri of Ptolemie) now according to Willichius the country about the rivers Lon, Lippe, and the Rhijn, with part of Franconia; vpon the shore of Rhijn, opposite to Colen, after Althamerus, & Glareanus.

The Bructeri (Bucteri of Strabo, and Busacteri of Ptolemy) now after Wil­lithius the country about the Lippe, Munster, and Osn [...]burg in West [...]halia; after Ph. M. part of Saxony about Hildesheim, & Brunswi [...]ck; after Althame­rus inhabiting betwixt the river Ems, and the Lippe; after Pirckhermerus Over-ysel, where lie the townes of Deventer, and Swol; Westphali [...] after Montanus. In the time of my author these were wholy extinguishedInter Ten­cteros Bructe­ri olim occur­rebant: nunc Chamauo [...], & Angriuari­os immigrâsse narratur, pul­sis Bructeris, & penitùs ex­cisis vicina­rum consensu nationum, seu superbiae odio seu praedae dul­cedine, seu fa­uore quodam erga nos deo­rum. Cor. Ta­citi lib: de Mo­ribus Germa­norum., slaine, and chased out by the Chamavi, and Angrivarij, and through a ioint conspiracie, and agreement of the neighbouring nations.

The Chamavi, and Angrivarij (the Camavi, and Angrivarij of Ptole­my) succeeding in the left roomes of the Bructeri.

The Dulgib [...]ni (the Dulgumnij of Ptolemy) now after Willichius the coun­tries of Brunswijck, Halberstatt, & Hildesheim; with the Casuarij Duringē af­ter Glareanus; about Gottingen in West [...]halia after Althamerus; with the Lacobardi the Diocese of Meydburg, and the old Marches of Brandenburg after Pirckhermerus.

The Chasuari (Casuari of Ptolemie, & Chattuarij of Strabo,) now part of the land of Hessen, where standeth the towne of Cassel after Willichius; part of Duringen after Glareanus: D [...]ingen after Althamerus, and Montanus.

The Frisij Maiores (the Frisii Maiores of Strabo) now VVest Freislandt, Over-ysel, and Veluwe in Gelderlandt.

The Frisii Minores (the Frisii Minores of Strabo) now North-Hollandt, with the part of the country of Vtreicht lying betwixt the middle branch of the Rhiin, or the chanel by Vtreicht, and the Zuyder Zee.

The Chauci (the Chauci of Ptolemie, and Pliny, and the Cauci of Strabo,) extended betwixt the rivers of Eems, and the Elb, and comprehending now Oost-Freislandt, and the Bishoprick of Bremen.

The Cherusci (the Cherusci of Strabo, Ptolemie, and Plinie,) now the [Page 14] country of Anhalt after Willichius, and Althamerus; after Glareanus part of Saxony, and of the old Marches of Brandenburg; after Ph. M. part of Du­ringen; with the Chamavi the countries of Mansfeldt, or Lunenburg after Montanus; more probably after Pirckhe [...]erus Duringen with part of Sa­xoni [...]. By this people V. L. Flori Hist: Rom: lib: 4. c. 12. Corn: Tacit: Annal: lib. 1. Strab. Geog: lib: 7. in the raigne of the Emperour Caesar Augustus Quintilius Varus was slaine with all the Roman Legions attending him, the vndoubted deliverers of the Germans from the yoake, and bondage of the Romanes, not long before in the same raigne of Augustus having ma [...]e­red, and subdued this nation by Drusus, and by meanes of this overthrow withdrawing into the parts without the Rhijn, the after perpetuall bounde [...] of their Empire.

The Cimbri (the Cimbri of Strabo, Ptolemie, Plinie, and Mela,) now the Dukedome of Holstein, and Iutlandt after Willichius; more certainely Iut­landt in Denmarke, named from hence by Ptolemie the Cimbrian Cherso­nese. Of these people were sometimes a colonie those Cimbri, with the Teutones, and Tigurini with great furie, and violence descending some­times into the Romane Provinces of theC. Corn: Tacit: de Mo­ribus Germ: West, after the defeate of [...] Consularie armies vnder their generals Carbo, Cassius, Scaurus Aurelius, Cepio, and Manlius over throwne in Gaule, and Italie by Marius, and Lu­ctatius Catulus.

The Marsi, not improbably now Ditmarse, and Stormarse in the Duke­dome of Holstein.

The Semnones (the Semnones of Strabo, and Ptolemie,) now after Willi­chius the diocese of H [...]velb [...]g; after Glareanus Lusatz; after Altham [...] L [...]s [...]tz, or part hereof, and of Meissen continued betwixt the rivers Elb, & the Spreee; after Pirckhermerus part of the Marquisate of Brandenburg be­twixt the Elb, and the Spree; the Dukedome of Pomere [...] after Mont [...]. Here begun the great, and famous nation of the Suevi, containing all the North, and East-parts of Germany, and besides these comprehending the sundry different names, and people following in my author.

The Longobardi (the Longobardi of Ptolemy, and Lancosargi of Stra­bo,) after Willichius, and Ph. M. inhabiting the Diocese of Meydburg, and Halbersta [...]t in Saxony; Meissen, or VVestphal [...]n after Glareanus; after Pirck­hermerus the parts only of Westph [...]lia, where lie the countries of Marck, and Bergen. These afterwards removed into Pannonia, from whence after a short abode theyV. infra. againe flitted into Italy, called in by Narses, Lieutenant in the Gothish warres for the Emperour Iustinian, occasioning their the name, nation, and kingdome of the Lombards.

The Reudigni, now after Willichius the part of Pomere [...], neighbouring vnto D [...]ntzijck; with the Aviones now part of Pomeren, and Mecklenburg after Glareanus; adioining to the Wixel after Pirckhermerus.

The Angli (the Angili of Ptolemy.) Birtius seemeth to place these in the Dukedome of Schleswijck, where is the towne, now called Angelen. In the waine of the Romane Empire, and in the raigne of theVenerab [...] Bedae Eccles: Histor: gentis Anglorum l. 1 c. 15. Emperour Valen­tinian the third, with the Saxons these removed into the Iland of Great Brittaine, giving afterwards the name vnto the most renowned English na­tion.

The Varini (the Varini of Pliny, and Viruni of Ptolomy,) after Willichi­us, [Page 15] now the New Marches of Brandenburg.

The Eudoses.

The Suardones, now part of Meissen after Althamerus.

The Nuithones (the Teutones of Ptolemy, and Mela,) after Ph. M. now the Diocese of Havelburg in the Midle Marches of Brandenburg; after Pirckhermerus with the Avarpi the countrie about the townes of Berlin, & Brandenburg.

The Hermunduri (the Hermunduri of Pliny, the Hermondori of Stra­bo,) after Willichius now part of Bohemia, and Meissen, extended along the course of the river Elb from the head thereof vnto the Semnones; after Althamerus the part of Bohemia about the head of the Elb; Meissen after Montanus.

The Narisci, after Willichius Voitlandt, and Nortgow; Nortgow after Althamerus.

The Marcomanni (the Marcomanni of Ptolemy, and Strabo,) after Wil­lichius now the country of Moravia about Olmuntz, & Brin, and vnto Pres­burg in Hungary, and the Danow; after Glareanus part of Moravia; after Althamerus inhabiting first Moravia, afterwards Bohemia, the Boij being vanquished, and driven out; after Pirckhermerus Moravia with part of Hungary vnto the Danow, and the towne of Presburg; Moravia after Montanus.

The Quadi (the Quadi of Ptolemy,) after Willichius now the part of Moravia about Glocow, and Iegersdorff, with part of the Lesser Poland, and of Schlesi about Sweinitz; part of Moravia after Glareanus; after Ph. M. Mo­ravia, and part of Sclesi; Moravia, and Schlesi after Althamerus; after Mon­tanus the Lower Austria.

The Marsigni, after Willichius with the Gothini now part of Schlesi, & of the Vpper Hungary; Schlesi, and Poland after Glareanus; Duringen after Althamerus; after Pirckhermerus with the Turoni the parts of Nortgow a­bout Amberg, and to the Mountaines of B [...]h [...]imerwald; with the Turoni, now Schlesi after Montanus.

The Burii, after Ph. M. now the farthest part of Schlesi towards the river Wixel; Poland towards the head of the Wixel after Althamerus: after Pirck­h [...]merus now Schlesi about Pres [...]w with part of Poland on this side of the river Wixel.

The Osi part now of Mor [...]via after Ph. M▪ Ditmarse after Althamerus.

The Gothini.

The Arij [...] Elysij; and Naharvali, parts of the Suevi Lygij; after Willichius now the part of Poland, neighbouring to the Wixel, where lie the townes of Petro [...]w, Posna, Gnesna, and Cur, with others.

The Gotho [...]es (the Guttones of Pliny, and not vnprobably the Batones of Strabo,) after Glareanus now Prussen; after Althamerus part of Prus­sen [...].

The Rugij, now the Iland of Rugen, belonging to the Dukes of Pomeren.

The Suiones, situated in the Ocean, now Norwaie after Birtiu [...]; Sweath­land after Willichius; with the Sitones Sweathland after Glareanus, and Al­th [...]merus; after Pirckhermerus Sweathland and Denmarke. From henceV. infra. doubtles hath proceeded the name of the Succi, or the Sweathlanders, with [Page 16] the Sitones the inhabitants of the greater Scandia of Ptolomie, containing now Swethen, Norway, and part of Denmarke, bounded vpon the North after Tacitus with a slow immoueable sea, now the Frozen.

The Lemouij, now Pomeren, or part thereof after Willichius; with the Rugij, Leistandt in Glareanus: after Althamerus Leiflandt.

The Aestyi, on the right shore of the Suenian sea, now Leiflandt after Willichius; after Althamerus Pomeren, or, Prussen.

The Sitones, neighbouring to the Suiones, now Finlandt in Swethen after Willichius; after Pirckhermerus Lei [...]andt; after Birtin [...] Sweathlandt; part of Sweathlandt after Althamerus. Here ended the S [...]evi, and Germans of Tacitus; for concerning the Pencini, Vene [...]i, and Fenni (which people he likewise here mentioneth) they lay beyond the riuer Wixel on the side of the Sarmatae, reckned by my author amongst the Dutch onely in regard of their affinity with them in language, maners, and custome of liuing.

Ptolemy addeth vnto these of Tacitus the Sycambri (Sicambri of Caesar) extended after Pontanus most probably betwixt the Ysel, and the riuers Lippe, and the Roer, and containing now A [...]nheim, and Veluwe in Gelder­land, with part of Cleve on the further shore of the Rhijn.

The Ingriones, with the Tencteri after Pirckhermerus now part of the Land of Hessen, bordering vpon the Rhijn, containing Hochruck, the Earle­domes of Nassaw, Koningstein, and Wederaw, Wester-wald, with other places.

The Intuergi, after Pirckhermerus now the part of the Lower Palatin [...] lying without the Rhijn.

The Caritni, after Ph: M: now the Dukedome of Wirtenberg; after Pirck­hermerus, the Dukedome of Wirtenberg, with the neighbouring part of Schwaben.

The Saxones, feated vpon the neck of the Cimbrian Cherfonese, and con­taining now the Dukedome of Holstein, or the part thereof, lying next to the Elb. In succeeding times these grew very mighty,V. infra. and famous, with the Angli, before mentioned, disbourding into Great Britaine, where they conquered the best, and greatest part of that Noble Iland, since called Eng­land, and in this continent spreading along the Ocean from the riuer Ey­dore vnto the Rhijn, amassed of sundry other of the Dutch nations, vn [...]ng into this name.

The Sig [...]ones; Subalingij; Cobandi; Ch [...]li; Phandusij; and Char [...]des; with the Cimbri inhabiting the Cimbrian Chersonese, now the two [...].

The Sident, after Pirckhermerus, now parts of the Dukedomes of Mick­lenburg, and Pomeren.

The Pharodeni, now part of Saxony after Pirckhermerus.

The Bugunti, inhabiting betwixt the rivers Odera, and Wixel.

The Ch [...]mae, containing now after Pirckhermerus with the [...] M [...] ­iores, and Angrivarij the parts of Westphalia, and Saxony, where lie the Bi­shoprickes of Munster, Paderborn, Breme, and Hildesheim, with Engern, and the Earledome of Ravensperg.

The Laccobardi. Duling [...]. Te [...]tonari. Avarpi.

The Longi-mani; and Longi-Did [...]ni, where now [...] in [...].

The Calucones.

[Page 17] The Banochaemae, inhabiting after Pirckhermerus about Cottowitz, and Dresen.

The Batini, Corconti, Luti-Buri.

The Sidones, now the Dukedome of Oppolen.

The Cogni.

The Visburgij, after Pirckhermerus the part of Morauia about Olmuntz.

The Nertereanes, after Pirckhermerus with the Casuari, and Danduti cō ­taining now the Earledome of Henneberg, the countries Puchen, and Ron, & the townes of Smalcald, Koberg, Egra, and others.

The Danduti.

The Tubanti, after Pirckhermerus now the country Essfeld, and the wood Hartz.

The Turioch [...]mae.

The Curiones, containing after Pirckhermerus with the Chaetuori, & Par­mae Campi, now the Lower Austria, where lie the townes of Krems, Znaem, and Niclaspurg.

The Chaetuori. Parmae Campi. Teracatriae, and Racatae.

The Baemi, encompassed with the wood Hercynian, containing then the Marcomanni; and inhabiting now the countrie of Bohemia. In these parts dweltIgitur intur Hercyniam syluan [...], Rhe­num (que) & Mae­num amnes H [...]l [...]tij, vlte­riom P [...]ij, Gal­lica v [...]raque gena, [...]e­runt. Mane [...] [...], signi­ficat (que) l [...]ive­terem memo­ria [...], quam­vis mutatis cul [...]oribus. C. [...] lib: de [...]. Ger­man [...]rum. sometimes a remainder of the vanquished Boij of the Gaules Cisal­pine of Italy, after some abode here expulsed hence before the time of my author by thePraecipua Matcomano­rum gloria, [...]. Marcomanni, leaving notwithstanding here their name, and memoriall of their dwelling, the people being called here B [...]mi by Ptolemy; as was their country Boiemum by Tacitus, byV. [...]. Paterculus Boioh [...]mium, and now after sundry changes of inhabitants Bohemia.

Pliny addeth the Vindili (the V [...]ndalij of Tacitus, the Vand [...]li ofV▪ M▪ Aurel: Cassi [...]dori [...], & [...]. Cassi­odorus,) Ingaevones; Istaevones; and Hermiones, with the Pe [...]cini being the fiue generall all parts, or nations, whereinto he distributeth the whole country, containing sundry lesser people.

The Burgundiones, part of the Vindili, after Ph. M. adioining to the sea Baltique, and containing the parts of the Dukedom [...]s of Mecklembarg, and Pomeren, where stand the townes of Rostoch, and S [...]nd. In the raigne of the Emperour Valenti [...]ian the first, these leaving that their [...]. ancient habitation to the number of fowresoare thousand fighting men descended to the Rhijn, and borders of Gaule, received shortly afterwards into Gaule by Stilico in the raigne of the Emperour Honorius, giving there the name vnto the people, and country of Burgundy.

Strabo addeth the [...], whose interpretations we finde not.

The Ilands belonging to this continent were after Ptolemy those of the Saxones, distant 750 sladia from the mo [...]th of the river Albis: three named Alociae, lying about the [...] Chersones [...]: and fower called the Stan­diae, situated towards the East of the Chersonese, of which the three lying next vnto the Chersonese were lesser Ilands. The fourth, standing more Easterly, & more properly named S [...]andia, was of very large extent, seated thwart of the riuer Vistula. Solinus nameth this last the Il [...]nd Scandinavia, the biggest after his accompt of the German Ilands. It containeth now the kingdomes of Sweathlandt, and Norwaie, with Schonen, and Halland [...] [Page 18] belonging vnto Denmarke by later, and more exact discoueries found to ioyne vnto the continent. Besides these Mela maketh mention of the seauen Hemodes, situated then in the bay Codanus Sinus Coda­nus. cōtaining now the ilands of Dē ­marke, lying in the mouth of the Sundt. The greatest, and the most fruitfull hereof he nameth the iland Codanonia, most probably now Zealandt, the royall seat, and residence of the kings of Denmarke, from whence most probably, and the Baye Codanus in succeeding times, begun first, and was occasioned the name of the Danes.

A chiefe cause of so great differences, and defects wee haue found here in the interpretations of the many German Nations, hath beene the aun­cient rudenes of the country, being withoutNullas Ger­manorum po­pulos vrbes habitati satis notum est, ne­pati quidem inter se [...]un­ctas sedes. Colunt dis­creti, ac diver­si, vt fons, vt campus, vt ne­mus placuit. C. Tac. lib. de Mor. Germ. citty, or ciuill habitation, by which, as with more certaine landmarkes, remaining to posterity, they might afterwards be distinguished, and knowne. We adde the sauagenes of the people, not safely to be trauailed amongst, and conuersed withall by strangers, in danger still of their cruelty, and vnnaturall sacrifices. We may adde againe their often flittings, as each nation had power, and will to kill, & to driue out an other, and to remoue into their voide places. These during the Roman greatnes, had onely the fortune not to be enthralled to the bondage hereof, endangered once by Drusus in the raigne of Caesar Au­gustus, but freed by the victory of Arminius, and the death of Varus, and his Legions L. Flor. hist. Rom. l. 4. c. 12., neglected afterwards, as a people for their valour vncon­querable, or not worth the conquest in regard of their pouerty, or through a satiety of that Empire, & state, ouerburdened with prouinces, solicitous to keepe what they had gotten, and not ouer-greedy of more; for this cause in regard of their restles, and vndaunted [...] p [...]un'd in with most pow­erfull garrisons, & armies hereof, consisting in the raigne of the Emperour Tiberiu [...] of twelue Legions, with their wings, and aides, whereof eightSed praeci­puum robour Rhenum jux­ta, commune in Germanos, Gallos (que) sub­sidium, octo Legiones e­rant. Co [...]. Tac Annal. lib. 4. Prima, Quin­ta, [...]. Vndevigesima Legionea In­ferioris, Ger­mani [...]. Serun­da, [...], Quarta [...] decu [...]a & Sexta-decuma Legiones [...]i-Superioris Germa. ad [...] Tib. ex Tacit. An. lib. [...]. at­tended the shore of the Rhijn, andRipamque Danubij Le­gionum duae in Pannonia; duae in My [...] attineban [...], C. Tac. An. lib. 4. fower that of the Danow, by meanes of their continuall alarums, and schirmishes herewith, accompted the most warlicke, and best experienced souldiers that common-wealth had. To­wards the waine of the Roman [...]Empire, as after the same was expired, those auncient names of inhabitants, before mentioned, and set downe, being by little, and little worne out, and quite extinguished through their fights, and butcheries amongst themselues, their transmigrations into forraine countries, their affection, and vnions into new names, and the flittings, and invasions of the Sarmati [...]ns, and more East [...]rne people, the country inclu­ding Pannonia, Rhaetia and Noricum, shortly after confounded in the name, and accompt hereof, became peopled with 13, for the most part dif­ferent, names of the Saxons, Almans, French, Th [...]ringians, Boioarians, Hunnes, Lombards, Av [...]res, Hungarian [...], Da [...]s, Nor [...]egians, S [...]ethidi, and Solaeves, whose originall, and whole fortunes, and of the moderne king­domes, and states issuing from them wee are in the next place to relate, beginning with the Saxons. Saxones Ptolemaei lib. 2. c. 11. Geog [...]

The SAXONS.

Amongst other morevid. Claud. Ptol. G [...]og. l. 2. c. 11. E [...]tro­pij Hist. Rom. l. 9. Imp. Di [...] ­clesiano, [...] lib. 7. c. 16. Imp. Diot [...], & lib. 7. c. 19. Imp. Valentinian o Senio [...]; Zosimi hist. lib. 3. Imp. Constantio, & Iulia [...]; Am. Marc. l. 26. 27. 28, & 30. Imp. Valentiniano, & Valente▪ [...] de Regni▪ & Temp. successione; [...] Imp. Valen [...]. primo; M. Aurelij Cassiodori Chronicon Imp. Valent. primo; Bedae Eccl. hist. gentis Anglorum l. 1. c. 5. Aimonij de Ge [...]is Francorum l. [...]. c. 8. l. 2. c. 27. l. 4. c. 18, 26. 52. 56. 59. 62▪ 69. 70. 71. 72. 73. 74. 75. 76. 77. 80. 86. 87. 88▪ 89. 91. 96. & l. 5. c. 2. 64. 70. 71. 73. & 74. Greg. Turonensis l. 4▪ c. 14. Helmoldi Chronicon Sclavorum. Chytraei Saxoni­am; Alberti Krantzij Saxoniae lib. 5. Gul. Cambd. Brit. Georg. Fabritij Originum Saxonicarum lib. 1. & 2. vnlikely Etymologies some deriue the name here­of [Page 19] from a short kinde of weapon they vsed, called in their language Saxa. Others from the Saci, a people of Asia, remembred by Herodotus, Xenophon, and Pliny, and with the Getae, Daci, and other Barbarous nations, remouing into these Westerne parts. Others from the Sassones, a people in the North part of Asia, mentioned by Ptol [...]mie, which name of all the rest suiteth best with the present, now called in their language Sasses, and their country Sassen, or Sachs [...]n. I rather thinke that the name is first, and ancient without any knowne derivation, as were those other names of the Dutch people, before mentioned. Their first mention we finde in Ptolemie, who liued a­bout the raigne of the Emperour Antoninus Pius; placed, as is before set downe. In Histories we first read of them in the raigne of the Emperour Diocle [...], with the French, infesting then the Sea-coast of Gaule Belgicke, and Armorique. Afterwards wee againe heare of them in the raigne of Constantius, and Iulianus by Zosimus in his third booke, where hee giueth them the chiefe place for strength, hardinesse, and valour aboue the rest of the Barbarians of those parts. Then in the raigne of the Emperour Valen­tinian the first with the Scots, and Picts sorraging Bretaigne, and with the Frenchmen Ga [...]e. It was after this in the raigne of the Emperours Valen­tinian the third, and Marcianus, that accompanyed with the Angli, and Vitae they subdued Bretaigne, giuing the name of England vnto the best, and largest part of that great, and famous Iland. Their first dwelling was after Ptolemies description wholy beyond the Elb, bounding according to Chy­tr [...]us vpon that river vpon the South; on the Ocean vpon the West; vpon the Cimbri on the North; and on the East vpon the Tentones, and Tentono­ari, and inhabiting where now is the Dukedome of Holstein. In the time of the latter Roman Emperours passing over the Elb they spread Southwards as farre as the French, whether beating out the ancient inhabitants, or (which is more probable) communicating vnto them this their more noble, and victorious name. For otherwise it is altogether impossible that so small a nation, as these were in Ptolemies time, should of themselues possesse, and fill so large, and spatious a country. The Westerne Empire overthrowne, & the French withdrawing towards the heart of Gaule they enlarged to the Rhijn vnto against Colen. Their more precise boūds in the raigne of the Em­perour Charles the Great was vpon the North the riuer Eydore dividing them from the Danes; vpon the West, first the Ocean betwixt the riuer Ey­dore, and the Rhijn, then the Rhijn from the mouth, or fall thereof vnto a­bout Colen, parting them from France; vpon the East first a line from Star­gard vpon the sea Balticke drawne vnto the Elb about Hamburg, then the Elb from about Hamburg vnto the meeting of that riuer with the Saltza, then the Saltza, together seuering them from the Scla [...]es Winithi; and vp­on the South the Thuringians, now Duringen, and Hessen. They contained nowe the Dukedomes of Holstein (Wagerland excepted,) of Brunswijck, and L [...]nenburg, the Bishops of Bremen, Ferden, Hildesheim, Halberstat, and Meydburg, the Earledome of Mansfeldt, the old Marches of Brandenburg, Westphalia, the two Freislandts, and Over-Ysel, with parts of Gelderlan [...]t, and Hollandt. They were divided into 4 distinct nations, or parts; of the Sax­ons beyond the Elb, comprehended betwixt that riuer, the Ocean, and the rivers Eydore, and Trave, and containing now Holstein; of the Ostphali, con­tained [Page 20] betwixt the Elb, the Ocean, and the riuers Weser, and Sa [...]tza, and containing now the fiue Bishopricks, before mentioned, and the Duke­domes of Brunswijck, and Lunenburg; of the Angriuarij, coasting along the South-west shore of the Weser, now the part of Westp [...]alia, where lie the townes of Wildehusen, Minden, Hervorden, L [...]gow, Osenburg, Diepholt, Soest, Waldes, Arnsb [...]rg, with Surland in the diocese of Colen; & of the Westphali, now the rest of moderne Westphalia, extended vnto the Rh [...], & cōprehēding now the Dukedome of Berg [...] ̄, the Earledome of Marck, Tre­mond, Wesel, Embrick, Zutphen, Relingh [...]se [...], Benthem, M [...]ster, with others. After sundry revolts from vnder the French, by which nation vnder their princes Cl [...]tarius, Charles M [...]tel, Carlom [...]n, & Pepin they had divers time [...] before beene vanquished, and made tributarie, they were at length after 35. yeares warre vtterly subdued by the Emperour Charles the Great, and re [...] ­ced into a French province, or Dukedome, the title whereof remaineth vnto this day. By the Emperour Henry the first, and the succeeding princes of the house, and nation of the Saxons, the Winithi, or Sclaves, lying beyond the rivers Elb, and Saltza, where now are Meissen, L [...]usnitz, Branden­burg, Mecklenburg, Lewenburg, & Pomeren, were conquered, or otherwise added vnto this name, and accompt, peopled with their language, and colo­nies. Henry, surnamed the Lion, Duke of Saxony, and Bavaria, being pro­scribed by the Emperour Fredericke Barbarossa, the whole broke into sun­dry lesser states, and goverments, the chiefe whereof, and which remaine vn­to this day, are the Dukedomes of Brunswijck; Lunenburg, Holstein, West­phalen, Cl [...]ve, and Bergen, of whose beginnings, successions, and con [...] ­ance, together with the Dukedo [...]e, & Electorship entitl'd of Saxony, although now lying without the bounds of the ancient, wee will speake inord [...].

The ELECTORSHIP, & DVKE­DOME of SAXONY.

This Dukedome was firstV. Georgij Fab [...]tij Ori­ginum Saxo­nicarum lib. 2. Petri Birtij Commenta­rium Rerum Germanica­rum lib. 2. c. 11 begun by the Emperour Charles the Great, af­ter his conquest of the Saxons, ordering the subdued country hereof into a province, thus stiled. The first Duke was Witichind, king of this nation during their warres with Charles the Great, appointed by this Emperour. After other Bruno was the first Duke, brother vnto Witichind. From Bru­no Fabritius deriveth the succeeding Dukes in manner following. Luitul­phus the first, sonne to Bruno. Bruno the second, sonne to Luitulphus the first. He dyed sans issue. Otho the first, brother to Bruno the second. Hen­ry the first, surnamed the Fowler, sonne to Otho the first. The house of France, and of Charles the Great being extinguished in Conrade the first, he was elected Emperour of the Romanes, and king of Germany, continuing for a time in his posterity. During the raigne of the Emperours of the house of Saxony this Dukedome, or country was divided amongst sundry lesser princes, whereof all did beare this title, amongst whom was Ber [...]ard Duke of Saxony, Engern, and Westphalen, and Lord of Lunenburg, created Electour of the Empire by the Emperour Otho the third. Bernard Duke of Saxony, Engern, and Westphalen, and Lord of Lunenburg, first Electour of the Empire of the Dukes, and house of Saxony. From this Bernard the Duke Electours of Saxony haue beene continued, as followeth. Bernard the second, Electour, and Duke of Saxony, sonne to Bernard the first. Ordul­phus, [Page 21] sonne to Bernard the second. Magnus, sonne to Ordulphus. Taking part with Rodulph Duke of Schwaben against the Emperour Henry the 4, he was taken prisoner, and deprived of all his dignities, the last Duke Elector of Saxonie of the house of Bernard. Lotharius the first, Earle of Supplin­burg, and Arnsperg created Electour, and Duke of Saxonie by the Empe­rour Henry the first. After the decease of the Emperour Henry the fift, hee was made Roman Emperour, and king of the Germans. Henry the first sur­named the Proud, Duke of Bavaria, created Duke Electour of Saxonie by the Emperour Lotharius, his father in law, whose daughter Gertrude he had married, proscribed by the Emperour Conrade. Henry the second, surnamed the Lion, sonne to Henry the first. He marryed vnto Maude, daughter to Henry the second, king of England, besides the ancient Saxonie, which, ex­cepting Holstein, and what the Bishops possessed, he almost wholy enioyed, Lord of both Bavariaes, and of the parts beyond the Elb, where now lye the Dukedomes of Mecklenburg, and Lawenburg, conquered by him from the Winithi, the greatest of all the German Princes before, and almost since his time. Forsaking the Emperour Frederick Barbarossa, excommunicated by the Pope, at the seige of Alexandria in the Dukedome of Milan, he was proscribed by him, and depriued of all his dignities, and possessions, Bruns­wijck, and Lunenburg excepted, restored vpon his reconciliation, at the me­diation of his father in law the king of England, the occasion of those Duke­domes. After this proscription the country of Saxonie vntill this time, for the most part continuing entire, and vnder one, became scattered (as hath beene before related) into sundry lesser peeces, and names, Brunswijck, and Lunenburg being erected into the Dukedomes before mentioned; Westpha­lia vsurped by Philip, Bishop of Colen, whose successours still hold the title of Dukes hereof; the parts beyond the Weser by Bernard, Bishop of Pader­born▪ the Palatinate of Saxonie by Herman, Lantgraue of Duringen; Lubeck being annexed to the Empire; and other parts otherwise carried. Bernard the third, descended of the familie of Anhalt, sonne to Albertus Vrsus, Mar­quesse of Brandenburg, created Duke Electour of Saxonie by the Emperour Fredericke Barbarossa after the proscription of Henry the second, surnamed the Lion. He had the towne, and little country of Wittenberg given vnto him by the Emperour Conrade the third, his seat, and of sundry the succee­ding Dukes, which part although lying without the riuer Saltza, and the bounds of the ancient, hath since notwithstanding obtained the account, & name of Saxonie, called now the Higher Saxonie. Albert the first, sonne to Bernard the third. Albert the second, sonne to Albert the first. Rodulph the first, sonne to Albert the second. Rodulph the second, sonne to Rodulph the first. Wenceslaus brother to Rodulph the second. Rodulph the third, sonne to Wenceslaus. He died without issue male. Albert the third, bro­ther to Rodulph the third. He deceased without issue in the yeare 1422, in whom ended the Duke Electours of Saxonie of the house of Anhalt. Fre­dericke the first surnamed the warlike, Lantgraue of Duringen, Marquesse of Meissen, and Count Palatine of Saxonie, created Duke Electour of Saxo­nie by the Emperour Sigismond. By this meanes after so many flittings, the title, and dignit [...]e of the Electours, and Dukes of Saxonie hath become quite remoued out of the ancient, and true Saxonie, confined within Du­ringen, [Page 22] Meissen, and the country about Wittenberg, the only possessions of the moderne Dukes. Fredericke the second, sonne to Fredericke the first. Ernest the first, sonne to Fredericke the second. Fredericke the third, sonne to Ernest the first. Hee deceased vnmarried. Iohn brother to Frederick the third, and sonne to Ernest the first. Iohn-Fredericke sonne to Iohn the first. He was taken prisoner in the Protestants warres in the yeare 1547 by the Emperour Charles the fift, by whom he was depriued of his Ele­ctourship, conferred vpon Duke Maurice; his Dukedome, and patrimony yet continuing in his house. Maurice Duke of Saxonie of a younger house, sonne to Henry Duke of Saxony, sonne to Albert, brother to the Electour Ernest the first, appointed Electour in the place of Iohn Fredericke by the Emperour Charles the fift. He died without male issue. Augustus Duke Electour of Saxony, brother vnto Maurice. Christian the first, son to Au­gustus. Christian the second, sonne to Christian the first, deceasing in the yeare 1611 without heires. Iohn George, brother to Christian the second, Duke Electour of Saxonie in the yeare 1616.

The DVKEDOME of BRVNSWIICK.

This was sometimes a part of the ancient Dukedome of Saxonie V. Alberti Krantzij Sax­oniae l. 9. & P. Birtij Com: Rer [...]: Germ: lib. 2. c. 18.. The Estate (as before) was occasioned by meanes of the proscription of Henry surnamed the Lion, Duke of Saxonie, and Bavaria, who being depriued of all his large possessions, and honours by the Emperour Fredericke Barba­rossa, and afterwards by the mediation of his father in law, Henry the second, king of England, being againe reconciled vnto the Emperour, had the two citties of Br [...]nswijck, and Lunenburg with their countries restored vnto him, which, left by him vnto his sonnes William, and Henry with the title of Earles, were afterwards in their persons erected into Dukedomes by the Emperour Fredericke the second. In memory of their English descent the Princes hereof, and of Lunenburg haue still since borne the armes of the first Kings of England in their escotcheons, which thē were only two Lions ram­pant. The Princes followe. Henry Earle of Brunswijck, sonne to Henry surnamed the Lion, Duke of Saxonie, and Bavaria, created afterwards Duke of Brunswijck by the Emperour Fredericke the second. He deceased with­out issue male, succeeded vnto by Otho, son to his brother William, Duke of Lunenburg. Otho, Duke of Lunenburg, sonne to William Duke of Lu­nenburg, and grand-child vnto Henry the Lion duke of Saxonie, and Ba­varia, after the decease of his vncle Henry without issue male succeeding likewise in the Dukedome of Brunswijck by the gift of the Emperour Fre­dericke the second. By lands partly bought, and partly giuen vnto him by the Emperour Fredericke the second, hee much augmented the dukedome hereof in circuit, and revenues. Albert the First, sonne to Otho the first, duke of Brunswijck. His brother Iohn succeeded in the Dukedome of Lu­nenburg, the two Dukedomes being againe divided. Albert the second, sonne to Albert the first. His brother Henry succeeded in the part of this Dukedome, lying beyond the wood Hartz, called afterwards from the seat of the prince the Dukedome of Grubenhagen, continued in his successours vnto Wolfang, and Philip, in whom the line was extinguished. Magnus the first, sonne to Albert the second, Duke of Brunswijck. Hee became also Duke of Lunenburg, the house of Iohn, brother to Albert the first, being ex­tinguished [Page 23] in Otho, and William. Magnus the second, surnamed with the chaine, Duke of Brunswijck, and Lunenburg, sonne to Magnus the first. Henry Duke of Brunswijck, and Lunenburg, sonne to Magnus the second. William Duke of Brunswijck, and Lunenburg, sonne to Henry. Vpon com­position made with his vncle Bernard, sonne to Magnus the second, he yeel­ded vp vnto him the Dukedome of Lunenburg, continued in his posterity. William Duke of Brunswijck, sonne to William. Henry Duke of Bruns­wijck, sonne to William the second. Henry Duke of Brunswijck, sonne to Henry. Iulius Duke of Brunswijck, sonne to Henry the younger. Henry Iulius, sonne to Iulius, Duke of Brunswijck. Hee married vnto Elizabeth, daughter to Frederick the second, and sister vnto Christierne the fourth, kings of Denmarke. Fredericke-Vlric, and Christian Administratour of Halberstat, sonnes to Henricus Iulius, and Elizabeth, sister to Christian the fourth king of Denmarke. The rest of the princes of this house, stiled like­wise Dukes of Brunswijck, but not continuing the house, (their lines being extinguished) in regard of their number, and to avoid confusion, wee haue purposely omitted, which methode we will obserue in the orders of the rest of the German Princes.

The DVKEDOME of LVNENBVRG.

How this state was first begun, and occasioned, we haue shewed inPet. Bertij Com. Rerum Germ. l. 2. c. 18 the Dukedome of Brunswijck. The order of the Princes, continuing the house, follow. William first Earle of Lunenburg, afterwards Duke, sonne to Hen­ry the Lion, Duke of Saxony, and Bavaria. Otho Duke of Lunenburg, son to William. His vncle Henry deceasing without male he succeeded like­wise in the Dukedome of Brunswijcke. Iohn Duke of Lunenburg, sonne to Otho, Duke of Brunswijck, and Lunenburg. His brother Albert succeeded in Brunswijck, the two Dukedomes againe divided. Otho Duke of Lunen­burg, sonne to Iohn. Otho, and William Dukes of Lunenburg, sonnes to O­tho the Elder. They both deceased without issue male, by which meanes after the custome of Germany the inheritance hereof descended vpon Mag­nus the first, and the surviving house of Brunswijck. Magnus the first Duke of Brunswijck, and Lunenburg. Magnus the second Duke of Brunswijck, and Lunenburg, sonne to Magnus the first. Henry Duke of Brunswijck, and Lunenburg, sonne to Magnus the second. William Duke of Brunswijck, & Lunenburg, sonne to Henry. He yeelded vp the Dukedome of Lunenburg vnto his vncle Bernard, sonne to Magnus the second. Bernard Duke of Lunenburg, son to Magnus with the chaine, Duke of Brunswijck, and Lu­nenburg, and vncle vnto William. Fredericke Duke of Lunenburg, sonne to Bernard. Otho Duke of Lunenburg, son to Fredericke. Henry Duke of Lunenburg, sonne to Otho. Otho, and Ernest Dukes of Lunenburg, sonne to Henry. Otho the younger, sonne to Otho. Otho: Freder: &c. sonnes to Otho the younger. William, and Henry sonnes to Ernest. Ernest &c. sonnes to William Iulius: Ernestus &c. sonnes to Henry.

THE DVKEDOME OF HOLSTEIN.

The Country is the same with the ancient Saxonie beyond the Elb, V. Alb Krant­zij Saxoniae lib. 5. 11. &▪ 1 [...]. the seat of the Saxons of Ptolemie; containing now foure parts, or divisions, of Ditmarse, Stormarse, Wagerland, and of Holstein, particularly thus called. It was first an Earledome, divided from the great Dukedome of Saxonie by [Page 24] Duke Lotharius, who afterwards was Emperour, and giuen by him with this title vnto Adolph, Earle of Schowenburg, whose successours, continued still in the line masculine, for 400 yeares afterward enioyed the same. In the yeare 1459. Adolph the last Earle hereof and Duke of Schleswick deceasing without lawfull heires, the right hereof was controversed betwixt Christi­erne the first king of Denmarke, son vnto the sister of Adolph; and Otho, Earle of Schowenburg, further off, but descending in a direct line masculine from the first Adolph. Otho being compounded with for a summe of mony Christierne enioyed the Earledome of Ho [...]stein, with the Dukedome of Schleswick, whereof Schleswick he immediatly incorporated with the kingdome of Denmark, the other his successours still haue held vnder the fief, and soueraigntie of the Empire vnto this day. The Emperour Frede­ricke the third to gratifie this Prince, giving vnto him Ditmarse, pretended then to be without Lord, vnited the same herewith together with Stormarse into one entire Dukedome, thus named, which vnder the homage, and right of the Empire the house of Denmark still hitherto hath possessed.

THE DVKEDOME OF WESTPHALIA.

This is now meerely a title, vsurped by the Archbishops of Colen ever since the proscription of Duke Henry, surnamed the Lion. The countrey is divided amongst sundrie Bishops, and inferiour States, and Princes.

THE DVKEDOME OF BERGEN, AND EARLEDOME OF MARCK.

Concerning these see Cleue in the Relation of France, to the right of whose Princes they now belong.

THE ALMANSAlamanni Aur: Victoris de Caesaribus Imp: Antoni­no Caracalla. Alemanni Am: Marcelli­ni lib. 27. Ala­manni M. Aur: Cassiodori Chron: Imp: Valentiniano seniore.

TheV. Sext. Au­relium Victo­rem de Caesa­ribus Imperat. Bassiano Ca­racalla. Eius­dem Epito­men Imp: Claudio se­cundo, Bassia­no, & Con­stantino; Eu­tropij lib. 9. Imperat: Gal­lieno, Diocle­siano, Max­imiano, & Constantio Magni Con­stantini filio; Aelij Spartiani Caracallam; M. Aur: Cassi­odori Chro­nicon Impe­rat: Dioclesi [...] ­no, Constan­tio filio Con­stantini Mag­ni, & Gratia­no; Am. Mar­cellini lib. 14. Imper. Con­stantio Iuni­ore; & lib. 26. 27. 29. & 30. Imp. Valenti­niano & Valente; & lib. 31. Imp. Valente, & G [...]atiano; Agathiae lib. 1. Iornandis de Reg. & Temp. successione lib. Imperat. Dioclesiano & Constantio; Aymonij de Rebus gestis Francorum lib. 1. c. 15. & lib. 4. c. 79, Bea [...]i Rhe­nani de Rebus Germaniae lib. 1. (Alemanni trans Rhenum &c.) Martini Crusi) Annales Sueuicos. name hereof some fabulously deriue from one Alman, whom they would haue to haue beene the 11 King of the Dutch, or Germans about the yeare of the world 2391. Others no lesse absurdly from the Lake Leman [...] Lemanus Lacus Caesarís Com: B [...]lli Gal. l. 1. of Caesar, now the Lake of Geneve; but whose name, and dominions never extended so farre. Others from the river Altmul in Nortgow, called in Latine by some later writers Alemannus, wherevnto they should border. Others more probably from the Dutch words (Allensen mann) signifying as much as all sorts of men, which name perhapsAlemanni (si As [...]io Quadtato viro Italicensi fides praestanda est, quire [...] Germanorum diligenter perscripsit) adventitij sunt, & ex varia hominum colluuione: quod sone eorum cogno­mento praefertur. Agathiae lib: 1. at their first comming downe to the Rhijn, and the Roman frontiers they might take vp, or bee cal­led by others, being then a medly of sundry Dutch nations, and not knowne by any one distinct name. The best doe Etymologize them from the words (Alle mann) expressing in the Dutch Language, as in our English, either a promiscuous number of all sorts of men, or men all hardie, and valiant; a name most likely vsurped by these Germans in o [...]tentation of their valour at their comming downe to those borders, and for a greater terrour to the Roman Garrisons, whom they affronted on the further side of the Rhijn, and the Danow. They were originally Suevians (into which name after their subjection to the Frenchmen by little and little they resolued againe, as into [Page 25] their first Element) inhabiting sometimes about the Elb, and towards the declining of the Roman Empire, as Crusius conjectureth, in the raigne of the Emperour Septimius Severus descending to the Rhijn, and Danow, or the Marches, and borders of that state; whether that they were driven out of their first, and natiue countries, or drawing hither as towards a warmer sun, and more rich, and certaine pray; or whether that they expulsed from hence the ancient inhabitants, or that these, their country being large enough for both, incorporated into their common name. For nothing towardes this purpose can be gathered out of the snatching epitomizing Histories of tho [...]e times. The first time, wherein we heare them mentioned, was in the raigne of the Emperour Antoninus Bassianus Caracall [...], who should overcome them in a battle fought nere vnto the river of the M [...]i [...]e. From hence (I thinke,) it is, that Crusius conjectureth their first descent vnto the Rhijn to haue hapned about the raigne of Severus, father to this Emperour. After this we heare of them frequently vpon occasion of their inroades, and excursi­ons into the neighbouring Romane Provinces: in the raigne of Gallienus spoiling, and forraging Gaule, and thorough this province breaking into I­talie: of Claudius the second, overthrowne by this prince with great slaugh­ter in Italy nere vnto the Lake Benacus: of Dioclesian, and Maximianus to the number of 60 thousand slaine in Gaule in the country of the Lingones by Constantius, father to the Great Constantine: Of Constantius, father vnto Constantine the Great, and succeeding vnto Dioclesian, served in Bretaigne by Erocus, a king of this nation: of Constantius sonne to Constantine the Great, wasting then, and spoiling Gaule, and overcom'd in battle at Ar­gentoratum by Iulianus, and driuen home into their country, Chrodomari­us, one of their kings being taken prisoner: of Valentinian the first, and Valens forraging Gaule, and Rhaetia, and againe beaten, and ouerthrowne by the Romans: of Gratian, againe inuading Gaule, and by the army hereof slaine at Argentaria to the number of 30 thousand. Their seat here during these their affaires, and since that they were knowne by the name of Almans was the right shore of the Rhijn frō beyond the Meine, or frō the confluence of the Rhijn, & the Moselle, & the borders of the Frenchmē vnto the part of the Rhijn, against the Rauraci, now the coūtry of Basil; or (as in Crusius) vnto he towne of Waldshut aboue Basil, a sort sometimes of the Almans, affron­ting the Romanes; confined vpon the South with the Danow, and thwa [...] ­ting on the farther sides of the rivers Danow, and the Rhijn the provinces of Rhaetia Prima, Germania Prima, and Maxima Sequanorum. They contai­ned then the parts, where now he the Dukedomes of Franconia, and Witten­berg, the Marquisate of Baden, Brisgow, and Mort [...]w, with the part of Schwaben, comprehended within the Danow, and of the Lower Palatinate, lying within the Rhijn. About, or shortly after the raigne of Valentinian the third (for no ancient author mentioneth the exact time,) as Rhenanus conjectureth presently after the invasion of Attilas, and the death of Aeti­us, following the tract of the Huns, who beating downe the Romane townes, and fortresses, had levelled, and made plaine the way before them, passing over the rivers of the Rhijn, and the Danow, they made themselues masters of the first Rhaetia, with the First Germanie, and part of Maxima Sequanorum in Gaule; whose conquest in the more flourishing estate of [Page 26] Rome, they had often before to their losse attēpted, enlarging by this meanes their dominions, and the name, language, and account of the Dutch vnto the Alpes, and beyond the Rhijn vnto the confines of the Burgundians, boun­ding then vpon the South with Italy; vpon the West with the river Russ, and the Mountaine Vauge from Burgundie; vpon the North with the Moselle; & and vpon the East with the river Lech from the Bavarians, or from those, who then held Vindilicia; containing at this day besides the parts before mentioned, the rest of the Lower Palatinate, and of Schwaben, the Grisons, Switzerlandt vnto the river Russ, the territory of Basil, Sungow, Elsass, and Westreich. Not long after this their enlargement quarrelling with the French, iealous of their victories, and conquests, they were overthrowne by king Clovys at Tolbiacum, now the towne of Zulph nere Colen, in a memo­rable, and great battaile; subdued after by this Prince, and, least they should recouer againe, vpon a barbarous iealousie of their strength, and greatnesse oppressed with a miserable, and lasting servitude; some markes whereof in the common sort of the Suevians doe still hetherto remaine. Their estate, whilst they were free, and during the Roman Monarchie, was vnder Kings, every lesser Canton hauing their severall Princes, whereof we read in Am. Marcellinus no fewer then eight to haue raigned at one time, besides others probably not mentioned. Vpon their subiection to the French men they were made a Dukedome; named first the Dukedome of Almaigne, afterwards of Schwaben, continuing as during the whole goverment of the French, so after the expiration of the French Empire, and since this became electiue, whereof, and of the States raised from hence, we are now to relate.

THE DVKEDOME OF ALMAIGNE OR SCHWABEN.

By these two names we finde the ancient Dukedome promiscuouslyEx martini Crusij Anna­libus Sueuicis. to haue beene called. The State was erected vnder this title by Clovys, King of the Frenchmen presently vpon his conquest of the nation. The first Dukes were only but such governours vnder the French, thus stiled, chosen by the free grace of the Princes, and in whose free power it was to remoue, and displace them at their pleasure. It was after the division of the French Empire by the sonnes of the Emperour Lewis the Godly, and that the Em­pire was translated to the Germans that they became hereditary, the first that transmitted this honour to posterity being Frederick the first, created by the Emperour Henry the fourth. The Dukes of Almaigne, or Schwaben (for as many as we can finde of them out of the lame Dutch Antiquaries) follow. Leutharis, and Bultinus. Gonzo, Luitfridus, and Vncelinus in the raigne of Childebert, French king. Martin, and Godfrey in the time of Pe­pin the Fat, Maiour of the Palace. Maso about the same time. Ortuvinus in the time of S. Gal. Luitfridus, & Theodovalda in the Regency of Charles Martel, Maiour of the Palace. At this time Crusius accounteth in Almaigne (to vse his owne words) Elsass, Zurichgow, Schwaben, and the Higher Ger­manie, whereby it appeareth that little vntill then had beene diminished of the ancient. Theobaldus, Bertholdus, Veius, Gotfridus, and Watilo in the same raigne. Hildebrandus, Imanus, Gotfrey, and Lantofrichus during the same Regencie, for many then commanded together. Geroldus, Hiltebran­dus, and Berchtoldus in the raigne of the Emperour Charles the Great. No­thardus [Page 27] in the raigne of the Emperour Lotharius the first. Wighartus, and Rupertus about the same time in the raigne of Lewis, surnamed the Ancient King of Germanie. Berchtoldus, and Erchinger in the raigne of the Empe­rour Arnulph. In the raigne of the same Prince Rodulphus, & Burchardus. Hitherto the order of the Dukes is broken, and confused. There followeth a more continuate succession, but neither yet hereditary. Burchard, descen­ded from the Earles of Buchorn, created Duke of Almaigne, or Schwaben in the yeare 916 by the Emperour Conrade the first. Herman. Luitulphus. Duke of Saxonie, sonne to the Emperour Otho the first. Burchard the se­cond, sonne to Burchard the first. Otho the first, sonne to Luitulphus before mentioned. Conrade. Herman the second. Herman the third, sonne to Her­man the second. Ernest the first. Ernest the second, sonne to Ernest the first. Herman the fourth. Henry, brother to the Emperour Conrade the second. Otho the second, Count Palatine of Witlispach, Nephew to the Emperour Otho the third. Otho the third, Marquesse of Sweinfurt. Rodulph, Earle of Rheinfeilden, by the practise of Pope Hildebrand chosen afterwards Emperour of the Romans against the Emperour Henry the fourth. Hee died of a wound at Mersburg receaved against this Emperour in the battle sought at the River of Elster in Meissen. By this time sundry new Estates being erected, and lopped off from the vast bo­die of the Dukedome of Schwaben the name, and accompt hereof became straitned within more narrow bounds. Fredericke the first, surna­med the Auncient, Baron of Hohen-staufen, created Duke of Schwaben by the Emperour Henry the fourth in the place of Rodulph. He first made the Dukedome hereditary, the former Dukes after Crusius commanding but in the nature of deputies, and leiutenants of the Emperours. Frederick surnamed with the one eye, son to Fredericke the Auncient. Fredericke sur­named Barbarossa, son to Frederick with the one eye. He was elected Ro­man Emperour, vnfortunately drowned in the riuer Saphet in Armenia in his iourney towards Syria for the recouery of the Holy Land, buried at Tyre. Frederick the fourth, younger sonne to the Emperour Frederick Bar­barossa. Henry the eldest brother, was elected Emperour of the Romans after his father. Conrade, brother to Fredericke the fourth. Philip brother to Fredericke the fourth, and Conrade. He became Roman Emperour after the decease of Henry the Sixt. He was slaine at Bamberg by Otho Counte Palatine. Frederick the fift, sonne to the Emperour Henry the Sixt. He was also made Emperour by the name of Frederick the second after Otho Count Palatine, son to Henry surnamed the Lion, Duke of Saxonie, poiso­ned in Italy by his base sonne Manfrede. Conrade sonne to Fredericke the fift, poisoned by Manfrede, his base brother. Conradinus, son to Conrade, taken prisoner in Italy in his warres against Charles Duke of Aniou, be­headed afterwards at Naples by the commandement hereof, iealous, and vnpatient of a corrivall, young, and without heires, the last Duke of Schwa­ben, and in whom ended the succession, and familie of Frederick the An­cient. After this disastre the Dukedome of Schwaben, for want of heires fal­ling to the Empire, became scattered into sundry lesser States, too many to recite, containing besides the Bishoppricks almost infinite of Imperiall townes, Dukedomes, Earledomes, and pettie Baronies. The estates of chie­fer [Page 28] note, partly arising out of those ruines, and partly before this maine dis­solution divided, and cut off from the great body hereof were the Duke­dome of Zeringen, the Earledomes of Habspurg, Pfirt, Friburg, and Elsass, the Marquisate of Baden, the Dukedome of Wirtenberg, and the Palatinate of the Rhijn, whereof part are at this day extinguished, and not in being, part yet remaine, of which in the next place.

THE DVKEDOME OF ZERINGEN.

ThisV. Francisci Irenici Ger­maniae Exe­ges: lib. 3. c. 10 [...]; Iosiae Simleri de Rep. Helue­tiorum lib: 1. (de ciuitate Bernae); Ge­tardi de Roo Histo: Austria­cae. lib. 1. (de Comitibus Habspurgi); Mart: Crusij An: Sueuico­rum part: 2. l. 8. c. 4. part. 3. lib. 1. c. 2.; & p. 2. lib. 7. c. 3. took the name from a Castle thus called, whose ruines are yet seen nere vnto the towne of Friburg in Brisgow. The Princes thus named were sometimes Lords of Brisgow with a great part of moderne Zwitzerlandt. Of these we finde much mention in the Dutch, and French Antiquaries, but obscure, and confused. The last Duke of Zeringen was Berchtold (a name affected by this familie) deceasing in the yeare 1218 vpon the birth-day of the Emperour Rodulph the first. What became of the possessions hereof it will appeare afterwards.

THE EARLEDOME OF HABSPVRG.

This wasV. Gerardi de Roo Histor: Austriacae l: 1: so called from a Castle of this name standing sometimes vpon the river Aar in Argow in Switzerlandt, now ruinated. It contained Ar­gow, or the greatest part thereof. The Princes hereof after Gerard de Roo were first named Earles of Altemburg, or of Argow; the first of whom, whereof there is any certaine mention, was one Guntram, living about the yeare 950. It was after that this Castle was builded, that they were entitl'd Earles of Habspurg. From Guntram they were continued, as followeth. Betzelinus, Earle of Altemburg, sonne to Guntram. Rapato, sonne to Bet­zelinus, conjectured by Gerard de Roo to haue first founded the castle of Habspurg, and to haue taken vpon him the title of Earle of Habspurg. Warnerus the first, Earle of Habspurg, sonne to Rapato. Otho, son to War­nerus the first. Warnerus the second son to Otho. Albert the first sonne to Warnerus the second. Rodulph the first, son to Albert the first. Albert the second, son to Rodulph the first. He laid to the possessions of the house of Habspurg the Vpper Elsatz. Rodulph the second, son to Albert the second, created afterwards Roman Emperour by the name of Rodulph the first. Fal­ling at odds with Ottocarus, king of Bohemia, he tooke from him the coun­tries of Austria, Steirmarck, Karnten, and Krain, with other neighbouring peeces, which he then lately had got seazed of, since possessed by this fami­lie: the first raiser of the house of Habspurg, since named of Austria, the most numerous, great, and potent of Europe, at this day branching over the most part of the princely houses of Christendome, whereof more eminently a­mongst others are the German Emperours, and the Kings of Spaine.

THE EARLEDOME, OR ADVOCATE­SHIP OF FRIBVRG.

V. Martini Crusij Anna­lium Sueuico­rum. part. 3. lib. 1. c. 2; & Gerardi de Roo Histor: Austriacae l: 3. This comprehendeth Brisgow, named thus from the towne of Fri­burg, the cheife of the country. The Princes hereof succeeded vnto the Dukes of Zeringen, but by what meanes, and who was the first, it is vncer­taine. Eggon the last Earle, or Advocate of Friburg, turmoiled with civill warres of his rebellious subiects, sold his whole right, and interest hereof for 12000 Ducats to Albert, and Leopold, Archdukes of Austria, and sonnes to Albert the Short, whose successours of the house of Austria are now Lords hereof.

THE DVKEDOME OF PFIRT.

THisV. Gerardi de Roc Histor: Austriacae lib. 3. de Alberto cogn: Contra [...] cto. contained Sungow, & was named thus from the towne of Pfirt, yet standing herein. When this Earledome began we finde not. Vlric, the last Earle, deceasing without heire male, the estate became seazed by Al­bert, surnamed the Short, Archduke of Austria in right of his wife Ioane, daughter herevnto, Vrsula the other sister being compounded with for her part for the summe of 8000 crownes. By this meanes the Princes of the house of Austria vnto this day haue continued in the possession hereof.

THE DVKEDOME OF WIRTENBERG.

THis wasV. Mart: Crusij Anna­lium Suevico­rum part: 2. lib. 3. c. 10. & part. 2. lib 7. c. 9. Eiusdem Annal: Sueui­corum lib: Pa­ralip. c. 2. & Petri Birtij Comment. Rerum Germ: lib. 2. c. 20. first a petty Earledome, containing only the Castle of Wirten­berg (standing now not farre from the towne of Stutgard, & the Neccar) with some little portion of country about it, occasioning the name. It encrea­sed to its present greatnes through the addition of sundry neighbouring states, accruing to the princes hereof by marriages, purchase, and armes, and their ancient names abolished, vniting into this common. These were after Crusius the Dukedome, of Teck, (whereof the princes are yet entitled) and of Vrslingen, & Schiltach, the Earledomes of Calb, Tubingen, Gryningen, Vrach, Achellen, Vahingen, Herrenbergen, and Aspergen, together with the Baron­nyes of Niffen, Winspergen, Hohen-stauffen, Ebenspachen, and Helfenstein. Birtius addeth Zabergow, Kreichgow, and Zolleren. The Princes follow. Conrade, the first which we can finde of the Earles of Wirtenberg, descended from the ancient Barous of Beutelspach, and living about the yeare 1100, & in the raigne of the Emperour Henry the fourth. Vlric the first, sonne to Conrade. Iohn, son to Vlric the first, Lewis, son to Iohn. Henry, son to Lewis. Eberhard son to Henry. Vlric, son to Eberhard. Eberhard, and Vlric, sons to Vlric. Vlric, and Henry, sons to Eberhard. Eberhard and Vlricke sons to Vlric. Vlrick son to Eberhard. Eberhard son to Vlrick. Eber­hard, son to Eberhard. This Prince having marryed Henrica, daughter to Henry, Earle of Mompelgard augmented his house with that Earledome. Lewis, and Vlric, sons to Eberhard. Eberhard, son to Lewis, first Duke of Wirtenberg, created by the Emperour Maximilian the first. He founded the Vniversity of Tubingen. He dyed without surviving lawfull heires. E­berhard, and Henry, sons to Vlric, brother to Lewis, father to Eberhard the first Duke. Vlric, son to Henry, expulsed by the confederate states of the Suevian League, his Dukedome by the Emperour Charles the Fift being given to his brother Ferdinand, Archduke of Austria, restored againe by the armes of Philip Lantgraue of Hessen. His younger brother George suc­ceeded in the Earledome of Mompelgard. Christopher, son to Vlric. Lewis son to Christopher. He deceased without issue. Fredericke, son to George Earle of Mompelgard, brother to Vlric, (the house, or succession of Vlric be­ing extinguished in Lewis) succeeding in the Dukedome. Iohn-Frede­ricke, son to Fredericke now Duke of Wirtenberg.

THE PALATINATE OF THE RHIIN

COncerning this state see France.

THE MARQVISATE OF BADEN.

THe estate V. Francisci Irenici Exe­ges: Germa: niae lib. 3. c. 104. 105. & 108; & Prin­cipum Chri­stianorum Stemmata per Antoniū Al­bizium. was occasioned by the Emperour Otho the third, ordaining in this frontire against the Frenchmen a Limenarch, or Marquesse, in continuance of time becomming haereditary, and named thus of the towne of Baden, his seat, or residence. The first Marquesse after Irenicus was one Herman, liuing about the yeare 1120. agreeing with the time of the Empe­rour Henry the fift; more probably the first, who deriued this title, and ho­nour to his issue, and succession. Others more distinctly place this Herman in the yeare 1155, and in the raigne of Fredericke Barbarossa, created Mar­quesse by this Emperour. The Princes, continuing the house, follow. Her­man the first, before mentioned, Marquesse of Verona, created Marquesse of the Empire by the Emperour Fredericke the first. He is said to haue ma­ried Imutha daughter to a former Earle of Baden. From the towne of Ba­den, their first seat, the Princes since haue beene named the Marquesses of Ba­den. Herman the second, Marquesse of Baden, sonne to Herman the first. Herman the third, sonne to Herman the second. Herman the fourth, Mar­quesse of Baden, sonne to Herman the third. Rodulph, sonne to Herman the fourth. Herman sonne to Rodulph. Rodulph, sonne to Herman. Frederick sonne to Rodulph. Rodulph, sonne to Fredericke. Bernard, sonne to Ro­dulph. Iames, sonne to Bernard. Charles, sonne to Iames. Christopher, son to Charles, Marquesse of Baden, and Hochberg, and Earle of Spanheim. Bernard, Marquesse of Baden, son to Christopher. His brother Ernest suc­ceeded in the Marquisate of Hochberg. Christopher the Younger, sonne to Bernard. Edward, Marquesse of Baden, sonne to Christopher the younger. Indebted, and going about to sell, and alienate the estate from his house, he was driuen out, and depriued of all by his kinsman Ernest, Marquesse of Hochberg. Ernest, and George Fredericke, Marquesses of Hochberg, sons to Charles, sonne to Ernest Marquesse of Hochberg, sonne to Christopher the Elder, Marquesse of Baden, and Hochberg, and Earle of Spanheim, and brother to Bernard, Marquesse of Baden; after the expulsion of Edward suc­ceeding in the Marquisate,, and country of Baden. Ernest deceasing with­out issue male, George Fredericke remained sole heire of the house, Mar­quesse of Baden, and Hochberg in the time of Albizius. How the country by continuall additions became enlarged vnto its present extent see the third booke of Irenicus, and the 108. chapter.

THE FRENCHMEN.Franci Am: Marcellini lib: 27. &c.

OF the Originall, Empire, and whole fortune of this nation we haue al­ready fully related in the discourse of the famous, and potent king­dome of France. The name, and memory hereof is yet continued here in the country of Franconia, one of the foure maine Dukedomes, or Provinces, du­ring the command of the French the part of Germany, then subject vnto [Page 31] them, was divided into. The title of the Duke of Franconia is yet borne, & and maintained by the Bishop of Wurtzburg.

THE THVRINGIANS.Toringi Si­don: Apolli­naris Paneg: Avito. Tho­ringi Procop: lib. 1. de Bello Gothico. Tu­ringi Aymonij lib. 4. c. 76. &c.

THeseV. Am. Mar­cellini lib: 31. Imperat: Va­lente, & Gra­tiano; Clau: Ptolem: lib: 3. c. 5. Geogr. Sidonij Apol­linaris Pane­gyricum Avi­to; Procopij lib. 1. de Bello Gothico; Gregorij Tu­ronensis lib. 2. c. 12, & lib. 3. c. 4. & 7. Ay­monij de ge­stis Franco­tum lib. 1. c. 7. & lib: 2: c: 9. Georgij Fa­britij Origi­num Saxoni­carum lib. 6. probably might be the Thervingi, mentioned by Ammiarius Marcellinus in his 31 booke in the Emperours Valens, and Gratianus, driven then by the Huns vnto the hither side of the river Danow; but from what country he nameth not. Not vnprobably otherwise they might bee the Tyrangetae of PtolemieTyrangetae Ptol. l. 3. c. 5. Tyregetae. Strab: lib. 7. Geog., a nation then inhabiting Sarmatia. Perhaps these three might all be the names of one, and the same people. But in this nothing is certaine. The first time, wherein we read of this expresse name, was in the raigne of the Emperour Valentinian the third; when they are Chunus, Bellonotus, Neurus, Ba­starna, Torin­gus. Sidon. Apollinaris Panegyr: Avi­to. mustered vp by Sidonius Apollinaris amongst other Barbarous nations following Attilas towards Gaule, and the West. Their first certaine mention in this country of Germanie we finde to haue beene in the raigne of Childe­rick the fourth king of the Frenchmen from Pharamond, father to the great Clovys (Avitus, and Maiorianus then succeeding in the expiring Roman Empire of the West) at what time we heare of one Bissinus, King of this nation, and of his adulteresse wife Bissina, entertaining Childerick, living there exiled, expulsed out of his kingdome. Procopius notwithstanding in his Gothish warres fetcheth their antiquitie, and arrivall hither much further from the time of the Emperour Augustus, comming, and inhabiting here by his permission; but without the testimony of more ancient authors, and for this cause not deseruing any credit. The parts they tooke vp here, whilst they were a free estate, and before they became subiect to the Frenchmen, were the moderne Duringen, and Hessen. They were subiect vnder kings, whereof since their first notice in regard of their short continuance we finde onely two, Bissinus now mentioned, and Erminfridus. Vnder Erminfridus their liberty, and kingdome tooke end, ouercome, and after perfidiously slaine at Tolbiacum, now Zulp, by Theodorik king of Austrasia, aided by his brother Clotarius, king of Soissons, sonnes to king Clouys the great. Their country by this meanes became subiect to the French of Austrasia; added vnto East-France; wherevnto it remained after for a long time annexed. It was afterwards vnder the Dutch Emperours made a Lantgraue-dome, then after diuided amongst two Lantgraues of Duringen, and Hessen. The ma­ner followeth.

THE EARLEDOME, OR LANTGRAVE­DOME OF DVRINGEN.

ITV. Georgij Fabritij Ori­ginum Saxo­nicarum lib. 6. was so named from the auncient inhabitants thereof, the Thuringi­ans. The estate after a long vacancy was begunne about the yeare 1025 by the Emperour Conrade the second in the person of Lewis, son by one of the Dukes of Orleans vnto Blancaschidis, sister to Gisela, wife of this Em­perour, and daughter vnto Lewis the fourth French king. It contained then the whole auncient Duringen; the prouince not yet being diuided. The Princes followe. Lewis, before mentioned, son vnto Blancaschidis. Lewis the second, son to Lewis the first. Lewis the third, son to Lewis the second. Vnto this prince (If I mistake not my author) The Emperour Lotharius [Page 32] the second gaue first the title of Lantgraue, signifying with the Dutch a Pro­vinciall Earle, the former Princes being onely called by the simple title of Earles. Lewis the fourth, Lantgraue of Duringen, son to Lewis the third. Lewis the fift sonne to Lewis the fourth. He deceased without issue. Her­man brother to Lewis the fift. He obtained of the Emperour Frederick Bar­barossa the Palatinate of Saxony, deriued by the succeeding Lantgraues to the Marqueses of Meissen. Lewis the sixt, snnne to Herman. He dyed without suruiuing male issue. Henry brother to Lewis the sixt. He deceased without issue, in whom ended the family, or male succession of the house of Orleans, after that it had therein continued for the space of 232 yeares. These being deceased, there stroue for the inheritance, and right hereof Henry Marquesse of Meissen, whose mother was Iudith, or Iutta, daughter vnto Herman, and Henry Duke of Brabant, whose wife was Sophia daugh­ter to Lewis the sixt. After some 9 yeares contention, and warre, by agree­ment betwixt the pretendants the country was diuided betwixt them, whereof the Marquese of Meissen had the Easterne moity for his share with the title of Lantgraue of Duringen; and the Duke of Brabant West-Duringen with the title of Lantgraue of Hessen. How the Lantgraues of Duringen haue been since continued in the house of Meissen reade those Marqueses. The Lantgraues of Hessen follow.

THE LANTGRAVE-SHIP OF HESSEN.

THisV. Georgij Fabritij Ori­ginum Saxo­nicarum lib: 6. Petri Birtij Com: Rerum Germanica­rum lib: 2. c. 22. was sometimes a parcell of the greater province of Duringen, from its westerne scituation called then West-Duringen, and otherwise from the Catti, its ancient inhabitants, corruptly Hessen. It was devided from Duringen about the yeare 1262 in the person (as was before mentio­ned) of Henry Duke of Brabant vpon composition, & agreement made be­twixt him, and Henry Marques of Meissen, contending for the Lant­graueship of Duringen. The Lantgraues continuing the house, follow. Henry the first, surnamed the Magnanimous, Duke of Brabant, in right of his wife Sophia, first Lantgraue of Hessen. Henry the second, surnamed the In­fant, Lantgraue of Hessen, son to Henry the first, and Sophia. Henry sur­named the Meeke, his elder brother, but by an other Venter, succeeded vnto his father in the Dukedome of Brabant. Otho, and Iohn, Lantgraues of Hes­sen, sonnes to Henry, surnamed the Infant. Henry, and Lewes, Lantgraues of Hessen, sons to Otho. Herman Lantgraue of Hessen, sonne to Lewis, Lewis, surnamed the Milde, Lantgraue of Hessen, sonne to Herman. He added to the house of the Lantgraues the Earledomes of Zigenheim, and Nidda. Henry, and Lewes, Lantgraues of Hessen, son to Lewes the milde. This Henry became likewise Earle of Catzenelbogen, having marryed Anne, daughter vnto Philip the last Earle. William the Elder, and William surnamed the Midle, Lantgraues of Hessen, sonnes to Lewes; distinguished thus from William surnamed the younger, son to their vnckle Henry. Phi­lip, Lantgraue of Hessen, and sole heire of the house, son to William, surna­med the Midle, famous in the Protestant warres, detained prisoner by the Emperour Charles the fift, freed by Maurice, Duke Electour of Saxony. He lastly added to his house the Earledome of Catzen-elbogen, formerly ad­iudged [Page 33] by the Emperour to the Earles of Nassau, giving vnto the Earles for composition sixe hundred thousand crownes, and the Earledome of Dietz, reserving notwithstanding the title. William, Lewes, Philip, and George, Lantgraues of Hessen, sonnes to Philip. Maurice, son to William; and Lewes of Darmstadt sonto George, Lantgraues of Hessen at this present.

THE BOIOARIANS.Boioarij Ay­monij lib: 1. c. 15. de Gestis Francorum &c: Boij Ioan: Aventini Hi­stor. Boiorum. Bavari recen­tiorum.

TO findeV. T. Livij histor. Rom. l. 5. 21. 32. 33. 35. & 36 Strab. Geog: lib: 5 & 7. C. Iul. Cae­saris Com­ment. Belli Gallici lib. 1. c. 2. 9. & 11. Corn. Taciti lib. de Mori­bus Germa­norum; Plin: Nat: Hist: lib: 3. cap. 24. Vel Paterculi Hi­stor. lib. 2. Ptolem. Geo­graph. l. 3. c. 1. & l. 2. c. 11. Ay­monij de Ge­stis Francorū lib. 1. c. 15. & lib. 4. c. 61. 64. 66. 73. 81. & 82. Eginhar­tum de Vita & Rebus Ge­stis Caroli Magni; O tho­nis Frisingen sis Chro. l. 5. cap. 9. 20. 25. & 30. Ioan. Adventini Histori [...] Boi­orum. B. Rhe­nani Rerum Germanica­rum lib. 1. & 2. Wolfangi Lazij de Gen­tium Migrati­onibus lib. 7. (de Boijs. out the originall of this nation we are first briefly to set down the ancient seat, progresse, flittings, & storie of the Boij, from whom the best authours deriue, if not their descent, yet their name. The Boij (to let passe the dreames of Lazius, and Aventinus, drawing them (I know not by what waies) from Asia, and the Armenians, were a people of the Gaules be­yond the Alpes. Pliny in the fourth booke of his Naturall history, and 19. chapter maketh mention of a people of this name inhabiting in his time part of Gaule Lugdunensis, containing after moderne interpreters the country now called Burbonois. But, whether these were some left remainders of the first Boij, it is vncertaine. It is more probable, that they were the remainder of the Boij, following the Helvetians in their warres against Caesar, and the Romanes, & after their overthrow at the request of the Hedui placed in their country. In that great disbourdment of the Gaules in the raigne of Ambi­gatus king of the Celtae, and of Tarquinius Priscus, king of Rome, these first Boij amongst other people followed Bellovesus into Italy, seating them­selues betwixt the Mountaine Apennine, and the river Po, where for many hundred yeares they continued, famous for their sundry battles fought with the Romanes, although most commonly with their losse. In the 21. booke of Livy, and towardes the beginning of the second Punique warre we heare of them rebelling against, and invading the Romane country about Mutina. In the 32 booke themselues invaded, and scattered by the Consul Minutius. In the 33 booke vnder their king Corolamus killing 3 thousande of the army of the Consul Marcellus, subdued shortly after by the same Consul, and by his Colleage L. Furius Purpureo. In the 35 booke slaine in a great battle at Mutina by L. Cornelius Merula to the number of 14. thou­sand. In the 36. booke in an other great fight overcom'd, and slaine by P. Cornelius Scipio Nasica according to Valerius Antias his computation herein to aboue 32 thousand; wholy submitting themselues after this over­throw vnto the mercy of this enimie, and amercyed with the losse of halfe their country. After this their memory in Italie languisheth, and dies, dri­ven from hence after Strabo in his 5. booke beyond the Alpes amongst the Taurisci, and towards the Danow, but without setting downe the expresse time of their flitting. Most probably this hapned betwixt the second Pu­nicke warre, about which time fell out these their affaires with the Romanes, and the warres of the Cimbri; whom in the 7. booke of the same authour we read in their passage towards Italie setting vpon the Boij, then inhabiting the wood Hercynian, and to haue beene repulsed by them. From these scat­tered troupes of the Boij we find fower several colonies, thus named, to haue descended, inhabiting within the Great Germany, or the neighbouring parts therevnto; if not rather all these were but one company, by meanes of their sundry misfortunes, and flittings seeming diverse. 1. The Boij, mentioned by [Page 34] Caesar in the first booke of his Commentaries of the warres of Gaule, seated amongst the Norici, and ioining with the Helvetians in their warres against Caesar, after their overthrow planted by him in the country of the Hedui at the entreaty hereof. 2. The Boij, mentioned by Strabo in his 5. booke, dwel­ling amongst the Taurisci, and vtterly extirpated by the Daci. 3. The Boij, mentioned by Strabo in his 7. booke, but without naming their place, consu­med, and rooted out by Baeribista, king of the Getae, whose left country most likely was that Deserta Boiorum Regio of Pliny in the 3. booke of his Natu­rall History. 4. And the Boij, mentioned by Tacitus in his booke de Igitur inter Hercyniam syluam, Rhe­num (que) & Mae­num amnes Helvetij; vlte­riora Boij; Gallica gens, tenuerunt. Manet adhuc Boiemi no­men, signifi­cat (que) loci ve­terem memo­riam, quam­vis mutatis cultoribus. Cor: Taciti: lib. de Moribꝰ Germanorū. Mori­bus Germanorum, dwelling beyond the wood Hercynian, driven out, & suc­ceeded vnto by the Marcomanni, leaving notwithstanding their name vnto their left seat, called from hence by Tacitus Boiemum; bySentio Sa­turnino man­datum, vt per Cattos, exci­sis continen­tibus Hercy­niae sylvis, le­giones Boio­haemum (id regioni nomē, quā incolebat Maroboduus) ipse a Carnū ­to, qui locus Norici regni prozimus ab hac parte erat, exercitum, qui in Illyrico merebat, in Marcoman­nos orsus est. C. Velleij Pa­terculi lib. 2. Paterculus Boïo­haemum; and at this day Bohemia. From these last Boij, or rather from the Marcomanni, inhabiting their left roomes Beatus Rhenanus conjectureth the name Marcoman­nos, qui Boío­hemum inco­lebant, suspi­cor a loco Boieros (id est) non Boios, sed Boicos esse dictos, vnde etiam Boioariorum nomen, & ditio trans Danubium. Beati Rhenani Rerū Germani­carum l. 1. (Marcomanni cum Noriscis, & Hermunduris in Noricum, & Rhetiam Secundam. and nation of the Boioarians to haue descended; from their country Boiemum of Tacitus named by Ptolemy the Baemi; afterwards by long corruption not vnprobably the Boioarij; in the waine of the Roman Em­pire, and the generall flittings of the Barbarous nations removing more nere towards the Danow, and the Romane frontires amongst the Narisci, and Hermunduri, consenting, and ioining with them in their common name. The first expresse name of the Boioarij wee finde in the raigne of Clovys the Great, king of the French, in Gregorie de Tours, Aymonius, Vrspergensis, with other French, and Dutch authors (for more ancient authority we haue not,) vnder their king Adalgerio aiding the Almans in that their great bat­tle at Tolbiacum against the Frenchmen; partakers of their overthrow, and French subiection. Their seat then was that of the Hermunduri, and No­risci before mentioned, inhabiting altogether beyond the Danow, and con­taining now the country, called Nortgow, or the Vpper Palatinat, with Voit­landt. Theodo, son to Adalgerio, their first Duke, about the yeare 508, and the 17. yeare of Anastasius, Emperour of the East, passing over the river Danow by the aide of the Frenchmen, and the association of sundry other barbarous people, tooke in the second Rhaetia, or Vindilicia, with part of No­ricum, subduing, and driving out the Romanes, & extending by this meanes their dominion, and the Dutch name, and language as farre as the Alpes, and Italy, confining vpon the South with Gaule Cisalpine, possessed then by the Ostrogothes; vpon the West with the riuer Lech, and the Almans; vpon the East with the riuer Ens, and the Avares; and vpon the North with the So­rabi, or the Sclaves inhabiting Meissen. They comprehended now be­sides Nortgow, and Voitlandt their first, and more ancient country, the Dukedomes of Bavaria, and Karnten, Krain, the Earledome of Tirol, the Bishoppricke of Saltzburg, with the part of Austria, lying betwixt the ri­vers of Ens, and the Inn; which was the whole extent of Boioaria, or Bava­ria vntill Tassilo, and the raigne of the Emperour Charles the Great. Long afterwards the Emperour Charles the Great hauing conquered, and driuen out the nation of the Avares, possessing then Pannonia, with the rest of No­ricum, added those two countries, cōtaining now the Vpper Austria, Steir­marck, [Page 35] Windischlandt, and the Lower Hungary, vnto the Province of the Boioarians, peopled with their Colonies, in which accompt, and name these continued vntill the time of the Emperour Lewis the fourth, in whose raigne they were againe wonne from this nation, & the Dutch by the Hungarians. Their estate, whilest they were free, was vnder kings; of which name was Adalgerio before mentioned; for higher, or more we read not of. Overcome with the Almans at Tolbiacum, they shared of their fortunes, being made subiect to king Clovys, and the Frenchmen, yet permitted, as a free people, to liue vnder their owne lawes, and Princes, but with the title only of Dukes. Their Princes, as they are set downe by Lazius, follow. Theodo, sonne to king Adalgerio, slaine at Tolbiacum, their first Duke. Passing the riuer Da­now he subdued Noricum and Vindilicia, won from the Romans. Theodo the second. Theodebert. Theodo the third. This was the first Christian Prince of the Bavarians, converted by Rupert, Bishop of Worms about the yeare 580, and in the raigne of Theodebert, king of Austrasia. Tassilo the first. Garibaldus. Theodo the fourth. Tassilo the second. Theodo the fift. Theodebert. Theodo the sixt. Grimold. Hugobert. Vtilo. and Tassilo the third, the last Duke of Bavaria of the house of king Adalgerio, deposed for treason, and shorne Monke by the Emperour Charles the Great, conspiring against him with Desiderius, king of the Lombards. The country after this was made immediatly subiect to the French, governed by their prefects, and enlarged by the addition of Pannonia, wonne from the Avares. Not long after in the raigne of the Emperour Lewis, surnamed the Godly, it was ere­cted to a kingdome, in which title, and in the house of the Emperour Charles the Great it continued vnto the raigne of the Emperour Henry the first, & the expiration of the house of France in Germany, when againe it became a Dukedome. The Princes, who haue borne the title of kings of Bavaria, fol­low out of Aventinus. Lotharius, afterwards Emperour of the Romanes, the first king of Bavaria of the house of Charles the Great, created by his father, the Emperour Lewis the Godly. Lewis, surnamed the Ancient, brother to Lotharius. Carloman; Lewis; and Charles, surnamed the Fat, afterwards Romane Emperour, sonnes to Lewis the Ancient. Arnulph, afterwards Em­perour, sonne to Carloman. Lewis, afterwards Emperour, sonne to Ar­nulph. In this Princes time Pannonia was conquered, and lopped off from the name and accompt of Bavaria by the Hungarians. Arnulph, descended from Charles the Great, after the decease of the Emperour Lewis the fourth without issue, elected by the people king of Bavaria, opposed by the Em­perours Conrade, and Henry the first. After long contention being reconci­led with the Emperour Henry the first he changed his title of king into that lesse envious stile of Duke; continued still by his successours, the occasion, and beginning of the Dukedome of Bavaria, whereof in the discourse fol­lowing.

THE DVKEDOME OF BAVARIA.Boioaria Ay­monij lib 4 c. 61. Boiaria Ioan: Aventi­ni lib. 4. An­nalium Boio­rum; Bauaria recentiorum.

THeV. Ioan: A­ventini Anna­les Boiorum; Petri Birtij Commenta. Rerum Ger­manicarum l: 2. c. 10. & Prin­cipum Chri­stianorum. stemmata per Antonium Albizium. name of Bavaria is affected, and new, called more properly Boio­aria (for thus we finde it written in all the more ancient Dutch Histo­ries.) The estate, or rather the title of Duke was begun in the raigne of the Emperour Henry the first in the person of Arnulph, before mentioned, some [Page 36] times king of Bavaria. The maner how we haue shewed. It comprehended then in a maner the whole ancient Bavaria, subiect to the kings, the parts conquered by the Hungarians excepted. Since by sundry casualties, and mutilations it hath become confined within straighter bounds. The order of the Dukes follow. Arnulph aforesaid the first Duke. Everhard, son to Arnulph, deposed by the Emperour Otho the first. Berchtold brother to Arnulph by the gift of the first Otho Emperour, the last Duke of Bavaria of the French ofspring, and house of Charles the Great. Henry Duke of Bavaria, brother to the Emperour Otho the first. Henry son to Henry the first. Henry surnamed the Saint. He succeeded afterwards vnto Otho the third in the Empire, the first Emperour elected. Henry, surnamed Heczel, brother vnto Chunigund, wife vnto Henry, the first Emperour elected. He was afterwards deposed, conspiring here against. Henry Welph, sonne to Robert, Earle of Altorp, created by the Emperour Conrade the second. Welpho the second, son to Henry Welph. Ernest by the gift of the Empe­rour Conrade the second. He was againe deposed, conspiring against this Emperour. Henry. Cuno, accused of conspiracy, and deposed by the Empe­rour Henry the third. Henry, son to the Emperour Henry the third. He was afterwardes elected Roman Emperour by the name of Henry the fourth. Conrade, brother to the Emperour Henry the fourth. Agnes, Empresse, & mother to the Emperour Henry the fourth by the gift hereof. Otho by the gift of the Empresse Agnes. Hee was deposed by the Empe­rour Henry the fourth. Welpho the third; sonne to Coniza, daughter to Welpho the second by one Azon, a Marquesse in Italy; created Duke of Bavaria by the Emperour Henry the fourth. Welpho the fourth, son to Wel­pho the third. Henry, surnamed the Prowd, brother vnto Welpho the fourth. Marrying vnto Gertrude, daughter to the Emperour Lotharius the second, hee became Duke, and Electour of Saxony. Hee was proscribed, and deprived of both Dukedomes by the Emperour Con­rade the thirde. Leopold, sonne to Leopold the fourth, Marques of Austria, by the gift of the Emperour Conrade the thirde. Henry brother vnto Leopold, Marques, and afterwards Duke of Austria. Henry, surnamed the Lion, Duke Electour of Saxony, son to Henry the Prowd, by the arbitrement of the Emperour Fredericke Barbarossa, the right herevnto being controversed betwixt him, and Henry Marques of Austria. Vpon cōposition, & in lieu hereof the Marques of Austria had given vnto him the country lying betwixt the rivers Ens, and the Inn, anciently a part of Bava­ria, annexed ever since to the Dukedome, and family of Austria. Hee was proscribed, & deprived of both Dukedomes of Saxony, and Bavaria by the Emperour Fredericke Barbarossa. His posterity haue since succeeded in the Dukedomes of Brunswijck, and Lunenburg, parts of Saxony. Otho, Count Palatine of Scheuren, and Witelspach, descended from Arnulph the first Duke, created Duke of Bavaria by the Emperour Fredericke Barbarossa. This Prince first constantly derived to his issue, and posterity the title, and right of Dukes of Bavaria, before his time vncertainely wandering from one Dutch family to another, and placed, & removed at the pleasure of the Em­perours, the founder of the two houses of Bavaria, and of the Electours of the Rhijn. Lewis the first, Duke of Bavaria, son to Otho. Otho the second, [Page 37] son to Lewis the first. Marrying vnto Gertrude, sole daughter vnto Henry, Count Palatine of the Rhijn, he added to his house the Palatinat, & Elector­ship of the Rhijn, created Paltzgraue, and Electour by the Emperour Frede­ricke the second. Henry, Duke of Bavaria, and Count Palatine of the Rhijn, sonne to Otho the second. Lewis the second, Duke of Bavaria, and Count Palatine of the Rhijn, sonne to Otho the second, and brother vnto Henry. Lewis the third, Duke of Bavaria, sonne to Lewis the second. Hee was elected Roman Emperour, and deceased in the yeare 1347. His elder bro­ther Rodulph, had for his share the Palatinate of the Rhijn; and Nortgow, or the vpper Palatinate, together with the title of Electour, the founder of the house of the present Paltzgraues, and Electours. Stephen, Duke of Ba­varia, sonne to the Emperour Lewis of Bavaria. His brothers William, and Albert were successiuely Earles of Haynault, Hollandt, and Zealandt, and Lords of West-Frieselandt. Lewis, another brother, succeeded in the Mar­quisate, and the Electourall dignity of Brandenburg. Stephen of Ingolstadt, Iohn of Munchen, and Fridericke of Landshut (named thus from such parts of the Dukedome they possessed) Dukes of Bavaria, sonnes to Stephen the first. Ernest Duke of Bavaria, son to Iohn of Munchen. Albert, surnamed the Godly, sonne to Ernest. Albert the second, son to Albert the first. Wil­liam, sonne to Albert the second. Albert the third, sonne to William. William, sonne to Albert the third. Maximilian, and Albert, sonnes to William the second, Dukes of Bavaria in the yeare 1610. The rest of those who haue borne the title of Dukes of Bavaria, and haue deceased without issue, or not continued the house, in regard of our promised methode wee omit. Hereof were sometimes parts the Dukedomes of Steirmark, & Karn­ten, and Earledome of Tirol, with part of Austria, whose relations follow.

THE DVKEDOME OF AVSTRIA.

THisIohan. Cu­spiniani Au­striam; Gerar­di de Roo Hi­storiam Au­striacam; Pe­tri Birtij Cō ­mentar: Re­rum Germa­nicarum lib: 2. c. 17. State was first occasioned vpon the warres of the Hungarians, who vexing Germanie with continuall excursions, and alarums during the raignes of the Emperours Lewis the fourth, Conrade; & Henry the first, were the cause that there were ordained by these Princes in the border of the Empire betwixt this enimie, and the Bavarians certaine limitary prefects to defend that frontiere, from Oosten-reich, or the Easterne kingdome (by which name Germany was then distinguished from France) of whose limit they were Guardians, called then the Marquesses of Oosten-reich, and by Latin writers corruptly Austrasia, and Austria, becomming afterwards hae­reditary, and deriving this their title, and name to the country, now thus called, accruing vnto them by their conquests, and winnings from the Hun­garians, and by their after encroachments vpon the Dukes of Bavaria. Vn­to the Princes of this familie, the most potent at this day through the Chri­stian world are now subiect the Kingdomes of Spaine, of the Indies, Na­ples, Sicilie, Bohemia, and Hungary; the great Dukedomes of Milan, Schlesi, Steirmarke, Karnten, and Krain; the Marquisates of Lausnitz, and Marhe­ren; the Earledomes of Burgundie, and Tirol, Brisgow, Sung [...]w, the vpper Elsatz, the greatest part of the Low Countries, together with the kingdome of Germanie, and the Empire of the Romans. They were first as before stiled [Page 38] Marquesses, then Dukes, and now lastly Archdukes. Their order, and succes­sion follow. Leopold, surnamed the illustrious, sonne to Henry Earle of Bamberg; descended from the Dukes of Schwaben, the first Marquesse of Austria, deriving the title, and honour hereof to his ofspring, and posteri­ty (the former after the custome of thoseNomina Principum, ducum, & cae­terorum olim tantum no­mina mune­rum, seu offi­ciorum erant, non haeredi­taria officia. Successu ve­ro temporum Imperatores certis condi­tionibùs per­suasi ea pro­pria illis tra­tradiderunt, sive allodia ex ijs fece­runt, vt iam de inceps hae­reditaria es­sent, & magis alienata à Caelaribus. Imperiales tamen ciuita­tes manse­runt Impera­toribus, certa tributa pen­dendo, quo postea quae­dam leuatae, liberae Ciuita­tes appellan­tur. Martini Crusij Anna­lium Sueuico­rum lib. Para­lip: c. 22. Allo­dium propri­um bonum, non feudum. Martini Cru­sij Sueu: An­nalium par. 1. lib. 11. c. 1. times being only but such Leif­tenants; or Deputies of the Emperours,) created by the Emperour Henry the first, about the yeare 928. Henry the first, sonne to Leopold the Illustrious. Albert, sonne to Henry the first. Ernest; sonne to Albert. Leopold the se­cond, sonne to Ernest. Leopold the third, sonne to Leopold the second. Leopold the fourth, sonne to Leopold the third. Henry the second, sonne to Leopold the fourth, Marquesse of Austria, and Duke of Bavaria. He was the first Duke of Austria, and added to the name, and account hereof the country betwixt the rivers Ens, and Inn, giuen vnto him by the Emperour Fredericke Barbarossa in lieu of the Dukedome of Bavaria, adiudged from him vnto Henry, surnamed the Lion, Duke of Saxonie. Leopold the fift, Duke of Austria, brother to Henry, and sonne to Leopold the fourth. Hee most iniuriously detained prisoner Richard the first, king of England, in his voyage homewards out of the Holy Land suffering shipwrack vpon the coast of Istria, and surprised travelling disguised through his country. Hee added to the house of Austria the Dukedome of Steirmark, purchased from Ottacarus the last Duke, with the mony gotten by the ransome of the king of England. Fredericke the first, Duke of Austria sonne to Leopold the fift. His elder brother Leopold succeeded in the Dukedome of Steirmarck. He deceased without heires of his body. Leopold the sixt, eldest sonne to Leo­pold the fift, and brother to Fredericke the first, Duke of Austria, and Steir­marck. Fredericke the second, Duke of Austria, and Steirmarck, sonne to Leopold the sixt. Hee deceased sans issue, in whom failed the line mas­culine of Leopold the Illustrious; the two Provinces of Austria, and Steirmarck becomming after this vsurped by stranger families. Ottoca­rus, sonne to Wenceslaus the first, king of Bohemia, by the pretended right of his wife Margaret, daughter to Leopold the sixt, succeeding in both Dukedomes. Hee became likewise seazed of the countries of Karnten, Krain, and Marca Trevisana, sold by Vlric, their last Prince. Overmatched by the greater power of the Emperour Rodulph the first, hee quitted vnto him, and the Empire all these his new got possessions, vpon a new quarrell not long after slaine by him in battle at the riuer of Marckh. Rodulph the first, Emperour of the Romans, and king of Germany, by right of warre, & of the Empire Lord of Austria, Steirmarck, Karnten, Krain, and Marca Tre­visana, gotten from Ottocarus. In the yeare 1283, by consent of the estates of the Empire assembled in a Diet at Auspurg hee divided these countries, and other his hereditary possessions amongst his two sonnes Albert, & Ro­dulph; and Meinard Earle of Tirol, his brother in law; whereof Albert the elder brother had Austria, Steirmarck, and Krain; Rodulph Argow, the vp­per Elsatz, and other peeces in Schwaben, the proper inheritance of the house of Habspurg with the title of Duke of Schwaben; and Meinard Karn­ten, and Marca Trevifana. Albert the first, eldest sonne to the Emperour Rodulph, the first Duke of Austria, Steirmarck, and Krain of the familie of Habsping, created in the yeare 1283. After the decease of his father hee [Page 39] was elected Emperour of the Romans, and king of Germanie. Hee was slaine by Iohn, sonne to his brother Rodulph Duke of Schwaben, whose guardian hee had beene in his minoritie, discontented with him for detaining his inheritance from him. Rodulph, created the first Archduke in a Diet held at Nurenberg, Frederick the third, Leopold the seauenth, Henry the third, Otho, surnamed the Pleasant, and Albert the second, surnamed the Short, Dukes of Austria, sonnes to the Emperour Albert, succeeding in both the parts, and diuisions of their father and their vncle Rodulph Duke of Schwaben, forfeited by the treason of Iohn, son to Rodulph, the murtherer of the Emperour Albert. The foure first bre­thren deceasing without male issue, as did Frederick, and Leopold, sonnes to Otho the Pleasant, the whole possessions of the house of Habspurg, and Austria fell vpon Albert the Short, the sole surviving male issue of the Em­perour Albert, and heire of the house. He enriched his house with the additions of Karnten, Marca Treuisana, and Sungow; descending vpon him by marriage, and the donation of the Emperour Lewis of Bauaria. Ro­dulph the second, Albert the third, and Leopold the ninth, Archdukes of Austria, sonnes to Albert, surnamed the Short. Vnto these three brethren accrued the Earledome of Tirol, given vnto them by Margaret, surnamed Maltasch, the last princesse, her young sonne Meinard deceasing before her, & being without hope of more issue. Rodulph the second dying sans issue, the dominions belonging to the house of Austria were shared betwixt the two younger brethren Albert, and Leopold; of which Albert had Austria, Steirmarck, Karnten, Krain, and Marca Trevisana; and Leopold Sun­gow, Argow, the Vpper Elsatz, with the parts of Scwaben, belonging to this familie, the auncient possessions of the house of Habspurg. In those two princes were againe added to the house of Austria Brisgow, or the Earle­dome of Friburg, sould vnto them by Eggon the last Earle. Leopold, be­ing oppressed with a numerous issue, obtained afterwards of his brother Albert Steirmarck, Karnten, Krain, and Marca Trevisana, contented only with the province of Austria. Albert the fourth, Archduke of Austria, son to Albert the third. Albert the fift, sonne to Albert the fourth. He marri­ed vnto Elizabeth, heire vnto the Emperour Sigismond, vnto whom he suc­ceeded in the Empire of the Romanes, and the kingdomes of Bohemia, and Hungary. Ladislaus, sonne to the Emperour Albert, and Elizabeth, Arch-duke of Austria, and king of Hungary, and Bohemia. He dyed without is­sue, the last of the house of Albert the third, by which meanes the right, and inheritance of the country of Austria descended vpon the posterity of Leo­pold the ninth. William, Leopold the tenth, Fredericke the fift, and Ernest Arch-dukes of Austria, sonnes to Leopold the ninth, succeeding with ioint authority in the whole. William dying without issue, the other brethren divided the inheritance; whereof Leopold had Brisgow, Sungow, Turgow, the Vpper Elsatz, with the parts yet left belonging to this house amongst the Helvetians, and in Schwaben; Fredericke had the Earledome of Tirol; and Ernest Steirmarck, Karnten, and Krain. Marca Trevisana was before this time vpon composition surrendred by Leopold the ninth to the house of the Carrarioes, Lords of Padua, possessed afterwards by the more pow­erfull Venetians, subduing that citty, and family, by whom now it is held. [Page 40] Leopold the tenth deceasing without heires, as did likewise Sigismond, son to Fredericke the fift, the whole right, and possessions of the house of Leo­pold the ninth fell vpon the succession of Ernest. Fredericke the sixt, and Albert the fourth, Archdukes of Austria, sonnes to Ernest. His brother Al­bert the fourth, and Ladislaus king of Hungarie, and Bohemia dying with­out issue, Fredericke the sixt remained sole Lord of the dominions of the house of Austria. Hee was elected Romane Emperour after Albert the second by the name of Fredericke the third, continued ever since in his house. The possessions then of the house of Austria were Austria, Steir­marcke, Karnten, Krain, Tirol, Brisgow, Sungow, and the Vpper El­satz, with some pieces in the proper Schwaben. The parts these some­times held amongst the Helvetians (whichV. Iosiam Simlerum de Rep. Helueti­orum. were Lucerne, Glarona, Zug, Friburg, Schaffhausen, Baden, Bremgarten, Mellingen, the Free provinces in Wagenthal, Raperswyl, and Turgow) were before this time lost vnto the confederate Switzers during the long warres of that nation against the Archdukes Leopold the ninth, Fredericke the fift, Sigismond, and other Princes of this house. Maximilian the first, Emperour of the Romanes, and Archduke of Austria, sonne to the Emperour Fredericke the third. He marryed vnto Mary Dutchesse of Burgundie, and Princesse of the Low countries. Charles the fift, and Ferdinand the first, Archdukes of Austria, and successiuely Emperours of the Romanes, sonnes to Philip, Duke of Bur­gundy, (sonne to the Emperour Maximilian the first, and Mary Dutchesse of Burgundy,) and to Ioane, eldest daughter to Ferdinand the fift, and Eli­zabeth, kings of Castile, and Aragon. The Emperour Charles the fift con­tented with the dominions of Spaine, and Burgundy, left those of Austria vnto his younger brother Ferdinand the first. This likewise succeeded in the two kingdomes of Hungary, and Bohemia, (having marryed Anne, sister vnto Lewis, slaine without issue in the battle at Mohacz against Soliman, the Great Turke,) continued ever since in his house. Philip the second, king of Spaine, and Archduke of Austria, sonne to the Emperour Charles the fift. Philip the third, king of Spaine, and Archduke of Austria, sonne to Philip the second. Philip the fourth, king of Spaine, and Archduke of Austria, now raigning, sonne to Philip the third. Maximilian the second, Romane Em­perour, and king of Hungary, and Bohemia, Ferdinand the second, and Charles the second, Archdukes of Austria, sonnes to the Emperour Ferdi­nand the first. Rodulph the second, and Matthias, successiuely Emperours of the Romanes, and kings of Hungary, and Bohemia, Maximilian, Ma­ster of the Dutch order, and Albert, Lord of the Low countries, Arch-dukes of Austria, sonnes to the Emperour Maximilian the second. Ferdinand the second of that name Romane Emperour, and king of Hungary, and Bohe­mia, Leopold Bishop of Passaw, and Charles Bishop of Breslaw, Archdukes of Austria in the yeare 1616, sonnes to Charles. The issue of Ferdinand the second, sonne to the Emperour Ferdinand the first in regard of their base parentage on the mothers side, being a Burgers daughter of Augspurg, were excluded from this title, and honour.

THE DVKEDOME OF STEIRMARCK.

THeV. Wolphan: Lazij de Gen­tium aliquot migrationibꝰ lib. 6. (de Tau: riscis, Carnis &c. name of Steirmarck, The word (Steir) with the Dutch sig­nifieth a Bul­lock, as doth-Tauriscꝰ with the Latines. signified in the Dutch language the Marches of the Taurisci, V. Strab. Geog. lib. 5. the ancient inhabitants of the country, and the limit, or bounds on this side of the Germane empire. It was first an Earledome, then a Marquisate, afterwards a Dukedome. The first Earle after Lazius was one Ottocarus, to whom the country should be given with this title by the Emperour Conrade the second. The princes vntill their vnion with the house of Austria follow out of the same authour. Ottocarus before men­tioned, first Earle of Steirmarck, created by the Emperour Conrade the se­cond. Ottocarus the second, sonne to Ottocarus the first. Ottocarus the third, the first Marques. Leopold, Marques of Steirmarck, sonne to Ottoca­rus the third. Ottocarus the fourth, son to Leopold, created Duke of Steir­marck by the Emperour Frederick Barbarossa. Infected with the incurable disease of leprosie, and without hope of issue he sould the Dukedome, and country hereof for an easie price vnto Leopold the fift, Duke of Austria, in which family it hath beene ever since continued.

THE DVKEDOME OF KARNTEN.

THe country V. Ioannis Aventini Bo­iorum Anna­lium lib. 6. & 7. Gerardi de Roo Historiae Austriacae lib. 1. & 3. tooke the name from the Carni of Pliny its ancient inha­bitants. When the state begun wee finde not. The first Duke wee heare of was one Henry, mentioned by Aventinus, son to Berchtold Duke of Bavaria, and living in the raigne of the Emperour Otho the third. Whe­ther that their had beene former Dukes it is vncertaine. The Dukes after this follow in order. Conrade, sonne to Otho Duke of Franconia, after the decease of Henry, Duke of Karnten by the gift of the Emperour Otho the third. Adalbero by the gift of the Emperour Henry the second. Conrade the second sonne to Conrade the first, created by the Emperour Conrade the second. Welpho by the gift of the Emperour Henry the third. Luitol­phus appointed by the Emperour Henry the fourth. Henry of Epperstain. Henry sonne to Engelbert prefect of Histria, adopted by Henry of Epper­stain, deceasing without issue. He also died without children. By this most probably Krain, and Marca Trevisana became first added to the house of the Dukes of Karnten. Engelbert, brother to Henry. Vlric son to Engel­bert. Henry son to Vlric. Herman brother to Henry. Vlric son to Her­man. This Duke being aged, and without children sould the country here­of with its appendices vnto Ottocarus, king of Bohemia. Ottocarus king of Bohemia, and Duke of Karnten by purchase from the last Vlric. Falling at variance with Rodulph the first, Emperour of the Romanes vpon a peace, and reconciliation made betwixt them he yeelded over vnto him Karnten, Krain, and Marca Trevisana, togither with Austria, and Steirmarck. Ro­dulph the first Emperour of the Romanes by right of warre, and of the Em­pire, Lord of Karnten, Krain, Marca Trevisana, Austria, and Steirmarck, ta­ken from Ottocarus king of Bohemia. In a Diet held at Augspurg in the yeare 1283, by consent of the estates of the Empire he gaue Karnten, and Marca Trevisana vnto Meinard, Earle of Tirol, his brother in law, reser­ving [Page 42] Austria, Krain, and Steirmarck for his eldest sonne Albert. Meinard, brother in law to the Emperour Rodulph the first, Earle of Tirol, and Duke of Karnten. Henry, Earle of Tirol, and Duke of Karnten, sonne to Meinard. He deceased without issue male. Otho surnamed the Pleasant, and Albert surnamed the Short Dukes of Austria, and sonnes to the Emperour Albert the first, Dukes of Karnten by the gift of the Emperour Lewis of Bavaria, the male issue of the house of Tirol failing in Henry. By this meanes the Dukedome of Karnten, Krain, and Marca Trevisana became possessed by the familie of Austria.

THE EARLEDOME OF TIROL.

ITV. Gerardi de Roo Histo­riae Austriacae lib. 1. & 3. & Principum Christiano­rum Stemma­ta per Antoni­um Albizium. was thus named from the ancient Castle of Tirol, standing yet neere vnto the towne of Meran, and towards the head of the riuer Adise. When the Earledome begun we finde not. The Princes from more cleare times follow. Meinard the first, Earle of Tirol, and Gorecz, deceasing in the yeare 1258. Meinard the second, Earle of Tirol, sonne to Meinard the first. He became likewise Duke of Karnten by the gift of the Emperour Rodulph the first. His brother Albert succeeded in the Earledome of Gorecz. Hen­ry Duke of Karnten, and Earle of Tirol, sonne to Meinard the first. Leaving no issue male Karnten, and Marca Trevisana returned vpon the Princes of the house of Austria by the gift of the Emperour Lewis of Bavaria. Mar­garet surnamed Maultasch, Countesse of Tirol, daughter to Henry. Ha­ning no surviving issue by the consent of her people shee estated this rich Earledome vpon Rodulph, Albert, and Leopold Archdukes of Austria, sonnes to Albert the Short; by which meanes the house of Austria haue ever since beene seazed hereof. The Earledome of Gorecz by the same right vpon the decease of Leonard the last Earle in the yeare 1501 without issue, descended vpon the Emperour Maximilian the first, the heire of the house.

THE HVNNS.Chuni Claud: Pto­lem: Geog: l. 3. c. 5. & Sido­nij Apollina­ris Panegyr. Avi [...]o. Hunni Zosimi Hist. lib. 4. &c. Chunni Clau­diani de Lau­dibus Stilico­nis lib. 1.

THese I take with BecanusV. Claud. Ptolem. Geog: lib. 3. c. 5. Zosi­mi Hist: lib: 4: Imp: Valen­te, & Gratia­no; & Gratia­no, & Theo­dosio; & lib: 5. Imper Ar­cadio, & Ho­norio; Sexti Aurelij Victo­ris Epitomen Imperat: Gratíano & Theodosio Seniore; Am­miani Marcel­lini lib. 31. Imper: Valen­te, & Gratia­no; Cassiod: Chron: Im­per. Theodo­sio Iuniore, & Valentiniano tertio; & Imp: Valentiniano tertio, & Mar­ciano; Iornan­dis de Regn: & Tempor: Suc­cessione lib: Imper, Gra­tiano; Theo­dosio iuniore, & Valentinia no tertio; & Anastasio. A­gathiae Histor: lib. 5. Goro­pij Becani O­riginum lib. 7. (Goto-Da­nic.) Proc. lib. to haue beene the Chuni of Ptolemie, a people of the Sarmatae. Their first expresse mention in histories wee finde to haue beene in the raignes of the Emperours Valens, and Gratian, at what time comming first vnto the banke of the Ister, being a nation before vnknowne, and not heard of, they expulsed thence, and draue vnto the far­ther side of that river into the Romane provinces the fatall nation of the Gothes, the after treaders downe of the Romane maiesty, and Empire. Their name after this is common. In the raigne of the Emperour Gratian, we read of them with the Gothes, Alans, and Taifali then to inhabite Dacia, and Thrace: of Gratianus, and Theodosius with the Scyri, and Cap­padocae to haue beene overcom'd heereby in battle, and to haue beene forced againe beyonde the Ister, most likely out of Thrace, and the Roman countries, which but lately before they had seazed vpō: of Arcadius and Honorius vnder their Prince Vldes, overthrowing, and killing in battle one Gaines, rebelling in the East against Arcadius, and with his weake, and conquered troupes flying over vnto their barbarous coast of the Ister: [Page 43] againe then with the Alans aiding Stilico, Leiutenant to Honorius in his warre against Radagaisus, king of the Gothes: of Theodosius the second, and Valentinian the third, aiding Iohn vsurping against Valentinian: againe then the Romans against the Gothes: againe in the same raigne miserably wasting, and spoiling Illyricum, and Thrace: of Valentinian the third, and Marcianus vnder their great Captaine Attilas, accompanied with an in­numerable multitude of other Barbarians, descending into Gaule, and to­wards the West, and in the plainesCampi Ca­talauniel Cas­siodori Chr. Imper: Valen­tiniano tertio, & Marciano. of Chaalon vpon Marne in a great, & memorable battle overthrowne by Aetius Generall of the Romans, and by the aides of the French, Gothes, and Burgundians, driven backe againe into the Provinces of the East▪ again [...] shortly after, and vnder the same Captain returning backe towards Italy, and sacking the towne of Aquileia: of the Emperour Anastasius, serving him in his warres against the rebell Vitalianus, and betraying Hypatius, Generall of his army, into the hands of that eni­my. After this we read little of them, vnlesseAviri, Grae­cis Avares di­cti, pa [...] Hun­norum Ior­nandis lib. de Rebus Geti­cis. amongst the Avares, of whom Iornandes (I knowe not with what trust) maketh them to haue been a part. Agathias notwithstanding, who lived about the raigne of the Em­perour Iustin the second, relateth their name in his time to haue beene vtter­ly extinct, and no where heard of; whether that they were then quite de­stroyed by the slaughter, and cruelty of other Barbarians, or that they remo­ved into farre remote, and vnknowne parts. Their first and more ancient dwelling, most probably was within the maine land of Sarmatia, where were the Chuni of Ptolemy. In the raigne of the Emperours Valens, and Gratian, remouing from thence the Gothes, they flitted vnto the left shore of the Ister, thwarting vpon the further side Pannonia, and Thrace, infesting from thence for a long time the neighbouring Roman Provinces. Vnder the Great Attilas they were seated in Pannonia, with the opposite side of Dacia, where now are Hungary, and Austria, but how long they there inha­bited, and when they should remoue from thence, wee finde not. It is cer­taine that they stayed there not long, shortly after succeeded vnto by the Longobards.

THE LONGOBARDS.Longobardi, Corn: Taciti lib [...]de Moribꝰ Germano­rum &c.

THese were a German people V. Corn. Taciti lib. de Moribus Ger­manorum; E­ginhartum de Vita, & Rebus gestis Caroli Magni; Pau­lum Diacon [...] de reg. Lon­gobardorum; Caroli Sigonij de Regno Ita­liae l. 1. 2. & 3., mentioned by Tacitus, being then a part of the Suevi, containing sometimes after Willichius the parts, where now lie the two Dioceses of Halberstat, and Meydburg in Saxonie. In the generall flittings of Barbarous nations they drewe into Pannonia, where after Sigonius his computation for the space of 42 yeares they con­tinued, famous for their conquest there, and victory of the Gepidae. After­wardes in the yeare 568 vnder their king Alboinus they removed into Italy, subduing Gaule on this side of theGallia Cisal­pin [...]. Alpes, named since from these Lombardy, made then voide by the late conquest, and departure of the Ostrogothes, drawne in by Narses, Lieutenant of the Emperour Iustinian in his Gothish warres, provoked with the contumely, and iniuries of the Emperour Iustin, and of his Queene Sophia. In the yeare 774, quarrelling with the Popes they were vpon a religious pretence of Holy Warre invaded, and sub­dued by the Emperour Charles the Great, their king Desiderius being be­sieged [Page 44] at Pavia, and taken prisoner, and their kingdome abolished, & made a French Province after that they had continued here vnder 23 of their Princes the space of 206 yeares.

THE AVARES.Avares Zo­narae Annali­um Tom: 3. Hunni Aua­res Aymonij de Rebus Ge­stis Franco­rum, li. 4. c. 9. Aviri, Graecis Avares dicti, par [...] Hunno­rum. Io [...]nan­dis de R [...]bus Geticis lib.

IOrnandes maketh these to haueV. Ptolem. lib. [...]. c. 5. Ior­nandis librum de Rebus Ge­ticis; Zonarae Annalium Tom. 3. Impe­rat: Orientis Tiberio, Mau­ritio, Phoca, & Heraclio; Aymonij de Reb. gest. Fra. lib. 3. c. 11. & 84. & l 4. c. 24. 81, 82, 86, & 93. Eginhartum de vitá, & Re­bus gestis Ca­roli Magni; Ioann. Aven­tini Annalium Boiorum l. 4. Geropij Beca­ni Originum lib. 7. (Goto-Danica) beene a part of the Huns; distinguished into this people, whom with some difference he surnameth the Aviri, & the Aulziagri. Not vnprobably otherwise they might be the Avarini, mentionedAvarini jux­ta caput Vistu­lae amnis. Pto. Geog. l. 3. c. 5. by Ptolemy amongst the Sarmatae. The later Greeke authors call them simply Abares, or Avaeres. The more ancient Dutch, & French the Huns Avares. Becanus conjectureth these to haue beene the names of two such different nations, who ioining forces in their warres, and invasions became by this meanes promiscuously called by both names, a cause of the after mistake of Historians accompting them one, and the same people. But herein al is vncertaine. Their first certaine, & expresse mention in Greeke au­thors we finde to haue beene in the raigne of Tiberius the second, Emperour of the East vpon occasion of certaine carpenters sent herefrom vnto them, and misimployed by them in the building of a bridge over the Danow, with intent to transport by this meanes their armies over the river, and to invade the Romane provinces. Afterwardes we read of them in the raigne of the next Emperour Mauritius vnder their Caganus, the common name of all their princes, by sundry excursions spoiling Illyricum, and Thrace. After this we againe heare of them vnder the next Emperour Phocas, likewise for­raging Thrace: then in the raigne of the Emperour Heraclius pilling, and forraging Thrace, vnto the wals of Constantinople, and overthrowne, & bea­ten backe by the citizens hereof vnder the leading of Bonus Patritius, and the Patriarcke of that sea. By the French Historians they are first mentio­ned in the raigne of Sigisbert, king of Austrasia, or otherwise, but more vn­certainely, and confusedly, of Theodoric king of the Ostrogothes V. Aymonij de Gestis Fri­co [...] l: 1. c. 10. in Ita­lie. Their dwelling during their affaires with the French was Pannonia, and part of Noricum, divided from the Boioarians with the river Ens. They contained now the Lower Hungary with part of Austria. By the armes of the mighty Emperour Charles the Great after 8. yeares warre they were vt­terly subdued, and driven out of those parts, their country being peopled with new colonies of the Dutch, and added to the Province of the Boioari­ans. The poore vanquished remainders hereof betooke themselues after­wards into Dacia beyond the rivers Danow, and Tibiscus, where now is Transylvania, with part of the Vpper Hungary, where they continued vnto the raigne of the Emperour Arnulph, when being subject to Suantabogus, King of the Moravians, and set vpon by the fierce new-com'd people of the Hungarians, they were vtterly extinguished, their name being since no where heard of.

THE HVNGARIANS.Vgri Ioan: Aventini An­nal. Boiorum lib. 4. Hunga­ri B. Rhenani lib. 1. &c. for­san Hunugari Iornandis de. Reb. G [...]icis.

THese Beatus RhenanusV. Beati Rhe­nani Rerum Germanica­rum lib. 1. (Hungari in Pannoniam Secundam) Ioann. Aven­tini Annaliū Boiorum l. 4. conjectureth to haue beene a remainder of the vanquished, and expulsed Avares, kept aliue by the Emperour [Page 45] Charles the Great, and by a small trench severed from the dominions here­of; in the waine of the French Empire returning againe, & recouering their lost country. Aventinus would haue them to haue beene a Scythian people, inhabiting sometimes towards the Frozen sea beyond the rivers Tanais, & Volga in the parts, where now lyeth Russia, subject to the Great Duke of Mosco. Bonfinius maketh them a mixed nation of the Huns, and Avares, sometimes Lords of Pannonia. All of them speake but vpon conjecture without any sure proofe. Iornandes de Rebus Geticis maketh mention of the Hunugari, then inhabiting part of Stythia: but whether or no these were the present Hungarians, we cannot determine. They first became knowne vnto the Christian world in the raigne of the Emperour Arnulph, at what time wandering in Sarmatia without any certaine abode, and invited by this Prince against Suantabogius, king of the Moravians, they tooke from him Dacia, with the country of the Iaziges Metanastae, lying on both sides of the river Tibiscus, inhabited then by the Sclaves, and the remnant of the scatte­red Avares; killing vp, and driuing out these old inhabitants, and planting the country with their new barbarous Colonies, which since from them hath beene called the Vpper Hungary. Not contented herewith in the next raigne of the Emperour Lewis the fourth, passing the river Danow they sub­dued Pannonia, belonging then to the Bavarians, and the Empire, & king­dome of the Dutch, with more then barbarous crueltie, and with fury vnresi­stable afterwards ranging ouer all Germany, Italy, Greece, Bulgaria, Mysia, Sclavonia, Illyricum, and Thrace during the raigne hereof, and of Conrade, and Henry the first, conquerours in sundry battles.

THE KINGDOME OF HVNGARY.

V. Antonij Bonfinij De­cad: Rerum Hungarica­rum; Petri Birtij Com­ment: Rerum Germanica­rum lib: 2. c. 14. Princi­pum Christi­anorū Stem­mata per An­tonium Albi­zium. THeir fiercenesse, and heat abating through religion, and civilitie, and the armes of the Dutch Emperours, they setled into a peaceable gouer­ment first vnder Dukes, then vnder Kings, giuing the name to the country since called the kingdome of Hungary, extending on both sides of rhe riuer Danow, and containing the ancient Dacia, the greatest part of the Lower Pannonia, with some part of Pannonia Superior, famous a long time for re­ligion, and armes, the fortresse, and bulwarke of Christendome against the Infidells. The greatest part of the Higher Pannonia sometimes likewise possessed by this nation was recouered from them by the Marqueses of Au­stria, knowne since by that name. The yeare 1526, and battle at Mohacz gaue a period to their kingdome, and ancient glory, overthrowne with great slaughter by Soliman, the mighty Emperour of the Turkes, Lewis their last king being slaine, and the country since enthralled to stranger nations, the greatest part remaining now subject to the Turkes, the rest with the title of king of Hungary to the German Emperours of the familie of Austria. The Princes follow. Cusala, vnder whom we first heare of the nation of the Hū ­garians. He conquered Dacia, or the Vpper Hungary, and first passed ouer the Danow, slaine in his invasion, and attempt vpon Pannonia. Toxus. He subdued Pannonia, or the Lower Hungary. Geiza the first, son to Toxus. Stephen, surnamed the Saint, the first King of Hungarie, sonne to Geiza. Hee embraced the Christian Religion by the especiall meanes, and procurement [Page 46] of the Emperour Henry the second, giuing vnto him vpon that condition his sister Gisla in marriage, and through the preaching, and industrie of Al­bert, Bishop of Prage, continued since in the nation, and his successours. Pe­ter surnamed the Alman, Nephew to Stephen, deposed by Andrew, and Bela the first. Andrew, and Bela the first, sons to Ladislaus, sonne to Geiza the first, and brother vnto Stephen the Saint. Salomon son to Andrew. He was driuen out by Geiza the second. Geiza the second, son to Bela the first. Ladislaus the first, surnamed the Saint, brother to Geiza the second, and son to Bela the first. He annexed to the kingdome of Hungary the countries of Dalmatia, and Croatia, bequeathed vnto him by his sister Zelomira, widow to their last king. Coloman son to Geiza the second. Stephen the second, son to Coloman. Bela the second son to Almus, son to Geiza the second. Geiza the third, son to Bela the second. Stephen the third, son to Geiza the third. Bela the third, brother to Stephen, and son to Geiza the third. Eme­ricus, son to Bela the third. Ladislaus the second, son to Emericus. Hee died young, slaine by treason. Andrew the second, son to Bela the third, & bro­ther to Emericus. Bela the fourth, son to Andrew the second. Stephen the fourth, son to Bela the fourth. He made Mysia, and Bulgaria tributary. La­dislaus the third, son to Stephen the fourth. Andrew the third, son to Ste­phen, brother to Bela the fourth, opposed by Charles Martel, aided by the authority of the sea of Rome. Charles Martel, son to Charles surnamed the Lame, king of Naples, by Mary daughter to Stephen the fourth; Wen­ceslaus the third, king of Bohemia, son to Wenceslaus the second, king of Bohemia, by Anne, daughter to Bela the fourth; and Otho Duke of Bavaria, descended from Elizabeth, sister to Anne, & daughter to Bela the fourth, af­ter the decease of Andrew the third chosen kings of Hungary by their seue­ral factions. Wenceslaus weary of troubles, & surrendring his right to Otho D. of Bavaria, & this not long after being taken prisoner by Ladislaus Vay­wood of Transylvania, and forced to renounce his title, & interest, Charles Martel remained sole king of Hungary. Lewis the first, son to Caribert, (son to Charles Martel) by Elizabeth sister to Casimir the second, king of Po­land. He succeeded likewise in the kingdome of Poland after the decease of Casimir the second without heires. Charles the second, king of Naples, descended from Mary, daughter to Stephen the fourth, and Charles surna­med the Lame, king of Naples, after the decease of Lewis the first chosen king of Hungary, Mary, and Hedwigis the two daughters hereof refused in regard of their sex. He was slaine not long after by the ioint conspiracie of the two sisters. Sigismond Emperour of the Romanes, and king of Bo­hemia, in right of his wife Mary, eldest daughter to Lewis the first, king of Hungary. Hedwigis, the other sister, inherited Poland, marryed to Iagello, great Duke of Lithuania. During the raigne hereof, and contention with the house of Naples, Iadera, and what else remained of Dalmatia was sould, and delivered vp to the Venetians by Ladislaus king of Naples, a long time before controversed betwixt the Hungarians, and that state. Albert the se­cond, Emperour of the Romanes, and king of Bohemia, and Hungary in right of his wife Elizabeth, daughter to the Emperour Sigismond, and Ma­ry. Vladislaus, or Ladislaus the fourth, sonne to Iagello, king of Poland, & Hungarie in the minority of Ladislaus, son to the Emperour Albert, and E­lizabeth. [Page 47] He was disastrously slaine in that great battle of the Christians fought at Varna against Amurath the second, king of the Turkes, young, and without heires, in the yeare 1444. Ladislaus the fift, king of Bohemia, son to the Emperour Albert the second by Elizabeth, daughter to the Em­perour Sigismond, and Mary, after the decease of Ladislaus the fourth suc­ceeding in Hungary. He dyed without issue young, and vnmarryed. Mat­thias Corvinus, son to Iohn Huniades, elected king of Hungary after La­dislaus the fift. He neither left any lawfull issue, by which meanes the crowne of Hungary returned againe vpon the right heires, the princes of the house of Poland. Vladislaus, or Ladislaus the sixt, son to Casimir the fourth king of Poland by Elizabeth, daughter to the Emperour Albert the second, and Elizabeth before mentioned, succeeding in both kingdomes of Hungarie, and Bohemia. His younger brothers Iohn-Albert; Alexander, and Sigismond the first succeeded in the kingdome of Poland. Lewis the second, king of Hungary, and Bohemia, sonne to Ladislaus the sixt, vnfortu­nately slaine in the battle at Mohacz by Soliman, Emperour of the Turkes. Iohn de Zapolia, Vaiwood of Transylvania, after the decease of Lewis the se­cond, slaine at Mohacz, elected king of Hungary by the favour of Soliman the Great Turke, whose vassall he was. He was afterwardes driven out by Ferdinand Archduke of Austria, restored againe by Soliman, deceasing in the yeare 1540. Ferdinand the first, Archduke of Austria, brother to the Emperour Charles the fift, king of Hungary, and Bohemia in right of his wife Anne, sister to Lewis the second. After the decease of his brother Charles the fift he succeeded in the Empire of the Romanes. Maximilian the second, Archduke of Austria, and Emperour of the Romanes, sonne to the Emperour Ferdinand the first. Rodulph, Archduke of Austria, and Empe­rour of the Romanes, son to the Emperour Maximilian the second. Mat­thias Archduke of Austria, and Emperour of the Romanes, son to the Em­perour Maximilian the second, and brother vnto Rodulph. Ferdinand the second, Arch-duke of Austria, and Emperour of the Romans, son to Charles, Arch-duke of Austria, son to the Emperour Ferdinand the first, in the yeare 1624 king of Bohemia, and of what remaineth of Hungary, vnconquered by the Turkes.

THE SCLAVES.Sclavini Procopij lib. 1. & 3. de Bel­lo Gothico &c. Slavi Helmoldi Chron: Sclavi Zonarae An­lium Tom. 3. Aymonij lib. 4. &c. Sclauini pars Winida­rum Iornan­dis de Rebus Geticis.

THe name hereofV Procopij de Bello Go­thico lib. 1. & 3. Imperato­re Iustiniano primo. Zona­rae Annalium Tom. 3. Impe­ratore Mau­ritio. Suidae Historica in Litera [...]. Ior­nandis de Re­bus Geticis librum. Gre­gorij Magni Pap. Epistol. ad Episcopos Istriae. Aymo­nij de rebus gestis Franco­rum lib. 4. c. 9. 23. 74. 81. 88. 92. 93. 94. & 96. Helmoldi Chronicon Sclauorum; Blondi 1. De­c ad lib. 8. Be­ati Rhenani Rerum Ger­manicarum lib. 1. Martini Cromeri de Rebus Polo­norum lib. 1. c. 8. Goropij Becani Origi­num. lib. some deriue from Slowo, signifying in the Sclavonian tongue a speech, or word, by which generall name the many people of the Sarmatians, in the waine of the Roman Empire overswarming Europe, should all be called in regard of their one common language. Others no lesse probably fetch their name frō the word Slawa, signifying with them fame, or glory, a name most likely affected hereby in regard of their great fame, and renowne, which they thought they had atchieved by armes, begun first by the Sarmatians inhabiting the shore of the Ister vpon occasion of their prosperous successe, and victories obtained against the neighbouring Graeci­ans, and derived afterwards to the rest of this nation by their emulation, and imitation hereof, or for that they were accompted the same people, since speaking the same language. We first heare of this expresse name in the [Page 48] raigne of the Emperour Iustinian the first, by sundry excursions, and with strange, and vnheard of cruelty spoiling Thrace, Macedonie, and Illyricum. Shortly afterwards we againe read of them in the raigne of the Emperour Mauritius, miserably vexing, and afflicting the Romane provinces. Their dwelling during this their first mention was altogether in Sarmatia beyond the Ister, with the Antae coasting along the greatest part of the shore there­of, and thwarting vpon the other side of that river the countries of Illyricum, and Thrace. Iornandes, who lived in the raigne of Iustinian the first, nameth them then a part of theWinidarum populosa na­tio ad ortum Vistulae flumi­nis &c. quo­rum no­mina licet nunc per vari­as familias, & loca mutētur, principaliter tamen Scla­vini, & Antes nominantur. Iornand: de Rebus Geti­cis. populous nation of the Winidae. Their name, and accompt being communicated afterwards to all the rest of the Sarmatians, and these after the custome of other barbarous nations swarming into neighbouring countries, they overspread in a short time the whole Easterne moitie of Europe, extending from the river Tanais, & the Euxine sea West­wards as farre as the river Elb in Germany, and Southwards from the sea Baltique, and the Frozen Ocean vnto the Mountaines of the Alpes, & Hae­mus, besides the whole Sarmatia comprehending Mysia, Dardania, Illyri­cum, and Dalmatia, with part of Pannonia, now the Russes, Muscovites, Hun­garians, Polonians, Moldavians, Walachians, Transylvanians, Bulgarians, Rascians, Servians, Croatians, and Sclavonians particularly so called, all des­cended from, and speaking their language, togither with one halfe part of the ancient Germany, contained betwixt the river Wixel, and the rivers Salt­za, and the Elb, the occasion of this discourse. When these first disbour­ded into the continent of Germany cannot be defined out of any approved authours. Most probably with Becanus this hapned presently vpon, or shortly after the departure of the Almans, Burgundians, Boioarians, and o­ther people of the Suevians towards the South, and the Romane confines, whose left, or ill inhabited roomes they tooke vp. We first finde them here named in the raigne of Clotarius the second, king of the Frenchmen, (agreeing with the raigne of Heraclius, Emperour of the East) vpon occasi­on of one Samo a Frenchman by birth, chosen king of the Scalves Winidi. They comprehended the whole North-east moity hereof, divided from the rest of Germany by a line drawne from the towne of Stargard vpon the sea Baltique vnto the river of Elb about Hamburg, parting them from the Sax­ons beyond the Elb; the river Elb from Hamburg vnto the meeting thereof with the river Saltza, dividing them from the Saxons Ostphali; the river Saltza parting them from the Thuringians; and the mountaines of Bohe­mia from the Boioarians. They contained here at this day the Dukedomes of Schlesi, Mecklenburg, Pomeren, and Lawenburg, the Marquisates of Meis­sen, Lausnitz, and Marheren, the Midle, and New Marches of Branden­burg, Saxony about Wittenberg, Wagerlandt, the kingdome of Bohemia, with parts of Poland, and Hungary. They were divided into foure gene­rall names, or nations, the Winithi, Bohemians, Moravians, and Poles, whereof in order.

THE WINITHI.Winithi Hel­moldi: Chr: l. 1. c. 15. Wini­dae Iornandis lib: de Rebus Geticis. Wini­di Aymonij de Rebus Ge­stis Franco­rum lib. 4. c. 9. Winuli Hel­moldi Chron: Sclauotum l. 1. c. 18. Hene­ti Continuat: Vand: & Sax­oniae Krantzij per quendam Studiosum. Vendi; & Vin­dae Cromeri de Rebus Ge­stis Polono­rum lib. 1. c. 6.

THese, with the Winidae, Winidi, Vendi, Vindae, Winuli, V. Claud. Ptolem lib. 3 c. 5. Aymonij de Rebus ge­stis Franco­rum lib. 4. c. 9. 23. 74. 81. 88. 92. 94. 96. & 100. Helmol­di Chronicon Sclauorum. Vandaliae, & Saxoniae Krantzij con­tinuation: per Studiosum quendam A­nonymum. and Heneti (for all those names we finde) were but the corrupt languages of the ancient [Page 49] Veneti, or Venedae, accountedVenedae per totum Vene­dicum sinū Pt. lib: 3. c. 5. Ve­nedi Corn: Taciti. lib. de Moribus Ger­manorum. by Ptolomie amongst the nations of the Sarmatae. The more exact bounds hereof, after their descent into Germany, were vpon the North the sea Balticke intercepted betwixt the towne of Stargard, & the river Wixel; vpon the West a line drawne from the towne of Stargard vpon the sea Baltique vnto the river Elb; or Hamburg, the part of the Elb taken from Hamburg vnto the meeting of that river with the Saltza, together with the river Saltza, dividing them from the Saxons, and Thuringians; vpon the South the Mountaines of Bohemia; and vpon the East the riuer Wixel, and Poland. They comprehended the sundry names, and people of the Wagrij, containing now Wagerland, part of Holstein; the Obotriti, Polabi, Linguones, Warnani, Kircani, Circipani, Redarij, and Tho­lenzi, now the Dukedomes of Mecklenburg, and Lawenburg; the Wiltzi, now Pomeren on this side of the river of Odera; the Pomerani, the part now of Pomeren betwixt the rivers Odera, and Wixel; the Rani, or Rugiani, now the Iland Rugen; the Helveldi, Leubuzi, Wilini, Stoderani, and Brizani, now the Middle, and New Marches of Brandenburg; and the Sorabi, con­taining now Meissen, and Lausnitz. Their gouerment, whilst that they were a free people was vnder sundry Princes. Their Religion was Genti­lisme, maintained with great stiffenesse, and hatred to Christianity vntill their subjection, or rather extirpation by the Dutch. After long wars with the neighbouring Saxons, sundry revolts, and much obstinacie they were by the raigne of the Emperour Frederick Barbarossa at length totally hereby subdued; their country being planted with new Dutch Colonies, accounted afterwards part of Saxonie, containing at this day besides some lesser states the Marquisates of Meissen, Brandenburg, & Lausnitz, & the Dukedomes of Mecklenburg, Lawenburg, and Pomeren, whose beginnings, and fortunes vnto our times follow.

THE MARQVISATE OF MEISSEN.

THe estate hereof was first occasioned about the yeare 930V. Reinerum Reineccium de Misenorum origine; Ge­orgij Fabritij Originum Saxonīcarum lib 2. Eundem de rebus Mis­nicis. P. Birtij Comment ari­um Rerum Germanica­rum lib. 2. c. 11. Stemmara Principum Christiano­rum per Anto­nium Albizi­um. by the Em­perour Henry the first, vpon his conquest of the Sorabi building the cit­tie Meissen, and after the policy then of the Dutch Empire appointing there a Limenarck, or Marques to guard that frontire against the Poles, and other neighbouring Sclaves, becomming afterwards hereditarie, and giving the title, and name to the whole limit, or border. The first Marques was one Bruno, descended from Witichind, king of the Saxons, appointed by the Emperour Henry the first. Vnto him succeeded Ridacus, Earle of Mers­burg; vnto whom Echard succeeded, son to Gunter, Earle of Ostland, the first prince, or vsu-fructuary, and proprietarie Marques by the gift of the Emperour Otho the third, the former being only such deputies of the Em­perours, commaunding in nature of Lord Marchers with vs. The order of the Marqueses continuing the house from more certaine, and cleare times follow. Conrade Marques of Landsberg, and Lusatz created Marques of Meissen by the Emperour Henry the fift. He deceased in the yeare 1156. Otho the first, surnamed the rich, son to Conrade the first. Theodoric son to Otho the first. He marryed vnto Iudith, daughter to Herman, Lantgraue of Duringen. Henry son to Theodoric, and Iudith, daughter to Herman [Page 50] Lantgraue of Duringen. Henry the last Lantgraue deceasing without issue he succeeded by right from his mother in the Lantgraue-ship of Duringen, and the Palatinate of Saxony, continued ever since in his house. Albert Marques of Meissen, and Lantgraue of Duringen, son to Henry. Frederick the first, son to Albert. Fredericke the second, son to Fredericke the first. Fredericke the third, son to Fredericke the second. Fredericke the fourth, Marques of Meissen, and Lantgraue of Duringen, son to Fredericke the third. He was created Electour, and Duke of Saxony by the Emperour Sigismond. The succeeding Marqueses of Meissen, and Lantgraues of Duringen wee haue continued in the order of the Duke-Electours of Saxony.

THE MARQVISATE OF BRAN­DENBVRG.

IT hath beeneV. Helmoldi Chronicon Sclavorum l. 1. c. 89. Geor­gij Fabritij Originum Saxonicarum lib. 2. Petri Birtij Com­ment. Rerum Germania­rum. lib. 2. c. 12. so called from the towne of Brandenburg, situated vpon the river Havel; sometimes the chiefe towne of the country, and the seat of the Marqueses. The Emperour Henry the first before mentioned, ha­ving wonne that citty from the bordering Heneti, or Sclaves, first ordained the Marquisate to affront, and keepe in that enemie. It encreased after­wardes to its present extent, and greatnesse by the dayly winnings, and en­croachings of the Marqueses vpon the Sclaves. The Marqueses, like vnto the other Princes of Germany, were at the first but such officers of the Em­perours. By the free grace hereof they became hereditary, Princes, and Electours of the Empire, which honour they still retaine. Their order, and succession follow. Sigifrid Earle of Ringelheim, the first Marques; set o­ver this border about the yeare 927 by the Emperour Henry the first. Ge­ro, appointed by the Emperour Otho the first. Bruno Earle of Within, ap­pointed by the same Emperour. Hugh son to Bruno, appointed by the Em­perour Otho the third. Sigard, brother to Hugh, appointed by the same Em­perour. About this time the Marqueses began to be Electours. Theodoric, son to Sigard, driven out by Mistivoius, prince of the Sclaves Obotriti. The Sclaves beaten out, Vdo the first, Earle of Soltwedel by the gift of the Em­perour Conrade the second. Vdo the second, son to Eudo the first. He was proscribed by the Emperour Henry the fourth, conspiring against him with Rodulph, Duke of Schwaben. His country was given, and seazed vpon by Primislaus king of the Obotriti. Albert surnamed Vrsus, In illo tem­pore orienta­lem Slauiam tenebat Adel­bertus Mar­chio, cui cog­nomen Vrsus, qui etiam propitio sibi Deo, amplis­simè fortuna­tus est in funi­culo sortis suae. Omnem enim terram Brizanorum, Stoderano­rum, multa­rum (que) genti­um habitanti­um iuxta Ha­velam, & Albi­am misit sub iugo, & infrae­navit rebelles eorum. Ad vl­timum defici­entibus sen­sim Slavis, mi­sit Traiectum, et ad loca vi­cina, insuper ad eos, qui ha­bitant iuxta Oceanum, & patiebantur vim maris, vi­delicet ad Hol­landos, Selan­dos, Flandros, & adduxit ex ijs populum magnum ni­mis, & habi­tare eos fecit in vrbibus, & oppidis Slavo­rum. Helmol­di Chronic: Slavorum lib. 1. c. 89. prince of Anhalt, after the decease of Primislaus king of the Obotriti, created Mar­ques, and Electour of Brandenburg by the Emperour Fredericke Barbaros­sa. He much augmented, and encreased the Marquisate by his great con­quests vpon the Sclaves, and his plantation of Dutch colonies▪ in their for­saken, and vninhabited countries. Otho the first, son to Albert, surnamed Vrsus. His brother Bernard was created Electour, and Duke of Saxony by the Emperour Fredericke Barbarossa, succeeding vnto Duke Henry sur­named the Lion. Otho the second, Electour, and Marques of Brandenburg, son to Otho the first. He deceafed without issue. Albert; the second, Ele­ctour, and Marques of Brandenburg, brother to Otho the second. Iohn the first, son to Albert the second. Iohn the second son to Iohn the first. He de­ceased [Page 51] without surviving issue. Conrade the first, Electour, and Marques of Brandenburg, brother to Iohn the second. Iohn the third; son to Conrade the first. He dyed without issue. Waldemar the first, brother to Iohn the third. He dyed without issue male. Waldemar the second, son to Henry surnamed with land, brother to Waldemar the first, and Iohn the third. Of this prince likewise wee finde no heires. Iohn the fourth brother to Wal­demar the second. He died without issue, the last Marques, and Electour of Brandenburg of the family of Anhalt. Lewis, son to the Emperour Lewis of Bauaria, created by his father Marques, and Elector of Brandenburg, the house of Anhalt being extinguished in Iohn the fourth. Desirous of ease, troubled with the impostures of a false Waldemar, he resigned over his right to his brother Lewis, surnamed the Romā. Lewis surnamed the Romā, son to the Emperour Lewis of Bauaria. He draue out the Coūterfeit Wal­demar, & deceased without heires of his Body. Otho the third, Electour & Marques of Brandenburg, son to the Emperour Lewis of Bauaria, and bro­ther to the two former Leweses. He sould the Marquisate, and country of Brandenburg for 200000 duckats of Hungary vnto the Emperour Charles the fourth. Wenceslaus Marques and Elector of Brandenburg, and after­wards Emperour of the Romans, and king of Bohemia, by the gift of his father the Emperour Charles the fourth. Sigismond sonne to the Empe­rour Charles the fourth, and brother to Wenceslaus Emperour of the Romans king of Bohemia, and Hungary, and Marques and Electour of Brandenburg. The better to furnish himselfe for his warres against the rebellious Hungarians, and Charles king of Naples, chalenging, and vsurping the kingdome of Hungary, he sould the Marquisate of Bran­denburg vnto Iodocus, Marques of Morauia; redeemed afterwards by him from William, Marques of Meissen, to whom the Marques of Morauia had pawned it, and in the councell of Constance in the yeare 1417 giuen to Fredericke Burgraue of Nurenberg for reward of his faithfull service in the warres of Bohemia, and Hu [...]gary, paying vnto him onely 408000 Florens in lieu of the charges he had beene at. Frederick Burgraue of Nurenburg, Marques, and Elector of Brandenburg by the gift of the Emperour Si­gismond. Frederick the second, Marques, and Elector of Brandenburg, younger sonne to Frederick the first; the elder brother Iohn surnamed the Alchymist neglected, and passed ouer, as lazye, and vnfit to gouerne. He had giuen vnto him the Dukedome of Stetin by the Emperour Frederick the third; vpon composition relinquished shortly after to Bugslaus the tenth by his brother Albert, reseruing onely the title, and armes of the Dukes of Pomeren, maintained yet by the house of Brandenburg. He also obtai­ned of the king of Poland the vpper Lausnitz, surrendred afterwards (Cot­bus, and some few other townes excepted) to George, king of Bohemia. He deceased without suruiuing heires. Albert the first brother to Frede­rick the second; Marques, and Electour of Brandenburg. Iohn-Magnus, son to Albert the first. Ioachim the first, sonne to Iohn-Magnus. Ioachim the second, Electour, and Marques of Brandenburg, sonne to Ioachim the first. Iohn-George sonne to Ioachim the second. Ioachim-Frederick sonne to Iohn-George. Iohn-Sigismund, sonne to Ioachim-Frederick. He married vnto Anne, daughter to Albert-Frederick, Marques of Branden­burg, [Page 52] and Duke of Prussen, and to Mary-Leonor; daughter to William the first, Duke of Cleue, and Iuliers. George-William, sonne to Iohn Sigis­mond, and to Anne, before mentioned, now Marques, & Electour of Bran­denburg, Duke of Pomeren, Stetin, the Cassubians, and Vandals, Prussen, Cleve, Iuliers, and Bergen, Earle of Marck, and Ravenspurg, and Lord of Ravenstein. The Marqueses of this house not Electours, in regard of their number, and to avoide confusion, we let passe.

THE DVKEDOME OF POMEREN.

THeV. Helmoldi Chron. Scla­uorum lib. 2. c. 4. Cromer: de Rebus ge­stis Polonorū. Petri Birtij Rerum Ger­manicarum l. 2. c. 21. country was thus named from the Pamortzi, or Pomerani, the in­habitants thereof, and these from theirSunt igitur Pomerani maris accolae. Atque hoc vult vox Pa­mortzi. P. Birtij Rerum Germ. lib: 2. c. 21. situation, bordering vpon the sea (for thus the words doe signifie in the Sclavonian tongue.) Helmoldu [...], who lived in the raigne of the Emperour Fredericke Barbarossa confineth the name of the Pomerani within the Odera, contained betwixt that river, and the Wixel. At this day their accompt, and name is farther extended, enlarged beyond the Odera Westward vnto the river Bartzee, and the bor­ders of the Dukedome of Mecklenburg. Cromerus relateth this people with the whole nation of the Sclaves Winithi to haue sometimes beene subject to the Princes of Poland, severed from their immediate commaunde, and jurisdiction by meanes of the division of the dominions hereof amongst the numerous issue of Lescus the third, Duke of Poland in the raigne of the Emperour Charles the Great. More certainely after Helmoldus they were subdued, and made tributary to the Poles by king Boleslaus in the raigne of the Emperour Otho the third; vnder whose right, and souerainety they remained vntill the Emperour Frederick Barbarossa, when leauing the side of the Polanders they were hereby annexed to the Germanes, their princes Bugslaus, and Casimir created then Dukes, and made princes of the Empire, the occasion, and beginning of the present Dukedome. The order of the Princes continuing the succession follow. Bugslaus, and Casimir, sonnes to Wartislaus, the first Christian prince, crea­ted Dukes of Pomeren by the Emperour Frederick Barbarossa. Bugslaus the second, sonne to Bugslaus the first. Barnimus the first, sonne to Bugslaus the second. Bugslaus, son to Barnimus the first. His brother Otho (the country after the custome of the Germans being divided betwixt them) suc­ceeded in Stetin; whose posteritie failing in Otho the third, his part, as voide, and returning vpon the Empire, was by the Emperour Fredericke the third given vnto Fredericke the second, Electour, and Marques of Bran­denburg, a cause of much contention, and warre betwixt the house of Bran­denburg, & the Dukes of Pomeren of Wolgast descended from Bugslaus. The controversie being decided betwixt them, Brandenburg retained the armes, and title; and the Dukes of Pomeren the country. Wartislaus, son to Bugslaus. Barnimus son to Wartislaus. Wartislaus, son to Barnimus. Barnimus son to Wartislaus. Wartislaus, son Barnim [...]s. Eric, sonne to Wartislaus. Bugslaus the tenth of that name, son to Eric, sole Duke of Po­meren; Stetin, or the part belonging to the house of Otho being by com­position yeelded vnto him by Albert the first, Electour, and Marques of Brandenburg. George, son to Bugslaus the tenth. Philip son to George. [Page 53] Bugslaus the eleaventh, and Ernest-Lewis sons to Philip. Bugslaus the 12th; and George, sonns to Bugslaus the Eleaventh; and Philippus Iulius son to Ernest-Lewis, Dukes of Pomeren in the time of my authour.

THE DVKEDOME OF MECKLENBVRG.

IT was thus namedV. Alberti Krantzij Van­daliae lib. 5. & 8. & Prin­cipum Chri­stianorum Stemmata per Antoni­um Albizium. from the great, and ancient towneHos sequun­tur Obotriti. Ciui tas illo­rum Meck­lenburg. In­certi Authoris Chron. Sclau. of Mecklenburg, situated sometimes where now is Wismar, sounded after Krantzius out of the ruines hereof. The estate was first occasioned by Primistaus prince of the Obotriti, subdued, and made subject to the Dutch with the whole na­tion of the Sclaues Winithi, inhabiting this country, by Henry surnamed the Lion, Duke of Saxonie, and Bauaria; the progenitor of the moderne prin­ces. His posterity notwithstanding enioyed not the title of Dukes of Mecklenburg, neither the right, and priviledge of princes of the Empire vntill the yeare 1348, and the raigne of the Emperour Charles the fourth. The order of the princes since the Dutch conquest hereof commanding the country, follow. Primislaus, before mentioned, Prince of the Obotriti, subdued, and driuen out by Henry the Lion, Duke of Saxony, and Baua­ria, andPrimislaus Princeps O­botritorum, Henrici Leo­nis in gratiam restitulus, cui Henricus Leo reddidit om­nem haeredi­tatem Patris sui, terram scilicet Obo­tritorum prae­ter Zuerinum, et attinentia eius. Et fecit Primislaus Duci, & ami­cis eius securi­tatem fideli­tatis &c. Al­berti Krantzij Wandaliae l. 5. afterwards taken into fauour, and restored to the possessions, and inheritance of his ancestours, to be held vnder the right, and homage of the house of Saxony. Henry the first, sonne to Primislaus. Henry the second sonne to Henry the first. His brother Niclot (the inheritance being diuided) succeeded in the Principality, and titlePrincipatus Wandaliae. of the Vandals▪ Iohn, surnamed the Diuine, sonne to Henry the second. Henry, surnamed of Hierusalem, sonne to Iohn the Diuine. Henry surnamed the Lion, sonne to Henry of Hierusalem. Albert, and Iohn, sonnes to Henry surnamed the Lion, created first Dukes Albertus, & Iohannes fta­tres, cum pri­mùm Carolus 4. in Roma­norum regem esset assump­tus, solenni Comitatu cu­riam Regis, quam tum Praga in Bo­hemia foue­rat, adierunt. Aucti suntiá Rege ducali dignitate, vt duces in reli­quū Magnopo▪ & scriberentur & essent. Alberti Krant­zij Wandaliae lib. 8. of Mecklenburg, and made Princes of the Empire by the Emperour Charles the fourth. Magnus, Duke of Meck­lenburg sonne to Albert. Iohn Duke of Mecklenburg, sonne to Magnus. He founded the Vniuersity of Rostock. Henry, surnamed the Fat, Duke of Mecklenburg, sonne to Iohn. William the last prince of the Vandals, descended from Niclot, and Primislaus before named, deceasing without male issue, he added that part vnto the Dukedome of Mecklenburg. Mag­nus Duke of Mecklenburg, sonne to Henry the Fat. Albert Duke of Mecklenburg, sonne to Magnus. Iohn-Albert, Duke of Mecklenburg, sonne to Albert. Sophia, the onely daughter of his brother Vlrick, Duke of Mecklenburg, was married vnto Frederick the second, king of Denmarck, from whom were descended amongst other issue Christian the fourth, now king of Denmarck, and the most illustrious princesse Anne, Queene of Great Brittaine. Adolph-Frederick, and Iohn-Albert, sonnes to Iohn-Albert, Dukes of Mecklenburg in the time of my authour.

THE BOHEMIANSBaemi Ptolemaei lib: 2. c. 11. Boemi Helmoldi Chron: Sclauorum lib. 2. c. 5. Bohemi Recenti­orum.

THeseV. Corn. Tacit. lib. de Moribus Germanorum. Vellei Paterculi Histor. lib. 2. tooke their name from the country Boiohoemum of Paterculus, and Boiemum of Tacitus, now Bohemia, called thus from the more an­cient, and first knowne inhabitants hereof the Boij, and through sundry diffe­rent [Page 54] successions of people continuing the name vnto our times. The Scla­ves, thus distinguished, first arrived here (if we may beleeue their historians) vnder Zechus, brother vnto Lechus, the founder of the Polish monarchie, and nation, about the yeare 649, agreeing with the time of Constans, Emperour of the East, and of Clovys the second, sonne to Dagobert, Monarch of the Frenchmen; succeeding to the Marcomans. A time notwithstanding more neere vnto the dissolution of the Westerne Romane Empire, and the generall flittings of Barbarous nations seemeth much more probable. By Charles the Great, and the succeeding Emperours of the West they were subdued, and made a part of the French, and Germane Empires. Their first Religion was Gentilisme. Vnder their prince Borsivoius in the raigne of the Em­perour Arnulph they received the Christian faith, converted by S. Metho­dius, Bishop of the Moravians.

THE KINGDOME OF BOHEMIA.Boiohae­mum Pater­culi. Boiemum Taciti. Bethe­mum Aymo­nij de Rebus Gestis Fran­corum lib. 4. c. 93. Bohemia Recentiorum.

THEIRV. Aymonij de Rebus ge­stis Franco­rum l. 4. c. 93, Ioannis Du­brauij. & Ae­neae Sylvij Histor: Bo­hem. & Petri Birtij Com. Rerum Ger­manic. lib. 2. c. 13. goverment was for the most part Monarchicall, first vnder Dukes, then vnder Kings, created by the Dutch Empe­rours, afterwardes made electiue, and obtaining a place in the generall Diets, and the priviledge of Electours, and Princes of the Empire. Their order followeth. Zechus, vnder whom the Sclaves first disbourded hither, the founder of the nation. He died without issue, after whom the state for a time became popular. Cracus, the Law-giuer of the Polonians, created Duke of the Bohemians, weary of their rude, and confused Demo­cracie. He deceased about the yeare 709. Lybussa, daughter to Cracus, ma­ried vnto Primislaus. Primislaus husband to Lybussa, Duke of Bohemia, after the decease hereof. He founded the towne of Prage. Nezamislaus, sonne to Primislaus. Mnatha, sonne to Nezamissaus, Duke of the Bohemi­ans in the raigne of the Emperour Charles the Great. About this time the nation became first subiect to forraine jurisdiction, tamed, and brought vn­der by the armes of the French, not fully quieted notwithstanding, and in­corporated with Germany vntill the raigne of the Dutch Emperours. Vo­ricius, sonne to Mnatha. Wenceslaus. Bela. Nostricius, sonne to Bela. Bor­zivoius, the first Christian Prince, in the raigne of the Emperour Arnulph. Sbitignaeus, sonne to Borzivoius. Vladislaus the first, brother to Sbitignaeus. Wenceslaus the second, surnamed the Saint, son to Vladislaus the first, slaine by his brother Boleslaus. Boleslaus the first, brother to Saint Wenceslaus, and sonne to Vladislaus the first. Boleslaus the second, sonne to Boleslaus the first. He mightily encreased the Christian religion (not yet here fully esta­blished) by armes, and the planting of industrious Pastours. Boleslaus the third, sonne to Boleslaus the second. Iaromir, sonne to Boleslaus the third. Vdalricus, Duke of Bohemia, brother to Boleslaus the third, and vncle vnto Iaromir. Predislaus, sonne to Vdalricus. Sbitignaeus the second, son to Pre­dislaus. He deceased about the yeare 1061. Hitherto they gouerned only in title of Dukes. Vladislaus, brother to Sbitignaeus, the first of the nation, and name King of Bohemia, created in a Diet at Mentz by the Emperour Henry the fourth in the yeare 1086. The Princes following for some few successions resumed againe the title of Dukes of Bohemia. Predislaus, Duke [Page 55] of Bohemia sonne to Vladislaus the first. Borsivoius Duke of Bohe­mia, sonne to Vladislaus the first, and brother to Predislaus. Sobes­laus, Duke of Bohemia, brother to Predislaus, and Borsivoius. Vladislaus the second, sonne to Predislaus, made king of Bohemia by the Emperour Frederick Barbarossa for reward of his faithfull service performed at the siege of Milan in Italy. He first tooke for his armes the Lion Argent with a forcked taile, giuen vnto him by the Emperour Frederick the first, & euer since borne by the house. Primislaus, sonne to Vladislaus the second, ele­cted king by the Emperour Philip in the yeare 1199, with power giuen to the states afterwards to chuse their Prince, before this time elected by the extraordinary grace only of the Emperours. Since this time the kingdome of Bohemia hath continued still electiue by the states of the countrie, al­though most commonly enioyed by the next of blood. Wenceslaus the first, king of Bohemia, sonne to Primislaus the first. Primislaus the second, na­med otherwise Ottocarus, king of Bohemia, sonne to Wenceslaus the first. He got seazed of the countryes of Austria, Steirmarck, Karnten, Krain, and Marca Trevisana, surrendred not long after to Rodulph the first, Emperour of the Romans. He was slaine in battle at the river of Marck in Moravia in the yeare 1278, fighting against the Emperour Rodulph the first. Wencesla­us the second, sonne to Primislaus the second. He added to the house hereof the dignity of Electour, and chiefe taster of the Empire, conferred by the Emperour Rodulph the first. Vladislaus Locticus deposed hee was chosen king of Poland, recovered afterwards againe from him by Locticus. Wen­ceslaus the third, sonne to Wenceslaus the second. Hee was chosen by his faction king of Hungary, which right he not long after yeelded vp to Otho, Duke of Bavaria. Hee deceased without issue in the yeare 1306. Rodulph Arch-duke of Austria, eldest sonne to the Emperour Albert the first, vpon his marriage with Elizabeth, widowe to the deceased Prince, elected king of Bohemia. His raigne was short, dying within the yeare. Henry, sonne to Meinard, Duke of Karnten, and Earle of Tirol, chosen king of Bohemia against the Arch-duke Rodulph, hauing married Anne sister to Wenceslaus the third. Iohn of the house of Luxemburg, sonne to the Emperour Henry the seaventh, hauing married Elizabeth, another of the sisters of Wencesla­us the third, chosen king of Bohemia in the yeare 1310, his competitour Henry Duke of Karnten, and Earle of Tirol being vanquished, and driuen out. He was slaine fighting for the French against the English in the battle of Crecy. Charles the fourth, Emperour of the Romans, and king of Bo­hemia, sonne to Iohn of Luxemburg, and Elizabeth before mentioned. He founded the Vniversitie of Prage in the yeare 1348. Wenceslaus the fourth, Emperour of the Romans, and king of Bohemia, eldest sonne to the Empe­rour Charles the fourth. He was deposed for his sloath, and insufficiency in governing. In the raigne hereof begun the warres, or tumults of the Hus­sites, the more encouraged through his vice, and imperfections. Sigismond Emperour of the Romans, and king of Bohemia, brother to Wenceslaus the fourth, and sonne to the Emperour Charles the fourth. Hee married vnto Mary, heire of Hungarie, by which meanes the right of that kingdome be­came first vnited with Bohemia in the house, and posterity hereof. Hee de­ceased without male issue. Albert the second, Emperour of the Romans, & Archduke of Austria, succeeding in both kingdomes of Bohemia, and Hun­gary, [Page 56] hauing married Elizabeth, daughter to the Emperour Sigismond, and Mary aforesaid. Ladislaus king of Hungary, and Bohemia, sonne to the Em­perour Albert the second, and Elizabeth, daughter to the Emperour Sigis­mond. He deceased young, vnmarried, and without issue. George, gouer­nour of the kingdome in the minority of Ladislaus, after the decease hereof elected king of Bohemia. At the same time Matthias Corvinus, sonne to the great Huniades, vsurped the kingdome of Hungary, aided, and drawne herevnto by king George. Vladislaus, or Ladislaus the fourth, eldest sonne to Casimir, king of Poland, and of Elizabeth, sister to king Ladislaus the third, and daughter to the Emperour Albert the second, and Elizabeth. Af­ter the decease of Matthias Corvinus he succeeded likewise in the kingdome of Hungary, the root of the succeeding kings of both countries of Hunga­ry, and Bohemia. Lewis, king of Hungary, and Bohemia, sonne to Ladisla­us the fourth. He was slaine in Hungary against Soliman the great Turke at the battle of Mohacz. Ferdinand the first, Archduke of Austria, Empe­rour of the Romans, and king of Bohemia, and Hungary, hauing married Anne, daughter to Vladislaus the fourth, and sister to Lewis slaine against Soliman the Turke. Maximilian the second, Archduke of Austria, Empe­rour of the Romans, and king of Bohemia, and Hungary, eldest sonne to the Emperour Ferdinand the first, and Anne. Rodulph the second Emperour of the Romans, Archduke of Austria, and king of Bohemia, and Hungary, el­dest sonne to the Emperour Maximilian the second. He deceased without issue. Matthias Archduke of Austria, Emperour of the Romans, and king of Bohemia, and Hungary, younger brother to the Emperour Rodulph the second, and sonne to the Emperour Maximilian the second. Ferdinand the second, Archduke of Austria, Emperour of the Romans, and king of Hunga­ry, sonne to Charles Archduke of Austria, sonne to the Emperour Ferdi­nand the first; and Fredericke the fift, Electour, and Count Palatine of the Rhijn, elected kings of Bohemia, both still retaining the title.

THE MORAVIANS.Morauia Io­annis Aventi­ni Annalium Boiorum l. 4.

THey were thusV Ioannis Aventini An­nalium Boio­rum lib. 4. Ae­neae Silvij Historiae Bo­hemicae c. 13. Ioannis Du­brauij Histor: Bohem: lib: 4. named from the riverIn praesen­tiarum quoni­am circum­scriptos Morâ fluuio habet fines, ab eo­dem inco­lae Moraui & ipsa regio Mo­rauia appella­tur; Ioan: Du­brauij Histor. Bohem: lib. 4. Marckh, about which they in­habited. Their expresse mention we finde not vntill the French Empire and the raigne of the Emperour Lewis the Godly. Their dominion, and name extended along the left shore of the Danow from the Mountaines of the Bohemians vnto beyond the river Tibiscus. They contained the parts of Germany, where now lie Marheren, and the Lower Austria, together with Dacia, now the Vpper Hungary. They were gouerned by kings, the first whereof, of whom we finde any mention, was one Raslai, liuing in the raigne of the Emperour Lewis the Godly, by whom he was taken prisoner, and had his eyes pluck'd out. There succeeded herevnto Hormidorus. Suan­toplucus, the first Christian king. Suantobogius, sonne to Suantoplucus. In this Prince the kingdome of the Moravians tooke end, proscribed, and dri­ven out by the Emperour Arnulph, his country being giuen in prey to the bordering nations; the greatest part whereof became presently seazed vpon by Cusala, and the Hungarians, since accounted part of Hungary.

THE MARQVISATE OF MARHEREN.

THe rest voluntarily became subiect to the neighbouring Bohemians, ere­cted by these into a Marquisate, retaining still from hence the name of Moravia, or Marheren. Part was also vsurped by the Marqueses of Au­stria, and containeth now the Lower Oosten reich; but by what meanes wee finde not, or whether lopped off from the part of the Bohemians, or of the Hungarians.

THE POLONIANS.Poloni Hel­moldi Chro­nic. Sclauo­rum lib. 2. c. 5.

THese haueV. Martinum Cromerum de Rebus Ge­stis Polono­rum; & Alex­andri Gagvini Chron: Polo­niae compen­dium. had this name, and distinction giuen them either from the evennesse of their countrie; lying flat, and without hills; or from their frequent hunting, an exercise, wherevnto this nation hath alwaies beene much addicted: for the word Pole in the Sclavonian tongue signifieth both. The former is the more received opinion. The ordinary sort of the Polish, and Bohemian historians relate these with the Bohemians to haue beene o­riginally Croatians, descended from the Sclaves inhabiting Krabbaten, and Windischlandt, and brought into these parts by Zechus, and Lechus two brethren, flying hither, and banished out of their country for homicide. But this fable is judiciously refuted by Cromerus. The more certaine opini­on is that, which we haue before delivered, that they were no other then the naturall Sarmatians, vpon the departure of the Dutch nations towardes the Romane frontires flocking hither, and in regard of their neighbourhood fil­ling vp, and inhabiting their left countries, and by reason of their common language with the Sclaves of Illyricum, and the East thus accompted. Not­withstanding that Zechus, and Lechus were the founders of the two nations it is a constant tradition, received by all their Historians, and not lightly to be rejected. Although whether that these were straungers; or natiue in­habitants, and onely the beginners, and raisers of two such states, and go­verments, the thing is altogither vncertaine, since that all ancient histories, and monuments are silent. The time when these first should arriue hither after the report of their Historians was the yeare 649 vnder Lechus. A time notwithstanding more neere vnto the great▪ and generall flittings of the Barbarous, and Northren nation (as before we haue shewed) is much more probable. Their country since their first notice was the moderne Poland, with Schlesi; divided with the river Wixel, and containing part of Sarma­tia. By king Boleslaus the first Pomeren was added, contained then be­twixt the river Odera, and the Wixel, recovered afterwardes by Fredericke Barbarossa to the Dutch Empire. Schlesi was likewise annexed to the kingdome of the Bohemians, the occasion, and manner whereof we wil shew hereafter.

THE KINGDOME OF POLAND.

THeir goverment was for the most part monarchicall, first vnder Dukes, then vnder princes, afterwards vnder kings. Their order followeth. [Page 58] Lechus, first Duke of the Poles, or of Poland, brother vnto Zechus, the first prince of the Bohemians. His posterity for a while succeeded, but whose names, as neither their number, are not knowne. These failing, 12 Palati­nes commaunded. The Aristocracie put downe, Cracus is chosen. Le­chus the second, son to Cracus. Venda sister to Lechus the second. 12. Palatines. Lescus the first, the monarchy againe restored. He deceased without issue. Lescus the second. Lescus the third son to Lescus the se­cond. He lived in the raigne of Charles the Great. Vnto this time (if we dare beleeue their Histories) the Dukes of Poland besides the moderne country, and Schlesi commanded over the whole coast of the Sea Baltick, inhabited by the many people of the Winithi; divided then first amongst the numerous issue of this prince, and, the posterity of these revolting, be­comming afterwardes conquered, and vnited to the Dutch, filled with their colonies. But this whole narration seemeth altogither to be fabulous. Popi­elus the first, Duke of Poland, son to Lescus the third. Popielus the second, son to Popielus the first. He died without surviving heires of his body af­ter a monstrous, and straunge maner eaten vp, and devoured with mice, together with his wife, and whole issue. Piastus the first elected Duke of Po­land after Popielus the second. Zemovitus the first, sonne to Piastus the first. Lescus the fourth, son to Zemovitus the first. Zemomyslus the first, son to Lescus the fourth. Miezislaus the first, son to Zemomyslus the first, the last Duke of Poland. Boleslaus the first son to Miezislaus the first, created first king of Poland by the Emperour Otho the third about the yeare 1001. He subdued, and made tributary the Pomerani. Miezislaus the second, K. of Poland, son to Boleslaus the first. Casimir the first, son to Miezislaus the second. Boleslaus the second son to Casimir the first, deposed from the king­dome, and dying exiled in Hungary. Vladislaus the first brother to Boles­laus the second, elected after his brother. He left the title of king, and was stiled only Prince of Poland, continued by his successours vnto Praemislus. Boleslaus the third, prince of Poland, son to Vladislaus the first. Vladislaus the second, eldest sonne to Boleslaus the third, Prince, or soueraigne Lord of the whole Poland, but commanding immediatly only in a part, the coun­try being divided betwixt him, and his other brethren. He was driuen out by the ioint armes, and conspiracy hereof. Vpon composition with his brethren by the mediation, of the Emperour Frederick Barbarossa, he had allotted vnto him for his share the country of Schlesi, sometimes part of Po­land; left vnto his three sonnes Boleslaus, Conrade, and Miezeslaus, whose successours enioyed it a long time after, first vnder the right of the kings of Poland, afterwards of the kings of Bohemia, the beginning, and occasion of the Dukedome thus called, and of the rent hereof from the name, and ac­count of Poland. Boleslaus the fourth, brother to Vladislaus the second. Miezeslaus the third, brother to Boleslaus the fourth, and Vladislaus. He was likewise deposed. Casimir the second, brother to Miezeslaus the third. Lescus the fift sonne to Casimir the second, deposed againe by Miezeslaus the third. Miezeslaus the third. Vladislaus the third, sonne to Miezeslaus the third, deposed by Lescus the fift. Lescus the fift, the last prince of Po­land; after whom the long languishing monarchie hereof became for a time quite extinguished, the countrie being diuided amongst many petty Lords [Page 59] all absolute, no one hauing soueraigne authority ouer the rest. After some vacancy Praemislus, Duke of Posna. Hee vnited in his person the greatest part of the many divided Provinces hereof, and was elected king of Poland in the yeare 1295; after that this title here had beene intermitted for the space of 215 yeares, continued euer since in his successours. Vladislaus the fourth, king of Poland, elected after Primislus. Casimir the third, king of Poland, sonne to Vladislaus the fourth. He deceased without heires. Lewis the first, king of Hungary, son to Caribert by Elizabeth sister to Casimir the third, elected king of Poland after Casimir. Hee deceased without heire male. Hedwigis, younger daughter to Lewis the first, Queene of Poland. She married vnto Iagello, great Duke of Lithuania. Her elder sister Mary succeeded in the kingdome of Hungary, married vnto the Emperour Si­gismond. Iagello, great Duke of Lithuania, after his baptisme, and conuersi­on to Christianitie from Paganisme named Vladislaus, after the decease of Hedwigis without surviving issue continuing king of Poland, transmitting the right hereof to his issue, and posterity. By this Prince the great Duke­dome of Lithuania with the appending countries became annexed to the crowne of Poland, and added to the Church of Christ. Vladislaus the sixt eldest son to Iagello by his wife Sconza, daughter to And rew-Iohn Duke of Kiovi. In the minority of Ladislaus, son to the Emperour Albert the se­cond, he was elected king of Hungary, slaine in the battle of Varna by A­murath the second, king of the Turkes; young, and without heires. Casimir the fourth, king of Poland, and great Duke of Lithuania, son to Iagello, and Sconza, and brother to Vladislaus the sixt. Iohn. Albert, one of the youn­ger sonnes of Casimir the fourth, king of Poland. He deceased vnmarried. His elder brother Vladislaus after the decease of King George, and of Mat­thias Corvinus succeeded in the kingdomes of Bohemia, and Hungary. Alexander Duke of Lithuania, younger brother to Iohn-Albert. Sigismond the first, younger brother to king Alexander. Hee conquered the land of Prussen from the Dutch-knights; euer since annexed to the crowne of Po­land, with the part of East Pomeren, belonging sometimes to that order. Si­gismond the second, great Duke of Lithuania, sonne to Sigismond the first. He tooke from the Dutch-knights of Lieflandt the parts which the Kings of Poland now hold in that country. He died without heires, in whom ended the race masculine of the kings of Poland descended from the great Iagel­lo. By so many great enlargements the dominions of the kings of Poland are become at this day extended besides the two Polands over Prussen, Li­thuania, Black Russia, and Podolia, with part of Pomeren, and Lieflandt. Henry Duke of Aniou, brother to Francis the second, and Charles the ninth French kings; elected king of Poland after Sigismond the second. His bro­ther Charles the ninth deceasing without heires he voluntarily left the kingdome of Poland, contented with his hereditarie of France. Stephen Bathori, Vaiwood of Transylvania, after the departure of Henry the third, French king, elected king of Poland, hauing married Anne, sister to Sigismond the second. Sigismond the third, sonne to Iohn, king of Sweathland, by Catha­rine sister to Sigismond the second, elected king of Poland after Stephen Bathori, now raigning.

THE DVKEDOME OF SCHLESI.

THe name V. Martini Cromeri de Reb. Polono­rum lib. 6. 10, 11, & 12. after Cromerus seemeth to haue beene giuenSilesiae verò nomen ex cō ­fluxu multo­rum populorū ind [...]tum vide­tur. Cromeri de Reb. Pol. l. 6. herevnto from the meeting here of sundry different people: for thus the wordSilesij, quasi Slezaci, id est, convenae di­cuntur lingua Polonica, ibid. Slezaci signifieth in the Polonian tongue. It was sometimes part of Poland; rent there frō by the diuision of that country amongst the numerous issue of Prince Boleslaus the 3d, the share of Vladislaus the 2d, his eldest son. The ma­ner we haue shewed in the succession of Poland. Vladislaus deceasing during his banishment before he could returne home, his part, or divisiō in the year 1163 was surrēdred to his three sons, Boleslaus, Conrade, & Miezeslaus to be held vnder the homage, & right of the soveraigne Lords of Poland; the first Dukes of Schlesi, & roote in a maner of all the succeeding, commaunding in their severall divisiōs. By Wenceslaus the second the Dukes of Schlesi of Bre­slaw, Oppolen, Ratibor, Cessin, and Bithom were made subject to the kings of Bohemia, iealous of the power hereof, & distrusting the ability of the facti­ous, and divided Poles. By king Iohn of Lutzenburg the Dukes of Glogaw, Zegan, Olentz, Steinaw, and Falkenburg (for many then commanded togi­thet, every son of a prince after the custome of those parts having his share, and in their severall divisions bearing the title of the whole.) By the Em­perour Charles the fourth the Dukedome of Schlesi of Sweinitz, bequea­thed vnto him by Boleslaus the last Duke. In this maner the whole Schlesi quitting the part of the Poles became annexed to the crowne of Bohemia, in which right it now resteth.

THE DANES.Dani Ior­nandis de Re­bus Geticis lib. &c.

THeseV. Iornandis lib. de Rebus [...] Geticis. Pom: Mela. lib. 3. Greg: Turo­rensis lib: 3. c. 3. Aymonij de rebus Gestis Francorum l. 4. c. 9. 92. 96. 97. 98. 99. 100. 101. Eginhar­tum de Vita, & Rebus Ge­stis Caroli Magni. Saxo­nis Gramma­tici Historiam Danorum. Al­betti Krantzij Chronicon Regnorum A­quilonarium. Beati Rhenani lib. 1. Rerum Germanica­rum (Dani in Cimbricam Chersonesū.) Goropij Be­cani Origi­num lib. 7. (Goto-Dani­ca.) Camdeni Britaniam. Petri Birtij Rerum Ger­manicarum lib. 2. c. 15. Montan: in Mercator: Atlan. 1. were sometimes otherwise called theIpsos Germanos indigenas crediderim, minime (que) aliarum gentium aduenis, & hospitiis mixtos: quia nec terra olim sed classibus advehebantur, qui mu [...]are sedes quaere­bant, & immensus vltra, vt (que) sic dixerim, adversus oceanus raris orbe nostro nauibus additur. Quis porrò praeter periculum horridi, & ignoti maris, Asia, aut Africa, aut Italia relicta Germaniam peteret, informem terris, aspe­ram coelo, tristem cultu, aspectu (que) nifi patria sit? C. Corn. Tac. de moribus Germanorum. Normans, signifying with the Dutch, as in our moderne English tongue, Northren-men; na­med thus from such their situation, the word being then common herevnto, and to the Norweies, and Sweathlanders, and to all other vnknowne Bar­barians, issuing from the frozen tract of Scandia, and the North. The word (Dane) Saxo Grammaticus, Crantzius, and others from their authoritie fa­bulously deriue from one Dan, who should be king hereof about the yeare of the world 2898. Becanus no lesse absurdly, but further about, and with more trouble from Henen, or Denen, signifying in the Danish language a Cock; the device, or armes sometimes of the Alans their progenitours (I marvell through what extraordinary pleasure of the heavens, or clime c, and fruitfulnesse of the soile, or by what secret, and vntroden waies) invited, and disbourding hither. Andreas Velleius in Camden from the Dahi, a people of Asia, and the word Marck, signifying a border. Ethelwardus from Donia, a towne sometimes situated herein. Montanus vpon Mercator conjectu­rally from the Dutch word Aha, signifying water; in regard of the situation of their country, being wholy either insulary, or bounding vpon the Ocean. [Page 61] The more judicious fetch their name from the baye, or straight of the sea, ly­ing betwixt the Cimbrian Chersonese, and Scandia, called by Mela Sinus Co­danus; about which straight, and in the Ilands thereof the nation since their first notice haue still to this day inhabited. Of these we read not in any of the more ancient Greeke, and Latine authors excepting Iornandes, and Venan­tius Fortunatus, who yet but sleightly passe them over. In the French, and English histories they are more frequently remembred by occasion of their long piracies, and spoiles vpon the coasts hereof. Their first cleare menti­on is in the raigne of Theodorick, king of Austrasia, about the yeare 516, agreeing with the time of Anastasius, Emperour of the East, vnder their King Cochliarius, forraging vpon the Sea-coast of Gaule Belgicke, belonging to the kingdome of Austrasia, slaine in the returne by The­odebert, sonne to Theodoricke. After this we heare no more of them vn­till the raigne of the Emperour Charles the Great, vnder their Prince Godfrey then warring vpon the neighbouring Obotriti; invading Freistandt with a fleet of 200 saile; threatning the neighbouring Saxons with subjection, and servitude; and much endangering the Empire of the French, if by the suddaine, and vnexspected death hereof, and their after dis­sention about the succession to the kingdome this mischiefe had not beene prevented. Their mention afterwards is very frequent, and famous du­ring the race of the French kings of the Caroline line, and of the Monarches of the English Saxons, with sundry fleetes and armies, and with might, and furie vnresistable invading France, and England, conquering, and subduing the English nation, and occasioning in France the name, and people of the Normans. Their naturall, and first country were the Ilands of the Sundt, now Zealandt, Funen, and others, with part of the neighbouringQuamuis & Dani ex ipso­rum stirpe progressi Eru­los ex pro­proprijs sedi­bus expule­runt: qui in­ter omnes Scanziae nati­ones nomen sibi ob nimi­am procerita­tem affectant praecipuum. Iornand. de Rebus Geti­cis. continent of Scandia. But how farre they enlarged herein it is vncertaine. After­wards they overspread the adioining Cimbrian Chersonese (as Becanus con­jectureth,) not long after their slaughter, and overthrow vnder Gochliarius by Theodebert, disharmed thorough this diaster for attempting any more so hastily vpon the French, and remoter provinces, and in regard of their pestering multitudes thrusting into this next land, made voide by the de­parture of the Iutes, and English, accompanying the Saxons into Great Brittaine. A time notwithstanding more neere vnto the Emperour Charles the Great seemeth more probable, for that Beda,Porrò de Anglis, hoc est, de illa pa­tria quae An­gulus dicitur, & ab eo tem­pore vs (que) ho­diè manere desertas inter prouincias Vitarum, & Saxonum per­hibetur. Bedae Ecclesiasticae Historae gen­tis Anglorum lib. 1. c. 15. who lived not long be­fore his raigne relateth the part of the Chersonese, where sometimes dwelt the English, in his time to haue lyen wast, and empty of inhabitants, without mentioning the Danes. At this day they containe the parts of Hallandt, and Sohonen in the maine land of Scandia, all the Ilands within the straights of the Sundt, with the North, and South Iutlandts, and the Dukedome of Schleswic in the Cimbrian Chersonese, divided from the Saxons, or Dutch by the river Eydore, al now together called by the name of Dane marck, or Den­marck, signifying the limit of the Danes, given first by the neighbouring Dutch to the marches, or border hereof, derived afterwardes to the whole country.

THE KINGDOME OF DENMARCK.

THe gouerment hereof hath been still vnder Kings, electiue, but where the next of blood most commonly haue succeeded, now besides Den­marck, Lords of Norwey, Islandt, and in a manner of whatsoeuer cold, and inhabitable regions subiect to the Pole Articke, and the North, together with the great Dukedome of Holstein, lying in Germany betwixt the rivers Eydore, & the Elb, containing the particular country of Holstein, Ditmarse, Stormarse, and Wagerlandt, held hereby vnder the fier of the Dutch Empe­rours. The first of their kings, whereof we read in histories deseruing cre­dit (for those long descents from Dan in Grammaticus Saxo, and Krantzi­us are meerely counterfeit, and fabulous) were Cochliarius before mentio­ned, slaine with his whole army by Theodebert, sonne to Theoderick, king of Austrasia. Godfrey in the raigne of the Emperour Charles the Great. Hemingus, nephew to Godfrey. Sigifridus, and Amilo, nephewes also to Godfrey, chosen by their seuerall factions, and slaine in battle one against the other, the side of Amilo prevailing. Harioldus, and Ragenfridus, bro­thers vnto Amilo, driuen out by the sonnes of Godfrey, and exiled amongst the Suiones. These all commanded in the time of Charles the Great. From Christopher the second, deceasing about the yeare 1333. (to omit the more ancient, for a great part fabulous, or very confused) the succession hath beene continued, as followeth. Waldemar the third, king of Denmark, son to Christopher. He deceased without issue male. Margaret, daughter to Waldemar the third. She married vnto Haquin king of Norwey. After the decease of her husband; and of her young sonne Olaus shee ruled both kingdomes, transmitting them to succession. She overcame, and tooke pri­soner Albert, king of Sweathland, whom she forced to resigne his kingdome; added by this meanes to her other possessions, and enthralled for a long time after to the Danish yoake. She died without surviving issue about the yeare 1410. Eric Duke of Pomeren adopted by Queene Margaret, descen­ded of her sister Ingelburgis, elected king of Denmarck, Norwey, and Swe­then. Wearied with tedious, & hard warres against the rebellious Sweath­landers, the towne of Schleswic, and the Hanse-citties, hee voluntarily left those kingdomes, retiring into his Dukedome of Pomeren, where he died. Christopher the third, Count Palatine of the Rhijn, sonne to Margaret, sister to Eric, after the departure hereof elected, and succeeding in all the three kingdomes. He deceased without issue. Christiern the first, Earle of Ol­denburg, and Delmenhorst after the decease of Christopher elected king of Denmarck, and Norwey in the yeare 1448; Sweathland revolting, and chu­sing a Prince of their owne nation. He annexed to the house of Denmarcke the countries of Holstein, Ditmarse, Stormarse, and Wagerland, erected in­to a Dukedome by the Emperour Frederick the third. He recouered like­wise the kingdome of Swethen. Iohn, sonne to Christiern the first, succee­ding in all three kingdomes. Christiern the second, sonne to Iohn. In this Prince the Sweathlanders after sundry revolts, and revnions finally shoake off the yoake of the Danes, gouerned ever since by their owne kings. In the yeare 1522 hated for his crueltie he was driuen out, and depriued of all his [Page 63] estates, succeeded vnto by his vncle Frederick, after ten yeares banishment, and 27 yeares captivitie miserably dying in bonds. Frederick the first, younger brother to Iohn, and sonne to Christiern the first, after Christierne the second elected king of Denmarck, and Norwey. He first reformed re­ligion in his dominions. Christiern the third, king of Denmarck, and Nor­wey, sonne to Frederick the first. Frederick the second, sonne to Christiern the third. Christiern the fourth, king of Denmarck, and Norwey, sonne to Fredericke the second, now raigning.

THE SVIONES.Suiones Corn: Taciti de Moribus Germano­rum. Sueones Aymonij de Rebus gestis Francorum l. 4. c. 101. Sue­thidi Iornan­dis de Rebus Geticis. Sueci Recentiorum.

THis peopleV. Corn: Tac. de Morib. Germano­rum. Iornan­dem de Rebus Geticis. Ay­monij de Re­bus Gestis Francorum lib. 4. c. 101. Alberti Krant­zij Chron: Regnorum Aquilonati­um. Olai Magni Histor: Gothorum, & Suecorum. Petri Birtij Com. Rerum Germanica­rum l. 2. c. 16. are mentioned by Tacitus in his description of Germany, being then a part of the Suevi, and with the Sitones Suionibus Sitonum gen­tes continu­antur: Corn: Tac. de Mor. Ger. lib. inhabitingSuionum hinc ciuitates ipso in Ocea­no, praeter vi­ros, arma (que) classibus va­lent. Cor. Tac. lib. de Mor. Germanorum the greater Scandia of Ptolomie. By Aimonius with small difference they are named the Sueones in his fourth booke, and 101 chapter. By Iornandes de Rebus Geticis the Suethidi more neere vnto the moderne. At this day by long corruption the Sueci, giuing the name to the country now called Sue­cia, or Sweathland, extended for a great space of land betwixt the Balticke, and the Frozen seas. Their mention in more ancient authors is very spa­ring, not bordering vnto, or hauing then any affaire with the Romans, French, or other civill nations, who might relate their acts; or passing vnder the generall name of the Normans.

THE KINGDOME OF SWEATHLAND.

THeir government anciently and in the time of Tacitus was vnder kings, commanding in full libertyEst apud il­los (Suiones) & opibus ho­nos, eó (que) vnus imperitat, nullis iam ex­ceptionibus, non precario iure regnandi. Corn: Tac. ibid., and not at the will of the subject; continu­ed thither (if we dare beleeue their histories) from Magog, sonne to Iaphet, the yeare of the world 1745, and the 90 from the Deluge, & vnto our times. In the raigne of the Emperour Charles the Great we finde them likewise to haue beene a free state, different from that of the Danes; entertaining then Harioldus, and Ragenfridus kings of that nation, driven out by the sons of Godfrey. In the raigne of Sueno the first, and of Canutus the Great, agreeing with the raignes of the Emperours Henry, and Conrade the second, wee heare of them, subiect to the Danes; but by what meanes it is not manifest, as nei­ther how they became cleare from their servitude. By Queene Margaret a­bout the yeare 1387, and during the raigne of the Emperour Wenceslaus they were againe subdued to the Danish yoake; after long warres, sundry defections, and recoveries not fully delivered herefrom vntill the yeare 1525, & the raigne of the Emperour Charles the fift, freed by Gustave; whose po­sterity, the Danes being expulsed, haue ever since held the crowne. The or­der of the first kings fabulous, and confused we purposely omit, From Al­bert, and more cleare times they were continued, as followeth. Albert li­ving in the raignes of the Emperours Charles the fourth, and Wenceslaus, Duke of Mecklenburg, and king of Sweathland; warred vpon, and taken prisoner by Margaret Queene of Denmarck, and Norwey. Desirous of li­bertie he resigned his right of the kingdome vnto Margaret aforesaid. Mar­garet [Page 64] Queene of Denmarck, Norwey, and Swethen by right of Armes, and the resignation of Albert. Eric Duke of Pomeren, king of Denmarck, Norwey, and Swethen, adopted by Margaret. Christopher Count Pala­tine of the Rhijn, king of Denmarck, Norwey, and Swethen, son to Marga­ret, sister to Eric aforesaid. He deceased without issue. Charles son to Canutus, a knight of the country, elected king of Sweathland after Christo­pher, the Danes excluded. Christiern the first king of Denmarck, Norwey, and Swethen, Charles being driuen out. Charles king of Swethen, restored the second time, Christiern the first king of Denmarck being againe exclu­ded. After the decease of Charles, Steno a nobleman of the country go­verned the affaires of the realme during the rest of the time of Christiern the first. Iohn king of Denmarck, Norwey, and Swethen, sonne to Christierne the first, about the yeare 1448 admitted by Steno, and the Sweathlanders, pressed with the warres of the Russes. Christierne the second, son to Iohn, king of Denmarck, Norwey, and Swethen by armes, and the right of his an­cestours. He afterwards lost all the three kingdomes, driuen out in regard of his tyranny, and cruelty. Gustaue, son to Eric, a noble man of the coun­try, given by the Sweathlanders amongst the pledges for their fidelity to Christiern the second; vpon the fame of Christiernes, & the Danish tyran­ny, making an escape out of prison, expulsing that enimie, and elected king of Sweathland. Since this time the Sweathlanders, free from the Danish servitude, haue beene still commaunded by princes of their owne nation. E­ric, eldest son to Gustaue, deposed vpon pretence of tyranny, and misgover­ning the state; succeeded vnto by his brother Iohn, Duke of Finlandt. Iohn Duke of Finlandt, son to Gustaue the first, and brother to king Eric. He mar­ryed vnto Catharine, daughter to Sigismond the first, & sister to Sigismond the second, kings of Poland. Sigismond son to Iohn, and Catharine afore­said, before the decease of his father elected king of Poland, afterwardes of Swethen; vpon the cause of his different religion, and the pretence of his breach of covenants with the people excluded, and deposed by his factious nobility, succeeded vnto by his vncle Charles. Charles Duke of Suder­man, vncle vnto Sigismond the third king of Poland, and younger sonne to Gustaue the first; during the absence, and warres of Sigismond, and the Polonians created Administratour, and governour of the kingdome, after­wardes in the yeare 1608 elected, and crowned king of Sweathland. Gustave the second, sonne to Charles, king of Sweathland, nowe raig­ning.

THE NORVEGIANS.

VVHether these were called thus from the country of Norwey, or the country from them, it is vncertaine. We haue not yet read either name in any ancient author. Both seeme more lately to haue been giuen from their Northren situation.

THE KINGDOME OF NORWEY.

THe coūtry by Aymonius was sometimes otherwise named Westerfold, a part then of the Danish kingdome. For thus it appeareth by his de­scription [Page 65] hereof in his fourth booke, and 101. chapter; situated then to the West, and North, and thwarting the extreame point of the Iland of Great Brittaine. It afterwardes became a distinct kingdome. By meanes of the marriage of Haquin the last prince vnto Margaret Queene of Denmarcke it became annexed to the house of Denmarcke, where it hath ever since conti­nued.

After this maner the name of Germany is become at this day enlarged be­yond the ancient over the provinces of Rhaetia, and Noricum with parts of Gaule, & Pannonia, as on the other side, extended sometimes vnto the river Wixel, & the Frozen sea, is since become straitned within the Eydore, the sea Balticke, and the confines of the Polonians: the auncient then compre­hending without the accompt of the moderne the kingdomes of Denmarke, Norwey, and Swethen, with the greatest part of Poland; and the moderne now containing, lying without the limits and accompt of the auncient, the countries of Seirmarck, Karnten, Krain, and Tirol, the parts of Austria, Bauaria, and Schwaben without the riuer Danow, and of France betwixt the riuers Rhijn, the Meuse, and the Soasne. The whole now accompted Germany, speaking Dutch, or subiect to the soverainety hereof, may be diuided into three different States. 1. the prouinces of the Low Countries. 2. the confederacy of the Switzers, 3. and the Empire, or kingdome of the Germanes, the present subiect of this discourse. The originall of the many particular states we haue now related. There remaineth the generall state, or kingdome, whereof the other are parts, and subordinate.

THE KINGDOME OF GERMANY.

THis is otherwise called the Empire in regard of the residence therein of the Imperiall Roman Maiesty; Italy being subdued by Odoacer, and the Heruli, and the rest of the Roman prouinces of the West by other Barbarous natiōs, about the yeare 475 left of by Augustulus; after an inter­regnum of 326 yeares resumed againe by Charles the Great king of the Frenchmen; and by succession herefrom, the French dominions being di­vided, afterwards in the yeare 880 deriued vpon Charles surnamed the Fat, king of Germany; maintained euer since in the Princes hereof. The country after that it became subiect to the Frenchmen was for a long time a part of their kingdome of Austrasia, after the policy of those times di­vided into 4 maine provinces, or Dukedomes, of Franconia, Saxonie, Al­maigne and Bauaria; the parts lying now beyond the riuers of the Elb; and Saltza, and possessed then by the many nations of the Sclaues, not being added vntill afterwards. About the yeare 841 in the person of Lewis surnamed the auncient, sonne to the Emperour Lewis surnamed the Godly (the French Empire being then shared amongst the many sonnes hereof) it was first made a distinct kingdome, in which title the Princes haue still enioyed it; their name of Emperour hauing beene since added vn­to them, onely as they are soveraigne Lords of Rome, and Italy, successours to Charles the Great, and the French. The kingdome contained onely at the time of its first erection, the parts now bounded in with the Moun­taines of Bohemia, the Alpes, the German Ocean, and the riuers of the [Page 66] Rhijn, Eydore, Elb, and Saltza; including Pannonia, a part then of Bauaria, afterwards taken herefrom by the Hungarians. By the Emperours, Otho the third, and Conrade the second the parts lying in Gaule betwixt the ri­vers of the Rhijn, the Soasne, and the Meuse were added. The manner wee haue shewed in France. By Henry the first, and the succeeding Empe­rours vnto Frederick Barbarossa, and by the armes of the Dukes of Saxonie, and the Marqueses of Brandenburg, were added the parts beyond the ri­vers Saltza and Elb, containing now Mecklenburg, Lawenburg, Pomeren, Meissen, Lausnitz, and the Middle and Newe Marches of Brandenburg, held vnder the right hereof. The order of the kings of Germany follow. Lewis, before mentioned, surnamed the Ancient, second sonne to the Em­perour Lewis the Godly, first king of Germany, whose portion it was in the division of the French Monarchie betwixt him, and his other brethren, Lotharius, and Charles the Bald. Carloman, Lewis, and Charles, surnamed the Fat, kings of Germany, sonnes to Lewis the Ancient. Charles the Fat, sole king of Germany, his two brothers Lewis, and Carloman deceasing without heires, or lawfull. The male issue of his vncle the Emperour Lo­tharius failing, and Charles the Simple, the onely left legitimate issue of Charles the Bald, being then young, and vnfit to governe, he got seazed of Italy, and the Roman Empire, the title still afterwards continuing in his suc­cessours. Forsaken, and deposed by his inconstant nobility hee died in ex­treame want, and misery in the greater Augia neere Constance, a memora­ble example of the incertitude of this transitory, and earthly happinesse, suc­ceeded vnto by Arnulph. Arnulph Emperour of the Romans, and King of Germany, naturall sonne to Carloman, brother to the Emperour Charles the Fat. Lewis Emperour of the Romans, and king of Germany, sonne to Arnulph. He deceased without issue. Conrade the first, sonne to Conrade, brother to Lewis, the last Emperour of the Romans, and king of Germany of the house of Charles the Great. He deceased in the yeare 919. Henry the first, surnamed the Fowler, Duke of Saxonie, by the choise of the Dutch, and the assignement of Conrade the first elected Emperour of the Romans, and king of Germany, the Caroline line here being extinguished, and that succeeding in France being excluded, as strangers. Otho the first, surnamed the Great, sonne to Henry the first, Emperour of the Romans, and king of Germany. Otho the second, sonne to Otho the first. Otho the third, sonne to Otho the second. Wanting heires, and for prevention of all fu­ture claime of the French, and Italians by the aid, and authority of Pope Gregory the fift, a Dutchman, and of the cittizens of Rome, hee made the Empire of the Romans, and the kingdome of Germany to bee perpetually electiue, and entailed them vpon the German nation. After this Prince the state hath ever since for the space of 627 yeares remained electiue, continu­ed chiefly in foure Dutch families of Franconia, Suevia, Lutzenburg, and Austria, where now it resteth. He died in the yeare 1000. Henry the second Duke of Bavaria, the first elected Emperour of the Romans, and king of Germany. Conrade the second, Duke of Franconia. Henry the third sonne to Conrade the second. Henry the fourth sonne to Henry the third. Fal­ling out with, and excommunicated by the Popes, hee was lastly by their curse depriued of all imperiall, and kingly dignitie (his sonne Henry the fift [Page 67] authorized, and set vp against him) dying afterwards in great distresse, and poverty. Henry the fift, the vnnaturall sonne of Henry the fourth, the last Emperour of the Romans, and king of Germany of the house of Franconia, after long quarrells with the Popes deceasing in the yeare 1124. Lotharius the second Duke of Saxonie Emperour of the Romans, and king of Germa­nie. He deceased in the yeare 1137. Conrade the third, Emperour of the Romans, and king of Germany, sonne to Frederick, surnamed the Ancient, Duke of Suevia. Fredericke the first, surnamed Barbarossa, Duke of Sue­via, sonne to Frederick with the one eye, brother to the Emperour Conrade the third. Henry the sixt, sonne to Frederick Barbarossa. Philip Duke of Suevia brother to Henry the sixt, slaine by Otho Count Palatine. Otho the fourth, sonne to Henry surnamed the Lion Duke of Saxony, and Bavaria, chosen Emperour of the Romans, and king of Germany against Philip by the contrary faction of Pope Innocent the third, enimie [...] the house of Suevia; after the decease of Philip crowned at Rome. Excommunicated shortly after through the inconstancy, and iniury here of he became forsaken and depriued of all, dying in a private state at Brunswijck in the yeare 1218. Frederick the second, Duke of Suevia, sonne to the Emperour Henry the sixt, in the yeare 1212 chosen against Otho the fourth, after long warres, and contention with the Popes deceasing in the yeare 1251, the last Empe­rour of the Romans, and king of Germany of the house of Suevia. Du­ring the raigne hereof beginne the faction of the Guelphes, and Gibe­lines amongst the Italians, whereof these later sided for the Empe­rours, the other for the Popes, occasioned by the quarrells hereof▪ the side of the Popes through the power, and authority of that sea at length prevailing, and the Emperours quite dispossessed of Italy, the title onely remaining▪ William Earle of Holland, elected Emperour of the Romanes, and king of Germany during the raigne of the Emperour Frede­ricke the second thorough the authority of the sea of Rome, and the im­mense charge of Pope Innocent the Fourth, enimie to Fredericke the se­cond. He was slaine the yeare 1257 in his warres against the rebellious Fris [...]s. Richard Earle of Cornewall, brother to Henry the third king of England; and Alphonso the tenth, king of Castille, and Leon, chosen Em­perours of the Romanes, and kings of Germany by their factions, the Ele­ctours being divided▪ R [...]d [...]lph the first, Earle of Habsp [...]rg, after long disor­der, and vacancie in the yeare 1273 chosen by the ioint consent of the Ele­ctours▪ the founder of [...] family of Austria, and the first Empe­rour of the Romanes▪ and king of Germany of that house. Albert the first Duke of Austria, sonne to the Emperour Rodulph the first, and Ad [...]lph Earle of Nass [...] chosen one against the other, Albert prevailing, by whom Adolph was slaine in battaile. Henry the seaventh, Earle of L [...]ze [...]burg, elected after the decease of Albert. Lewis the fift, Duke of Bavaria, ele­cted Emperour of the Romanes, and king of Germanie; opposed by Frede­ricke Arch-duke of Austria. Charles the fourth, king of Bohemia, and son to the Emperour Henry the seaventh, elected during the raigne of the Em­perour Lewis (excommunicated by the Popes Iohn the two and twentieth, Benedict the tenth, and Clement the sixt) thorough the authority hereof. After the decease of Lewis being againe disliked by the Electours Edwarde [Page 68] the 3d king of England is designed, who refusing the Empire, (as did after­wardes Fredericke Lantgraue of Duringen,) Gunther Earle of Schwartzen­burg is elected, dying shortly after; vnto whom he againe succeeded for the space of 33 yeares. By this prince in the yeare 1356 the Golden Bull was ordained, containing the maner of chusing the Emperours. Wenceslaus king of Bohemia, son to the Emperour Charles the fourth; deposed for his floth, and many other vices. Fredericke Duke of Brunswijck, elected after Wenceslaus▪ slaine shortly after at Frislar by the teason of the Bishop of Me [...]t [...]. Rupert Count Palatine of the Rhijn. He made warre in Ita­lie for the recovery of that province, but with vnfortunate successe, that Ita­lians every where now shaking of the yoake of the Empire, favoured by the Popes, iealous of the neighbourhood, and greatnesse of the Germanes. Io­docur, Marques of Moravia, vncle to Wenceslaus, elected after Rupert. His raigne was but short, not lasting fullie six moneths. Sigismond king of Hungarie, and Bohemia, son to the Emperour Charles the fourth, and bro­ther to Wenceslaus, the last Emperour of the Romanes, and king of Ger­many of the house of Lutzenburg. He deceased in the yeare 1437. Albert the second, Archduke of Austria, and king of Hungary, and Bohemia, son in law to the Emperour Sigismond. From this prince the house of Austria haue ever since possessed the Imperiall, and Royall Diademe. Fredericke the third, Archduke of Austria, Emperour of the Romanes, and king of Germany. Ma [...]imilian the first Archduke of Austria, son to Frederick the third Charles the fift, King of Spaine, and Duke of Burgundy, and Au­stria, son to Philip, son to Maximilian the first. Ferdinand the first King of Hungary, and Bohemia, and Archduke of Austria, brother to Charles the fift, Emperour of the Romans, and King of Germany. Maximilian the se­cond, King of Hungary, and Bohemia, and Arch-duke of Austria, eldest son to the Emperour Ferdinand the first. Rodulph the second, King of Hungarie, and Bohemia, and Arch-duke of Austria, eldest sonne to Maximilian the second. Matthias, King of Hungary, and Bohemia, and Archduke of Austria, younger brother to Rodulph. Ferdinand the second, king of Hungary, and Bohemia, and Archduke of Austria, son to the Arch­duke Charles, sonne to the Emperour Ferdinand the first, Emperour of the Romans, and king of Germany in the yeare 1627. The more proper Germa­nie, or the Empire, and kingdome of the Germans, we haue already divided into 39 different names, or countries, of Savoy, the Free county of Burgun­die, Lotrain [...] the District of Triers, the Bishopprick of [...]ick, the land of Gulich, Cleveland, the Diocese of Colen, the Lower Palatinate, [...] Sun­gow, Schwaben, Ba [...]ari [...], the Bishoppricke of Saltzburg, Tirol, Karnten, Krain, Steirmarck, Austria, Bohemia, Mo [...]avia, Sch [...], [...], Franco­nia, Hessen, Duringen, Meissen, Ober-Saa [...]sen, the Earledome of Manisfeildt, Freislandt, W [...]stphalon, P [...]eren, Stiffran Bre [...]en, Meydenburg, Lu [...]en­burg, Brunswijck, Holstein, Brandenburg, and Mecklenburg. The originall, and occasion of their names we haue showed. Their descriptions come in the new place.

OF THE STATE OF EVROPE. The XIII Booke.

COntaining a Chorographicall description of the present Germany.

SAVOYE.Subaudia.

BOVNDED vpon the South with Daulphinie in France; vpon the West with Daulphinie, and la Bresse; vpon the North with the Lake of Ge­neve, and Switzerlandt; and vpon the East with the Alpes of Wallislandt. The country is for the most part hilly, & mountainous, overspred with the branches of the neighbouring Alpes; heal­thie, but not so fruitfull, some bottomes of the Alpes excepted, lying open to the Westerne Sun, and the plainer tract about Ripaille, adioyning to the Lake Lemane. Townes here of better note are Chamberi, the chiefe of the country, the Parliament hereof, or primary seat of iustice; situated vpon the riuer L' Arch in a plea­sant valley surrounded with Mountaines. Montmelian▪ Aig [...]e-belle. St Iehan de Maurienne, surnamed thus from a valley of the Alpes thus called, in the which it standeth. From this part were named the Earles of MaurienneV. suprà. before mentioned, whose inhabitants were the Medulli of Strabo. Luneburg. Betwixt this, and the towne of Susa in Piemonte lyeth the Mountaine S. Denis, otherwise called Mont-Cenis, the more ordinarie road over the Alpes betwixt France,Tarantasia lon. 29. g. la [...]. 45. Clav. and Italy. Nicy. Tarantaise (Tarantasia, and Civi­tas Centronum of Antoninus, then the Metropolitan towne of the Pro­vince of the Alpes Graiae, and Paeninae,) now an Archbishops sea, situated amongst Mountaines. The particular country hereof were the Centrones of the same authour. Ripaille in a sweet, and pleasant situation vpon the South shore of the Lake of Geneve. The country hereabouts, as the whole [Page 2] plaine tract along the Lake, is exceedingly fruitfull, & happy, amongst other fruits commended for very excellent wines. The generall inhabitants of Sa­voy were anciently the Allobroges of Livie, and others. Their language now is the French.

THE FREE COVNTIE OF BVRGVNDIE.Burgundiae Comitatus.

BOunded vpon the West with the Dukedome of Burgundie; vpon the South with la Bresse; vpon the South-East with the mountainous ridge of the Iour from Switzerlandt; and vpon the East, and North with the Mountaine Vauge from Sungow, Elsatz, and Lorraine. The country is hilly, and vneven, rising with continuall downes, and mountaines, covered with vineyards, and shadie woods, and ouerlooking fertill, and pleasant vallies, watered with infinite brookes, and rivulets, purling downe the hollow bot­tomes hereof.Dola. long 18. g. 3. m. lat. 49. g. 5. m. Clav. Chiefer townes here are Dole, a Bailliage, & the Parliament, and chiefe towne of the country belonging to the Earles of Burgundie; si­tuated vpon the river Doux. Here flourisheth an ancient Vniversitie, where now especially the Civill lawes are professed. Besançon (Vesuntio of Cae­sar,Vesuntio. lon. 25 g 40. m. lat. 47 g. 36. m. Clav. Visontium of Ptolomie, and Civitas Visontiensis of Antoninus, the Me­tropolis then of the Province Maxima Sequanorum,) now an Archbishops sea, and towne Imperial, seated in a fruitfull valley betwixt two Mountaines, beset with vines, vpon the Doux, with whose streames it is almost round en­compassed. Here is also a little Vniversitie founded in the yeare 1540, and in the raigne of the Emperour Charles the fift. The towne is free, belong­ing immediatly to the Empire, exceedingly strong both in regard of its na­turall site,Salinae. and artificiall meanes of fortification. Salins so named from the Salt-springs thereof, from whence infinite store of salt is made, and transpor­ted into the neighbouring countries, the greatest part of the revenues of the Prince. The towne is large, strong, and fairely built, lying in a deepe hollow valley amongst mountaines vpon an impetuous rivulet, named Forica No­zereth, a faire, & well traded Emporie neere vnto the Mountainous ridge of the Iour; fortified with a strong Castle, in regard of the pleasure, and opor­tunity of hunting in the neighbouring mountaines, sometimes the seiour, and ordinary recesse of the Princes of Aurange. Orgelet in a mountainous, and barren part, inhabited with an industrious people. Poligny, the Bail­liage of the Lower Burgundie. Arboise, noted for excellent, and long la­sting wines. Vesoul, the Bailliage of the Higher Burgundie. Luxoul vnder the Vauge, remarkable for the hot medicinable Bathes thereof. Baume, for the most ancicnt, and famous monastery of Cluny, environed with rocks, and crags, whence issueth out the riuer Cella. The whole country, Besan­çon excepted, is subject to the Princes of Burgundie, and Austria of the house of Spaine, governed by their deputies, and for the better administra­tion of justice divided into three Shires, or Bailliages, of Dole, Poligny, and Vesoul, before mentioned, subordinate to the supreame Court, or Parlia­ment of Dole. The ancient inhabitants were the Sequani of Caesar, and of others. Their language now is the French. There adioyneth herevnto (or which rather is part hereof, but subiect vnto other Lords) the Earledome of [Page 3] Mont-peligard, belonging now to the house of Wirtenberg▪ named thus from the towne of Mont-peligard, the chiefe of this part of the countrie.

LORAINE.Lotharingia.

BOunded vpon the South with the Mountaine Vauge, and the Free Coun­tie of Burgundie; vpon the East with the Vauge, and Elsatz, with West­reich; vpon the West with the riuer Mouse, and Barrois in France; and vpon the North with the Diocese of Trier, and the country of Lutzenburg. The country is very woody, and somewhat mountainous (ouerspred with the branches of the Forest Ardenne, and the Vauge,) yet stored sufficiently with all necessary provision. It affordeth plenty of Iron, Lead, Tin, & other mi­neralls. The horses here are much commended for their courage, & good­nesse.Nancaeum. long 28. g. 45 m. lat: 49. g. 20 m. Clav. The chiefer townes hereof are Nancy (Nasium of Ptolemie,) now the best towne of the Dukedome, and the [...]eat of the Prince, seated vpon the ri­ver Martha, remarkable for the fate, and disaster of Charles surnamed the Fighter; the last Duke of Burgundie of the house, or name of Va­lois, ouerthrowne, and slaine here in a memorable battaile by the ioinct armes of Re [...]ner,Fanum D. Ni­colai. Duke of Lorraine, and of the Switzers. S. Nicolas vpon the same riuer; founded, and occasioned through the superstitious worship of some pretended reliques of S. Nicolas, sometimes bishop of Mira in Lycia in the lesser Asia, preserued here, and thronged vnto from all parts with great deuotion.Tullum long. 27. g. 11. m. lat. 48. g. 39. m. Mercat. Toal (Tullum of Ptolomie, and Ciuitas Leucorum, and Tullo of Antoninus) a Bishops sea, and a towne imperiall, seated vpon the riuer Moselle. The country lying about this towne, and Nancy were the Leuci of Strabo, Ptolomie, and Antoninus, the Leuci Liberi of Pliny. Metz (Diuodurum of Ptolomie,Metis. long. 25. g. 30. m. lat. 27. g. 30. m. Clav. 27. g. 40. m. lon 49. g 9. m. lat. Mercat. and Tacitus, and Diuodurum, Metis, and Ciuitas Mediomatricum of Antoninus) the royall seate sometimes of the French kings of Austrasia, now a citty Imperiall; & a Bishops sea; rising in a spacious, and pleasant plaine at the confluence of the riuers Mosselle, and Sora. The auncient inhabitants of the neighbouring country were the Mediomatrices of Strabo▪ and Ptolemie, the Mediomatrici of Plinie, and Tacitus. Verdun (Civitas Veredonensium of Antoninus) a towne Impe­riall, and a Bishops sea, seated vpon the river Meuse. These three last townes haue of late yeares beene surprised by Henry the second, and the French­men; detained now by this meanes, and lopped off from the Dutch Em­pire, and held vnder the French subjection. The rest of the country is in a maner wholy subject to the Dukes of Lorraine. The language of the inha­bitants is the French.

These three countries, although held of the Empire, yet at this day come not to the Diets, neither obey the Edicts, and authority hereof; governed by their pri [...]ces in nature of soveraigne, and absolute states, and in regard of their language by the most accompted French.

THE DIOCESE OF TRIER.Diocesis Tre­verensis.

EXtended along the course of the Moselle from the confines of Lorraine vnto the great river of the Rhijn; bounded vpon the other sides with [Page 4] Lutzenburg, and Westreich. The country is rather pleasant, then fruitfull, hilly, and full of woods, rich chiefly in minerals, especially of Iron, and lead. The more fruitfull parts are about the towne of Trier, and neere vnto the Rhijn. The more wilde, and barren lie towardes Lorraine, and Lutzen­burg. The aire for those transmarine parts is very close, and rainie, moist­ned by continuall fogs, and vapours, ascending from the shady, wet, and vn­dreyned woodlands, and hils hereof. Chiefer townes here are Sarbrucken (Pons Sarvix of Antoninus,) a towne Imperiall, seated vpon the river Sar neere vnto the meetings thereof with the Moselle, and the border of Lor­raine. Trier (Colonia Treuerorum of Tacitus, Augusta of Mela, Augu­sta Treuerorum of Ptolemie,Treueris Lon. 26. g. Lat. 49. g. 30. m. Clav. Augusta Libera of Pliny, Treueris of Saluia­nus, & Ciuitas Treuerorum of Antoninus, the Metropolis then of the first Belgica, and residence of the Vicar Generall of Gaule,) seated vpon the Moselle. It is now an Archbishops sea, and the chiefe towne of the country, subiect to the Bishops. Veldentz. Tr [...]rbach. Ceel. Beilstein; all standing vpon the same river of Moselle.Confluentes & Confluen­tia. Lon. 27. g. 30. m Lat. 50. g. 30. m. Clav. Cobolentz. (Legio Prima Traia­na of Ptolemie, & Confluentes of Antoninus) seated at the meeting of the river Rhijn, and the Moselle. The towne is populous, and fairely built, be­longing to the Electours of Triers. The country about it is very pleasant, and fertill. Vpon the other side of the Rhijn standeth, mounted vpon the top of an high hill, the strong Castle of Ernbretstein, subject to the Bishops, and commanding the towne, and riuer. Boppart (Baudobrica of Antoni­nus, and Bodobrica of the Notitia, after Bir [...]ius one of the 50 Castles ere­cted by Drusus vpon the Rhijn, occasioning the towne) situated vpon the Rhijn. Meien. Arburg in the particular country of Eysell. The ancient in­habitants hereof were the famous Treveri of Caesar, Tacitus, Ptolemie, and others. The country is subject to the Archbishops, and Electours of Trier.

THE BISHOPPRICK OF LVICK.Diocesis Leo­diensis.

BOunded vpon the East with the countries of Gulick, and Limburg; vp­on the South with Lutzenburg, and Namur; and vpon the West, and North with Brabant. The country is very healthy, and pleasant, called by a common proverb, the Paradise of Priests, for such are the Lordes thereof, and in regard of the great number there of Monasteries, and religious per­sons, no small part of the inhabitants. The more champian, and fruitfull parts are those towards the North, and Brabant, stored with corne, and all other necessary provision, wines excepted, which here grow but in few pla­ces. The Southerne, lying towards France; and Lutzenburg, are more bar­ren, swelling with hills, and shady Forrests, the remainders of the great Ar­denne, abounding chiefly with Mineralls, especially of Marble of sundrie sorts, Sea-coale, and Iron of exceeding hardnesse. Here are reckned 25 wal­led townes, and 1700 Villages, hauing Churches. Places of chiefer note are Dinant vpon the Meuse, and borders of Hainault. Huy vpon the same ri­ver towards Namur.Leodium. Lon. 22. g. Lat. 50. g. 50. m. Clav. Luick pleasantly seated amongst sundry streames, and rivulets, parts of the Meuse, wat'ring the many streets hereof; the seat, and residence of the Bishops, and the chiefe towne of the country. The citty is faire, open, and large, containing foure Italian miles in compasse, and some [Page 5] 32 parishes. The Churches here for their number, riches, and beauty excell all others in both kingdomes of France, & Germany, the Cathedrall where­of is dedicated to S. Lambert, the patron of the citty; whose Canons are the Bishops Counsellours, all nobly descended, Doctors, or Licentiats, Ecclesi­asticall, & partly Secular, whereof these later may marry. Here are besides 8 Collegiate Churches, endowed with great reuenues, besides almost infinite Religious houses, and Monasteries, wherewith the towne seemeth in a man­ner almost wholy to be peopled. Here also yet flourisheth an ancient Vni­versity, wherein nine sons of Kings, 24 of Dukes, and 29 of Earles are repor­ted at one time to haue beene students.Traiectum ad Mosam. [...] Mastreich vpon the Meuse. Of this towne only the one halfe lieth in Luick; the rest in Brabant. Peer. Bis­sen. Hasselt vpon the river Demer. Horck. S. Truden. Borckloe. Tonge­ren (civitas Tungrorum of Ptolemie.) Here flourished in the time of the Romanes an ancient Bishops sea; after the invasion, and spoile of Attilas, and the Huns, (by whom the towne was sacked, and destroied) in the yeare 498 by S. Servatius removed vnto Mastreich; afterwards in the yeare 713 by S. Hubert vnto Luick, where now it resteth. Borckworm. Francimont. Buillon, an ancient castle, mounted vpon the top of an high hill, whereof sometimes was named that famous Godfrey of Buillon Duke of Lorraine, and the first of the Latines king of Hierusalem. The ancient inhabitants were the Eburones of Caesar, and Strabo, whose name yet seemeth to be preserved in a little village called Ebure, distant about a Dutch mile from Luick. The country is wholy subject in matters both temporall and eccle­siasticall, to the Bishops of Luick. The language hereof is the Wallon, a corrupt kinde of French.

THE LAND OF GVLICK.Territorium Iuliacense.

THe bounds hereof are vpon the West Luick, and Gelderlandt; vpon the South the Land of Colen; vpon the East Colen, and the Earledome of Murs; and vpon the North Clevelandt. The aire here is healthy, and pleasant; and the soile fruitfull, rich in come, and pasturages, yet rough, and wooddy in some places, endented with the branches of the forest Ar­denne. Chiefer townes are Dueren vpon the Roer. Gulick (Iuliacum of Antoninus) seated vpon the same river,Iuliacum. lon. 27. g. 30. m. Lat. 52. g. Cla. the chiefe of the country. Erck­lens. Dalem. Berchen vpon the river Erp. The ancient inhabitants hereof were the Menapij of Ptolemy, Plinie, and Strabo; with part of the Eburones.

CLEVELAND.Cli [...]ia.

IT hath vpon the South Gulick, Murs, Colen, and Bergen; vpon the West Gelderlandt; vpon the North the Earledome of Zutphen; and vp­on the East Westphalen. The soile is like vnto Gulick-land, plaine, healthie, pleasant, and fruitfull in corne, and pasturages. Chiefer townes are A [...] ­gerot. Dusburgum. Duisburg. Emmerick. Orsoy. Burick. Wesel. Santen (Castra Vetera of Tacitus, and Vetera civitas of Ptolemie.) Reess. Griet. Embrick. and Griethusen: all situated vpon the Rhijn. Nere herevnto, and the fron­tires [Page 6] of Gelderlandt the river of the Rhijn, entring vpon lower grounds, and to bigge for one chanell, divideth it selfe into two branches, the Rhijn, and the Wael. Within the land Cleve, the chiefe towne of the country. Calcar. Goch vpon the river Niers.Clivia. lon. 29. g. 35. m. lat. 51. g. 58. m. Clav. Gennep. The right of the country with the Land of Gulick, Bergen; and Marck belongeth now to the Princes of Brandenburg, and Nuburg, the heires generall of the house of Cleve; pos­sessed by meanes of their quarels for the greatest part by the armes of the confederate states, and of the princes of Burgundy, Lords of the Low coun­tries, pretending the defence, and aide of their sides; the Arch-dukes pre­tending for Nuburg, and the states for Brandenburg.

THE DIOCESE OF COLEN.Diocesis Co­loniensis.

THis lieth along the left shore of the Rhijn; extended from the country of Trier vpon the South thereof vnto the Earledome of Murs, and Clevelandt vpon the North; confining on the other sides with Gulick-landt vpon the West; and with the Dukedome of Bergen vpon the East, divided herefrom by the Rhijn. Townes here of chiefer note are Nuys (Novesium V. Cor. Tac. Hist. lib. 4. An­tonini Itine­rarium; Am: Marcellini lib. 18. Nouesium. 29. lon. 52. lat. Mercat-Colonia lon. 27. g. 40. m. Lat. 51. g. Clav. of Tacitus, and Antoninus, and Nivesia of Ammianus Marcellinus) situa­ted vpon the river Erp, neere vnto the confluence thereof, and the Rhijn. Colen vpon the left shore of the Rhijn (Colonia Agrippinensis of Plinie, A­grippinensis of Ptolemie, Colonia Agrippinensis, and OppidumSed & Agrip­pina, quò vim suam socijs nationibus ostentaret, in oppidum Vbi­orum, in quo genita erat, Veteranos, coloniam (que); deduci impe­rat, cui no­men inditum ex vocabulo ipsius. Acforte acciderat, vt eam gentem Rheno trans­gressam avus Agrippa in fi­dem acciperet C. Taciti An­nalium lib. 12. Bonna 29. lon. 51 lat. Mercat. Vbiorum of Tacitus, Colonia Agrippina, and Agrippinensis of Antoninus, the Metro­polis then of the Province of Germania Secunda, and a famous Colony of the Romanes, brought hither in the raigne of the Emperour Tiberius by A­grippina, daughter to Caesar Germanicus, and wife to the Emperour Clau­dius, occasioning the surname.) It is now an Archbishops sea, and a towne Imperiall, rich, large, populous, and every way magnificent, containing some fiue mile in circuit. The Cathedrall Church of S. Peter is of a vast, and stupendious greatnes, but rude, and vnperfect. Besides this the city con­taineth (dedicated to religious vses) some 9 parish Churches, 10 Collegiate, 30 Chappels of our Lady, 37 Monasteries of both sexes; and 19 Hospitals▪ Bon vpon the same shore of the Rhijn, (Bonna of Ptolemie, andV. Cor: Tac: Histor. lib. 4. & 5. Castra Bonnensia, and Bonna of Tacitus, then the wintring campe of the first Ro­mane Legion.) It is now the ordinary seat of the Electour, and Arch-Bi­shop of Colen, situated in a very fruitfull, and pleasant part of the country. Zulp (Tolbiacum of Tacitus,V. C. Taciti Histor: lib. 4. Antonini Au­gusti Itinera­rium. and Antoninus,) memorable for the great victorie of the Frenchmen obtained against the Almans vnder Clovys their fift king; and the death of Ermenfridus, the last king of the Thuringians, treacherously here slaine by Theodoric, king of Austrasia. It is now a meane village. The more ancient inhabitants of the country were the Vbij of Cae­sar, Strabo, and Tacitus, a more peaceable German nation, in the time of Caesar confederate with the Romanes; afterwardes, being vexed with the warres, and injuries of the Suevians, for their more quiet dwelling drawne vnto the hither side of the Rhijn, and placed here by Agrippa, sonne in law to the Emperour Augustus; honoured with the birth of Agrippina, wife to the Emperour Claudius, and mother vnto Nero.

THE LOWER PALATINATE.Palatinatus Inferior.

IT is extended on both sides of the river of the Rhijn, bounding vpon the North with the river Meine, and Franconia; vpon the East with Franco­nia, and the Dukedome of Wirtenberg; vpon the South with Elsatz, and the Marquisate of Baden; and vpon the West with the Dukedome of Zwei­bruck. The country before those late vnhappy warres betwixt the Empe­rour Ferdinand the second, and Frederick the fift, Count Palatine of the Rhijn (whereby it hath beene much ruinated) was accounted the most fruit­fuil, and pleasant through the whole Germany, commended for its plenty of excellent Rhenish wines.Moguntia. lon. 27. g. 30. m. lat. 50. g. 30. m Clav. Cheifer townes are Mentz (Mocontiacum of Ptolemie, Mogontiacum of Tacitus, Mogontiacus, and Mogontiacum of Ammianus Marcellinus, and Civitas Maguntiacensis of Antoninus, the Me­tropolis then of the Province Germania Prima,) now an Archbishops sea, situated vpon the left shore of the Rhijn against the confluence thereof, and the Meine. The towne is large, stretched in a great length along the Rhijn, thicke and faire built, but further off from the riuer not so well inhabited. It is subject to the Archbishops. Here was first invented the noble art of printing by Iohn Gutenberg, knight in the yeare 1440, and raigne of the Emperour Albert the second. Bracharac vpon the same shore of the Rhijn. Ingelheim vpon the same shore. Oppenheim (Ruffiniana of Ptolemie) vpon the same shore.Wormacia lon. 28. g. lat. 49 g. 45. m. Clav. Worms (Borbetomagus of Ptolemie, and Bormitomagus, civitas Vangionensis, and Wormensis of Antoninus) now a Bishops sea, & towne Imperiall, seated vpon the same shore of Rhijn. The country hereof were the Vangiones of Plinie,Spira. lon. 27. g 40. m. lat 49 g. 20. m. Clav. and Ptolemie. Spire vpon the same side of the Rhijn (Naeomagus of Ptolemie, Noviomagus, Civitas Nemetum, and Spira of Antoninus,) a towne Imperiall, and a Bishops sea. Here now is held the Imperiall Court, more anciently still following the Emperours; in the raigne of the Emperour Maximilian the first fixed at Francfurt; afterwards at Worms; and now lastly in the yeare 1530, and raigne of the Emperour Charles the fift translated hither. The more ancient inhabitants of the coun­try hereof were the Nemeti of Ptolemie, the Nemetes of Plinie, and Anto­ninus.Neapolis Ne­metum. Alzaei. Neustat: Prefectureships. Franckendal. Keisers-luter. Vpon the further side of the Rhijn Manheim, a towne, and strong fort at the confluence of the riuers Neccar, & the Rhijn. Ladeburg vpon the Nec­car; subject to the Bishops of Spire. Heidelberg Heidelberga. lon. 28. g. lat. 49 g. 35. m. Clav. seated in a bottome a­mongst hills vpon the right shore of the riuer Neccar, the chiefe towne of the country subiect to the Paltzgraues; before those late troubles renowned with a famous Vniversitie founded in the yeare 1336 by Rupert Count Pa­latine of the Rhijn. In the Castle hereof, situated vpon the side of an hill without the towne, the Paltzgraues ordinarily resided. Neighbouring here­vpon is the great forrest of Otten-waldt; extended Northwards in breadth from hence, and the Neccar vnto the riuer of the Maine, and in length East­wards from the mountainous way leading to Francfurt, called Bergstras, vn­to the riuer Tauber, and Franckenlandt, peopled with many lesser townes, and villages. Mosbach, a Prefectureship, or Bailliage vpon the Neccar nere the borders of Wirtenberg. The inhabitants hereof in the parts lying [Page 8] without the Rhijn, or in Gaule the Nemetes, and Vangiones, with part of the Treveri. Within the Rhijn, or in the part of ancient Germany were the Intuergi of Ptolemie after Pirckhermerus. The states commanding here are the Archbishops of Mentz, the Bishops of Spire, & Worms, the townes of Worms, and Spire, and the Electours, and Paltzgraues of the Rhijn, to whom the greatest part is subject.

ELSATZ.Alsatia.

THe bounds hereof are vpon the North the Lower Palatinate; vpon the West the Mountaine Vauge, diuiding it from Lorraine, and the Free Countie of Burgundie; vpon the South Sungow, seuered there from by the riuer Thur; & vpon the East Brisgow, & the Marquisate of Baden; parted by the Rhijn. The country scarce yeeldeth to the best in Germany for pleasure, & fertilitie, abounding with corne, wines, & sundry sorts of delicious fruits. It is diuided into the Vpper, and the Lower Elsatz. Chiefer townes in the Lower Elsatz are Weissenburg, a town Imperiall, bordering vpon the Low­er Palatinate.Hagenoa. Ta­bernae. Hagenaw, a towne Imperiall. Zabern (Tabernae of Antoni­nus) now the place of residence, and the chiefe seat of justice of the Bishops of Strasburg. Rufacum. Argentorā ­tum. lon. 27. g. 50. m. lat: 48. g. 44. m. Clav. Rufach vpon the riuer Ombach. It belongeth also to the Bi­shops of Strasburg. Strasburg (Argentoratum, Legio octaua Augusta, of Ptolemie, and Argentoratum, and Ciuitas Argentoracensium of Antoni­nus,) now a Bishops sea, & a citty Imperiall, situated vpon the riuers Brusch, and Ill, neere vnto their confluence with the Rhijn. The towne is of great state, rich, populous, large, and very strongly fortified, furnished with a well stored armory, and with publique Garners, & Wine-cellars against dearth, and distresses of Warre. The steeple of the Cathedrall Church hereof for curious workmanship, and its stupendious height surpasseth all others in the Christian world, containing 574 foot, or 95 fathoms, and foure foot. In the Vpper Elsatz Turchheim. S. Gregories Munster. Keiserburg. Rosheim: all townes Imperiall.Selestadium. lon. 28. g. 6. m. lat, 48. g. 22. m. Clav. Schlestat (Elcebus of Ptolemie, and Antoninus, the sta­tion of the 19 Legion,) a towne Imperiall vpon the riuer Ill. Colmar vpon the river Lauch neere vnto the Ill, a towne Imperiall; built out of the ruines of the citty Argentuaria of Ptolemie,Colmaria lon. 30. g. lat. 48. g. Mercat. and Antoninus, situated sometimes vp­on the Ill, where now standeth Horburg, destroyed by Attilas, & the Huns. Ensisheim vpon the Ill (Vruncis of Antoninus, the station of the tenth Ro­man Legion.) It is now the Parliament, or supreame court of Iudicature of the Archdukes of Austria for the parts belonging vnto them in Elsatz, Sun­gow, and Brisgow. The ancient inhabitants of Elsatz were the Tribochi of Strabo, or the Triboci of Plinie; with parts of the Rauraci, & Nemeti. The vpper Elsatz (the Imperiall townes excepted) belongeth wholy in a manner to the Archdukes of Austria. The Lower to the Bishops of Strasburg. Both challenge the title of Lantgraues of Elsatz.

SVNGOW.

BOunded vpon the North with Elsatz, and the riuer Thur. Vpon the West with the Free country of Burgundy; vpon the South with the Can­ton [Page 9] of Basil of the Switzers; and vpon the East with the Rhijn, & Brisgow. The country is fruitfull; rich in corne, and wine, whereof it affordeth good plenty vnto the Switzers, Schwartzwaldt, and other more barren neigh­bouring parts. Chiefer townes are Mulhausen vpon the riuer Ill, a towne Imperiall, confederate with the Switzers. S. Amarin. Otmarsen. Tha [...]. Altkirck, neere vnto the head of the river Ill. Sattenriet. Befort. Rosen­fels. Masm [...]nster. P [...]irt. Sanh [...]ym. It belongeth for the greatest part to the Princes of the house of Austria. The ancient iuhabitants were part of the Rauraci of Ptolemy, Plinie, and Antoninus.

The countries hitherto described were all contained in Gaule.

SCHWABEN.Suevia.

THe name, and accompt hereof is confined towards the North with the Lower Palatinate, and Franconia; vpon the West with the Rhijn, dividing it from Elsatz, and Sungow; vpon the South with the Rhijn, and Switzerlandt, and the Alpes of Tirol; and vpon the East with Bavaria, and the river Lech. The whole comprehendeth Brisgow, the Marquisate of Baden, the Dukedome of Wirtenberg, and the Proper Schwaben.

BRISGOW.

BOunded vpon the West with the Rhijn from the Vpper Elsatz; and Sun­gow; vpon the South with the Rhijn from the Canton of Basil of the Switzers; vpon the East with the mountaine Schwartzwaldt, and the Dukedome of Wirternberg; and vpon the North with the Marquisate of Ba­den. The soile yeeldeth plenty of come, and of very excellent wines. The townes here of better note are Brisach (Mons Brisiacus of Antoninus, afor­tresse then of the Romanes, opposed against the Almanes, and seated vpon the left shore of the Rhijn in the province of Gaule, the course of the river being since that time turned to the other side.) The towne is faire; popu­lous, and strong; standing castle-wise on a round hill vpon the right shore of the Rhijn.Friburgum. long. 28. g. lat. 48. g. 1. m. Cla. Friburg vpon the river Triess, and sundry other lesser streames descending from the mountainous ridge of Schwartzwaldt, vnder which it lyeth; a well frequented Vniversity, and the chiefe towne of the country, builded by Betchtold, Duke of Zeringen in the yeare 1112, & in the raigne of the Emperour Henry the fift, and called thus from the rich silver mines, which the neighbouring country then very plentifully yeelded. About halfe a Dutch mile from hence are yet seene the ruines of the castle of Zeringen, whereof the ancient Dukes thus called were entitled. Geng [...]nbach, a towne Imperiall, vpon the river Kintzich. Offenbach, a towne Imperiall, vpon the same river, named thus from one Offa, an Englishman, the Apostle of those parts of Schwaben. Zel in Hamerspach, sometimes Imperiall, now subject to the Marqueses of Baden. The greatest part of the country belongeth to the Arch-dukes of Austria.

THE COVNTRY OF BADEN.Ditio Baden­sis.

COntinued with Brisgow, beginning at Mortnaw, lying vpon the South hereof; and bounded on the other sides, vpon the West with the Rhijn from the Lower Elsatz; vpon the North with the Lower Palatinate; and vpon the East with Schwartz-waldt, and the Dukedome of Wirtenberg. The country is pleasant; and the [...]oile fruitfull, vnlesse in the more hilly, and ruder parts of Scwartz-waldt. Chiefer townes are Baden naming the country, and called thus from the hot medicinable bathes thereof. Turlach. Gerspach in Schwartzwaldt. Liebenzel in the same mountainous tract, where are also hot medicinable springs. Pfortheim, adioining to the great wood Hagenscheis, part of Schwartz-waldt. The country is subject to the Marqueses of Baden.

THE COVNTRIE OF WIRTENBERG.Wirtenbergē ­sis Ducatus.

COnteyning all that large portion of Schwaben, lying in a round circle about the riuer Neccar, and extended in a manner from the heade of that riuer vnto the Palatinate; bounded with the Palatinate vpon the North; vpon the West with Brisgow, and the Marquisate of Baden; and vpon the other sides with the Proper Schwaben. In this country lyeth the greatest part of the hillie forrest of Schwartz-waldt, confining the same, and Brisgow, and Baden. The soile for this cause is much different in quality. The parts of Schwartz-wa [...], & the Alpes of Schwaben (which is an other mountainous tract, branching from, and continued from Schwartz-waldt, and the head of the Danow along the course of that riuer vnto the towne of Vlm,) that is all the South, and West parts are barren, stony, and aspe­rous; yet affording good pasturage, and in many places plenty of corne by the industry of the inhabitants, but yeilding no wines. The like affe­cted are the Northerne towards Franconia, and the Lower Palatinate, coasting along the riuer Cochen, ouerrun with the branches of Schwartz-wald. The more happie are the midle parts about the Neccar; plaine, pleasant, and abundantly fruitfull. Cheifer townes are Wimpsen. Hailbrun; townes imperiall; seated vpon the Neccar. Lauffen vpon the Neccar. Cansta [...] vpon the Neccar. Nere hereunto vpon the toppe of an high hill standeth the castle of Wirtenberg, the seate sometimes of the Earles of Wirtenberg, occasioning the name of the country. Nierting vpon the Neccar.Tubinga long. 30. g. 30. m. lat. 48. g. 40. m. Clav. Tubingen a neate, and rich towne vpon the Neccar, where florisheth an Vniuersity, founded by Duke Everard the first. Reutling a towne Imperiall. Aurach. Weil a towne imperiall. Kirchen. Gepping a towne Imperiall vpon the riuer Vils. Schorndorff vpon the riuer Ree [...]ss, where are hot bathes, whose waters are bitter. Stutgard, Stutgard. lon. 31. g. lat. 49 g. Mercat. seated nere vnto the Neccar, in a fruitfull, and pleasant country. The towne is faire, rich, and populous, the chiefe of the country, and the seate of the Prince. In the ruder parts of Schwartzwald Nagolt vpon the riuer, thus called. Wiltpurg. Kalb: both vpon the same [Page 11] river. Newnburg vpon the riuer En [...]z. Wildbad vpon the same riuer in a solitary, and desert tract, occasioned by the hot medicinable bathes there­of, much resorted vnto from all parts. Dornstett. Schiltach. The whole country (the townes Imperiall excepted) belongeth to the Dukes of Wir­tenberg. The auncient inhabitants seeme to haue beene the Charitini of Ptolemy.

THE PROPER SCHWABEN.Suevia.

BOunded vpon the West with the Dukedome of Wirtenberg; vpon the North with Franco [...]i [...]; vpon the South with Switzerlandt, and the Rhijn; and vpon the East with the river Lech, and Bava [...]ia. The country is mountainous, & hilly, overrun with the branches of the Alpes, & Schwartz-waldt; very populous notwithstanding, full of good townes, and by the in­dustry of the inhabitants yeelding sufficient store of all necessary provision. The more fruitfull parts are Hegow, and the shore of the Lake of Constance, affording plenty of good wi [...]es, wherof they other in regard of their height, and colder lyeing are in a maner destitute. Townes here of better note are Rotweil, a towne Imperiall, now confederate with the Switzers; situated vp­on the river Neccar, neere vnto the head thereof. Villingen vpon the Bri­gen, a river falling into the Danow. The towne belongeth to the princes of Austria. Not farre off standeth the castle of Furstenberg, whereof the Earles of Furstenberg are entitl'd,Vlma. lon. 32. g. 30. m. lat. 48. g. 20. m. Clav. princes of the Empire. Vlm a citty Imperiall, seated at the meetings of the rivers Iler, Blave, and the Danow. The towne is of great state, large rich, and strongly fortified against hostile invasion, con­taining 6 miles in compasse. Here the Danow beginneth first to be naviga­ble. Betwixt this towne, and Schwartz-waldt along the course of the river Danow lie the Suevian. Alpes, named thus from their white colour, which they shew a farre off; distinguished after Munster into the many particular na [...]es of the Alb, where stand the townes of Rotenburg, and Hechingen, with the castle of Zolle [...] S [...]her, called thus from a towne of that name vpon the Danow: Albuch: and Hertz-feldt, where are the castles Hohen­berg, and Kockenberg. Wendt, a towne Imperiall at the meetings of the ri­ver Danow, and War [...], [...], a towne Imperiall vpon the river Warnitz. Hall seated on both sides of the river Cochen in a deepe vallie a­mongst steepe, and high mountaines, a towne Imperiall, named, and occasi­oned from the Salt-wiches thereof. Alen, a towne Imperiall, vpon the river Cochen. The [...]illy country hereabout, and along the Cochen is by Pickhermerus accompted part of the Mountaines Ab [...]obi of Ptolemie [...]op­ [...]ingen, No [...]linga. lon. 33. g. lat. 49. g. Mercat. a towne Imperiall, vpon the river Egra. No [...]lingen vpon the river Egra in a low, and moorish part of the country, a towne Imperiall, and a wel traded emporie. Gmundt, a towne Imperiall vpon the river Rheemss. Vpon the other side of the Danow betwixt that river,Augusta Vin­delicorum. l. 32. g. 30. m. lat. 48. g. 20. m. Clav. and the Alpes A [...]spurg. (Au­gusta Vindelicorum of Ptolemy, and Augusta Vindelicûm of Antoninus, named thus from the rivers Vinda, and Lycus, now the Werd, & the Lech, vpon which is situated, and from the Emperour Augustus Caesar, by whom it was made a colony of the Romans,) now a Bishops sea, and a towne Imperiall of great magnificence, and state, rich, populous, and [Page 12] strongly fortified, containing after Munster some nine miles in circuit. Kauffbeurn, Campodunū lon. 33. g. lat. 48. g. Mercat. Memminga. lon. 33. g. lat. 48. g. Mercat. a towne Imperial. Kempten, (Campodunum of Strabo, and Antoninus) a towne Imperiall. Memmingen, (Drusomagus of Ptolemy,) a towne Imperiall, populous, rich, and well traded, containing three miles in circuit. Leukirch, a towne Imperiall. Wangen (Nemauia of Antoninus,) a towne Imperiall. Rauenspurg. Bibrach. Buchaw vpon the lake Federsee. Pfullendorff. Yssna: all townes imperial. These from Augspurg lie in the part, called Algow, contained after Munster within the riuers Lech, and the Danow, the Alpes, and the Lake of Constance; a country hillie, colde, and ba [...]ren, whose inhabitants liue chiefely vpon manufactures. Vberl [...] ­gen, a towne Imperial vpon the [...] of Constance Merspurg vpon the same lake, belonging to the Bishop of Constance, his ordinary seat, and place of residence. Lindaw, a towne Imperial, seated Iland-like within the same lake, wherewith it is almost round encompassed; ioined to the continent with a long bridge, or causey of 290 pac [...]s. Buchorn vpon the same Lake, a towne Imperiall. Arbon vpon the same lake (Arbor [...]oelix of Strabo, and Anto­ninus.)Constantia. lon. 28. g. 30. m. lat. 47. g. 30. m. Clav. It belongeth to the Bishops of Constance. Constance seated vpon both sides of the Rhijn, where it issueth forth of the lake, a Bishops sea, a towne Imperiall, and a rich, and flourishing empory. The Nobility here, as in other cities of Germany, by a sullen, and prowd disdaine converse not with the tradesmen, or burgers, living vpon th [...]ir rents, and marrying, and keeping company a part; a cause of much faction, iealousie, and hatred be­twixt the sides. The lake named from hence is otherwise called Boden see by the Dutch from the castle [...], and by Plinie more anciently Lacus Acronius, and Brigan [...]us; made by the [...] of the Rhijn, and other lesser rivers,Lacus Acro­nius. falling hereinto, and containing about three Dutch miles in breadth, eight in length, and in its greatest depth at Merspurg some 600 yards,Lacus Vene­tus. or 300 fathoms. Below is the lake Venetus of Plinie, made also by the Rhijn, and now named by the Dutch the lake of Cel from a towne of that name, appertaining to the house of Austria. Schaffhuisen vpon the right shore of the Rhijn, a towne Imperiall, confederate now with the Swit­zers, & reckoned amongst their 13 Cantons. Here all the vessels descending downe the Rhijn from the Lakes of Cel, and Constance are necessarilie vnladed, the Rhijn some few miles below in regard of the dreadfull falls, and cataracts thereof denying all further passage; together with the Mo­nastery here of S. Sauiour (founded by the Earles of Nellenburg in the raigne of the Emperour Henry the third) occasioning the beginning, name, and increase of the towne. The part of the country here is named Hegow by the natiues; populous, fruitfull, and contained after Munster within the Rhijn, the Danow, and the Lake of Cel. Neere to Schwartz-wald, Waldshut, vpon the right shore of the Rhijn; in Kle [...]gow, a cold, barren, and mountainous region, stored chiefly with woods, the best revenue of the in­habitants. Schwaben is partly subject to the townes Imperiall, before men­tioned, and partly to the Archdukes of Austria, the Bishops of Augspurg, and Constance, and the Earles of Ot [...]ngen, Helfestain, Furstenberg, and other lesser Seculars. The ancient inhabitants of the parts, lying betwixt the Da­now, and the Alpes, were the Brixantes, S [...]anitae, and Calucones, parts of the Rhaeti of Ptolemie.

BAVARIA.

EXtended on both sides of the [...], and bounding vpon the West with Schwaben, and Franconia; vpon the North with Voitlandt; vpon the South with the Alpes of Tirol; and vpon the East with Bohemia, and Au­stria. It containeth the Palatinate, and the Dukedome of Bava [...]ia.

THE PALATINATE OF BAVARIA.Palatinatus Superior.

CAlled otherwise the Vpper Palatinate for a distinction from that of the Rhijn, named the Lower Palatinate [...]: and likewise Nortgow from the more Northerne situation thereof, compared with the Dukedome. It is bounded vpon the West with Schwaben, and Franconia; vpon the North with Voitlandt; vpon the East with Bohemia; and vpon the South with the Dukedome of Bavaria. The country is rough, and hilly, rich chiefly in mine­ralls of iron.Norimberga. long. 31, g. 30. m. lat. 49 g. 30. m. Clav. Chiefer townes are Nurnberg, a citty Imperiall, situated in a square forme vpon the riuer Pegnitz, neere vnto the borders of Franconia, in a wild, sandie, and barren country (part sometimes of the Forest Hercyni­an,) and named thus from the neighbouring people of Noricum, in that fierce invasion of Attilas, and the Huns, and the waine of the Westerne Roman Empire retiring within the safer shelters hereof, and beginning, and occasioning the towne. The citty is of great state, encompassed with a tri­ple wall, strongly garded with all sorts of munition, peopled with industri­ous inhabitants (especially for iron workes, the inuenters of sundry new ex­cellent mechanicks,) and by the oportunity of the situation thereof, lying in the heart of Germany, and Europe, greatly resorted vnto by Merchants from all parts, the very seat of negotiation, and shop of warlike provision, go­verned wholy by the nobilitie, and containing eight miles in circuit. Weis­senburg bordering vpon Schwaben, a towne Imperiall. Eistet vpon the ri­ver Altmul, a Bishops sea. Kelha [...] at the confluence of the riuers Altmul, and Danow.Amberga, Ion. 32. g. 40. m. lat. 49. g. 26. m. Clav. Amberg vpon the riuer Vils, the best towne belonging to the Pal [...]graues, enriched chiefly by the commodity of iron, digged out of the neighbouring hills, and partly raw, and wrought into sundry sorts of vten­sils, convaied in great abundance vnto the parts adjoining. Napurg vpon the riuer Nab. Pfreimbt vpon the same riuer, the residence, and chiefe towne of the Lan [...]graues of Luchtenberg. Further vp mounted vpon an hill is the ca­stle of Luchtenberg, whereof the Lan [...]graues thus named are entitl'd. Sultz­bach. Neuburg vpon the riuer Swartzach, whereof are stiled the Princes Pa­latine of Neuburg of the house of the Electours of the Rhijn. Cham vpon the river Regen, neighbouring to Bohenia. The greatest part of the country belongeth to the house of the Count Palatines of the Rhijn. The more an­cient inhabitants were the Narisci of Tacitus; afterwards the Boioarians, or Bavarians, their first knowne habitation.

THE DVKEDOME OF BAVARIA.Bavaria.

BOunded vpon the North with the Vpper Palatinate; vpon the West with Schwaben, & the riuer Lech; vpō the with South the Earledome of Tirol; & vpō the East with the Dukedome of Austria. It is diuided into the Higher, and the Lower Bavaria. The higher part, adioining to the Alpes, is hilly, cold, and barren, yeelding no wines, and not much corne; seruing rather for pasturage, and the fatting of swine, feeding vpon the wild fruits hereof. The Lower Bavaria is more firtill, and better inhabited; especially the parts ly­ing neere vnto the riuers Danow and Iser. The whole is very thicke with woods, seeming one continuate forest▪ some remainders of the old Hercy­nian.Ingolstadium. long. 32. g. 10. m. lat. 48. g. 40. m. Clav. The chiefer townes in the Lower Bavaria are Ingolstat vpon the Da­now, a noted Vniversitie, founded in the yeare 1471. by Lewis Duke of Ba­varia. Regenspurg at the confluence of the riuers Danow, Nab, and Regen, the seat sometimes of the more ancient Dukes of Bavaria;Ratisbona. lo. 32. g. 15. m. lat. 48. g. 59. m. Clav. now a Bishops sea, and a towne Imperiall. The citty is faire, and large, beautified with an infinite number of Churches, Chappells, and other places dedicated to reli­gious vses, whose Apostle, and first Bishop is reported to haue been S. Mark, Disciple to S. Paul. Here of later yeares the generall Diets of the Empire haue more ordinarily beene kept. The bridge here ouer the Danow is the greatest vpon both riuers hereof, and the Rhijn; containing 470 paces in length▪ Patavium, Ion. 33. g. 50. m. lat. 48. g. 40. m. Clav. Passaw (Boiodurum of Ptolemie, and Antoninus, and Batava of the author of Notitia, then a garrison towne of the Romans, the station of a Cohort of the Batavians,) now a Bishops sea, seated at the meetings of the rivers Danow, Inn, and Ils. The citty through the benefit, and commoditie hereof is rich, faire, and well traded, divided into three townes, seuered by the rivers; of Inhstadt, situated vpon the right shore of the river Inn; of Passaw lying in a corner, or wedge of land betwixt the left shore of the of the Inn, and the Danow; and of Ihlstadt, lying on the farther side of the Danow at the confluence thereof, and of the river Ils. Vpon the hill of S. George, adioyning vnto Ihlstadt, standeth the castle Oberhusen, the seat of the Bishop of Passaw,Landishutum. lon. 31. g. lat. 48. g. 20. m. Clav. the Lord of the towne. Landshut, a faire towne vpon the Iser, seated in a most fruitfull, and pleasant part of the country. Freisin­gen mounted vpon an hill, vnder the which runneth the river Iser; a Bishops sea.Monachium. Ion. 32. g. 50. m. lat. 48. g. Clav. In the Vpper Bavaria Munchen vpon the Iser, the seat of the Dukes of Bavaria. The citie is faire, large, and populous, enioying a most sweete, and happy situation amongst woods, gardens, and rivulets. In the Dukes palace is a library of 11 thousand volumes, the greatest part whereof are manuscripts. Landsperg neerer vnto the Alpes of Tirol. The most part of the country is subject to the Dukes of Bavaria. The more ancient inhabi­tants were the Vindelici of Florus, and others.

THE BISHOPRICK OF SALTZBVRG.Episcopatus Saltzburgen­sis.

LYing amidst the Alpes Iuliae; and confined with the Dukedomes of Bavaria, Austria, and Karnten, and the Earledome of Tirol. The [Page 15] soile is drie, rockie, & barren (some fresher vallyes excepted;) rich chiefly in minerals.Salisburgum lon. 35. g. 40. m. lat. 47. g. 40. m. Clav. The only towne of note is Saltzburg▪ (Iuvavim, and Iuvavia of Antoninus, and Iuvense of the Notitia, the mansion then, and fixed residence of part of a Cohort of Romane souldiers, belonging to the first Legion.) It is now an Arch-bishops sea, situated vpon the river Saltzach; occasioning the name thereof. The ancient inhabitants were part of the Norici Me­ [...]erran [...]i.

THE COVNTRY OF TIROL.Comitatus Tit [...]le [...].

EXtended in a maner over the whole breadth of the Alpes Rhaeticae, and Iuliae (comprehending part of both,) and having vpon the North-Beva­ria; vpon the West the Switzers, and Grisons; vpon the South Lombardie in Italy, and vpon the East the Bishoprick of Saltzburg, and Marca Tri [...]i­gi [...]na, belonging to the Venetians. The country is almost wholy▪ possessed with wild, and asperous mountaines; yet which afford many excellent val­lies, scarce yeelding in fruitfulnes to the best plaines, the chiefest wherof are Intal, containing 18 Dutch miles in length, and 4. in bredth, continued a­long the course of the riuer Inn towards Bavaria; and the Vallie of the riuer Adise of some. 3. Dutch miles in bredth, and about 16 in length, reaching along that streame towards Italy, and the South. The hils abound with minerals of all kindes; chiefly of brasse in Falke [...]stein, and Erbstollern; and of silver at the townes of Schwatz, and Stertzingen; the yearly revenue of which later, accruing to the prince, in the time of Cuspinian amounted to 300 thousand crownes, belonging to the house of Austria. The Emperour Maximilian the first in regard hereof was wont to compare this rich pro­vince to a plaine countrymans coate, to the eie course, illfavoured, and bare, yet fresh within the folds, warme, commodious, and profitable. The Townes here of better note are Schwatz, rich in siluer mines. H [...]l vpon the Inn,Aeni-pons. lon 32. g 50. m. lat. 46. g. 55. m. Clav. named thus from the Salt Wiches thereof. Inspru [...], the Parlia­ment, and chiefe towne of the country (occasioned, and named thus from the passage of the river,) seated vpon the I [...]n amongst rivulets, meadowes, corne-fields, viny downes, and wooddy mountaines, stored with Deare, & wilde-goates for hunting. The towne is fairely built of stone, where the Arch-dukes haue a magnificent palace, the ordinary seat sometimes of the Emperours Charles the fift, and of Ferdinand the first; amongst other prince­ly ornaments enriched with a faire, and well furnished armory. These lie in Intall. Stertzingen, plentifull in siluer mines, seated vnder the great mountaine Der Brenner, lying in the way to Italy from Augspurg. Mals nere vnto the head of the river Adise. Meran. Neere herevnto standeth the castle of Ti [...]ol▪ naming the country.Tridentum. lon 33. g. 40. m. lat. 45. g. 20. m. Clav. Trent, vpon the river Adise, a Bi­shops sea, famous thorough the Christian world for the late councell pre­tended Oecumenicall, there celebrated. The inhabitants of the towne on the part towards Italy speake the Italian tongue, on the side towardes the Germanes the Dutch; seated in the confines of both provinces. Possen in the same border, called otherwise Bolgiano, and Bolsano by the Italians. The more ancient people were parts of the Norici Mediterranei, and of the Rhaeti Alpestres. The country for the greatest part appertaineth to the Archdukes of Austria.

KARNTEN.Carinthia. Fanum. S. Viti lon. 37. lat. 47. Mercat. Villacum lon. 36. g. 15. m. lat. 46. g. 8. m. Clav.

SItuated amongst the Alpes Carnicae, and Iuliae, and bounded vpon the West with the Diocese of Saltzburg, and the riuer Saltzach; vpon the North with Austria, vpon the East with Steirmarck, & the riuer Lavanat; and vpon the South with Krain, and the river Dra. It reacheth along the course of the Dra an hundred Italian miles in length, & in breadth betwixt the Mur, and the Dra some 47 of the same miles. The country is rich chiefly in mineralls. Chiefer townes are Clagnfurt neere the Lake Werdsee, and the Dra. S. V [...]it at the [...] of the rivers Glan, and W [...]nicz, the chiefe towne. Gurck, a Bishops sea. Freisach vpon the riuer Olcza. Wolfsperg vp­on the river Lava [...]dt, and the confines of Steirmarck. Lavamundt in the same border at the meetings of the Lavandt, and the Dra, a Bishops sea. Hainburg vpon the Dra. Vill [...]h (Iulium Carnicum of Ptolemie) vpon the Dra. The country belongeth to the Archdukes of Austria. The more an­cient inhabitants were part of the Carni, V. Claud. Ptol. Geog. l. 3. c. 1: & Plin▪ nat. hist. l. 3. c. 18. of Ptolemie and Plinie, part of the Italians. Plinie nameth these in Venetia, the tenth region of Italy.

KRAIN.

SEated amongst the Alpes Carnicae. It hath vpon the North Karnten, & Cily; vpon the West Friul [...], part of Italy, vpon the South Istria; & vpon the East Dalmatiae, Krabbaten, and Windischlandt; extending in length from East to West along the riuer Saw 120 Italian miles, and in breadth from North to South about 76 of the same miles. The soile is here rich in Corne, Wine, Oyle, and all manner of fruits; the Alpes more low, and lesse cold, asperous, and rockie, then are those towards the West. Chiefer townes are Laibach, vpon the riuer thus named (Pamportum of StraboOcra autem pars est Alpi [...] humillima, qua ad Car­nos itur, & per quam ab Aquileia cur­ribus portan­tur merces ad locum, cui no­men Pampor­tum, itinere nō vltra 400 Sta­diorum. Hinc fluvijs ad I­strum, & adsi­tas ei regiones devehuntur. Pamportum enim fluvio alluitur navi­gabili ex Illy­rico decurren­ti, & in Saum exeunti, Stra­bo; Geog. l. 5.) andDeceptos credo, quoni­am Argonavis flumine in ma­re Adriaticum descendit, non procul Terge­ste: nec jam constat quo flumine. Hu­meris tamen transvectam Alpes diligen­tiores tradūt. Subijsse autem Istro, deinde Sao, deinde Nauporto, [...]ui nomen ex ea causa est. Plin. nat. hist. lib. 3. c. 18. Goricium. long. 37. g. lat. 36. g. Mercat. Nau­portus of Pliny, called thus from the ship of the Argonautae, wherein was brought the Golden fleece from Pontus; from the Euxine sea conveyed vp thus farre by this river, and the Danow, and the Saw; stopped here by the bordering mountaines; and carried ouer land to the sea Adriaticke, where­by it was brought back againe vnto Greece.) Gorecz vpon the riuer Luson­tio not farre from the Adriatick. The contry is subject to the Archdukes of Austria. The ancient inhabitants were part of the Car [...].

STEIRMARCK.

BOunded vpon the North with Austri [...]; vpon the East with the Lower Hungary; vpon the South with Krain; and vpon the West with Karnten, from the which it is diuided by the riuer Lavandt. The country is hilly, and mountainous, overspred with the branches of the neighbouring Alpes; rich chiefly in Mineralls. A familiar disease here amongst the inhabitants, is the Struma, or the kings-Evill, proceeding from their more cold, & moist aire, or from their more sharpe, and piercing waters, mingled with snow, descen­ding from off their mountaines. Townes here of better note are Voitsperg, vpon the riuer Kaynach. The neighbouring mountaines of Schwanberger-Albn, [Page 17] lying betwixt this towne, and the Dra, yeeld mines of siluer. Pruck vp­on the river Mur.Gratia. lon. 39. g. lat. 48. g. Mercat. Gratz vpon the Mur, the chiefe towne of the country. Rachelspurg vpon the Mur. Seckaw, a Bishops sea, vpon the Dra neere vnto the confluence thereof, and the Mur.Paetovio. lon. 39. g. lat. 47. g. Mercat. Petaw (Patavium of Ptolemie, Peto­bio of Ammianus Marcellinus, and Paetovio of Antoninus) vpon the Dra. Lambach (Ovilabis of Antoninus) vpon the Dra. warasin beyond the Dra towards Italy. Cely (Celeia of Plinie.) The country belongeth to the Arch­dukes of Austria. The ancient inhabitants were the Taurisci ofV. Strab. Ge­og lib. 5. Strabo, part of the Norici after the same author. They seeme notwithstanding by their situation to haue beene rather a part of the Pannonij.

AVSTRIA.Austria.

BOunded vpon the South with Steirmarck; vpon the East with Hungary, parted by the river Rab; vpon the West with Bavaria; & vpon the North with Bohemia (the moūtaines thereof intervening,) together with Moravia, from the which it is divided by the river Teya. The country is pleasant, healthie, and abundantly fruitfull in corne, and very excellent Wines. Here groweth likewise plenty of Saffron, also Ginger at the foot of the Moun­taines neere Haimburg. It is divided by the Danow into the Higher, and the Lower Austria. Chiefer townes in the Higher Austria are Lintz (Are­date of Ptolemie) at the confluence of the rivers Draun, and the Danow. Ens at the meetings of the riuers Danow, and Ens. Neere herevnto (where now is Lorch) stood sometimes the towne Laureacum of Antoninus, and the Author of Notitia; the station then of the second Roman Legion, and the Metropolis of Noricum Ripense. Ips (Gesodunum of Ptolemie) at the meetings of the Danow,Vienna. long. 37. g 45. m. lat. 48. g. 20. m. Clav. and the Ips. Wien vpon the Danow (Iuliobona of Ptolemie, Vendum of Strabo, Vindibona of Antoninus, and Vindomana of the Author of Notitia, the station then of the Tenth Roman Legion.) It is now the chiefe towne of the country, a Bishops sea, a noted Vniuersity, and a strong fortresse against the Infidells; renowned for a stout, & resolute siege which in the yeare 1529 it sustained against Soliman, and the whole power of the Turkish Empire. The walls hereof were built with part of the mony obtained for the ransome of Richard the first, king of England, taken priso­ner by Leopold the fift Duke of Austria. Haimburg at the confluence of the Danow, and the Marckh. Nere herevnto beginneth a ridge of Mountaines, continued vnto the Rab, named Cognamus Mons by Ptolemie, and now by the Dutch from hence Haimburger-perg. Newsidl vpon a great Lake, thus called. Newstat. Waydhoven vpon the riuer Ips. Wels vpon the Draun. Gmundt vpon the lake Gemundersee, and the riuer Draun, where it issueth from hence. Here is great truck for salt, digged forth of the bordering mountaines, and by the Draun, and Danow carried to Wien, & vnto other neighbouring places. In the Lower Austria Krems vpon the left shore of the Danow. The ancient inhabitants of the Lower Austria were part of the Marcomanni of Tacitus: Those of the Higher Austria were parts of the Norici Ripenses, and of the Vpper Pannonia. The whole in a manner apper­taineth now to the Archdukes of Austria.

BOHEMIA.Bohemia.

LIyng in a round circle in the heart of Germany, and encompassed with wooddie mountaines, part of the Hercynian; bounded vpon the South with Austria, and Bavaria; vpon the West with the Vpper Palatinate, and Voitlandt; vpon the North with Meissen, Lausnitz, and part of Schlesi; and vpon the East with Moravia. The aire here is sharp, & piercing. The coun­try is rough, and hilly, rich in mineralls, and yeelding sufficient plentie of corne, and all other necessary provision, wines excepted, which here grow not, or sowre. Chiefer townes are Augst nere vnto the head of the riuer Elb. Konigingretz vpon the riuer Labe, or Elb. Iaromir vpon the Elb. Kutten­berg, where are mines of siluer. Littomissel neere vnto the borders of Mo­ravia. Czaslaw. Tabor, a strong towne, built by Ziska. Budweis (Marobo­duum of Ptolemie after Lazius.)Praga. lon. 39. g. 15. m. lat. 50. g. 10. m. Clav. Prage an Archbishops sea, and the chiefe citty of the kingdome, seated in an open, & pleasant valley vpon both sides of the riuer Muldaw; divided into three townes, the Old, & the New Prage, lying vpon the right shore of the Muldaw, sometimes seuerally walled, and now only parted, and distinguished with a shallow ditch; and the Lesser Prage standing vpon the left shore of the riuer, and ioined to the old towne by a wide, and spacious stone bridge of 24 arches. Here now flourisheth a noted Vniuersitie, founded by the Emperour Charles the Fourth. Vpon a hill, adjoyning to the Lesser Prage standeth the Castle of S. Wenceslaus, the ordinary seat, and royall pallace of the kings of Bohemia, & of the last Roman Emperours of the house of Austria. Pilsen. Schlani. Laun vpon the riuer Egra.Egra. long. 35. g. lat. 51. g. Mercat. Elbogen vpon the Egra, where are hot medicinable bathes. Egra a faire, and large citty, containing some three miles in compasse, and seated vpon the river Egra in the confines of Bohemia, and Nortgow; sometimes Imperiall, now subject to the kings of Bohemia. The ancient inhabitants of Bohemia were the Boij, before mentioned; afterwards the Marcomanni; and lastly the Sclaves.

MORAVIA.Morauia.

BOunded vpon the South with the Lower Austria, and the river Teya; vp­on the West with Bohemia (the Mountaines thereof intervening;) vpon the East with Hungary; and vpon the North with Schlesi; divided from either likewise by Mountaines, (the Asciburgius of Ptolemy) branching from the Sudetae, or the Bohemian Mountaines. The country in regard of such its situation resembleth the Area of an halfe Theater, lying open onely to­wards Austria, and the South, & vpon the other sides environed with great hils, and rough forests; being plaine within, and exceedingly populous, and fruitfull for corne, wines, and fat, and rich pasturages. The aire is noted to be somewhat vnhealthy, as it commonly hapneth to fatter soiles, debar­red from the cleansing East, and Northerne windes. Chiefer townes are Ig­la vpon the riuer thus named,Olmuntz. lon. 41. g. lat. 49. g. 30. m. Clav. and the frontire of Bohemia. Znaim vpon the riuer Teya. Niclasburg, frontiring vpon Austria. Brin vpon the riuer Schwatz. Olmuntz the chiefe towne of the country, and an Vniversity, sea­ted [Page 19] vpon the river Marckh. Not far from hence in the hill Oderberg (part of the mountaines confining this country, and Schlesi) springeth the great riuer Odera. Cremser vpon the Marckh. Radisch vpon the Marckh. The ancient, and first inhabitants of Moravia were the Marcomanni of Tacitus; afterwardes the Sclaves thus distinguished. The naturall language of the people, as also of the Bohemians, is the Sclavonian. The country belongeth to the kings of Bohemia, an appendant of that State.

SCHLESI.Silesia.

BOunded vpon the South with Moravia, and Bohemia; vpon the West with La [...]snitz; vpon the East with Poland; and vpon the North, with the Marquisate of Brandenburg. It is likewise wholy encompassed with hils, and mountaines, the North towardes Brandenburg only excepted. Within it is plaine, rough, and wooddy, yet abounding in corne. The hilly parts yeeld plenty of brasse, and copper beside other mettals. The aire is sharpe, and piercing, since lying open to the cold blustering windes of the North. Vratislauia. 40. lon. lat. 51. g. 10. m. Clav. Townes here of better note are Oppelen vpon the Odera. Breslaw vpon the Odera, a Bishops sea, and the chiefe towne of the country, large, populous, faire, and orderly built, with straight, and open streets. Glogaw vpon the Odera towardes Brandenburg.Lignitium. Sweinitium. Lignitz. Sweinitz. Neisse, a Bi­shops sea, vpon the riuer thus called. The ancient inhabitants were parts of the Quadi, Marsigni, Gothini, and Burij of Tacitus; afterwards the Scla­ves of Poland, a part sometimes of that kingdome. Their common language now is the Dutch; excepting in the parts beyond the Odera towards Po­land, where the Sclavonian more prevaileth. It is an appendant state of the kingdome of Bohemia, subject to the princes thereof.

LAVSNITZ.Lusatia.

BOunded vpon the East with Schlesi; vpon the South with Bohemia; vp­on the West with Meissen; and vpon the North with the Marquisate of Brandenburg. The country is rough, and full of woods: the soile fat, and plentifull of all things necessary. It is divided into the Higher Lausnitz, which is the part confining vpon Bohemia, and the Lower Lausnitz, neigh­bouring to Brandenburg.Gorlicium. lon. 34. g. 45. m. lat. 51. g. Clav. Chiefer townes in the Higher Lausnitz are Gor­litz, a faire, and well built towne vpon the riuer Neisse. Bautzen, the seat of the gouernour of the country for the Emperour, and king of Bohemia, vp­on the Spree. Budissina. lon. 37. g. lat. 52. g. Mercat. Zittauia. Zittaw, bordering vpon Bohemia. Lauben. Lubben. Gamitz. These together by the inhabitants are named the Six townes, confederate amongst themselues in a strict league. In the Lower Lausnitz Spremberg vpon the Spree.Laubena. Lo­bauia. Cam­menzium. Hexapolis. Cottbuss vpon the Spree. Cottbuss, and part of the Lower Lausnitz belong to the Marqueses of Brandenburg; the rest to the kings of Bohemia. The ancient inhabitants after Glareanus were the Semnones of Tacitus; afterwards part of the Sorabi of the Sclaves Winithi.

FRANCONIA.Franconia.

BOunded vpon the West with the riuer Rhijn; vpon the South with the Lower Palatinate, and Schwaben; vpon the East with the Vpper Palati­nate, and Voitlandt; and vpon the North with Hessen, and Duringen. It is hedged in on all sides with rough forrests, Sylua Ottoni­ca. Ardua Syl­va. and mountaines, parts of the Old Hercynian, the most noted whereof are towards Heidelberg, and the Low­er Palatinate Otten-waldt; towards the Vpper Palatinate Steigerwaldt, and the woods of Nurnberg; Sylua Turin­gica, Sylua Pi­cea. and in Duringen, and towards Hessen Duringer­waldt, and Speysshartz. Within it is plaine, healthie, and pleasant; sandie in many places, yet every where tolerably fruitfull, well stored with corne, and perfect wines. It affordeth also plenty of Rapes, Onions, & Liquorice. Chie­fer townes are Bomberg vpon the riuer Regnitz,Bamberga. lon. 31. g. 45. m. lat. 49. g. 56. m. Clav. neere vnto the meeting thereof, and the Mein, a Bishops sea. The country hereof yeeldeth great a­bundance of Liquorice. Schweinfurt a towne Imperiall vpon the Mein, sea­ted in a most fruitfull soile. Kitzing vpon the Mein, subject to the house of Brandenburg.Herbipolis. lon. 30. g. 10. m. lat. 49. g. 57. m. Clav. Wurtzburg, a Bishops sea, vpon the Mein, in a pleasant plain, environed with medowes, gardens, and vinie downes. The citty belongeth to the Bishops of Wurtzburg, titularie Dukes of Franconia, residing in a strong Castle, situated without the towne. Gemund at the meeting of the rivers Mein, and the Sal. It belongeth also to the Bishops of Wurtzburg. Francfurt, Francofur­tum ad Moe­num. lon. 30. g. lat. 50. g. 30. m. Clav. a citty Imperiall, vpon the Mein, divided into two townes; of Francfurt, which is the greater part, vpon the left shore of the river; and of Saxen-hausen, standing vpon the right shore, both commanded by one magistrate. The towne is large, rich, and populous, famous for two great Marts, the first held about Mid-lent, the later towards the midst of Sep­tember, resorted vnto from all parts. Here still the Roman Emperours are chosen. Rottenburg a towne Imperiall vpon the riuer Tauber. Winsheim, a towne Imperiall. Coburg, appertaining to the Dukes of Saxonie. Franconia is diuided amongst sundry Free states, the townes of Franckfurt, Schwein­furt, Rottenburg, and Winsheim; the Bishops of Wurtzburg, and Bamberg; the Dukes of Saxonie, the Marqueses of Brandenburg, and the Earles of Henneberg, Werthaim, Hohenloe, Erpach, and Schwartzenburg with o­thers.

HESSEN.Hassia.

BOunded vpon the South with Franconia; vpon the West with the Rhijn, and part of Westphalen; vpon the North with the Dukedome of Bruns­wijck; and vpon the East with Saxony, and Duringen. The aire here is heal­thy, and the soile fruitfull in corne, and pasturages; hilly, and in many places shaded with thicke woods, replenished with Deere, and sundry sorts of wilde beasts. The sheepe hereof yeeld a fine staple for these forraine parts. The hilly parts of Catzen-Elbogen amongst other minerals afford plenty of brasse, and lead. Chiefer townes are Treefurt. Eschewege: both situated vpon the Weirra,Fulda. lon. 32. g. lat. 51. g. Merc. or Weser. Allendorf vpon the Weser, enriched with Salt-springs. Fuld vpon the riuer Fuld, occasioned by the great Monastery [Page 21] thus named, founded by S. Boniface, an Englishman, the Apostle of the Dutch nation; whose Abbot is prince of the Empire, and Chauncelour of the Empresse. The Abby-Church of S. Sauiour hath a well furnished libra­ry, consisting all of Manuscripts. The Woodland country hereof is cal­led from hence Stift Fuld, and Buchen from the [...]enty of Beeches it yeel­deth, belonging to the Abbots.Cassella. Melsingen vpon the Fuld. Cassel vpon the Fuld, the chiefe seat of the Lantgraues. Frankenburg vpon the riuer Eder. Waldeck, Frislaria. lon. 32. g. lat. 52. g. Merc. a free County, vpon the Eder. Frislar vpon the Eder. The towne belongeth to the Bishops of Mentz. Hanaw, a free County, vpon the riuer Bintz.Marpurgum. lon. 30. g. 10. m lat. 51. g. Clav. Martpurg, the chiefe towne belonging to the Lantgraues, seated a­mongst viny downes, and wooddy mountaines vpon the riuer Lon, where flourisheth a Vniuersity, fonnded in the yeare 1426 by Lewis, Bishop of Munster. Here the Lantgraues haue a stately, and magnificent castle, moun­ted vpon a high hill without the towne, enioying a pleasant prospect, one of their chiefe places of residence. Giessen. Dietz vpon the Lon. Nassaw, a free County of the Empire, vpon the Lon. From the Earles hereof the fa­mily of Nassaw in the Low Countries, are descended. Cub vpon the right shore of the Rhijn, a towne belonging to the Paltz-graues. The greatest part of the Land of Hessen belongeth to the house of the Lantgraues. The rest is subiect to the Abbot of Fuld, the Earles of Solms, Wiltgestein, Nas­saw, Waldeck, Hanaw, and Isenbruck. The ancient inhabitants were the Catti of Tacitus.

DVRINGEN.Turingia.

BOunded vpon the West with the Land of Hessen, and the riuer Weirra; vpon the South with Franconia, being diuided therefrom by the great forest Duringer-waldt; vpon the North with the Higher Saxony, and the wood Hartz; and vpon the East with the riuer Saltza, and Meisseu. The country is on euery side environed with mountainous, and wooddy forests. Within it is plaine, and extraordinarily populous, and fruitfull for corne. Here also groweth woad in very great abundance.Gotha. lon. 33. g. lat. 52. g. Merc. Chiefer townes are Go­ta vpon the riuer Lin. Here sometimes stood the strong castle of Grim­menstein, in the raigne of the Emperour Maximilian the second the nest, and receptacle of certaine seditious persons, proscribed by the Emperour; besieged, and taken in by Augustus Electour of Saxony, and in the yeare 1567 raised, and pulled downe by the commaunde of the Estates of the Em­pire, assembled in a Diet at Regenspurg.Erfurdia. lon. 34. g. 30. m. lat. 51. g. 10. m. Clav. Erdfurt vpon the diuided streames of the riuer Gers, watring, and running through the many streets thereof. The cittie is large, rich, populous, and euery way great, accompted amongst the chiefest in Germany; belonging sometimes to the Bishops of Mentz, now gouerned in manner of a free state. Here flourisheth an Vniuersity founded in the yeare 1392, and raigne of the Emperour Wenceslaus. The rich country hereof yeeldeth great plenty of woad.Vinaria. Weimar, enioying a fruitfull, and pleasant situation vpon the riuer Ilm; the chiefe seate of the Dukes of Saxony,Iena. lon. 34. g. lat. 52. g. Merc. descended from Iohn-Fredericke, deposed from the Ele­ctourship by the Emperour Charles the Fift, residing here in a stately, and magnificent castle. Iene in a deepe vally vpon the riuer Saltza, and the bor­ders [Page 22] of Meissen, a noted Vniuersity, founded in the yeare 1555 by Iohn-Fre­dericke, and Iohn-William, sonnes to the Electour Iohn-Fredericke, taken prisoner by the Emperour Charles the Fift. The country for the most part is subiect to the Dukes of Saxony. The first, and more ancient inha­bitants according to Montanus were the Chasuari of Tacitus, afterwardes the Thuringians.

MEISSEN.Misnia.

BOunded vpon the West, with the riuer Saltza, and Duringen; vpon the South with Voytlandt, & Bohemia; vpon the East with Lausnitz; & vpon the North with the Dukedome of Saxony, & the Marquisate of Brādenburg. The land is hilly, & full of woods, remainders of the old Hercynian, where­with sometimes in a manner the country hath beene wholy ouerspred. In regard hereof, and of continuall vapours, ascending from such wet vndrey­ned grounds, the ayre here in times past hath beene very close, and illfavou­red, darkned for a great part of the yeare with continuall fogges, and mists, especially in Ioachims-tal, and the more mountainous part, neighbouring to Bohemia. Through long civilitie, and better plantation (the woods in part cut downe, and the bogs let out) the ayre since is become more cleere, and the country more rich, and healthie, yeelding plenty of corne, and of all manner of fruits. Amongst other mettals it affordeth very much siluer in the Mines of Ioachims-tal, Freiberg, Anneberg, Schneberg, and other parts of the hills Sudetae. Chiefer townes are Mersburg. Naumburg: Bishops seas,Hala Saxonū. lon. 36. g. 18. m. lat. 51. g. 37. m. P. Birtij. both seated vpon the riuer Saltza. Hal vpon the riuer Saltza. Here great store of salt is made from the salt-springs; the occasion of the towne, and of that great warre betwixt the Hermunduri, and the Catti, wherevnto they both then bordered, mentioned with someV. Corn. Ta­citi Annal. lib. 13. mistake by Tacitus. Leip­zig at the confluence of the riuers Pleiss, Pard, and Elster, the Parlia­ment, and chiefe towne of the country.Lipsia. lon. 30: g. 30. m. lat. 51. g. 20. m. Clav. The towne is not very large, but wealthie, and populous, and beautified with faire buildings, made all of stone, and standing in an equall heigth, and iust order; a rich Emporie, and a noted Vniversitie,Misna. lon. 38. g. 10. m. lat. 51. g. 10. m. Clav. founded in the yeare 1409. Meissen, a Bishops sea, the most ancient, and first seat of the Marqueses of Meissen, occasioning the name of the country, and built by the Emperour Henry the first to affront the Sclaues; situated vpon the West, and left shore of the Elb in a hilly, & vneuen ground, beautified chiefly with three eminent, and faire castles, or palaces, of the Bishops, the Burgraues, and of the Dukes of Saxonie, the Lords of the towne, mounted close together vpon a high hill with a faire prospect overlooking the citty.Dresda. lon. 36. g. lat. 51. g. 3. m. P. Birtij. Torgaw vpon the Elb. Dresen, situated in a fruitfull, and pleasant part of the country; divided by the riuer Elb into the old, and the new townes, (whereof the old lieth in Lausnitz,) and ioyned with a faire bridge of 800 paces in length, the seat of the Duke Electours of Saxonie, residing here in a strong, and magnificent castle. Here the Dukes haue a rich armory, stored with all sorts of munition, and warlike provision, sufficient to furnish a great army.Friberga. lon. 35. g. 28. m. lat. 50. g. 53. m. Birt. Friberg vnder the Bohemian mountaines, rich in siluer mines. The country is subject to the Dukes of Saxonie. The an­cient inhabitants were the Hermunduri of Tacitus; afterwards the Sorabi, part of the Sclaves Winithi.

OBER SACHSEN.Saxonia Su­perior.

THis only now retaineth the name of Saxonie. It is extended along the Elb betwixt Meissen, and the Diocese of Meydburg, hauing on the o­ther sides the Earledome of Mansfeild, & the Marquisate of Brandenburg. The aire is sharp,Wittenberga▪ lon. 35. g. 10. m. lat. 50. g. 55. m. Birt. but healthfull; the soile fruitfull. The chiefe towne is Wit­tenberg, standing in an open plaine vpon the Elb, and strongly fenced with bulwarks, rampires, walls, and wide, and deepe ditches; the seat sometimes of the Electours of Saxony, now a noted Vniversitie chiefly for Lutheran Divines, founded in the yeare 1052 by Fredericke the third, Duke Electour. The country is subject to the Dukes of Saxonie.

THE EARLEDOME OF MANSFELDT.Comitatus Mansfeldius.

LYing betwixt the rivers Saltza, and Wieper; and bounded in with the Higher Saxonie, Meissen, Hessen, Duringen, and Brunswijck. The coun­try is hilly, and vneuen; especially towards the South-West, or towards Du­ringen, and Hessen, Mansfeldia. Eis [...]ebia. lon. 32. g. m. 30. m. lat. 51. g. 46. m. Birt. where riseth the woody forrest of Hartz. The soile is chiefly rich in mineralls in the mountainous parts before mentioned. Chie­fer townes are Mansfeldt vpon the riuer Wieper, naming the country. Eisleben, the country of Luther. Quer [...]furt. Rotenburg. Alstad. It belon­geth to the Earles of Mansfeldt.

THE COVNTRIE OF BRAN­DENBVRGDitio Bran­deburgica.

BOunded vpon the West with the Dukedomes of Mecklenburg, and Lunenburg; vpon the South with Meissen, Lausnitz, and Schlesi; vpon the East with the kingdome of Poland; and vpon the North with Pomeren. The country is large, containing in length from East to West 60 Dutch, or 240 Italian miles. It affordeth plenty of corne, as doe generally all those more Northerne parts; but otherwise is vast, and ill inhabited. It is diuided into Altemarck, Vetus Mar­chia. or the Old Marches, lying betwixt the riuer Elb, and Lu­nenburg: Mittel-marck, Media Mar­chia. Superior Marchia. No [...]a Mar­chia. and Vber-marck betwixt the Elb, and the Odera: and Neu-marck, contained betwixt the Odera, and Poland. Chiefer towns in Altemarck are Bueck vpon the Elb. Tangermondt at the confluence of the riuers Elb, and Anger. Steindal. Osterburg. Sehausen vpon the riuer Veht. Bismarck. Gardeleben. Kalb. Soltwedel. Betwixt the Odera, and the Elb Havelburg, a Bishops sea, vpon the riuer Havel. Ratenaw vpon the same riuer.Brandebur­gum. lon. 35. g. 30. m. lat. 52. g. 36. m. Clav. Berlinum. Brandenburg vpon the same riuer, a Bishops sea, and the first seat of the Marqueses, naming the country. Spandaw. Berlin vpon the ri­ver Spree, the chiefe seat of the present Marqueses of Brandenburg. Franc­furt, Francofur­tum ad Ode­ram lon. 37. g. lat. 52. g. 23. m, Birt. enioying a pleasant situation amongst vinie downes vpon the left shore of the Odera. Here flourisheth a noted Vniversitie, founded in the yeare 1506 by Ioachim the first, Electour, and Albert his brother, Marqueses of Brandenburg. In the new Marches Kustrin vpon the riuers Warte, & Ode­ra. [Page 24] Sunnerbergh vpon the Warte. Landsperg vpon the Warte. Berwald. Konigsbergk. Berlinichen. Bernstein. Arnswald. The Lords hereof are the Electours, and Marqueses of the house of Brandenburg, wherevnto be­sides this country, and other straggling possessions, appertaine the Duke­dome of Crossen in Schlesi, the Dukedome of Prussen, with the towne of Cottbuss, and part of Lausnitz; and with the Dukes of Nuburg, the right of the Earledome of Marck, Bergen, Cleve, and Gulick, Prin­ces of very ample, and large possessions. The more ancient inhabitants were the Varini, and Nuithones of Tacitus, parts of the Suevi; as afterwards the Helveldi, Leubuzi, Wilini, Stoderani, and Brizani, parts of the Sclaves Wi­nithi.

POMEREN.Pomerania.

EXtended for the space of 200 English miles along the coast of the sea Balticke (lying vpon the North thereof,) from the riuer Bartze, and the Dukedome of Mecklenburg vpon the West, vnto the riuer Weissel, and the Land of Prussen vpon the East; & confining vpon the South with the Marquisate of Brandenburg. It is divided into the Vpper Pomeren, borde­ring vpon Mecklenburg, and contained betwixt the Bartze, and the Odera; and the Lower Pomeren, lying betwixt the Odera, and the Weissel, and adioi­ning vpon Prussen. The aire is sharpe, and piercing; the country plaine, populous, and abundantly fruitfull, rich in come, pasturges, hony, butter, waxe,Bardum. lon. 35. g. lat. 54. g. 28. m. secun­dum Birtium. Gripswaldia. and flaxe. Chiefer townes are Barth, standing vpon the Ocean, and the mouth of the riuer Bartze, a rich Empory; the seat of the Dukes of Po­meren of Wolgast. Straelsundt, a well traded Empory vpon the same sea-coast against the Iland Rugen. Gripswald vpon the same sea-coast, thwart of the same Iland, a noted vniuersity. Wolgast vpon the same coast of the sea Balticke against the Iland Vsidom. Camin, a Bishops sea, vpon the same shore, against the Iland Wollin. Colberg at the mouth of the riuer Per­sandt.Gedanum, & Dantiscum. lon. 45. g. lat. 54. g. 50. m. Clav. Dantzag, Gdanske, or Danske, vpon the riuer Weissel, named thus from the sea Balticke, or the Oster-sche, wherevnto it neighboureth, called by the more ancient Dutch Cdan, Gdan, or Dan, and corruptly by Mela, and the Latines Sinus Codanus. The citty is rich, populous, magnificent, and euery way flourishing, the second in ranke of the Hanse-townes, much frequented by merchants from all parts; sometimes Imperiall, now gouer­ned in maner of a free estate vnder the kings of Poland. Within the land Coslin vpon the riuer Radnie. Griffenberck vpon the Rega. Newgarten vpon the Hamersbeck.Stetinum. lon. 37. g. 45. m. lat. 54. g. Clav. Stargard vpon the Ina. Stettin, standing in a square forme vpon the left shore of the Odera, the seat of the Dukes of Pomeren of Stettin. Dantzig, and the more Easterne part, adioining vpon the Weis­sel, are subiect to the kings of Poland. The rest appertaineth to the Dukes of Pomeren. The ancient inhabitants were the Reudigni, Rugij, Longi-Ma­ni, and Longi-Diduni, with part of the Burgundiones, and Heruli of Tacitus, Ptolemy, Plinie, and others; afterwards the Wiltzi, Pomerani, and Rani, parts of the Sclaves Winithi.

The countries hither from Duringen are accompted parts of the Higher Saxony, and comprehend the 8 circle of the Empire.

THE COVNTRY OF MECKLENBVRG.Ducatus Me­gapolensis.

BOunded vpon the East with the Dukedome of Pomeren, and the riuer Bartze; vpon the South with Brandenburg, and Lawenburg; vpon the West with Holstein; and vpon the North with the Sundt, or Sea Balticke. The soile is fruitfull, and rich in come. Chiefer townes are Schwerin, a Bi­shops sea, seated in a square forme vpon the South shore of the lake thus named;Wismaria. lon. 33. g. 30. m. lat. 54. g. 14. m. Birt. Wismar, Saxonica, seu Germanorū lingua idem ac Certum mar [...]. P. Birtij Com: Rerum Germanica­rum lib. 3. c. 33. Rostochium. lon. 34. g. 18. m. lat. 54. g. 20. m. Birt. diuided into foure lesser townes. VVismar, a Hans-towne, and a noted port vpon a creeke, or inlet of the sea Balticke, founded after Krant­zius out of the ruines of the great, and ancient cittie of Mecklenburg by Gunselin Earle of Schwerin about the yeare 1240, & in the raigne of Iohn, sirnamed the Diuine, Prince of the Obotriti. The hauen hereof is deepe, and capable of great vessels, affording a large, and safe road; giuing the name to the towne. Rostock, a Hans-citty, and a noted port vpon the riuer Warne neere vnto the fall thereof into the Sundt. The towne is large, rich, and well traded, the best vpon the coast of the sea Balticke after Lubeck, and Dantzig, containing fiue English miles, and an halfe in circuit; amongst o­ther ornaments commended for an Vniuersity, founded by Iohn Duke of Mecklenburg, consisting at this day of nine Colleges. The houses after the manner of the country are for the most part flat-roofed. The Lords here­of are the Dukes of Mecklenburg. The ancient inhabitants were parts of the Sideni, and Burgundiones of Plinie; afterwards the Obotriti, Polabi, Linguones, Warnani, Kircani, Circipani, Rhedarij, and Tholenzi, parts of the Sclaues Winithi; the last people of Germanie, conuerted to Chri­stianity, forced by cōquest, & the armes of Henry sirnamed the Lion, Duke of Saxony, & Bauaria in the raigne of the Emperour Fredericke Barbarossa.

THE DVKEDOME OF HOLSTEIN.Holsatia.

BOunded vpon the East with the Sundt, and Dukedome of Mecklenburg; vpon the North with the kingdome of Denmark, and the riuer Eydore; vpon the West with the German Ocean, taken betwixt the riuers Eydore and Elb; and vpon the South with the Elb, diuiding it from the Diocese of Bremen. The country is low, marishie, and full of woods; chiefly affording good pasturages. It comprehendeth foure distinct names, or countries; of Wagerlandt, adioining vnto Mecklenburg, and the Sundt; of Stormarse, ly­ing along the right shore of the Elb betwixt the mouth of this riuer, and Hamburg, or the riuers Stor, and Billen; of Ditmarse coasting along the O­cean betwixt the riuers Stor, and Eydore; and of Holstein, (particularly thus called) taking vp the more inland parts, or those betwixt Stormarse, and the Dukedome of Schleswijck in Denmark. Chiefer townes are in Wager­landt Lubeck, Lubeca. lon. 31. g. 20. m. lat. 54. g. 48. m. Clav. a Bishops sea, and a citty Imperiall; seated vpon a hill, or ri­sing ground amongst waters, and marishes at the confluence of the riuers Traue, and Billeua neere the fall thereof into the Sundt. The towne is very strong, great, rich, and populous, the chiefe of the Hanse-townes, and of the ports of the sea Balticke; containing about six miles in compasse. Segeberg [Page 25] vpon the river Traue.Hamburgum. lon. 30. g. lat. 54. g. 30. m. Birt. In Stormarse Hamburg vpon the riuer Billen, and the right shore of the Elb, a Hanse-towne, Imperiall, and a noted Emporie, well knowne vnto the English marchant-adventurers. Crempe vpon a little ri­ver, thus named, neere vnto the Elb. Ietzeho vpon the riuer Stor. In Dit­marse Meldorp vpon the Ocean, the chiefe towne. Heininckste. Tellinckste. Londen. Chilonium. lon. 32. g. lat. 55. g. Birt. In the proper Holstein Kiel, a well traded port vpon a nauigable arme of the Sundt. The country is subject (the townes Imperiall excepted) to the house of Denmarc k, held hereby vnder the right, and acknowledge­ment of the Dutch Empire. The ancient inhabitants were the Saxons of Ptolemie, their first seat. The name spreading more Southwards, they were afterwards distinguished, and knowne by the name of the Saxons beyond the Elb.

THE DIOCESE OF BREMEN.Episco patus Bremensis.

BOunded vpon the North with the Elb, and the Dukedome of Holstein; vpon the West with the German Ocean; vpon the South with the riuer Weser from East-Freislandt, and Westphalen; and vpon the East with the Dukedome of Lunenburg, parted from it by a line drawne from the rivers Elb, and Este vnto the Weser a little below the confluence thereof, and the Alre. The extreame parts coasting along the Elb, and Weser, are very fertill for corne, and pasturages; the more inner parts wild, and barren, full of dry sands,Stada lon. 30. g. 46. m. lat. 54. g. 4. m. Birt. marishes, & heathes. Chiefer townes are Stadt, a noted Hanse towne, standing vpon the river Zuinghe (hitherto navigable) neere vnto the fall thereof into the Elb. The towne is accompted the most ancient in Sax­onie, waxing fresh, and reviving againe of late yeares chiefly by meanes of the Staple there fixed of the English Marchant-aduenturers; beautified with faire buildings, and strongly fortified. Here all the ships, passing vp the Elb towards Hamburg, pay tole. The townesmen haue also their choise of the wines hereof for their publike Taverne. Buxtehude vpon the riuer Este,Brema. lon. 30. g. 20. m. lat. 53. g. 23. m. Birt. neere vnto Hamburg. Bremen an Archbishops sea, the chiefe towne of the country; vpon the right shore of the great river Weser. The towne is large, populous, and by the aduantage of the riuer (which is here­vnto navigable) rich, and well traded; beautified with faire, and euen streets, and strongly fenced against hostile invasion. The first Bishop here of was S. Willehade, an Englishman, the Apostle of those more Northerne parts of Saxonie. The country is subiect to the Lay Bishops, or Administratours of Bremen. The more ancient inhabitants were the Chauci Maiores of Ptole­mie; afterwards part of the Saxons Ostphalians.

THE COVNTRY OF LV­NENBVRG.Ducatus Lu­neburgensis.

LYing betwixt the riuers Elb, and Alre, and bounded vpon the West, with the Diocese of Bremen; vpon the North with the Elb, and the Dukedome of Lawenburg; vpon the East with the Olde Marches of Bran­denbrg; and vpon the South with the Dukedome of Brunswijck. The country is plaine, the aire sharpe, and healthfull, and the soile fruitfull, the [Page 27] part adjoyning to the Old Marches of Brandenburg excepted. The chiefe towne is Lunenburg, Luneburgum. lon. 32. g. 18. m. lat. 53. g. 27. m. Birt. standing in a square forme vpon the riuer Elmenow, one of the six prime Hanse-townes, large, populous, and adorned with faire buildings, containing six Parishes, a mile and a halfe in length, and about a mile in breadth; whose chiefest truck, and commoditie is falt, made here in great abundance from the Salt-springs, bought vp by the Hamburgers, and Lubecers, and from thence transported abroad. The country belongeth to the Dukes of Lunenburg, being of the same house with Brunswijck, desen­ded from Henry surnamed the Lion, and the more ancient Dukes of Saxo­nie. The more ancient inhabitants were parts of the Cherusci, and Chauci of Tacitus.

THE COVNTRY OF BRVNSWIICKDucatus Brus­vicensis.

COntained betwixt the riuers Alre, and the Weser. It hath the Duke­dome of Lunenburg vpon the North; vpon the East the Diocese of Meydburg, and the Earledome of Mansfeldt; vpon the South Duringen, and Hessen; and vpon the West and Weser, and Westphalen. The South, and East parts towards Hessen, Duringen, and Mansfeldt swell with woodie Moun­taines, and hills, parts of the ancient Hercynian; called now Hundsrucke, Hartzwald, Hainsette, and by other names. The Northern, and more pro­per Brunswijck is more plaine, exceedingly fruitfull for corne, and all other commodities, which the colder clime is well capable of. Chiefer townes are Grubenhagen. From hence the Dukes of Brunswijck of Grubenhagen were stiled.Goslaria. lon. 32. g. 40. m. lat. 52. g. Clav. Halberstadiū. lon. 32. g. 40. m lat. 52. g, 10. m. Clav. Goslar a towne Imperiall vpon the riuer Gose. Halberstat. Hildesheim; Bishops seas. Quedelburg, occasioned by the rich Nunnery thus called, whose Abbatesse was sometimes Princesse of the Empire. The towne now is subiect to the house of Saxonie. Brunswijck vpon the river Onacter, the chiefe of the country, and one of the six chiefe Hanse-townes. The towne is large (containing about seauen miles in compasse,Brunsviga. lon. 32. g. 40. m. lat. 52. g. 30. m. Birt.) faire, po­pulous, and strongly fortified, encompassed with a double wall, peopled with industrious, and stout inhabitants, iealous of their liberty, and gouer­ned in manner of a free estate, held vnder the right of the Princes. The grea­test part of the country is subiect to the Dukes of Brunswijck. The more ancient inhabitants were the Dulgibini of Tacitus, with part of the Chauci Maiores of Ptolemie; afterwards part of the Saxons Ostphalians.

THE DIOCESE OF MEYDENBVRG.Ditio Magde­burgensis.

EXtended vpon both sides of the riuer Elb betwixt the Marquisate of Brā ­denburg,Magdeburgū. lon. 33. g. 58. m. lat. 52. g. 18. m. Birt. and the proper Saxonie. The chiefe towne is Meydenburg, an Archbishops sea, and naming the country, seated vpon the left shore of the Elb; built, or rather reedified by Edith, wife vnto the Emperour Hen­ry the first, and daughter to Edmund King of England, and na­med thus in honour of her sexe. The Towne is of great State, large, faire, and strongly fortified, famous in the Protestants warres for a whole yeares siege, which it sustained against the Emperour Charles the Fift; [Page 28] amongst the Protestant states remaining onely vnconquerable, the rest be­ing subdued to the will of that mighty Prince. The country is subject to the Lay Bishops, or Administratours of Meydenburg, of the house now of Brandenburg. The more ancient inhabitants were the Lacobardi of Taci­tus; part afterwards of the Saxons Ostphalians.

The countries hitherto from Mecklenburg are accompted the parts of the Lower Saxony, and containe the ninth circle of the Empire.

FREISLANDT.Frisia.

THe name is at this day enlarged along the shore of the Germane Ocean from the Zuyder Zee, parting the same from Hollandt, vnto the riuer Weser. It containeth the West, and the East-Freislandts.

OOST-FREISLANDT.Frisia Orien­talis.

COntinued betwixt the riuer Eems, and the Weser; and bounded vpon the other sides with the Ocean, and the land of West-phalen. The coun­try is plaine, and exceedingly populous, the soile fat; rich in corne, and pasturages. Chiefer townes are Aurich, a rich, and pleasant inland towne, much frequented by the Frison nobility in regard of the commodity of hun­ting in the adioyning woods,Embda. lon. 28. g. 26. m. lat. 53. g. 34. m. Birt. and forrests. Embden vpon the Dollaert, or the mouth of the Eems, a noted port, and Empory, the chiefe towne, and the seat of the prince; residing here in a magnificent, and strong castle, seated at the entrance of the hauen, environed with sea-waters. Here not long since was the staple for Germany of the English Merchant-adventurers, re­moved since to Stadt, and Hamburg. The country belongeth to the Earles of Oost-Freistandt. The ancient inhabitants were the Chauci Minores of Ptolemy; of later times through the neighbourhood of that nation, lying vpon the farther side of the Eems, falsely named Frisons.

WEST-FREISLANDT.Frisia Occi­dencali [...].

THis belongeth to the description of the Netherlandts; accompted now amongst the 17 provinces thereof.

WESTPHALEN.Westphalia.

COntaining the parts of the ancient Saxony, which were included be­twixt the riuers Weser, and Rhijn, (the two Freislandts, Over-ysel, and the parts hereof in Hollandt, and Gelderlandt excepted.) It is bounded vpon the North with Oost-Freislandt, and the Diocese of Bremen; vpon the East with the Weser, and the Dukedome of Brunswijck; vpon the South with the Land of Hessen; and vpon the West with the Rhijn from the Diocese of Colen, and with Clevelandt, Over-ysel, and West-Freislandt. The aire is sharpe, and colde. The soile generally is fruitfull rather in pasturages, and in commodities seruing for the fatting of beasts, then for the nourishment of man; apples, nuts, akomes, and sundry sorts of wilde fruits, wherewith a­mongst [Page 29] other kindes infinite heards of Swine are fed, whose bacon is much commended, and desired in forraine parts. The most firtill parts for corne are about the Lippe, Paderborn, and Soest. The most desert, and barren those adioining to the Weser. Surlandt, and the Dukedome of Bergen are hilly, and full of woods. The Diocese of Munster yeeldeth the best pasturages. Chiefer townes are Duseldorp vpon the right shore of the Rhijn in the Dukedome of Bergen.Tremonia. lon. 28. g. 18. m. lat. 51. g. 30. m. Birt. In the country of Marck Vnna; Dortmund; and Soest. Paderborn a Bishops sea. Munster, a Bishops sea, seated in a plaine vpon the riuer Eems. The towne hath beene made very strong since the sur­prisall thereof by the Anabaptists.Susatum. Mo­nasterium. lon. 29. g. 10. m. lat. 52. g. Birt. It belongeth to the Bishops, thus stiled. Mynden, a Bishops sea, vpon the Weser. Osenburg, a Bishops sea. Of these the Dukedome of Bergen, and the Earledome of Marck appertaine to the Marques of Brandenburg, and the Duke of Nuburg, the heires generall of the house of Cleue. Minda lon. 31. g. 30. m. lat. 52. g. 28. m. Birt. Engern, and Surland belong vnto the Bishops of Colen, who are titulary Dukes of Westphalen. The rest is divided amongst sun­dry petty Lords, Bishops, and Lay Princes. The ancient inhabitants were the Chamavi, Osnaburgum. lon. 29 g. 36. m. lat. 52 g. 25. m. Birt. and Angrivarij, with parts of the Tencteri, and Cherusct of Tacitus; afterwards the Westphali, and Angrivarij, part of the Saxons. The Vbij before Caesar, and the Romanes seeme to haue possessed some­times the parts now of Bergen, and Marck; removed afterwards by Agrip­pa beyond the Rhijn into the part of ancient Gaule, where now standeth Colen.

THE ILANDS OF GERMANY.

THere are not any Ilands of note belonging to this continent, excepting those of Rugen, Vsedom, and Wollin in the Ooster-Sche; lying now thwart of Pomeren, and accompted parts thereof.

The rest, appertaining sometimes vnto Ancient Germany, are subiect at this day vnto the confederate states of the Netherlands, and to the kings of Denmarck, and Swethen; whereof we shall haue occasion to relate in the Description of those countries.

OF THE STATE OF EVROPE. The XIIII Booke.

COntaining the descriptions, and relations of the Common-wealth, and league of the Switzers, Netherland, Danemarck, Norwey, Swethen, Poland, and Hungarie. The difference in ancient authours about the extent, and limits of Illyricum. The more true, and precise bounds, and description of Illyricum, or of Illyris, and Dalmatia, colle­cted out of Ptolemy, with reference to Plinie, and others. The domi­nion, and conquest of Illyricum by the Romanes, Herruli, Visigothes, the Greekish Emperours, and the Sclaves. The cause here, and beginning of the name of Sclavonia. The annexing of Croatia, and Dalmatia, or of the kingdome of Sclavonia, vnto the right of the kings of Hungary. The dominion, and conquest of Dalmatia, or of the sea-coasts of Sclavo­nia by the Venetians. The affaires hereof with the Hungarians. The conquests, and intrusion of the Turkes. The present state of Sclavonia, or Illyricum. The moderne particular names, and countries hereof. The Chorographicall discriptions of Windischland, Krabbaten, Bos­na, Contado di Zara, Dalmatia, now thus properly tearmed, and Alba­nia with their Ilands.

THE COMMON-WEALTH, AND LEAGVE OF THE SWITZERS.

THIS was sometimes a part of the kingdome, and Empire of the Germans, from the which it is now divided through a long crazines, & indisposition of that loose, & heavie body.

It lyeth in the confines of France, Germa­ny, and Italy; containing part of each of those provinces, with the heights of the Alpes Le­pontiae, Paeninae, and Rhaeticae, al which now are either vnited, or subject to the Confederacie hereof.

[Page 2] The bounds hereof are vpon the East the Earledome of Tirol; vpon the North Sungow, and the Rhijn, and Lake of Constance, dividing it from Schwaben (the Canton of Schaff-hausen excepted, which lieth beyond the Rhijn;) vpon the West the Lake Lemane, and the mountainous ridge of the Iour, parting it from Savoy, and the Free Countie of Burgundie; and vpon the South the Dukedome of Milan in Italy.

It is situated betwixt the 28, and 32½ degrees of Longitude, and the 44½, and 47½ degrees of Northerne Latitude; or betwixt the 15, or middle pa­ralell of the 6 Clime, where the longest day hath 15 houres, and a halfe, and the 16 paralel, and beginning of the 7 Clime, where the longest day hath 15 houres, and 3 quarters.

Caesar accompteth the length hereof to be 211 Italian miles, the breadth at 180 of the same miles, measuring only the Helvetij; the other parts not being reckned.

The country is altogether possessed with steepe, and mighty mountains, the mother of sundry great, and famous rivers, of the Tesin, Inn, Adise, Rhosne, Russ, Aar, Limat, & the Rhijn, flowing from hence, as from the grea­test height, and top of Europe towards farre distant, and contrary Oceans, the Adriaticke, Euxine, French, and German seas.

The soile for this cause is for the most part cold, rockie, and barren, yeel­ding little wines, neither of corne sufficient store for the necessary vse of the inhabitants; plentifull chiefly in pasturages, Cattle, Flesh, and milke-meats. Here lye notwithstanding hidden amongst the hills, and rocks many fruit­full, and pleasant vallies, abounding in all sorts of most excellent commodi­ties; such as are the Valtolina, Wallislandt, and other bottomes of the Alpes, especially those which open towards Italy, and the South.

V. Caesaris Comment. Belli Gallici lib. 1. c. 1. &c. Strab. Geogr. lib. 5. Ptolem. Geog: lib. 2. c. 9. & lib. 2. c. 12. & 13. & lib. 3. c. 1. Plin-Natur. Histor. lib. 3. c. 20. Ae­gidij Tschudi Rhaetiae Alpi­nae Descripti­onem. The auncient inhabitants were the Helvetij, possessing the parts, which were included within the Rhijn, the Alpes, the mountaine Iour, and the Lake of Geneue, containing now the 13 Cantons of the Switzers (Basil, and Schaff-hausen excepted,) Turgow, Baden, Rapers-wyl, Bremgarten, Mel­lingen, the Free provinces in Wagenthal, Newenburg, and Biel; part of the Rauraci, now the country of Basil; part of the Allobroges, now Geneve; the Veragri, now the Lower Wallislandt; the Seduni, the part now of the Vpper Wallislandt about Sitten; the Lepontij, inhabiting the creeks, and vallies of the Alpes Alpes Le­pontiorum Plin. Natur. Histor. lib. 3. c. 20 thus named, and comprehending now the higher part of the Vpper Wallislandt, where springeth the riuer Rhosne, Vrseren, or the valley of the riuer Russ, and on the other side of the Alpes towards Italy Liviner-tal, Palenser-tal, Eschental, Meintal, Val Hugonia, Masoxer-tal, and Galancker­tal, with the townes of Bellizona, and Locarno vpon the Lake Maggiore; the Vennonetes, containing now after Tschudus (whom he maketh a distinct people from the Vennones) the vallies of Cleven, Valtolina, Gampoltshin, & Bergel of the Grisons, or the courses of the riuers Maira, Lyra, and Aada vntill their entrances into the Lake of Como; the Aetuatij, now part of the Grisons about the Vorder, and the Hinder Rhijn, where are Rhijnwalder, Schams, Tusis, Retzuns, Tavetch, Diserntis, Trans, Ilantz, Grub, Flymss, Stus­safien, the valley of Lugnitz, and the Higher Sax. The Cotnantij, the parts now of the Grisons, where lye the townes of Chur, Ortestein, Furstnow, Vatz, Churwald, Porpon, Burgunn, Schanfick, Tafaas, Alfenow, Tuffen-ca­sten, [Page 3] Gryffenstein, Tintzen, Stalla, Reamss, and Wels, with others; the Rucantij, now Pfevers, and Prettigow of the Grisons, or the course of the riuer Lan­quarte; the Vennones, now Engadin, Vinstermuntz, and Vinstgow of the Gri­sons, or the country about the heads of the rivers Inn, and Adise; the Rhegus­cae, now Rhijntal, or the Prefectureship of Rheineck, belonging to the Swit­zers, with the opposite shore of the Rhijn, appertaining to the house of Au­stria, extended from thence towards Werdenberg, and Veldkirch along the course of that riuer vnto the Lake of Constance; and the Sarunetes, now the countries of Sargans, and Werdenberg, and vntill the Lake Walensee. Of these the Helvetij, Rauraci, Allobroges, Seduni, and Veragri were parts of the Gaules; containing part of the Provinces of the Alpes Graiae, and Paeninae, Maxima Sequanorum, and Vienniensis. The Vennonetes, Aetuatij, Cotu­antij, Rucantij, Vennones, Rheguscae, & Sarunetes were parts of the Rhaeti, & Rhaeti vs (que) ad Italiam pertinent su­pra Comum, & Veronam Strab. Geog. lib. 5. Vindelici. The Lepontij Strabo placethHuius gen­tis (Rhaeto­rum) sunt eti­am Lepontij Strab. Geog. lib. 5. amongst the Rhaeti, Ptolemie Lepontini Ptolem Geog. lib. 3. c. 1. amongst the people inhabiting Italy. The Vennones Vennones Sirab. Geogr. lib. 5. Vinno­nes Ptolem. Geog. lib. 2. c. 13. Vennone­tes Plin. Na­tur. Histor. lib. 3. c. 20., and Vennonetes seeme to haue beene the same nation, and to haue beene mistaken by Tschu­dus. A cause of this errour might be their different placing in their authors, the Vennones byPetulantissi­mi Vindelico­rum habiti sunt Licatij, Clautinarij, & Vennones Strab. Geog. lib. 5. Strabo being put amongst the Vindelici; and the Venno­netes by Plinie amongst the Rhaeti Rhaetorum Vennonetes, Sarunetes (que) ortus Rheni amnis acco­lunt. Plin: Nat: Histor. lib. 3. c. 20..

By Caius, and Augustus Caesars in their warres of Gaule, & with the Rhae­tians the whole was made subject to the Commonwealth of the Romans, contained afterwards vnder their Provinces of the two Rhaetiae, Maxima Se­quanorum, Vienniensis, and of the Alpes Graiae, and Paeninae. After the ouer­throw of the Westerne Roman Empire by the deluge of Barbarous nations the country became shared betwixt the Almans, and Burgundians; the river of Russ parting them, whereof these had what lay west of the riuer, the other the parts beyond. These two nations not long after being subdued by the Frenchmen it became subiect to that nation; comprehending part of the names, and Provinces of Burgundie, and Almaigne vnder the soueraignetie, and command hereof. After this, the large dominions of the French being divided amongst the sons, and posterity of the Emperour Lewis the Godly, it was made a parcel of the kingdome of Burgundie in the person of Charles son to the Emperour Lotharius, as afterwards in Bozon the second a part of the kingdome of Arles, & Burgundy. By Rodulph the second the last K. of Ar­les, & Burgundy, wanting heires, it was giuen with the rest of that kingdome vnto the Emperour Conrade the second, and his sonne Henry the Black, by whom it was incorporated vnto the German Empire, to which right it hath euer since appertained, by long vnion herewith for the greatest part now accompted, and speaking Dutch. Vnder the German Empire after the manner of other Dutch prouinces it fell diuided into sundry lesser states, and goverments, whereof part were Imperial, immediately acknowledging the Empire; part were subject to the Bishops of Chur, Sitten, Basil, and Ge­neve, the Abbot of S. Gal, and sundry Monasteries, and Religious hou­ses; and part to the Dukes of Zeringen, the Earles of Habspurg, afterwards of Austria, the Earles of Kyburg, Werdenberg, and other inferiour Nobili­ty. Occasioned by the iniuries, and warres of the princes of the house of Austria, affecting the dominion hereof, the favour, and partiality of some of the Dutch Emperours, enimies to that house, and the negligence, sloth, [Page 4] and sundry factions of the Empire, the whole hath now by little, and little shoke of the yoake of the Empire, and of the most part of their particular Lords, each part assuming liberty, and the rights, & priviledges of absolute, and free estates; for their more strong defence against all forraine invaders, and the preservation of justice, peace, and amity amongst themselues, vniting into sundry Leagues, from the Canton of Switz, one of the three first confe­derates, all since named of the Switzers, consisting at this day of 21 lesser Common-wealths, no way depending one of an other, or of any other supe­riour state, the Cantons of Vren, Switz, Vnderwalden, Lucern, Zurich, Gla­ris, Zug, Friburg, Bern, Solothurn, Basil, Schaff-hausen, Appen-zel, the three Leagues of the Grisons, the Bishop of Sitten, and Wallis-landt, the Abbot of S. Gal, and Geneve, with the Prefectureships subiect herevnto (the townes of Rotweil, and Mulhausen being not reckoned, immersed within the Conti­nent of Germany, and lying severed from the body hereof;) the manner of whose revolt, and incorporation into this Confederacie we haue particular­ly related in the discourse of France.

The languages here spoken are the Dutch, common to the most part of the Switzers, to the Grisons about Chur, and to the seauen resorts of the Vp­per Wallislandt; the French to the Lower Wallis-landt, to the towne of Gene­ve, and to the Switzers bordering vpon the lake Lemane; and the Italian to the greatest part of the Communalties of the Grisons, and to the Italian prefecture-ships, subiect vnto these, and the Switzers.

The Religion hereof is partly that of the Reformed Churches, and partlie the Romish Catholicke. The States wholie professing the Reformed Religi­on are the fowre greater Cantons of Zurich, Bern, Basil, and Schaff-hausen amongst the Switzers, and the townes of Geneve, and S. Gal of the Confe­derats. Of the Romish superstition are the Bishops of Basil, and Sitten, the Abbot of S. Gal, and the 7. Cantons of Vren, Switz, Vnderwalden, Lucern, Zug, Friburg, and Solothurn. In the two Cantons of Glaris, and Appen­zel both Religions are allowed. The Communalties of the Grisons are con­fusedly divided betwixt the two, the Protestants notwithstanding more pre­vailing in number. The Ecclesiasticall iurisdiction belongeth to the Bishops of Constance, and Lausanne; vnto whom appertaineth the greatest part of Switzer-landt; the Bishops of Basil to whom that country; the Bishop of Sion to whom VVallis-landt; and the Bishop of Chur vnto whom the Gri­sons.

The civill state (as before wee haue shewed) is not subject to any one goverment, being divided amongst many petty, yet absolute common-wealthes; vnited onely in their sundrie leagues. These leagues are of two sorts. A first is of the 13 Cantons of Vren, Switz, Vnderwalden, Lucern, Zu­rich, Glaris, Bern, Friburg, Solothurn, Basil, Schaff-hausen, and Appen-zel, generall, and perpetuall, and more neere, and strict then the rest; the parts whereof do only properly make the body of this Common-wealth, obtaining solely the prerogatiue of giuing voices in the generall Diets, participating of the publick spoiles of their enimies, and of determining of warre, and peace, and of whatsoeuer affaires of the publick state. A second sort is of the Allyes, confederate with the 13 Cantons, but not admitted into their body, and more firme vnion. Of these onely the townes of Rotweil, and Mul-honse [Page 3] [...] [Page 4] [...] [...] [Page 9] of Longue-ville in France. Both are confederate with Bern.

THE CANTOM OF SOLOTHVRN.

LYing about the Aar, and confining to the mountainous ridge of the Iour. Solothurn the chiefe towne (Solothurum of Antoninus) standeth vpon the Aar in a fruitfull,Solodurum. lon. 29. g. 5. m. lat. 46. g. 7. m. Birt. and plaine situation, the place of Martirdome of S. Versus, and his 66 Theban souldiers in the raigne of the Emperour Dio­clesian.

THE CANTON OF FRIBVRG.

SEated in the part of Wiflispurgergow, the most westerne of the Can­tons;Friburgum. lon. 28. g. 12. m. lat. 47. g 4. m. Clav. divided into 19 Prefectureships, or goverments. Friburg, the chiefe towne, standeth vpon the river Sana, being partly plaine, and partly lying vpon a rockie, and vneuen hill, founded by Berchtold the fourth, Duke of Ze­ringen not many yeares before Bern.

These two last Cantons are accompted amongst the Romish, or Catho­lick.

THE CANTON OF ZVRICH.

LYing vpon the Lake Zuricher-see, and containing 31 Resorts, or Prefe­ctureships. Tigurum. lon. 30. g. 20. m. lat. 47. g. Birt. Chiefe townes here Zurich, situated vpon both sides of the river Limat, where it issueth out of the Lake. The citty is large, renowned with a famous Vniversitie. Stein. Winterthurn. Vnto this, the most honou­rable, and chiefest of the Cantons, belongeth the power, and authority of summoning the generall Diets, as of those particular of the Protestant League; whose legates presede, and haue the first place in both assemblies. The Religion hereof is that of the Reformed Churches.

Below Zurich vpon the Limat, enioying a most happy, and pleasant si­tuation,Bada Helue [...]i­o [...]um. lon. 31. g. lat. 48. g. 44. m. Clav. lyeth the towne of Baden, named thus from the hot bathes thereof; now a Prefectureship, commanded by the eight first Cantons, beautified with faire buildings, and seated in the heart of Switzerlandt, in regard of so many advantages much frequented, and resorted vnto by the Helveti­ans, and bordering people, and made the seat of their generall all Diets, ordina­rily here assembling in the moneth of Iune (as vpon extraordinary occasi­ons at other times) to consult of, and conclude publick businesses concer­ning the whole League, and for taking the accompts of the governours, and officers of the Common Prefectureships. Further vp vpon the right shore of the Lake of Zurich standeth Raperswyl, a Prefectureship, appertaining to the same Cantons.

THE CANTON OF BASIL.

INcluded within the Rhijn, the mountaines Iour, and Vauge, and the bor­ders of Sungow. Basilea lon. 28. g. lat. 48. g. 30. m. Birt. The soile is rockie, & full of woods, but affording good pasturage, plentie of corne, and very excellent wines. Basil the chiefe towne [Page 10] standeth vpon the Rhijn in a pleasant, and open seat; at what place the rivers Weiss, and Byrsa are receiued into that greater chanell, the former out of Schwartzwald, this by crooked, and winding valleies from the neighbou­ring Iour. The citty is rich, populous, great, and flourishing, sometimes Im­perial, now a Bishops sea, and a noted Vniversitie; divided by the Rhijn into two townes, the greater Basil, lying vpon the left shore of the Rhijn on the side towards France, and the Lesser Basil, lying on the further side of the ri­ver towards Germany. Neere herevnto, where i [...]s the village, now called Augst, stood sometimes the citty Augusta Rauracorum of Ptolemie, Rau­riaca of Plinie, and Basilea, and Civitas Basiliensinm of Antoninus. The Re­ligion of this Canton is the Reformed.

THE CANTON OF SCHAFF­HAVSEN.

THis towne,Scaphusium. lon. 30. g. 20. m. lat. 47. g. 24. m. Birt. and country we haue described in our discourse of Schwa­ben. The inhabitants professe the Religion of the Reformed Churches, confederate in a more strict league with the Cantons of Zurich, Bern, and Basil, and the townes of S. Gal, and Geneve.

The soveraigntie, and jurisdiction of those 7 last Cantons reside solely in the people, and inhabitants of the chiefe townes, whereof they are named, Lucern, Bern, Solothurn, Friburg, Zurich, Basil, and Shaff-hausen; by whose free suffrages are chosen the Senate, Magistrates, Leiftenants, and officers, managing the affaires of their seuerall districts. The chiefe Magistrate in every of the foure first is called Scultet. In the three latter he is named Bur­germeister.

TVRGOW.Turgea.

NAmed thus from the riuer Thur, diuiding the country. It confineth vpon the Rhijn, the Lake of Constance, Zurich-gow, and the Prefecture­ships of Rheineck, Opidum. S. Galli. lon. 31. g. 20. m. lat. 47. g. Birt. and Sargans. The chiefe townes are S. Gal, seated a­mongst mountaines not farre from the Rhijn, and the Lake Boden see. The citty is rich, and well governed; inhabited by an industrious people, a­mongst other trades chiefely occupied in making of stuf [...]es, and linnen-cloathes.Arbor Faelix. It enioyeth a free estate vnder the protection, and confederacie of the Cantons of Zurich, Bern, Lucern, Switz, Zug, and Glaris. The Re­ligion is Protestant. From the famous Monastery hereof, occasioned by the Cel, and religious recesse of S. Gal, are named the Abbots thus called, Princes of the Empire, and of great power, and revenue in this country. Frawenfeld vpon the riuer Thur, the chiefe belonging to the confederate Cantons. Arben (Arbor Faelix of Antoninus) vpon the Lake Boden see. It belongeth to the Bishops of Constance. Rosach vpon the Lake of Constance, belonging to the Abbots of S. Gal. Wyl vpō the Thur, the chiefe towne subject to the Abbots. The free estates commaunding here are the Bishops of Constance, vnto whom belongeth the towne of Arben: the Ab­bot of S. Gal, to whom Wyl, and Rosach, and in the Higher Turgow the parts called Gotthuss-lijt: the towne of S. Gal: and the Abbot of Rinow. [Page 9] [...] [Page 10] [...] [Page 11] The rest with the towne of Frawenfeld is commanded by the seaven first confederate Cantons.

THE PRAEFECTVRESHIP OF RHEINECK.

COntaining the part of Rhijntal, or of the vally of the Rhijn, extended from towards Werdenberg along the left shore of that riuer vnto the en­trance thereof into the Lake of Constantz. Chiefer places are Altstettin; and Rheineck, whereof this lyeth at the entrance of the Rhijn into the Lake; the seat of the gouernour of the country for the Switzers, and commanded by the seaven Cantons of Vren, Switz, Vnderwalden, Lucern, Zurich, Gla­ris, Zug, and Appen-zel. The part of the vally, lying vpon the farther side of the Rhijn, with the towne of Bregentz, and Veldkirck belong to the prin­ces of the house of Austria.

THE COVNTRY OF SARGANS.Sarunetum regio.

LYing about the Lake Walen see in the way betwixt Zurich, and Chur of the Grisons. The towne of Sargans, whereof the country is named, is seated in that roade neere vnto the river Sara, and the borders of the Gri­sons. The country is subiect to the seaven first Cantons, commanding here by course.

WALLIS-LANDT.Vallesia.

IT is a long, and a deepe bottome of the Alpes PAENINAE, rea­ching from the Mountaine Die Furcken, or from the spring of the riuer Rhosne along the course of that riuer vnto the towne of S. Moritz, where a­gaine the hils doe close, and shut vp the Vally; bounding vpon the North with the Switzers; vpon the West with Savoye; vpon the South with part of Italy; and vpon the East with the hill S. Gothard, and other tops of the Alpes of the Lepontij, where spring the riuers Rhijn, Rhuss, Tesin, and Aar. The country within is most pleasant, fruitful, and happy, abounding with very excellent pasture, and meadow grounds, corne, butter, cheese, saffron, and sundry sorts of very delicate fruits. It affordeth likewise Salt­springs, discovered in the yeare 1544 neere vnto Sitten; also diverse foun­taines of hot medicinable waters. Without it is environed with a continu­all wall of horride, & steepe mountaines, covered all the yeare long in their tops with a thicke everlasting crust of yce, and snow, not passable by armies, and with much trouble, and danger by single travailers; castle-like admit­ting one onely narrow gap, or entrance at the towne of S. Moritz, before mentioned. The inhabitants are noted to be very courteous towardes strangers, but rough, and vncivill one towards an other, by their drinking of sharpe colde waters, intermingled with snow, descending from off their mountaines much subiect to the Struma; or the Kings-evill. It is divided into the Vpper, and the Lower Wallis-landt. The Vpper Wallislandt begin­neth at the Mountaine Die Furcken, and is continued along the Rhosne vn­to [Page 12] the confluence thereof, and the riuer Morsia; containing seauen resorts, which they call Desenas, or Zenden, and thirty Parishes. The chiefe towne hereof, and of the whole vally is Sitten, or Sion, (the seat of the Bishop,) si­tuated vpon the Rhosne in a plaine vnder a steepe biforked mountaine,Sedunum. lon. 29. g. lat. 45. g. Birt. spi­ring vp in maner of two high, and precipitious rockes; vpon the top of the one whereof, named Valeria, are reared the Cathedrall Church, and the hou­ses of the Canons; vpon the other, which is much the higher, (fearefull with headlong cliffes) the strong castle, called Tyrbile, for the temperate, and coole aire it enioyeth, the pleasant recesse of the Bishops amidst the sum­mers heate. The Lower Wallis-landt reacheth along the course of the Rhosne from its meeting with the river Morsia vnto the towne of S. Moritz; comprehending only six resorts, and 24 Parishes. Chiefer townes here are Martinach (Octodurus of Caesar, and Octodurus, and Civitas Valensium of Antoninus;) and S. Moritz, situated vpon the Rhosne, where this riuer issueth forth of the vally. The Mountaines here shut so neere togither, that the bridge, vnder which the Rhosne passeth, will admit but one arch; closed with a castle, and two gates vpon the bridge. The whole vally is subject to the Bishop of Sitten, chosen by the Canons of the Collegiate Church of Si­on, and the seauen resorts of the Vpper Wallis-landt; with whom notwith­standing doe ioine in the Diets the Deputies of the seauen resorts, creating the magistrates, and officers, hearing appeales, and determining the pub­licke businesses of state. The Lower Wallis-landt obeyeth the Vpper; made subject by long armes, and warre, and commaunded by their governours. The religion hereof is that of the Church of Rome.

THE COVNTRY OF THE GRISONS.Rhaeti, & Gri­sones.

COmprehending the parts of the Alpes, lying betwixt the springs of the riuers Rhijn, Inn, Adise, and Aada; confining vpon the North with the Switzers; vpon the West with Palenser-tal, a prefectureship, and vallie belonging to the three first Cantons; vpon the South with Lombardy in Ita­ly; and vpon the East with the Earledome of Tirol. It is diuided into three Leagues, or Cantons; the vpper League; the League of the house of God; and the Lower league, or the league of the ten Iurisdictions, distinguished, and named thus in regard of the confederacies, as of the many communalties in the seuerall Cantons, so of these one with another.

THE VPPER LEAGVE.S [...]perius, & Canum Foe­dus

LYing betwixt the hill Luckmannier, and the vallie Palensertal vpon the West, and the League of the house of God vpon the East; and containing the springs, and courses of the Vorder, and Hinder Rhijn vntill about their meetings neere Chur, with the inter-vening mountaines, and vallies of Lugnitz and Medels, and beyond the mountaine der Vogel, on the side to­wards Italy, the vallies Masoxer-tal, and Galancker-tal vntil beyond Rufflee. It hath no citty, or towne of note. Chiefer places are first along the course of the Vorder Rhijn Medels, giuing the name to the valley of Medels; the way from Diserntis vnto Palenser-tal of the Switzers. In the high road be­twixt [Page 13] the valley of Medels, and Palensertal standeth the huge mountaine Luckmannier, affording only a passage in Summer. Tavetch. Diserntis, a rich monastery. Ilantz, sometimes the place of the Generall Diets of the Cantons. Nere herevnto the riuer Lugnitz falleth into the Rhijn, giving the name to the valley of Lugnitz. Along the Hinder Rhijn Retzuns neere vnto the meeting hereof, & the Vorder Rhijn. Tusis in the road of Italy from Chur by the mountaines Vrsler, and der Vogel. Here the way ouer the Alpes beginneth to be exceeding troublesome, and dangerous by meanes of the strait waies, headlong precipices, and almost continuall bridges han­ging ouer the dreadfull falls, and cataracts of the Rhijn. Splugen, a noted borough in the same road neere vnto the head of the Hinder Rhijn. Here the way of Italy divideth, the one part leading from hence ouer the mountains Vrsler, or Splugen-bergh into the valley Gampoltschin, and towards Chi­avenna, and the Lake of Como; and the other ouer the Vogel into Masox­er-tal, and to the townes of Bellizona, and Locarno, and the Lake Maggi­ore. On the other side of the mountaines towards Italy S. Bernardino, situa­ted at the foot of the Vogel, and the beginning of Masoxer-tal; which is a valley continued South from hence toward Rufflee, and Bellizona along the course of the riuer Muesa. Masox, sometimes an Earledome, giuing now the name to the valley, Masoxer-tal. Rufflee further downe vpon the Mu­esa, neerer to Bellizona, and the Lake Maggiore. West of Masoxer-tal be­twixt this valley, and Palenser-tal along the course of an obscure river, fal­ling into the Muesa about Rufflee, lyeth the valley Galancker-tal, inhabited by basket-makers. The goverment of this Canton is popular, divided into 19 resorts, or Communalties. 1 Of Tavetch, and Diserntis. 2 The Valley of Lugnitz. 3 Ilantz, and Grub. 4 Ober-sachs. 5 Walterspurg. 6 Schlawyss. 7 Laax, and Siniss. 8 Flymiss, 9 Trumbs. 10 Raetzuns. 11 Heintzenburg, Tusis, and Katz. 12 Scams. 13 Rhijnwald in Splugen. 14 Masoxer-tal, and Galancker-tal. 15 Rufflee. 16 Safien. 17 Thennen. 18 Schopina. 19 and Fals, governed by their seuerall Ammans, chosen yearely by the suffrages of all the inhabitants of the Canton. The 4. 13. 16. 17. 18. and 19. Communal­ties speake the Dutch language. The rest a corrupt Italian.

THE LEAGVE OF THE HOVSE OF GOD.Faedus Do­mus Dei.

COntaining the midle tract of the Grisons, hauing the Vpper League vp­on the West, and vpon the East the League of the ten Iurisdictions; di­vided after Simlerus into 21 Communalties. 1. of Chur. 2. Zizers &c. 3. Furstnow. 4. the Higher Sax. 5. Reambs. 6. Tieffencasten. 7. Grifenstein. 8. Stalla. 9. and Wels, lying on this side of [...]he Mountaines towards Germany; and beyond the Mountaines towards Italy. 10 Bregalien, Vnderport &c. 11 Zutz. 12 Sinnada. 13 Postlaaf. 14. Steinsperg. 15 Schuls. 16 Remuss. 17. Munstertal. 18 Mals. 19 Schantzen. 20 Churburg. 21 and Ortestein; the largest of the three Grison Cantons. The more remarkable places here are Chur, situated about a Dutch mile from the meetings of the Vorder, and the Hinder Rhijn (Curia of Antoninus) now a Bishops sea,Curia. lon. 32. g. lat. 47. g. Mercat. and the onely citty of the Grisons, subject sometimes to the Bishops, at this day gouerned in [Page 14] manner of a free State.Tinnetio. Tintzen (Tinnetio of Antoninus) seated amongst inaccessible, and high mountaines betwixt Chur, and the Valley of Bergel. Stalla, called otherwise Bevio for that the way over the Mountaines doth here divide it selfe; situated in a wild, and desert tract. Sinnada neere vnto the spring of the Inn. Zutz. Steinsperg. Schuls. The part of the valley of the Inn extended hither from Sinnada, or from the head of that riuer is na­med Engadin. Mals. Neere herevnto on the opposite side of the same Mountaines, out of the which sourceth the Inn, springeth the river Adise. Schantzen. Churburg. The part of the Valley of the Adise, continued hither from Mals,Murus. or from the head of that riuer, is called Vinsgow. Mur (Murus of Antoninus) in the valley of Bergel, which valley is continued from the head of the river Maira along the course thereof towards Chiavenna, and the meeting of the same with the river Lyra. S. Iacomo (Tarvasede of An­toninus) situated in the valley of Gampoltschin, which valley reacheth from the mountaine Vrsler, or from the head of the Lyra along the course of that river towards Cleven, and the confluence thereof, and the Maira. Postlaaf over against the Valtolina. The iurisdiction of this Canton (like vnto that of the higher League) resteth in all the inhabitants of the several Communal­ties thereof. The chiefe Magistrate of the citty, and Communalty of Chur is named Burger-meister. The rest by the names of Amman, Vogt, and Po­testat; elected by the Commons of each resort. The language of the two first Communalties is the Dutch. All the other speake a corrupt Italian.

THE LEAGVE OF THE X IVRISDICTIONS.Foedus 10. Iurisdictionū

COntaining the North-east part of the Grisons, frontiring vpon the Earledome of Tirol, and divided into 10. resorts, which they call iuris­dictions. 1. of Tafaass. 2. Zum Closterlin in Prattigow. 3. Ienats. 4. Schi­ers. 5. Churwalden. 6. Alvenow. 7. S. Peter in Schamfick. 8. Langwiss. 9. Malans. and 10. Meienfeild; the least of the Cantons. It hath no towne of note. Chiefer places are Tauaas, an open village; the chiefe towne of the League, and the place of the Court, and of the particular Diets of the Canton. Alvenow. Castels, the seate of the gouernour for the princes of Austria. Ienats. Schiers. These three lie in Prettigow, which is a narrow village of some 4. Dutch miles in length, extended along the course of the riuer Lanquarte; named thus from the part of the Alpes vnder which it lyeth, called by Mela Rhaetico-Mons, now Prettigower-berg. Malans. Me­ienfeld: both neighbouring to the Rhijn. The eight first iurisdictions are subiect to the house of Austria; gouerned by their prefects, residing in Castels in the vallie of Prettigow, enioying notwithstanding their seuerall customes, and priuiledges, which carefully they maintaine, kept safe in the common Archiues hereof at Tavaas. The two last obay the ioinct com­mand of the three Cantons of the Grisons. In the yeare 1436 all the ten Resorts vnited into one common League; conditioning their mutuall de­fence against their enimies, preseruation of peace, maintenance of their pri­viledges, and their loyalty, and due obedience towardes their naturall Lords.

[Page 15] Besides these particular leagues all the three Cantons are linked togither in one common confederacie; for this cause assembling yearely their ge­nerall Diets, consisting of 63 Delegates, or suffrages, whereof 28 are sent from the Higher League, 23 from the League of the house of God, & 14 from the League of the ten iurisdictions: by whom are heard the Appeales from their common Prefectures, and the publicke businesses of state handled, and consulted of concerning warre, and peace, confederacies, embassies, new lawes to be enacted, and whatsoever else might concerne the Generall Com­mon-wealth. From these notwithstanding it is lawfull to appeale vnto the the communalties of every Canton; the causes being severally proposed in them, and determined according to their maior part. Sometimes also in matters of lesser moment, thought vnworthy of the publicke Diets, meete onely the chiefe magistrates of each League, who are the Provinciall iudge of the Higher League, the Burger-meister of Chur, and the Amman of Ta­vaas, assisted with select persons out of each Canton; but who haue no full power to conclude, & but onely to relate, what is done, to their several Com­munalties. The place of the publicke Diets is most commonly Chur in the League of the house of God, sometime Ilantz in the Vpper League, or Ta­vaas in the Canton of the Ten iurisdictions. If any controversie arise be­twixt the three Leagues, three, or fowre, are chosen out of each Canton, who either friendly compose the matter, (being freed first from their oaths to their seuerall Cantons) or otherwise determine it according to equity, as each one shall thinke fit. If their voices be equall, an vmpeere is chosen by the common suffrages of the three Leagues. If the quarrell happen betwixt any two Cantons, the third doth end the jarre. If betwixt two Cantons, and the third, six delegates out of either side; or if these cannot effect it, an vm­peere chosen by the voices of all the three Cantons. If Betwixt 2 Commu­nalties of the same Canton, the next Communalty. If betwixt Communalties of diverse Cantons, iudges appointed by the generall Delegates of all the three. If lastly betwixt particular persons, or Communalties, and the Cantons, two, or three iudges out of each Canton.

THE ITALIAN PRAEFEC­TVRE-SHIPS.Praefecturae Italicae.

THese lie amongst the Alpes of Italie, accompted part of that Pro­vince, belonging sometimes to the Dukes of Milan, and Earles of Ma­sox, and since by gift, purchase, and armes added to the Confederacie here­of. They containe the townes, and goverments of Locarno, Lugano, Belli­zona, Plurs, Chiavenna, the Vally of Magia, Liviner-tal, Palenser-tal, and Valtolina.

1. LOCARNO.Locarnum.

THe towne is seated in a pleasant, and fruitful plaine betwixt high Moun­taines, and the head of the Lake Maggiore, at what place the riuer Ma­gia is received hereinto. It containeth 400 housholds, or families. In the di­strict, or country hereof are numbred some 20 Parishes.

2. 3. LVGANO,Luganum. Mendrisium. AND MENDRISIO.

THose two townes lie vpon the Lake Lugano, almost in the middle way betwixt the Lakes of Como, and Maggiore. They are severall prefecture­ships. The country of Lugano exceedeth in bignesse that of Locarno, whose governour is called captaine, & is the Lieutenant of the fowre Prefecture­ships, belonging to the 12 Cantons of the Switzers; in chances of warre, in­surrections, and dangers, which may arise in the province, commaunding o­ver all the other prefects, and officers.

4. THE VALLY OF MAGIA.Vallis Madia.

IT is a bottome of the Alpes Lepontiae, continued along the course of the riuer Magia (whereof it is named) from the Mountaines of Wallis-landt towards Locarno, and the Lake Maggiore. It was sometimes vnited in the same goverment, or country with Locarno; now made a distinct prefe­ctureship.

5. LIVINER-TAL.Vallis Lepon­tina.

IT is a vally of the same Alpes, whereof it yet retaineth the name. It is extended along the course of the river Tesino from the mountaine S. Go­thard towardes Belinzana; and betwixt the vallyes of Magia, and Pa­lenser-tal.

6. PALENSER-TAL.Vallis Palensa.

IT is also a bottome of the same Alpes, called otherwise Val Breunia by the Italians. It lyeth betwixt Liviner-tal, and Galancker-tal along the course of an obscure riuer, falling into the Tesino short of Belinzana. Be­twixt the head of this vally, and that of Medels of the Grisons ariseth the great mountaine Luckmannier, out of which sourceth the neerer spring of the Rhijn, named by the Dutch the Vorder Rhijn.

7. 8. BELINZANA,Bilitionium. AND RIVIERA.

THe former is a towne situated vpon the Tesino a little below the con­fluence thereof, and the riuer Muesa. Herevnto belonged sometimes Palenser-tal, and Riuiera; now distinct prefectureships. All three were once part of the Earledome of Masox, and of the Misauci of Plinie, part of the Lepontij.

These 8 prefectureships appertaine vnto the Switzers; whereof the fowre first are subject to the 12 first Cantons; Liviner-tal onely to the Canton of Vren; and Palenser-tal, Belinzana, and Riviera to the three first Cantons of Vren, Switz, and Vnderwalden; commaunded by their several governours, and officers.

1. PLVRS.Plurium.

THis is a great borough, seated in a plaine vnder the Alpes vpon the ri­ver Maira betwixt the vally Bregalien, and Chiavenna; the chiefe of sundry villages, lying in the same bottome, & subiect to the prefect hereof.

2. CHIAVENNA.Clauena. lon. 32. g. lat. 46. g. Merc:

THe towne, and name is ancient; called Clavena by Antoninus in his Itinerarium. It standeth in a pleasant vally vpon the river Maira some 10 Italian miles aboue the Lake of Como. The country, or vally hereof, ex­tended along the Maira towards the Lake, is named from hence by the Dutch Clevener-tal, or the vally of Cleuen.

3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. VALTOLINA.Vallis Telina, & Volturena Prouincia.

IT is a fruitfull, and pleasant vally of some 60 Italian miles in length; conti­nued from the head of the Aada along the course of that riuer vntill the entrance thereof into the Lake of Como, divided into 6. goverments, or pre­fectureships. The wines of this country are much commended, transpor­ted in a great abundance over the Alpes into Bavaria, Switzer-landt, and other parts. Chiefer townes, following the course of the riuer Aada, are Bormio, a prefectureship, seated at the head of the vally, and the river vnder the mountaine Bra [...]lio, called otherwise by the Dutch Wormsser ioch. Ti­ran, a prefectureship. Teio, a prefectureship, the chiefe fortresse of the vally. Sondrio, the chiefe towne; a prefectureship. The governour, or captaine hereof (for so he is named) is Lieutenant of the whole country; having here the like commande, as hath the Captaine of Lugano in the prefectures belonging to the 12 Cantons. Morbengo, a prefectureship, situated neere vnto the Lake of Como.

These 8 prefectureships of Plurs, Chiavenna, and the Valtolina are sub­ject to the ioint commaund of the three Leagues, or Cantons of the Grisons. The language hereof, as of those other appertaining to the Switzers is the Italian.

NETHERLAND.Belgium. In­ferior Ger­mania.

THE Country hath been thus named from its maritime, and more flat, and lower situation. It is accompted part of Germany, with the Free Country of Burgundie making the tenth circle of the Empire; although at this day it neither acknowledgeth the Emperours, not obeyeth the Laws, and orders appointed by the Diets, diuided amongst sundry free states, and gouerments, partly now commanded by the Princes of the house of Burgundie, and Austria, & partly by the generall States of the Vnited Provinces.

It boundeth vpon the East with the districts of Trier, Luick, Gulick, Cleve, and Westphalen, vpon the North with the riuer Eems, & East-Freis­landt; vpon the South with Lorraine, Champaigne, and Picardie in France; and vpon the North-West with the German Ocean.

It lyeth betwixt the 22½, and 30 degrees of Longitude, and the 48½, and 53½, degrees of Northern Latitude, or betwixt the 16, or middle paralel of the 7 clime, and the 21 paralel, or end of the 8 clime. The longest day be­yond Arras in the furthest South containeth 16 houres; beyond the towne of Dam, or at the riuer Eems in the furthest North 16 houres, & three quar­ters. The circuit of the whole is 340. Flemish miles, or some one thousand Italian, or English.

The parts hereof towards the West, and North along the Sea-coast are flat, plaine, and marishie; abounding chiefly in pasturages, milke, butter, cheese, horses, and beeues of an extraordinary stature, and bignesse. Those contrariwise towards the South-East, or bordering vpon Luick, & Lorraine swell with rising hills, and woods; reliques of the great forrest of Ardenne. All parts are tolerably fruitfull. No country for the quantitie is more po­pulous; replenished with 225 walled townes, and citties (besides aboue 6600 burroughs and villages,) for the most part very strong, and numerously inhabited by industrious, and curious artificers, and rich tradesmen, and mar­chants. The shipping of the maritime coasts seeme to exceed in number all the rest of the world amassed together, swarming in all seas, and Oceans, and bringing hither, as to a common magazin, whatsoeuer riches, and com­modities [Page 19] the earth, or sea affordeth; by the commodious situation thereof, and oportunitie of the great rivers of the Scheldt, Mase, and Rhijn, distribu­ted from hence into all lands, the seat of negotiation, and trading.

The ancient inhabitants were the Frisij, now West-Freislandt, & North-Hollandt, with part of the district of Vtreicht: the Batavi inhabiting the Iland of the Rhijn, intercepted betwixt the middle branch thereof, and the Wael, with the neighbouring shore of Gaule, containing now South-Holland with parts of Vtreicht, and Gelderlandt: the Caninefates, containing also part of the same Iland: the Bructeri, where now Deventer, and Swol in O­ver-ysel: the Vsipij, now the country of Zutphen: part of the Sicambri, now Arnhem, and Veluwe in Gelderlandt: the Advatici, now Brabant, or part thereof about Bosleduc, or Doway: the Morini, now Flanders: the Atrebates, now Artois: the Nervij, now Hainault, and the country about Tournay: the Tongri, now part of Brabant about Antwerpe: and part of the Treveri, now the Dukedome of Luxemburg. The fiue first nations were Germans, inhabiting beyond the Rhijn. The rest were parts of the Gaules Belgicke; descended notwithstanding from the Germans. By C. Iulius Caesar in his warres of Gaule these last were subdued to the Romans; vnder which subie­ction they continued vntill the expiration of that Empire, comprehended vnder the Provinces of Belgica Secunda, and Germania Secunda. The other remained still free from forraine yoak, with other neighbouring Dutch peo­ple by occasion hereof, not long after vniting into the common name of the most warlike, and victorious French; famous in the later Roman histories, and in short time conquering, and overspreading all Gaule, Germanie vnto the rivers Elb, and Saltza, Pannonie, the greatest part of Italy; with part of Tarraconensis in Spaine, won from the Moores. Vnder the French, who here succeeded vnto the Romans, the whole was contained vnder the name & kingdome of Austrasia, or Oosten-reich. After that the French Monarchy became divided amongst the posteritie of the Emperour Lewis the Godly, the part hereof broke into sundry new principalities, and goverments re­maining vnto this day, partly holding of the French kings, or successours of Charles the Bald, and partly of the German Emperours: the Dukedomes of Brabant, Luxemburg, Gelderlandt, and Limburg, the Earledomes of Flan­ders, Hollandt, Zealandt, Haynault, Artois, Namur, and Zutphen, the Lordships of Freislandt, Groningen, Vtreicht, Over-ysel, and Malines, and the Marquisate of the Sacred Empire; the manner, and occasion of whose beginnings, together with their continuance, and state vnto our times is set downe in the Description of France. Of these, Flanders, & Artois appertained to the soveraigntie of the kings of France, quitted vnto Philip the second king of Spaine, and the Princes hereof by Henry the second, French king, in the late league of Cambraye. The rest were held vnder the Dutch Emperours. By Philip the Hardie the countries of Brabant, Flan­ders, Artois, and Limburg with Malines, and the Marquisate of the Sacred Empire became added to the dominion, and family of Burgundie: by Phi­lip the Good, Holland, Zealandt, West-Freislandt, Hainault, Luxemburg, & Namur: by the Emperour Charles the fift, Gelderland, Zutphen, Vtreicht, Over ysel, and Groningen, the manner whereof is likewise shewed in France. Since this vnion by the power, and greatnesse of their Princes the [Page 20] Provinces haue beene wholy with drawne from all acknowledgement, and subiection of the German Emperours, & French kings, their ancient Lords; governed in manner of free States by their Princes, and magistrates, and ma­king a distinct nation, and common-wealth by themselues; knowne now by the names of Netherland, the Low Countries, the Lower Germany, and of the 17 Provinces, called thus from their number, language, and situation. Duke Charles, surnamed the Fighter, Prince hereof, son to Philip the Good, had an intent to vnite the parts then vnder his goverment into one entire kingdome by the name of Burgundie. But because all the Provinces were soveraigne, and had their severall lawes, priviledges, and revenues, neither had euer granted to their Princes any other then limited power, this pro­ject tooke none effect. In the raigne of Philip the second king of Spaine, heire of the house of Burgundie, and in the yeare 1566 begun those memo­rable ciuill broiles so long afflicting those rich, and flourishing countries, continued with the spoile, and ransacking of all their chiefe townes, and cit­ties, much bloodshed, and vnspeakable misery, and calamity for aboue the space of 40 yeares during the Regencies of Margaret Dutchesse of Parma, Fernando Alvares de Toledo Duke of Alva, Lewis Requeseims great Com­mendador of Castille, Don Iohn d' Austria, naturall sonne to the Empe­rour Charles the Fift, Alexander Fernese, Prince of Parma, and Ernest Count Mansselt, deputies, and Le [...]uftenants hereof, and after the decease of that king, and the assignment of the Netherlands vnto the Archdukes Al­bert, and Isabella vntill the yeare 1609; occasioned first vpon pretence of the violation of their priviledges by the erecting of new Bishoppricks, and attempting to bring in the Spanish Inquisition, and afterwards through the harshnesse of some of the Spanish governours, the insolencie, and rapine of their souldiers, the naturall hatred of the people against strangers, and im­patiency of forraine subjection, the stiffnesse of the Prince in opposing the Reformed Religion, and maintaining the authority, and rites of the sea of Rome, his pretended many injuries, oppression, & tyranny in the yeare 1581 breaking out into manifest, and open revolt of the most part of the Provin­ces, renouncing vtterly their faith, and allegiance herevnto, & offering their subjection, and soueraigntie to neighbouring Princes, refused by Henry the third, French King, and Elizabeth Queene of England: the issue of all which was (Brabant, and Flanders regained by armes, and better moderation) the libertie of Hollandt, Zealandt, Vtreicht, Over-ysel, Gelderlandt, Zutphen, West-Freislandt, and Groningen, better assured by their seas, and marishes, and the advantage of their shipping, protected, and aided by the English during the raigne of the late Queene of famous memory, & for their stron­ger defence, and more firme vnion amongst themselues ioyned, and confe­derate together in a strict league, since from hence famously called the Vni­ted Provinces, in the yeare 1609 after long vnprofitable warre treated with­all, and acknowledged, as free countries, by Philip the third king of Spaine and the Archdukes, (yet notwithstanding some contradiction with reser­vation of their rights herevnto) in which qualitie, and separation (although the truce of 12 yeares being expired, the warres are again renewed) they still to this day remaine.

By meanes hereof Netherlandt is now become diuided into two diffe­rent [Page 21] parts, and, as it were, Common-wealths; the Provinces subject to the Princes of the house of Burgundie, and Austria; and those other of the Free confederate States.

THE PROVINCES OF NETHERLANDT SVBIECT TO THE PRINCES.

THese also in the beginning of the tumults rebelled with the rest; reco­vered by force of armes, and better moderation of their governours. They confine vpon the East with the districts of Gulick, Luick, and Trier in Germany; vpon the South with Lorraine, and Champaigne, and Picardie in France; vpon the North-West with the German Ocean; & vpon the North with the Free vnited Provinces. They containe 9 of the 17 Provinces, and 7 maine countries, of Limburg, Luxemburg, Namur, Haynault, Artois, Flanders, and Brabant, in which last the Provinces of Mechlin, and of the Marquisate of the Sacred Empire are included.

THE COVNTRY OF LIMBVRG.Limburgi ducatus.

SItuated betwixt the Bishoppricke of Luyck, Gulich land, and the Dukedome of Luxemburg. The soile is fruitefull for all needefull commodities; wines excepted. Limburg the chiefe towne is pleasantly sea­ted amongst shadie woods (full of medicinable simples) vpon an high hill, vnder which runneth the river Wesdo; defended with a strong Castle, mounted vpon a steepe, and precipitious rocke. Amidst the shades, & thic­kets of the great forrest of Ardenne, about two Dutch miles and an halfe from hence in the Diocese of Luick, lyeth the famous borough, and water Tungri, ciui­tas Galliae, fontem habet insignem, plu­rimis bullis stillantem, fer­ruginei sapo­ris, quod ip­sum non nisi in fine potus intelligitur. Purgat hic corpora: ter­tianas f [...]bres discutit, calcu­lorum (que) vitia. Eadem aqua igne admoto turbida fit; ad postremum rubescit. Plin. Nat. Histor. lib. 31. c. 2. Eum fontcm hodie vocant le baing de Spah. lac. Da­le champij Annot: in. C. Plin. Nat. Hist. lib. 31. c. 2. Lutzenburgū lon. 28. g. lat. 50. g. Mercat. of the Spa. Here are reckned some fiue walled townes, and 125 boroughs, and villages. The ancient inhabitants seeme to haue beene part of the Ebu­rones of Caesar.

THE DVKEDOME OF LVXEMBVRG.

BOunded vpon the North with Luyck, and Namur; vpon the East with the Moselle, and the district of Trier; vpon the South with Eorraine; and vpon the West with Eyfel, and the riuer Meuse. The country is hilly, and shaded with thicke woods, remainders of the great forest Ardenne. The soile is fruitfull. The more hilly, and woodland part retaineth yet the name of Ardenne; stored with plenty of all manner of game. Here are ac­compted 23 walled townes, and 1168 burroughs, and villages. Chiefer townes are Theon-ville, a strong frontire place, seated vpon the Moselle neere vnto Metz, and the border of Lorraine. Rode-Macheren. Gre­ven-Macheren neere vnto Trier. Echternach. Dechry: both situated vpon the riuer Saur. Vianden. Nueburg. Lutzenburg, vnequally seated in a plaine, and vpon the brow, and top of a rising hill, divided by the riuer Al­saltz; the chiefe towne of the country. Arlon vpon the top of an high hill. [Page 20] [...] [Page 21] [...] [Page 22] Bastoigne. Neuf-chastelle. Mont-medy. Marville. Dampvillers. The an­cient inhabitants were part of the Treveri.

NAMVR.Provincia Namurcensis.

LYing betwixt Brabant, Haynault, and the district of Triers. The coun­try swelleth with woodie hills; enioying a sweete, and pleasant aire, and affording plenty of all necessary commodities. Herein are contained 4 walled townes, and 184 villages. Chiefer townes are Bouignes vpon the Meuse.Namurcum. Namur a Bishops sea, and the chiefe towne of the country; seated in a vallie betwixt two hils, or mountaines on both sides of the riuer Sam­bre, at what place this entreth into the Meuse. The citty is rich, and adorned with faire buildings, and fortified with a strong, and well furnished Castle, or Citadel. The ancient inhabitants seeme to haue beene part of the Nervij of Caesar.

HAYNALT.Hannonia.

BOunded vpon the East with Namur, and Luick; vpon the South with Champaigne; and vpon the West, and North with Flanders. The coun­try is hillie, and full of shady woods; like vnto the parts before described. The soile is very fruitfull; abounding in come. Here are numbred 24 walled townes, and citties, and 950. burrowes, and villages. Chiefer townes are Charlemont, vpon the toppe of an high hill vnder which runneth the Meuse. Marieburg. Philippe-ville; strong frontire places, opposed against the French, and named thus from their founders, the Emperour Charles the fift, Mary Queene of Hungary, and Philip the second king of Spaine. Avesnes vpon the riuer Hepre, a strong towne affronting the same enimie. Chimay seated amongst woods vpon the riuer Blanc. Landresy vpon the Sambre. Malbuge vpon the Sambre. Beaumont vpon the same riuer. Binche. Halle; famous for the image of the blessed Virgin, and the impostures, and fained miracles there done. Bergen, seated vpō a little rivulet, named Trulle. The citty is large,Mons. lon. 26. g. lat. 51. g. Merc. and strongly fortified, rich, inhabited by an industrious people;Valencienae. lon. 26. g. 29. m lat. 50. g. 10. m. Clav. the chiefe towne of the country. Valenciennes vpon the Scheldt, where it beginneth to be nauigable. The towne is also large, strong, and well traded; the next vnto Bergen. Conde vpon the Scheldt. Bauais. The auncient inhabitants were part of the Nervij, the most valiant people of the Gaules.

ARTOIS.Artesia.

BOunded vpon the East with Cambresy, and Flanders Gallicant; vpon the South and West with Picardy in France; and vpon the North with Flanders Teutonant, and the riuer Lys. The aire is temperate, and plea­sant, the soile fruitfull in come, especially for wheat; the common grana­rie, and storehouse for Mechlin, Antwerpe, and other parts of Brabant, and Flanders. Atrebatum. lon. 24. g. lat. 51. g. Merc. Chiefer townes are Bappaulme, frontiring vpon France. Arras (Rigiacum of Ptolemy, and Civitas Atrauatum of Antoninus,) a [Page 23] Bishops sea, and the chiefe towne. The citty is very strongly fenced with rampires, and bulwarks, large, populous, and replenished with industrious inhabitants; diuided into two distinct townes seuerally walled; the lesser called la Cite, subiect to the Bishop, beautified amongst other ornaments with a magnificent Cathedrall Church, dedicated to the blessed Virgin, & a library containing many excellent manuscripts; and la Ville, appertaining to the Prince, hauing faire streets, and a rich monastery of 20 thousand crownes yearely revenue. Bethune. Ayre vpon the riuer Lys. Further vp the Lys about two Dutch miles from Ayre sometimes stoode the strong towne of Teroane (Tervanna of Ptolemie, and civitas Morinûm of Anto­ninus) in the raigne of Henrie the Eight besieged, and won by the English; afterwards in the warres betwixt the Emperour Charles the Fift, and the French againe surprised, and destroyed by the Imperialists. Hesdin a strong frontire place, opposed against the French; built by the Imperialists in the raigne of the Emperour Charles the fift.Fanum S. Au­domari. lon. 24. g. lat. 51. g. Merc. S. Omar a faire, and populous towne, the second of the country, situated vpon the Aha, some 8. Dutch miles from the Ocean; named thus from S. Omar, about the yeare 670 Bishop of the Morini, and a monastery by him here erected, the occasion, and beginning of the towne. Here some put the hauen named Portus Ic­cius by Caesar, coniectured from the high shores, encompassing the towne, and some olde fragments of anchers, and of ships found vnder the ground; the Ocean (as it seemeth) hauing since withdrawne it selfe further back, and the chanell filled vp. It containeth 10▪ walled townes, and 754 bur­roughs, or villages. The auncient inhabitants were the Atrebates, with part of the Morini.

FLANDERS.Flandria.

BOunded vpon the South with Hainault, Artois, and Picardie, extend­ing this way as farre as Calais; vpon the East with Hainault, & Brabant; vpō North-West with the German Ocean; & vpon the North with the seas of Zealandt and the Honte, or the left branch of the Scheldt, diuiding it from those Ilands. It containeth three diuisions, or names, of Flanders Galli­cant, Dutch Flanders, and Flanders Imperiall.

FLANDERS GALLICANT.

Surnamed thus from its Wallon, or French language. The bounds are vpon the East Hainault, and the Scheldt; vpon the South Cambresy; vpon the West the riuer Lys, and Artois; and vpon the North Dutch Flanders. The soile is very fruifull in corne, and pasturages; the aire is healthfull,Insula. temperate, and pleasant. Chiefer townes are L'isle, named thus from its situation, seated sometimes Iland-like amongst fens, and mari­ches.Duacum. lon. 25. g. lat. 51. g. Merc. The citty is populous, rich, and well traded. Douay vpon the riuer Scarpe, where is an vniuersity erected by Philip the second king of Spaine, a late seminary of English fugitiues. Taurnay vpon the Scheldt (Baganum of Ptolemy, and Ciuitas Turnacensium of Antoninus,) beseiged, and taken in by Henry the eight, and the English in their warrs against Lewis the [Page 24] Twelfth French King. Orchies. The more ancient inhabitants seeme part of the Nervij of Caesar before mentioned.

DVTCH FLANDERS.

SIrnamed thus from its Dutch language. The bounds are vpon the South the river Lys, and Flanders Gallitant, the New Fosse, and Artois, with part of Picardy; vpon the North-west the German Ocean; vpon the North the sea of Zealandt; and vpon the East the Scheldt, and Flanders Imperial. The country is marishie, sandie, leane, and lesse fruitfull. Chiefer townes are first vpon the sea-coast Greveling. Duyenkerck, famous for pyracies. Oostend, for a memorable three yeares siege sustained against the Arch­dukes Albert, and Isabella, and the whole power of the house of Burgundy, and Spaine in the yeares 1602, 1603, and 1604. Neuport, for the victory of Count Maurice of Nassau, and of the English, and Netherlands, obtained a­gainst the same enimie in the yeare 1600. Sluys vpon a spacious creeke, or inlet of the Ocean. The hauen is the fairest vpon those Flemmish sea-coasts,Brugae. lon. 24. g. 36. m. lat. 51. g. 30. m. Clav. capeable at once of 500 vessels. Within the land Brugge; seated a­bout 3 Dutch miles from the sea vpon two navigable fosses, drawne from the Sluys. The citty is rich, faire, and of great state, containing 4 Italian miles & an halfe in circuit about the wals, and some 60 parishes. The inhabitants hereof were the first discouerers of the Açores, from hence now otherwise called the Flemmish Ilands.Gandavum. lon. 25. g. lat. 52. g. Mercat. Gendt, the chiefe citty of the province, and the largest through all the Netherlands, containing 7 Italian miles about the wals; situated at the confluence of the rivers Scheldt, and the Lys, and the Dikes called the Lieue, and the Moere. The towne is at this day nothing so wealthy, and potent as in times past, occasioned through the iniurie of their princes, offended with their often rebellions, & tumults, the miseries of the present & late warres, & their want of trade, and forraine negotiation, shut in, & debarred by the Hollanders, & the condeferate states, more pow­erfull at sea; a common calamitie at this day of all the Netherlands, subject to the Arch-duchesse. Yperen a Bishops sea vpon a rivulet thus named.

FLANDERS IMPERIALL.

NAmed thus for that it was anciently held vnder the fies, and soueraignty of the German Emperours. It is the most Easterly part of the country; lying on both sides of the Scheldt, and confining vpon Brabant. Townes here of better note are Hulst, the chiefe towne in the land of Waes. Axel, likewise lying in Tlant van Waes. Rupelmonde at the confluence of the Ri­vers Scheldt,Teneramun­da. and Rupel, the country of Gerardus Mercator. Dendermonde at the meetings of the Scheldt, and the Dender. Beyond the Scheldt Aeist vpon the riuer Dender. The towne is large and strongly fortified.

There moreouer belongeth to the continent hereof the Iland of Cad­sandt, neighbouring to Sluys, and called thus from a towne of this name; and that of Biervliet, named also from a fort thus called, and lying in the Dolla­ert betwixt Sluys, and Axel. In the whole country are accompted thirtie walled townes, and 1154 boroughs, and villages, so thick thronging toge­ther, [Page 25] that to the Spaniards, at their first comming hither vnder Philip the second, they seemed like one continuate citty. None of the townes are ve­ry ancient (Tournay excepted,) by an industrious inhabitant being all built since the conquest, and dominion of the French vnder the Forresters, and Earles hereof; the country before their times being nothing else but a perpetuall wast of Forrests, and woods. The ancient inhabitants were parts of the Morini, and Nervij of Caesar.

BRABANT.Brabantia.

BOunded vpon the West with the riuer Scheldt, and Flanders Imperiall; vpon the South with Haynault, and Namur; vpon the East with the Bi­shopprick of Luick; and vpon the North with the riuer Mase, diuiding it from Hollandt, and Gelderlandt. It containeth 80 Dutch miles in circuit, in length betwixt Gemblours, and S. Gertruden-berg 22, and in breadth be­twixt Helmont, and Bergen op Zoom 20 of the same miles. The country is plaine, healthie, and pleasant. The more Southern parts, lying beyond the river Demer, are extraordinarily fruitfull, especially for corne. The more Northern part, especially Kempen-landt, is sandie, lesse firtill, and worse in­habited.Bruxellae. lon. 26. g. 42. m. lat. 51. g. 24. m. Clav. Chiefer townes are Nivelle, frontiring vpon Hainault. Bruxelles, pleasantly seated amongst springs, and rivulets in a rich, and firtill soile; the seat of the Prince. Loeuen vpon the riuer Dyle, of some 4 English miles in compasse,Lovanium. containing within the large circumference of the walls vine­yards, corne-fields, and pasture grounds, a sweet seiour of the Muses, and a noted Vniversitie founded in the yeare 1416 by Iohn the fourth of that name,Antverp. lon. 24. g. 30. m. la. 51. g. 48. m. Clav. Duke of Brabant. Antverpen vpon the right shore of the Scheldt, a Bishops sea, and of late yeares through the commodity of the riuer, and si­tuation, the most rich, and famous Empory of Christendome, resorted vnto by marchants from all parts. At this day through the iniurie of the neigh­bouring confederate states, by their strength of shipping stopping the navi­gation, and passage of the Scheldt, it hath quite lost the trade, and negotiati­on it had with forraine nations (diverted since from hence to Amsterdam, and the townes of Hollandt, and Zealandt,) now onely frequented by some few Lawyers, and the receiuers of the princes revenue, who doe a little sup­port the estate hereof. The citadel, or castle hereof is accompted amongst the strongest pieces of Europe, raised to bridle, and keepe in the towne by Fernando Alvares de Toledo Duke of Alva, governour of the Low coun­tries for Philip the second king of Spaine. These foure townes make vp the particular province, called the Marquisate of the sacred Empire; named thus from their situation, lying in the Marches, or farthest bounds this way of the Germane Empire, frontiring vpon Flanders, belonging ancientlie to the fief of the kings of France. Malines vpon the riuer Demer, a soveraigne citty, and siegneurie; with the little country subject vnto it consisting of a­bout 9 boroughes, or villages, and making one of the 17 provinces of the Low countries. Here is held the Parliament, or supreame court of iustice for the parts, remaining yet subject to the princes of the house of Burgun­dy, and Austria, where are heard the appeales of the seuerall provinces. Gem­blours. Tienen vpon the riuer Geete. Lier. Herentals. Grave vpon the [Page 26] Mase the chiefe towne of the Land of Cuyck. Shertogen-bosch, a Bishops sea,Buscum Ducis & a strong towne of warre, accompted amongst the 4 principall cities of the province; seated vpon a little rivulet called Dise about a Dutch mile from the meeting thereof, and the Mase, and the confines of Gelderland. S. Gertruden-berg vpon the riuer Douge neere vnto the confluence thereof, and the Mase. Breda a strong towne of warre, vpon the river Mercke, some 2 Dutch miles from S. Gertruden-berg; The towne, belongeth to the family of Nassau, more lately after a stout, resolute, and long siege taken in by the Arch-dutchesse Isabella. Steenbergen. Bergen op Zoom, named thus from the river, or water wherevpon it standeth, neere vnto the Scheldt; a strong fron­tire towne against the Iland of Tolen in Zealandt. Vnto this province be­longeth the Iland of Willenstat, lying betwixt the townes of Steenbergen, and Dort in Holland. There are contained in the whole country besides Malines, 26 walled townes, and 700 burroughs, or villages. The more an­cient inhabitants were the Advatici, with part of the Tongri.

These 9 provinces lie in the part, belonging sometimes to Gaule Belgique, & cōtaine some two thirds of the whole Low Countries. In pleasure, health, & firtilitie of soile they much surpasse those other commanded by the confe­derate states, but in riches, populousnes, and trade of marchandise are farre exceeded by the other; shut vp by them within their ports, commaunders of the sea, and hindred from their wonted traficke they had with forraine nations. They continue yet subject to the house of Burgundy, and Spaine, their ancient Lords, the townes of Axel, Teurnheuse, Ardenburg, and Sluys, with the neighbouring forts, and Ilands of Cadsandt, and Biervliet in Flan­ders excepted, and in Brabant Bergen op Zoom, Steenbergen, S. Gertruden­berg, and Grave, with the Iland of Willenstat, held now by the garrisons of the vnited provinces. The lawes, whereby they are governed, are the cu­stomes, and priviledges, and those municipall of each province, togither with the civill; vnited vnder one prince, but not into one order, and com­mon-wealth, attempted long since, (as hathbin related) by Duke Charles, sir­named the Warriour, but not hitherto effected. Their religion, which onely is allowed, is the pretended Romish Catholicke. Their languages are the French, or Wallon, spoken in Flanders Gallicant, the South part of Brabant, Artois, Haynault, Luxemburg, and Namur, whose inhabitants are for this cause now commonly called the Wallons; and the Dutch spoken in the rest of the country.

THE FREE CONFEDERATE PROVINCES.Provinciae confoederatae.

THey are bounded vpon the South with Flanders, and Brabant; and the riuers Mase, and Scheldt; vpon the East with Cleveland, and Westpha­len; vpon the North-East with O [...]st-Freislandt, divided by the Eems; and vpon the North-west with the Germane Ocean. They comprehend 8 pro­vinces of the 17, containing in quantity about a third part of the whole Ne­therlandt, the Dukedome of Gelders, the Earledomes of Zutphen, Holland, and Zealandt, & the Lordships of West-Freislandt, Groeningen, Vtreicht, & Over-ysel.

ZEALANDT.Zelandia.

COnsisting of sundry lesser Ilands, and contained betwixt the Scheldt, & the Mase. They haue vpon the South the Honte, or left chanell of the Scheldt, dividing them from Flanders; vpon the East Brabant; vpon the West the German Ocean; and vpon the North the Ilands of Hollandt. The country is low, flat, and marishie, rich in corne, and pasturage, but in regard of the moist, and foggie aire thereof vnhealthfull, and much subject to invn­dations; kept in, and defended from the sea by bankes. It is divided by the Scheldt into the parts named by the Dutch Be-oester-scheldt, and Be-we­ster-scheldt.

BE-WESTERS CHELDT.

IT lyeth betwixt the right chanell of the Scheldt; and the Honte, or Flan­ders. It containeth the Ilands of Walcheren, Zuyt-beverlandt, Nort-be­verlant, and Wolfersdijck.

WALCHEREN.Walachria.

LYing towards the South-west against Sluys in Flanders; the most rich, populous, and best traded of the Ilands, containing about 10 Dutch miles in Compasse. Townes here are Vlissingen. Armuyde: populous, and well traded ports vpon the Ocean.Middlebur. gum. lon. 25. g. lat. 52. g. Merc. Vere. Middleburg more within the land, vpon a navigable arme, or creeke of the sea. The citty is large, rich, populous, and of great state; inhabited by wealthy marchants, and industri­ous tradesmen, the chiefe towne of Zealandt, and one of the most flou­rishing Empories of Europe. About a Dutch mile from hence vpon the Ocean standeth the strong castle of Rammekens.

ZVIT-BEVERLANT.

SItuated betwixt Walcheren, and Brabant. The onely towne of note is Goes, standing on the North side of the Iland. Betwixt this, and Brabant lyeth a drowned land, sometimes part of the Iland.

NORT-BEVERLANT.

LYing betwixt Zuyt-beverlant, and Schouwen. The Iland is little, not having any walled towne; peopled onely with villages.

WOLFERSDIICK.

IT is a little Iland betwixt Nort, and Zuyt-Beverlants; containing onely two boroughs, or villages.

BE-OESTER-SCHELT.

LYing betwixt the right chanell of the Scheldt, and the Ilands Gaurede, and Voorn of Holland. It containeth the Ilands of Schouwen, Duve­lant, and Tolen.

SCHOVWEN.

SEated towards the North-West, & Hollandt, the chiefest of the division; containing six Dutch miles in circuit. Townes here are Zerick-zee vp­on the Ocean. Brauwershaven, inhabited by Fishermen.

DVVELANT.

HAving in compasse about foure Dutch miles, and situated neere vnto Schouwen betwixt that Iland, and Tholen; named thus from the abun­dance of Pigeons, there breeding. It hath no towne of note, containing on­ly Villages, In the yeare 1520, the sea breaking in, the whole was overwhel­med with a deluge of waters. The breaches since that time haue been made vp, and the land recouered.

TOLEN.

CAlled thus from a towne of that name. It lyeth betwixt Duvelant, and the North-West point of Brabant, against Steenbergen, and Bergen op Zoom; divided from that continent by a narrow creeke, or arme of the sea.

All these Ilands together containe 8 walled townes, and about 100 bo­roughs, or villages. The more ancient inhabitants were the Mattiaci of Tacitus.

HOLLANDT.Hollandia.

BOunded vpon the South with the Ilands of Zealandt; vpon the West, and North with the German Ocean; vpon the North-East, with the Zuyder Zee, and West-Freislandt; and vpon the East with the Zuyder Zee, Vtreicht, and Gelderlandt. The country is low, and fenny (the Westerne sea-coasts excepted, which like vnto those of Flanders swell with a perpetu­all ridge of sandy downes;) trenched with innumerable dikes, & water-cour­ses for the dreaning of the marishes, and the more easie conveyance of mer­chandise, affording plenty of very excellent pasturages, milke, butter, cheese, cattle, and horses of extraordinary bignesse, but yeelding little fruits, corne, or other staple commodities. No place notwithstanding is for the quanti­tie more populous, more full of rich, and well gouerned townes, or better stored with all sorts of provision, whether for necessitie, or ornament; con­veyed hither by sea from all countries, and nations by the industrious inha­bitants thereof. It is divided into the South, and North-Hollandts.

SOVTH-HOLLANDT.

COntained betwixt the Ilands of Zealandt, and the middle Channell of the Rhijn, continued from Vtreicht to Leyden. Chiefer townes are Schoonhoven vpon the Leck.Dordracu [...]. lon. 26. g. lat. 52. g. Merc. Dort, seated Iland-like amongst waters vpon the Merwe, or Nieuwe Maes; broke off from the Continent by an invnda­tion hapning in the yeare 1421. The towne is large, populous, rich, and well traded; commanding the trafique, and navigation of the Maes, & Wa­ell, below whose confluence it standeth. Betwixt it, and S. Gertrudenberg in Brabant lie for a great space the drowned lands of Herderwert, Munster­kirck, Dubbelmund, and other villages, overwhelmed by the forenamed deluge in the yeare 1421, many of whose ruines now appeare vnder water. Rotterdam situated nere vnto the Maes vpon the Rotter, a dike, or channell so called, giuing the name herevnto; a rich Empory, and a noted port, the country of the learned Erasmus. Betwixt this, and Dort at a little towne called Krimpen the Lecke, one of the three mainer branches of the Rhijn, fal­leth into the Maes. Oudewater vpon the Ysel, a dike drawne from the mid­dle channell of the Rhijn.Haga Comit. lon. 26. g. lat. 53. g. Mer­cat. Goude vpon the Ysel. Delf. Graven-Hage, a faire, and populous open towne, seated vnder the downes in the most healthfull, and open part of the country; the Parliament, or chiefe Court of iustice for Hollandt, and the ordinary residence of the Delegates, or Gene­rall States of the confederate Provinces, containing about two thousand houses.Lugdunum Batauorum. lon. 26. g. lat. 53. g. Merc. Leyden (Lugdunum Batavorum of Ptolemie) now a noted Vniver­sitie. Hither sometimes passed the middle channell of the Rhijn, receaued into the Ocean not farre from hence betwixt the townes of Catwijck, and Nortwijck; since (the maine streame being diverted another way by the Leck) continued hither by a small current, stopped here by the intervening sandy downes, and vnder another name of the V [...]iet turned into the Maes at Sluys, a little village against Brill. There belongeth to this division the I­lands of Voorn, wherein is seated the strong towne of Brill; Somersdijck; Corendijck; Rierschille; and Gaurede; divided from the maine land by the Maes, and continued betwixt this river, and the Ilands of Schouwen, Duve­lant, and Tolen of Zealandt.

NORTH-HOLLANDT.

COntaining the division lying betwixt the middle channell of the Rhijn, and the Zuyder-Zee, and West-Freislandt. Chiefer townes are Naer­den vpon the Zuyder-Zee. Haerlem. lon. 26. g. lat. 53. g. Merc. Haerlem neere vnto the Lake, named from hence Haerlem-meer. Alcmaer, encompassed round with deepe fens, and Ma­rishes.Amsteloda­mum. lon. 27. g. 34. m. lat. 52. g. 40. m. Birt. Amsterdam vpon the Ye, a navigable gullet, or inlet of the Zuyder-Zee, and the dyke, or river Amstel, parting, and giuing the name to the towne. The citty is new, not much exceeding the date of 400 yeares, at this day especially since the warres of the Lowe Countries, and the decay of trade in Antwerpe, and the townes subject to the Archduchesse, growne to that state that for beautie, riches, and all sorts of bravery, & magnificence it may contend with the best Citties of Europe, and for number, and [Page 30] strength of shipping doth farre exceed the most great, and flourishing Em­pories of the world. A no small cause hereof besides the opportunitie of the sea, and the reasons alleaged, hath heen the vnpleasantnes of the neigh­bouring country, wholy possessed with deepe, and il-favoured marishes, for­cing the people hither, as to a more commodious dwelling, and to the exer­cise of trade, and negotiation, and desire of seeing forraine better countries. Horn vpon a spacious crooke, or bay of the Zuyder Zee. Enchuysen at the entrance of the Zuyder Zee, thwart of West-Freislandt; noted ports. Me­denblick vpon the Ocean. There appertaine to this division the Ilands of Wieringen, and Texel; situated towards the North betwixt this, & the Oce­an. The more ancient inhabitants of South-Hollandt were part of the war-like nation of the Batavi. Those of North-Hollandt were part of the Frisij Minores of Ptolemie. The whole containeth some 33 walled townes, and 400 villages.

STIFF VTRECHT.Provincia Vl­tra-iectensis.

INclosed vpon the West, South, and North with Hollandt, and confining vpon the East with Gelderlandt. Townes here are Cuilenborg vpon the Leck. Wijck de Duersteden (Batauodurum of Tacitus in his. 5 booke, the mansion then of the second Roman Legion,) situated now vpon the middle channell of the Rhijn; at what place this diuerteth into the Lecke. Amers­fort. Vltraiectum. lon. 27. g. 33. m. lat. 52. g. 10. m. Birt. Vtreicht the chiefe towne; named thus from the auncient passage here over the middle chanell of the Rhijn, wherevpon it was situated. It was sometimes the royall seat of Radbod, king of the Frisons; afterwards made a Bishops sea, begun first by S. Willibrord, an Englishman, the Apo­stle of the Frisons in the regencie of Pepin the Fat, Maiour of the Palace in France. The Bishops hereof vntill of late yeares were Lords both spirituall and temporall of this Country, and Over-ysel. The ancient inhabitants were parts of the Batavi, and Frisij Minores; lying in both Provinces of Gaule, and Germany, divided asunder by the middle Chanell of the Rhijn.

GELDERLANDT.Geldria.

BOunded vpon the West with Hollandt, and the district of Vtreicht; vpon the South with the Maes, Brabant, and the Land of Gulick; vpon the East with Clevelandt, and the Earledome of Zutphen; and vpon the North with the Zuyder Zee, and Over-ysel. The parts betwixt the Middle Chanell of the Rhijn, and the Maes (especially Betuwe included betwixt the middle Rhijn, and the Wael) are extraordinarily fruitfull; yeelding plentie of corne, and pasturage. Veluwe, or the part contained within the Rhijn, the Ysel, and the Zuyder-Zee is more leane, sandie, and worse inhabited; yet affording a more pure aire, and much more pleasant dwelling, full of downes, woods, & forrests replenished with game. Chiefer townes here are Bommel, a strong frontire place vpon the left shore of the Wael. Not farre from hence the Wael, and Maes come so neere together that communicating their waters they almost ioyne streames. Afterwards againe dividing, they meet not vn­till the Castle of Lovestain neere Worcum; where the Wael looseth its [Page 31] name in the Maes. The flat country, extended betwixt these two meetings, is named from hence Bommeler-Weert, or the Iland of Bommel. Betwixt the Wael, and the Maes, where the riuers first meet, standeth the strong fort of S. Andrew, raised by the Arch-duke Albert to command the navigati­ons of the Maes, and Wael; in the yeare 1600 tooke in by Maurice Count of Nassau, held now by the garrisons of the vnited Provinces. Tiel further vp the Wael.Neomagus. lon. 28. g. lat. 52. g. Merc. Nimminghen mounted vpon a steepe hill vpon the left shore of the Wael, the chiefe towne of the parts on this side the Rhijn. In Betuwe opposite herevnto vpon the further shore of the Wael is the strong fort of Knodsenburg. Venlo vpon the Maes. Ruremonde at the meetings of the Maes, and the Roer. Gelre, giving the name to the Province. Arnheim (Arenacum of Tacitus,Arnheim. lon. 28. g. lat. 52. g. Merc. the wint'ring campe of the 10 Roman Legion.) It is now the chiefe towne of Gelderland; situated vpon the right shore of the Rhijn. About a mile further vp the river the Ysel divideth it selfe from this greater streame, called by Tacitus Fossa Drusiana, by Suetonius Fossae Drusinae, and by Ptolemie the third branch of the Rhijn; drawne forth to empty the fuller chanell hereof by Drusus Germanicus, Leiftenant here for the Emperour Augustus, and through the maine land of Germany continu­ed vnto the bay, or creeke of the Ocean named Flevus by Plinie, now the Zuyder Zee. Wageningen vpon the Rhijn (Vada of Tacitus.) Harderwijck vpon the Zuyder Zee. The ancient inhabitants were parts of the Batavi (whereof the part called Betuwe retaineth yet the name,) and of the Menapij. Beyond the middle branch of the Rhijn (where is Amheim, and Veluwe) in­habited the Sicambri; part afterwards of the victorious Frenchmen.

THE EARLEDOME OF ZVTPHEN.Comitatus Zutphaniae.

THis is accompted part of Gelderlandt; hauing continued for a long time vnder the same Princes. It lyeth beyond the Ysel, hauing vp­on the West Veluwe; and bounded vpon the other sides with the land of Cleue, Westphalen, and Overysel. Townes here are Zutphen, the chiefe towne, seated vpon the right shore of the Ysel, named thus from its low, and moorish situation. Dotechem vpon the Ysel; which is a riuer arising in Westphalen, and at Doesborch received into the Fosse of Drusus, or the more Easterne branch of the Rhijn, imparting its name of Ysel thereunto. Isaacius Pontanus would haue this to haue beene the riuerSala Strab. Geog. lib. 7. Isala Vetus re­centiorum. Sala of Strabo in his 7. booke; occasioning afterwards the name of the Salij of Ammianus Marcellinus, part of the Frenchmen. Doesborch at the confluence of the Old Ysel,V. Ioan: Isacij Pontani Ori­ginum Fran­cicarum lib. 1 c. 9. and the New. Lochem. Grol. There are contained here, and in Gelderlandt 22 walled townes, and about 300 villages.

OVER-YSEL.Provincia Transisalana.

NAmed thus from its situation beyond the riuer Ysel. It is bounded vp­on the South with the river Ysel, and Gelderlandt; vpon the East with Westphalen; vpon the West with the Zuyder Zee; and vpon the North with West-Freislandt: distinguished into three parts, or divisions, Iselant, or Zal­landt, [Page 32] lying next to the Ysel; Drent beyond the river Vecht; and Twent confining vpon Westphalen. The country is plaine, flat, and moorish; the soile is fruitfull in corne, and pasturage. Townes here of better note are Deventer a Hanse towne,Deuentria. lon. 28. g. lat. 53. g. Merc. and the chiefe hereof; situated vpon the right shore of the Ysel. Campen amongst inaccessible marishes vpon the left shore, and fall of the Ysel into the Zuyder Zee. Swol. Steenwijck vpon the river Blockzyel neere vnto the Zuyder Zee at the passage, or entrance into West-Freisland. Coeverden. In the whole are accompted 11 walled townes, and 101 villages. The ancient inhabitants seeme to haue been part of the Bructeri of Tacitus. Pontanus placeth here the Salij of Ammianus Marcellinus, (part of the Franci of the same authour,) conjectured from the name here of Zallandt.

WEST-FREISLANDT.Frisia Occi­dentalis.

COntinued along the Germane Ocean betwixt the Zuyder Zee, and the riuer of Eems. It hath vpon the South Over-ysel, and the Zuyder Zee; vpon the North-west the Germane Ocean; vpon the East Westphalen; and vpon the North-East the Eems, and Oost-Freislandt. The aire, like vnto Hollandt, is moist, and foggy; the land low, flat, fennie, and moorish, abounding in grasse, and pasturage, milke, butter, cheese, kine, and horses of large stature; but vnapt for corne, brought hither for the most part by sea from Dantzijck, and the Easterne countries. It generally wanteth wood (as in like manner doth Hollandt,) vnlesse in the part called Seven-wolden; in regard whereof they vse turfe, and in some places the dryed dung of beasts. It containeth two distinct provinces Ommelanden, or the territorie of Groningen; and West-Freislandt, more properly thus named.

THE PROPER WEST-FREISLANDT.

LYing betwixt the Zuyder-Zee, and Groninger-landt; and divided into the parts of Ooster-goe, Wester-goe, and Zeven-wolden; called thus from their qualitie, or situation.

WESTER-GOE.

COntaining the sea-coast towardes the West, and Hollandt. Chiefer townes are Harlingen a populous, and well traded port vpon the Oce­an, defended with a strong Castle. Vpon the same sea-coast Hindeloppen. Staveren, a Hanse towne, thwart of Enchusen. The towne is old, and de­cayed, commended onely for a strong castle, commaunding the haven; begunne in the yeare 1522 by George Schenck, gouernour of West-Frei­slandt.Sneca. lon. 27. g. lat. 54. Merc. Within the land Sloten. Ylst. Sneck in a low, and watrish situati­on. The towne for largenesse, neatenesse of building, and for streight, and well contrived streets chalengeth the next place to Leewarden amongst the townes of West-Freislandt.Franikera. lon. 27. g. lat. 54. g. Merc. The wet, and moorish ground about it affor­deth rich pasturages; but is altogither vnfit for corne. Franicker a schoole, or petty Vniversity. Bolswaerdt.

OOSTER-GOE.

COntaining the Sea-coast betwixt Wester-goe, and the country of Gro­ningen. Leewarden. lon. 27. g. lat. 54. g. Merc. Townes here are Lieward, or Leewarden, the court presidial, chancerie, and chiefe towne of the proper West-Freislant; rich, faire, and strongly fortified. Doccum neere vnto Groninger-landt.

ZEVEN-WOLDEN.

COntaining the woodland part towards the South-East, and Ouer-ysel. It hath not any towne of note.

THE TERRITORY OF GRO­NINGEN.

THis is the most Easterne part of West-Freislandt; contained betwixt Oo­ster-goe, and the river Eems, or Oost-Freislandt. Townes here are Dam neere vnto the Eems, and Oost-Frislandt.Gron [...]ga. Groeningen, the chiefe towne, gi­ving the name to the province. The towne is of great state, large, rich, and strongly fortified. There are contained in the whole West-Freislandt 12. walled townes, and some 490 Villages. The more auncient inhabitants were the Frisij Maiores of Ptolemy.

Of these 8 provinces, South-Holland, Vtrecht on the hither side of the Rhijn, with Bommeler-Weert, Maes-Wael, and Betuwe in Gelderlandt ap­pertaine vnto Gaule Belgick. North-Hollandt, Veluwe of Gelderlandt, Zutphen, Over-ysel, West-Freislandt, and Groningerlandt belong vnto Germany; the midle chanell of the Rhijn aunciently parting those two mighty prouinces. In bignes, pleasure, and goodnes of soile they are in­feriour to those of the Princes, but in trade, populousnes, wealth, strength, and number of shipping they much surpasse the other. In a manner all their townes stand vpon the Ocean, & vpon great nauigable riuers, creeks, or inlets of the sea, or amongst deepe vnpassable marishes, & waters, wher­by, & through their strength of shipping (never being able sully to be be­sieged, and victualls, munition, and men being hereby easily conueyed vnto them) they are become invincible against the most potent enimies, not easi­ly to be mastered vnlesse by their disvnion, and the dominion of the sea taken from them. Their gouerment, since that they shoake of the Spa­nish yoake, hath beene vnder the particular states of each prouince (a third part of Gelderlandt, and Zutphen excepted, where stand the townes of Ruremond, Guelders, Venlo, Watchtendonc, Strale, and Grol remaining yet subiect to the Arch-dutchesse;) not vnited into any one entire body of com­mon-wealth, and but onely for their better defence confederate together in a more strict league: whose delegates, resident for the most part at the Hage in Hollandt, are called the States Generall. Their lawes are their severall municipall lawes, customes, and priuiledges, together with the ciuill, or Roman law. Their religion, which onely publikely is allowed, is the refor­med, following or allowing the doctrine of Caluin. Their language is the Dutch.

DENMARCK.DANIA.

THE bounds hereof are vpon the South the river Eydore, parting it from Holstein, & the kingdome of the Germans; vpon the West the German Ocean; vpon the East the Sea Balticke, or the Ooster-sche; and vpon the North the kingdomes of Norwey, and Swe­then. It lyeth betwixt the 55 45/60, and 59 5/60 de­grees of Northerne Latitude. The length betwixt North, and South is 265 Italian miles, the breadth some 200 of the same miles.

The more ancient inhabitants were the Sigulones, Subalingij, Cobandi, Chali, Phundusij, Charudes, and Cimbri V. Clau. Pto­lem. Geog. lib. 2. c. 11. of Ptolemie, andV. Cor. Tac. lib. de Morib. Germanorum. Tacitus, inhabi­ting the necke of land named by Ptolemy from that more famous nation the Cimbrian Chersonese, now the 2 Iutlandts: the Teutoni of MelaV. Pom. Me­lae, lib. 3. inhabi­ting the Iland Codanonia, now Zeland: and the Sitones, or Sueones of Taci­tus (for we cannot out of his description certainely distinguish whether)V. Cor. Tac. ib., inhabiting the parts hereof lying in the Continent of Scandia, now Hallandt, Schonen, and Bleking. These ancient names towards the waine of the Ro­man Empire worne out, and extinguished, we read inBedae Eccl. Hist. gentis Anglorum lib. 1. c. 15. Beda of the Angli, and Vitae inhabiting the Cimbrian Chersonese; whereof these later possessed the more Northern parts; the former after the same author were seated be­twixt the Vitae, and the Saxons. From the Vitae the Cimbrian Chersonese now beareth the name of Iutlandt. The name of the Angli is yet preser­ved here in the Dukedome of Scleswijck in the towne, or name of Angelen. In the raigne of the Emperour Valentinian the third V. Bedam ib. these two nations remouing with the Saxons into the Iland of Great Brittaine, not long after V. Greg. Tu­ron. lib. 3. c. 3. in the raignes of Theodoric French, King of Austrasia, and of Anastasius, Emperour of the East, we lastly finde here the Danes; more certainely na­med thus (as hath beeneV. supra. related) from the bay Codanus, whose Ilands, and neighbouring Continent they inhabited. IornandesV. Iornand. de reb. Geticis, who liued in the raigne of the Emperour Iustinian the first, placeth these in the Continent of Scanzia, or Scandia. Vnder their Prince Godfrey V. Aymon: de reb. Gestis Francorum lib. 4. c. 96. in the raigne of the Em­perour Charles the Great we finde them enlarged Southwards vnto the ri­ver Eydore, dividing from them the Saxons, or Dutch, as they remaine at this present. From this nation the country hath since beeneV. supra. called Den­marck; famous a long time for armes, and their great and many victories [Page 35] atchieved abroad (themselues never conquered by foraine power,) Lords sometimes of England, and Swethen, and at this day of the large kingdome of Norwey, and of all the navigations, and Ilands, situated towards the Pole Arcticke, and the North.

The religion hereof, which is publikely allowed, is only the Protestant, or Confession of Augspurg,V. Adam Brem. Hist. Eccles. Histor. Danor. per. Erpold. Lin­denbruc. Bar▪ An. Eccl. An. Christi 826. first converted to Christianity by S. Ansgarius, Bishop of Bremen, the generall Apostle of these Northerne parts, in the raignes of king Eric the second, and of Lewis the Godly, Emperour of the West; and reformed to the Orthodox tenent by the authority of king Fre­dericke the first.

The Ecclesiasticall affaires are directed by the Arch-bishop of Lunden, and six other Bishops of Rotschilt, Odensee, Ripen, Wiborch, Arhusen, and Sleswijck.

The state is monarchicall, the eldest sonne most commonly succeeding vnto the father; yet where the states doe chalenge a right of chusing. None of the nobility exceede the dignitie of Knights, conferred by the free grace of the Prince. The titles of Dukes, Marqueses, Earles, Vicounts, and Ba­rons are not heard of, vnlesse amongst the issue royall.

The kingdome for the better distribution of iustice containeth 184 Pre­fectures, or juridicall resorts, which they call Herets.

It lyeth partly in the continent of Germany, and partly in the maine land of Scandia, and in the Ilands of the Sundt betwixt these; containing fiue more generall parts, or names, of Iutlandt, the Ilands of the Sundt, Halland, Schonen, and Bleking.

IVTLANDT.Iutia.

COntaining the neck of land in the continent of Germany, called by Pto­lemie the Cimbrian Chersonese. It hath vpon the West, and North the German Ocean; vpon the East the Sundt; and vpon the South the riuer Ey­dore, parting it from Holstein, and the German Empire. It is diuided into the North, Iutia Austra­lis, vel Ducat [...] Iutiae, & Sles­wici. and the South Iutlands. South Iutland hath beene otherwise named the Dukedome of Iutlandt; likewise the Dukedome of Sleswijck from the towne of Sleswijck, about the yeare 1280 in the person of Waldemar severed from the kingdome by Eric, to be held with this title vnder the soueraignty, and right of the kings of Denmarke. The line masculine of the Dukes ex­tinguished, it returned againe to the crowne; giuen not long after by Queen Margaret vnto Gerard Count of Holstein, whose male succession in the yeare 1459 failing in Adolph the last Earle, it was lastly incorporated with the kingdome by Christierne the first, as it now continueth. Chiefer townes are Sleswijck before mentioned,Sleswicum. lon. 31. g. 20. m. lat. 55. g. 15. m. Birt. a Bishops sea, named thus from the river Slea, vpon which it is situated. Close by standeth the faire Castle of Gottorp, the seat of the Dukes of Sleswijck, where tol is paid of the many droues of Oxen, passing yearely this way out of the Chersonese into Ger­many. From hence in imitation of the Picts wall in England hath beene drawne westward ouer land a long trench, or wall, called now by the inha­bitants Dennewerck, raisedAymon. de Rebus gestis Franc. lib. 4. c. 96. after Aymonius for the better defence of the Chersonese against the neighbouring Saxons by Godfrey king of the Danes [Page 36] in the raigne of the Emperour Charles the Great. Husem vpon the German, or westerne Ocean,Flensburgum. lon. 31. g. 25. m. lat. 55. g. 30. m. Birt. not far frō the mouth of the riuer Eydore. Flensborch a noted empory, seated amongst hills vpon a nauigable creeke, or inlet of the Sundt. Hadersleue, a Bishops sea, vpon a nauigable inlet of the sea Baltick, where with it is round encompassed,Haderslebia. lon. 31. g. 8. m. lat. 56. g. 4. m. Birt. against the Iland Funen; graced with the beautiful castle of Hansburg, begun by Iohn duke of Holstein, but finish­ed by Frederick the 2d K. of Denmarcke. These lye in Suder-Iutland, or the dukedome of Sleswijck. BedaV. supra. seemeth to place here the famous Angli, the founders of the moderne English nation; during the raigne of the Emperour Valentinian the 3d departing frō hence into the Iland of Great Bretaine. In Nort-Iutland Kolding vpon a creeke of the sea Balticke. Arhusen a Bishops sea, and a noted port, vpon the Sundt. Against this, and the great pro­montory Hellenis lie the Ilands, Samsoe, Hielm, Hilgenes, with others, belonging to the continent hereof. Wiborch within the land, a Bishops sea, and the chiefe place of iudicature of the Chersonese. Alborch vpon the baye Limfort; which is a long creeke of the sea Baltick, extending through the maine land westwards, almost as farre as the German Ocean. The part of the Chersonese, lying vpon the North of this bay is named by the inha­bitants Wendsyssel. West hereof the country is called Hanhaeret, where is the high rock Skarringklint, a noted sea marck. The German Ocean, coa­sting Iutland, especially the part neighbouring to this rock, is full of sholes, and quicksands, for this cause carefully avoided by marriners sayling to­wards Norwey, and the Ilands of the Sundt. Tysted. Nicoping. Ripen a Bishops sea vpon the German Ocean. The length of both the Iutlands, with the neighbouring dukedome of Holstein, or from the riuer Elb vnto the towne of Schagen, Schagen. lon. 32. g. lat. 60. g. Merc. the most Northerly point of the Chersonese, Cella­rius accompteth at 80 German miles, the breadth at twenty of the same miles.

THE ILANDS OF THE SVNDT.

THese lye in the mouth of the Sundt betwixt Iutlandt, and Schonen. The more remarqueable, and greater Ilands are Funen, and Zelandt.

FVNEN.Fioniá.

LYing against the townes of Kolding, and Hadersleue in Iutland, contai­ning 12 Dutch miles in length, and 4 in breadth. The chiefe towne is Odensee, a Bishops sea.

ZELANDT.Zelandia.

SEated betwixt Funen, and the maine land of Schonen; the greatest of the Ilands, and the seat of the Prince. Chiefer townes here are Rotschilt a Bishops sea. The Bishops hereof haue the honour to annoint the kings at the time of their inauguration.Elsenor. lon. 36. g. 30. m. lat. 57. g. Birt. Helschenor, or Elsenor, at the entrance of the Sundt. The narrow sea betwixt this, and Schonen containeth only a Dutch [Page 37] mile in breadth, commaunded by two castles lying vpon each side of the straight; that of Helsenburg in Schonen, and of Cronenburg in Zealandt. Here all the ships, which in great numbers passe continually towards Swe­then, Prussen, and the East-lands stop, and pay custome; the best part of the princes revenues. In the strong, and magnificent castle of Cronenburg, founded by Fredericke the second,Hafnia. lon. 34. g. 50. m. lat. 56. g. Birt. the king more commonly resideth. Kop­pen hagen, farther downe vpon the Sundt, a noted port, & the chiefe towne of the kingdome; where flourisheth an Vniversity of the Danes, and Nor­vegians, begun by Eric the ninth, but perfected by Christian the first, and the succeeding princes, endowed with liberall revenues. Vpon the East here­of lyeth the Iland Amagger making a safe road for ships which ride at an­cher betwixt it, and the towne.

Other Danish Ilands are Alsen against Flensborch, and Suder-Iutland, vnto the which it appertaineth, containing 4 Dutch miles in length, and two in breadth. Aar, having three parishes, and seated betwixt Alsen, and Ze­landt. Langeland, betwixt Aar, and Zelandt, in length 7 Dutch miles. Fal­stre in length 8 Dutch miles, vpon the South of Zelandt, Lawland, vpon the West of Falstre, from the which it is divided by a narrow creeke of the sea, besides almost infinite others, whose names wee know not, or which are not worth relating. These Ilands are togither called by Me [...]a the Hemodes. Zealandt he nameth the Iland Codanonia, the greatest of the Hemodes.

HALLANDT.

LYing in the maine land of Scandia against North-Iutlandt. The onely place of note is the strong castle of Warsberg.

SCHONEN.Scania.

COntaining the part of the same continent, against the Iland of Zelandt. Places of better note are Helsenburg, a towne, and castle, opposite to El­senor. Lunden, an Arch-bishops sea. Malmuyen, or Ellebogen, a noted Empory vpon the Sundt against Koppen-hagen.

BLEKING.

PArt of the same continent, and having vpon the West, Schonen. The chiefe place is Vsted.

THE KINGDOME OF NORWEY.NORVEGIA

BOunded vpon the South with Denmarck; vpon the West, and North with the Ocean; and vpon the East with the kingdome of Swethen, from the which it is divided by a perpetuall ridge of asperous, and high mountaines. The sea here is exceeding deepe, and affordeth plenty of good fishing. The land is very large, and spacious, but rockie, mountainous, and barren, full of thicke, wild, and vast woods, cold, and ill inhabited. It yeeldeth but little corne, and in the parts more neere to Lapland, and the Pole Articke, not any at all; in regard of which want the inhabitants eat bread made of Stockfish. It chiefly venteth abroad fish, furres, and skinnes of wild beasts, masts, raft, pitch, tarre, and the like commodities, issuing from wood. The people are plaine, honest, louers of strangers, hospitall for their ability, haters of pilfering, & theeuing. They are not suffered by the Danes to vse shipping, or to export their owne merchandise out of the kingdome, which profit these solely engrosse vnto themselues. Their religion is the Lutheran, or Protestant, the same with the Danes, belonging in matters Ec­clesiasticall vnto the Archbishop of Trundtheim, and the Bishops of Ber­gen, Berga. lon. 24. g. 16. m. lat. 61. g. 25. m. Birt. Anslo, Staffanger, and Hammar. They were sometimes commanded by Princes of their owne, now by the kings of Denmarck, diuided into 5 Pre­fectures, or juridicall resorts, of Bahuys, Aggerhuys, Bergerhuys, Trundt­heim, and Wardhuys, named thus from such Castles royall, wherein their governours reside. Townes of better note are Congel, a towne of merchan­dising vpon the Sundt, or sea Balticke, opposite to Schagen in Denmarcke. Anslo. Hammar. Staffanger; Bishops seas. Bergen the chiefe towne of the country, seated amongst high mountaines at the bottome of a nauigable, and deepe arme, or creeke of the maine Ocean, named Carmesunt; a Bi­shops sea, and a noted port, much resorted vnto by forrainers, bringing in corne, meale, bread, beere, wine, and Aqua vitae, to supply the want that way of the country, and transporting from hence fish, furres, and wood; with London, Bruges in the Lowe Countries, and Novogrod in Russia, one of the foure chiefe Staple townes of the Dutch Hanse marchants. The inhabi­tants in regard hereof are a mixed people, compounded of the natiues, Dutch, and other strangers. The meaner sort of houses after the rude fashi­on of the Country are couered with sods, or turfes of earth. West of the [Page 39] towne standeth Bergenhuys one of the fiue castles royall, the seat of the go­vernour of the Province,Nidrosia. lon 39. g. 45. m. lat. 60. g. 50. m. Clav. Ward-huys. lat. 71. g. 30. m. thus named. Trundtheim, an Archbishops sea, beautified with a faire Cathedrall Church, dedicated to S. Olave. The towne otherwise is meane. Ward-huys within the circle Artick in the Iland Ward, from whence it hath beene thus called, a meane castle with a little towne ad­joyning; in the summer time (for in the winter by reason of the extremity of the cold, and the long darknesse, and absence of the Sunne it is not well ha­bitable) the seat of the governour for these more cold, and frozen parts. The Pole Articke is here elevated 71½ degrees. The longest continuance of the sunne aboue the Horizon lasteth two whole months three weekes one day, and some 7 houres, the farthest point North-wards of Norwey, & the continent of Europe.

THE ILANDS OF NORWEY.

VNto the Crowne of Norwey belong Islandt, Freislandt, and Groen­landt, Ilands situated in the wide Ocean, held now in this right by the kings of Denmarke.

ISLANDT

LYing vnder the Circle Articke, and containing 100 German miles in length, and about 60 in breadth. The country is cold, rockie, moun­tainous, barren, and ill inhabited, yeelding not any corne, neither trees, except the Iuniper. In regard hereof the common people eate bread made of stockfish, & in steed of houses, built with timber, dwell in cells, & cauernes, digged in the bottomes of their rocks, & mountaines. Through the benefit notwithstanding of the sea, and the accesse of strangers, they haue brought vnto them corne, meale, bread, wine, beare, iron, tinne, mony, timber, wood, and all other commodities, which they need, whereof the richer sort make vse. The sea coasts are better stored with inhabitants through the ad­vantage of their trade with forrainers, and of their fishing; the chiefe reue­nue of the Ilanders. The natiue profits the Land affordeth are flesh of beeues, and mutton, butter, skinnes of wild beasts, horses, haukes, a course kinde of cloath, they call Watman, and brimstone. It containeth foure main divisions, named from their situations West fiordung, Auslending a fiordung, Norlending a fiordung, and Sundlending a fiordung, signifying the Westerne, Easterne, Northerne, and Southerne quarters. The only places of note are Halar in the Northerne part of the Iland.Halar. lon. 3. g. lat. 67. g. 14. m. Merc. Schalholt in the Southerne: Bi­shops seas, having petty schooles, wherein the Latine tongue is taught, whereof each containeth 24 schollers,Schalholt. lon. 3. g. 24. m. lat. 65. g. 42. m. Mercat. maintained by the Bishops. Bestede, a castle, the seat of the gouernour for the king of Denmarck. The more eminent mountaines are Hecla, feareful with apparitions of dead men, nou­rishing the opinion of Popish Purgatory.Bestede. lon. 360. g. 36. m. lat. 65. g. 21. m. Merc. Helga. & that of the Crosse: Aeth­na-like flaming with fires. Not farre from Hecla brimstone is digged in great abundance, sent into forraine parts. The inhabitants are originally Norvegians, thought first to haue ariued here about the yeare 1000, driuen out of their country by king Harold, sirnamed with the faire locks. Wee [Page 40] heare not of them notwithstanding vntill the time of Adelbert Bishop of Bremen, whom they should send vnto, desiring Preachers and Ministers of the Gospell, whereby they might be instructed, deceasing about the yeare 1070. Their religion is the confession of Augspurg, or that of the Danes; gouerned by two Bishops of Halar, & Schalholt, before mentioned, brought vp in the Vniversitie of Copen-hagen. Their language is the Danish, or an old corrupt Dutch. Thyle Taciti in Vita Agri­colae. Most authors place here Thyle of Tacitus, and the anci­ents. Ortelius iudgeth this rather to be Norway. Others Schetland, neere the Orcades. It wanteth altogether probabilitie, that the Romans, by whom sailing about Great Bretaigne, that Iland should be first discouered, aduan­ced ever thus farre Northwards.

FREISLANDT.

STanding vpon the Southwest of Islandt; vnknowne to the ancients, and bigger in quantitie then Ireland, like Islandt cold, barren, and without corne, and fruits. The principall towne is of the same name with the Iland. The inhabitants liue most vpon fish, got in their sea, their chiefe food, and truck with forrainers. They obey the kings of Denmarck.

GROENLANDT.

NAmed thus from the greenenesse thereof (affording good pasturage in Summer,) as are the other two Ilands from their Ice, and Frosts. It is seated betwixt the 65, and 77 degrees of Northerne Latitude, and lieth for the greatest part within the Circle Articke, and Frigid Zone; large, and of great extent, much resorted vnto by the English, and Dutch nations, fishing there for Whales. Here is a monastery of Predicant Friers seated in the North-East part of the Iland, not farre from a flaming, or burning moun­taine, vpon hot scalding springs, whose waters serue the Monastery, as a stoue, and to boyle the meat of the order. The gardens hereof, a thing mi­raculous in such a latitude, in regard of this heat, qualifying the naturall temper of the ayre, flourish all the yeare long with hearbs, and sweet smel­ling flowers. The neighbouring Ocean also by meanes hereof never free­zeth, affording great plenty of fowle, and fish for the reliefe of the Monkes, and bordering Ilanders. Here is likewise Alba, situated not farre from the Monastery. Other habitations either are not, or not hitherto knowne; the Iland not being yet fully discouered. All places, where the marriners touch, yeeld Deere, white beares, & plenty of wood, cast vpon the shore. The kings of Denmarck challenge the right hereof.

SVVEATHLAND.SVECIA.

BOunded vpon the South with Denmarcke, the sea Balticke, and Leifland; vpon the West with Norwey; vpon the North with Myrmanskoy More, or the Frozen sea; and vpon the East with the dominions of the Great Duke of Muscovia. The country is large, extended aboue a thou­sand miles in length betwixt the Balticke, and the Frozen seas, full of mountaines, and vast woods, yet well inhabited, and firtill for these Northerne parts, Lapland, and the regions lying within the Circle Arcticke almost excepted, which yeeld no corne, or any other fruits, as doe all lands else of that miserable, and cold Latitude. No place affordeth greater plen­ty of minerals, especially of brasse, whence infinite store of great ordinance are made. It hath many great lakes, and rivers, but in regard of their yce, and trunckes of trees, floating in them, not much navigable. The people are provident, sober, patient, and industrious. Those of the country exercise no manuall trades, every man by a singular frugality being his owne artificer. The nobility exceede not the dignitie of knights, an honour conferred by the Prince. Their language differeth only in dialect from the Dutch, excep­ting that of the Fins, which resembleth the Russes. Their religion is the Lutheran, or confession of Augspurg, won first to Christianity vnder their king Beorn by S. Ansgarius,v. supra. the Apostle of the Danes. They belong in matters Ecclesiasticall vnto the Bishop of Vpsal, and those of Linco­pen, Scara, Vexio, Strengenes, and Abo. Birtius reckoneth in the whole some 1400 parishes. The king is electiue, but most commonly of the blood royall, and the next of kin to the deceased. He is stiled king of Sweathland, and of the Gothes, and Vandals. The truth of the two latter titles is vncer­taine, and to be much doubted of.V. Iornand. de Rebus Ge­ticis. Iornandes placeth in the peninsula here­of the Gothes; Gothia, Su­dermannia, Westmannia, Wermelan­dia, Coppor­dalia. Helsin­gia, Dalecar­lia, Anger­mannia. Bod­dia Orienta­lis, & Occi­dentalis, F [...]n­landia, Core­lia. but who is not seconded by any more ancient, and credited Historians. At this day notwithstanding the more Southerne part of the kingdome confining with Denmarcke, beareth the name of Gothia, or Got­land, whether from this nation it cannot well be knowne, or falsely affecting that more glorious name. The Vandals (it is certaine) spread not thus farre North, seated in the continent of Germany along the South shore of the Suevian, or Balticke sea. It containeth sundry names, and divisions of Got­land, Suderman, VVestman, VVermeland, Copperdale, Helsingen, Dalecarle, Angerman, East, and VVest Bodden, Finland, Corel, with others. The more chiefe townes are in Gotland,Lincopia. Sca­ra. and next to Denmarcke Calmer, a noted port vpon the sea Balticke. Lincopen. Scar: Bishops seas. Against these within [Page 42] the Balticke lyeth the Iland Gotlandt, subject to the kings of Denmarcke, whose chiefe towne is Wisbuy vpon the East side of the Iland,Wisbia. lon. 39. g. 30. m. lat. 57. g. 30. m. Birt. a famous Em­pory sometimes, now ruinous, and much decaied. Here is likewise Oe­landt, an Iland against Calmer, defended with the strong castle of Borg­holm, subiect to the kings of Swethen. In Suderman Strengnes, a Bishops sea: and Telge vpon the lake, or bay Meler, an arme of the sea Baltick. Vpon the rocks nere Strengnes, as likewise at Scar, and Wisbuy in Got­landt, are engrauen sundry auncient vnknowne characters, and inscriptions, supposed to be of the Gothes. In Westman Arosia, rich in siluer mines. In Vpland Vpsal an Archbishops sea, the primate of the kingdome. Here the kings of Sweath-land lye enterred.Vpsalia. lon. 40. g. 30. m. lat. 60. g. 52. m. Merc. Stockholm in an Iland at the mouth of the lake Meler, a rich, and florishing emporie, and the chiefe citty of the kingdome, defended with a magnificent, and strong castle, fortified with 400 great brasse ordinance.Stockholmia. lon. 42. g. lat. 60. g. 15. m. Birt. In Finland Wiburg, a strong fortresse, and towne of warre opposed against the Russes.Wiburgum. lon. 55. g. 58. m. lat. 63. g. 6. m. Merc. The more auncient inhabi­tants of the part of the kingdome within the Sea Baltick were theSuiones Ta­citi lib. de Mo­ribus Germa­norum. Suiones of Tacitus, part of the great nation of the Suevi of the Germans. The part of Finlandt seemeth to haue beene thus first named, and inhabited by the Fenni Fenni, Corn. Tacit: ibid. of the same authour. The sea lying vpon the South hereof was named bySuevicum mare Taciti. de Moribus Germ. lib. Tacitus the Sueuian sea from the famous Sueui before mentio­ned, which nation it diuided; bySinus Coda­nus Pomp. Mel. lib. 3. Mela Sinus Codanus, from whence doubtles proceeded the name of the Danes; and by Ptolemie Oceanus Sar­maticus, Sarmaticus Oceanus Pto­lemei lib. 11. & Sinus Sinus Vene­dicus. Ptolem. ibid. Lappia. Venedicus from the bordering Sarmatae, and Venidae. It is a long and spacious creeke of the Westerne Ocean, continued East, and North from Denmarke for many hundred miles vnto beyond the Circle Articke. It is called now the Sundt, the Balticke, or Oost Zee, and more to­ward the North the Finnisch, and Bodner Zees from Finland, and Boden, which countries it parteth from the more proper, and West Sweathland. North of Sweathland, incorporated with the crowne hereof, is Lapland, cold, barren, and without corne, fruits, and ciuill habitation. The people through their cold, pigmie-like, are of an exceeding little, and dwarfish sta­ture, barbarous, rude, and without arts, feeding vpon fish, and the flesh of wild beasts, crafty, and much giuen to witchcraft, and magicall incantations. The commodities, which they vent abroad, are skinnes, and fish, exchanged with forrainers. TheSeptentrio­nalis Ocea­nus. Amalchi­um eum He­cataeus appel­lat, a Paro­pamiso am­ne, quá Scy­thiam aliuit, quod nomen eius gentis lingua signifi­car congela­tum. Philemō Morimarusam à Cimbris vo­cari, hoc est, mortuum mare vs (que) ad promontorium Rubeas, vltra deinde Cronium. C. Plinij Nat. Hist. lib. 4. c. 13. Ocean vpon the North hereof, and Russia, Hecataeus in Plinie nameth Amalchium, or the Frozen sea; Philemon in the same au­thor from the Cimbri the sea Cronium, and Morimarusa, or the Dead sea; Tacitus otherwise theTrans Sui­onas aliud mare, pigrum, ac propè immotum, quo cingi, cludi (que) terrarum orbem hinc fides. &c. Corn: Taciti de Moribus Germanorum lib. Slowe, and Immoueable sea. The Russes call it at this day Myrmanskoy More, signifying in their language the Norvegian, and Danish sea; first of civill people sailed, and adventured into by Richard The English voiages. Chancelour, Englishman, arriuing in Russia in the yeare 1553, and tracing out the way, which the English, and Flemmings ever since haue vsed. Through this sea, since the first discouerie, sundry honourable, and worthie persons haue attempted to finde out a passage towards China, and the East; but hi­therto without any good successe, let by contrary windes, fogges, and mists, [Page 44] vsuall in that clime, flotes of Ice, cold, perpetuall nights for many months to­gether in winter, and with the length of the way. Their farthest discoueries haue reached only to the neerer coasts of Tartarie, short of the riuer Oby. Towards the North they haue sailed vnto 80 degrees, within tenne of the Pole Articke.

Norwey, Hallandt, Schonen, and Bleking in Denmarck, with so much of the kingdome of Sweathland, as lyeth West of the Finnisch, and Bodner Sees, creekes of the Balticke, containe together the great Peninsula, called byScandia, Ptol. Geogr. lib. 2. c. 11. Ptolemie Scandia, by Plinie, and SolinusScandinavia, Plin. nat. hist. lib 4. c. 13. & Solini, c. 32. Scandinavia, and by Ior­nandes Scanzia Ior­nandis de Re­bus Geticis. Scanzia; encompassed with the sea Balticke, and the Westerne, and Northerne Oceans, and ioyned to the continent by a neck of land, in­tercepted betwixt the bottome of the sea Bodner and the towne, and castle of Wardhuys. By PytheasXenophon Lampsacenusa litore Scy­tharum tridui navigatione insulam esse incompertae magnitudinis Baltiamtradit. Eandem Py­thias Basiliam nominat. C. Plin. nat. hist. lib. 4. c. 13. in Plinie we finde this otherwise named Basilia; by Xenophon Lampsacenus in the same author Balthia, naming the sea Balticke. Ptolemie, and the rest of the ancients, before mentio­ned, account this an Iland; their errour proceeding from the ignorance, & vnexperience of those times, the more Northerne, and in­ner parts hereofQuarum cla [...]issima Scandinavia est incomper­tae magnitu­dinis. Plin. ib. not being then fully discouered.

POLAND.POLONIA.

HAving vpon the West Schlesi, and the Marqui­sate of Brandenburg in Germany; vpon the North the land of Prussen; vpon the East Maso­via, and Lithuania; and vpon the South the kingdome of Hungary, from the which it is di­vided by the mountaines Tatri, or Carpathian. It is in length 480 Italian miles, in breadth 300. The aire is pure, but sharpe, and cold; the coun­try plaine, like vnto the rest of those Eastlands, shaded with darke, and thicke woods, parts of the great Hercynian, full of sundry sorts of wilde beasts for hunting, & of an incredible number of Bees, hiving almost in each tree, and breeding waxe, and hony in great abundance. No country affordeth more plentie of graine in regard of the continuall fresh, and newly broken grounds, taken from the woods, sent downe by the river Wijssel vnto Dantzig, and Elbing in Prussen, and from thence convey­ed into forraine parts, the vnexhausted treasurie, and storehouse of corne for Europe, and the West. The common people are poore, base, and miserable, the slaues of the gentry. The nobility are braue, high minded, valiant, libe­rall, free, or rather superfluous in their gifts, attendance, and expences. They are all of the same ranke, professing armes, and called Equites in the Latine Polish historians, which we interpret knights, or souldiers; differing onely in their greater, or lesser revenues, and by the magistracies, & offices, which the more eminent sort hold for tearme of life, conferred by the king. They pay the prince no tallages, in lieu whereof they are to serue, and attend him in his warres. Their language is the Sclavonian, but who much affect, and elegantly speake the Latin. Their religion is that which every man best li­keth; all sorts of grosse heresies, if not publikely allowed, yet being here suf­fered (which hath hapned through the over great liberty, of the Nobi­lity, and people, and the weake power of the king, and of such a confused state, to controule them,) yet where notwithstanding the Romish superstition by meanes of the princes great zeale that way at this day most prevaileth. Their first conversion to Christianity was vnder their prince Miecislaus, son to Nemomislus in the yeare 965. Their Bishops are Cracow, Posna, Vladis­law, v. Cromer. de Rebus Polon. lib. 3. and Ploczko vnder the Arch-bishop of Gnesna; who is primate of the kingdome, and by ancient priviledge the Popes Legat for Sarmatia, and in the absence, or vacancie of the prince the Vicar generall of the kingdome, hauing power to summon the councel, and diets, and to conclude, and pub­lish [Page 45] their decrees. The state is Monarchicall, and electiue, yet where the next of the blood royall most commonly succeede. Their kings more anci­ently were free, and soveraigne. By a common calamitie of all electiue states, they are now bereft of all royall right, and prerogatiues, having onely limi­ted power, and governing according to strict lawes, and the direction of the councell, and diets; who solely haue full liberty to consult of, and determine the maine affaires of the common-wealth. These are of two sorts, I the se­nate, or grand councell consisting of all the Bishops, Palatines, and Castellans, togither with the great Marshals of state, and Court, and the Chancelour, Vice-chancelour, and Treasurer of each dominion of Poland, and Lithuania, or of so many of them, as can conveniently be drawne togither, or be con­sulted with. 2. and the Generall Diets (which are for the more high, and im­portant businesses of the weale publicke not determinable by the Senate) a­massed of the orders before set downe, & of the Delegates of each province, and chiefer citty, sent in the name of the rest of the nobility. These sworne to preserue the publicke honour, and liberty, speake freely in the councell, & Diets, oftentimes challenging, and reproving the prince, and controuling his actions, if they thinke them prejudiciall. The country is divided into the Greater, and the lesser Polands.

THE GREATER POLAND

DIstinguished thus either because it is the bigger, or because it is the more honourable; the seat sometimes of Lechus the founder of the Polish nation. It containeth 9 parts, or diuisions, named thus from the chiefe towne of each iurisdiction, the Palatinates (thus called from their Palatines) or countries of Posna, Kalisch, Siradia, Lancicia, Vratis­law, Bresty, Rava, Ploczko, and Dobrzin, whose more principall townes, and states, commanding, and residing in them follow in order.

THE PALATINATE OF POSNA.Posnania lon. 42. g. lat. 52. g. 45. m. Clav.

THe townes here hauing jurisdiction are Posna, a Bishops sea, and the chiefe towne of the Greater Poland, seated amongst hills vpon the riuer Warta. The citty is fairely built of stone, hauing large suburbs beyond the riuer, much subiect to invndations. Koscien a double walled towne in a plaine amongst dirtie marishes. Miedzyrzecze, a strong towne, opposing Schlesi, and the Germans, wherevnto it bordereth, impregnably seated a­mongst waters, and marishes. Ostresow, neighbouring to Schlesi, and stand­ing in a wide plaine environed with woods. Vschow, a walled towne in a plaine. Sremsk. Premetz. Rogozno. The States here are the Bishops Pala­tine, Crivinensis. and Castellan of Posna, and the Castellans of Sremsk, Miedzyrzecze, Premetz, & Rogozno. Cromerus addeth the Castellan of Krivin.

THE PALATINATE OF KALISCH.

TOwnes here are Calisch, a walled towne vpon the riuer Prosna amongst marishes,Gnesna. lon. 42. g. lat. 52. g. 40. m. Clav. naming the country. Gnesna a walled towne, and an Arch­bishops sea, in a plaine, the most ancient towne of Poland, founded by Le­chus; the seat of the first kings, remoued afterwards to Cracow. Pizdry, a walled towne vpon the riuer Warta in a plaine amongst woods. Warta vpon the riuer Warta. Land vpon the Warta. Konin, a walled towne en­compassed with the Warta. Slupcza, a strong towne vpon the Warta. Ko­lo, surrounded with the Warta. Naklo vpon the riuer Notez. Camenecz. The States are the Archbishop of Gnesna, the Palatine, and Castellan of Ca­lisch, and the Castellans of Gnesna, Naklo, Camenecz, and Land.

THE PALATINATE OF SIRADIA.

SOmetimes a Dukedome, belonging to the second sonnes of the kings of Poland.Siradia. The chiefe townes are Siradia, a walled towne, and castle, na­ming the country, seated in a plain vpon the river Warta. Wielun, a strong towne,Petrocow. and castle vpon the riuer Prosna. Schadeck. Petrocow, a walled town in a moorish soile, the place sometimes of the generall diets of the king­dome, remoued now to Warsow. Without the towne vnder the shade of a pleasant forrest standeth Bugey one of the royall seiours of the kings, whe­ther in regard of the more fresh, and healthie ayre they retired during the time of the Diets. Rosprza in a plaine amongst marishes. Spicimeria. The States are the Palatine, and Castellan of Siradia, with the Castellans of Ros­prza, Spicimeria, and Wielun.

THE PALATINATE OF LANCICIA.

THe townes are Lancicia, a walled towne, with a castle mounted on a rock, vpon the riuer Bsura. Orlow, amongst marishes. Bresinia. Ko­narzew. Inowlodz. Biechow. The States are the Palatine, and Castellan of Lancicia, with the Castellans of Bresinia, Konarzew, Inowlodz, and Bie­chow. Cromerus placeth this last in the Palatinate of Kalisch.

CVIAVIA, OR THE PALATINATE OF WLADISLAW.

FOr a great part marishie, and without woods. The chiefe townes are Wladislaw, Vladislaw. naming the country, a Bishops sea vpon the riuer Wijssel. Bidgost, a walled towne vpon the Bard, a navigable riuer, convaying mar­chandise out of the greater Poland vnto the Wijssel. The States are the Bishops, Palatine, and Castellan of Wladislaw, with the Castellan of Bidgost.

THE PALATINATE OF BRZESTYE.Brzestye.

THe Townes here are Brzestye, a well fenced towne, naming the coun­try, standing in a plaine amongst marishes. Radzieiow, a woodden towne. Kruswick, built all of wood with a castle, the most ancient of the kingdome after Gnesna, the seat sometimes of the Princes; standing vpon a great lake named Gopla. In the castle hereof Popielus the second, Duke of Poland, was after a monstrous, and strange manner devoured with Ratts, swarming out of the Lake. Kowalow, in a moorish situation. The States are the Palatine, and Castellan of Brzestye, and the Castellans of Kruswick, and Kowalow.

THE PALATINATE OF RAVARava.

THe townes are Rava, built all of wood with a castle, naming the country, seated in a plaine vpon the riuer thus called. Socharzow, a towne, and castle vpon the riuer Bsura. Gostinin, a towne, and Castle in a plaine amongst marishes. Gamblin. The chiefe states are the Palatine, of and Castellan of Raua, with the Castellans of Sochaczow, and Gostinin.

THE PALATINATE OF PLOCZKOPloczko.

TOwnes here are Ploczko, a walled towne, and Castle vpon the riuer Wijssel, the seate of a Bishop. Bielsko in a plaine. Raczyayas, amongst fens. Sierprcz, vpon a hill enuironed with marishes. Srensko, a towne, and castle amongst fens. Mlawa, neighbouring to Prussen. Plonsko. Radzanow, a towne, and castle vpon the riuer Vkra. The states are the Bishop, Palatine, and Castellan of Ploczko, with the Castellans of Raczya­yas, and Syerprcz.

THE PALATINATE, OR COVNTRY OF DOBRZIN.

Townes here are Dobrzin, naming the country, vpon the riuer Wijssel. Slonsk. Ripin, in a plaine vpon the riuer Odekam▪ Gornzno, vpon a hill amongst woods. The states are the Castellans of Dobrzin, Ripin, and Slonsk.

These divisions lie almost wholy within the ancient Germany of Tacitus, and Ptolemie, bordering vpon the river Wijssel. Willichius seemeth to place here the Arij, Helvecona, Manimi, Elysij, and Naharvali, parts of the Suevi Lygij of Tacitus.

THE LESSER POLAND.

LYing vpon the South of the Greater Poland; divided with the Wijssel, and bordering vpon the kingdome of Hungary. It only comprehendeth three Provinces, or divisions, the Palatinates of Cracow, Sendomir, & Lub­lin.

THE PALATINATE OF CRACOW.

TOwnes here are Cracow, Cracovia. lon. 42. g. 40. m. lat. 50. g. 12. m. Clav. a Bishop sea, and the chiefe citty of the king­dome, the seat of the Prince, vpon the riuer Wijssel, in a plaine. Biecz, a walled towne in a plaine vpon the riuer Rapa. Woynicz, vpon the riuer Dunaiecz. Lelow, a walled towne with a castle vpon the riuer Bialo. Kzyaz. Proszovice. Oswiecim, built all of wood with a castle, the chiefe some­times of a Dukedome; part of Schlesi incorporated now with the crowne. Zator, a towne, and castle in a plaine vpon the Wijssel, sometimes likewise a Dukedome, part of Schlesi; now incorporated with the Crowne. San­decz, a walled towne in a plaine vpon the riuer Dunaiecz. The chiefe States are the Bishop, Castellan, and Palatine of Cracow, with the Castellans of Sandecz, Woynicz, Byecz, and Oswiecim. The Castellan of Cracow here presedeth the Palatine, contrary to the dignitie, and ranke of the Castellans, whose place is inferiour; which hath beene a disgrace put vpon the Palatines for the shamefull flight, and cowardise of one of their predecessours, forsa­king the king in a fight against the Russes. He is the chiefe of the nobilitie, or lay States of the Polish Empire, whose seat in the Diets is next after the Bishops.

THE PALATINATE OF SENDOMIRE.

CHiefe townes here are Sendomire, Sendomiria. a walled towne, and castle, vpon a hil, vnder the which runneth the riuer Wijssel. Checiny, a towne with a castle. Korczin, a towne, and castle, encompassed with marishes. Wislicza, a walled towne among marishes, encompassed with the riuer Nid. Pilzno. Opozno, a walled towne, vpon the riuer Pilcza. Radomie, a walled towne, in a plaine. Polaniecz. Zawichost, built all of wood with a castle vpon the river Wijssel. Zarnow. Malogost. The states are the Palatine, and Castel­lan of Sendomir, and the Castellans of Wislicza, Radomie, Zawichost, Zar­now, Malogost, Cechoviensis. and Polaniecz. Cromerus addeth the Castellan of Ce­chow.

THE PALATINATE OF LVBLIN.

THe townes are Lublin, a walled towne with a strong castle, environed with waters, and marishes; naming the country. The Iewes inhabit the greatest part of the suburbs, where they haue a Synagogue. Here are held [Page 49] three great faires in the yeare, at the feasts of Pentecost, S. Simon, and Iude, and Candlemas; resorted vnto by strange Merchants from most remote parts, Turkes, Armenians, Greekes, Germans, Lithuanians, Muscovites, & Russes. Vrzendow. Lulow. Parcow. Casimir vpon the Wijssel. The chiefe states are the Palatine, and Castellan of Lublin.

The Palatines are the Princes Lieutenants, and the supreame magistrats of state in the provinces, whereof they are named. Their chiefe office is to bring into the field, and to commande in warres the troopes of the nobili­tie of their seuerall divisions; in regard whereof in their natiue language they are called Vayvods. Each province for this purpose hath its seuerall Standard, or Colours, whereby they are distinguished. The Castellans are the deputies of the Palatines, and in warres commaunde the nobility of their subdivisions, or particular districts. Neither of these are hereditarie, chosen, and appointed by the king out of the most worthy, and eminent gentry, and continuing during life. They are the most honourable lay or­ders of the realme, of whom with the Bishops, & the Marshals, Chancelours, and Treasurers before mentioned, the grand councell onely consisteth.

The Lesser Poland lyeth in both countries of the ancient Germany, and Sarmatia of Ptolemie; the riuer Wijssel dividing them. In the part of Ger­many Glareanus seemeth to place the Gothini of Tacitus.

Vnto Poland are annexed the land of Prussen, the dukedomes of Lithua­nia, and Masovia, Samogithia, Blacke Russia, Podlassia, Podolia, and Volinia, incorporated into the kingdome, and vnion hereof; whose Palatines, Castel­lans, chiefe officers, and nobilitie haue equall voices in the great Councel, and Diets; accrueing by conquest, marriage, and mutuall assent for their more strong defence against the neighbouring Turkes, Tartars, and Russes, whose descriptions, since wholy lying in Sarmatia without the river Wijssel, and the accompt of ancient Germany appertaine not vnto this first section of my proposed discourse.

HVNGARIE.

BOunded vpon the North with Poland, and the Moun­taines Carpathian; vpon the West with Marheren, Oosten-reich, and Steirmarck, parts of Germany; vpon the East with Transylvania; and vpon the South with Servia, and Krabbaten, divided by the Saw, and Dra. It is extended in length from Presburg along the Da­now vnto the confluence thereof and the riuer Alute after Cellarius 304 Italian miles; and in breadth after the same author 190 of the same miles. The aire is most temperate, and pleasant. The soile is ex­ceedingly firtill, and happy, rich in corne, most excellent wines, and deepe pasturages, stored with infinite heards of large, and fat Beeues, sent into for­raine parts in very great abundance. The hilly parts towards Poland afford plenty of siluer, copper, and other mineralls. Here flowe (besides sundry lesser) the greater, and famous rivers of the Saw, Dra, Danow, and Tissa. The ancient inhabitants were the Iaziges Metanastae of Ptolemie, included within the rivers Danow, and Tissa, and the Sarmatian, or Carpathian moun­taines; part of the Daci, containing the parts lying vpon the North of the Danow, and East of the Tibiscus; and the Poeones, or Pannonij, inhabiting beyond the Danow betwixt that riuer, and the Saw. It was afterwards the seat of the Huns, Longobards, and Avares, and lastly of the Hungarians, the moderne inhabitants. The people now through their long exercise of armes are good souldiers, seruing most on horseback after the manner of the Ea­sterne nations, otherwise lasie, and idle, more addicted vnto warres, then to trades, and manuall occupations, poore through their sloath, and the op­pression of their Lords, the Turkes, and German Emperours. Their lan­guage is a kinde of Sclavonian, differing from the Poles. In the parts, neighbouring vnto Germany, the Dutch likewise is spoken. Their Religi­on is the Romish Catholicke, and that of the Reformed Churches; for both are tolerated. The reformed lesse prevaileth in the countries, subject to the Turkes, through a iealousie of that nation, forbidding all new opinions, quarrells, and disputes of faith, which might cause innouations, & troubles of the State. This was sometimes a flourishing, and great kingdome, the bulwarke of Christendome against the Infidells. After long warres, sundry victories, and braue resistance it is now for the greatest part enthralled to the [Page 51] Turke. The rest, containing some third part, obeyeth the German Empe­rours of the house of Austria, now kings (for what is left) of Hungarie, de­scended from Anne, sister to Lewis the second, the last natiue Prince, slaine by Soliman at the battle of Mohacz. It is divided by the Danow into the vpper Hungary, lying North of the riuer, and the Lower Hungary, lying to­wards the South; containing together before the Turkish subiection 50 ju­ridicall resorts, which they called counties, 24. betwixt the Tissa, Danow, and Germany. 8. East of the Tissa in the same diuision. 12. betwixt the Danow, & the Dra, and 6 betwixt the Danow, and the Saw towards Greichs-Weissen­burg. The parts vnder the Turkes are gouerned by their Bassaes, and other names of Magistrates after the custome of that Empire. Chiefer townes in the vpper Hungary are Presburg, Posoniū lon. 40. g. lat. 48. g. 26. m. Birt. enioying a pleasant, and healthfull situati­on, vpon the left shore of the Danow neere to vinie mountaines, and the confines of Oosten-reich, defended with a strong castle mounted vpon a hill, the chiefe towne subiect to the German Emperours. Vaccia vpon the Danow, a Bishops sea. Pest vpon the Danow, opposite to Buda. Colocza vpon the Danow, an Archbishops sea. Bath vpon the same shore of the Da­now. North of the riuer, Segedin vpon the right shore of the river Tissa. Agria a Bishops sea. Newsol, a strong towne vpon the riuer Gran. Nitri, a Bishops sea vpon the river Boch. Transchin, vpon the riuer Wag. Tirnau. East of the Tissa. Debreczen. Temeswar vpon the riuer Temez. Varadin. Beyond the Danow in the Lower Hungary,Belgradum, & Alba Graeca. lon. 45. g. lat. 47. g. 40. m. Clav. Belgrade, or Greichs-Weissen­burg (Taururum of Ptolemie,) a strong towne of warre, hemmed in vp­on the East with the Danow, and vpon the South with the Saw, where it is emptied hereinto; defended on the other sides with strong walls, & deepeditches, sometimes the gate, and entrance into Hungary, and the fortresse of the kingdome against the Infidells, surprised by Soliman, Emperour of the Turkes.Buda lon. 42. g. lat. 47. Birt. Buda, or Ofen (Curta of Ptolemie,) vneuenly seated vpon the right shore of the Danow, a faire, and strong towne, the seat of the principall Bassa of the Turkes, and the chiefe citty of the kingdome. Here are bathes, and springs of hot waters.Strigonium lon. 42. g. 30. m. lat. 48. g. Clav. Gran vpon the same shore of the Danow, oppo­site to the fall, or mouth of the riuer Gran out of the higher Hungary, from whence it hath beene thus named; a strong towne of warre, and an Archbi­shops sea,Iaurinum, lon. 40. g. 35. m. lat. 48. g. 50. m. Birt. the Primate hereof. Comora, vpon the Danow in an Iland. Rab a Bishops sea, and a strong towne of warre, vpon the right shore, and conflu­ence of the Danow, and the Rab, naming the towne, and distinguishing an­ciently the Higher, and the Lower Pannonies. Betwixt the Danow, and the Dra, Alba Regalis. Stul-Weissenburg, strongly, but vnwholsomely seated in the midst of a great Lake, or inaccessable marish, ioyned to the firme land with three high, and broad causies, built with houses, and blocked vp at their ends with great Bulwarks, garded in time of warre, and defending these suburbs. Here the kings of Hungary were crowned, as likewise enterred. Betwixt this, and the Dra lyeth the great lake Balaton, containing 24 Italian miles in length. Zi­geth, a strong towne, standing in a marish vpon the North side of the river Dra, famous for the death of Soliman, the mighty Emperour of the Turkes, during his siege hereof. Fiefkirken vpon the Dra so named from such a number of Churches;Quin (que) Ec­clesiae. a Bishops sea.

Vnto the crowne of Hungary, belonged sometimes (as they doe partly [Page 52] at this day) the countries of Transylvania, Walachia, Rascia, Servia, Bosna, Windischlandt, Croatia, and Dalmatia; gouerned by the deputies of the kings hereof, or held by their princes vnder their tribute, and soveraigne right. The fowre first, since lying wholy within the ancient Dacia, and Mae­sia, pertaine not to this division.

The descriptions of the other remaine, after that first brieflie I haue re­lated the ancient estates of Illyricum, whereof they were some­times partes, togither with the many changes, and succes­sions of people and Lords, commaunding herein vnto this present, occasioning the pre­sent estate, and names.

ILLYRICVM.Illyricum Polybij Hist. lib. 2. Plin. Nat. Hist. lib. 3. c. 21. Illy­ris C. Ptol. lib. 2. c. 17. Geog. Illyricus Ior­nand. de Reg. & Temp. Succes.

THEV. Strab. Geog. lib. 7. Plin. Nat. Hist. lib. 3. c. 21. Ptolem. Geog. lib. 2. c. 17. Iu­li. Solin. Poly­hist. L. Flo. Hist. Rom. lib. 2. c. 5. Ap­piani Alexand. de Bellis Illy­ricis lib. Rufi Festi Brevia­rium. Zosimi Histor. lib. 2. Imperatore Constantino Magno. Ior­nandis de Regn. & Tem. successione lib. Provin. Roman. Li­bellum. No­tit. Prov. Im­perij Orien­tis. Comm. Guid: Panci­rollij in Noti­tiam Imperij Orientis. name hereof Solinus fabulously deri­veth from Illyrius, son to the one-ey'd mon­ster Polyphaemus, and Galataea; commanding sometimes the country. The bounds are diversly set downe by ancient authours. Flo­rus, and Plinie continue the name along the coast of the sea Adriaticke betwixt the rivers Arsia, and Titius, or the countries Histria, and Dalmatia. Ptolemie including Dalma­tia, enlargeth the accompt hereof vnto the riuer Drilon, and borders of Macedonia, confining vpon the other sides with Histria, the two Pannonyes, and the Higher Mysia. Strabo extendeth it along the sea-coast towards Greece, and the South-East vnto the mountaines Ceraunij, & inwards towards the North, and West vnto the riuer Danow, and the Lake of the Rhaetians, or Acronius; besides the parts before mentioned comprehending Rhaetia, Noricum, Pan­nonye, Histria, and Dardania, with the part of Macedonia, where lay the townes of Dyrrachium, Apollonia, and Oricum. Vnto these of Strabo wee finde added in Appian the Tribali, and Mysij; reaching Eastwards along the course of the Danow vnto the sea Euxinus, now Maggiore. The Empe­rour Constantine the Great, hauing diuided the Romane Empire into 4 su­preme iurisdictions, or gouermentsV. Zosimi Histor. lib. 2. Imper. Con­stantino. vnder the Praetorio. praefecti of Italy, Gaule, Asia, and Illyricum, we read afterwards by this occasion all the parts of Europe, subiect to that Empire, and lying East of Gaule, and Italie (Thrace onely, and the Lower Maesia excepted) to haue beene contained vnder the generall name hereof; called thus after the title, or name of the chiefe pre­fect, or province of the division. Sextus Rufus liuing in the time of the Em­perour Honorius reckoneth 17 provinces of Illyricus, or Illyricum, two of Noricum, two of Pannonia, Valeria, Savia, Dalmatia, Maesia, two of Dacia, Macedonia, Thessalia, Achaia, two of Epirus, Prevalis, and Crete. Iornan­des nameth 18 prouinces, two of Noricum, two of Pannonia, two of Valeria, Mendose pro Savia. Suevia, Dalmatia, the Higher Maesia, Dardania, two of Dacia, Macedonye, Thessalye, Epirus, Crete, Praevalis, and Achaia. The authour of the Notitia with some difference nameth likewise 18 provinces, but accompteth only 17 in the grosse, six of Macedonye, which were Achaia, Macedonia, Thessalye, Crete, Old, and New Epirus; and 5 of Dacia, which were Dacia Mediter­ranea, Dacia Ripensis, the first, and second Maesia (both containing one pro­vince,) [Page 54] Dardania, and Praevalitana, all lying in East Illyricum; and governed by the Praetorio-praefectus of Illyricum; and in West Illyricum, the First, and Second Pannonies, Savia, or Pannonia Ripariensis, Valeria, Dalmatia, Nori­cum Mediterraneum, and Noricum Ripense. These last he placeth vnder the Praetorio-praefectus of Italie (which hapned through the after division of the Empire by the successours of Constantine,) by agreement of the princes appertaining to the Emperours of the West; the cause also of the distinction, and names of the East, and West Illyricum. The authour of the booke of the Romane Provinces maketh otherwise 19 divisions, or provinces of the whole, the first, and second Pannonies, Valeria, Praevalitana, the Higher Mae­sia, the Olde, and New Epirus, Pampica, Noricus Ripensis, and Mediterra­nea, Savia, Dardania, the Mountaine Haemus, Dacia, Scythia, Crete, Achaia, Macedonia, and Thessalia. These differences pointed, the more exact bounds, & ancient state, and description hereof follow out of Ptolemy (the authour whom onely I haue made choice of,) with reference notwithstan­ding to Strabo, and the rest.

ILLYRIS, LIBVRNIA, AND DALMATIA.Illyris, aut Liburnia, seu Dalmatia Pto­lem: Geog. lib. 2. c. 17.

BOundedV. Ptolem. Geog. lib. 2. c. 17. vpon the North with a line, drawne by the mountaines Alba­nus, and Baebij vnto the meetings of the rivers Saw, and Danow, by the which it was diuided from the two Pannonies vpon the West with a line brought from the Higher Pannony, vnto the sea Adriaticke (whose begin­ning contained 36½ degrees of Longitude, and 45 1/6 degrees of Latitude, and the terme, or end (at the Adriaticke) 44½-⅓ degrees of Latitude, & 36 1/6 of Lō ­gitude,) diuiding it from Histria; vpon the East with a line from the mee­tings of the Saw, and Danow, Southwards vnto the 47 degree of Longi­tude, and the 41⅔ of Latitude, diuiding it from the Higher Mysia; and vpon the South with a line, drawne from the East line now mentioned vnto the sea Adriaticke, and the degrees 41 of Latitude, and 45 of Longitude, divi­ding it from Mocedonia, and lastly with the part of the Adriaticke, inter­cepted betwixt this, or Macedonia, and Histria. It contained Illyris pro­perly so called, (from which, as the more famous, or noble prouince, the ma­ny countries before recited tooke the common name of Illyris, or Illyricum,) and Dalmatia.

ILLYRIS.Illyris, & Liburnia Ptol. lib. 2. c. 17. Illy­ric [...], & Libur­nia. Plin. Nat. Histor. lib. 3. c. 21. & 22.

NAmedV. Ptolem. Geogr. lib. 2. c. 17. Strab. Georg. lib. 7. Plin. Nat. Hist. lib. 3. c. 21. Ap­pian. Alexand. de Bellis Illy­ricis. Domi­nici Marij Ni­gri Geograp. Comment. 6. Petri Montani & Petri Birt. in. Ptolem. lib. 2. c. 17. Geog. Inter­pretat. otherwise Liburnià from the citty Liburna of Strabo. It was extended along the coast of the sea Adriaticke betwixt Histria, and Dalmatia. Pliny more precisely boundeth it betwixt the riuers Arsia, and Titius, now Arsa, and Variecha. It contained after Dominicus Niger the country, now called Sclavonia from the Sclaves the last barbarous inhabi­tants; more distinctly Krabbaten, Kraist, Carbavia, and Contado di Zara. The townes along the sea-coast were first next to Histria, Alvona (Alvona of Plinie,) now Albona. Flavona (Flavona of Plinie) now Fianona. Tursa­rica (Tursarica of Plinie, and Thursarica of Antoninus,) now Fiume. Senia [Page 55] (Senia of Plinie, and Antoninus) now Segna. Lopsica (Lopsica of Plinie.) Ortopla (Ortupula of Plinie.) Vetia (Vegium of Plinie.) The towne is peri­shed, but the place, where it stood, is yet called Veza. Argyrutum (Argyrun­tum of Plinie,) where now is the village, called Scrisia. Corynium (Corini­um of Plinie,) now Gliuba. Aenona (Aenona of Plinie,) now Nona. Iader a colonie (Colonia Iadera, and Iader of Plinie, Iader of Antoninus, and Iade­ra of Mela,) now Zara. Scardona (Scardon of Strabo, Scardona of Plinie, a juridicall resort) now the village Scardona. The inland townes were Taedi­astum. Arucia, now Bregna. Ardotium, now Mogenicha. Stluspi. Curum. Ausancula. Varvaria. Salvia. Adra, now the fort, or Castle Zerunaz. Arauzona, now Ostroviza. Assissia, where now are the ruines, or place cal­led Beribir. Burnum (Burnum, a fort, or Castle of the Dalmatae after Pli­nie,) now Grachova. Sidrona, now Sdrigna. Blanona, now Stramitio. Ou­portum. Nedinum, now Susied. From the Liburni,Post hos Li­burni navibus plurimum in­signes fuisse memorantur, Illyriorum na­tio alia, qui I­onium, Insu­las (que) praeda­bantur, navi­bus citis vsi, & levitate praeci­puis; quâ ex causa Romani nunc naves, quae levitate, & celeritate praestarent, Liburnicas so­lentappellare. Appiani Alex­andrini de Bellis Illyricis Lib. or Illyricans, with light swift ships infesting with continuall pyracies the neighbouring Ocean such kinde of vessells anciently, as at this day in Latine writers, were called Naves Liburnicae.

DALMATIA.Dalmatia Ptol. lib. 2. c. 17 Geogr. Dal­matia Plin. nat. hist. lib. 3. c. 22.

CAlledV. Ptol. Ge­og. lib. 2. c. 17. Strab. Geog. l. 7. Plin. nat. hist. lib. 3. c. 22. & 26. Appiani Alexand▪ de Bellis Illyricis lib. Dominici Marij Nigri Geogr. Com­ment. 6. Petri Birtij, & Petri Montani in Ptolem. Ge­ogr. lib. 2. c. 17. Interpretat. from the citty Dalminium of Strabo. It was continued along the sea Adriaticke from Illyris, or Liburnia vnto the borders of Mace­donia; or betwixt the riuers Titius, and Drylon. It contained after Domini­cus Niger the parts, yet retaining the name of Dalmatia, together with Al­bania. The Sea coast townes were first next to Illyris, Sicum (Sicum of Pli­nie, a colonie of old Roman souldiers sent hither by the Emperour Claudi­us the first,) now Sibenico. Salonae, a colonie (Solona of Plinie, a colonie, and juridicall resort, Salona of Strabo, the arsinall of the Dalmatians, Salona of Mela, Salonae of Antoninus,) where now is Clissa, a fort, or castle vpon the river Soliuschiza, not farre from the towne of Spalato. Epetium, now Spez­zo. Piguntium (Piguntiae of Plinie,) now Almissa. Onaeum. Epidaurus (Epi­daurum of Plinie, a colonie,) now Ragusi. Rhidinum. Ascruium (Ascrivium of Pliny, inhabited by Roman cittizens,) now Catharo. Bulva, (Butua of Plinie,) now Budua. Vlcinium (Olchinium, or Colchinium of Plinie, foun­ded by the Colchans,) now Dulcigno. Lissus (Lissus of Strabo, and Lis­sum of Plinie, a colonie of Roman cittizens,) now Alesio. Within the land were Andrecrium. Aleta, now Mosth. Herona. Delminium (Dalmini­um, naming the country after Strabo, Delminium of Appian, and Florus,) now Dumnio, or Donna. Aequum, a colonie. Saloniana. Narbona a colo­nie (Narona of Mela, and Antoninus, Narona of Plinie, a colonie, and juri­dicall resort.) Enderum, now Drivesto. Chinna. Doclea, neere vnto the towne of Medon, raised out of the ruines hereof. Rhizana (the towne of the Rhizaei of Strabo, and Rhizinium of Plinie, inhabited by Roman citti­zens,) now Rhisine within the gulfe of Catharo. Scodra (Scodra of Anto­ninus, and Scordra of Plinie,) now Scutari. Thermidana. Siparuntum. Epicaria. Iminacium.

What people inhabited each diuision my author cleerely doth not distin­guish. He nameth promiscuously the Iapyeres, bordering vpon Histria (Ia­podes [Page 59] of Strabo, lying vnder the mountaine Albius concluding the Alpes, and Iapodes of Plinie, extended to the river Tedanium.) Mazaei (Mezaei of Plinie of the resort of Salona, and Mazaei of Strabo, part of the Panno­nes.) Derriopes. Derrij. Dindarij (Dindari of Plinie.) Ditiones (Ditio­nes of Plinie.) Ceraunij (Cerauni of Plinie.) Daursij (Darsij of Appian.) Comenij. Vardaei (Vardaei, sometimes forraging Italy after Plinie, not improbably the Ardiaei of Strabo, and Appian.) Sardiotae (Sardiates of Pli­nie.) Siculotae (Siculotae of Plinie.) Docleatae (Docleatae of Plinie, and Ap­pian.) Pirustae (Peirustae, part of the Pannones after Strabo, not vnproba­bly the Pyraei of Plinie, & Pyrei of Mela.) Scirtones towards Macedonie (not improbably the Scirtari of Plinie.) The rivers, whereof he maketh mention, were Tedanium, lying betwixt Lopsica, and Ortopla (Tedanium of Plinie.) Titus (Titius of Plinie, parting Liburnia, and Dalmatia,) now Variecha. Narso, or Narson betwixt Onaeum, & Epidaurus (Naro of Strabo,) now Na­renta. Drilo (Drilo of Strabo, and Plinie) now Boliana. Drinus (Drinius of Plinie,) emptied into the Saw, West of Taururum. The mountaines were Sardonius, Scardus, and Scardonici (Ardium of Strabo, dividing Dal­matia in the midst along the Sea coast, or length hereof,) now the hilly, or mountainous tracts of Dalmatia, and Albania. Of Ilands, belonging vnto, and thwarting Liburnia, he nameth Absorus (Absirtium of Plinie,) now Os­seros; whose townes were Absorus, and Crepsa, now Cherso. Curicta (Cu­rictae of Plinie,) now Vegia, or Viglio; whose citties were Pfulfinium, and Curicum. These Dominicus Niger putteth to be the Absyrtides of Strabo, and Plinie, named thus from Absyrtus, brother to Medaea, slaine here by his sister, pursuing her in her voyage towards Greece, accompanying Iason. Strabo notwithstanding seemeth to extend further the accompt of these I­lands. Scardona (Arba of Plinie,) now Arba; whose citties were Collen­tum, and Arba, yet retaining the appellation, and naming the Iland. Along the coast of Dalmatia Issa, a towne, and Iland (Issa of Strabo, and Issa of Plinie, inhabited by Roman cittizens,) now Pago. Tragurium, a towne, and Iland (Tragurium, founded by the Issenses after Strabo, Tragurium of Pli­nie, and Tagurium of Mela,) now Trau. Pharia, a towne, and Iland (Pha­rus, or Parus, a colonie of the Parij, and the country of Demetrius Pharius after Strabo, Pharos, Paros, & Pharia of Pliny) now Lexina. Corcuria, or Me­lana (Melaena, or Corcyra, with a city, founded by the Cnidians after Strabo, Corcyra surnamed Melaena, with a towne of the Gnidians after Plinie,) now Curzola. Meligina.

Plinie addeth to those of Ptolemie the forts, or townes of Turiona, now Tnina, at the mouth of the river Variecha. Mandretium (Mandretium of Strabo.) Tribulium. Ratanaeum: The riuer Pausinus. The promontories of Diomedes, or Hyllis, now Cabo di Cista. And Nymphaum. The Ilands Crexa. Gissa. Portunata. Cissa. Pullariae. Elephates. Lissa. thwart of Iader. Cretaeae. Celadussae. Brattia, now Braza. Melita, breeding excellent doggs, now Meleda. The people Lacinienses. Stulpini. Burnistae. Albonenses. Alutae. Flanates, naming the bay Flanaticus, now the Gulfe of Cornero. Lopsi. Va­rubarini. Assetiates. Fulsinates. Decuni. Issaei. Colentini. Separi. Epetini. Daorizi. Desitiates. Deretini. Deremistae. Glinditiones (Clintidiones of Appian.) Melcomani. Oenei. Partheni (Partheni of Mela, and Appian.) [Page 57] Hemasini. Arthitae. Armistae. Labeatae. Enderudini. Sassaei. Grabaei. Trau­lantij (Taulantij of Appian.) Strabo addeth the citty Liburna. Appian Promona. Terponium, now Terpono. and Metulium. The whole length of Illyricum betwixt the rivers Arsia, and Drinius Plinie accompteth at 800 Italian miles. The greatest breadth at 325 of the same miles. Along this coast he reckneth aboue a thousand Ilands. The sea Adriaticke (named thus after Plinie from Atria a citty (in Italy) of this name) Strabo,V. Pl. l. 3. c. 16. and Plinie call otherwise Mare Superum, or the Higher sea in regard of the higher si­tuation thereof, and remotenesse from the maine Ocean. Strabo continueth this name from Histria vnto the mountaines Ceraunij in Macedonie. Do­minicus Niger in his sixt Commentary reckneth the length hereof at 600 Italian miles, the greatest breadth at 200 miles, where it is more narrow at 150 miles, at the beginning, or mouth hereof betwixt the mountaines Ceraunij, and Italie, where it is the straightest, at 60 of the same miles. Parts hereof were the bayes Trigestinus, Flanaticus, and Rhizoniscus of Ptolemie; named thus from the people Flanates, and the townes Trigeste in Histria, and Rhizana, or Rhizinium; now Gulfo di Trieste, di Cornero, and di Catharo.

TheV. Polybij Histor. lib. 2. & 3. T. Livij Rom. Histor. lib. 20. 44. & 45. & eiusdem Epitom. lib. 133. &▪ 139. Dionis Cassij Histor. Rom. lib. 55 Appiani Alexandrini. de bellis Illy­ricis lib. L. Flori Rom. Historiae lib 2. c. 5 & 13. & lib. 4. c. 12. Vel­leij Pater [...]uli Histor. lib. 2. Sext. Aurelij Victoris de vi­ris illustribus lib. in. P. Scip. Nasica. Eius­dem Epito­men Impe­rante Caesare Octauiano Augusto. Rufi Festi Breviari­um. Eutropij Histor: Rom. lib. 3. Lucio Posthumio Albino, & Cn. Fuluio Centimalo Coss. eiusd. lib. 3. & 6. & lib. 7 Imp. Augusto. Iornandis de Regn. & Tempor. successione lib. Pro­copij de Bello Gothico lib. 1. & 3. Imperatore Iustiniano. Zonarae Annalium Tom. 3. Impe [...]ratore Mauritio. Grego­rij Magni Papae Rom. Epistol. ad Episcopos Histriae. Caroli Sigonij Historiarum Occidentis Imperij lib. 16. & 20. Eiusdem Commentarium in Fa [...]tos, & Triumphos Rom. Blond Histor. decad. 1. lib. 8. & 9. & decad. 2. lib. 2. An­ton: Bonfinij Rerum Hungaricarum decad. 2. lib. 10. & decad. 3. lib. 2. of the history of Venice by Thomas de Fougasses the 1 decade, and 1. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. and 9. b [...]okes; the 2. dec. and 4. and 9. bookes. loan. Sambuci Append. Rerum Hungar: Martini Barletij de vita, & Rebus gestis Scanderbegi lib. 13. eiusdem de Scodrensi vrbe á Turca expugnata libros. Knowles his history of the Turkes. Romanes were the first knowne forrainers, who invaded, and sub­dued this country. In the yeare of Rome 524 hapned their first warre with Queene Teuta, occasioned through her pride, and cruelty, killing one of their Embassadours, sent vnto her, and a pretence of the pyracies of the na­tion, and of their iniuries done vnto the neighbouring Graecians, managed by the Consuls Cn: Fulvius Flaccus Centimalus, and A. Postumius; the successe whereof was the ouerthrow, & subjection of the Queene, (amercy­ed with a yearely tribute, and the losse of the greatest part of her kingdome) and the setting vp of Demetrius Pharius, their confederate in the warre. At this time we finde the name, and kingdome of the Illyricans, to haue exten­ded Southwards towards Greece vnto the towne of Lissus vpon the sea A­driaticke, agreeing with the description of Ptolemie before related. In the yeare 534 immediately before the second Carthaginian warre, fell out their next warre with Demetrius Pharius, whom not long before they had made king, rebelling against, and wasting, and invading the parts hereof, subject vnto them since the first warre, thinking himselfe secure in regard of their new broyles, and troubles from Hannibal, and the Carthaginians; the cities Damalus, and Pharus taken, driuen out by the Consul L. Paulus Aemi­lius into Macedony, and the whole nation againe subdued. Some 52 yeares afterwards, and yeare of Rome 586 chanced their third warre against king Gentius (confederate with, and aiding Perseus king of the Macedonians,) o­vercome, and taken prisoner by the Praetor Lucius Anicius. After this, the authority, and name of kings being abrogated, the nation was immediatlie made subject to the Romane Empire; rebelling notwithstanding sundrie [Page 58] times afterwardes, and not fully brought vnder subjection vntill the raigne of Caesar Augustus. By this prince, and by his captaines Asinius Pollio, and Tiberius Nero, with others, they were at length finally conquered, and first reduced into the order of a province, gouerned by Roman Magistrates, & lawes. Greece, and the more Easterne provinces of Europe taking after­wards the common name of Illyricum, these contained the Province, or part hereof named Dalmatia in the Authour of the Notitia, part of West Il­lyricum, and of the Westerne Empire; commaunded by a President vnder the Praetorio-praefectus of Italie. The Westerne Empire torne in pieces by the Barbarous nations, in the raigne of Zenon Emperour of the East they fell to the share of Odoacer, and the Heruli, Lords of Italie, together with Si­cily, and Rhaetia, part of their Italian conquests. These subdued by Theodo­ricus, and the Ostrogothes in the same raigne, they became subject vnto that prince, and people. The Gothes being conquered by the Emperour Iusti­nian the first, they were againe vnited to the Romane Empire, accompted a­mongst the Easterne, or Greekish provinces. Not long after this revnion, in the raignes of Iustinian the first, and Mauritius, brake in hither the Sclaves, by whom the country was againe torne off from the Greekish Empire, with Histria, part of Italie, and Savia, part of Pannonia, peopled with their barba­rous colonies, and language, and since knowne from hence by the generall name ofV. Blondi Histor: Dec. 2. lib. 2. Sclavonia; commaunded for a long time after by kings of this na­tion, free from forraine commaund. The precise time, when these first set­led here their abode, ancient authours doe not determine. Blondus conje­ctureth this to haue hapned in the raigne of the Emperour Phocas. Their first Christian king was Sueropilus, about the time of the Emp. Charles the Bald. The widow of Zelomirus, the last king of the Illyrican Sclaves, or of Croatia, and Dalmatia (for thus then the princesCroatia, & Dalmatia Bō ­finij Rerum Vngaricarum dec: 2. lib. 4. & 10. were stiled) vnto whom her deceased husband, having no heires, had bequeathed the king­dome, deceasing also without issue, gaue this country vnto her brother La­dislaus the first, sirnamed the Saint, and to his successours, the kings of Hun­gary. By this meanes the line, and succession of the princes of Sclavonia, or Croatia failing, the kings of Hungarie haue euer since that time beene pos­sessed of the right hereof. Before this vnion with the crowne of Hungarie, in the raignes of Basslius, and Alexis, ioint Emperours of the Grecians, and of Murcemirus king of Croatia, the Venetians vnder Pietro Vrceola, their 26 Duke, to secure their trade, and shipping vpon the Adriaticke, from this shoare continually infested with pyracies (the Ilands of Curzola, and Lezi­na, with the Narentines vpon the Continent being forced by armes, and the rest of the townes voluntarily submitting) subjected vnto their Empire all the seacoasts hereof, and of Histria from the Gulfe of Trieste vnto the bor­ders of Macedony, and Greece; confirmed vnto them afterwards by an other Alexis, Emperour of the East, in the time of Vitalis Phalerio their 32 Duke. By king Coliman, who succeeded vnto S. Ladislaus, Zara, and the rest of the Dalmatians revolting, were regained to the Hungarians, lost againe not long after to the Venetians vnder Dominico Michaeli their 35 Duke, or o­therwise (for the Venetian Historians are herein vncertaine) vnder this Prince, and Vitalis Michaeli their 38 Duke. Afterwards Bela king of Hun­gary quitteth his whole right of Dalmatia vnto this state [...], and to Giacomo [Page 59] Tepulo their 43 Duke. After this, king Lewis the first inuading Dalmatia with a mighty armie, the Venetians vnder their 57 Duke Giovanni Delphi­no, being vnable to retaine the country, (busied in more dangerous warres neerer home) to make their peace with this more potent enemie, vtterlie a­bandoned, and quitted vnto him, and his successours, the princes of Hunga­ry, all their conquests hereof from Histria, or the Gulfe Cornero vnto Du­razzo, and Greece, leauing off the title of Dukes of Dalmatia, which till then they had vsurped. Not long after Ladislaus, king of Naples, contending with the Emperour Sigismond for the realme of Hungary, sould, and a­gaine deliuered vp Dalmatia vnto the Venetians for 100000 crownes; or af­ter others only Zara, and the hauen, and territory thereof. Since this time, the Hungarians being detained with more important warres against the Turkes, the Venetians became the third time possessed in a manner of the whole sea coasts hereof from the riuer Arsa, or Histria vnto the borders of Greece. In the raignes of Amurath, and Mahomet the second, kings of the Turkes, and during the warres hereof with Scanderbeg, king of the Epirots, we finde the Empire of the Venetians here to haue reached Eastwards along the shore of the sea Adriaticke towards Macedonie as farre as Lissus, or Alesio in Albania, the farthest extension that way of Sclavonia, or Illyricum. By Mahomet the second, Emperour of the Turkes, the townes of Scutari, Drivasto, and Alesio were enthralled to the Turkish tyranny, taken from the Venetians; and beyond the mountaines (Stephen the last prince thereof be­ing captivated, and afterwards cruelly murthered,) the kingdome of Bosna, a part sometimes of Croatia, and held vnder the fief, and tribute of the kings of Hungary, reduced since into a Turkish province, & gouerned by a Bassa. By after succeeding Turkish monarches other parts were added to that Empire. The towne of Ragusi, belonging once vnto the Venetians, is now a free commonwealth; subiect notwithstanding to the tribute of the Turkes. The rest of Illyricum, or Sclavonia, vnconquered by the Infidels, is yet held by the Venetians, and the German Emperours of the house of Austria, suc­cessours to the kings of Hungary; whereof these cōmand in the inland parts of Croatia, & Windischlandt, the former in the greatest part of the Ilands, & sea coast townes, of Dalmatia vnto the gulfe, and towne of Catharo. The lan­guages, here now spoken, are within the land the Sarmatian, or Sclavonian; vpon the sea coasts the Italian through their long subjection to the Veneti­ans, and commerce with that nation. The Religion hereof, besides the Ma­humetan, or Turkish, is the pretended Romish Catholick. The whole Sclavo­nia (besides Istria, belonging vnto Italy) contained more anciently the grea­ter parts, or divisions of Croatia Servat aeta­tis nostrae, cō ­suetudo, vt ea omnis Dal­matiae quon­dam ora, in Su­perum mare vergens, Dal­matia, & quic­quid ejusdem morites, me­diterranea (que) fuerunt, Cro­atia nomine­tur, Rasciaque & Bosna pro regni Croatiae regionibus habeantur. Blondi dec. 2. lib. [...]. v. & Bon­finij Rerum Vngaricarum dec. 2. lib. 4. & 10., lying on this side of the mountaine Ardi­um, (which mountaine after Strabo divided Illyricum length-wise in the midst;) & Dalmatia lying beyond that mountainous ridge along the coast of the Adriatick sea. For by those two generall names we finde in histories the kings of Sclavonia anciently to haue beene stiled. Croatia comprehen­ded at this day the parts, or names, before mentioned, of Windischlandt; Cro­atia particularly now thus called; and Bosna. Dalmatia contained Contado di Zara; Dalmatia, thus now properly named; and Albania, whose de­scriptions in the last place.

WINDISCHLANDT.Sclavonia.

BY this name the Dutch, (whose word it is, calling the Sclaues by the names of the Winuli, and Vendi,) vnderstand Sclavonia, as otherwise it is expressed by Latine authors; the generall appellation of the country in con­tinuance of time flitting vnto, and confined within this part. It lyeth for the most part in Pannonia without the bounds of ancient Illyricum, containing more anciently the Province, from the river Saw named Suavia in Ru [...]us Festus, and Savia in the author of the Notitia. It hath Carniola, or K [...]ain vpon the West; vpon the North the river Dra, and the Lower Hungary; vp­pon the East, the part of the Lower Hungary, contained betwixt the Dra, & Saw vnto Belgrade, and comprehending the counties of Poseg, Walko, & Sirmisch; and vpon the South (extending here beyond the Saw) Croatia, from the which it is diuided by the riuer Huna or Vna. Chiefe places here are Zagabria, the chiefe towne, seated vpon the riuer Saw. Sisseg, a strong fort, or castle, and monastery, at the confluence of the riuers Kulp, and Saw. The right of the country belongeth to the kings of Hungary, now the prin­ces of the house of Austria; enthralled at this day for the greatest part vnto the Turkes.

CROATIA,Croatia. OR KRABBATEN BY THE DVTCH.

BY this generallV. sup. Blon­di hist. lib. 2. dec. 2. name were sometimes called all the more inland parts of Sclavonia, lying towards the North of the mountaine Ardium of Strabo. The reason of the name we yet finde not. It was brought first hi­ther by the Sclaues. The bounds are vpon the North, Windischlandt; vpon the West, Carniola, or Krain; vpon the South, Dalmatia, or Contado di Zara; and vpon the East, the kingdome of Bosna. The country is cold, hilly, and mountainous, yet sufficiently fruitfull, and stored with all necessary provisi­on; if it were not for the oppression, and neighbourhood of the Turkes, to whose injuries it is continually exposed. The hills hereof seeme to bee the mountaines Baebij of Ptolemie in his second booke of Geographie, and 17 Chapter. The townes here of better note are Wihitz, called otherwise, Bigihen by the Dutch; the metropolitane, or chiefe towne, strongly encom­passed Iland like by the riuer Vna. Zeng. Wackat. Turnaw. Modrisch. The country contained anciently the more inland part of Liburnia, North of the mountaine Ardium of Strabo.

THE KINGDOME OF BOSNA

NAmed thus from the riuer Bosna; after others from theBessi Thra­ciae populus Plin. nat. hist lib. 4. c. 11. Bes­si maiorem partem Aemi tenent, & a praedonibus Praedones no­minantur, tu­guria in col [...]n­tes, vitamque degentes du­ram, attingen­tes Rhodopen & Pannones, & de Illyrijs Autariatas, & Dardanios. Strab. Geog. lib. 7. Bessi, a peo­ple of the Lower Maesiav. P. Montan. in Gerard. Mercat., explused thence by the Bulgarians, and flit­ting hither. The most part place this in the Higher Maesia. ByV. Supra. Ptolemy in his before mentioned description it is plainely excluded thence; lying in Il­lyricum, since contained within his line, drawne from the borders of Mace­dony vnto the meetings of the rivers Saw, and Danow. It was ancientlyv. Blondi Hist. l. 2. dec. 2. a [Page 61] part of Croatia, erected afterwards (but when wee finde not) into a petty kingdome, held by the princes thereof vnder the cheifage, and tribute of the kings of Hungary. It hath now vpon the West, Croatia, vpon the North, the Saw, with the part of the Lower Hungary, contained betwixt that river, and the Dra; vpon the East, Servia; and vpon the South, Dalmatia. Chiefer townes are Iaitza, seated vpon a high hill, encompassed at the bottome with two rivers. Schwonica. Warbosaine. The country seemeth to con­taine the more inland parts of Dalmatia of Plinie, and Ptolemie. The last Christian prince hereof was Stephen, in the yeare 1464 (his kingdome ta­ken in, and subdued) surprised, and afterwards inhumanely murthered by Mahomet the second, the first Emperour of the Turkes, by whom the coun­try was made a Turkish province, commanded ever since by a Bassa.

CONTADO DI ZARA.

THus named from Zara, the chiefe towne. This otherwise after Domini­cus Nigerv. Dom. Nig. Geog. Com­ment. 6. retaineth yet the proper name of Sclavonia. It containeth the part of Liburnia of Ptolemie, and Plinie, extended along the sea coast. The bounds hereof are the mountaine Ardium of Strabo from Krabbaten; the river Arsa from Histria; the sea Adriaticke; and the riuer Titius, now Variecha, from the more proper Dalmatia. The townes of chiefer note are along the Sea coast, Alvona. Albona (Alvona of Ptolemie, and Plinie,) next to Histria, and the riuer Arsa. Fianona (FlavonaFlauona. of Ptole­my, and Pliny,) against the Gulfe Phlanaticus, now Quernero. Zegna (Se­niaSenia. of Ptolemie, Plinie, and Antoninus,) seated in a plaine. Nona (AenonaAenona. of Ptolemie, and Plinie,) encompassed with the sea. Zara (IaderaIadera, & Iadra. of Me­la, Iader of Ptolemie, Plinie, and Antoninus, a Romane colonie,) now an Archbishops sea, and the chiefe towne belonging to the Venetians; enioy­ing a large, and safe port, and seated in a low Chersonese, or necke of land vpon the Adriaticke, strongly fenced against hostile iniuries. Beyond this towne the riuer Titius, now Variecha, falleth into the Adriaticke, issuing out of wooddy mountaines vpon the North hereof.

DALMATIA.Dalmatia.

REtaining yet the ancient name, and continued South-east along the same shore of the sea Adriaticke from the riuer Variecha, or Titius, (by the which it is diuided from Contado di Zara) vnto the riuer Rhata be­yond the Gulfe of Catharo, parting it from Albania; bounded otherwise to­wards the North with the country of Bosna. The chiefe townes along the sea-coast are Sibenico (Sicum of Plinie,Sibenicum. and Ptolemie,) vpon the riuer Vari­echa.Tragurium. Trahu, or Trau (Tragurium of Strabo, Ptolemie, and Plinie, and Tagurium of Mela, founded by the inhabitants of Issa,) seated in a small I­land close by the continent.Spalatum. Spalato an Archbishops sea. Nere herevnto betwixt this, and Trahu, where now is the fort, or castle, named Clissa vpon the riuer Solinschiza, stood sometimes the citty Salona of Strabo, Pliny, and Mela, and Salonae of Ptolemy, and Antoninus, a famous colonie, and juridi­call resort of the Romanes. Some old fragments hereof yet appeare vpon [Page 62] the Westerne banke of the riuer called still by the name of Salona. Almis­sa (Piguntium of Ptolemy, and Piguntiae of Plinie) vpon the riuer Zetino; defended with a strong castle,Stagnum. mounted vpon a rocke. Stagno vpon the necke of a spacious, and long Chersonese, or promontory, ioyned here vnto the continent with a narrow strait of land. Against this the riuer Narenta (Naron of Strabo, and Narson of Ptolemy) is disburdened into the Adria­ticke.Ragusa, & Epi­daurus. lon. 44. g. 40. m. lat. 42. g. 30. m. Ragusi, founded out of the ruines of the famous citty Epidaurus of Ptolemy, and Epidaurum of Plinie, (a Romane colonie, destroyed by the Gothes,) now a free Common-wealth, and a rich, and a flourishing Empo­rie, strong in shipping, and with wals, and a well fortified castle; tributarie to the Turkes. Castel-novo, within the gulfe of Catharo a strong towne, now held by the Turkes.Catharum. Catharo, naming the gulfe of Catharo, seated on the farther side of the bay towards Scutari (Ascruvium of Ptolemie, Ascrivi­um of Plinie, inhabited by Romane Citizens,) now a strong towne of warre, opposed against, and environed with the Turkes; held by the Venetians. Rhizine at the bottome of the Bay (the towne of the Rhizaei of Strabo,Rhizinium. Rhi­zana of Ptolemy, and Rhizinium of Plinie,) naming the Bay Rhizoniscus of Ptolemy, now Golfo di Catharo.

ALBANIA.Albania▪

NAmed thus from the Epirots, or Albanesies; neighbouring, and intru­ding herevpon. The name extendeth much farther within the conti­nent of Greece. My purpose is to describe onely the part, lying within the bounds of the ancient Dalmatia, or Illyricum. This reacheth along the sea-coast fromV. Dom. Nigr. Geog. Comment. 6. Butua. Antibarrus. Colchinium. Lissus. Scodra. Lacus Sco­drensis. Drivestum. the riuer Rhata, diuiding it from the proper Dalmatia, vnto Alesio. Places here of better note are vpon the sea-coast Budoa (Bulua of Ptolemie, and Butua of Plinie.) Antivari. Dolcigno (Vlcinium of Ptole­mie, and Olchinium, and Colchinium of Plinie, founded by the Colchans.) Alesio (Lissus of Strabo, and Ptolemy, and Lissum of Plinie,) the farthest place of the ancient Dalmatia towards Greece, memorable for the death, and graue of Scanderbeg, the victorious king of the Epirots. Within the land Scutari (Scodra of Ptolemy, and Antoninus, and Scordra of Pli­nie,) strongly seated vpon a steepe rocke, at what place the riuer Boliana is­sueth forth of the lake, named from hence the Lake of Scutari; the chiefe towne of the country, famous for a braue, and resolute siege maintained a­gainst Mahomet the second, Emperour of the Turkes. The Lake Scutari is named Labeates by Strabo. It containeth 130 miles in compasse, sur­rounded on all sides with mountaines, saving towards the North, and di­stant 18 miles from the sea. The rockie, and mountainous region betwixt it, and the Adriaticke Dom: Niger nameth Criana, or Craina. Drivesto (Enderum of Ptolemy.) Medon. Nere herevnto vpon the river now called Moraza (falling into the Lake of Scutari) stood sometimes the citty Do­clea of Ptolemy, and DiocleaDioclesia­nus Delmata Anulini sena­toris liberti­nus matre pa­riter, at (que) opi­do nomine Dioclea, quo­rum vocabulis, donec imperi­um sumeret, Diocles ap­pellatus, vbi orbis Roma­ni potentiam cepit, Graium nomen in Ro­manum mo­rem conuertit. Sexti Aurelij Victoris Epit. Impetante Di­oclesiano. of Sextus Aurelius Victor, the country of the mighty Emperour Dioclesian. This part of Albania not long since o­beyed the Venetians. It is now subject to the Turkish Empire. The whole extent, or length of the generall accompt, or name of Dalmatia from Hi­stria, and the riuer Arsa vnto Alesio in Albania along the course of the A­driaticke, [Page 63] Matalius accompteth at 480 Italian miles; the breadth from the Adriaticke vnto the mountaines of Croatia at 120 of the same miles.

THE ILANDS OF DALMATIA.

CLose along the shoare hereof lie a great multitude of Ilands. Plinie hyperbolically encreaseth their number to a thousand, whereof many notwithstanding for their smalnesse may rather be accompted rockes, then Ilands. The rest for the greatest part are asperous, stony, barren, bad hus­banded, and ill inhabited. They containe togither after Matalius some 40000 inhabitants. Their chiefest, and best knowne are Cherso. Ossero. Vegia. Arbe. Pago. Lezina. Curzola. Lagusta. and Melida.

CHERSO, AND OSSERO.Absorus.

STanding in the Gulfe, or Bay Carnero; called thus from their townes Cherso, and Ossero. They were sometimes both one Iland, named Abso­rus by Ptolemy, and Absirtium by Plinie; cut through, and divided into two by their Lords, the Venetians, and ioyned, since by a bridge. Both of them containe togither about 140 Italian miles in compasse, and not aboue 5000 inhabitants.

VEGIA.Caricta.

NAmed Caricta by Ptolemie, and Carictae by Plinie. It lyeth betwixt the Iland Cherso, and the towne of Zegna in the firme land; containing some 80, or after others 100 miles in circuit, and 10000 inhabitants; much more populous, then the former. It hath a towne of the same name, with a convenient harbour.

ARBE.Arba.

NAmed Scardona by Ptolemy; by Plinie Arba from a towne thus cal­led, yet retaining the name. The land is pleasant, but without har­bour, having 30 miles in compasse, and some 3000 inhabitants.

PAGOIssa.

LYing against Nona in the continent, and name Issa by Strabo, Ptole­my, and Pliny. It hath a towne of this name, and containeth 100 miles in compasse. The Salt-workes here yeeld great profit to the inha­bitants, and the common-wealth of Venice.

LEZINA.

NAmed Parus, Pharus. and Pharus by Strabo; by Ptolemie Pharia; by Plinie Pharia, Paros, and Pharos. It is biggest of the Ilands, hauing a towne of the same name, with a good, and spacious harbour.

CVRZOLA.Corcyra.

CAlled thus from the towne of this name. Strabo nameth this Iland Corcyra, or Melaena, Ptolemy Corcura, or Melana; more rightly Pli­ny Corcyra surnamed Melaena, or the Black. It containeth 90 miles in cir­cuit; distant about a mile from the Continent.

MELIDAMelita.

LYing betwixt the towne of Raguzi, and Curzola, and named Melita by Pliny. With the Ilands Lagusta, and Dandrem it is subiect to the Common-wealth of Raguzi.

FINIS.

This keyboarded and encoded edition of the work described above is co-owned by the institutions providing financial support to the Text Creation Partnership. This Phase I text is available for reuse, according to the terms of Creative Commons 0 1.0 Universal. The text can be copied, modified, distributed and performed, even for commercial purposes, all without asking permission.